IntroductionStudyDinosaurs PDF

Introduction to the Study of
Dinosaurs
S E C O N D E D I T I O N
Introduction to the Study of
Dinosaurs
Anthony J. Martin
Department of Environmental Sciences
Emory University
Atlanta, Georgia
2006 Anthony J. Martin
2001 by Blackwell Science, Inc.
BLACKWELL PUBLISHING
350 Main Street, Malden, MA 02148-5020, USA
9600 Garsington Road, Oxford OX4 2DQ, UK
550 Swanston Street, Carlton, Victoria 3053, Australia
The right of Anthony J. Martin to be identified as the Author of this Work has been
asserted in accordance with the UK Copyright, Designs, and Patents Act 1988.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in

a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, except as permitted by the
UK Copyright, Designs, and Patents Act 1988, without the prior permission of
the publisher.
First edition published 2001 by Blackwell Publishing Ltd

Second edition published 2006
1 2006
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Martin, Anthony J.
Introduction to the study of dinosaurs / Anthony J. Martin. 2nd ed.
p. cm.
Includes bibliographical references and index.
ISBN-13: 978-1-4051-3413-2 (pbk. : acid-free paper)
ISBN-10: 1-4051-3413-5 (pbk. : acid-free paper) 1. Dinosaurs. I. Title.
QE861.4.M37 2006
567.9dc22
2005020441
A catalogue record for this title is available from the British Library.
Set in 10.5/12.5pt Stone Serif

by Graphicraft Limited, Hong Kong
Printed and bound in Italy
by Rotolito Lombarda SPI
The publishers policy is to use permanent paper from mills that operate a
sustainable forestry policy, and which has been manufactured from pulp processed
using acid-free and elementary chlorine-free practices. Furthermore, the publisher
ensures that the text paper and cover board used have met acceptable
environmental accreditation standards.
For further information on

Blackwell Publishing, visit our website:
www.blackwellpublishing.com
Contents
Preface viii
Timeline xiv
Abbreviations xvi
CHAPTER 1 Defining Dinosaurs 3

Classification of Dinosaurs 7
Societal Importance of Dinosaurs 11
Popular Culture and Science 21
Summary 24
Discussion Questions 25
Bibliography 26
CHAPTER 2 Overview of Scientific Methods 29

Importance of Scientific Methods 30
Observational Methods: The Beginning of Questions 43
Ethics and Dinosaur Studies 48
Summary 51
Bibliography 53
CHAPTER 3 History of Dinosaur Studies 55

Dinosaur Studies before the Renaissance 56
Dinosaur Studies of the Recent Past: Beginnings of a
Renaissance and a New Legacy 79
Summary 82
Bibliography 84
CHAPTER 4 Paleontology and Geology as Sciences 87

Basic Principles of Geology 93
Recovery and Preparation of Dinosaur Fossils: How They Are
Collected 109
Summary 114
Bibliography 116
CHAPTER 5 Dinosaur Anatomy and Classification 119

Dinosaur Anatomy Related to Classification: Old and New 133
Summary 141
Bibliography 144
v
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 6 Introduction to Dinosaur Evolution 147

Basic Concepts in Evolutionary Theory 149
Evolutionary Origin of Dinosaurs 162
Summary 177
Bibliography 180
CHAPTER 7 Dinosaur Taphonomy 183

Postmortem Processes: Pre-burial 191
Postmortem Processes: Accumulation, Burial,
and Post-burial 204
Summary 211
Bibliography 213
CHAPTER 8 Dinosaur Physiology 217

Dinosaur Reproduction: Sex and Eggs 218
Dinosaur Growth and Thermoregulation 226
Dinosaur Feeding 231
Dinosaur Thermoregulation: Other Considerations 242
Summary 249
Bibliography 251
CHAPTER 9 Theropoda 255

Clades and Species of Theropoda 263
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Theropoda 274
Theropods as Living Animals 276
Summary 291
Bibliography 294
CHAPTER 10 Sauropodomorpha 297

Clades and Species of Sauropodomorpha 302
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of
Sauropodomorpha 313
Sauropodomorphs as Living Animals 315
Summary 326
Bibliography 328
CHAPTER 11 Ornithopoda 331

Clades and Species of Ornithopoda 336
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Ornithopoda
342
Ornithopods as Living Animals 344
Summary 357
vi
CONTENTS

Bibliography 359
CHAPTER 12 Thyreophora 363

Clades and Species of Thyreophora 367
Thyreophora 375
Thyreophorans as Living Animals 377
Summary 381
Bibliography 384
CHAPTER 13 Marginocephalia 387

Clades and Species of Marginocephalia 393
Marginocephalia 400
Marginocephalians as Living Animals 402
Summary 410
Bibliography 412
CHAPTER 14 Dinosaur Ichnology 415

Dinosaur Tracks 416
Paleoecological Information Gained from Dinosaur Tracks 436
Dinosaur Nests 438
Dinosaur Toothmarks 442
Dinosaur Gastroliths 445
Dinosaur Coprolites 448
Miscellaneous Dinosaur Trace Fossils 451
Summary 452
Bibliography 455
CHAPTER 15 Birds as Modern Dinosaurs 459

Aves, Archaeopteryx, and Bird Lineages 460
Birds as Living Animals 476
Summary 485
Bibliography 487
CHAPTER 16 Dinosaur Extinctions 489

Definitions and Causes of Mass Extinctions 491
Summary 510
Bibliography 512
Glossary 514
Index 531
vii
Preface
While this is indeed another dinosaur book, it is also a book about basic science
that just happens to be about dinosaurs. In other words, the primary goal of this
book is to teach basic scientific methods through the theme of dinosaur paleonto-
logy. My expectation in this respect is that dinosaurs provide a tempting hook for
undergraduate non-science majors, who may already be enthused about dinosaurs
but perhaps need some encouragement to learn basic science.
Learning about science has two approaches, both of which are followed throughout
the book: (i) science literacy, which is fundamental knowledge about facts in sci-
ence; and (ii) scientific literacy, which is the ability to apply scientific methods in
everyday life. The study of dinosaurs requires both types of literacy, as well as the
use of geology, biology, ecology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. Accordingly,
facets of these fields of study are woven throughout this book. The process of sci-
ence is thus united by a journey into the geologic past with dinosaurs, which hope-
fully will inspire many exciting learning opportunities and lead to reevaluations of
the assumption that science is just a dull recitation of facts. Realistically, very few
of the undergraduate students taking a dinosaur course for non-science majors will
become professional scientists (let alone professional paleontologists), but all of them
will have opportunities to appreciate science in their lives long after college.
The first edition of this book certainly aspired to these lofty goals and sentiments.
Nevertheless, in the spirit of how science progresses because of peer review (Chap-
ter 2), it has been revised in ways both great and small on the basis of valuable
feedback while retaining its original theme. Helpful advice came from instructors
who used the first edition in their classes, independent reviewers, paleontologists,
and others who had useful insights.
Organization
The book as a whole is broadly divisible into two parts composed of an equal num-
ber of chapters. Chapters 18 introduce the major concepts associated with the study
of dinosaurs, and provide an understanding of factual information in the basic sci-
ences surrounding dinosaur studies (science literacy), as well as scientific methods
used to investigate dinosaurs (scientific literacy). By the time a student finishes these
chapters, he or she should be able to speak the language of science by asking the
right questions. A student will also be familiar with the terminology used in
dinosaur paleontology.
Chapters 913 delve into the major clades of dinosaurs, while also expanding on
additional important topics associated with dinosaurs. Each of the clade chapters
then uses the same template of subheadings:
Why Study [This Clade]?;

Definitions and Unique Characteristics;
Clades and Species;
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History;
[This Clade] as Living Animals.
viii
PREFACE
This parallel structure should make learning about each clade routine for students,
while retaining interest through the comparisons and contrasts it creates. The remain-
der of the book elaborates on the ichnology of dinosaurs (Chapter 14), the evolu-
tionary history of birds and their role as modern dinosaurs (Chapter 15), and
hypotheses for dinosaur extinctions (Chapter 16). Trace fossil evidence continues
to be threaded throughout nearly every chapter as a normal form of paleontolo-
gical data parallel to or exceeding body fossil evidence. The topic of extinctions in
general closes the book, with some thought-provoking questions regarding mod-
ern extinctions and associated environmental issues. I anticipate that this material
will impart lessons about how the lives and deaths of dinosaurs relate to our world
today and to the future.
Level and Use
The text is suitable for introductory-level undergraduate geology or biology classes.

It also provides enough information on advanced topics that it could be supple-
mented by primary sources (such as journal articles) for an upper-level under-
graduate course. The book is designed for a one-semester course, but it contains
sufficient depth that it could be expanded to two semesters if supplemented by
other materials. If you are a dinosaur enthusiast not taking a college class but just
wanting to learn more about dinosaurs, I am very happy that you chose this book,
because in many ways it is written especially for you. Although the chapters are
connected to one another in sequence, an instructor or student could certainly skip
to specific chapters in the book out of sequence and not be completely lost. Cross-
references between chapters serve as small signposts along the way guiding readers
to important concepts in preceding chapters.
In every equation presented in this textbook, I define the terms presented in it
and try to go through their solutions step-by-step and with examples, so that stu-
dents can see metaphorically that what they initially thought was a Velociraptor
(Chapter 9) is actually a parakeet (Chapter 15). This edition does have slightly fewer
of these applications than the first edition, but instructors can use their discretion
in how much emphasis they might place on them.
The long-term goal of the approach taken in this book is to provoke inquiry about
the natural world long after the semester is over. Accordingly, macroscopic phe-
nomena that can be observed in natural settings, museums, or zoos are emphas-
ized throughout the book, simply because a reader of this textbook is much more
likely to travel through a national park containing spectacular geology and fossils
than to look through a petrographic microscope or use a mass spectrometer
(Chapter 4). This book is about learning how to learn, appreciating the integrative
nature of science, noting the humanity that shines throughout its endeavors
(Chapter 3), and marveling at the beauty of the interwoven web of life and how
it changes through time.
Last but not least, the scientific methods repeated throughout this book, albeit
using dinosaur paleontology as a uniting theme, should cultivate a healthy skep-
ticism of any ideas, scientific and otherwise. In our culture, where phrases such as
There are two sides to every argument and Everyone is entitled to their opin-
ion are accepted at face value, I encourage all students to critically examine these
and other kinds of statements for factual content, reasoning, and accuracy. Once
an idea has been subjected to critical reasoning, it can be then better judged for
its veracity.
ix
PREFACE
Special Features
To provoke inquiry about the main topics, each chapter begins with an imagined
situation in which some facet of dinosaurs is placed in the context of an everyday
experience for the student. From this premise, questions are formulated, such as
What was or was not a dinosaur? (Chapter 1), Who made some of the original
discoveries of dinosaurs? (Chapter 3), How do people know the ages of rocks?
(Chapter 4), What did different dinosaurs eat? (Chapters 913), and How could
crocodiles, birds, and dinosaurs be related to one another? (Chapters 6, 9, 15). To
answer the questions, the student then must read and study the chapter that fol-
lows. The answers are not given in an answer key, although the Summary state-
ment at the end of each chapter may provide some clues.
In another attempt to prompt inquiry-based learning, major concepts of the chap-
ters are then explored further through Discussion Questions at the end of each chap-
ter. The title is self-explanatory in that instructors can use them for either written
assignments or in-class discussions. Students may find that some of these questions
remain unanswered; indeed, the lack of an answer key again may lead to their ask-
ing more questions. In this respect, they learn a realistic aspect of science: it does
not always provide answers. Nevertheless, the process of science always involves
asking questions and operates on the principle that answers can be found to ques-
tions if we ask the right questions.
The special features include:
n Chapter-Opening Scenarios;
n Website icons within text indicate relevant material on website;
n Chapter Summaries;
n Discussion Questions;
n Accompanying website with sample syllabi, instructor notes, interactive
cladograms, and links to additional resources at
www.blackwellpublishing.com/dinosaurs;
n All art from the book available in JPEG format on the website and on CD-
ROM for use by instructors.
Summary of New Features
n Many more new illustrations, most of which are photographs. Moreover,

the quality of these illustrations has been improved to better augment text
descriptions.
n Updated scientific information, including peer-reviewed dinosaur discoveries
through 2005, folded into the text wherever appropriate.
n Inclusion of these new discoveries into appropriate chapters of the major
dinosaur clades: Theropoda (Chapter 9), Sauropodopmorpha (Chapter 10),
Ornithopoda (Chapter 11), Thyreophora (Chapter 12), and Margino-
cephalia (Chapter 13).
n Cladograms revised to incorporate the latest information, analyses, and
hypotheses of dinosaur phylogeny.
n Chapters reorganized so that dinosaur evolution (Chapter 6) and dinosaur
clades (Chapters 913) are covered earlier than in the first edition.
n Some chapters split and expanded for better coverage: new chapters on
dinosaur physiology (Chapter 8), dinosaur ichnology (Chapter 14), birds as
dinosaurs (Chapter 15), and dinosaur extinctions (Chapter 16).
x
PREFACE
n Chapters are arranged in an order that follows a building of basic scientific

knowledge (e.g., scientific methods, plate tectonics, evolutionary theory), but
subjects taught after this foundation can be taught or rearranged at the dis-
cretion of the instructor.
Acknowledgments
Nancy Whilton of Blackwell Publishing deserves credit for urging me to write

a prospectus for the first edition of this textbook, which I was pleased to learn
was accepted and lauded by the editorial staff at Blackwell. My energetic, cheerful,
and enthusiastic assistants in editorial development and production at Blackwell
included Elizabeth Frank, Rosie Hayden, and Sarah Edwards. They deserve not only
raves, but raises. This book would be much less educationally valuable without the
illustrative talents of Caryln Iverson, who provided the majority of illustrations in
the book. I am extremely happy that she chose my book to showcase her abilities.
I was continually amazed when I saw proofs of her illustrations that perfectly matched
my sketches and descriptions of the educational concepts I envisaged for the figures.
Additional and invaluable editorial assistance from outside of Blackwell came from
Janey Fisher and Philip Aslett (Cornwall and Sussex, UK, respectively), who were
extraordinarily helpful with noticing and fixing errors that crept into the text through-
out the process. Debbie Maizels of Zoobotanica provided additional artwork for the
new edition.
Reviewers added considerable insights and corrections through their feedback on
the drafts of chapters in both the first and second editions. Their guidance helped
to tighten the text, better define the educational objectives, and teach me about
what methods and subjects would work best for their students. In a few cases I
respectfully disagreed with their suggestions, but their intentions were good, so I
listened carefully to what they had to say and tried to respond to their concerns
as well as possible or practicable. I take full responsibility for any errors, but will
be delighted if you find them. Some stayed anonymous, while others did not. The
latter people are:
First edition: James Albanese, SUNY-Oneonta; Stephen W. Henderson, Oxford
College of Emory University; Stephen Leslie, University of Arkansas at Little Rock;
Scott Lilienfeld, Emory University; Franco Medioli, Dalhousie University; Charles
Messing, Nova Southeastern University Oceanographic Center; Mark Messonnier,
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; David Meyer, University of Cincinnati;
Andrew K. Rindsberg, Alabama Geological Survey; David Schwimmer, Columbus
State University; Roy Scudder-Davis, Berea College; and William Zinsmeister,
Purdue University.
Second edition: Sandra Carlson, University of California at Davis; Raymond
Freeman-Lynde, University of Georgia; Kathryn Hoppe, University of Washington,
Seattle; Roger L. Kaesler, Kansas University; Thomas B. Kellogg, University of
Maine; Ronald Parsley, Tulane University; and Gustav Winterfeld, Idaho State
University.
A few other paleontologists, through research done in the field or in conversa-
tions with me, helped by inspiring many thoughts and insights about dinosaurs
and the Mesozoic world. David Varricchio (Montana State University) gave me an
all-too-brief tour of the Late Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of western
Montana and its dinosaur fossils (both bodies and traces) soon after the first draft
of the book was completed. This visit helped to give me a perspective on how much
I had learned about dinosaurs and how much I still needed to learn; our subse-
quent correspondence and research has been very helpful in this respect. Emma
xi
PREFACE
Rainforth provided many insights on Triassic and Jurassic dinosaur track ichno-
taxonomy and preservation that assisted with testing hypotheses I had assumed
about these important fossils. Jorge Genise (Museo Paleontolgica Egidio Feruglio,
Trelew, Argentina) was a source of important information about the Mesozoic envir-
onments and faunas (especially insects) of South America: gracias mucho por ayu-
darme, Jorge! Christine Bean and Nancy Huebner (Fernbank Museum of Natural
History, Atlanta, Georgia), who both teach K-12 students and deal with the every-
day public thirsting for more knowledge about dinosaurs, were extremely helpful
in providing hints about what interested people about dinosaurs.
Three dinosaur paleontologists are to be thanked for not only being world-class
scientists but also for taking time out to teach students in a dinosaur field course
co-taught by Stephen Henderson and me. These paleontologists are James Kirkland
(Utah Geological Survey), Martin Lockley (University of Colorado, Denver,
Colorado), and Don Burge (College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah).
The students were thrilled to interact with them and we were very happy to have
our students gain personal perspectives on paleontology from them that they might
not have gained from, say, only reading a textbook.
Additionally, I must thank Michael Parrish (Northern Illinois University, DeKalb,
Illinois), who provided a foundation for the foundation of this book through his
teaching a National Science Foundation-sponsored Chautauqua course for college
teachers on the paleobiology of dinosaurs in 1996. Soon after I took this course, I
composed a website about dinosaur trace fossils that was my first attempt at pub-
lic outreach in scientific literacy through the subject of dinosaurs. Thanks to him
and everyone else for their encouragement, and I look forward to our continued
learning about science and dinosaurs.
Last but not least, my heartfelt appreciation goes to my wife, Ruth Schowalter,
for her quiet encouragement, as well as her patient endurance of the many hours
and considerable work required for this second edition. May you be proud when
you finally hold this book in your hands and say, I helped to make this happen.
xii
Timeline
Eon
Ma Era
0.01
Period
1.8
5.3 Quate Epoch
rnar
23.8 CENOZ
33.7 OIC
Tertiary
55.5
65
Cretaceous
145
MESOZOIC
Jurassic
213
Triassic
248
Permian
286
Carboniferous
360
Devonian
PALEOZOIC
P
410
Silurian
440
Ordovician
505
n
Cambria
544 Vendian
650
ROZOIC
PROTE
250
0
Ma
Age 65
Epoch
71.3
Period
Era
83.5
Late 85.8
89.0
93.5
99.0
TACEOU S 112
CRET
121
Early
127
132
137
144
Late 151
154
159
164
Middle 169
JURASSIC
176
180
Early 190
195
202
206
210
Late
TRIAS
SIC
221
227
Middle
234
Abbreviations
atm atmosphere
AV Avogadro
CGI computer-generated image
CT computer tomography
DISH diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis
d/p daughter to parent
EPA European Protection Agency
EQ encephalization quotient
GIS Geological Imaging System
GPS global positioning system
ICZN International Code of Zoological Nomenclature
IQ intelligence quotient
J joule
kcal kilocalorie
kJ kilojoule
LAG lines of arrested growth
Ma million years (Latin mega annus)
N newton
PDA personal digital assistant
ppb parts per billion
USGS United States Geological Survey
xvi
Chapter
1
Your nine-year-old nephew draws a picture of a plesiosaur, which is a large, extinct
marine reptile, some of which had long necks and well-developed fins. This ple-
siosaur is accurately depicted as swimming in an ocean, and in the sky above
are a few pterosaurs, which were flying reptiles. One of the pterosaurs, however,
is carrying a cow in its claws. Your nephew patiently explains to you that the
dinosaur in the water is like the Loch Ness monster, and the dinosaurs fly-
ing overhead saw some cows in a field. One of them was hungry and wanted
to feed its babies, so it captured the cow and was carrying it off to its nest.
How do you explain to him, without crushing his imagination or ego, some
of the scientific inaccuracies of what he has illustrated and told you?
1
Defining Dinosaurs
Classification of Dinosaurs
Societal Importance of Dinosaurs
Popular Culture and Science
Summary
Discussion Questions
Bibliography
DEFINING DINOSAURS
Definition of Dinosaur
Because this book is about dino-
saurs, probably the most appropri-
ate way to start is by defining them.
This is not an easy task, even for
dinosaur experts, so here is a preliminary attempt:
A dinosaur was a reptile- or bird-like animal with an upright posture that spent most
(perhaps all) of its life on land.
The term reptile-like is applied because dinosaurs evolved from reptilian ances-
tors, yet they were clearly different from present-day reptiles such as crocodiles,
alligators, and lizards. Hence these modern animals are not living dinosaurs, nor
were their ancient counterparts. Therefore, anatomical distinctions and differing
lineages separate modern reptiles and dinosaurs, even though both groups had com-
mon ancestors. However, dinosaurs had many features similar to those of modern
reptiles, which warranted their original classification as such (Chapters 3 and 5).
Yet some dinosaurs also had anatomical and attributed behavioral characteristics
similar to modern birds (Chapter 15). So dinosaurs would appear as a diverse group
of organisms that were transitional between certain ancestral reptiles and modern
birds, although these relations will be expanded upon, clarified, and corrected later.
Upright posture, also known as an erect posture, is important when defining
dinosaurs. Upright means that an animal stands and walks with its legs directly
underneath its torso. This posture is distinguished from sprawling or semi-erect
postures, where the legs project outside the plane of the torso. Sprawling postures
are seen in most modern amphibians and reptiles (Fig. 1.1). With only a few excep-
tions, dinosaurs were among the first animals to be bipedal, or habitually walk on
two legs. This is indicated by both the anatomy and tracks of early dinosaurs or
dinosaur-like animals (Chapter 6). A bipedal stance that is not upright does not
result in effective movement. Four-legged (quadrupedal) dinosaurs also had an
upright posture, as can be seen from their anatomy and tracks (Chapters 5 and 14).
In the nineteenth century, dinosaurs were interpreted as large lizards, so older illus-
trations depict sprawling, reptile-like stances (Chapter 3). Nowadays, modern
museum mounts of dinosaurs and better-informed illustrators reconstruct nearly
all dinosaurs with their legs underneath their torsos. Why dinosaurs developed an
upright posture is not yet fully understood, but current evidence points toward the
evolution of more efficient movement on land (Chapter 6).
The land-dwelling habit of dinosaurs is also important in their definition. Based
on all information to date, dinosaurs that preceded the evolution of birds did
not fly as part of their normal lifestyle, although some may have been gliders
(Chapters 9 and 15). Likewise, no conclusive evidence indicates that dinosaurs swam,
although a few of their tracks suggest swimming abilities (Chapter 14). Their
remains in deposits from ancient aquatic environments suggest that they sometimes
4
DEFINING DINOSAURS 1
FIGURE 1.1 Differences in

postures of a dinosaur and a large
modern reptile. (A) Skeleton of
the Late Cretaceous ornithopod
Edmontosaurus annectus from
Alberta, Canada. Posterior view of
the rear limbs leaving a trackway,
showing the typical dinosaurian trait
of legs held underneath its body
(erect posture). Specimen in the
Royal Ontario Museum of Toronto,
Ontario. (B) American crocodile,
Crocodylus acutus, in Costa Rica,
showing a sprawling posture and
also leaving a trackway. This same
typical reptilian posture can change
to a semi-erect posture by the
crocodile standing up or walking.
Photo by Nada Pecnik, from Visuals
Unlimited.
(A)
(B)
5
DEFINING DINOSAURS
FIGURE 1.2 Geologic time scale used as a standard by geologists and paleontologists
worldwide. Largest units of geologic time are eons, followed (in order of most inclusive
to least inclusive) by subdivisions eras, periods, and epochs. Figure is not scaled
according to amounts of time.
drowned while attempting to swim across lakes or streams (Chapter 7). However,
dinosaurs did have some reptilian contemporaries, pterosaurs and plesiosaurs, which
flew and swam, respectively (Chapter 6). These were not dinosaurs, although all
three groups had common ancestors. Furthermore, no convincing evidence has
revealed that dinosaurs lived underground because no dinosaur has ever been found
in a burrow, nor have any burrows been attributed to them. Some anatomical evid-
ence indicates that a few small dinosaurs were capable of climbing trees (Chapter 9),
but no skeletal remains have been found in direct association with a fossil tree.
Dinosaurs appear to have been well adapted to living in the many environments
associated with land surfaces, which obviously worked very well for them during
their 165-million-year existence.
Dinosaurs are well known for the enormous size of some individual species, in
comparison to modern land-dwelling animals. Indeed, some dinosaurs were the largest
land animals that ever left footprints on the face of the Earth (Chapter 10).
6
CLASSIFICATION OF DINOSAURS 1
However, many adult dinosaurs were smaller than the

To date, no indisputable average human and some were even smaller than
scientific evidence has present-day chickens (Chapters 9 and 15). To say that
established the existence large dinosaurs were the most abundant animals in
of dinosaurs from earlier their environments is a misconception. It is analogous to
than 230 million years saying that elephant herds in modern Africa dominate
ago. Furthermore, those environments, when actually more than half of the
no living dinosaurs have mammal species in that environment are smaller than
been discovered in recent domestic dogs.
Dinosaurs lived only during a time in the geologic past
times, contrary to claims
called the Mesozoic Era, which is divided into three
of some tabloid headlines
smaller times periods: the Triassic Period, Jurassic
and Web pages.
Period, and Cretaceous Period, in order from oldest to
youngest, respectively (Fig. 1.2). Because the geologic
record for human-like animals only extends to about 4 million years ago, we can
be certain that no human has ever seen a living dinosaur. The only record of a
human being killed by a dinosaur, happened in 1969 when a coal miner fatally
hit his head against a dinosaur track on the roof of a coal mine. Nevertheless, the
formation of the track and the unfortunate miners death were separated by about
75 million years.
A more precise definition of what constitutes a dinosaur, based on detailed aspects
of its skeleton, is covered later (Chapter 5). Some people insist that modern birds
are dinosaurs and so do not fit this initial definition (Chapter 15), an objection
that is reasonable. Thus, this book is mostly about non-avian (non-bird)
dinosaurs and, from now on, the term dinosaur will refer to those same animals
limited to the Mesozoic Era.
Once this definition and all of its amendments are formed into a conceptual frame-
work, think about what extinct or living animals are not dinosaurs and test the
definition whenever possible. For the purposes of this book, a familiarity with the
names given for different dinosaur groups and their general characteristics will also
help to reinforce the identification of certain names with dinosaurs.
Classification of Dinosaurs
The method by which organisms or traces of their activities are named, which
provides a framework for communicating through a classification system, is tax-
onomy. Thus, a name given to a group of organisms in a classification system is
called a taxon (plural taxa). Dinosaurs can be classified in two ways. The more up-
to-date of those two methods, cladistics (explained below), is the preferred one
used worldwide by paleontologists (people who study the fossil record). The older,
traditional method is the Linnaean classification, named after the Swedish
botanist, Carl von Linn (170778), better known by his pen name Carolus
Linnaeus. In his botanical studies, Linn realized that a standard method was needed
to name organisms, which he presented in 1758. The Linnaean method is based
on hierarchical grades of classification, meaning that organisms are fitted into increas-
ingly more exclusive categories, based on a standard set of anatomical attributes of
members in that category. The higher grades become more stringent about which
organisms belong to them on the basis of an arbitrary number of characteristics
that an organism might have or not have. Such a classification system is typically
stratified, starting with groups that contain many members, then progressing to
groups with fewer members, such as, in order of largest to smallest group, kingdom,
phylum, class, order, family, genus, and species. In botany, the equivalent grade
7
DEFINING DINOSAURS
to a phylum is a division, otherwise the categories are the same. Under this
classification scheme, dinosaurs are categorized as below, with the more exclusive
grades descending to the right:
Phylum Chordata
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Reptilia
Subclass Diapsida
Infraclass Archosauria
Superorder Dinosauria
Order Saurischia
Order Ornithischia
For humans, the categories would be: Phylum Chordata, Subphylum Vertebrata,
Class Mammalia, Order Primates, Family Hominidae, Genus Homo, and with Homo
sapiens as the species.
The modern and more commonly used classification method applied to
dinosaurs, began in 1984, is the phylogenetic classification. This classification
is also known as cladistics because it is based on placing organisms into units
called clades, which are supposed to represent their evolutionary history, or phylo-
geny. Thus, clades are groups of organisms composed of an
ancestor and all of its descendants. They are defined on the
Cladistics produces basis of synapomorphies, which are shared, evolutionarily
a bush with many derived anatomical characteristics, also known as characters.
branches, rather For example, all mammals have synapomorphies of hair and
than a ladder with mammary glands, which they share with ancestral mam-
many rungs. mals. Cladistic classifications are basically explanations of
evolutionary relationships between organisms and are
best summarized in a diagram called a cladogram (Fig. 1.3).
A cladistic classification for dinosaurs based on characters, where one clade
branches to another to show descent to the lower right, is:
Chordata
Tetrapoda
Amniota
Reptilia
Diapsida
Archosauriformes
Archosauria
Ornithodira
Dinosauria
Saurischia
Ornithischia
This may look like a line of descent, but is not because:
1 it does not include the many branches that emanate from each clade; and
2 it does not show the timing for the evolution of a new clade (Chapters 5
and 6).
In other words, a clade did not have to become extinct in order for the next clade
to evolve. Because verbal descriptions of phylogenetically-based classifications can
become confusing, cladograms are more commonly used to explain them instead.
8
CLASSIFICATION OF DINOSAURS 1
Sauropoda Avialae
Ceratosauria (chapter 15)
Prosauropoda
Tetanurae
Pachycephalosauria Ceratopsia
Theropoda
(chapter 9) Ornithopoda
(chapter 11)
Sauropodomorpha Thyreophora Marginocephalia

(chapter 10) (chapter 12) (chapter 13)
Saurischia
Ornithischia
DINOSAURIA
Archosauria
FIGURE 1.3 Cladogram of the major dinosaur clades covered in this text, using
Saurischia and Ornithischia hip structures as a basis for dinosaur classification.
Although Linnaean and phylogenetic classification methods differ from one

another, a comparison of categories used in each dinosaur classification shows that
they use many of the same names. Unless antecedents such as clade or Order
are used, confusion may result from not knowing which scheme a paleontologist
is using. Consequently, many dinosaur paleontologists will merely abbreviate
references to certain groups of dinosaurs through general categorical names, such
as theropods (Chapter 9), sauropods and prosauropods (Chapter 10), or
ornithopods (Chapter 11), although nowadays these designations implicitly refer
to clades. Cladistics is used in this book because dinosaur paleontologists mostly
use this method, and it is based on evolutionary relatedness. However, an aware-
ness of the Linnaean system is helpful for understanding the extensive literature
on dinosaurs published prior to the 1980s, and some even later.
One aspect of classifying dinosaurs, unchanged since Linnaean times is the tra-
dition of naming species. The species name of a dinosaur or any other organism
is based on the biological species concept, where a species is a population of organ-
isms that can interbreed and produce offspring that can also reproduce with one
another (Chapter 6). The species name was an elegant solution devised by Linn
for problems associated with the common practice of applying numerous names
to the same organism. The species name uses a binomial nomenclature, meaning
that two italicized names are used together, a capitalized genus name followed by
a lowercase trivial name, to name a species (i.e., Tyrannosaurus rex for a specific
dinosaur, Homo sapiens for modern humans). The trivial name is trivial in the
sense that it cannot be used by itself to identify an organism and must always be
used in combination with and preceded by a genus name. However, the genus name
can be used alone and represents a broader category that may include several species.
9
DEFINING DINOSAURS
This principle is similar to that used by some Asian societies, who place the
family name first and the surname second. For example, in Korea, the names
Moon Jai-Woon and Moon Hyun-Soo both have the Moon family name (a general
category) followed by their surnames, which identify specific individuals when
used in combination. Species and other categories in the Linnaean classification
originated with Latin and Greek roots for the sake of universal standards, which
prompted such well-known dinosaur genus names such as Stegosaurus, Triceratops,
Allosaurus, and Tyrannosaurus. Since Linns time, many languages have contrib-
uted roots for taxonomic categories, a practice that is especially evident in species
names seen throughout this book. For example, French, Spanish, German, Swahili,
Mandarin Chinese, and Japanese, among others, have contributed to dinosaur species
names.
Using cladistics as a framework, the names of major dinosaur groups, such as
ceratopsians (Chapter 13), ceratosaurs (Chapter 9), hadrosaurs (Chapter 11), and
prosauropods (Chapter 10), will be repeated throughout this book. Likewise, asso-
ciation of these groups with certain well-studied or otherwise famous dinosaur gen-
era or species will provide an outline of general anatomical characteristics shared
within such groups (Table 1.1), which will suffice for discussion of what informa-
tion can be discerned from dinosaurs. Information about synapomorphies that define
each clade will be given in greater detail in later chapters (Chapters 9 to 13).
TABLE 1.1 Summary of different major clade groups used

to classify dinosaurs, general descriptions of anatomical
characteristics for each group, and genus examples.
Detailed classifications, less represented groups, and
interrelationships are presented in Chapters 5 and 11 to 15.
Saurischia (lizard-hipped dinosaurs)
Theropoda: Late Triassic to Late Cretaceous; feet and legs reflect
bipedal habit; hands able to grasp; hollow limb bones; teeth indicate
meat eating; 116 m long.
Ceratosauria Abelisaurus
Ceratosaurus
Coelophysis
Dilophosaurus
Tetanurae Allosaurus
Compsognathus
Oviraptor
Tyrannosaurus
Sauropodomorpha: Late Triassic to Late Cretaceous; feet and legs
reflect bipedal habit in some forms, quadrupedal in most others;
often characterized by small head in proportion to rest of body and
long necks; teeth indicate plant eating; 238 m long.
Prosauropoda Plateosaurus
Lufengosaurus
Coloradisaurus
Riojasaurus
Sauropoda Apatosaurus
Argentinosaurus
Brachiosaurus
Camarasaurus
10
SOCIETAL IMPORTANCE OF DINOSAURS 1
TABLE 1.1 Continued

Ornithischia (bird-hipped dinosaurs)
Ornithopoda: Early Jurassic to Late Cretaceous; feet and legs reflect
mostly bipedal habit; teeth indicate plant eating with multiple rows
of teeth; 115 m long.
Hypsilophodontidae Hypsilophodon
Orodromeus
Othniella
Iguanodontidae Camptosaurus
Dryosaurus
Iguanodon
Ouranosaurus
Hadrosauridae Corythosaurus
Edmontosaurus
Hadrosaurus
Saurolophus
Thyreophora: Early Jurassic to Late Cretaceous; feet and legs reflect
quadrupedal habit; armored with plates or spines; teeth indicate
plant eating; 312 m long.
Ankylosauria Ankylosaurus
Hylaeosaurus
Nodosaurus
Pinacosaurus
Stegosauria Huayangosaurus
Kentrosaurus
Stegosaurus
Tuojiangosaurus
Marginocephalia: Cretaceous only; feet and legs reflect bipedal habit
in one group (Pachycephalosauria), quadrupedal habit in other group
(Ceratopsia); enlarged or thick skull in proportion to rest of body,
in some cases with prominent horns; teeth indicate plant eating;
212 m long.
Pachycephalosauria Homocephale
Pachycephalosaurus
Prenocephale
Stegoceras
Ceratopsia Chasmosaurus
Protoceratops
Torosaurus
Triceratops
Societal Importance of Dinosaurs
Dinosaurs as an Example of Scientific Inquiry

The main purpose of this book is to introduce the study of dinosaurs as a scientific
endeavor. What is and is not science is a major theme of this book, and the study
of dinosaurs is an appropriate way to show how scientific methods are applied
to real-world situations (Chapter 2). Because dinosaurs have been studied through
11
DEFINING DINOSAURS
scientific methods since at least the early part of the nineteenth century (Chapter 3),
many examples are given of how these methods increased knowledge of dinosaurs.
Furthermore, subjects in the various chapters are covered to provide a sense of the
historical continuity of the science. Science, by design, is always changing and updat-
ing itself, and the nearly unprecedented new discoveries and subsequent insights
about dinosaurs, in just the past 30 years, have provided an exhilarating example
of this dynamism. In fact, research on dinosaurs published in only the four years
since the first edition of this book necessitated some major revisions for this sec-
ond edition (e.g., Chapters 8, 9, and 15).
Although the study of dinosaurs is interesting and fun, it is not easy. Those
who think that reading this book and maybe a few other references will be
adequate preparation for going on a dig and discovering new dinosaur species are
probably being overly romantic and nave. For example, people who are interested
in serious study of dinosaurs may need to, at various times, apply geology, bio-
logy, chemistry, physics, math, or computer science. All of these fields (and more)
are not only used but are necessary in order to make any meaningful sense out of
the fossil record. An integrative use of these sciences can help in gaining an appre-
ciation for application through a common theme of dinosaurs, as well as reaching
a better understanding of the eclectic and integrative nature of science in general.
The best-known sciences connected to dinosaur studies are geology and biology,
which are sometimes united through paleontology, the study of ancient life. In
fact, many paleontologists who study dinosaurs also call themselves geologists,
whereas others were trained as biologists. As a result, distinctions between these
two seemingly separate fields are sometimes blurred. Paleontology is studied
mostly through the examination of fossils, any evidence of ancient life, which can
consist of body fossils or trace fossils. A body fossil is any evidence of ancient life
as represented by preserved body parts, such as shells, bones, eggs, or skin impres-
sions. In contrast, a trace fossil is any evidence of ancient life other than body parts
that reflects behavior by the animal while it was still alive, such as tracks, nests,
or toothmarks. How fossils are preserved in the geologic record is the science of
taphonomy, important when appraising any dinosaur body fossil or trace fossil
(Chapter 7).
Many paleontologists have considerable knowledge of biological principles or
perform experiments and field study of modern organisms to gain better insights
into their long-dead subjects. Paleontologists tend to study a specific group of
organisms and some of the most common subdivisions are:
1 invertebrate paleontology, the study of fossil animals without backbones,

such as insects;
2 vertebrate paleontology, the study of fossil animals with backbones;
3 micropaleontology, the study of fossil one-celled organisms and other
microscopic fossils; and
4 paleobotany, the study of fossil plants.
With these categories in mind, dinosaur paleontologists will often call themselves
vertebrate paleontologists. Nevertheless, not all vertebrate paleontologists are dino-
saur specialists some study fish, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals.
For a paleontologist, a more complete understanding of organisms, fossil or living,
can be gained by studying them in the context of their environments, which includes
all biological, chemical, and physical factors, such as other organisms, nutrients, and
sunlight. The study of organisms and their interactions with environments is ecology.
Ecologists specifically examine a group of organisms as an ecological community
that interacts with a habitat, called an ecosystem. The equivalent practiced by
12
TABLE 1.2 Commonly encountered elements and compounds

in geology, with their chemical symbols and formulas.
ELEMENTS
Ag Silver Mn Manganese
Al Aluminum N Nitrogen
Ar Argon Na Sodium
Au Gold Ni Nickel
C Carbon O Oxygen
Ca Calcium P Phosphorus
Cl Chlorine Pb Lead
Co Cobalt Pt Platinum
Cr Chromium S Sulfur
Cu Copper Si Silicon
F Fluorine Sn Tin
Fe Iron Ti Titanium
H Hydrogen U Uranium
Hg Mercury W Tungsten
K Potassium Zn Zinc
Mg Magnesium
COMPOUNDS
CO2 Carbon dioxide H2SO4 Sulfuric acid
Ca5(PO4)3(OH, F, CO3) Apatite Fe2O3 Hematite
NaCl Sodium chloride (salt) Fe3O4 Magnetite
CaSO4 * H2O Gypsum CaCO3 Calcium carbonate
(calcite or aragonite)
FeS2 Pyrite H2CO3 Carbonic acid
H2O Water SiO2 Silicon dioxide (quartz)
KAlSi3O8 Potassium feldspar
paleontologists is paleoecology, where they attempt to reconstruct the biological

and physical factors that affected ancient ecosystems, based on clues left in rocks.
Although the connections of dinosaur studies to geology and biology are well
known, the relationship of chemistry, physics, math, and computer science to
dinosaur studies may be less clear. These sciences are essential to dinosaur studies
and definitions of these sciences and their applications may clarify why these sub-
jects relate to dinosaurs.
In chemistry, properties and changes in materials involve the interactions of
atoms of elements, as listed in the periodic table. Chemistry is important to
dinosaur studies because dinosaur bones and eggs, as well as their associated sedi-
ments, are made of chemicals, which potentially contain information pertinent to
the life, death, and after-death history of dinosaurs, as well as their extinction.
Consequently, chemical formulas and reactions are used throughout this book.
A summary of the most commonly encountered elements in geology and the
compounds they compose is listed in Table 1.2. Some chemical formulas and re-
actions used in dinosaur studies are under the realm of geochemistry, the study
of chemistry pertaining to the Earth, and biochemistry, the chemistry of life.
Microbiology, which is related to biochemistry, is the study of one-celled organ-
isms (often called microbes) and their interactions with their environments.
13
DEFINING DINOSAURS
TABLE 1.3 Units of measurement used in dinosaur studies.
A. DISTANCE UNITS IN COMPARISON TO 1 METER

Unit Decimal Fraction Scientific Notation
micron 0.00001 1/1,000,000 1.0 106
millimeter 0.001 1/1000 1.0 103
centimeter 0.01 1/100 1.0 102
decimeter 0.1 1/10 1.0 101
meter 1.0 1/1 1.0 100
kilometer 1000 1000/1 1.0 103
B. TIME UNITS IN COMPARISON TO 1 SECOND
second 1.0 1/1 1.0 100
minute 0.017 1/60 1.7 102
hour 0.00028 1/3600 2.8 104
C. MASS MEASUREMENTS IN COMPARISON TO 1 KILOGRAM
gram 0.001 1/1000 1.0 103
kilogram 1.0 1/1 1.0 100
ton 1000 1000/1 1.0 103
D. TEMPERATURE UNITS (CELSIUS SCALE)
Temperature Freezing Point of Water Boiling Point of Water
Centigrade 0C 100C
Kelvin 273K 373K
E. COMBINATIONS OF DISTANCE, TIME, AND MASS FOR OTHER COMMON
UNITS
Measurement Unit Formula
Area (square or rectangle) centimeters2 length1 length2
Volume centimeters3 (cm3) length1 length2 length3
Density g/cm3 mass/volume
Velocity m/s distance/time
Acceleration m/s2 distance/time2
Force kg/m/s2 (newton) mass acceleration
Pressure n/m2 force (newton)/area
F. CONVERSIONS FROM ENGLISH TO METRIC SYSTEMS AND VICE VERSA
English Unit Metric Conversion Metric Unit English Conversion
Inch 2.54 cm Centimeter 0.39 inches
Foot 30.48 cm Meter 39.37 inches
Yard 91.44 cm Meter 3.28 feet
Mile 1.61 km Kilometer 0.62 miles
Ounce 28.3 g Gram 0.035 ounces
Pound 452.8 g Kilogram 2.21 pounds
1F 31.4C 1C 33.8F
14
Biogeochemistry, the study of chemical processes caused by organisms in geologic

media and how elements are cycled in the biosphere, is typified by microbe-
mediated reactions in soils (Chapter 7).
The interaction of matter and energy explored in physics is exemplified in
dinosaurs through the applications of biomechanics and thermodynamics.
Biomechanics is the study of how living systems, such as animal bodies, perform
work. Thermodynamics is the study of heat and its relationship with work, an im-
portant aspect of dinosaur physiology (Chapter 8). Physics can also be applied to
understand how dinosaurs related to their world through physical properties, such
as mass, density, and motion. Furthermore, dinosaurs sensed certain aspects of
their environments through their vision or produced sounds with certain frequencies
and pitches (Chapter 11). Geophysics combines geology and physics, where basic
principles of physics are used to understand the Earth, particularly its interior. Some
geophysical methods are used to interpret the subsurface distribution of rocks,
providing information on the geologic history of an area where dinosaurs lived
(Chapters 4 and 6).
In terms of mathematics, this book primarily will use numbers as they are applied,
to better understand dinosaurs through measurements and models. Examples of
this include biometry and allometry. Biometry is the study of life through meas-
urements and statistical methods, whereas allometry is the study of size and how
it changes with growth of an organism in various dimensions (Chapters 8 to 13).
All dinosaur fossils have involved or could involve measurements of some sort. Thus,
statistical methods in particular are important in describing dinosaurs and testing
data sets for similarities or differences (Chapter 2).
Computers are now essential tools for most paleontologists and are used for cla-
distics and analyzing results of experimental work. They are also important for
communication among scientists, and between scientists
Three-dimensional and the general public, whether through e-mail or the Web.
Computer-generated simulations, in conjunction with hypo-
imaging, using
thesized environmental parameters, are now quite common.
computer
They are also used for documentation and interpretation
tomography (CT),
of field sites containing dinosaur fossils, especially through
and animation of geographic information systems (GIS) (Chapter 4). These are
dinosaur fossils is programs that integrate spatial data with other forms of infor-
yet another use mation. Consequently, map-reading skills are also needed in
of computers in dinosaur studies. Geographic methods can be extended to
dinosaur studies. the geologic past through maps that show the distribution
of ancient landmasses in association with fossils, a practice
called paleobiogeography.
An integration of the preceding subjects is therefore necessary for a fuller under-
standing of dinosaurs and to appreciate how each subject is an important tool for
better understanding the ancient and modern worlds. Only a small amount of pre-
vious knowledge of these subjects is needed to understand this book, and the math
uses the standard system of measurement in the scientific world and its units: the
metric system (Table 1.3).
Keep in mind that this book was written by using words in connected phrases,
punctuated by line drawings and photographs, all of which hopefully commun-
icate basic concepts about dinosaurs. As a result, good communication skills
expressed through writing, illustrating, or speaking are extremely important to
the study of dinosaurs. In other words, the most brilliant paleontological discov-
ery of the century can remain unnoticed if the results are not communicated in
a clear and understandable manner. Formal education is not necessary for an extra-
ordinary discovery in paleontology. Some people who study dinosaurs are not asso-
ciated with prestigious universities and museums. Rather, they may simply have
15
DEFINING DINOSAURS
FIGURE 1.4 Triassic and Jurassic formations of Canyonlands National Park, eastern Utah,
an area well known for both dinosaur body fossils and trace fossils. Notice the lack of
convenience stores and coffee shops in the field area.
much field, museum, and laboratory experience that they can also relate through
excellent communication skills, such as artwork, photography, computer applications,
and public speaking. In short, paleontologists should be good teachers in order to
be effective.
To these intellectual requirements of dinosaur studies, add the physical
demands. Such studies often require fieldwork in remote areas that do not have
running water and room service (Fig. 1.4). Similarly, dinosaur studies might
involve rummaging through museum drawers for years, with little or no pay.
Fieldwork also may require securing funds and logistical planning through hostile
(or worse, bureaucratic) institutions, long days filled with physical exertion in the
aforementioned remote areas, and saintly patience. Fulfilment of all these may or
may not result in any significant dinosaur discoveries. The risk of disappointment
caused by looking for something that apparently is not there can be personally dis-
couraging. However, a love for the work and the joys of discoveries, or just the
promise of discoveries, are often enough reward for people who study dinosaurs.
Dinosaurs as a Part of Popular Culture in Fiction

For reasons that perhaps can only be explained by psychologists, dinosaurs have
always had a large popular appeal. This is evidenced by them being the subject of
numerous books, comics, movies, television shows, Web pages, toys, models, and
works of art in nearly every industrialized nation of the world. Recognition of this
pervasive celebration of everything dinosaurian leads to a sociological observation:
dinosaur images in popularized media serve as the most direct source of many
public ideas about dinosaurs. Consequently, acknowledgement of mainstream
influences, especially in works of fiction, is warranted in order to correct or
confirm commonly held notions about dinosaurs.
Dinosaurs were portrayed in fiction relatively soon after their scientific descrip-
tions in the early to mid-nineteenth century. Charles Dickens (181270) mentions
the dinosaur Megalosaurus (Chapter 9) in the beginning of Bleak House in 1853, only
29 years after the name for that dinosaur was formally proposed (Chapter 3). Other
uses of dinosaurs in fiction were apparently uncommon until 1912, when Sir Arthur
Conan Doyle (the creator of Sherlock Holmes) published his seminal novel The
Lost World. This book dealt with the experiences of five explorers who discover the
existence of live dinosaurs, such as Megalosaurus and Iguanodon (Chapter 11), in a
16
FIGURE 1.5 Photograph from the film The Valley of the Gwangi (1969), set in the early
twentieth century western USA, with cowboys attempting to capture a large theropod.
From Horner and Lessem (1993), The Complete T. Rex, Simon & Schuster, NY, p. 87.
(Dave Allen/PhotoFest).
remote area of South America. Similar portrayals of modern dinosaurs in remote

places were written from 1915 to 1944 by Tarzan creator Edgar Rice Burroughs
(18751950). Among the dinosaurs were well-known favorites, Stegosaurus (Chap-
ter 12) and Triceratops (Chapter 13). From the 1940s through to the present day,
science-fiction magazines and comic books also continued this imaginative theme
of humans in conflict with dinosaurs. Some contemporary writers have attempted
to incorporate scientific knowledge about dinosaurs in their fictionalized accounts,
such as Michael Crichtons Jurassic Park (1990) and The Lost World (1995), and Robert
Bakkers Raptor Red (1996).
The long and successful use of dinosaurs as subjects in film began less than 20
years after the invention of this entertainment medium in 1890. Of these films,
the most important for its adherence to what was known about dinosaurs then
and its influence on future dinosaur-themed films was The Lost World (1925). This
movie, based on the previously mentioned work by Doyle, presented Allosaurus,
Tyrannosaurus, Triceratops, and other Mesozoic animals as either individuals or in
groups. The portrayal of this assemblage departed from a standard cinematic for-
mula of having a single dinosaur responsible for virtually all on-screen action and
carnage. Other movies that showed dinosaurs based on actual species were King
Kong (1933), One Million BC (1940), Journey to the Beginning of Time (1954), The Valley
of Gwangi (1969; Fig. 1.5), Jurassic Park (1993), The Lost World: Jurassic Park (1997),
Dinosaur (2000), Jurassic Park III (2001), and the large-format IMAX film T. Rex: Back
to the Cretaceous (2002). Many other dinosaur movies have animals that super-
ficially resemble some known dinosaur species or are exaggerated and embellished
conglomerations based on various traits from several known dinosaurs (i.e., all of
the Godzilla films).
Cinematic treatments of dinosaurs thus provide a good opportunity for critical
reviews. For example, the intriguing titles of some films (e.g., the 1991 film A
Nymphoid Barbarian in Dinosaur Hell) tell how entertainment was their intent, not
information. The recurring words in the movie list to note are lost, unknown,
17
DEFINING DINOSAURS
prehistoric, or some variation on the theme of beast or monster. The frequency

of these words in movie titles is probably the result of perceived favorable reactions
of the audiences. After all, these films were made with financial profit in mind.
Nevertheless, the viewing of any dinosaur-themed films, especially the older ones,
allows for a critical examination of their scientific content. Important questions to
ask include:
1 Did the film use scientific information that was known at the time; or
2 Was the scientific information known, but ignored for the sheer entertain-
ment value of seeing live dinosaurs on the screen?
Compared to the motion-picture industry, television had limited production

budgets for special effects, which meant that dinosaurs were less common and usu-
ally took the form of cartoons or actors in clumsy costumes. However, dinosaurs
began appearing more frequently on television within several years of the neces-
sary computer technology becoming commercially viable. With the improvement
and economic feasibility of such computer-generated images (CGI) in recent years,
the increased integration of dinosaurs into the plots of television episodes has begun.
For example, the syndicated TV series The Lost World, again reprising the charac-
ters and general plot of Conan Doyles seminal work, premiered in the late 1990s
and featured dinosaurs as recurring plot devices. Dinotopia, an imaginatively illus-
trated book that depicts a place where humans and dinosaurs co-exist in near-peaceful
harmony, was also produced as a TV mini-series in 2002. Aside from such overt
attempts at entertainment, the 2001 BBC-produced documentary series Walking With
Dinosaurs set a new standard by combining scientific information with startlingly
realistic CGI dinosaurs dropped into real, natural environments. The overall effect
was to emulate wildlife documentaries. An added twist, however, was to use inter-
mittent brief interviews with dinosaur paleontologists to discuss scientific evidence
that supported or refuted some of the dinosaur behaviors depicted in preceding
scenes.
Many web pages with dinosaur themes are non-fiction and
attempt to be educational, and some succeed in that goal.
On the Internet,
However, an increasing number of these pages not only have
Web pages with
written material but also showcase works of art as scanned
dinosaur themes
images of drawings, paintings, or sculptures. CGI artwork
are exceedingly or computer animations are also more common as people
abundant and now creatively employ sophisticated hardware and software at
rival print literature home. In many cases, the interpretations of some dinosaur
in some respects. behavior in Web pages blend both fiction and self-expression.
The Web authors may not be so concerned with scientific accu-
racy but with entertainment and voicing their speculations on dinosaur behavior.
In this sense, fiction is being created without the authors necessarily realizing it,
although the same might be said for every scientist who has ever been wrong about
an expressed hypothesis.
Dinosaurs as Objects of Art and Artistic Inspiration

The first drawing of a dinosaur bone was in the seventeenth century, but it was
interpreted as something entirely different at the time (Chapter 3). Much later, after
their public recognition as formerly reptile-like animals, dinosaurs were depicted
as dynamic creatures by many nineteenth-century artists. Dinosaurs have been a
popular theme in art ever since, portrayed worldwide in drawings, paintings, and
sculptures. More recently, multimedia approaches use photography (particularly
digital) and computer applications as the means for expressing the artistic qualities
18
FIGURE 1.6 Comparison of

photograph and line drawing of a
skull of the Late Jurassic theropod
Allosaurus fragilis from the Morrison
Formation (Late Jurassic) of Utah,
USA, showing more easily discernable
anatomical details in line drawing.
Skull is a replica, formerly on display
in the Western Colorado Museum of
Paleontology, Grand Junction,
Colorado, USA.
of dinosaur fossils. Artistic renditions of dinosaur appearances and behavior are note-
worthy because, like films and television, they reflect basic popular conceptions
of dinosaurs. These views of how ancient life and environments have changed
through time often accord with scientific progress. Depictions of dinosaurs have
been affected by two broad, but often overlapping, influences:
1 science, in the form of scientific illustration, which is typically in associ-

ation with a scientific text; and
2 aestheticism, which is simply the expression of their wonder, beauty, or awe-
inspiring power.
Drawings accompanied the first scientific descriptions of their bones in nineteenth-

century Europe (Chapter 3). Despite the advent of digital photography and computer
graphics, drawings are still a necessary part of dinosaur studies (Fig. 1.6). Some artists
depicting dinosaurs are professional scientific illustrators, whose artistic talents lie in
combining fossils with living animals while working within the prescribed bound-
aries of fact. Serious scientific illustration of dinosaur fossils requires much study of
the anatomy, inferred physiology, and behavior of dinosaurs. Not coincidentally,
some illustrators are professional paleontologists who honed their observational skills
19
DEFINING DINOSAURS
FIGURE 1.7 A classic painting by Charles R. Knight of the Late Jurassic sauropod
Apatosaurus (more popularly known as Brontosaurus) in an aquatic habitat. First
published in The Century Magazine (1904) in the article Fossil Wonders of the
West: The Dinosaurs of the Bone-Cabin Quarry, Being the First Description of
the Greatest Find of Extinct Animals Ever Made, written by Henry Fairfield
Osborn. Transparency No. 2417(5), courtesy of the Library, American Museum
of Natural History.
through meticulous drawings of their subjects (Chapter 2). An artists knowledge

base is expanded considerably if the dinosaurs are to be re-created in their original
natural environments. Such illustrations necessitate study of non-dinosaurian animals,
plants, ecosystems, and landscapes that probably accompanied them. For example,
the illustrations of paleontologists Gregory Paul and Robert Bakker often show
dinosaurs in their interpreted environmental context. Such works demonstrate that
these illustrators are well acquainted with the anatomical traits of their subjects,
and are also familiar with evidence for ancient environments.
The works of artist Charles R. Knight were so evoca-
The most revered of tive and influential that they arguably constituted the
foundation of the popularity that surrounds some of
artists who depicted
the most famous dinosaurs today, such as Allosaurus,
dinosaurs was Charles R.
Tyrannosaurus, Triceratops, Stegosaurus, and the sauropod
Knight (18741953), an
Apatosaurus (previously known as Brontosaurus; Fig. 1.7).
American who worked Knights attempts at realistically illustrating dinosaurs as
with drawing, painting, living, active animals were facilitated by his consultations
and sculpting to fashion with professional paleontologists and intensive study of
portraits of dinosaurs. his subjects. Knights enduring images of Apatosaurus
immersed in bodies of water, and Tyrannosaurus con-
fronting Triceratops, have served as icons for the popular conception of these
dinosaurs, although some of these interpretations of dinosaurs behaviors changed
over the ensuing years. Some of Knights illustrations reflect hypotheses about
dinosaurs that were surprisingly ahead of his time, such as active and agile car-
nivorous dinosaurs (Chapter 9) and extremely large dinosaurs raising their front
feet off the ground (Chapter 10).
20
POPULAR CULTURE AND SCIENCE 1
The evolution of dinosaur illustrations also reflects the evolution of dinosaur

studies, particularly in the past 35 years. Dinosaurs were initially shown as slow,
dull-witted, cold-blooded reptiles (Chapter 3). However, they are now frequently
illustrated as dynamic, reasonably intelligent, and warm-blooded bird-like crea-
tures that were unique animals in the history of vertebrate life (Chapters 6 and 8).
Not all of the latter presumptions are firmly grounded in science. For example, one
prominent and potentially sensory-assaulting genre in dinosaur art, which resulted
from the re-interpretation of dinosaurs as bird-like, is the use of garish, near-
fluorescent color schemes, as well as inclusion of feathers in dinosaurs not known
to have them. In these cases, one must realize that art sometimes fails to imitate
life (or death, in the case of fossils). After all, interpretations of dinosaur coloration
are based on scanty evidence, and feathers that show some of that evidence for
coloration have only recently been reported for relatively few dinosaurs (Chap-
ters 5 and 9). However, recent discoveries of numerous species of feathered dino-
saurs in Cretaceous deposits of China now lend some credibility to such fanciful
portraits (Chapter 9).
The scientific bases of some dinosaur depictions in art can be questionable in
other respects, just as in other aspects of popular culture that attempt to mirror
reality. Among the most common mistakes made by illustrators is the inclusion of
anachronisms, which have dinosaurs or other organisms from different times
together. An example of an anachronism is Stegosaurus of the Jurassic Period and
Tyrannosaurus of the Cretaceous Period fighting one another, as shown in the
animated film Fantasia. Stegosaurus died out millions of years before Tyrannosaurus.
Another error is the juxtaposition of inappropriate environmental vistas sur-
rounding dinosaurs, such as volcanoes in areas where there is no scientific evid-
ence that volcanism occurred. Nevertheless, such unscientific portrayals are still
potentially valuable for application of the scientific method and critical reason-
ing skills (Chapter 2). Simply because a dinosaur is shown behaving a certain
way in an illustration can promote inquiry into what evidence may support such
a depiction.
Throughout this book, there are many opportunities to critically examine the
fossil evidence for dinosaurs with regard to their behavior and evolution. Such
analyses then can be compared with previous conceptions of dinosaurs and how
dinosaurs are depicted in popular culture. Some depictions may actually reflect
current scientific knowledge about dinosaurs, but such accuracy may have been
unintentional. Just because dinosaurs in a movie, television show, fictional book,
or artwork are shown behaving in agreement with modern scientific knowledge does
not mean that the producers of these works did their homework. Nevertheless, with
all of these scientific caveats in mind, one can still appreciate the beauty of a
well-done dinosaur illustration. This is regardless of the fact that the dinosaurs are
reconstructed as living, breathing animals or portrayed through the earthy, static
realism of their fossils.
Popular Culture and Science
Dinosaur Models and the Estimation of Dinosaur Weights

An example of how science, art, and popular culture can be combined is through
information derived from models of dinosaurs. Dinosaurs are often associated
with huge sizes, but how can the question How big were dinosaurs? be
answered? This book refers to the kilograms or metric tonnage (1000 kg, which equals
2200 pounds) of a particular dinosaur, even though no one has actually weighed
a living (or even recently dead) one. Arriving at such figures requires a few simple
21
DEFINING DINOSAURS
principles of physics, a little bit of math in the form of biometry, and some help
from the dinosaur models.
Dinosaur models, usually encountered in toy stores or gift shops of natural his-
tory museums, are a form of mass-produced artwork for which the artists are
usually not credited. Nonetheless, many of the models are based on at least some
scientifically-derived estimates for dinosaur morphology. Moreover, they are some-
times scaled to a standard size in relation to a full-sized species of dinosaur. Armed
with these models, a vessel containing water, some measuring tools, and a little bit
of knowledge, the approximate weight of a dinosaur can be calculated.
Weight is a measurement of the amount of force exerted by gravity, which is
caused by the attraction of the matter for matter. In the case of the Earth, the force
of gravity is expressed by the following equation:
F = Gm1m2/d 2 (1.1)
where G is the gravitational constant (9.8 meters/second2); m1 and m2 are the

masses of the objects attracted to one another (one of them being the Earth, the
other being any other object); and d is the distance separating the two objects.
The force is measured in newtons (N), expressed as kg/m/s2. This shows that weight,
in this case, is a force expressed by the mass of an object multiplied by the accel-
eration that is imparted to it from its attraction to the Earth. As a force, a persons
weight will vary very slightly on the Earths surface. This variation depends on whether
a person is directly over an area of the Earth with slightly more or less mass inter-
acting with their mass, as well as the distance between those two masses. For dinosaurs
that had much mass, which we have interpreted on the basis of the large size of
their skeletal parts and inferred musculature, a logical conclusion is that they cor-
respondingly had much weight.
If a scale was not to hand to measure someones weight, it could still be esti-
mated on the basis of two parameters:
1 volume, which is the three-dimensional space occupied by a certain

amount of matter and normally expressed in cubic centimeters (cm3); and
2 density, which is the mass of that matter divided by volume and expressed
in grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm3).
Dipping someone into a bathtub and measuring the volume of water displaced
could measure the volume. For example, once immersed, the person might displace
72.0 liters of water, which converts to 72,000 cm3 (because 1.0 ml = 1.0 cm3 = 1.0 g,
with pure water as a standard). Because the human body is mostly composed of
water, its density is also close to that of water, about 0.9 g/cm3. To find out the
weight, simply multiply mass by volume, where W is weight, d is density, and v
is volume:
W = dv (1.2)
Step 1. W = 0.9 g/cc 72,000 cc = 64,800 g

(converting to kilograms)
Step 2. = 64,800 g 1000 g/kg = 64.8 kg
The present mass of the Earth is assumed to be identical to that in the Mesozoic
Era. A model of a tyrannosaur, scaled at 0.033 (3.3%) of the original size of the
22
POPULAR CULTURE AND SCIENCE 1
dinosaur, would displace 235 ml (235 cm3) of water, if fully immersed. However,
the assumed density for the tyrannosaur is 0.8 g/cc, which is less dense than a
person because of the degree of hollowness in some dinosaur bones (Chapter 8).
Is 0.8 g/cm3 then multiplied by 235 cm3? No, because the tyrannosaur must be made
larger by scaling it to life-size. This means recognizing that 3.3% is about equal
to 1/30 and that it had three dimensions (length, width, height), which corresponds
approximately to its original volume. Thus, scaling involves making the tyrannosaur
30 times longer, wider, and higher than the model, which results in the following
volume change, where V is volume, l is length, w is width, and h is height:
V = lwh (1.3)
Step 1. V = 30 30 30 = 27,000 times the volume of the model
Using this volume increase and multiplying it by the density and the measured
volume yields the following results for the tyrannosaur:
W = dv1v2 (1.4)
Step 1. W = 0.8 g/cm3 235 cm3 27,000 = 5,076,000

(Converting to kilograms)
Step 2. = 5,076,000 g 1000 g/kg = 5076 kg
(Converting to metric tons)
Step 3. = 5076 kg 1000 kg/ton = 5.076 metric tons
where W is weight, d is density, v1 is measured volume, v2 is the volume increase.

Hence an initial estimate of how much a particular dinosaur weighed can be cal-
culated. This is probably not accurate, because the first assumption is that the model
is an accurate representation of the dinosaur. This assumption is made despite the
fact that many species of dinosaurs are known from less than 90% complete skele-
tons. As a result, their reconstruction is sometimes sketchy (Chapters 6 and 7).
Furthermore, not all model-makers are concerned with constructing scientifically
accurate figures. Another assumption is that the density was 0.8 g/cm3, whereas other
researchers have made estimates of 0.91.1 g/cm3.
Alternative methods have been used for estimating dinosaur weight. One
method uses measurements of leg-bone circumferences of extant mammal species
and correlates these data with animal weights. This results in different values for
dinosaurs, suggesting that either method might work, or not.
The important point here is that some artistic interpretations of dinosaurs,
which are based on at least some available scientific information, can be tested in
a scientific manner for their feasibility. Such tests can demonstrate that any sup-
posed gap between science and popular art is not as wide as we sometimes think.
These weight estimates derived from models also help us to better appreciate the
possible weights of some dinosaurs relative to living animals. For perspective,
an adult African elephant can weigh 5 metric tons, which is about the same
weight as our hypothetical tyrannosaur. Realizing that a carnivore, such as T. rex,
may have weighed as much as an African elephant adds a sense of realism to it
that transcends models, paintings, or photographs of its remains, and brings it more
to life.
23
DEFINING DINOSAURS
SUMMARY
Because dinosaurs are an important part

of popular culture and hence are easily re-
cognizable, the study of them serves as
an apt vehicle for understanding how sci-
ence is applied to their study. A starting
point for applying the science of dinosaur stud-
ies is to understand what is or is not a dinosaur, using
a definition as a prompt for asking questions, as a large
number of animals regarded as dinosaurs actually are not. A
dinosaur is defined initially as a reptile-like or bird-like animal, with an
upright posture, that spent most (perhaps all) of its life on land and lived
from about 23065 million years ago. Dinosaurs then can be classified
by either a Linnaean or phylogenetic (cladistic) classification system. The
cladistic method is preferred because it better expresses hypotheses
about evolutionary relatedness within dinosaurs as a group. These hypo-
theses are best described through a cladogram, a diagram that shows
ancestor-descendant relationships.
The two sciences most commonly associated with dinosaur studies are
geology and biology, which are also augmented by other sciences, such
as chemistry, physics, math, and computer science. Their use illustrates
how the interrelation of all sciences can contribute to a field of study.
Despite the apprehension of many people about the sciences, especially
those that frequently use symbols and numbers, it is necessary to know
a minimal amount about them to better understand dinosaurs. Profes-
sional paleontologists typically have to know some facets of all scientific
disciplines. In many cases they also must be illustrators, writers, public
speakers, and deal with the physical and logistical difficulties of performing
fieldwork in remote locations.
Popular culture, such as books, TV shows, movies, artwork, and Web
pages, reflect public ideas about dinosaurs that may or may not be
based on scientific reality but they can follow general scientific trends.
Whenever encountering these images of dinosaurs, the question of
What evidence justifies these depictions? should be asked. However,
of all dinosaur artwork, scientific illustration is the most important with
regard to dinosaur studies and combines scientific knowledge with artistic
abilities to convey accurate information.
Math is an essential tool for dinosaur studies and is expressed mostly
through measurements, which are made through the international stand-
ard of the metric system. Math can be used in nearly every aspect of
dinosaur studies, as demonstrated by the use of some simple calculations
of estimated dinosaur weights based on their models. Such step-by-step
methods help to show that math has practical uses in dinosaur studies
and can be made more understandable in an applicative context.
24
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS 1
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS
1. Name three examples of animals that you

thought were dinosaurs before
reading the definition given at
the beginning of the
chapter. How did appli-
cation of this definition
help you to change your mind?
2. Think of what animals today are bipedal and have an
erect posture. What might be an advantage or disadvantage of
bipedalism and erect posture, as a direct response to some change
in the animals environments?
3. Think of what large animals today live most of their lives on land but
are also capable of swimming. What evidence would you need to
show that some large dinosaurs sometimes swam?
4. Current archaeological evidence indicates that the oldest Egyptian
pyramid was built about 2800 BCE. Calculate the percentage its age
comprises out of 65 million years, which is about when the last
dinosaur died.
5. Is a fossil egg a body fossil or a trace fossil? Explain why.
6. Which of the sciences outlined in the chapter would you use to answer
these questions about dinosaurs and why? (You may choose more
than one.)
a. How high could they have jumped?
b. How did they mate?
c. Did dinosaur bones get buried quickly or did they lie out in the
open for a long time?
d. Does a deep track left by a dinosaur mean that it weighed a lot?
e. How long was a particular dinosaur if you only find its leg bones?
f. What food did dinosaurs eat and how did they digest it?
g. Did dinosaurs make sounds and, if so, what did they sound like?
h. What did dinosaurs smell like?
i. Where did dinosaurs live?
7. Give an example of what you think is an ecosystem and outline
some of its physical characteristics, such as vegetation, rainfall, and
temperature. How might dinosaurs have interacted with or been
affected by some of these environmental factors?
8. Think of two examples of how you learned about some concept
of dinosaur behavior through reading a book, seeing a TV show, or
watching a movie. Did you assume that these portrayed behaviors
were based on actual research? If so, what aspects of the portrayal
convinced you of that?
9. Flip through this entire book and pick out your top five favorite
illustrations (either photographs or drawings). Why did you make this
choice?
10. Estimate the weights of the following dinosaurs using the described
models.
a. Camarasaurus: 172 cm3, 2.5% scale, density of 0.9 g/cm3
b. Allosaurus: 220 cm3, 3.3% scale, density of 0.8 g/cm3
c. Pachycephalosaurus: 215 cm3, 5.0% scale, density of 0.95 g/cm3
d. Brachiosaurus: 546 cm3, 2.5% scale, density of 1.05 g/cm3
25
DEFINING DINOSAURS
Bibliography
Alexander, R. M. 1989. Dynamics of Dinosaurs and Other Extinct Giants. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Bakker, R. T. 1986. The Dinosaur Heresies. New York: Kensington Publishing.
Crichton, M. 1990. Jurassic Park. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds) 1997. Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. San Diego, California:
Academic Press.
Currie, P. J. and Tropea, M. 2000. Dinosaur Imagery: The Science of Lost Worlds and Jurassic
Art (The Lanzendorf Collection). New York: Academic Press.
Czerkas, S. and Glut, D. F. 1982. Dinosaurs, Mammoths, and Cavemen: The Art of Charles
R. Knight. New York: E. P. Dutton, Inc.
Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds) The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington,
Indiana: Indiana University Press.
Feldman, H. R. and Wilson, J. 1998. The godzilla syndrome scientific inaccuracies of
prehistoric animals in the movies. Journal of Geoscience Education 46: 456459.
Glut, D. F. and Brett-Surman, M. K. 1997. Dinosaurs and the media. In Farlow, J. O.
and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana:
Indiana University Press. pp. 675706.
Gould, S. J. 1991. The dinosaur rip-off. In Gould, S. J., Bully for Brontosaurus: New
York: W. W. Norton and Company. pp. 94106.
Haste, H. 1993. Dinosaur as metaphor. Modern Geology 18: 349370.
Henderson, D. 1997. Restoring dinosaurs as living animals. In Farlow, J. O. and
Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
University Press. pp. 165172.
Jones, S. 1993. The Illustrated Dinosaur Movie Guide. London: Titan Books.
Lockley, M. G. and Wright, J. L. 2000. Reading about dinosaurs an annotated biblio-
graphy of books. Journal of Geoscience Education 48: 167178.
Norell, M. A., Gaffney, E. S. and Dingus, L. 1995. Discovering Dinosaurs in the American
Museum of Natural History. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, Inc.
Norman, D. B. 1985. The Illustrated Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. London: Salamander Books,
Ltd.
Psihoyos, L. and Knoebber, J. 1994. Hunting Dinosaurs. New York: Random House.
Rossbach, T. J. 1996. Fantasia and our changing views of dinosaurs. Journal of Geoscience
Education 44: 1317.
Torrens, H. S. 1993. The dinosaurs and dinomania over 150 years. Modern Geology 18:
257286.
Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds). 2004. The Dinosauria (2nd Edition).
Berkeley, California: University of California Press.
26
Chapter
2
While you are on a plane, the man in the seat next to you notices that you are
reading this book and starts a conversation with you about dinosaurs. Soon he
begins to tell you that he heard a theory that dinosaurs and people actually
lived at the same time, and that the proof is represented by some tracks in
east Texas that show that dinosaurs and people were walking in the same area
at the same time. When you ask where he heard this, he replies that he read it
on the Internet, but he knows lots of other people who also believe it. When
you express your skepticism about his claim, he says, Well, thats what I believe.
Besides, you dont have any proof that dinosaurs and people didnt live at the
same time. Thats just your opinion.
In what ways can you use scientific methods to comment on your traveling
companions methodology?
2
Overview of
Scientific Methods
Importance of Scientific Methods

Observational Methods: The Beginning of Questions
Ethics and Dinosaur Studies
Summary
Bibliography
OVERVIEW OF SCIENTIFIC METHODS
Importance of Scientific
Methods
Science in Both Paleontology and Everyday Life

Paleontology is a science and, as with any science, paleontologists test hypotheses
to see if they are wrong. If an alternative hypothesis is better supported by the evid-
ence and analysis than a previously accepted hypothesis, or if the previous hypo-
thesis is shown to be false, then it is rejected. Examples of rejected hypotheses in
dinosaur paleontology include:
1 some very large dinosaurs lived most of their lives immersed in water (e.g.,
Fig. 1.7; Chapter 10);
2 bipedal dinosaurs stood upright and walked with their tails dragging on the
ground (Chapters 9, 11, and 14); and
3 dinosaurs were large reptiles and behaved like modern reptiles (Chapter 8).
Paleontologists who have concluded that a currently accepted hypothesis is wrong

must write their results coherently, in many cases accompanying their written evalu-
ation with photographs or other illustrations. They then send these reports to col-
leagues, who they know will be honest in their evaluation of them. After the reviews
are completed, they will discuss any criticisms with those colleagues. They may send
the revised draft of their report, perhaps with new or changed illustrations, to other
reviewers. Finally, they may need to present their hypothesis, either written or orally,
in a public forum to other paleontologists who are well acquainted with their sub-
ject. If, at the end of this process, the evidence still supports their new hypothe-
sis, it will be conditionally accepted that is, until someone else provides sufficient
evidence to persuade the paleontological community otherwise.
The study of dinosaurs is largely a science, so knowing how it works gives us an
appreciation of science in general. This knowledge is useful, even if one does not
intend to become one of the few hundred professional dinosaur paleontologists
distributed worldwide. For example, deciding whether to
take an umbrella before leaving home in the morning may
Scientific methods
involve the use of scientific methods. Evaluating a potential
constitute a form of
home before deciding whether to move into it can also use
evidence-based
scientific methods. Deciding who receives a vote in an elec-
reasoning that tion may use scientific methods. Properly assessing the fac-
everyone uses in tual content of a news story necessitates scientific methods.
their everyday life. If applied properly, they constitute an excellent way to make
informed decisions. This is why many students who perceive
themselves as non-scientists are actually scientists (albeit non-professional) in the
30
IMPORTANCE OF SCIENTIFIC METHODS
sense that they have been actively applying scientific methods in some facet of their
lives. If they look closely enough, they will find sufficient evidence to disprove their 2
initial perception that they are non-scientific.
What Is a Fact?
A fact is a phenomenon that has an actual, objective existence. For humans to under-
stand facts, observations must be made of them. Contrary to the old adage see-
ing is believing, these observations are not necessarily visual, but might be gathered
through other senses. Observations regarding everyday facts could include seeing
a sunset, smelling a flower, or hearing thunder. However, what is considered as a
fact can change in terms of how it is interpreted. For example, the sun can be observed
to move through the sky, which was at one time interpreted as evidence that the
sun moves around the Earth. Of course, we now know that the Earth revolves around
the sun, and it is the Earth that is moving. The Earths rotation and its revolution
around the sun, however, did not suddenly become real as soon as humans real-
ized that these were the actual processes. So, to qualify as facts, actual and objec-
tive phenomena should exist independent of human perceptions.
Observations do not have to be direct to provide facts. After all, no one has actu-
ally seen an atom or a bacterium without the aid of instruments, yet no rational
person doubts their factual existence. Phenomena detected by animals (see box)
have no less existence just because humans cannot perceive
them. Those that lie beyond the unaided sensory realm of
Unlike humans,
humans can be detected through tools that amplify their
canines can hear in
effects. Examples of these are mass spectrometers that count
frequencies beyond
atoms (Chapter 4) and microscopes that provide magnified
normal human images of bacteria. Direct observations that deal with
hearing, and some dinosaurs might include seeing a footprint made by one or
birds can see in the feeling a dinosaur skeleton, but indirect observations might
ultraviolet part of include detecting what chemicals compose their eggs or
the electromagnetic looking at dinosaur bone structures through a microscope.
spectrum. Regardless of whether these observations are direct or indir-
ect, they qualify as facts because they are based on objects
that actually exist. Facts are ideally undeniable, although some observations can
lead to different interpretations. Consequently, explanations for those facts are sub-
ject to debate and are malleable, but facts constitute evidence, which is the foun-
dation of scientific methods.
Interestingly, different forms of evidence in paleontology are treated as being less
or more direct evidence of ancient life. Body fossils, such as shells, bones, eggs,
feathers, and skin impressions, are often considered as more directly relating to ancient
life than trace fossils, such as burrows, tracks, trails, nests, toothmarks, and feces
(Chapter 14). An analysis of which type of fossil evidence is held in the higher
regard by paleontologists can be conducted by simply examining cover photo-
graphs or illustrations of science journals. The clear and overwhelming favorite
is body fossils, and the majority of these are dinosaurs or fossil humans. An inde-
pendent test of this favoritism can then be applied to the articles in the journals.
Again, those that deal with body fossils are much more common than those about
trace fossils, despite the fact that trace fossils made by these same organisms may
be much more common in the geologic record. Nevertheless, trace fossils are now
more highly regarded than in the past because paleontologists who study them are
promoting their intrinsic value in interpreting, for example, ancient behavior
(Chapter 14). In paleoanthropology, controversy raged for a long time over
whether ancient hominids from 3.5 million years ago walked upright or not, and
the conflicts were all based on interpretations of a few fragmentary skeletal
31
FIGURE 2.1 Hominid

footprints overprinting
other hominid footprints,
suggesting that one hominid
purposefully stepped into
the footprints of another
preceding it. Cast of original
trackways, which were
preserved in 3.5 million-year-
old volcanic ash in Laetoli,
Tanzania.
remains. But the controversy was mostly put to rest when paleoanthropologists found
footprints attributed to these same hominids in a 3.5 million-year-old deposit. The
tracks not only showed upright walking, but an ease with it, as one individual had
purposefully stepped in the tracks of a preceding one (Fig. 2.1). Moreover, a nearby
smaller individual, possibly a juvenile, also showed the same evidence of bipedal-
ism, meaning that three individuals were all walking in the same way. In this case,
and in many others, body fossils and trace fossils certainly constitute different forms
of fossil evidence, with one not being necessarily better than the other. The sci-
entific significance of the evidence depends on the factually-based quality of the
fossils themselves and how carefully the associated observations are recorded and
interpreted.
32
Facts are described through collecting data (data being the plural form of
datum), which comprise the recording of observations. Not all data are created 2
equally, however, and the quality of the descriptive methods and the classification
of data are important for distinguishing what is useful for science and what is not.
For example, a dinosaur bone might be seen protruding from the ground by two
different observers, who respectively record their data as follows:
OBSERVER A: There was this big dinosaur bone, but not too big, which looked
gray, like my grandmothers hair, and it was sticking out of the dirt.
OBSERVER B: The object had a linear trend and was 12.5 cm wide with an exposed
length of 24.7 cm. It also had millimeter-wide parallel striations
running the length of it, a light to medium gray overall color, and
a noticeable but slight widening to its distal, rounded end. The host
sediment was fine-grained sand mixed with hematitic clay, and the
object was protruding at about a 20-degree angle with respect to
the horizontal plane of the ground surface.
Observer A showed some promise and laudable enthusiasm, but did a poor job
overall of collecting any meaningful data that could be classified or communicated
readily to others who did not observe the bone. Observer B used a combination of
verbal description and numbers in the data collection, and used a minimum of
interpretation (the object was not even identified as a dinosaur bone or any other
type of bone). Note that the fact of the dinosaur bones existence does not change
with either description. As the preceding example shows, however, the way the bone
is described can differ considerably, and if done inadequately can inspire doubt in
other potential observers about the factual existence of the bone.
The example also shows some methods of data collection and how data are
classified. Data can be collected through either qualitative or quantitative methods.
Qualitative methods typically include using oral or written descriptions of the
observed phenomena, as well as illustrations. The latter can be diagrams, sketches,
or photographs, which are particularly useful for summarizing a large amount of
information without added verbosity. Quantitative methods involve the use of meas-
urements and the recording of the numbers associated with them; such measure-
ments may be then described further through statistics and equations. Qualitative
and quantitative methods can reinforce one another, such as when a diagram depicts
visually what otherwise may be complex mathematical relationships (Fig. 2.2). A
cladogram (see Fig. 1.3) is an example of a diagram that combines the results of
qualitative and quantitative methods. It is based on observations of anatomical traits,
then statistical analyses of the data are used to hypothesize which organisms are
the most closely related to one another (Chapter 5).
Once qualitative and quantitative data are carefully collected and communicated
to other people, facts become clearer to observers. For example, people have
repeatedly observed falling objects and have collected data from these observations,
leading them to conclude that gravity is a fact. People have observed repeatedly
nuclear reactions and collected data on them, thus they now realize that the effects
of nuclear physics are factual. People have observed repeatedly the effects of the
development of new species over time and have collected data on these effects,
eventually resulting in the knowledge that biological evolution is a fact. Because
people have observed repeatedly many bodily remains or traces of dinosaurs and
collected much data on them, they also know that the former existence of
dinosaurs is a fact. Because the explanations for these observations are equivocal,
however, science does not stop with just the gathering of facts. In science, facts
and how they occur as real phenomena require interpretations, not just acceptance
of their existence.
33
FIGURE 2.2 Scientific assessment of the skull of

Coelophysis baurii, a Late Triassic theropod. (A) Skull of
adult Coelophysis, showing qualitative traits (two holes
in rear right side of skull, prominent eye socket, sharp
teeth); Denver Museum of Science and Nature. (B) Bar
graph of skull lengths (n = 15) for Coelophysis bauri,
arranged in order of increasing length. Based on data
from Cope (1887) and summarized by Colbert (1990).
What Is a Hypothesis and How Is It Tested?

A hypothesis is a conditional explanation of an observation, or series of observa-
tions, that typically proposes a cause for the observations (Fig. 2.3). A hypothesis
results from asking the questions:
n What caused the observed fact?

n How did the observed fact occur? and
n Why did the event that I observed happen, and not some other
phenomenon?
Important characteristics of a hypothesis are that it must be:
1 testable;
2 falsifiable;
3 based on independently verifiable and observable factual information; and
4 used to make predictions.
In paleontology, the last of these qualities is about predicting future discoveries

rather than future experiments, because all fossils and sediments that covered them
occurred in the past. Paleontologists, therefore, make retrodictions, not predictions.
Testing a scientific hypothesis means that another observer can make more
observations repeatedly with regard to the hypothesis. An idea that does not have
34
FIGURE 2.3 Example of the difference

between fact and hypothesis, as well as 2
description and interpretation. Facts: Two
features occur on the surface of a rock in
Big Bend National Park in western Texas,
USA. Both features show semi-circular and
crescentic lines emanating and expanding
from a point, but one feature is larger
than the other and the larger one is also
concave, whereas the smaller one is
convex. Hypotheses to explain the
features:
1 They are completely unrelated forms of
unknown origin;
2 They are odd patterns made in the rock
when it fractured on this surface and
their similarity in form is a result of the
uniformity of the rock, which controlled
the fracturing;
3 They are plant leaves that were bent
upward and downward in the sediment
soon after they were buried in the
sediment that later formed the rock;
4 They are trace fossils made by animals that lived long ago in the sediment, where the animals
were progressively feeding out from a central point but one went up and the other went down;
5 They are the outside and inside imprint of animal bodies, where the animals were similar but just
had different sizes at the time they were buried;
6 They are carvings made in the rock by Native Americans, before Europeans settled in the area,
that symbolize the light coming from the sun (the larger one, because it gives more light) and
the moon (the smaller one because it gives less light, and also carved in opposite relief to the
sun to symbolize the opposites of night and day).
any factual evidence supporting it is not considered a scientific hypothesis because

it cannot be subjected to any testing. For example, the following statement is not
a scientific hypothesis:
Some dinosaurs were invisible, weightless, and left no bodily remains or other traces
of their existence.
No verifiable evidence can be gathered independently to either support or test

this idea even once, let alone repeatedly. As a result, belief in the former existence
of such dinosaurs would be entirely based on faith, not evidence. This is not to
say that faith-based reasoning is wrong, just that it does not qualify as science.
Testing of a hypothesis, usually through collection and analysis of data, and review
of reports that interpret the data, can lead to any of three possible outcomes at a
given time:
1 complete rejection of the hypothesis;

2 complete acceptance of the hypothesis; or
3 modification of the hypothesis that accepts part of it and rejects part of it.
The third of these outcomes is the most common; scientists rarely come to agree-
ment on all details of a hypothesis! Nevertheless, if the main points of a hypothesis
are supported after further testing and not disproved, then it is conditionally accepted
35
but with the acknowledgment that it might later be proved wrong. A researcher
also may have multiple hypotheses proposed as alternative explanations for the
observations, but each of these must be tested for their veracity through the same
methodology. The researcher also must be open to any new evidence that supports
one of the originally rejected hypotheses, which would prompt a reinvestigation
of their explanations.
The original investigators of some observed phenomena, who summarize the results
of their testing and conclusions in a presentable form, typically test a hypothesis
first. Then the results and conclusions are given to reviewers, who critically exam-
ine the evidence and explanations of the observations. Experts on the subject may
attempt to repeat the methods and results described by the investigators, so they
can compare the proposed results to their own experiences. This procedure is called
peer review, a form of independent confirmation that is an essential part of the
formal scientific process. In dinosaur studies, any potentially new discovery of
dinosaur body or trace fossils is followed typically by a process where the investig-
ators analyze their find, test results from the analyses, summarize and illustrate
their find in a report, and submit that report to recognized dinosaur experts for
peer review.
If a scientific report, with its hypotheses, is accepted for publication, then it is
shared in topic-specific journals or at professional meetings with scientists who have
similar interests. In the latter situation, papers are given as formal presentations in
front of peers, either as a talk or a poster. These papers then undergo more peer
review from those who view these presentations. This process means that just because
a paper is accepted for publication or presentation does not mean that it is cor-
rect. It may still be disproved or modified by further critical analysis from the sci-
entific community, sometimes many years after it was conditionally accepted.
The original manuscripts of some science books also undergo peer review.
Because of this variability in procedure in comparison to most journals, the mater-
ial presented in books should be examined for evidence of peer review before accept-
ing that any hypotheses within it are scientifically based. In fact, this book
underwent peer review and was considerably improved in its scientific accuracy
through that method, although it still may contain some factual errors and dis-
proved hypotheses. Fortunately for the students using this book now, it is a sec-
ond edition. This means that many, although probably not all, of the mistakes from
the first edition (written in 2000) were corrected and new evidence and hypothe-
ses were added. It is also largely a secondary source, which means that little of
the information presented here represents original dinosaur research done by the
author. Likewise, many books that are considered as reliable sources of informa-
tion, such as encyclopedias or textbooks, are actually at least one step removed from
their original sources of information. Thus, these are more liable to error because,
for example, the authors could have misinterpreted the works of others. An ana-
logy to this situation can be illustrated by photocopying a document, then photo-
copying each successive photocopy; after about 20 reiterations, the words from
the document may be unreadable.
Internal documents written in private corporations or in some government agen-
cies, even if done by scientists who use scientific methods, are also not considered
as peer reviewed because they are rarely shared with the rest of the scientific com-
munity for evaluation. Reports that are issued from such entities must be exam-
ined very critically. This is especially the case if they have conclusions that
positively affirm the mission statement of the corporation or government agency
with no additional self-critique (hence indicating a possible bias). Such distortions
are a result of a priori reasoning, where conclusions are first accepted as correct,
then facts are selected afterwards on the basis of how well they conform to the
conclusions. Recent examples of such misuse of internal reports were those written
36
by tobacco-company scientists, which were later submitted as evidence by tobacco

companies in US courts, and revisions to a US EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) 2
statement on global warming. These documents were not submitted to scientists
who had interests differing from the companies or government agencys goals for
peer review. Similarly, some pharmaceutical firms specify that if the results of test-
ing performed under contract by scientists from outside of the firm, such as those
at universities, contradict the firms commercial interests, the firm will reserve the
right to prevent the scientists from publicly disclosing the information. Such sci-
entific research falls under the realm of proprietary information (owned by the
company), which means that much of the science that goes on in private corpora-
tions is not revealed to the worldwide scientific community. Some instances in
which proprietary science does reach the rest of the mainstream scientific community,
however, are from petroleum and mining companies that have shared their results
with paleontologists or geologists, including discoveries of some important fossils.
As a result, valid scientific hypotheses have been confused
with ideas that have no factual bases. Formal peer review
In the past decade,
is rarely applied to the vast majority of Web pages, so a plethora
the widespread use
of seemingly informative sites may be only expressions of the
of home computers
authors imaginations. In fact, because single individuals
and Web pages has might produce Web pages, they rarely go through an edito-
also revolutionized rial process and usually lack any outside input. Peer-reviewed
how publishing is scientific journals, however, are now becoming more com-
done. monly adapted to the Web, and some journals, such as
Palaeontologia Electronica, are published entirely online.
Although this practice is becoming more normal, most web sites that propose sup-
posed hypotheses should be viewed with a critical eye.
Similarly, a common mistake associated with some scientific discoveries is for
researchers to go to press too quickly with their results. They will let newspapers,
magazines, or web sites publish their claims, rather than going through peer-reviewed
journals first. The rapidity of publication in the popular media typically causes the
promotion of hypotheses about scientific discoveries well before they have been
scrutinized through peer review. Furthermore, mainstream journalists are rarely expert
enough in any scientific field to sufficiently perform their own peer review. This
means that hypotheses seen in print, reported on television, or published on a web
site may not necessarily be based on fact. This circumstance of scientific uncertainty
about what is reported is an especially common problem with dinosaur finds because
of the inordinate amount of media attention given to such fossils.
Two examples of dinosaur-related stories that went to the popular press before
they had adequate peer review involved discovery of a dinosaur track and of a fea-
thered theropod. In the former example, a news report in 1998 stated that a pale-
ontologist had found dinosaur tracks in Bolivia, indicating that the dinosaur that
made them was about 350 meters long. Considering that all dinosaurs described
over the past 175 years of dinosaur studies were much less than 100 meters long,
either the information presented to the media was incorrect or it was incorrectly
reported. One hypothesis to explain this discrepancy is that the original informa-
tion was garbled when the paleontologist relayed it to the media, such as the dinosaur
trackway may have been 350 meters long, not the dinosaur. This indeed turned
out to be the case, but an unquestioning reporter placed the erroneous informa-
tion into the story anyway. In the second example, a fossil found in Lower
Cretaceous rocks of China in 1999 seemed to be that of a feathered theropod with
other features shared by both theropods and birds. The fossil was quickly given a
species name, Archaeoraptor liaoningensis, and it was first seen in print in a main-
stream, popular magazine that had partially sponsored the research. Later examina-
tion of the fossil revealed that it was actually a very clever forgery, having been
37
FIGURE 2.4
Comparison between
Archaeopteryx, a Late
Jurassic bird, and
Compsognathus, a Late
Jurassic theropod, as
an approximate
example of a transition
between fossil forms as
predicted by Darwins
hypothesis of natural
selection. Reprinted by
permission. From Paul
(1988), The Predatory
Dinosaurs of the World,
Simon & Schuster, NY,
p. 115.
composed of rocks pasted together that contained two different animals, a fossil non-
avian theropod and a fossil bird. Ironically, both of the fossils were new to science
at the time too, which initially gave it added credibility! Unfortunately, such mis-
takes can damage the credibility of a genuine find. Because of this potential pitfall,
scientists are often quite reticent about reporting their preliminary findings when
interviewed by mainstream journalists. Also, some journals will reject a paper if
the results were previously published in a mainstream source, especially if the authors
of the paper actively sought the publicity before they submitted it to the journal.
The ability to predict future observations on the basis of a hypothesis is one of
the most effective and powerful ways to test its relative strength, and is central to
scientific methods. An example of this predictability in paleontology was Charles
Darwins book On the Origin of Species, published in 1859, in which he predicted
that transitional forms between major groups of organisms would be found in the
fossil record. This prediction was followed two years later by the discovery of
Archaeopteryx, a Late Jurassic fossil that shows numerous shared characteristics of
dinosaurs and modern birds (Fig. 2.4). Hypotheses that do not predict observations
in such a manner are incomplete (although not necessarily wrong), and consequently
may not be built on a firm scientific foundation.
Two sequential steps can summarize the essence of hypothesis building: descrip-
tion and interpretation. The description phase involves the gathering of data (obser-
vations), which should be as meticulous and detailed as is humanly practical. For
example, an analysis of hundreds of dinosaur bones might involve measuring and
describing every feature of each individual bone, then performing statistical ana-
lyses of the quantitative data and verbal summaries of the qualitative data.
Another description might require measuring and describing a dinosaur trackway
that extends for 50 meters. Yet another description might be preceded by crawling
on hands and knees in the hot summer sun to count the number of dinosaur eggshell
fragments in a meter square. Descriptions, however, should be done with some objec-
tive in mind, such as testing hypotheses. The descriptive step requires extraordin-
ary patience and trust in a process that has no guarantee of success.
Nearly all researchers consider the interpretation phase to be the most exciting part
of the scientific process. In this phase, imagination is encouraged but, of course,
38
only within the confines of what is described by the data. This is when scientists
say that the spike on an iguanodontian hand was used for defense against pred- 2
ators (Chapter 11). This is when they explain that the missing tracks in a dinosaur
trackway represents the dinosaur hopping on one foot (Chapter 14). This is when
they say that the eggshell fragments in a dinosaur nest were broken originally by
an egg-stealing dinosaur (Chapter 9). But this is also the phase when they might
endure the critical scorn and derision of the rest of the scientific community, espe-
cially if they made major mistakes during their first step, the description. Good
interpretations are nearly always preceded by good descriptions, although good
descriptions are not guarantees of good interpretations.
If the first step is done well, then the second step may eventually result in an
explanation that will satisfy most scientists. This is the case whether that expla-
nation is based on original descriptions or a reinterpretation of the descriptions of
others, maybe long after those original researchers have died. A hypothesis should
not be made with the expectation that it will please all scientists. Although the
complete dismissal of egos is unrealistic, scientists should also expect to develop a
skin as thick as an ankylosaur (Chapter 12) and separate themselves personally from
their work. As a scientist or thinking human being, getting used to constructive
criticism and learning from it each time should result in improvement with each
new attempt to answer the questions: What is this? or How did this happen?
What is a Theory?
A theory is a hypothesis, or set of related hypotheses, that withstands repeated
testing to the point of widespread acceptance by the scientific community.
Moreover, theories interrelate and overlap with one another; they do not stand alone
in isolation from one another. Because they are also typically based on interrelated
hypotheses, theories are still subject to further testing and are potentially
falsifiable, but the likelihood of their being proved absolutely wrong is unlikely. At
worst, theories are refined and better understood with time. Among the best-known
theories are:
1 gravitation, which explains observations of the attraction of matter for

matter;
2 biological evolution, which clarifies observations of organisms that are (or
were) modified through descent;
3 atomic theory, which gives reasons for observed behaviors of atomic and
subatomic particles, and
4 plate tectonics, which offers explanations for observed geologic phe-
nomena, such as earthquakes and volcanoes that occur in definite places
on the Earth.
Of these theories, plate tectonics is the youngest but, as will be explained later
(Chapter 4), sufficient evidence has accumulated during the past 35 years for it to
be accepted by the vast majority of geologists worldwide, and will very likely serve
as a working model of global processes for the future.
Hypotheses that have not yet withstood peer review and ideas that have no sup-
porting factual evidence are often mistakenly called theories. For example, some
paleontologists might say that they have a theory about what types of nests were
left by pachycephalosaurs (Chapter 13). Other paleontologists, however, might exam-
ine this statement and find that no pachycephalosaur eggs, nests, or even embry-
onic skeletons of these dinosaurs have ever been interpreted from the geologic record.
Therefore, such a theory is actually a weakly supported hypothesis, having been
based entirely on the factual existence of pachycephalosaurs and the probability
that they laid eggs.
39
A theory is often distinguished by its universal applicability, whereby scientists

in most countries of the world, regardless of their cultural, religious, or political
backgrounds, are applying major concepts of a theory for practical reasons.
Examples include the use of plate tectonic theory for earthquake prediction, evolu-
tionary theory for antibiotic development, quantum physics for radiometric age
dating (Chapter 3) and nuclear reactors, and gravitation for space exploration.
Consequently, these theories are being tested every day. Continued use of a the-
ory and its constant passing of these daily tests can only mean that it is being refined
and improved through such practical applications. Thus, the admonition that an
integrated concept in science, which has withstood the tests of generations of skep-
tical scientists worldwide, is just a theory exposes considerable ignorance or delib-
erate misrepresentation of what constitutes a theory in science. A recent example
of such casual dismissals by lay people of well-documented scientific hypotheses
is the criticism of global climate-change models (also known as global-warming
models), which are accepted by professional climatologists in more than 100 coun-
tries yet denounced by a few non-scientists in the USA as just a theory. This state-
ment and others like it are wrong in two respects:
1 the global climate-change models being criticized are based on a huge body
of independent observations made by scientists worldwide that neverthe-
less show remarkable consistency; and
2 the non-scientists are also appealing to a concept of equal time, in that
their unscientific opinions should be weighed as equally valid (or superior)
to hypotheses of the mainstream scientific community.
The latter consideration is inappropriate because the scientific community only

considers evidence-based reasoning as deserving of equal treatment. An analogous
situation is to tell a person to consider seriously the advice of a few paleontolo-
gists about a mechanical problem with a car, rather than listen to the consensus
of several thousand professional auto mechanics. The paleontologists may actually
have the correct advice, but a rational person should be more assured by the cumu-
lative experiences of the mechanics.
What Is an Opinion?
An opinion is an idea that is based more on how a person feels, and it may or
may not be based on factual information. For example, someone might say, I really
dislike Compsognathus (Fig. 2.4). When asked why, the person might say, Because
someone told me that it was a scavenger and I dont like scavengers. In this instance,
what this person has expressed is an opinion. A listener has few ways of knowing
what evidence or rationale supports that feeling, as well as the subsequent state-
ment. Opinions are not necessarily incorrect and may actually coincide with fac-
tual information, but they are not derived scientifically. Thus, a flippant rejection
of an evidence-based hypothesis or theory as just an opinion is fundamentally
incorrect. The dismissal itself is an opinion because it has no expressed factual infor-
mation supporting it and was not formed through evidence-based reasoning.
John Bell Hatcher, a dinosaur paleontologist (Chapter 3), expressed a similar per-
ception about the relative value of opinions in a 1907 publication, where he wrote
about the errors made by two other paleontologists regarding the identification of
some ceratopsian dinosaur remains (Chapter 13):
They [the errors] are, moreover, striking examples of that axiom so often disregarded
in vertebrate paleontology, namely, that one observed fact is worth any amount of
expert opinion.
40
Hatchers thought also relates well to the use of single or personal observations
and their value in science. Anecdotes, which are personal-experience stories com- 2
municated by one person to another, are not considered scientific, especially if they
are related as second-hand information. The use of anecdotes to support a hypo-
thesis risks the possibility of an individual fallacy, which means that a single obser-
vation by one person is applied universally in a potentially incorrect way. For example,
someone might say, I have a friend who discovered a new species of dinosaur,
therefore anyone can discover one. Because not all people have the right geographic
location, training, skills, funding, or luck to find a dinosaur within their lifetimes,
let alone a new species, such an assertion can be easily disproved. Just because a
circumstance is possible does not mean it is probable, nor does it mean that it actu-
ally happened or will happen.
Argument by authority is another method that uses the views of an expert
associated with a scientific discipline to support what may turn out to be mere opin-
ion. In this case, an authority, such as someone who may have numerous degrees
from well-known universities, might be quoted in a way that shows that persons
support for a particular idea. For example:
A. J. Martin, who is a famous paleontologist at a prestigious university, said that

dinosaurs are actually the descendants of extraterrestrial aliens. Therefore we must
consider this possibility.
Notice that no documentation was provided showing that Martin (no relation
to the author of this book) actually made this statement. Even if Martin did make
the statement, its entire context must be examined to see if it was preceded by a
clarifying sentence, such as early in his career, A. J. Martin ingested large amounts
of hallucinogens. Also notice that even if Martin did make this statement, it pre-
sents no supporting evidence. Finally, if evidence is associated with the statement,
further investigation would determine whether the statement underwent any sort
of peer review by experts in paleontology or if it was simply published in the
popular press, mentioned in an e-mail message, or garnered through hearsay. As a
result, Martins status as a famous paleontologist who works at a prestigious uni-
versity, or is otherwise an authority in his field, is irrelevant to the strength of his
argument. The evidence and how it is presented are what really matter in science.
To illustrate the last point, someone could point to the earlier quotation from
Hatcher as an argument from authority and speculate that it is taken out of con-
text. A responsible researcher would address such a criticism by providing the full
bibliographic reference from the peer-reviewed, scientific literature:
Hatcher, J. B. 1907. In Hatcher, J. B., Marsh, O. C., and Lull, R. S. The Ceratopsia.
United States Geological Survey Monograph 49. Washington, D.C.: US Government
Printing Office, 1907, 300 p.
The researcher is thus providing the original source of the information for the perusal
of anyone who would like to check on the quotation and its context. This places
the burden of disproof upon the critic, while simultaneously showing that the
researcher has nothing to hide.
A wonderful aspect of science is that it is not an autocracy, nor is it a demo-
cracy. What a single authority states should be irrelevant unless that person has
documented repeatable and testable evidence supporting that statement, regardless
of how qualified that person is in a scientific field or whether that person had pre-
viously made some notable scientific discoveries. Likewise, if a popular opinion
poll was taken tomorrow and it revealed that 51% of the people polled believed
that humans and dinosaurs co-existed, the paleontological community would not
41
change all of its voluminous findings that clearly contradict this view so that they
conform to public opinion. For this reason alone, scientists normally would make
extremely poor politicians and, not coincidentally, the vast majority of elected officials
are non-scientists.
Unfortunately, an actual public opinion poll in 1998 quizzed US adult parti-
cipants on their scientific knowledge and did show this same percentage (51%)
of people believing in the co-existence of dinosaurs and people, despite the well-
established, factually-based 65-million-year gap between them. However, a testing
of the validity of the original polling methods might also falsify or otherwise
modify the hypothesis presented by the pollsters. Ways to test it include asking:
1 how the question was asked;

2 how the data were collected;
3 the quality and classification of the data; and
4 whether the data were based on facts.
Opinions are unscientific enough, but a poorly-conducted gathering of a sample

of opinions risks compounding the original inaccuracies to the point of
meaninglessness.
What is Meant by Proof?

Proof is a word associated with science that is commonly misapplied by non-
scientists. For example, although media reports might say that scientists have proof
of the relationships between birds and dinosaurs, a reporter actually would be
more accurate in saying scientists have documented yet more convincing evidence
supporting the relationships between birds and dinosaurs (Chapters 8, 9, and 15).
Scientific methods do not deal with absolute proof of a hypothesis or even a
theory; proof is a completely accepted premise that is often erroneously syn-
onymized with truth, although the latter is closer in meaning to the previously-
defined term fact. Proof implies unchangeable conclusions in idealized
situations, such as those offered in mathematical proofs of geometric relationships.
In other words, mathematicians seek to prove their ideas, whereas scientists
attempt to test and disprove them.
What scientific methods can do is disprove (falsify) hypotheses or theories. Thus,
proof does not enter scientific discussion because scientists do not expect to find
a perfect explanation for what they have observed. Nevertheless, they hope in the
future to approach a more correct explanation than what they have now. This atti-
tude requires typically more observations (data collection), analysis, testing, and
peer review. Consequently, a scientists job is never done because science, by its
very nature, is always changing, self-correcting, and being continually refined by
new discoveries, never achieving proof. Paleontology is a wonderful example of this
type of change. As poor as the fossil record might seem in comparison to all of the
life that has lived on the Earth during its 4.6-billion-year existence, it improves every
day as yet more new fossils are found, described, and interpreted. In fact, as more
fossils are found, they provide a framework whereby paleontologists become
increasingly less surprised by new fossil finds.
An example of how the concept of proof can be superseded by scientific methods
is seen in the practice of law. If a trial results in a guilty verdict, the jury is making
this decision on the basis of asking themselves if the defendant is guilty beyond
a reasonable doubt. This ruling is typically made on the basis of the evidence pre-
sented in the trial, so it approximates a scientific methodology and may involve the
testimony of expert witnesses, some of whom might be professional scientists. The
now-common application of DNA testing to people convicted of crimes, however,
42
OBSERVATIONAL METHODS: THE BEGINNING OF QUESTIONS
sometimes years after they were convicted, has the potential to show with 99%
probability that another person committed the crime. Thus, the new results exon- 2
erate (falsify) the jury verdict, and the prosecuting attorneys proof is rendered invalid.
So a challenge to all readers of this book, in their applications of scientific
methods, is to ask:
1 which statements about dinosaurs presented in this book are based on

hypotheses, and
2 which are based on opinions.
A suggested procedure for this line of inquiry is to ask the following questions:
n What factual evidence supports the statement?

n Is the statement testable?
n Is the testing repeatable and independently verifiable?
n Did the idea expressed in the statement undergo peer review in the scientific
literature or other scientific forums?
n Can the statement be used to make predictions?
n Can the statement be proved false?
A cautionary note in this respect is to beware of people who claim to be scientists

and say such things as But I have proof ! This person is most likely not a
scientist because most scientists are very careful, after years of experience and
conditioning by their mentors and peers, to use this word sparingly in their sci-
entific vocabulary. Much of science consists of mostly friendly argumentation
prompted by curiosity that rarely ends with the final acceptance of a hypothesis,
because hypotheses are, by definition, conditional. Even a well-supported hypothe-
sis or theory should provoke more questions, rather than a single, definite answer.
Observational Methods: The Beginning of Questions
Hints on How to Observe

Observations, as mentioned earlier, can be gathered through
Before any questions all the senses, but in paleontology the two most important
in science can be are sight and touch. A seeing-impaired paleontologist can
formed, observations still perform important work, as demonstrated by Geerat J.
have to be made. Vermeij, a blind paleontologist who has published detailed
taxonomic identifications and interpretations of evolutionary
and ecological relationships between fossil and modern gas-
tropods (snails) in peer-reviewed scientific journals. Interestingly, all his original data
were gathered through touching the shells of his subjects. The vast majority of pale-
ontologists, however, rely on sight for their observations. The observation methods
discussed here will emphasize that sense, while also acknowledging that ignoring
senses other than sight risks a loss of much additional data.
Paleontologists learn how to find fossils through experience, in which their errors
are continually corrected with scientific methods. In this respect, the old saying
practice makes perfect should actually be perfect practice makes perfect. A pale-
ontologist who sees a small piece of bone in the ground, picks it up, and identifies
it as a seashell, will continue to make that mistake until corrected. Correct experi-
ence in identifying fossils typically begins with looking at already identified speci-
mens, preferably well preserved, or excellent photographs or illustrations. Then the
43
observer should associate distinctive and memorable characteristics with each fos-
sil. Actual specimens are preferable because the observer can see the color and feel
the texture and density of the fossil, or otherwise manipulate the fossils in three
dimensions; some computer-generated illustrations or animations of digital photo-
graphs can also imitate the latter action.
An observer can also draw a specimen, which is strongly recommended for learn-
ing more about a fossil. Drawing encourages careful consideration and deliberation
on the defining features of a fossil. Whether the artist is a beginner or an expert,
pencils are the best tools for drawing fossils. In the process of erasing and redraw-
ing, the observer can gain new insights on the subject and correct parts of the pre-
vious sketch in the light of newly-discovered features. Adding a scale to the sketch,
such as showing the length of 1.0 cm in comparison to your fossil, is very import-
ant for communicating its size to other people. The observer can also read a descrip-
tion of the fossil either before or after sketching it. Descriptions are important because
their vocabulary will be learned in conjunction with a specific fossils image. This
visual and verbal record, which involves evidence gathering and testing of the evid-
ence, can prepare an observer before going into a field situation. Some people,
however, are entirely trained in these methods in the field.
Making Observations in the Field

In the field is a favorite phrase of English-speaking geologists, paleontologists,
and some ecologists for referring to their outdoor work, and the same types of sci-
entists in other countries use very similar sayings (e.g., en el campo in Spanish).
Fossils come out of the earth, so many paleontologists go in the field to search for them.
A typical beginning for some paleontological investigations consists of wandering
through open countryside, looking at the ground. In dinosaur paleontology, this
searching often takes place in deserts or other arid areas lacking appreciable vege-
tation, although any area containing Upper TriassicUpper Cretaceous rocks repres-
enting terrestrial environments might be examined. This simple methodology has
worked well for the past two centuries and probably will not change very much in
the near future.
Knowing where to look for fossils, whether of dinosaurs or other organisms, requires
some previous knowledge of where they are likely to be found, which means that
one should first become familiar with the geology and geography of a prospective
field area. For example, if geologists have previously documented rocks only from
the Paleozoic Era in an area or they reported rocks that normally do not contain
fossils, then the searching for dinosaur fossils will be fruitless. If research shows
that some observations of fossils are likely, make sure that the following are taken
into account before going into the field:
1 find out who owns the land,

2 get permission to search on the land from whoever owns it, especially if
you plan to collect specimens, and
3 learn what is needed to make the field experience a safe and productive one
(Chapter 4).
Experience of looking at fossil specimens in a classroom or in a book is no sub-

stitute for the real thing when a paleontologist goes into the field, and a field part-
ner who will act as an independent checker of preliminary identifications is
invaluable. In this respect, feedback from a field partner is extremely helpful for
correcting any mistakes of identification. Identifying any organic-looking rock or
feature in a rock as a fossil is a common mistake of inexperienced field practitioners,
so skepticism of initial hypotheses should be the norm. For example, paleontologically
44
FIGURE 2.5 Field

occurrence of 2
dinosaur bone,
Morrison Formation
(Late Jurassic),
western Colorado,
USA. Notice its
fragmentary nature
and lack of
resemblance to
specimens seen in
mounted displays of
dinosaurs in
museums.
FIGURE 2.6 Students on a field trip

examining possible fossil finds in Tertiary
Period rocks of central Georgia, USA.
Their descriptions and hypotheses were
independently tested through peer review
(with each other), then presented as a
single hypothesis in modified form to an
expert (the author of this textbook), who
conditionally accepted their hypothesis
but then presented it to another expert
(another geologist at the field site) who
was more of an expert on the rocks in
that area than the author. This geologist
reconfirmed the hypothesis of the
students: they had found fossil plant
leaves. All of this process, from discovery
to reconfirmation, took about 15 minutes.
untrained people often label large oval objects as dinosaur eggs. In such cases, both
novice and expert alike should remember that clouds sometimes resemble horses
or dragons. Field partners can provide instant reality checks that prevent imagina-
tions from running wild.
Paleontologists discover quickly and early in their careers that fossils are rarely
preserved as complete specimens and more likely to occur as mere fragments
(Fig. 2.5). With enough correcting of observations and accounting for variations
in fossil preservation (Chapter 7), however, identifications become easier. A search
pattern is a mental image used by geologists, wildlife biologists, and ecologists, in
which they scan an area with certain shapes or colors in mind, based on previous
experiences, looking for matching objects. In some cases, these items correspond
to what the observer is looking for. In all cases, scientific methods can be applied
instantly to the observation in the form of the simple but very appropriate ques-
tion What is this? (Fig. 2.6).
When an object is found that is identified tentatively as a fossil, a paleontologist
will normally observe everything about it that comes to mind. This is the description
phase, which has worked well for previous generations of scientists. The paleontolo-
gists will gather both qualitative and quantitative data by drawing, photographing,
measuring dimensions, describing shapes, and noting any resemblance of a
45
possible fossil to known objects. If the object was not lying on the ground surface,
they also will especially document how it was found in the context of its host rock.
All these observations will connect in some way with a hypothesis; this is the inter-
pretation phase, an attempt to explain the data that may or may not reconcile with
a hypothesis held by the observer before going into the field. If possible, this hypo-
thesis can be tested initially in the field while the source of data is still in front of
the observer. As mentioned earlier, a skeptical field partner is a big help to pale-
ontologists in this respect. In the case of the solitary professional paleontologist or
amateur collector, thorough descriptions become even more essential for commun-
icating results to other paleontologists for evaluation. In this case, measurements
(quantitative data) are among the most important descriptors for absolute comparisons
and testing of a hypothesis. They can also be used later for calculating ratios, areas,
volumes, or statistical tests, which can all be used in hypothesis testing.
When making these types of comparisons, the larger a sample set of measure-
ments, the more meaningful the description. For example, if some paleontologists
have multiple measurements for what they hypothesize is the same type of fossil,
such as dinosaur tracks, an average value is useful. They can also report a range
of values, which is the maximum number coupled with the minimum number, to
give an approximation of the variability of the data. An average, also called the
mean, is calculated through the following formula:
x
X= (2.1)
n
where x is the sum of all values measured and n is the number of values. An
example of how average and range can be demonstrated is by using seven measured
dinosaur tracks with the following lengths: 80, 64, 78, 72, 82, 75, and 69 cm.
(80 + 64 + 78 + 72 + 82 + 75 + 69) cm
X=
7
520 cm
Step 1. =
7
Step 2. = 74.3 cm
Based on the given data set, the range of sizes is 6482 cm.
Dinosaur tracks have a mean length that fits other known
dinosaur tracks, and the smallest and largest lengths also
Of course, calculating
conform to previously interpreted tracks, but the variation
an average and
of the data is otherwise not well defined. A well-known and
range is not the end
useful measurement for variation is standard deviation,
of describing a set of which describes the spread of data around a mean. Standard
measurements. deviation is the positive square root of another statistical
measurement called variance. Standard deviation, which is
easily calculated by popular spreadsheet programs, can be applied to a normally
distributed sample, which is described by a bell-shaped curve. One standard devi-
ation represents 68% of all measurements on both sides of the mean; two standard
deviations represent 95% and three standard deviations represent 99% (Fig. 2.7).
Many sets of data from the natural world are not normally distributed, which means
that the median (middle value of the data set) will not be in the exact peak of the
distribution, making it a skewed distribution. Likewise, many measurements
of dinosaurs, such as femur lengths and widths, track lengths, or egg volumes,
have skewed distributions, which may reflect the original life distribution or may
be artifacts of the sampling and fossil preservation (Chapter 7). With our given
46
FIGURE 2.7 Diagrams

showing how 2
quantitative data can
be summarized into
histograms with curves
approximating the
distribution of the
values. (Left) Normal
distribution. (Right)
Skewed distribution.
The horizontal axis
(abscissa) is in order of increasing value, whereas the vertical axis (ordinate) is in number of
observations or data points.
Digit III
Digit II
FIGURE 2.8 Sketch of a suspected small
18 cm
Digit IV
dinosaur track from the Middle Jurassic
Sundance Formation of Wyoming, with
measurements included and indicators of
12
where measurements were taken on the
cm
cm
specimen. An observer may have a different
12
definition of width and length of a track
that would be difficult to determine through
only a verbal description, whereas the sketch
shows clearly what was measured. 23 cm
data set for the dinosaur tracks, the standard deviation would be 6.3 cm, so the
sample then can be described as having a mean and standard deviation of 74.3
and 6.3 cm, respectively.
Good scientists also report units of measurement after the numbers. Otherwise,
someone examining the data has no idea what parameter was measured (meters,
liters, or rutabagas). In the example provided, the average length may be import-
ant because not all dinosaur tracks are as large or small as the average. Sketches
of measured specimens, showing exactly what was measured, are also extremely
helpful for follow-up research (Fig. 2.8). A detailed description, preferably with illus-
trations and careful measurements, will communicate results better and encourage
further study of a paleontological find.
Most professional paleontologists have had experience with amateur paleontolo-
gists who have incredible skills at discerning fossils in places where many experts
have looked before but have never found any. One way to explain the skills of these
people is that they have developed a very efficient search pattern, which helps them
sift through all the extraneous or otherwise distracting stimuli and instantly focus
on their objective. Paleontologists who have not developed a similarly efficient search
pattern and do not understand the combination of experience and talent behind it
might simply refer to that person as lucky. Although some people may have an obvi-
ous knack for finding fossils, training to look for them is continually self-correcting
and incorporates education about gathering both qualitative and quantitative data.
This training is probably the best way to ensure the development of improved
fossil-finding abilities, whether in looking for dinosaur fossils or other fossils.
47
Ethics and Dinosaur Studies
Ethical Decisions and Their Impact on the Science of Paleontology
Two paleontologists, who began as friends, soon became bitter enemies after they
started to compete for the same fossils in the same field area. This incident was
exacerbated when one of the paleontologists publicly exposed a major scientific
mistake made by the other. The paleontologist in error was so deeply embarrassed
that he attempted to buy, with his own personal funds, all of the journals that
contained his mistake. The two rivals soon began employing spies to report on the
dinosaur localities and finds made by the others field crews. Some of their employ-
ees even destroyed dinosaur bones in the field to prevent them from being found
or used by the others employees. Each of the paleontologists took out ads in major
newspapers defaming the other, compounding their enmity for one another. And,
because both were such famous paleontologists, many people were eager to join
their quests for dinosaur discoveries and were willing to work for small wages under
difficult field conditions for years at a time. One of the paleontologists barely acknow-
ledged the discoveries of his workers; he rarely visited them in the field, and he
openly stole their results for his publications to further his fame.
Is this a recent expos by an intrepid news crew for a tabloid television special
about two famous paleontologists at renowned US universities who are exploiting
their graduate students? No, it actually happened between two American dinosaur
paleontologists, Otheniel Charles Marsh and Edward Drinker Cope, in the late nine-
teenth century (Chapter 3). Their tale of greed and considerable egos, fueled by
dinosaur discoveries, is one of the most unsavory yet fascinating stories in the his-
tory of paleontology, and it provides an excellent example of how ethical prob-
lems in science are not limited to todays media. However, it also serves as a starting
point for discussing the importance of ethics to science in general, and dinosaur
studies in particular. Ethics in dinosaur studies are often directly related to the money
that can be made from dinosaurs, an issue that is well publicized in the stories of
the popular press today.
Ethics comprises a set of principles of conduct or behavior in human society and
how that behavior affects peoples relationships with one another. The principles
in ethics, of what is acceptable or unacceptable, are variable, depending on the
norms and needs of a given society. (Think of norm and variation in principles as
analogous to mean and standard deviation, respectively.) Standards are agreed upon
sufficiently by a majority of people (as consensus) that certain behaviors are either
considered wrong or right within a given society, and those standards may change
throughout time. For example, many world societies normally consider killing other
people as wrong, but the same societies allow for the variance that killing under
the conditions of war or self-defense is right. In terms of how standards change
with time, many cultures considered slavery to be acceptable during much of the
nineteenth century, but it is illegal in most countries today.
Ethics is a necessary subject for dinosaur studies, if for no other reason than because
the interest in dinosaur fossils has led to the attachment of monetary value to them,
which makes them economic commodities to be exchanged or sold. History has
shown that economic interests can lead to ethically problematic decisions. In fact,
the sale of fossils began nearly as soon as they were first scientifically described.
For example, early nineteenth-century English paleontologist Mary Anning sold
her fossil finds that came from Jurassic seacliffs near Lyme Regis, England.
Interestingly, the tongue-twister she sells seashells by the seashore was written
about the commercial practices of Anning.
48
ETHICS AND DINOSAUR STUDIES
Even though the economic value placed on dinosaur fossils has been at the
center of ethical dilemmas for paleontologists and fossil collectors since the late 2
nineteenth century, ethics also enters into decisions that are often unique to pale-
ontology in comparison to most other sciences, as illustrated by the following hypo-
thetical examples:
n Does the amateur fossil collector who originally found a fossil get co-
authorship on a scientific report of the fossil? Does the professional pale-
ontologist acknowledge the collector or does the paleontologist deserve sole
authorship because of his or her advanced educational background?
n What if a fossil is found on private land? Should a paleontologist be expected
to pay the landowner the market value for that fossil before it can be studied?
n What recourse do graduate students have if their advisors publish their
field discoveries without their consent and the advisor is listed as the first
(or sometimes only) author in the resulting publication? Do the graduate
students report this transgression or do they accept that the use of their works
by an advisor goes with the territory of being a graduate student?
n What happens when one paleontologist performs research on certain fossils
knowing full well that another researcher is already studying them? What
if the first paleontologist scoops the second by submitting the results to a
journal first, leading to the second researchers work being rejected? Is this
just an example of how science, like other aspects of a capitalistic and goal-
oriented society, is a competitive venture?
But these are merely possible situations. As scientists, we need real, factually-based
examples of ethical dilemmas. Thus, here are some actual documented instances
from recent years of the ethical conflicts caused by the popularity and economic
aspects of dinosaurs:
n Private fossil collectors in South Dakota uncovered a nearly complete Tyran-
nosaurus rex skeleton, only to have it seized by FBI agents acting on behalf
of US government claims of ownership. The specimen, nicknamed Sue for
its discoverer, languished in federal storage for several years until it was finally
placed on the auction block at Sothebys and sold for $8.36 million. The
purchaser, the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago, was backed by
corporate sponsors Disney and McDonalds. The grand unveiling of the
mounted skeleton in the Field Museum in May 2000 coincided with the open-
ing of the Disney movie Dinosaur (Chapter 1), and it was broadcast live on
ABC, a TV network owned by Disney. McDonalds also had a promotional
tie-in of their products with the movie.
n Academic paleontologists working in western Australia in cooperation with
indigenous tribes found probable stegosaur footprints. These prints are rarely
reported from the geologic record (Chapter 12) and were the only ones of
their kind found in Australia. Very soon after they were discovered, thieves
came into the area and cut the footprints from the rock, using power tools.
Because the site is considered sacred ground by the tribes, tribal spirituality
was permanently damaged by this act; furthermore, the desecration and
mistrust caused by the theft meant that paleontologists might not be given
permission to work in the region again. The stolen footprints were never
recovered and are presumably in a private collection, so they are still
unknown to science.
n A large theropod was discovered on federal land in Montana and was being
excavated by an academic paleontologist and his research team. While he
and colleagues were temporarily away from the site, a nearby rancher and
his family tried to excavate the fossil for themselves by using a backhoe.
49
When the federal government intervened, the rancher claimed that the
government had unjustifiably taken the land from him. A family member
reportedly said that selling the fossil would help to feed their family.
n Officials of a natural history museum in Japan were proud to have gained
from China a rare, Early Cretaceous bird fossil, Confuciusornis sanctus, only
to be embarrassed later when they discovered that the fossil was probably
smuggled illegally out of its country. Chinas 1989 law, prohibiting the un-
authorized export and sale abroad of Chinese fossils, was also prompted in
part by the widespread smuggling during the late 1980s of other fossils, includ-
ing hundreds of Late Cretaceous dinosaur eggs (Chapter 8).
In these circumstances, the desire for economic gain and the quest for scientific
knowledge became antagonistic. Private collectors and corporations competed for
prize fossils while paleontologists associated either with museums or universities
attempted to fulfill the ideals of scholarly study. However, as reprehensible as the
theft or sale of fossils may seem to some people, in reality too few trained academic
paleontologists are available to study all of the discovered fossils and find all of the
undiscovered ones. This problem will not be solved soon because employment oppor-
tunities for academic paleontologists have decreased with diminished financial
support for paleontology and geology. Consequently, despite the high public inter-
est in paleontology, little economic incentive exists for people to pursue academic
careers in paleontology, which results in a logical market response fewer profes-
sional paleontologists.
Private collectors also make the point that, because there are not enough pale-
ontologists, many fossils would weather and disappear long before they could ever
be studied. In the eyes of many collectors, they are performing an important ser-
vice by preserving fossils, whether they view them as natural art or as scientific
curios. Most assuredly, some collectors, working as amateurs or for commercial gain,
are careful to gather scientifically important information associated with legally found
fossils and allow scientists to examine their specimens. One example of such coop-
eration took place in Alabama from 2000 to 2004, when amateur collectors worked
together with professional paleontologists to collect, catalogue, and preserve 310-
million-year-old fossil amphibian tracks from a site near Birmingham, Alabama.
Furthermore, despite publicity given to illegal transactions, not all private collec-
tors are vandals or thieves, with disreputable collectors very much in the minor-
ity. As dinosaur fossils have increased in market value, other players have been
attracted to acquire them. Corporations have entered into the bidding for fossils
so they can better their advertising, such as the aforementioned Sue. Interestingly,
this specimen has been the source of several previously unknown and important
insights on T. rex anatomy and behavior (Chapter 9). In these cases, the line between
commercialism and science is obscured and people become understandably con-
fused by the purposes and aims of paleontology.
To solve some of the problems associated with the collection of fossils, professional
paleontologists, who must share some responsibility for public ignorance of fossils,
could initiate more public outreach, perhaps through local schools, fossil-collecting
clubs, or the Web. They could discuss proper collection procedures (especially what
is legal or illegal) and openly discuss what is considered in their profession as right
or wrong behavior. Sharp-eyed amateur collectors with well-honed search patterns
have historically found some of the most important fossils (Chapter 3), at least partly
because amateurs and paleontologists have cooperated with one another for a long
time. In fact, paleontology and astronomy are the only two sciences in which ama-
teurs make regular contributions with scientific importance. Paleontologists can help
to continue this tradition by showing amateurs how to develop search patterns as
they scan the Earth for vestiges of past life, how to record information about their
50
SUMMARY
finds, and how to prevent damaging fossils by the use of proper collecting methods.
One of the outstanding fringe benefits of such apprenticeships is that todays ama- 2
teur is potentially tomorrows professional, as evidenced by some now-famous pale-
ontologists who, long before they had degrees attached to their names, began their
careers by wandering through fossil-laden areas (Chapter 3).
Most importantly, whether people are novices or experts at observing and iden-
tifying fossils, they can still go to rock exposures, look for fossils, and experience
the joy of discovering evidence of ancient life being seen by human eyes for the
first time in the history of the Earth. These private moments of enlightenment and
feelings of connection with the ancient past can be more valuable than auctioned
fossils, even if they do not always feed a family or help to promote a movie.
SUMMARY
Scientific methods, which are central to

the study of dinosaurs, have a foundation
of evidence-based reasoning that involves
hypothesis forming, testing of hypo-
theses, peer review, and construction of
theories through the interrelations of hypo-
theses. These methods also have many appli-
cations to decision making in the everyday, ordinary
lives of non-scientists. Knowing what is or is not science
is important for critical thinking, which can help in assessing
whether a given argument deserves a second thought. In this
respect, knowing the differences between a fact, hypothesis, theory, and
opinion can allow people to make informed decisions. Hypothesis form-
ing typically consists of two phases, description and interpretation;
descriptions can contain both qualitative and quantitative information.
Quantitative information can be further described through statistics,
such as the mean, median, and standard deviation. Interpretations are
explanations of the observed data that form the basis for a hypothesis.
Finding dinosaur body and trace fossils requires development of some
observational skills, which can be cultivated through looking at illustra-
tions of fossils, drawing actual fossil specimens, and reading descriptions
of them. Sharpened observations of details in everyday life can help with
establishing search patterns that can be applied to the natural world.
Fieldwork is one way to test skills and learn how scientific methods can
be applied in the course of an investigation, as exemplified by fossil
identification. Additionally, descriptions of fossils include measurements
and calculations. Numbers are used to describe aspects of dinosaur fos-
sils or fossils of other organisms found. Measurements and calculations
also can be used to communicate descriptions much more effectively to
a paleontologist if a potentially important fossil is found.
Ethics is an especially important subject in dinosaur studies because of
the economic value placed on some dinosaur fossils, which causes com-
petition between collectors (either amateurs or commercial) and profes-
sional paleontologists. Understanding how these ethical situations affect
human relationships in dinosaur studies provides some parallels for other
ethical dilemmas that might be faced in both scientific areas and the per-
sonal matters of daily life. Such decisions can affect the well being of other
people. Using a combination of scientific methods and an awareness of
ethics, people thus have the tools for using knowledge combined with
values and understanding the effects of their decisions on other people.
51
1. Think of an example in your life lately

where you used scientific methods
to make a decision and
explain it in terms of
your initial observation,
hypothesis, testing of your hypothesis, and peer
review.
2. Which of the hypotheses presented in association with
Figure 2.3 do you think was the most likely, based on the available
evidence? If you do not accept any of the hypotheses, what is one
that you propose? See if you can combine aspects of the different
hypotheses to make a new hypothesis.
3. Ask your instructor to change some feature of your classroom before
you meet for class but not to tell you what was changed, then try
to identify what is different. What might help to make this an eas-
ier task for the people doing the identification?
4. Is the statement a theory must be falsifiable non-falsifiable, thus
making it unscientific? Explain why or why not.
5. Take the commonly used term conspiracy theory and discuss it
in the context of the definitions given for facts, observations, hypo-
theses, theories, and opinions. Which definitions best apply to this
term, and how could a conspiracy theory be demonstrated as a valid
hypothesis? How could the use of the term bias your first impression
of the theory it describes?
6. Name some fields of study that are not normally classified as science
in which you think scientific methods, as described in this chapter,
are used. What evidence do you have to support your hypotheses?
7. Why do dinosaur paleontologists frequently look for fossils in desert
areas, as opposed to forests or jungles?
8. Ask your instructor to let you borrow a fossil or use one that you
already have, then draw it as accurately as possible but do not add
a scale indicator to the illustration. When it is completed, show the
illustration to someone else who is not knowledgeable about fossils,
and ask this person to estimate the size of the fossil. How far off from
reality was their answer?
9. While doing fieldwork, you discover what you think is a dinosaur nest-
ing ground, composed of five circular depressions. You make the fol-
lowing diameter measurements: 1.2, 1.3, 1.0, 1.4, and 1.25 meters.
a. Construct a histogram similar to the one depicted in Figure 2.1.
Why is it different from Figure 2.6?
b. What are the mean, range, and standard deviation for the sample?
10. In the discussion about ethics in dinosaur studies, which statements
made by the author did you think were opinions and which were
testable hypotheses? How could you disprove some of the statements?
52
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliography 2
Cvancara, A. M. 1990. Sleuthing Fossils: The Art of Investigating Past Life. New York: John
Wiley and Sons.
Dobzhansky, T. 1973. Nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution.
American Biology Teacher 35: 125129.
Emiliani, C. 1992. Planet Earth: Cosmology, Geology, and the Evolution of Life and
Environment. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Fiffer, S. 2000. Tyrannosaurus Sue: The Extraordinary Saga of the Largest, Most Fought over
T-Rex Ever Found. New York: W. H. Freeman & Co.
Frodeman, R. L. 1996. Envisioning the outcrop. Journal of Geological Education 44: 417427.
Gibson, M. A. 1994. Teaching scientific integrity to geology majors. Journal of Geological
Education 42: 345350.
Handford, M. 1997. Wheres Waldo?: The Wonder Book. Cambridge, Massachusetts:
Candlewick Press.
Hatcher, J. B., Marsh, O. C. and Lull, R. S. 1907. The Ceratopsia: United States
Geological Survey Monograph 49.
Horner, J. R. 1997. Afterword: Whats a dinosaur worth? In Horner, J. R. and Dobb,
Edwin, Dinosaur Lives. San Diego, California: Harcourt Brace and Company. pp 233
244.
Kitcher, P. 1982. Abusing Science: The Case Against Creationism. Cambridge,
Massachusetts: MIT Press.
Padian, K. 1988. New discoveries about dinosaurs: separating facts from the news. Journal
of Geological Education 36: 215220.
Sagan, C. 1996. The Demon-Haunted World. New York: Random House.
Samuels, L. S. 1996. Antidotes for science phobia. The American Biology Teacher 58:
455461.
Schotchmoor, J. G., Springer, D. A., Breithaupt, B. H. and Fiorillo, A. R. 2002.
Dinosaurs: The Science Behind the Stories. Alexandria, Virginia: American Geological
Institute.
Shermer, M. 1997. Why People Believe in Weird Things. New York: W. H. Freeman.
Stone, M. and Couzin, J. 1998. Smuggled Chinese fossils on exhibit. Science 281:
315316.
Vermeij, G. J. 1987. Evolution and Escalation; An Ecological History of Life. Princeton, New
Jersey: Princeton University Press.
Woodward, J. and Goodstein, D. 1996. Conduct, misconduct, and the structure of sci-
ence. American Scientist 84: 479490.
53
Chapter
3
You have been hearing about dinosaurs ever since you were a child, but because
so many new dinosaur books have been published in the past few years you assume
that most dinosaur discoveries have been made in the last few decades. So when
you glance through one of the latest dinosaur books, you are surprised to find
that some famous dinosaurs, such as Stegosaurus and Triceratops, were dis-
covered and named in the nineteenth century. This makes you curious about other
well-known dinosaurs, such as Tyrannosaurus and Velociraptor.
Considering that the popularity of dinosaurs seems so recent, what kind of peo-
ple found and described dinosaur fossils, especially in the nineteenth century?
When were the most famous dinosaurs discovered, and by whom? What about
dinosaur tracks when were they found and who first decided that they
belonged to dinosaurs? Who found the first recognized dinosaur egg?
History of 3
Dinosaur Studies
Dinosaur Studies before the Renaissance

Dinosaur Studies of the Recent Past: Beginnings of a Renaissance and
a New Legacy
Summary
Bibliography
HISTORY OF DINOSAUR STUDIES
The Importance of
Knowing the History of
Dinosaur Studies
Within a human lifetime, several
years may seem like an eternity,
especially during our youth, and
revived customs within society can take on a completely new appearance when
people are experiencing them for the first time. Thus, what seems the latest fash-
ion today actually may be a recycled trend of yesteryear. Such is the case with
dinosaurs, which were a hot topic in scientific and public circles in the nineteenth
and early twentieth centuries. Although there was sporadic interest in dinosaurs
throughout the middle of the twentieth century, the Dinosaur Renaissance did
not begin until during the past 35 years. This cyclicity can be attributed mostly to
the people who studied dinosaurs, but it is also dependent on larger societal fac-
tors, such as relative public support of science or world wars. In eighteenth and
nineteenth century Europe, North America, and South America, people used the
beginnings of formalized scientific methods as they made new observations about
dinosaur fossils and documented their finds. Some of these people dared to pro-
pose new hypotheses about such fossils, some of which, in the face of subsequent
research, we ridicule today. However, some hypotheses first proposed during those
times have undergone peer review by many generations of scientists and have stood
the test of time with little or no modification.
In reading about the people who studied dinosaurs, we can:
1 acquire an appreciation of their legacy;

2 understand how the body of evidence about dinosaurs accumulated over
the past several hundred years; and
3 learn how they contributed to what we know about dinosaurs today.
As mentioned before, dinosaur paleontologists were often influenced by social

and political circumstances of their times, which affected the quality of their results
and subsequent perceptions. As is still evident today, the common thread that con-
nects the extremely diverse personalities in dinosaur studies is their sense of curios-
ity, whether it is manifested as contemplative inner explorations, or adventurous
outer ones. Paleontology, and the people who have studied it, form one of the deep-
est and most colorful histories of all the sciences.
Dinosaur Studies before the Renaissance
Early Recognition of Dinosaur Fossils

Dinosaur fossils are found in the Mesozoic rocks of every continent, which means
that dinosaur fossils are in the geographic proximity of many human populations.
56
DINOSAUR STUDIES BEFORE THE RENAISSANCE
As people of indigenous societies have always been experi-

Indeed, some enced in the identification of animals, their anatomical
anthropological traits, and the signs that they leave, they would certainly re-
examples suggest cognize the animal origin of dinosaur bones and other fossils,
that dinosaur fossils such as tracks and eggs, since well before any recorded his-
influenced artwork, tory. For example, among Native Americans, dinosaur track 3
oral tradition, and motifs are evident in some of the Hopi clothing associated
other forms of with a traditional snake-handling dance; the Hopi inhabit an
area well known today for its Jurassic dinosaur tracksites. When
expression well
Native Americans presented large bones to a nineteenth-
before written
century French-Canadian explorer, traveling through a part of
history.
Alberta that has abundant Late Cretaceous dinosaur remains,
they referred to them as belonging to the father of all buf-
faloes. Late nineteenth-century paleontologists reported that the Sioux tribe of the
western USA had legends about dinosaur bones, explaining them as the remains of
large serpents that burrowed their way into the ground to die after they had been
hit by lightning. Near Mesozoic tracksites in southwestern Africa, dinosaur tracks
and the animals interpreted as their makers are seen in cave paintings and were
the subjects of native songs. In Brazil, early artwork was discovered that is directly
associated with a Cretaceous dinosaur track. Additionally, Paleolithic or Neolithic
people in Mongolia deliberately altered Cretaceous dinosaur eggshells, and may well
have used them for ornamental purposes.
Probably the most intriguing potential reference to dinosaurs in folklore is the
griffin, a legendary animal of central Asia. The griffin was said to have the body
of a lion, a parrot-like beak, and a pair of wings, and its purpose was to protect its
nests of gold. One scholar showed that the geographic range of this legend
included the Gobi Desert of Mongolia, where abundant remains of Protoceratops, a
lion-sized Late Cretaceous ceratopsian with a beak (Chapter 13), are near ancient
gold mines. Of course, no wings have ever been found in association with a
Protoceratops, indicating that, if these dinosaurs were their inspiration, the legend-
makers embellished their story (a common practice even in modern societies).
Whether ancient texts actually refer to dinosaur bones is difficult to discern, as
are references to dragons in European cultures that some authors have attempted
to link to dinosaur fossils. The earliest known reports of dragon bones (in
Mandarin, long gu tou) were written about 300 bce from the Sichuan province of
China, an area well known today for its abundant dinosaur bones. These bones
were valued for their purported medicinal value, and some doctors in China still
prescribe ground-up dinosaur bones as a cure for some ailments.
Early Scientific Studies of Dinosaurs: The Europeans

Prominent scientists of the fifteenth to the eighteenth centuries connected fossils
to formerly-living organisms. Among them were Leonardo da Vinci (of Mona Lisa
fame; 14521519), Niels Stensen of Denmark (also known as Steno, Chapter 4;
163887), Robert Hooke (16351703), and Robert Plot (164096) of England. Plot,
a museum curator at Oxford, made the first known description and illustration of
a dinosaur bone in 1677. The problem with his interpretation is that although he
recognized the fossil was a bone, he speculated that it might have belonged to a
modern elephant and not a large, extinct, reptile-like animal. Richard Brookes made
another illustration of this bone in 1763 that shows it as part of a femur from the
theropod Megalosaurus from the Middle Jurassic of present-day Cornwall (Chapter
9). Neither did Brookes know the true identity of the bone, but this lack of know-
ledge did not stop him from naming the specimen after its superficial resemblance
to a part of human male anatomy, Scrotum humanum (Fig. 3.1). One French
57
FIGURE 3.1 Sketch of probable dinosaur bone

Megalosaurus, described by Robert Plot in 1677 in
Natural History of Oxfordshire.
philosopher, Jean-Baptiste-Ren Robinet (17351820), thought the specimen

actually represented an attempt by nature to imitate human organs. Fortunately,
subsequent scientific knowledge falsified this hypothesis. Nevertheless, French
explorers in the eighteenth century made another anatomical analogy when they
yearningly named a mountain range in the northwestern part of present-day
Wyoming Les Grande Tetons.
Thus, although a dinosaur bone had been discovered, described, and illustrated
by the latter part of the eighteenth century, nobody knew that it was a dinosaur
bone. Unfortunately, the original specimen is lost to science. As a result, we can-
not independently verify that Plot found the first identifiable dinosaur bone.
In 1728, John Woodward (16651728) of Gresham College, London, catalogued
another dinosaur limb bone that was found either in the late seventeenth or early
eighteenth century, but he also did not realize the identity of its former owner.
Later investigations would confirm that it was indeed from a dinosaur (probably
Megalosaurus again), which makes it the first known identifiable dinosaur bone; this
specimen is currently housed at the University of Cambridge. Subsequent finds of
dinosaur bones in Europe, during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth cen-
turies, resulted in people cataloguing and giving descriptions of specimens that
approached a scientific methodology. However, hypotheses were rarely offered for
most of the specimens and none were considered evidence of a distinctive group
of long-extinct animals. In fact, such thinking was discouraged in Europe and its
colonies at that time by the strong influence of religious institutions, whose advo-
cates held that all animals on the Earth were created at the same time and none
were extinct.
Ironically, a British clergyman, the Reverend William Buckland (17841856), pub-
lished the first actual scientific description of a dinosaur. Buckland made his dis-
covery of dinosaur remains around 1815, his find consisting of several serrated, curved
teeth, together with a lower jaw containing a tooth comparable to the others (Fig.
3.2). The fossils belonged to Megalosaurus, which seems to have been a recurring
find for Europeans during the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. After
consultations with the renowned French anatomist, Georges Cuvier (17691832)
(whose full and rather officious name was Jean Lopold Nicolas Frdric Baron Cuvier),
and the geologist (and Reverend) William Daniel Conybeare (17871857),
Buckland finally read his paper before a group of scientists at the Geological
Society of London in 1824. Thus, Buckland is credited with naming the first
dinosaur, although James Parkinson (17551824) almost named this animal first,
in 1822. Another claim to fame for Buckland was that he was an instructor to geo-
logist Sir Charles Lyell (17971875), who wrote Principles of Geology in 1830, one
58
FIGURE 3.2 William Buckland (top)

and remains of the first named
dinosaur fossil, the lower jaw of
Megalosaurus (bottom). From Colbert,
E. H., 1984, The Great Dinosaur
Hunters and Their Discoveries, Dover 3
Publications, N.Y., plates 3 and 4.
of the most influential books in the field; he also invented the term palaeonto-
logy (using the British spelling). As many of the geologic principles advocated by
Lyell are still in use today (Chapter 4), Bucklands influence had considerable impact
on modern geology.
On a more personal note, Buckland was a strange man who reveled in his odd-
ness (which supports the idea that paleontologists really have not changed very
much in the past two centuries). To say that he was eccentric is akin to saying that
Seismosaurus (Chapter 10) was large. He apparently delighted in proving people wrong;
for example, he gained some fame when he correctly identified the purported remains
of Saint Rosalia at a religious shrine in Palermo, Italy, as goat bones. He kept a
menagerie in his home that included jackals, which were known to eat his free-
roaming guinea pigs, and a bear named Tiglath Pileser (named after an Assyrian
king, 745727 bce). The bear was Bucklands frequent companion at academic func-
tions and was normally clothed in a cap and gown. Bucklands interest in animals
extended to consuming them, so through much experimentation he attempted to
develop a system of classifying them on the basis of taste alone. Regardless of these
quirks, all who knew him regarded him as brilliant and he certainly contributed
much to the scientific study of dinosaurs.
59
FIGURE 3.3 The Mantells,

Gideon Algernon (left) and
Mary Ann (right), who
probably were not co-
discoverers of Iguanodon.
From Psihoyos and Knoebber
(1994), Hunting Dinosaurs,
Random House, N.Y., p. 10.
A contemporary of Buckland and another important contributor to the early

scientific investigations of dinosaurs was physician Gideon Algernon Mantell
(17901852), also of England (Fig. 3.3). Only a year after Bucklands description of
Megalosaurus, Mantell was the first person to name a herbivorous dinosaur and
ornithopod, Iguanodon. According to a popular anecdote, Mantells wife, Mary Ann
Mantell (17961869); Fig. 3.3), found the teeth and bones of Iguanodon near the
property of a patient while she accompanied her husband on a house call. How-
ever, Mary Ann Mantell was not seen to go with her husband on house calls, so
Gideon Mantell was the only source of this story at first; later he claimed that he
found the fossils himself. In her defense, she certainly was knowledgeable about
fossils, as demonstrated by the 346 figures of fossils she prepared for a monograph
published by her husband in 1822. In 1833, Gideon Mantell found fragments of
an ankylosaur (Chapter 12), which he named Hylaeosaurus, the sauropod Peloro-
saurus, and Regnosaurus, which has not been classified further because of its few
remains. He was sufficiently obsessed by paleontology to fill his home with the remains
of many extinct animals (as opposed to Bucklands preference for live, edible ones).
This preoccupation resulted in the downfall of his medical practice, the withering
of his finances, and the eventual departure of Mary Ann and their children.
Mantells description of Iguanodon skeletal remains was followed by numerous
discoveries of probable iguanodontian tracks in Cretaceous strata of southern
Britain, leading to some of the first attempts to correlate dinosaur body fossils and
trace fossils (Chapter 14). The Reverend Edward Tagart first presented his footprint
finds in a paper to the Geological Society of London in 1846, where he attributed
them to large birds. The possible reptilian origin of the tracks
was proposed by 1850, but not until 1862 did Alfred Tylor,
The study of T. Rupert Jones, and Samuel Beckles publish separate
dinosaurs would be reports on the hypothesis that these three-toed tracks came
quite different if not from similarly-sized three-toed feet of iguanodontians. This
for the etymological shared hypothesis was apparently derived independently
and paleontological and has not been disproved in the 130 years since; few other
contributions of dinosaur tracemakers have been proposed for the tracks
anatomist Sir Richard found in this region.
Owen (180492) Anatomist Sir Richard Owen, the British analogue to Georges
(Fig. 3.4). Cuvier of France, was a contemporary of Buckland and the
Mantells. He was an expert on fossil reptiles to the point where
60
FIGURE 3.4 Sir Richard Owen, inventor of the term

dinosaur. From Psihoyos and Knoebber, 1994,
Hunting Dinosaurs, Random House, N.Y., page 11.
many people regarded him as the authority on the subject, so his word was often
unquestioned (except by Mantell), regardless of the validity of his interpretations.
He is best known for his invention of the term Dinosauria (whose members were
called dinosaurs), which he first used in 1842 in reference to the large, extinct, reptile-
like animals described by Buckland and Mantell. Dinosauria is based on the Greek
roots deinos (terrible) and sauros (reptile or lizard); in Victorian England, the
common usage of the word terrible connoted the awesome nature of these animals,
rather than their fearsomeness, poor hygiene, or other negative attributes. As an
example of how authorities are not necessarily always correct in science (Chapter 2),
Owen did not include three dinosaurs known at the time in his group, Dinosauria:
Cetiosaurus, a sauropod, Poekilopleuron, a theropod, and Thecodontosaurus, a
prosauropod. Instead, he classified them as unrelated reptiles.
To his credit, Owen recognized several features that are still key to the classifica-
tion of dinosaurs today (Chapter 5). Also, he was a consultant to artist Benjamin
Waterhouse Hawkins (180789), who produced the first examples of dinosaur art-
work (sculptures and drawings). Unfortunately, the scarcity of dinosaur material and
scientific hypotheses at the time resulted in Hawkins artistic reconstructions of
dinosaurs as ponderous and heavy-set quadrupeds, thus encouraging a popular mis-
conception that would influence future investigators until the end of the century.
In 1854, Owen was the first person to describe and name a dinosaur from South
Africa, the Late Triassic prosauropod Massospondylus (Chapter 10).
France and Germany were also sites of dinosaur fossil discoveries during the nine-
teenth century. A Frenchman, A. de Caumont, discovered bones of Megalosaurus
in Normandy in 1828, and in 1838, Jacques-Amand Eudes-Deslonchamps
(17941867) was the first person to name a dinosaur from France, the previously-
mentioned Poekilopleuron bucklandi (named in honor of Buckland). French pale-
ontologists were also the first to record dinosaur eggshell fragments from the
fossil record (Chapter 7). Jean-Jacques Pouech (181492), a Catholic priest, gave
an excellent description of eggshells that, from their size and geologic occurrence
(Late Cretaceous), could only have been from dinosaur eggs. In 1869, Phillipe
Matheron (180799), who had followed Pouechs work, hypothesized a connec-
tion between Pouechs eggshell fragments and the Late Cretaceous skeletal mater-
ial of dinosaurs found in Provence. Paul Gervais (181679), also of France, was
the first scientist to conduct detailed analyses of dinosaur eggshell fragments, the
results of which he published throughout the 1870s. In Germany, one of the
61
best-known dinosaurs of the Late Triassic, the prosauropod Plateosaurus (Chap-

ter 10), was discovered and named in 1837 by Christian Erich Hermann von Meyer
(180169). After this description, other specimens of this dinosaur were found fre-
quently in southern Germany and Switzerland, and beautifully complete examples
are displayed in museums throughout Germany.
Although Charles Robert Darwin (180982) of England was not directly
involved with dinosaur studies, he published explanations of how fossil evidence
of organisms descent with modification correlated with his observations of living
animals. The timing of his publications provoked an initial discussion of the
evolutionary place of dinosaurs in the history of life (Chapter 6). Darwin was a
bit shy of controversy but was defended vigorously in public by Thomas Henry
Huxley (182595). Huxley expounded with much delight on the first confirmed
specimen (the London specimen) of Archaeopteryx, a Jurassic bird with repti-
lian (dinosaurian) features that was found in 1861 (Chapters 2 and 15). Such a
fossil was excellent evidence of predicted transitional fossils that showed links
in descent between defined, major groups of organisms (Chapter 6). Huxley and
Owen often disagreed on many points of evolutionary theory. Nonetheless, Huxley
contributed an important insight to Owens original classification of the
Dinosauria that was far ahead of its time. In Huxleys 1868 classification, he re-
cognized the numerous bird-like characteristics of some dinosaurs, an evolutionary
linkage that enjoys nearly total support among modern vertebrate paleontologists
(Chapters 9 and 15). Before he produced his classification scheme, Huxley had named
a Late Triassic dinosaur from South Africa, the prosauropod Euskelosaurus (Chap-
ter 10).
While all of these contentious events were occurring, Harry Govier Seeley
(18391909), of England, noticed an anatomical distinction between two major groups
of dinosaurs, and his 1887 report on dinosaur hip structures is still used today for
their classification. One group of dinosaurs he characterized as Saurischia (reptile-
hipped) and the other as Ornithischia (bird-hipped), based on the superficial resemb-
lance of these hip structures to modern analogues in reptiles and birds, as well as
a few other skeletal traits distinctive to each group (Chapter 5). On the basis of
such a distinction, Seeley argued that dinosaurs did not constitute an actual group
from the same ancestral stock (monophyletic), but arose from separate ancestors
(polyphyletic). This interpretation touched off a spirited debate about the origin of
dinosaurs that lasted for more than 100 years. Seeley, who had grown up poor and
so never gained a college degree, was wise enough to work as an assistant to the
Reverend Adam Sedgewick (17851873) at Cambridge University, who along with
Charles Lyell was one of the founders of modern geological methods (Chapter 4).
Cambridge was the home of the Woodwardian Museum (at that time named after
John Woodward, but now named after Sedgewick), which housed the extensive
collections of Late Cretaceous fossil animals that Seeley studied.
The main problem faced by paleontologists during the debates over classification
was that their attempts to classify and reconstruct dinosaurs were based on frag-
mentary skeletal remains. For at least one species of dinosaur, Louis Antoine Marie
Joseph Dollo (18571931) of Belgium solved the problem of insufficient evidence
with his thorough descriptions of complete skeletons of Iguanodon (Chapter 11).
Coal miners discovered these in 1878 in Bernissart, Belgium; subsequent excava-
tions recovered 39 individual skeletons from the site, a phenomenal number of spe-
cimens even by todays standards. As a result, through vigorous use of scientific
methods and access to many skeletons, Dollo cleared up misinterpretations about
Iguanodon that had persisted since Mantells original description, such as the place-
ment of its thumb as a nose spike. Most importantly, at a time when all dinosaurs
were regarded as quadrupeds (using four legs), Dollo firmly established the
bipedal (two-legged) nature of Iguanodon. Huxley proposed the same hypothesis in
62
1868 for a different dinosaur species found in the USA, discussed below. Dollo, in
1887 alone, published 94 peer-reviewed papers.
Europeans worked very little on African dinosaurs during the nineteenth cen-
tury, although in 1896 Frenchman Charles Depret (18541929) described bones
of a previously undiscovered species of sauropod, Titanosaurus (Chapter 10), and a
theropod, Majungasaurus (Chapter 9), from Madagascar. These discoveries fore- 3
shadowed the potential for later major discoveries in Madagascar nearly a century
later. Another French paleontologist reported dinosaur tracks from Algeria in 1880,
but little other information is available about this find. Similarly, no definite
reports of dinosaur fossils came out of Australia in the nineteenth century, and it
was not until 1903 that William Hamilton Ferguson (18611957) found a thero-
pod toe bone, nicknamed the Paterson claw, in Cretaceous rocks of Cape
Paterson, Victoria.
Early Scientific Studies of Dinosaurs: The North and

South Americans
Meanwhile, across the Atlantic Ocean, fossil evidence of dinosaurs was being dis-
covered in North America in the latter part of the eighteenth and early part of the
nineteenth centuries, although none of it was connected with dinosaurs at the time.
The first probable dinosaur-related discovery in North America was in 1787, when
anatomist Caspar Wistar (17611818) presented a bone from Cretaceous rocks of
Woodbury, New Jersey to the American Philosophical Society, presided over by
Benjamin Franklin (170690). George Washington (173299), who is also known
for his interest in fossils, examined the same bone and mentioned it in one of his
writings. Unfortunately, Wistar interpreted the bone as a large mans femur instead
of recognizing it as an ornithopod metatarsal; if he had identified it correctly as
reptile-like, this discovery would have preceded Buckland by 28 years. In 1802, Pliny
Moody, a farm boy and student at Williams College, made a more definitive dis-
covery of dinosaurs in North America when he uncovered a rock with Lower Jurassic
theropod tracks while plowing his familys field in South Hadley, Massachusetts.
The tracks are still in the possession of nearby Amherst College and on display
there. Because they had such a close resemblance to the three-toed morphology
of modern bird feet, and religion provided the primary framework for explana-
tions of natural phenomena at the time, the foot-
Moodys rock slabs prints were attributed to Noahs raven. William Clark
containing the bird (of Lewis and Clark fame; 17701838) also described
tracks were stored in a a large bone in 1806 that was probably eroding from
the Late Cretaceous Hell Creek Formation in present-
quaint building called the
day Montana; hence it was probably from a dinosaur,
Appleton Cabinet, the
but Clark interpreted it as the remains of a large
first structure made for
fish. Prosauropod remains were found in 1818 by
the purpose of holding Solomon Ellsworth, Jr., in Upper Triassic deposits of the
dinosaur trace fossils; its Connecticut Valley. Nathan Smith described these fos-
refurbished version is now sils in a published report in 1820, and he interpreted them
a dormitory for students as possibly human. These four examples were represen-
of Amherst College. tative of a thankfully short-lived American tradition:
the mistaken attribution of dinosaur fossils as represen-
tatives of most other recognized vertebrate groups.
Nevertheless, the lack of connection between dinosaur fossils and their actual
identity continued in the voluminous and otherwise groundbreaking work on
dinosaur tracks by the Reverend Edward Hitchcock (17931864; Fig. 3.5).
Beginning in 1836, Hitchcocks studies of tracks in Late Triassic and Early Jurassic
rocks of the Connecticut Valley represented further discoveries in Moodys (and the
63
FIGURE 3.5 Edward Hitchcock, describer of numerous

examples of Late Triassic and Early Jurassic dinosaur
tracks from the Connecticut River Valley, and dinosaur
tracks figured in his 1858 publication. From Amherst
College Archives and Special Collections, Negative
Collection, Box 1, fig. 69, and Box 3, figs 4a5a.
dinosaurs) old stomping grounds. Hitchcock analyzed thousands of dinosaur

tracks, and tracks of dinosaur contemporaries, in his collection at Amherst College,
where he was president.
Continuing the original Noahs raven theme, Hitchcock interpreted the
numerous dinosaur tracks as originating from large, prehistoric birds, which was a
perfectly reasonable hypothesis in the light of his data and then-current ideas about
dinosaurs. For example, three-toed animals made many of the tracks he described
and most of the trackways indicated a bipedalism that had not been yet ascribed
to dinosaurs. The tracks also resemble those of flightless birds in some ways, with
the notable exception of their large sizes. In an 1844 report, Hitchcock was the first
person to describe probable dinosaur coprolites (fossilized feces, Chapter 14),
which he also attributed to birds. Hitchcocks comprehensive summary of his findings,
Ichnology of New England (1858), was the first work to prominently use the term
64
ichnology for the science of traces and trace fossils (Chapters 2 and 14). This
classic work is still cited, not only for its extensive illustrations and descriptions of
dinosaur tracks, but because it contains some of the few recorded instances of dinosaur
sitting traces and tail-drag marks.
Another paleontological enthusiast in Massachusetts at the same time was John
Collins Warren (17781856). Warren was a Harvard physician who also dabbled 3
in fossils while maintaining his primary interest in anatomy; his first exposure to
anatomical studies began with his father, who was the founder of Harvard Medical
School. The younger Warren studied anatomy with Cuvier in Paris and later per-
formed the first surgery with anesthesia in 1846. In 1854, Warren had the distinc-
tion of publishing not only the first photographic illustration of a dinosaur track,
but also the first photograph shown in an American scientific publication. Scien-
tific illustration, particularly for such photogenic subjects as dinosaurs, was forever
changed, although photography was a new and difficult-to-use medium that would
not see extensive use in dinosaur studies until later in the nineteenth century.
Despite all of this good science, no one had yet identified a dinosaur fossil
from North America until the works of Joseph Leidy (182391), who initiated
Americans recurring fascination with dinosaurs. Leidy, a physician and anatomist
from Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, became bored with medicine and soon turned
to paleontology and other aspects of natural history. In 1856 he published a study
of the dinosaur teeth found the previous year by Ferdinand Vandiveer Hayden
in Upper Cretaceous strata of what is now Montana. Leidy named one of the
dinosaurs, Troodon, on only the basis of these teeth (a risky scientific endeavor),
which later studies revealed as one of the most interesting theropods ever found
in North America (Chapter 9). It was another dinosaur, however, that would make
Leidy a celebrity in the USA. William Parker Foulke found a Late Cretaceous
dinosaur, the ornithopod (and hadrosaurid) Hadrosaurus foulkii, in nearby New Jersey;
the dinosaur was graciously named after its discoverer. Foulke had been steered to
the site by the landowner and previous discoverer of probable dinosaur bones, John
E. Hopkins. This dinosaur was similar to and probably related to Iguanodon, but
Leidy provided an incisive interpretation of it; on the basis of the relatively com-
plete skeleton, he argued convincingly for the inherent bipedalism of a dinosaur.
Moreover, he pointed out that, judging from its limbs, Hadrosaurus was likely a fac-
ultative quadruped, meaning that it could have walked on all fours if necessary.
This hypothesis was later supported by the find of probable ornithopod tracks that
reflect such behavior (Chapters 11 and 14). Furthermore, Leidy proposed a preburial
history of the specimen that was probably correct. He thought that this dinosaur
originally dwelled on land and its body was washed out to sea, as its remains were
found in a marine deposit (Chapter 7).
In 1868, the artist Waterhouse Hawkins, who was living in the USA at the time,
attempted to use the same Hadrosaurus specimen as a model for artistic reconstruction.
Sadly, political problems and vandalism of his works-in-progress led to him being
denied an exhibit of the reconstruction, which was to have been displayed in New
York Citys then newly-established Central Park. Con-
sequently, the best that Hawkins could do was to make
Edward Drinker Cope a cast of the Hadrosaurus skeleton, which remained on
(18401897) and Othniel public display at the Academy of Sciences of Philadel-
Charles (O.C.) Marsh phia for many years.
(183199) (Fig. 3.6) The melodramatic interactions between Cope and
(Chapter 2) produced Marsh throughout their careers have inspired bibliogra-
simultaneously some of phers and paleontologists alike to invoke clichs such as
the most significant finds bitter rivals and sworn mortal enemies. These two
of dinosaurs in the world. paleontologists publicly aired hatred for one another
could be the subject of an extensive psychological study
65
FIGURE 3.6 Edward

Drinker Cope (left)
and Othniel Charles
(O.C.) Marsh (right),
productive yet
antagonistic
contemporaries in
dinosaur studies.
Reprinted from Science,
1897 and 1889,
respectively.
on megalomania. One anecdote that is incorrect but nevertheless amusing is that

Marsh named coprolites after Cope. Although this book emphasizes Cope and Marshs
scientific contributions, which are unparalleled and may never be equaled, some
slight digressions on their personal lives should add insight into them as both sci-
entists and people.
Marsh and Cope had similar financial situations; both received large amounts of
money from relatives and thus had few worries about earning a living, which freed
their time for academic studies. Cope was the more precocious and prolific of the
two, having more than 1400 scientific publications to his credit by the time he
died. After he settled in Philadelphia, Cope was briefly a student of Leidy, and he
associated himself with the Academy of Natural Sciences there (although Leidy would
later distance himself from Cope as a result of the verbal warfare with Marsh). A
peer-reviewed journal of herpetology (Copeia) was named after him in honor of
his impressive contributions to the study of reptiles and amphibians. Marsh was
not quite as industrious as Cope or as brilliant, but his political acumen was more
finely developed, which helped him to gain much government support for his
dinosaur studies. Marsh mostly worked through Yale University, where his rich uncle
(George Peabody) had the Yale-Peabody Museum of Natural History built for
him. He also held the title of Vertebrate Paleontologist with the newly-formed United
States Geological Survey (USGS) for 10 years and was the president of the
National Academy of Science for 12 years.
Cope and Marsh were important in the world of paleontology at the time. For
example, when two schoolmasters, Arthur Lakes and Oramel W. Lucas, independ-
ently found dinosaur bones in Morrison, Colorado, and Caon City, Colorado
(respectively) in 1877, they sent news of their finds to Cope and Marsh. This started
what was later called the Great Dinosaur Rush, which lasted for nearly 20 years
and spanned present-day Colorado, Wyoming, New Mexico, Montana, and other
western states. During the ensuing frenzy of exploration and exploitation, the main
producer of the numerous dinosaurs named by Cope and Marsh was the Morrison
Formation, an Upper Jurassic rock unit that still produces many dinosaur fossils
today (named after the settlement where Lakes lived). The thousands of dinosaur
bones they collected were placed on railroad cars that, through the newly-built
transcontinental railroad, could reach western areas that were previously inacces-
sible to dinosaur paleontologists.
66
Cope and Marshs lasting influence is seen through their naming of so many now
well-known dinosaurs, such as the thyreophoran Stegosaurus (Chapter 12), the
sauropods Diplodocus and Apatosaurus (the latter then named Brontosaurus: Chap-
ter 10), the theropods Allosaurus and Ceratosaurus (Chapter 9), the ceratopsian
Triceratops (Chapter 13), and the ornithopod Camptosaurus (Chapter 11). They also
attempted classification schemes, after Huxley but before Seeley, as a synthesis of 3
the dinosaur discoveries made by them and others. Most importantly, they pointed
future investigators to the areas of North America with extensive Mesozoic
deposits, clearly demonstrating the potential for more dinosaur discoveries.
Marsh was apparently averse to doing most of his own fieldwork, although report-
edly during one field excursion he and some assistants met with leaders of the Sioux
tribe, Red Cloud (18221909), Crazy Horse (184277), and Sitting Bull (183190),
to gain permission for dinosaur prospecting in their territories. Marsh kept his promise
to the Sioux that he would search only for dinosaur remains rather than gold, and
Sioux scouts were reportedly gratified to find only bones in the possession of Marshs
party when they left. Marshs assistants were probably also gratified to leave with
their lives intact. Cope also went infrequently into the field in the western states,
but more often than Marsh and always made significant finds when he did so. During
one of Copes trips, he met with Charles H. Sternberg (18501943), and they
prospected Cretaceous deposits in Montana in 1876. Sternberg later told the now-
famous stories of how the two men would typically hunt for dinosaur bones by
day, eat an awful late-evening meal, and go to bed. According to Sternberg, Cope
would then toss and turn in the throes of nightmares that brought his Mesozoic
beasts back to life, wherein they pummeled him. During this same trip, Sternberg
and Cope invented a method for protecting fossil specimens for their transport back
east, by boiling rice into a paste and mixing it with cloth strips that were draped
around the fossils to harden. Several of Marshs associates modified Sternberg and
Copes technique the next year by using plaster of Paris and burlap, a technique
that was used to make casts for broken human bones and is still used by many
dinosaur paleontologists today (Chapter 4). Sternberg undoubtedly learned much
about dinosaurs during his brief apprenticeship in the field with his nocturnally-
tormented mentor. His sons George, Levi, and Charles M. Sternberg (18851981)
later found more dinosaur bones in Canada than any other family since.
Before the end of the century, several new workers in North America entered the
fray between Cope and Marsh and made remarkable contributions to dinosaur stud-
ies. These people were Henry Fairfield Osborn (18571935), William Berryman
Scott, Barnum Brown (18731963), Walter Granger (18721941), and John Bell
Hatcher (18611904). Osborn and Scott were good friends while undergraduates
at Princeton University and decided, after being inspired in class one day by their
geology professor, Arnold Guyot (after whom seafloor volcanoes, guyots, were
named), to do the 1877 equivalent of a road trip. They hopped on a train and
went to Wyoming to find fossils. During their travels by train, horse, and wagon,
and in between meeting Native Americans and mountain men, they learned much
about fossils in a field context. Both became friends with Cope and went to Europe
to study with Huxley for a while before they became faculty at Princeton. Osborn
left Princeton in 1891 to become a staff member of the now-famous American
Museum of Natural History, where he founded the Department of Vertebrate
Paleontology and later became president.
In 1897, Osborn sent an expedition to look at the Morrison Formation in Como
Bluff, Wyoming, the site of much dinosaur work done by Marshs minions (Fig.
3.7). The group included Brown and Granger, both of whom were novices at field-
work but would become two of the most important dinosaur paleontologists of the
early twentieth century. This initial foray proved, after much searching, that Como
Bluff did not have the dinosaurs it used to have. They moved farther to the north
67
FIGURE 3.7 Barnum Brown (left) and Henry Fairfield Osborn (right) in the field at Como
Bluff, Wyoming, in 1897, with a sauropod (Diplodocus) limb bone in the foreground
and Late Jurassic Morrison Formation cropping out nearly everywhere else. Negative
No. 17808, Photo. Menke. Courtesy Dept. of Library Services, American Museum of
Natural History.
the next year and discovered an area where dinosaur bones littered the ground in
such abundance that a local shepherd had built a cabin out of them. The site, appro-
priately named Bone Cabin Quarry, provided about 30 tons of dinosaur bones of
141 individual skeletons during that year. Seven more annual expeditions by the
American Museum followed. The number of individual dinosaurs and tonnage were
recorded for six seasons and these records show how such sites can become quickly
depleted of dinosaur bones with continued mining (Fig. 3.8).
John Bell Hatcher, during his short life of 42 years, collected 50 ceratopsian skele-
tons (many with skulls) from Upper Cretaceous deposits in Wyoming, while
employed by Marsh from 1889 to 1892. This feat was single-handedly the most
quantitatively important contribution to the study of these wonderfully diverse
dinosaurs (Chapter 13). Hatcher became so disgruntled with Marsh that he even-
tually left and was hired by Scott at Princeton, for whom he did more work in
Colorado through the turn of the century. In his publications, Hatcher expressed
some of his disgust for Cope and Marshs occasional scientific errors. Sadly, Hatcher
68
FIGURE 3.8 Bar graph showing decreased productivity

of dinosaur bones from the Bone Cabin Quarry in
number of specimens collected versus year. Data from
Colbert (1968).
died of typhus while writing his classic work, The Ceratopsia. But fortunately for
science, Richard Swan Lull (18671957), a paleontologist of some note himself
(discussed below), posthumously published the manuscript in 1907.
Elsewhere in North America, George Mercer Dawson (18491901), who was
the son of the important nineteenth-century geologist, Sir William Dawson
(182099), discovered dinosaur bones in Saskatchewan, Canada in 1874. Like
Osborn and Scott, George Dawson had studied with Huxley. Further discoveries were
made in 1884 by Joseph Burr Tyrrell (18591957) in the Red Deer River valley,
near Drumheller, Alberta, which was followed by other finds by one of his associ-
ates, Lawrence M. Lambe (18631919). As a member of the Canadian Geological
Survey, Lambe took a boat down the Red Deer River in 1897 to document more
dinosaur-bearing zones. Through the efforts of the Sternbergs, Brown, and other
paleontologists, the Red Deer River area of Canada was revealed as one of the rich-
est deposits of Late Cretaceous dinosaur bones in the world. Dawson, Tyrrell, and
Lambe are also fine examples of the benefits of fieldwork for ones health. Dawson
was very short and a hunchback, yet he energetically explored the wilderness areas
of Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia for fossils throughout his career.
Likewise, Tyrrell and Lambe began fieldwork in the late nineteenth century for health
improvement; Lambe continued doing fieldwork until his death in 1919 and
Tyrrell lived to the age of 98. In fact, Tyrrell exemplifies the longevity that is char-
acteristic of many well-known, field-oriented paleontologists and geologists from
the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, who had average life spans well above
typical life expectancies for their times (Table 3.1).
Only a few discoveries of dinosaurs from South America were documented as
dinosaurs during the nineteenth century, although some regions later became
history-making spots in dinosaur studies. The first discovery of dinosaur tracks in
Columbia, South America, was by Carl Degenhardt in 1839, although he, like
Hitchcock, thought they were bird tracks. The first discovery of dinosaur bones in
the Cretaceous rocks of Patagonia, Argentina, was in 1882 by a military officer known
only in historical records as Commandante Buratovich. Buratovich sent his finds
to the renowned Argentine paleontologist Florentino Ameghino (18541911), who
confirmed for the first time that Argentina had dinosaurs. Ameghinos brother, Carlos
Ameghino (18651936), often assisted him by doing most of their fieldwork.
Francisco P. Moreno (18521919) also found dinosaur bones in Argentina in 1891,
reconfirming their presence for future workers. Another Argentine, Santiago Roth,
began his paleontological career in the same area of Argentina soon after the
Cretaceous dinosaur remains were found. In the early part of the twentieth
century, Roth contributed to the dinosaur collection of the Museo de La Plata in
Argentina, of which Moreno was the first director. These dinosaur finds were early
indicators of later significant discoveries of skeletal material, eggs, nests, and tracks
in Upper TriassicUpper Cretaceous deposits of Argentina into the twenty-first cen-
tury. These include some of the largest theropods and sauropods known (Chap-
ters 9 and 11).
69
TABLE 3.1 Sample of lifespans of field-oriented

paleontologists and geologists mentioned in the chapter
who were born before 1900, names listed in chronological
order from date of birth. Mean age = 76.6 14.2 years,
median = 78 years (n = 29, all male subjects); 34% of
sampled people were older than 80 years when they died.
Name Born Died Lifespan
John Collins Warren 1778 1856 78
William Buckland 1784 1856 72
Adam Sedgewick 1785 1873 88
Gideon Algernon Mantell 1790 1852 62
Edward Hitchcock 1793 1864 71
Charles Lyell 1797 1875 78
Christian Erich Hermann von Meyer 1801 1869 68
Phillipe Matheron 1807 1899 92
Jean-Jacques Pouech 1814 1892 78
Paul Gervais 1816 1879 63
Charles H. Sternberg 1850 1943 93
Henry Fairfield Osborn 1857 1935 78
Joseph Burr Tyrrell 1859 1957 98
John Bell Hatcher 1861 1904 43
Eberhard Fraas 1862 1915 53
Earl Douglass 1862 1931 69
Lawrence Lambe 1863 1919 56
Carlos Ameghino 1865 1936 71
Richard Broom 1866 1951 85
Richard Swan Lull 1867 1957 90
Ernest Stromer von Reichenbac 1871 1952 81
Walter Granger 1872 1941 69
Barnum Brown 1873 1963 90
Friedrich von Huene 1875 1969 94
Franz Nopcsa 1877 1933 56
Werner Janensch 1878 1969 91
Roy Chapman Andrews 1884 1960 76
Charles M. Sternberg 1885 1981 96
Yang Zhong-jian (C. C. Young) 1897 1979 82
Scientific Studies of Dinosaurs in the First Half of the

Twentieth Century
The turn of the last century was a seamless transition for most dinosaur paleon-
tologists, but the deaths of Cope in 1897 and Marsh in 1899 symbolized the begin-
ning of the new era. As changes in modes of transportation and communication
began to make the world a smaller place, the study of dinosaurs became more global,
expanding to areas of the world outside Europe and the Americas. Dinosaur pale-
ontologists also became more cooperative and engaged in friendly competition,
a spirit that has, for the most part, continued to today. Last, fundamental connections
between dinosaur body fossils and trace fossils were made that firmly established
the dual importance and complementary nature of these facets for interpreting
dinosaurs. But during the first half of the twentieth century, two world wars dis-
rupted dinosaur studies; these wars not only resulted in a huge loss of human life
70
FIGURE 3.9 Franz Nopcsa, dinosaur paleontologist,

Transylvanian nobleman, linguist, spy, and motorcycle
enthusiast, shown here in Albanian costume and
carrying optional field gear. From Kubacska,
Andrs Tasnde, 1945. Verlag Ungarischen
Naturwisenschaftlichen Museum, Budapest/Dover 3
Publications.
but also the destruction of dinosaur skeletons. Some skeletons were sunk during
submarine attacks of World War I while being transported across the Atlantic, and
other skeletons in German museums were destroyed in bombing raids by Allied
forces in World War II.
Of all Europeans who worked on dinosaurs in the early part of the twentieth
century, Franz (Ferenc) Baron von Fels-Szilvs Nopcsa (18771933) was the most
likely contender for William Bucklands position as the most unusual dinosaur pale-
ontologist (Fig. 3.9). The Transylvanian nobleman became a paleontologist by acci-
dent after his sister found some bones on her estate. He brought the bones to a
university professor to identify, and the professor told him, Study them yourself,
which he did. Although Nopcsa had no prior training in paleontology, he sub-
sequently published a description of the Cretaceous hadrosaur Telmatosaurus trans-
sylvanicus in 1900. He then conducted more research on the dinosaurs of his home
country, as well as those in England and France. Nopsca soon broadened his scope
to include large-scale concepts such as classification schemes, evolutionary rela-
tionships of dinosaurs, and integration of the (then) new idea of continental drift
with dinosaur distributions (Chapters 4 and 6). Although he was not always cor-
rect, Nopcsas thinking was original, and he may have been the first dinosaur pale-
ontologist to look intensively for sex differences in dinosaur species, a field of study
that generated much interest later (Chapters 5 and 8).
In addition to his paleontological ambitions, Nopcsa decided, after traveling through
Albania and studying its cultures and dialects, that he was the most qualified per-
son to rule it as king. He planned to accomplish this goal through various ima-
ginative machinations, which he shared with officials of the Austria-Hungarian
government. These plans included military strategies for invading Albania and
generating revenue for the new nation-state through marriage with a not-then-
identified daughter of an also-not-then-identified American millionaire. He figured
that it would be no problem to find one after he was crowned as a king. The gov-
ernment declined his offer, and he never did find his hypothetical rich wife. Instead,
his life took even stranger turns:
71
n He was involved in secret missions during World War I as a spy.

n The Romanian government seized his estates.
n He was nearly beaten to death by an angry mob of peasants.
n He was placed in charge of the Hungarian Geological Survey.
n He angrily quit the Survey.
n He took off on a 5500 km long motorcycle ride with his male Albanian sec-
retary, who was also his lover.
n He spent all his money.
n He completed impressive works on dinosaur bone histology as related to their
classification.
n He became depressed, shot his lover, and committed suicide.
On a more mundane note, the finds of western North America continued with
the prodigious output of Barnum Brown in the early 1900s. In 1902, Brown dis-
covered one of the largest (and certainly the most famous) of land carnivores,
Tyrannosaurus rex, in the Late Cretaceous Hell Creek Formation of eastern
Montana. Brown then followed Lambe by taking a barge down the Red Deer
River in 1910, to explore Upper Cretaceous deposits there. For the next six years,
Brown and his associates, working through the American Museum, directed by Osborn
(who in 1905 named another tyrannosaurid, Albertosaurus, from this region:
Chapter 9), collected dinosaur bones from two different geologic levels. These
vertically-separated levels indicated different times in geologic history (Chapter 4),
so Browns collections contributed greatly to understanding the evolutionary
sequences of dinosaurs during the Late Cretaceous. Besides tyrannosaurids, other
dinosaurs documented from this area include the hadrosaur Corythosaurus (Chap-
ter 11), some ceratopsians, such as Monoclonius, Anchiceratops, and Leptoceratops
(Chapter 13), the large theropod Centrosaurus, and the ostrich-like theropod
Struthiomimus (Chapter 9). In 1907, Brown was the first paleontologist to write about
dinosaur gastroliths (stomach stones) that dinosaurs probably used for grinding
food in their digestive systems (Chapter 14). In his report, Brown noted that he
found gravel associated with the skeleton of the hadrosaur Claosaurus, which he
interpreted as gastroliths, but such hypotheses remain controversial and require much
careful documentation before conditional acceptance.
The Sternbergs (Charles M. and his brothers) followed Browns efforts. Prior to
their work in Alberta, the Sternbergs made one of the most unusual and scientifically-
valuable dinosaur finds of the time, when they discovered a hadrosaur in
Wyoming in 1908 with skin impressions associated with the skeleton (Chapters 6).
To confirm that their find was not a fluke, they later found another example nearby,
which indicated similar conditions of preservation. The brothers were then
employed by the Canadian Geological Survey, which was becoming tired of seeing
Americans get all of the credit for dinosaurs found in Canada and then taking the
Canadian dinosaurs out of the country to New York City. The Sternbergs started
their work in the same Red Deer River area in 1911, using not only a barge for
travel but also motorboats for occasional prospecting trips to shore. Among the
Sternbergs discoveries were specimens of the hadrosaur Prosaurolophus (Chapter
11), ankylosaurs (Chapter 12), the ceratopsians Chasmosaurus and Styracosaurus
(Chapter 13), and a large theropod, Gorgosaurus, which is often viewed as synony-
mous with Albertosaurus (Chapter 9). The area prospected by Browns group and
the Sternbergs (constituting an example of the aforementioned friendly competi-
tion) is now known as Dinosaur Provincial Park. Within this area is Drumheller,
Alberta, home of Royal Tyrrell Museum of Palaeontology, which contains some
of Canadas finest dinosaur skeletons.
Far to the south of Alberta is another famous museum, one that is built around
dinosaurs still in their entombing Upper Jurassic rock. Dinosaur National
72
FIGURE 3.10 Outcrop of Morrison Formation (Late Jurassic) with extremely abundant
dinosaur bones, discovered by Earl Douglass in 1909, Dinosaur National Monument, near
Jensen, Utah.
Monument, near Jensen, Utah, contains about 1500 in situ dinosaur bones, which
are available for public viewing today (Fig. 3.10). This happy circumstance was
prompted largely by the efforts of Earl Douglass (18621931). In 1909, when Douglass
discovered this site (probably the most important Late Jurassic dinosaur deposit in
the world), he found what turned out to be a nearly complete specimen of Apato-
saurus (Chapter 10). Subsequent quarrying from 1909 to 1922, sponsored by indus-
trialist and philanthropist Andrew Carnegie (18351919) for his Carnegie Museum
(now the Carnegie Museum of Natural History, in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), yielded
numerous skeletal remains of Allosaurus, Apatosaurus, Diplodocus, Dryptosaurus, and
Stegosaurus. One of the more significant specimens was a juvenile Camarasaurus that
was nearly complete and articulated, a very unusual find (Chapters 7 and 10). Workers
at this site may have been the first to use explosives, such as dynamite (invented
by Alfred Bernhard Nobel, 183397, of Nobel Prize fame), for extracting dinosaur
skeletons from their rocky matrix, a practice that has mercifully lessened since then.
Two interesting side notes are that the trivial name in Apatosaurus louisae was named
after Carnegies wife, Louise, and Diplodocus was the subject of the first (but cer-
tainly not last) dinosaur-themed pub song.
Similar dinosaur quarries in the western United States, which were found and mined
during the first half of the twentieth century, were the Howe and Cleveland-Lloyd
Quarries. The Howe Quarry was named after rancher Barker Howe, who discov-
ered dinosaur bones on his property in northwestern Wyoming and called in Barnum
Brown to investigate in 1934. Brown and his assistants then uncovered a dense
accumulation of Late Jurassic bones. The extreme density is confirmed by actual
data. Brown mapped meticulously in approximately 1 m2 intervals. The assemblage
includes mostly sauropods, such as Apatosaurus, Barosaurus, Camarasaurus, and
Diplodocus (Chapter 10). Their maps show the distribution of the bones (Fig. 3.11).
Bone abundance can be calculated using the following information:
A = lw (3.1)
where A is area, l is length, and w is width. The area of the Howe Quarry was
14 20 m, hence its total area was
A = 14 20 m = 280 m2 (3.2)
73
FIGURE 3.11 Map of Howe Quarry, showing horizontal distribution and concentration of
dinosaur bones in the quarry area. Squares represent approximately meter squares. Neg.
No. 314524. Courtesy Department of Library Services, American Museum of Natural History.
Bone abundance can be calculated by dividing the number of bones by the area:
Ba = N/At (3.3)
where Ba is bone density in bones per square meter, N is total number of bones, and
At is total area. Knowing that at least 4000 bones were recovered from this area,
Ba = 4000 bones/280 m2 = 14 bones/m2 (3.4)
Keep in mind that this number is equivalent to the mean number of bones per
square meter, which does not take into account that some meter squares may not
have had bones, or other squares had considerably more than 14. Additionally, look-
ing at a bone map clearly shows how some bones transect the meter-square bound-
aries, leading to some restrictions about how to count bones within an area.
Nevertheless, such calculations provide a measure of the relative abundance of skele-
tal components at a given site. Bone mapping, done at the Howe site by Browns
assistant Roland T. Bird (18991978), was the first attempt to record such infor-
mation in this amount of detail. This method is now a standard procedure at any
74
dinosaur bone deposit because it provides much evidence for hypotheses about
the post-death history of a dinosaur assemblage. For example, an abundance of
dinosaur bones probably indicates rapid burial of a number of dinosaurs together,
through some unusual event such as a river flood or ash deposit (Chapter 7). The
Howe Quarry also yielded dinosaur skin impressions, as well as a few dinosaur trace
fossils, such as gastroliths and tracks. 3
The Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry, which was first uncovered near the small, eastern
Utah town of Cleveland in 1937, also had a high bone density of Late Jurassic
dinosaurs in a relatively small area. With the guidance of William Lee Stokes
(191595) of Princeton University from 1937 to 1941, more than 12,000 dinosaur
bones were recovered from the site, of which 60% to 70% are from Allosaurus and
the rest from such dinosaurs as Camarasaurus, Stegosaurus, and the ornithopod
Camptosaurus. The assemblage is unusual in its concentration of allosaur skeletons,
leading to hypotheses that explain why so many meat-eaters would be in such a
small area (Chapters 7 and 9). Stokes later adopted Utah as his home and spent
much of his career at the University of Utah.
Roland Bird, who mapped the Howe Quarry, became more famous for his work
with dinosaur tracks, particularly in eastern Texas, but also in Arizona, Colorado,
and Utah. Like many early dinosaur-fossil discoverers, Bird had little formal aca-
demic training but had developed a successful search pattern for dinosaur fos-
sils through extensive experience (Chapter 2). After finding several tracksites in
Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks of some western states, he decided that these sites
were too inaccessible. Subsequently, he followed up a tip and in 1939 went to Glen
Rose, Texas, where he found dinosaur tracks exposed in Lower Cretaceous rocks of
the Paluxy River. These tracks were made by a variety of theropods, but most import-
antly included undoubted sauropod tracks (some more than a meter wide), the first
reported scientifically from the geologic record. One excellent paleontological
point of discussion provoked by the sauropod tracks was whether they indicated
that sauropods had aqueous habits (which was presumed at the time) or whether
they walked on dry land (Chapters 10 and 14).
In 1909, another prolific Late Jurassic dinosaur site was investigated in an area
far removed from Utah Tendaguru, in present-day Tanzania. The region was a
German colony at the time (German Protectorate East Africa) and in 1907 Bernhard
Sattler, an engineer with a German mining company, discovered some large bones
there. Eberhard Fraas (18621915), of the Royal Naturaliensammlung (Staatliches
Museum fr Naturkunde) in Stuttgart, Germany then examined these bones later
that year. Fraas caught amoebic dysentery while doing fieldwork before visiting
Tendaguru, but he managed to make the four- to five-day hike to the field site to
confirm that the large bones were indeed from dinosaurs. While he was there, he
even directed some excavation and recovery efforts. Werner Janensch (1878
1969) conducted later expeditions from 1909 to 1913 and was ably assisted by Boheti
bin Amrani, a native of the region (Fig. 3.12). After World War I, the area came
under British control and expeditions from 1924 to 1931 were arranged through
the British Museum, again using the expert guidance of Amrani. The logistics for
these forays were daunting because, unlike the American West, no railroads went
into the area. There were also few automobiles and no roads, so local workers were
employed to carry the dinosaur bones away on foot. Through this labor-intensive
method, the local people in the employ of earlier German expeditions carried out
about 225 tons of bones, the hike from the site taking four to five days.
Collectively, all work done in Tendaguru resulted in the uncovering of a new species
of stegosaur, Kentrosaurus (Chapter 12), the theropod Elaphrosaurus (Chapter 9),
and the ornithopod Dryosaurus (Chapter 11), but the deposit is best known for its
diverse sauropod assemblage, consisting of Barosaurus, Brachiosaurus, Dicraeosaurus,
Janenschia, and Tornieria (Chapter 10).
75
FIGURE 3.12 Boheti bin Amrani at Tendaguru of what is present-day Tanzania,

uncovering a sauropod rib during one of the German expeditions to the region.
Dr. Bernard Krebs, Lehrstuhl fr Palontologie der Freien Universitt, Berlin/Dover
Publications.
In South Africa, Richard Broom (18661951), originally from Scotland and yet
another physician who was much more enthused about long-dead subjects than
his living patients, published papers in 1904 and 1911 on a few dinosaur finds in
the Karoo basin, an area well known for its vertebrate fossils. These papers were
significant because no dinosaurs had been described from South Africa since the
times of Owen and Huxley, so future workers were encouraged to explore more in
this area. Sure enough, Sydney Haughton of England and E. C. N. van Hoepen
of South Africa soon followed Brooms works in 1915 to 1924 and expanded upon
the knowledge of Late Triassic dinosaurs (such as the prosauropod Melanorosaurus;
Chapter 10) in that region.
Also working on Late Triassic dinosaurs, especially those of southern Germany,
was Friedrich von Huene (18751969). Von Huene greatly expanded the studies
of the abundantly represented Late Triassic prosauropod Plateosaurus. Early in his
long career, he reviewed critically all of the previous classifications of dinosaurs and
re-affirmed in 1914, on the basis of much evidence, the dual classification system
of Saurischia and Ornithischia for the dinosaurs (Chapter 5). He also described, for
the first time, dinosaurs from the Upper Triassic of Brazil and did fieldwork wher-
ever he could find Triassic rocks, which included the five continents of Europe, North
America, South America, Africa, and Asia. Because of his breadth of experience with
these earliest of dinosaurs, he provided much knowledge toward their evolution-
ary history (Chapter 6), and in 1932 published a comprehensive evaluation of the
Saurischia. He also was well known for his hiking ability, and while in his 80s decided
to attend a scientific meeting by walking 150 km for three days across southern
Germany.
Like von Huene, Richard Lull (mentioned earlier) was an important synthesizer
of knowledge about Late Triassic dinosaurs, especially those of the Connecticut Valley.
Much of his work was done at the same time as his German counterpart. Lull, a
76
former student of Osborn, was the first person to begin the arduous task of re-
conciling and correlating Hitchcocks dinosaur tracks with potential tracemakers,
which he did by examining new discoveries of body fossil of dinosaurs in the same
area. This integration of body and trace fossil evidence of dinosaurs had been
attempted in other areas before, but never to the extent that Lull pursued it. His
efforts resulted in a much better model of how a comprehensive approach to dinosaur 3
fossils could enhance the quality of hypotheses about them. In 1915, Lull also
reviewed all known fossil evidence (plants, insects, fish, reptiles, and dinosaurs) asso-
ciated with Upper Triassic rocks of the Connecticut Valley, in an attempt to recon-
struct the dinosaurs paleoenvironments, one of the first serious studies of the
paleoecology of a terrestrial ecosystem.
No history of dinosaur studies is complete without mentioning the Mongolian
expeditions, first mounted by the American Museum and represented by the semi-
legendary character of Roy Chapman Andrews (18841960). Chapman humbly
began his career with the museum by performing janitorial duties, and eventually
worked his way into the technical staff. Ironically, in light of his contributions to
later discoveries, he was not primarily a dinosaur paleontologist and was mostly
interested in studying mammals. Osborn, who became president of the museum
in 1908, shared Andrews interest in mammals, and Andrews persuaded him to mount
a paleontological expedition to central Asia to search for the fossil ancestral
remains of the most important mammals of all (to them), humans. Osborn agreed
and the first Central Asiatic expedition, led by Andrews and accompanied by experi-
enced paleontologist Walter Granger, went into the Gobi Desert of Mongolia in
1922. The trip failed in its goal to find fossils of humans, but did find the first
confirmed dinosaur nests with eggs, although the identities of the egg layers were
mistaken for the next 70 years (Chapter 9). French paleontologists had documented
dinosaur eggs without nests in the nineteenth century. Skeletal material derived
from this and successive expeditions from 1922 to 1930 included abundant speci-
mens of the marginocephalians Protoceratops and Psittacosaurus (Chapters 7 and 13),
the inappropriately-named theropod Oviraptor (Chapter 9), and the evil-looking
Velociraptor and Saurornithoides (Chapter 9), all found in Cretaceous rocks.
Chapman has often been cited as the possible inspiration for the character Indiana
Jones, a fictional archaeologist (someone who studies human artifacts, which is
very different from a paleontologist: see Chapter 1). The producers of the Indiana
Jones films have never admitted that Chapman was their source. Regardless,
Chapmans expeditions and his exploits were certainly extraordinary for their
time. He took advantage of his knowledge of Asian languages to work with his Chinese
hosts and established his headquarters in Beijing; he navigated field crews in auto-
mobiles; and he arranged for the rendezvous of camel herds that carried gasoline
and other supplies across the desolate terrain. Chapman was also an excellent marks-
man and was rarely photographed in the field without some type of firearm within
his reach (Fig. 3.13). Bandits were bothersome in the region, and he reportedly shot
some of them. Fortunately, most fieldwork in Mongolia and other areas of the world
today is threatened more by bad weather or diminishing coffee supplies than hos-
tile raiders.
In the late 1940s, Russian expeditions to Mongolia followed the American efforts
through the auspices of the Russian Paleontological Institute, led by paleontologist
(and famed Russian science-fiction writer) Ivan A. Efremov (190772) and her-
petologist Anatole K. Rozhdestvensky. In these excursions they found more
examples of the previously discovered Cretaceous dinosaurs of that region, as well
as some important new finds, such as the ankylosaur Pinacosaurus (Chapter 12),
hadrosaur Saurolophus (Chapter 11), and the large theropod Tarbosaurus, which is
so similar to Tyrannosaurus that it is now considered an Asian variant of the species
(Chapter 9). The continued success of the Russian expeditions ensured that more
77
FIGURE 3.13 Roy Chapman Andrews (right), in the Bain-Dzak area, Mongolia, with Late
Cretaceous dinosaur eggs in front of him and his bandit-prevention device behind him.
Negative No. 410760, Photo. Shackelford. Courtesy Department of Library Services,
American Museum of Natural History.
investigators would follow; a PolishMongolian research group returned to the area

in the 1960s, as did American Museum paleontologists in the 1990s. Renowned
paleontologist Zofia Kielan-Jaworowska led the PolishMongolian expedition,
which also included participants Teresa Maryanska and Halszka Osmlska, who
are still considered to be Polands leading experts on dinosaurs.
China has been one of the most productive countries for dinosaur fossils, and
this status will most likely continue for many years to come. The long-known plethora
of dinosaur bones in China led to initial studies, mostly by Westerners in cooper-
ation with Chinese scientists, resulting, in 1922, in the description of Euhelopus, a
Jurassic sauropod (Chapter 12). One of the pioneers of dinosaur paleontology was
Yang Zhong-jian (18971979), known as C. C. Young in Western scientific litera-
ture. Yang, who officially became Chinas first professional vertebrate paleontolo-
gist in 1927, was also the co-discoverer of the first documented dinosaur tracks in
China, which were found in Jurassic rocks of the Shanxi Province in 1929. In 1936,
he led a combined Chinese and American group, which uncovered the unusually
long-necked sauropod Omeisaurus (Chapter 10). Yangs studies in Canada, England,
the USA, and Germany helped him to establish excellent contacts with Western sci-
entists, which paved the way for exploration of the vast outcrops of Mesozoic strata
in his country. Locations in China have produced one of the most productive dinosaur
egg sites in the world (Chapters 2 and 8) and many species of feathered non-avian
theropods and birds (Chapters 9 and 15).
Dinosaur trace fossils, other than tracks and nests, received some recognition early
in the twentieth century, although some of them were not appreciated until
recently. Coprolites were reported in dinosaur-bearing rocks by Hitchcock in 1844,
but the first dinosaur coprolite was not interpreted until 1903 by C.-E. Bertrand
of Belgium. His specimen came from the same Cretaceous deposit that provided
Dollo with so many iguanodontian skeletons. After Barnum Brown interpreted
78
DINOSAUR STUDIES OF THE RECENT PAST
gastroliths early in that century, von Huene in 1932 reported other gastroliths in asso-
ciation with bones of the Late Triassic prosauropod Sellosaurus (Chapter 10). In 1942,
Stokes described a similar occurrence of stones found with Late Jurassic sauropod
remains. W. D. Matthew first interpreted dinosaur toothmarks, which are often pre-
served in dinosaur bones, in association with a potential tracemaker in 1908. In
this study, he noted that the tooth spacing of the Late Jurassic theropod Allosaurus 3
matched the toothmarks on bones of Apatosaurus, a sauropod that lived at the same
time. This approach provided an intuitive method for better determination of feed-
ing relationships among dinosaurs (Chapters 8 and 9). Although they were always
a part of dinosaur studies, dinosaur trace fossils began to gain more attention from
dinosaur paleontologists in the latter half of the twentieth century, as trace fossils
supplemented or, in some cases, surpassed the information derived from dinosaur
body fossils.
Dinosaur Studies of the Recent Past: Beginnings of a

Renaissance and a New Legacy
The Latter Half of the Twentieth Century and Globalization of

Dinosaur Studies
The preceding history Observant readers may have noticed that one continent,
Australia, has barely been mentioned, and Antarctica com-
arbitrarily cuts off at
pletely neglected. This lack of information is because Australia
about 1950 and is
has become a discovery site for abundant dinosaur fossils (espe-
thus incomplete, but
cially tracks) only in the past 35 years, and the first discov-
it provides a ery of an Antarctic dinosaur was not until 1986. However, both
summary of dinosaur of these continents will undoubtedly see expanded research
studies up to that as these finds inspire increased exploration.
point. Discussion of the people in dinosaur studies during the lat-
ter half of the twentieth century must be limited for several
reasons. One reason is that the author of this book does not feel qualified to judge
which of these people (many of whom are still active in the discipline, and per-
haps reading this) deserve mention as important contributors to the long-term his-
tory of dinosaur studies. Such a pronouncement will be much easier to make in
another 50 years or so, when the enduring contributions made by these investig-
ators will be more evident. Of course, some genuinely notable discoveries already
happened in the latter half of the twentieth century and beginning of the twenty-
first, and those discoveries and the people associated with them will be mentioned
where appropriate. Time will tell whether these contributions will make paleonto-
logical history. With that said, three paleontologists in the latter half of the twen-
tieth century, Edwin H. Colbert, John Ostrom, and Jos F. Bonaparte, stand out
for providing the most long-lasting scientific contributions from which all modern
investigators in dinosaur studies will benefit.
Edwin H. Colbert (19052001) is best known in dinosaur paleontology for his
discovery, in 1947, of a site that contained hundreds of the Late Triassic theropod
Coelophysis bauri (Chapter 11). The site, in the Chinle Formation at Ghost Ranch,
New Mexico, was located near the summer home of famed painter Georgia OKeeffe
(18871986), who occasionally stopped by the excavation to talk with Colbert. Late
Triassic dinosaurs have always held a special interest to paleontologists, because they
represent the earliest dinosaurs (Chapter 6). Thus for Colbert to document such a
rich find was a major contribution to our understanding of the origin of dinosaurs
and a source of detailed paleontological information about them. For example, because
79
of their abundance, growth series and population structures for this theropod could
be proposed. This is an unusual situation for any dinosaur species because of the
rarity of multiple specimens of the same species. Additionally, cannibalism was first
interpreted for this species based on the specimens from Ghost Ranch, where juve-
nile bones were thought to be inside the body cavities of an adult. This has been
re-interpreted, however, because the bones of one were actually just on top of another,
rather than inside of it (Chapter 9). Furthermore, the unusual occurrence of so many
individuals of a single species of carnivorous dinosaur, similar to the findings in
the Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry, led to some debated hypotheses regarding the pre-burial
history of the assemblage, as well as implied social behavior (Chapter 6). Colbert
was also well known for his excellent textbooks on vertebrate paleontology and
popular books on dinosaurs, which have helped to educate aspiring vertebrate pale-
ontologists worldwide. His fascinating works on the history of dinosaur studies also
gave science enthusiasts a sense of the uniqueness of using fieldwork to search for
the remains of long-dead animals. Colberts historical works were a major source
of information for this chapter, and they certainly set the standard for all future
bibliographers of dinosaur paleontologists.
John Ostrom (19282005) is credited with sparking the Dinosaur Renaissance of
the past 30 years by his detailed examination and consequent hypotheses of the
Early Cretaceous theropod Deinonychus (Chapter 9), which he first reported in 1969.
Ostrom, through convincing use of his data on Deinonychus, revived the idea (first
proposed by Huxley and unintentionally augmented by the work of Hitchcock in
the nineteenth century) that some dinosaurs were more active and bird-like in their
behavior, rather than reptilian. Ostroms interpretation was based on functional
morphology, the study of how the form of an animal relates to its functions, an
approach that had been used before in dinosaur studies but rarely so effectively.
New interest thus began in studying the extent of this bird-like behavior in some
dinosaurs, namely whether it was reflected by physiological indicators of endo-
thermy (Chapter 8) or was related to evolutionary links between dinosaurs and
modern birds (Chapter 15). Ostrom also made a very important discovery while
examining a skeleton in a small Dutch museum. Ostrom recognized the skeleton,
identified initially as a pterosaur (flying reptile), as a previously unknown speci-
men of Archaeopteryx, one of only seven ever described.
Dinosaurs from Europe and North America were studied the most during the
nineteenth century and interest expanded to Africa and Asia in the first half of
the twentieth century. But research in South America in the latter half of the
twentieth century was prompted largely by the efforts of Jos F. Bonaparte. Of all
living paleontologists, Bonaparte has named or co-named the largest number
of dinosaur genera (10 as of the writing of this book), including Argentinosaurus
(a huge sauropod; Chapter 10), Carnotaurus (a large, horned theropod; Chapter 9),
and Abelisaurus, the latter a representative of a group of Cretaceous theropods
unique to South America. His discoveries, primarily in his native Argentina, have
shown important evolutionary relationships between dinosaurs of separate continents,
especially the southern continents of South America, Africa, India, Australia, and
Antarctica, which formed one landmass in southern latitudes, called Gondwana,
during much of the Jurassic (Chapters 4 and 6). Bonaparte is the former student
of influential American vertebrate paleontologist Alfred Sherwood Romer
(18941973), and is continuing his tradition of excellence.
Other notable dinosaur paleontologists, who have already encouraged much inter-
est in dinosaurs in the USA and abroad, include Americans Robert T. Bakker, John
(Jack) R. Horner, and Paul C. Sereno, as well as Martin G. Lockley, originally
from Wales but now based in the USA. Bakker, a former student of Ostrom, is best
known for his role as a publicly visible cheerleader for alternative views of
dinosaurs as active animals more akin to birds and mammals, as opposed to their
80
DINOSAUR STUDIES OF THE RECENT PAST
previous stereotype as sluggish reptilians. He is also one of the best popularizers of

contentious ideas about dinosaurs that have provoked much discussion and
attempts at refutation; his main theses are summarized in his 1986 book The Dinosaur
Heresies. Jack Horner, along with his now deceased friend Bob Makela, began his
career as an amateur paleontologist and discovered dinosaur-nesting horizons of
the Late Cretaceous ornithopod Maiasaura, the first dinosaur nests found in North 3
America (Chapters 8 and 11). This work and further investigations changed the
conception of dinosaurs from solitary and uncaring creatures to social, nurturing
animals. In a relatively short time, Sereno and his research teams have chalked
up a remarkable number of noteworthy dinosaur discoveries in remote areas of
Argentina, Morocco, Niger, and Inner Mongolia. Included in his scientifically
important contributions are the discovery and description of what are possibly the
oldest known dinosaurs or dinosaur ancestors (Chapter 6), and he has otherwise
made significant advances in the cladistic classification of dinosaurs. Lockley is the
most recognized dinosaur ichnologist in the world, having studied and written about
dinosaur tracks and their scientific pertinence in numerous peer-reviewed journal
articles and books intended for public consumption. Although most of his work
has been in the track-rich Mesozoic strata of the western United States, he has also
studied dinosaur tracks from Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Portugal, Spain, central Asia,
China, and Korea, thus considerably augmenting the skeletal record for dinosaurs
formerly missing from many of these regions. Lockley and the other aforementioned
paleontologists are especially well known for their educational outreach efforts,
whether through books written for interested lay people or lectures given in
public forums.
Of course, modern dinosaur paleontologists are members of an increasingly
global science. A short list, for purely practical reasons of limited space, might include
Phillip J. Currie of Canada, Dong Zhi-Ming of China, Altangerel Perle of
Mongolia, Patricia Vickers-Rich, Thomas Rich, and Tony Thulborn of Australia,
Konstantin Mikhailov of Russia, Anusuya Chinsamy-Turan of South Africa,
Fernando Novas and Rudolfo Cora of Argentina, and Armand de Ricqls of France.
Further internationalization of dinosaur studies and inclusion of more participants
from less industrialized nations should continue as Internet communications
become accessible in more places and bureaucratic obstacles lessen. Stricter immi-
gration control in the USA since 2001, however, has significantly decreased the num-
ber of foreign-born graduate students and scientists entering the USA, which may
adversely affect future cooperation. Likewise, large-scale warfare in the Middle East
since 2003 has hampered the participation of USA scientists in projects taking place
in countries opposed to US-led war efforts.
Perspectives in the Past, Present, and Future of Dinosaur Studies

Advances in dinosaur studies in the past 25 years are exhilarating. The fast pace
of these discoveries and the competition for coverage of these discoveries by the
popular press ensures that the history of dinosaur studies will be continually
changing, but all of this is still a direct result of the science behind such discover-
ies. One of the fringe benefits of the ongoing popularity in dinosaurs is that many
professional paleontologists can write books for a general audience on their
favorite subjects while still retaining their scientific integrity. Some of these books
summarize evidence, hypotheses, and in some cases speculations about dinosaurs,
whether based on information gathered in the past two centuries or just in the
past few years. Knowing the history of dinosaur studies gives us a perspective as
to how the science, especially in terms of its knowledge, has evolved and changed
through the centuries, change that is still happening today. Scientists try to learn
not just from their mistakes but from the mistakes of others, so no doubt some of
81
the certainties of dinosaur paleontology today will be ridiculed (in an understanding

sort of way) by future generations of paleontologists.
In contrast, some aspects of how paleontologists went about their work and made
their discoveries in the past are unlikely to change. Despite the sophistication of
modern technology, much of dinosaur paleontology still involves wandering
through remote areas of the world, looking at the ground, and using search pat-
terns. The human element of such explorations will also be both a source of
constancy and unpredictability. As demonstrated previously, knowing about the
people involved in dinosaur paleontology also helps in understanding that scien-
tists are real people who have jealousies, fears, prejudices, greed, and occasionally
nasty tempers. However, when all is said and done, they love their science.
Additionally, society and politics have influenced the course of paleontological stud-
ies, and provide valuable context for certain dinosaur discoveries and their inter-
pretations. Lastly, as we have seen, many dinosaur discoveries were made by
amateurs and later described by professional paleontologists, demonstrating how
paleontology is one of the few sciences where amateurs have made and continue
to make important contributions.
SUMMARY
The biological origin of dinosaur fossils was

probably evident to early peoples and had
some influence on cultural development
of some prehistoric populations. The first
written reference to what may have been
dinosaur fossils was in China nearly 2300 years
ago, but scientific methods were not applied to
these fossils until about 200 years ago. When fossils were
discovered in Europe from the fifteenth to the early part of the
nineteenth centuries, the voice of reason, so often associated with the
rise of scientific thought in Western civilizations, rejected fossils as the
remains of extinct organisms. However, these errors were eventually re-
cognized, which demonstrates that science is a self-correcting enterprise.
Early workers in England, such as William Buckland, the Mantells, and
Richard Owen, were responsible for the gestation of dinosaur studies.
French, German, American, Canadian, and Argentinian paleontologists
investigated both dinosaur body fossils and trace fossils in the remainder
of the nineteenth century. In part, the first half of the twentieth century
represented a continuation of this work, but it also was marked by explo-
ration of Asia (particularly China and Mongolia), Africa, and more of the
Americas. Unfortunately, two world wars interrupted most international
cooperation on dinosaur paleontology, but most relations resumed in the
1950s. The study of dinosaurs began its climb to its current exalted state
when new hypotheses about dinosaurs, in the late 1960s and early
1970s, received increased publicity. The recent resurgence of new dis-
coveries and hypotheses in the 1990s and early part of the twenty-first
century ensures that the future study of dinosaurs will continue to make
history. Dinosaur paleontology is now, more than ever, a global science
and its evolution indicates that trend will continue in the future.
82
1. How would you attempt to sup-

port the hypothesis that the
dragon bones described 3
in ancient Chinese texts
refer specifically to dino-
saur bones? What sort of evidence would you consider
convincing?
2. The rivalry of Cope and Marsh, which was a major moti-
vator behind their enormous number of significant dinosaur discov-
eries and other contributions to paleontology, brings up an inter-
esting ethical question (Chapter 2). Did the value of their discoveries
outweigh the costs of their enmity? In other words, did the ends
justify the means?
3. The field party sent by Osborn to Como Bluff in 1897 was unsuc-
cessful, but it forced Osborn to look at a different nearby locality,
which resulted in the Bone Cabin find of thousands of dinosaur
bones. What other instances in the chapter seemed to show sim-
ilarly discouraging circumstances that caused the people involved to
accomplish tasks that actually resulted in later success?
4. The phrase degrees of separation refers to how one person who
has met two other people represents one degree of separation that
links the two, who might never meet. Which historical examples of
degrees of separation surprised you with regard to dinosaur pale-
ontologists and non-paleontological figures? (For example, how
many degrees of separation are there between Sitting Bull and Roy
Chapman Andrews?)
5. This chapter presents data that could support the statement that a
career of paleontology and geology fieldwork has known health
benefits and results in a significantly increased lifespan (see Table 3.1).
How would you test this statement? What are potential sources of
error in these data, such as in calculations of the ages of the geolo-
gists and paleontologists?
6. After finding a bone bed in Cretaceous rocks, you set about map-
ping the area containing the exposed bones. The area measures 13.5
22.5 m and contains about 1250 bones. What is the approximate
bone density of this bed (in m2)? What are some factors that might
cause variations in this average?
7. In the accounting of the history of dinosaur studies, is there any evid-
ence of the effect of language barriers on worldwide exploration
for dinosaurs in the nineteenth and early part of the twentieth cen-
tury? On the basis of dissimilarities in language and culture, what
areas of the world would have been the most difficult for Europeans
and North Americans to arrange visits? What areas, however remote,
were more conducive to investigations?
8. Identify and count how many of the nineteenth century geologists
and paleontologists were clergymen. How did some of their findings
conflict with the religious conventions of the time? Additionally, how
many of the people mentioned from the nineteenth century were
83
DISCUSSION QUESTIONS Continued
physicians? How would their medical background have helped them

to become vertebrate paleontologists?
9. Written history sometimes reflects the choices of historians. How could
you find more evidence of paleontologists in the nineteenth and early
twentieth century than what was already mentioned in the chapter,
if most mainstream books do not mention them?
10. Pick three people mentioned in the chapter that you would like to
meet (they do not have to be paleontologists or geologists). What
are some questions you would ask each person relating to dinosaurs
and why?
Bibliography
Andrews, R. C. 1932. The New Conquest of Central Asia: A Narrative of the Explorations
of the Central Asiatic Expeditions in Mongolia and China, 192130. New York: American
Museum of Natural History.
Bird, R. T. 1985. Bones for Barnum Brown: Adventures of a Dinosaur Hunter. Fort Worth,
Texas: Texas Christian University Press.
Buckland, W. 1824. Notice on the Megalosaurus, or Great Fossil Lizard of Stonesfield.
Transactions of the Geological Society of London 1 (Series 2): 390396.
Buffetaut, E. 2000. A forgotten episode in the history of dinosaur ichnology: Carl
Degenhardts report on the first discovery of fossil footprints in South America
(Colombia, 1839). Bulletin de la Societe Geologique de France 171: 137140.
Buffetaut, E. and Le Loeuff, J. 1994. The discovery of dinosaur eggshells in nineteenth-
century France. In Carpenter, K., Hirsch K. F. and Horner J. R. (Eds), Dinosaur Eggs
and Babies. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press. pp. 3134.
Colbert, E. H. 1984. The great dinosaur hunters and their discoveries. [Republication of Men
and Dinosaurs: The Search in the Field and Laboratory, 1968, New York: E. P. Dutton.]
Mineola, New York: Dover Publications Inc.
Colbert, E. H. 1995. The Little Dinosaurs of Ghost Ranch. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Dean, D. R. 1993. Gideon Mantell and the discovery of Iguanodon. Modern Geology 18:
209219.
Delair, J. B. 1989. A history of dinosaur footprint discoveries in the British Wealden.
In Gillette D. D. and Lockley M. G. (Eds), Dinosaur Tracks and Traces. Cambridge, U.K.:
Cambridge University Press. pp. 1825.
Dong, Z.-M. 1988. Dinosaurs from China. London: British Museum of Natural History.
Beijing: China Ocean Press.
Gould, S. J. 1998. An awful, terrible dinosaurian irony. Natural History 107: 6168.
Grady, W. 1993. The dinosaur project. Toronto, Canada: MacFarlane, Walter, & Ross.
Hitchcock, E. 1858. Ichnology of New England: A report on the Sandstone of the Connecticut
Valley, Especially of Its Fossil Footmarks. Boston, Massachusetts: William White.
Reprint, New York: Arno Press.
Holtz, T. R., Jr. 1997. Dinosaur hunters of the southern continents. In Farlow James
O. and Brett-Surman M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
84
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Huene, F. von. 1932. Die fossile Reptil-Ordnung Saurischia, ihre Entwicklung und
Geschichte. Monographien fr Geologie und Palontologie (1) 4: 1361.
Jacobs, L. L. 1993. Quest for the African Dinosaurs: Ancient Roots of the Modern World.
New York: Villard Books.
Jaffe, M. 2000. Gilded Dinosaur: The Fossil War Between E. D. Cope and O. C. Marsh and
the Rise of American Science. New York: Crown Publishing. 3
Kielan-Jaworowska, Z. 1969. Hunting for Dinosaurs. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT
Press.
Lavas, J. R. 1997. Asian dinosaur hunters. In James O. Farlow James O. and Brett-
Surman M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
University Press. pp 3442.
Lull, R. L. 1915. Triassic life of the Connecticut Valley. Connecticut State Geology and
Natural History Survey Bulletin 24: 1285.
Mantell, G. A. 1825. Notice on Iguanodon, a Newly Discovered Fossil Reptile, from the
Sandstone of Tilgate Forest, in Sussex. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of
London 115: 179186.
Matheron, P. 1869. Notice sur les reptiles fossiles des dpots fluvio-lacustres crtacs du
basin lignite de Fuveau. Mmoires de lAcadmie des Sciences (belles-) Lettres et (Beaux-)
Arts de Marseille 186869: 345379.
Mayor, A. 2000. The First Fossil Hunters. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press.
Nopcsa, F. von. 1900. Dinosaurierrete aus Siebenbrgen. Schdel von Limnosaurus
transsylvanicus nov. gen. et spec. Denksdchriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften Wien, mathematisch-naturwissenschaftliche Classe 68: 555591.
Ostrom, J. H. 1969. Osteology of Deinonychus antirrhopus, an unusual theropod from
the Lower Cretaceous of Montana. Peabody Museum of Natural History Bulletin 30: 1165.
Owen, R. 1842. Report on British fossil reptiles. Report of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science 11: 60204.
Sarjeant, W. A. S. 1997. The earliest discoveries. In Farlow James O. and Brett-Surman
M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press.
pp. 311.
Seeley, H. G. 1887. On the classification of the fossil animals commonly named
Dinosauria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 43: 165171.
Shor, E. N. 1974. The Fossil Feud between E. D. Cope and O. C. Marsh. Hicksville, New
York: Exposition Press.
Spalding, D. A. E. 1993. Dinosaur Hunters: 150 Years of Extraordinary Discoveries.
Toronto, Canada: Key Porter Books.
Steinbock, R. T. 1989. Ichnology of the Connecticut Valley: A vignette of American
science in the early nineteenth century. In Gillette D. D. and Lockley M. G. (Eds),
Dinosaur Tracks and Traces. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press. pp. 2732.
Sternberg, C. H. 1909. The Life of a Fossil Hunter. New York: Henry Holt and Co. [Reprint
by Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press, 1990]
Sues, H.-D. 1997. European dinosaur hunters. In Farlow James O. and Brett-Surman
pp. 1223.
Wallace, D. R. 1999. The Bonehunters Revenge: Dinosaurs, Greed, and the Greatest Scientific
Feud of the Gilded Age. New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.
Warren, J. C. 1854. Remarks on Some Fossil Impressions in the Sandstone Rocks of
Connecticut River. Ticknor and Fields, Boston: Massachusetts.
85
Chapter
4
You are out with friends and, because you have just attended a geology class, you
notice (maybe for the first time) the rocks exposed in numerous road cuts. Your
instructor has already taken you on a few field trips where you learned through
hands-on experience how to identify rock types and to interpret the history they
represented. Consequently, you point to the different rock layers and tell your friends
the order in which they were formed, what you know about their origin, which
geologists had studied them, and what was happening in the world at the time
these sediments were being deposited. Your friends are initially impressed, but
they soon begin to doubt you and want to know how you know that certain
layers were formed before other layers, how you know the approximate age of
the rocks, and especially how you know that the continents were in different places
to where they are today.
How did you come to your conclusions? What evidence can you cite to sup-
port your claims?
Paleontology and
Geology as Sciences 4
Basic Principles of Geology

Recovery and Preparation of Dinosaur Fossils: How They Are Collected
Summary
Bibliography
PALEONTOLOGY AND GEOLOGY AS SCIENCES
Why are Paleontology and

Geology Sciences?
Paleontologists and other geoscien-
tists often deal with phenomena
that occurred millions of years ago,
which makes paleontology and geology different from most other sciences, so they
are sometimes labeled as historical sciences. These scientists will never be able
to conduct experiments on fossil subjects as living organisms or study directly the
environments they lived in. This lack of direct observation of the originally living
organisms and their environments has been a source of criticism of paleontology
as a science, particularly from other scientists who examine modern processes.
However, paleontology is similar in approach to forensic science, which uses evid-
ence to absolve wrongly-accused suspects and implicate criminals. It is also sim-
ilar to genetics, which involves indirectly observing genes through documentation
of their characteristic biochemical signatures. Furthermore, astronomy also deals
with objects that are extremely far removed (literally) from their observers and with
events that happened in the distant past, yet few question that fields scientific basis.
Paleontologists deal with facts that can actually be visited, viewed, touched, and
otherwise experienced directly. In contrast, astronomers cannot derive information
about Alpha Centauri, the nearest star outside of our solar system, 4.3 light years
away, through the same methods. Neither is more or less scientific, just different.
Probably the best way to show that paleontology and other historical sciences
are on an equal footing with other traditional scientific disciplines, such as bio-
logy, chemistry, and physics, is to review scientific methods and ask if they are still
applicable to paleontology. Fields of study that normally may not be considered as
sciences also involve observation, collection of data, formulation of hypotheses, ana-
lysis of data, hypothesis testing, and peer review. It is not popular opinion, but rather
the proper use of scientific methods in an area of study that makes it a science.
With this in mind, scientific methods are easily applicable in geologic field situ-
ations, as demonstrated throughout this book. This gathering of evidence, whether
through subsequent field visits or laboratory work, requires the use of considerable
knowledge, besides numerous tools. Paleontologists and geologists need to be well
equipped with the right gear to collect data effectively, whether that collecting takes
place in the field or the laboratory.
Tools Used in Paleontology and Geology

Many of the fundamental tools used by geologists and paleontologists today are
the same ones used by their predecessors in previous centuries. Of course, the list
of equipment has become more complicated, especially with the advent of easily
portable electronic items that digitally record data (Table 4.1). Geophysical methods
for finding fossils, by detecting their magnetic or radioactive properties, have been
used with various degrees of success in recent years. With advances in portability
88
TABLE 4.1 List of field equipment commonly used by a

geologist or paleontologist.
PERSONALLY PORTABLE GEAR USED IN THE FIELD
Item Purpose
Notebook, pens, pencils Recording data, making illustrations.
Hand-lens Magnifying small features.
Camera and film Photographic illustration, aesthetic expression.
Tape measure, ruler, scale Measuring distances or dimensions. 4
Compass Navigation, determining directions of linear
features, measuring angles.
Rock hammer Breaking rocks, catharsis.
Maps (topographic, geologic) Integrating locations with geologic data.
Acid bottle (5% hydrochloric) Testing for presence of CaCO3.
Chisels, trowels, shovels, picks Excavation of fossil specimens.
Global positioning system (GPS) Determining locations, navigation.
Extra batteries Recharging GPS and camera.
Binoculars Viewing distant outcrops of likely fossil-bearing
zones.
Calculator (solar powered) Analyzing field measurements.
Sample bags with labels Collecting personally portable specimens.
Newspaper Wrapping fossil specimens for cushioning.
Toilet paper Wrapping fossil specimens, field emergencies.
First-aid kit Fixing oneself for more fieldwork.
Water bottle (with water) Proper hydration for more fieldwork.
Snacks (especially carbohydrates) Personal fuel.
Broad-brimmed hat Keeping sun off face and rain off head, style.
Sunglasses Eye protection, especially from sun.
Sunscreen Skin protection (a must in desert areas).
Boots Ankle support in rocky or mountainous terrain.
Knife Cutting tape, burlap, or anything else that needs
cutting.
Duct tape Anything imaginable.
Backpack Carrying all of the previously mentioned items
INSTRUMENTS USED IN THE LABORATORY
Item Purpose
Computer Compiling, analyzing, and storing field data;
transcribing of field notes; image analysis of
photographs; modeling; simulations;
morphometric analysis; geographic distribution
analysis; phylogenetic (evolutionary relationship)
analysis; sending e-mail to colleagues.
Scanner (flatbed or slide) Scanning photographs, maps, or other
illustrations for either image analysis,
publications, or sending to colleagues for review.
Binocular microscope Examining specimens for detailed, microscopic
features and measuring features.
Polarized microscope Viewing thinly-sliced sections of rock or fossil
bone (mounted on slides) under polarized light
for mineralogical and textural qualities.
Scanning electron microscope Imaging features in rocks or fossils to as little as
1 micron or using other functions to perform
elemental analyses under electron bombardment.
89
TABLE 4.1 Continued

INSTRUMENTS USED IN THE LABORATORY
Item Purpose
Computer tomography (CT) Scanning internal structure of fossil specimens
(especially skulls and eggs), and constructing
three-dimensional images of structure with
computer.
Electronic caliper Measuring fossil specimens electronically, and
transmitting information to a computer.
Video camera Capturing images of unmagnified or magnified
fossils and transmitting digitized images to
computer for analysis.
Mass spectrometer Measuring atomic masses of elements and
determining abundance of isotopes for
radiometric age dating of rocks associated with
dinosaur fossils or stable isotope analysis of bones
and eggshells.
and decreasing equipment costs, these methods will no doubt be used even more
in the future. Nor is the equipment used in paleontological research limited to field-
work tools, because the study of fossils is sometimes best done by examination of
specimens in museum or university collections. Likewise, a laboratory setting, pos-
sibly using the latest technological wonders accessible to a paleontologists budget,
can be used to study the specimens gathered through present-day fieldwork or uncov-
ered in the inner bowels of a museum.
Nevertheless, fieldwork is still where many paleontologists start their investiga-
tions. It is also a less expensive method of original research for paleontologists who
are not associated with institutions that have a support staff, numerous catalogued
specimens in storage, and expensive equipment. The potential for making discov-
eries with only a minimal investment in equipment is a very distinctive feature of
paleontology relative to the other sciences (Chapters 2 and 3). With this perspec-
tive, the most basic items that a geologist, paleontologist, or other interested nat-
uralist should always take into the field are a notebook and pencils or pens to record
their observations. Personal digital assistants (PDAs) are now being used more for
recording data, but currently have the distinct disadvantage of limited battery life;
notebooks only run out of useable pages. Secondary items for geologic investiga-
tions include a hand lens, a measuring device, a compass, maps, a camera, and a
rock hammer. Optional items are sample bags with labels for recording informa-
tion about collected specimens, and a small bottle of dilute acid for testing the pres-
ence of calcite or aragonite (CaCO3) in a rock. A first-aid kit, water bottles and
broad-brimmed hats are also recommended to treat minor injuries, prevent dehy-
dration, and sunburn, respectively. Many areas containing well-exposed, fossil-
bearing rocks are in deserts (see Fig. 1.4).
Maps are important for documenting the exact locations of
Among the most fossils, besides being used for navigating in a fossil-bearing
important items that area and understanding the geologic context of fossils.
an informed fossil Topographic and geologic maps are the two types most com-
prospector should monly used for these purposes. Topographic maps show the
take into the field differences in elevation in a specific area as well as the areas
are maps. surface features, such as forested areas, roads, and cities.
Differences in elevation are represented by contour lines, lines
90
of equal elevation that follow the contours of the land surface. The spacing of con-
tour lines gives a good indication of the relative steepness of the terrain in the field
area, knowledge that is useful for traversing a hilly area or avoiding steep cliffs. A
wilderness excursion should never be attempted without first investigating the avail-
ability of topographic maps for the intended region.
Geologic maps typically have contour lines too, but their main value lies in how
they show the outcrop patterns of rock units on the land surface. Contour lines in
combination with the geology help to illustrate how the topography of an area
may relate to weathering patterns of the rocks (Fig. 4.1). Perhaps most importantly,
4
FIGURE 4.1 Section of a geologic map, which also has contour lines of a topographic
map. The contour lines show elevation changes in a landscape, and closely spaced lines
indicate relatively steeper elevation changes than widely spaced lines. Rock formations
are mapped on the basis of their outcrop patterns, and letter symbols on the map
correspond to the age and name of the formation (i.e., Jm is the Morrison Formation,
which is Jurassic). US Geological Survey Map GQ 57, 1955.
91
TABLE 4.2 Information conveyed by topographic maps and

geologic maps.
TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS
Descriptive Information
1 Cultural features: roads, trails, pipelines, towns, streets, power lines, houses, dams,
quarries, churches, schools, cemeteries, airports, mines, city, county, state, and
national boundaries, hospitals, parks.
2 Natural features: streams, lakes, woodlands, mountains, glaciers, beaches,
waterfalls, swamps.
3 Latitude and longitude of any point on the map.
4 Scale showing horizontal distance on the map corresponding to actual distances.
5 Elevation of the ground surface, indicated by contours and benchmarks.
6 Magnetic declination.
7 Date the map was constructed
Interpretive information
1 Shape of the land surface, which can be interpreted further through construction
of profiles and block diagrams.
2 Types of landforms and how they were formed (such as glaciers, wind, surface
streams, groundwater, and coastal processes).
3 Structure of the bedrock (such as folds, faults, flat-lying strata).
4 Drainage basins of surface water.
GEOLOGIC MAPS
Descriptive information
1 Topographic information. If a geologic map is drawn with superimposed
topographic lines and other information, then it may provide most or all of the
information that a typical topographic map would provide. However, these maps
are, in some cases, difficult to read because geologic information overlaps
topographic information.
2 Types and locations of bedrock units of different ages.
3 Contacts between different rock units.
4 Types and locations of surficial deposits (glacial deposits, river sediments,
floodplains).
5 Types and locations of faults and folds.
6 Trends and angles of rock layers
Interpretive information
1 Rock structures (folds and faults) beneath the ground surface (can be
extrapolated from surface information).
2 Rock types, both at the surface and subsurface.
3 Rock durability and how difficult the rock may be to remove for mineral deposits.
4 Origin and type of material in surficial deposits.
5 Geologic history of an area.
Adapted from Spencer (1993).
the topographic information provides visible landmarks, which help geologists to

orientate themselves. Geologic maps are particularly useful in dinosaur studies because
they show the probable locations of outcrops of known or suspected fossil-bearing
zones. However, outside of paleontology they are important for locating mineral
deposits. Overall, the information conveyed by topographic and geologic maps is
extensive (Table 4.2).
92
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY
All maps, no matter how simple or complex, should have several important
features:
n A scale that shows the horizontal distances on the map, corresponding to

the actual distances on the land;
n A legend, which is a key to all map symbols used; and
n An indicator of the direction of geographic north (the north pole of rota-
tion for the Earth).
Magnetic north differs from geographic north because the Earth spins on an axis 4
deviated slightly from where its magnetic field emanates. Consequently, a map should
also show the amount of difference between the two norths (declination) in the
area being explored. For example, a difference of 10 degrees from a compass bear-
ing (which generally points to magnetic north) of geographic north can become a
large difference over the course of a several kilometer hike to a dinosaur site.
Although this equipment list may sound old-fash-
ioned, it is still recommended because these tools and
A global positioning
their usefulness have been repeatedly tested by genera-
system (GPS) device
tions of geologists and paleontologists. Of course, the
receives signals from
equipment list must be modified to meet personal pref-
satellites to calculate a erences and needs, and should keep up with the devel-
position on the Earths opment of new technology that makes fieldwork easier.
surface with regard to A GPS (see box) can cross-check information on maps
latitude, longitude, and for the accuracy of either tool. Many GPS units are also
elevation. capable of downloading geographical locality informa-
tion into computers; the latter can then construct digi-
tal maps that can be compared to any previously printed maps. Digital maps can
have layers of information stored in GIS (Geographic Information System) programs,
such as the distribution of rock types, fossils found, and vegetation patterns. For
this and other reasons, laptop computers are now part of the standard list of field
equipment, and most are easily portable. Nevertheless, like personal digital assis-
tants (PDAs), battery life is still a limiting factor in their extended use in the field.
Some geologists circumvent this problem by using either solar panels or chargers
connected to a field vehicle.
However inspiring the finding of a dinosaur fossil might be, the person who dis-
covers it should first know more basic principles of geology. This can make the find
more meaningful, especially in how it relates to the small picture of its local paleo-
environment and the larger picture of the ancient global system. Attempting to
collect a dinosaur fossil without further knowledge of its setting is risking the loss
of valuable scientific information. Making a detailed description of the geologic set-
ting of a dinosaur fossil in the field should precede preparing it for transportation.
Basic Principles of Geology
Field Relations and Relative Age Dating

Geology is the primary scientific field associated with dinosaur studies, but people
with little understanding of geology have found fossils of plants and animals, includ-
ing dinosaurs (Chapter 3). However, some advanced knowledge of this subject is
certainly helpful for continued success. Paleontology is the most readily recogniz-
able subdivision of geology that applies to dinosaur studies, but other specialties,
such as sedimentology, stratigraphy, and tectonics, are also essential to form a
more complete, contextual view of dinosaurs (Table 4.3).
93
TABLE 4.3 Some subdisciplines of geology and their

relevance to the geosciences (especially economic
applications). All of these subdisciplines overlap with one
another in some way, so the divisions between them are
often artificial.
Subdiscipline Definition and Application
Geochemistry Study of properties and changes in elements in the earth:
interpreting the ages of rocks, the cycling of elements in earth
systems (including pollutants), and the original parameters of
paleoenvironments and burial conditions of organic material
(for petroleum exploration).
Geophysics Study of the earth through principles of physics: determining
presence of subsurface oil or mineral deposits.
Mineralogy Study of minerals, such as their geological occurrence and
crystallinity: examining formation of metallic ore deposits and
precious stones and determining industrial applications of
minerals, such as clays in ceramics and paper.
Marine geology Study of the Earths oceanic processes: interpreting sea-level
fluctuations, earth history, and interactions of oceanic
environments with other global systems.
Paleoclimatology Study of ancient climates and their changes through time:
interpreting patterns in climate change and factors affecting
climate in the past, including factors that might affect modern
climate.
Petrology Study of rocks, which can be subdivided into study of igneous,
metamorphic, or sedimentary rocks: interpreting conditions for
formation of ore deposits.
Sedimentology Study of sediments, including methods for their transport and
deposition and post-depositional history: interpreting
paleoenvironments and modern processes (formation of
shorelines, rivers).
Seismology Study of the interior of the earth and how it releases energy:
evaluating and predicting earthquakes.
Stratigraphy Study of sedimentary rocks through mapping of their vertical
and horizontal extents: evaluating resources such as coal,
aquifers, and oil.
Structural geology Study of the deformation of earth materials: describing and
predicting the extent and nature of folded and faulted rocks,
which assists with interpreting Earth history and location of
earth resources.
The basic principles of geology, which were formed through many repeated obser-
vations made by field geologists through the early nineteenth century (Chapter 3),
are still used by geologists and paleontologists today and are responsible for what
is seen in a geologic map. These principles are original horizontality, superposi-
tion, lateral continuity, inclusions, cross-cutting relationships, and biologic suc-
cession (Fig. 4.2). They comprise the techniques for relative age dating of rocks,
that is, determining the relative order in which geologic phenomena occurred, with-
out necessarily knowing the exact ages of the phenomena.
Original horizontality is the concept that sediment, unconsolidated material occur-
ring at the Earths surface, when originally deposited, settled under the influence
of gravity into more or less horizontally-oriented layers. Once such layers become
94
FIGURE 4.2 Idealized diagram of basic field relations of rocks that can be used to
determine relative ages, using original horizontality, superposition, lateral continuity,
inclusions, cross-cutting relationships, and biologic succession. Phenomena are labeled
from oldest (1) to youngest (19).
consolidated by compression from overlying sediments and cementation, the sedi-

ments become sedimentary rock. Sedimentary rock is further classified by its litho-
logy, or rock type, which is based on the composition and texture of the sediment.
Layers of sedimentary rock are called strata (plural of stratum) or beds. A series
of strata in a particular area, stacked on top of one another, may be collectively
called a stratigraphic sequence. If the strata in a stratigraphic sequence are tilted
significantly beyond a horizontal plane, then an observer knows that the tilting
95
happened after deposition of all of the sediments and their formation into sedi-
mentary rock.
Superposition is the concept that each layer of sediment deposited on top of an
underlying layer is relatively younger than the latter, assuming the strata have not
been tilted far beyond their original horizontality. Superposition, along with ori-
ginal horizontality, may seem too inherently obvious, but Nicolaus Steno (Niels
Stensen) of Denmark, in the seventeenth century, was the first person to actually
articulate it (Chapter 3). To visualize this principle, think of the sediments at the
bottom of the sequence as being deposited first, and the sediments at the top being
deposited most recently. If the rate of layering was known, the total age of the strata
could be calculated. However, this is not straightforward as, in reality, there is the
possibility that the rate of deposition varied through time, that the strata was over-
turned, or that some layers were removed throughout the history of deposition,
usually by erosion.
Related to the concept of superposition is lateral continuity, which describes how
sedimentary layers will continue in lateral directions until they encounter some
barrier that prevents their further spread, or they otherwise run out of sediment.
If a laterally continuous layer is found in widely separated places, it may represent
approximately the same time of deposition, which is an example of correlation.
Laterally adjacent layers also can succeed one another vertically, which represents
how changes in environments through time can cause one environment to over-
lap the other.
Cross-cutting relationships and inclusions have opposite significance in relative
age dating. With cross-cutting relationships, a geologic feature cutting across
another feature is the younger of the two, such as a fracture that cuts through all
strata in a particular geologic section (Fig. 4.3). In contrast, inclusions, which are
particles of a preexisting rock incorporated into sediment, must be older than the
rock including them. British geologist Charles Lyell expressed these latter two prin-
ciples in the early nineteenth century (Chapter 3).
All of these principles can determine relative-age dates of rocks without the
use of fossils, but the combination of these principles with rocks containing
identifiable guide fossils adds a powerful dimension to interpreting the geologic
history of an area. Guide fossils are typically body fossils (but in some cases trace
fossils) that are:
1 abundant;
2 easily identifiable;
3 geographically widespread;
4 vertically restricted in their range; and
5 likely to be deposited with sediment independently of the environment in
which they lived.
In terms of biologic succession, their vertical zonation, also known as geologic

range, may demonstrate when an organism first evolved (at the bottom of the zone)
and when it went extinct (at the top of the zone) in that area. When these geo-
logic ranges for different guide fossils are noticed and recorded both locally and
worldwide, they can represent different times that are identifiable whenever these
fossils are found, which is another aid to correlating strata.
For example, bones of Coelophysis, a small theropod, have been found only in
strata below those containing bones of Allosaurus, a larger and different theropod,
and Apatosaurus, a large sauropod (Chapters 9 and 10). Paleontologists thus con-
clude that the fossils of the overlying layers succeeded the underlying ones. The
strata containing the remains of Coelophysis are from the Late Triassic, whereas the
rocks bearing Allosaurus and Apatosaurus fossils are from the Late Jurassic, which is
96
FIGURE 4.3 Fault cross-cutting

thick stratigraphic sequence of
the Santa Elana Limestone (Late
Cretaceous) in Big Bend National
Park, Texas. Students for scale.
based on the vertical zonation of these and other fossils. Occasionally these zona-
tions are refined when geologists or paleontologists find fossils slightly below
(older) or above (younger) the previously known ranges, which is part of the test-
ing and subsequent improvement of the fossil record that occurs every day.
Guide fossils were applied to mapping the distribution of sedimentary rocks in
parts of Europe in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries, well before
Charles Darwin published any of his research on biological evolution. Since then,
evolution and extinction are now recognized as primary factors that controlled the
vertical distribution of fossils in the geologic record (Chapter 6 and 16). Bio-
stratigraphy, the use of guide fossils in mapping rocks and interpreting their ages,
was largely responsible for the establishment of a worldwide, standard geologic time
scale (see Fig. 1.2), with its relative time divisions, such as eons, periods, and epochs,
each represented by distinctive fossil assemblages. The time divisions are called
time units, whereas the rocks that represent those times are chronostratigraphic
units: for example, the Triassic Period is a time unit and the Triassic System is a
chronostratigraphic unit. The rocks from the early part of the Triassic are called Lower
Triassic, whereas their age is Early Triassic (which is older than both Middle and
Late Triassic). Likewise, the Jurassic is divided into Early, Middle, and Late, but the
Cretaceous is divided into Early and Late. Upper and lower also refer to all rock
97
units, not just chronostratigraphic units. Earth-resource companies use the geologic
time scale and such divisions in their exploration for fossil fuels (oil, gas, and coal)
and minerals, and they have been well tested since the beginning of the Industrial
Revolution.
The description of strata that contain distinctive sediments and fossils, which can
lead to the recognition of mappable units that a geologist can readily identify in
the field, are called formations. Formations are given formal names by geologists
on the basis of the locality of a stratigraphic section that ideally is representative
of the rock types found in the formation, called the type section. A formation name
can be the place name for the type section followed by a generic formation desig-
nation, such as the aforementioned Upper Jurassic Morrison Formation, which is
named after Morrison, Colorado (Chapter 3). These names can also reflect the main
rock type in the formation, such as the Upper Devonian Chattanooga Shale, which
is named after the location in Chattanooga, Tennessee, and the rock type.
Formations can be subdivided into members or grouped together into groups. Guide
fossils can help with identifying a formation, but the easy visual identification of
a formation by its lithology is more important for geologists who want to describe
its distribution on a geologic map.
As stated above, strata do not always equate with time units because the same
type of sediment could have been deposited at different times when an environ-
ment left sediments as it migrated laterally. For example, think of how a lateral
change in the position of the shoreline to landward environments (called a trans-
gression) causes the sea to cover formerly dry land and progressively deposit
marine sediments farther inland through time. This type of change, perhaps
caused by a rise in sea level, makes the marine sediments time transgressive. Likewise,
a lateral change in the position of the shoreline in the direction of seaward envir-
onments (regression), maybe through a drop in sea level, would cause continen-
tal sediments to overlap the formerly marine sediments. However, the continental
sediments are still time transgressive because they were gradually deposited
through time. Geologists keep this in mind, so if different species of dinosaurs (or
any other fossils) are found in the same formation in widely separated places, the
organisms they represent are not always assumed to have lived at the same time.
Application of scientific methods to the basic geologic principles of relative age
dating involves testing each criterion for consistency, instead of accepting that any
one of them fulfills the possible geologic interpretation. For example, if inclusions
that definitely come from one bed are found in the bed directly underlying it, we
can conclude that the sequence is overturned (upside-down), and hence a hypo-
thesis about age relations of the strata based simply on superposition could be
wrong. Similarly, a fossil that seems far too young for the previously known world-
wide geologic range of the strata in which it was found may have been reworked,
that is, exhumed from its older layer and reburied, only to re-emerge in this younger
strata. As a result, the hypothesis that the fossil is an inclusion and is an indica-
tor of some sort of previous erosion (transport of sediment) from its original entomb-
ing bed must be tested. The hypothesis that some dinosaurs lived in the Cenozoic
Era, which was based on the occurrence of dinosaur bones in the oldest Cenozoic
strata, has been falsified by evidence indicating that these fossils were reworked
from underlying Mesozoic strata (Chapters 7 and 16).
Surfaces of non-deposition or erosion, called unconformities, are very import-
ant to recognize because they signify a gap in the time record; that is, time is not
represented by rocks in the area of an unconformity. In some cases, the missing
geologic record consists of millions of years (Fig. 4.4). Consequently, geologists
and paleontologists are often depressed by unconformities and lament the many
fossils lost to the cruel processes of erosion. These surfaces can be identified with
the use of the principles of relative age dating and a few other criteria.
98
FIGURE 4.4 Labeled unconformity

near Morrison, Colorado (adjacent
to Red Rocks Amphitheatre),
separating the Fountain Formation
(Pennsylvanian Period, about
300 Ma) from a 1.7 billion-year-old
Precambrian metamorphic rock
(gneiss); the surface represents a lost
record of about 1400 million years.
4
So when looking at photographs and other illustrations of sedimentary rock

sequences, hiking through a national park, or driving down a road where road cuts
may have exposed strata, try to observe the characteristics of these sequences, attempt
explanations for your observations, then test them using relative age-dating prin-
ciples. Continual practice of these techniques will help lead to better interpreta-
tions of the geologic history of an area, interpretations that are based on an array
of interdependent evidence.
Absolute Age Dating: How We Know When Dinosaurs Lived

When geologists confidently say that dinosaurs as a group lived for, at a minimum,
165 million years, or 165 Ma (Latin translation of mega annus), they are referring
to the considerable factual evidence supporting the vast amounts of time associ-
ated with the age of the Earth. That the Earth is about 4.6 billion years old is known
through radiometric age dating, a method used to calculate absolute ages of rocks
or other materials using radioactive elements. Radioactive elements have known
natural decay constants, which are unvarying rates of radioactive decay over time.
Radioactive elements are unstable elements that give off matter and energy in a
way that results in their eventual change of one element (the parent element) to
another (daughter element). Steps in between the parent and final stable daugh-
ter element are represented by a number of elements and constitute a decay sequence.
The general equation for radioactive decay is represented by the formula:
N = N0 et (4.1)
where N is the number of atoms present now, N0 is the original number of atoms
from the radioactive element, e is a constant (about 2.718), is the decay constant,
and t is time. With some algebraic re-arranging, the formula is changed to solve
for t, which gives the age of the rock.
Age dates derived from such methods are also cross-checked against the many facts
provided by relative age dating (Fig. 4.5). The checking and rechecking of radiometric
99
FIGURE 4.5 Igneous rock cross-

cutting sedimentary rock (Pen
Formation) in Big Bend National
Park, Texas. The sedimentary rock
has fossils indicating that it is Late
Cretaceous, about 70 Ma. The cross-
cutting igneous rock should be
younger, and it is. Radiometric dates
derived from it and related rocks in
the region indicate that they were
formed in the Tertiary Period. English
professor for scale.
age dates through independently verifiable and repeatable tests, as well as the com-
mon applications of quantum physics, makes radiometric age dating scientific-
ally certain. Likewise, decay constants of radioactive elements provide us with
extremely accurate means of measuring the ages of phenomena that occurred long
before human history, such as dinosaurs and their associated rocks. Rates of decay
have never been observed to change in any significant way under a wide variety
of laboratory conditions; hence these rates are as factually-based as the effects of
gravity. For an analogy, speculating that a radioactive element may have had a ran-
dom or otherwise variable decay rate is akin to saying that apples may have fallen
up rather than down from trees at random times in the past.
First, some backtracking to define a few basic terms is necessary. An element is
a substance composed of atoms that contain the same number of protons; this num-
ber of protons defines the atomic number of an element. Protons are positively-
charged particles with a standard atomic mass of 1.0, the same mass for neutrally
charged neutrons. Both protons and neutrons are in the nucleus, the center of the
atom. Negatively charged electrons, with masses about 1/1800 of protons and neu-
trons, orbit the nucleus. Atomic mass is calculated simply by adding the number
of protons and neutrons in an atom, ignoring the negligible mass provided by elec-
trons. For example, some atoms of carbon have 6 protons and 6 neutrons, thus it
has an atomic number of 6 and an atomic mass of 12 (written also as 12C). Atoms
with the same atomic number are all the same element; 12C, 13C, and 14C have dif-
ferent masses as they have more or less neutrons because they have the same atomic
number, and they are isotopes of an element. Remember that the number of pro-
tons stays the same, otherwise it becomes a different element.
A radioactive element that is actively emitting energy may be transmitting
it through moving particles. Particles that are commonly emitted by radioactive
elements are alpha particles, which are two protons and two neutrons (equival-
ent to the nucleus of a helium atom, which has an atomic mass of 4), and beta
particles, which are high-speed electrons. Appropriately enough, radiation that
consists of alpha particles is called alpha radiation, and radiation that consists
of beta particles is beta radiation. These types of radiation result from decay of a
radioactive element because when atoms lose particles they change into different
100
elements. For example, here is part of the decay sequence for uranium-238 (238U),
which has an atomic number of 92 (hence having 146 neutrons):
U
238 234Th
Pa
234
U
234
Th
230 226
Ra Rn
222 218
Po
The alpha decays that occurred between 238U and successive elements are easy
to pick out: they are the ones where an atomic mass of 4 was subtracted. The
beta decays are also easy to find and are where one element changed to another
with no apparent loss of mass (because electrons have comparatively little mass).
The change of the element happens because a positively-charged proton plus a 4
negatively-charged electron is equal to a neutral neutron. Thus, the loss of an
electron from the nucleus causes a new proton, which changes the atomic number
of the element. The complete decay series for 238U results in a final, stable daugh-
ter element of 206Pb.
To calculate the age of a rock, a geologist has to solve for time. What are known
before solving for time are the decay rate (amount of loss from the parent isotope
over time) and the result of the decay (amount of daughter isotope and parent iso-
tope). Other variables that have to be considered first are summarized by:
t = (1/) ln[(d/p) + 1] (4.2)
where t is age (time), is the decay constant, ln is the natural logarithm (which
of a given number is the exponent that must be assigned to e (about 2.71) to derive
that same number), d is amount of the daughter element (which is how much is
measurable now), and p is the parent element (also how much is measurable now).
The application of a logarithmic function is necessary because radioactive decay is
exponential, which means that a radioactive element decays at a gradually more
rapid rate with time, which contrasts it with an arithmetic rate, which is simply
subtraction or addition with time. This mathematical distinction is important in
the understanding of radiometric age dating. Because time is needed for a parent
element to decay to a daughter element, a high ratio of daughter to parent (d/p)
indicates a greater amount of time than a comparatively low ratio, thus the rate
of increase for a daughter element is directly proportional to the rate of decrease
for a parent element.
Decay constants are calculated by using a lot of math, beginning with the fol-
lowing equation:
= 0.693/t1/2 (4.3)
where is the decay constant and t1/2 is the half-life of the element. Half-life is
the amount of time needed for half of the parent element to have decayed. Half-
life can also be expressed by knowing that it represents half of the original radioac-
tive element:
N = (1/2)N0 (4.4)
For a specific radioactive element that underwent decay, the decay constant repre-
sents the measured number of atoms that decay per second, compared to the num-
ber of atoms that are still in the rock sample:
= (dN/dt)/N (4.5)
where (dN/dt) is the rate of change in number of atoms (dN) in proportion to

rate of the change in time (dt), and N is the number of atoms now present. The
101
measurement of the number of alpha particles emitted by an atom per second will
give an indication of the first value through a standard number of atoms, such as
in one Avogadro (Av) of a sample, 6.02 1023 atoms. For example, using 1.0 Av
of 238U, which has a measured alpha particle emission rate of 2.96 106 particles
per second, the decay constant is calculated as:
Step 1. = (2.96 106 /s)/6.02 1023

Step 2. = 4.92 1018 s1
The half-life can be solved for our example of 238U, because the decay constant is
known:
Step 1. t1/2 = 0.693/4.92 1018 s

Step 2. = (0.693/4.92) 1018 s
Step 3. = 1.41 1017 s
The number of seconds in a year is about 31,557,000 (give or take a thousand sec-
onds), thus to convert the calculated number of seconds to years:
Step 4. t1/2 = 1.41 1017 s/3.1557 107 s/y

Step 5. = 4.468 109 y
Therefore, the half-life for 238U is nearly 4.5 billion years, which means in that
time about one-half of the original amount of 238U in a rock will have been lost
through decay, then in another 4.5 billion years, only half of that half (25%) is
left, and so on (Fig. 4.6). Once the approximate number of atoms for each ele-
ment (parent and daughter) is counted from a rock sample, the ratio of one to the
other is calculated, which is an indicator of the number of half-lives that have
passed and then can be used to calculate the age of a rock. A device called a mass
FIGURE 4.6 Exponential loss of a parent element (238U) through time, showing changes
in ratio with relation to the daughter element (206Pb) with each half-life. Note that the
plot follows a curved line, not a straight line.
102
TABLE 4.4 Elements used to calculate the age of a

formation (Amsitoq Gneiss) in Greenland. The widely
different decay constants resulted in a very narrow range
(0.25 billion years, but with overlapping variation) for the
calculated ages, despite the orders of magnitude differences
of the half-lives for elements used.
Parent Daughter Half-life of the Calculated Age
daughter Pair Isotope Used Parent Isotope for the Formation
as Isochron (in billions of years) (in billions of years) 4
87
Rb/ Sr87 86
Sr 48.8 3.70 0.14
232
Th/208Pb 204
Pb 14.0 3.65 0.08 (Th/Pb ratio)
3.80 0.12 (Pb/Pb isochron)
238
U/206Pb 204
Pb 4.47 3.65 0.05
176
Lu/176Hf 177
Hf 35.9 3.55 0.22 (Hf/Hf isochron)
Adapted from Dalrymple (1986).
spectrometer, found in the geology or chemistry departments of most research

universities, counts the number of atoms of each element.
Radiometric age dating is how geoscientists know the absolute ages of some rocks.
Ages derived from rocks typically are within a 1% potential error, which is esti-
mated on the basis of probability calculations. This amount of error is reasonable,
considering that the ages are often reported in millions or billions of years. If geo-
scientists doubt the age of a rock sample given by one isotope pair, they will cross-
check with another isotope pair that has a totally different decay constant.
Another cross-checking method is to involve another variable, an isotope of the
daughter element, to see if the ratio between it and the daughter isotope correlates
with the parentdaughter ratio. If they do, the two ratios plot as a line, which confirms
that the measured sample is accurate and has not been contaminated. The method
of using another isotope pair of the same element (such as 87Sr/86Sr) for compar-
ison with the parentdaughter pair is called isochron dating. Independently
derived but identical age dates from different isotope pairs or isochrons are not coin-
cidental; indeed, as many as five different isochrons, all with different decay con-
stants, have shown the same overlapping age ranges for rocks in some examples
(Table 4.4). This procedure works very well and, consequently, radiometric age dat-
ing, when done correctly, is a powerful and accurate tool for establishing the ages
of rocks as old as or much older than those containing dinosaur fossils.
For dinosaur studies, the isotope pairs most often used are those with long enough
half-lives to date material older than 65 Ma. Although radiometric dating is usu-
ally equated with carbon dating, carbon dating is not used in dinosaur studies.
This is because the relatively short half-life of 14C (5730 years) guarantees that the
ratio of 14C to its daughter isotope is so small after only 70,000 years (12 half-lives,
meaning only 1/4096 of the original parent is left) it is undetectable to modern
mass spectrometers. Isotope pairs used in dating materials from the Mesozoic Era
include 40K/40Ar, 40Ar/39Ar, and 238U/206Pb, among others. In recent years, some dinosaur
paleontologists and geologists prefer ages derived from 40Ar/39Ar because of its greater
precision (Table 4.5). This accuracy is a result of the calculation of an age date by
directly measuring the ratio of parent to daughter element.
Unfortunately, calculation of an age for a bed actually containing dinosaur fos-
sils, let alone the dinosaur fossil itself, is rare. This situation is because sediments
will give only the age of when the sedimentary grains were originally formed, not
103
TABLE 4.5 Examples of isotopic age dates derived from

volcanic rocks associated with dinosaur-bearing strata.
(Periods are given in parentheses.)
Formation Location Isotopic Method Age Dates (Ma)

40 40 40 39
Prince Creek Alaska, USA K/ Ar, Ar/ Ar 6871 (Late Cretaceous)
40
El Gallo Baja, Mexico Ar/39Ar 7374 (Late Cretaceous)
40
Two Medicine Montana, USA Ar/39Ar 7480 (Late Cretaceous)
40
Judith River Alberta, Canada Ar/39Ar 76 (Late Cretaceous)
40
Juifotang Inner Mongolia, Ar/39Ar 110 (Early Cretaceous)
China
40
Ischigualasto Northwestern Ar/39Ar 228 (Late Triassic)
Argentina
when they were deposited. The derived age of a sedimentary particle thus is older
than the bed that encloses it (meaning that the principle of inclusions can apply
equally well to individual sand grains!). The radiometric clock starts with the cooling
and subsequent crystallization of a mineral from a major heating event, which fixes
the radioactive elements into a small enough place (i.e., mineral grains) where geo-
scientists can sample them. For this reason, only rocks formed in high temperatures
(greater than 250C) at the time of their formation can yield accurate radiometric
age dates. These rocks include igneous rocks, formed from originally molten rock,
called magma, at temperatures of 701200C; and metamorphic rocks, formed
through pressure and heat of about 250700C.
Igneous rocks are preferable for age dating, especially volcanic ash beds, because
their sediments represent the original time of formation, not the reheating times
that are typical of metamorphic rocks or the ages of reworked sediments. Ash beds
are geologically valued because they were formed by airborne ash spewed from a
volcano. The ash was originally deposited in widespread, horizontal layers in a short
time, which lends well to cross-checking any derived absolute ages with under-
lying and overlying strata. Fortunately for dinosaur studies, some dinosaur popu-
lations were proximal to volcanic areas that produced voluminous amounts of ash;
these layers in combination with relative age-dating techniques have provided a
good general framework for defining and understanding the timing for evolution
and extinction of certain dinosaur species and groups (see Table 4.5). Igneous rocks
that cross-cut Mesozoic sedimentary rocks containing dinosaur fossils, as shown in
Fig. 4.5, can also be used to calculate ages, although in some instances the igneous
rocks are too young for purposes of comparison to other Mesozoic dinosaur-bearing
strata.
The most important The Big Picture: Plate Tectonics and How it
conceptual Rules the Earth
framework for Plate tectonic theory states that the Earth is differentiated into
understanding how layers with their own distinctive chemical and physical
the Earth works is properties and that the outermost layer, the lithosphere,
the unifying theory moves and interacts with an underlying layer, the astheno-
of geology, plate sphere. The lithosphere, the 5120 km thick, outermost,
tectonics. rigid layer, is composed of the Earths crust and the upper part
of its mantle. Directly underneath it is the asthenosphere, the
104
FIGURE 4.7 Map view of lithospheric

plates involved in plate tectonics.
Reprinted by permission from R.
Cowen, History of Life, p. 98. ( 1995
Blackwell Science, Inc., Malden, MA.)
200250 km thick, relatively hotter, more plastically flowing part of the upper
mantle. The lithosphere is presently broken into 13 major segments (plates) that
entirely cover the asthenosphere (Fig. 4.7).
Physiographic features, such as oceanic ridges and some large mountain ranges,
as well as the occurrence of most earthquakes and volcanism, delineate plate bound-
aries; these are the areas where separate plates interact. Notice that plates and
continents do not coincide. Continental crust is incorporated into each plate and
so moves along with the plate. Large amounts of evidence support that plates in
some form, similar to what we see today, have moved over the asthenosphere ever
since they formed about 4.0 billion years ago, which is about the same age as the
oldest known evidence of life on Earth.
Evidence for this movement of plates is multifold, some of it originating in a
hypothesis called continental drift that was first proposed by Alfred Wegener
(18801930) in 1915 and republished in 1929. In his hypothesis, the movement
of the continents during the geologic past was given as an explanation for the:
n Observed fit of now widely separated continents.

n Presence of fossils indicating continental organisms on continents now divided
by an ocean.
n Similarity of some mountain ranges and rocks on those same continents.
n Presence of warm-climate indicators in presently cold-climate places such
as Antarctica.
However, Wegener was hampered by two main problems:
1 he was not trained in geology and was in fact a meteorologist, so he was

not taken seriously by geologists, who subjected his work to rather vicious
peer review; and
2 he proposed a seriously flawed hypothesis to explain his data, which actu-
ally justified some of the severe criticism he endured.
For example, one of his proposals for the movement of the continents was that
they plowed along underlying solid rock, which led to another question that Wegener
could not answer: What was the driving force for such considerable movement
of continents? Moving a continent takes a considerable amount of energy and
Wegener had no coherent explanation for how this happened. His observations were
correct, but his explanation was wrong. Wegener died well before his hypothesis
105
was accepted in its greatly modified form in combination with other hypotheses
that stemmed from new data derived mostly in the 1960s.
The modern evidence for plate tectonics consists partially of the following:
n Submarine ridges with active volcanism and earthquakes in linear zones are
coincident with the ridges, as found in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean.
n Rocks on the ocean floor with older radiometric age dates are located
sequentially farther from the linear zones.
n Thicker sedimentary layers on the ocean floor are further away from these
same zones.
n Older and identical ages are indicated by fossils in these same layers for the
lower parts of thick sedimentary layers on either side of the zones.
n Recorded reversals in the Earths magnetic field in igneous rocks on the ocean
floor show symmetrical patterns (mirror images) on either side of the
linear zones where volcanism is occurring.
n The oldest rocks on the ocean floor are only about 200 Ma (Early Jurassic),
whereas those on the continents are as much as 3.9 billion years old.
n Mountain ranges on the continents are folded and faulted into defined
linear zones.
n When compared to rocks on the stable interior of continents, mountain ranges
with younger (more recent) radiometric ages than their igneous and meta-
morphic rocks have been found, which are also locations of major earth-
quakes and active volcanoes.
n Linear zones with no volcanism and major fault lines on the continents have
violent earthquakes associated with them.
n Island chains, such as the Hawaiian Islands, that have young radiometric
age dates for igneous rocks are located close to active volcanism; rocks have
gradually older age dates correspondingly farther from the active volcanism.
When the evidence noted by Wegener was added to these data, the theory of
plate tectonics emerged from the repeated testing of hypotheses proposed to
explain all of these phenomena that originally were seen as unrelated. The most
important of these hypotheses, proposed to explain the data shown in points 1 to
5 above, was seafloor spreading, which held that new seafloor formed at the vol-
canically active linear zones because of the spreading of lithospheric plates away
from those zones, which allowed magma from the asthenosphere to erupt on the
ocean floor. New seafloor has younger radiometric age dates (because of its close
association with volcanically active zones), less oceanic sediment on it, younger
fossils, and rocks that reflect the magnetic field of that time, whereas older seafloor
would show opposite trends. Zones where plates move away from one another are
called plate-divergent boundaries or spreading centers, which causes a tensional
stress that is translated through earthquake activity. The rocks on either side of a
spreading center, such as the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, can be used to calculate an aver-
age spreading rate on the basis of radiometric age dates of rocks in combination
with their distance from the spreading center:
R = d/t (4.6)
where R is rate, d is distance, and t is time. An example is illustrated by calculat-

ing the average spreading rate of the North American plate for the past 155 Ma.
First, a sample of ocean-floor igneous rock is taken at a known distance (1960 km)
from the original spreading center (Mid-Atlantic Ridge); radiometric dates derived
106
from 40K/40Ar yield an age of 154.5 0.2 Ma. With these data, the average spread-
ing rate (in cm/year) is calculated as:
R = 1960 km/154.5 Ma (4.7)
Step 1. Converting values to scientific notation for simplicity.

= 1.96 103 km/1.545 107 y
Step 2. Converting km to cm:
1.0 km = 1 105 cm/km. 4
Step 3. = 1.96 108 cm/1.545 107 y
= 1.3 cm/y
Realize also that during 155 million years the average rate might have had a range,
such as 0.7 to 3.1 cm/year, but these values also can be calculated as long as radio-
metric age dates and distances from the spreading center are known. Using this
method, spreading rates (rates of plate movement) for plates have been calculated
as ranging from less than 1.0 to as much as 11 cm/year.
The fact that the oldest seafloor dates from the Jurassic Period indicates that the
ocean floor has been destroyed and recycled since at least the time that Apatosaurus
and Allosaurus were on the continents. This brings up another integral hypothesis
in plate tectonic theory, subduction, which is supported by points 6 through to
8. Subduction is a proposed process where, as plates move away from divergent
boundaries and collide with one another at plate-convergent boundaries, one plate
can go underneath the other. The subducted plate undergoes partial melting as it
slides further into the hotter asthenosphere, which in turn forms magma for
igneous rocks. The force of the collision is sufficient to generate pressures that can
bend (fold) rocks at depth, and can also break (fault) rock at shallower depths.
This process explains the folding of originally horizontal strata as is seen in the
field, as well as fractures that cut across the strata. Stress (also known as pressure),
the force applied to a unit area, has these associated formulas,
F = ma (4.8)
= F/A (4.9)
where F is force (expressed in newtons; Chapter 1), m is mass, a is acceleration

(typically in m/s2), is stress, and A is area (m2). A moving plate has a sufficiently
large mass so that its slow acceleration or velocity (the latter in m/s, rather than
m/s2) is irrelevant as it hits the other plate, which is moving as well, providing
additive force applied to the area of contact between the plates. The result of this
stress is strain, which is manifested by folds and faults. This provides an explana-
tion for the built-up tensional energy that is periodically released through earth-
quakes, the pressures required for the formation of some metamorphic rocks, and
the development of mountain ranges that exceed 9000 m above sea level. Such high
mountain ranges occur when a thick continental lithospheric plate collides with
another continental plate and neither is subducted, which explains why continents
are composed primarily of rocks older than those on the seafloor. This circumstance
is very fortunate for dinosaur paleontologists, as dinosaur fossils in mountainous
areas would have been destroyed if they had entered a subduction zone.
Other phenomena associated with plate tectonics are transform fault movements
and hot spots. Transform faults are areas where movement of the lithosphere is
107
Melting
IGNEOUS
g
M
W
Hea tin
ndre ea
elt
l
Me
Pre t a
ing
ssu
th
eri
ng
Formation of METAMORPHIC SEDIMENTARY
volcanic rock
Heat and Weathering
Pressure He e
Metamorphism
at a
n d Pres sur
We a t h e r i n g Ocean
Weathering crust
Transport of
sediments
Transform
fault
LITHOSPHERE
Convergent Magma Magma

boundary
Divergent
ASTHENOSPHERE boundary
FIGURE 4.8 The rock cycle as explained through plate tectonics, showing relationship of lithosphere
and asthenosphere, as well as convergent, divergent, and transform-fault boundaries.
interpreted as a result of plates moving laterally against one another without any
accompanying volcanism. Evidence for this movement consists of the aforemen-
tioned stress eventually resulting in earthquakes; measurable movement along the
fault plane can be defined through offset features in the landscape. Hot spots are
interpreted as plumes of magma that pierce the lithosphere and rise up consistently
in the same place for millions of years. Evidence for hot spots is best exemplified
by strings of islands, such as the Hawaiian chain, which have active volcanism on
a single island. However, other islands and undersea volcanoes (guyots) in the chain
have volcanic rocks that show increasingly older radiometric ages farther away from
the island with active volcanism. Plate tectonic theory has an elegant solution for
this pattern: the hot spot stays in the same place while the plate moves over it.
This rudimentary knowledge of plate tectonic theory facilitates a better under-
standing of the rock cycle (Fig. 4.8). The way of the Earth is constant change and
all rocks are in a state of transition, although they appear static to us during our
short lifetimes. In one simplistic and linear example, elements composing sedimentary
rocks become incorporated into igneous rocks through subduction and melting
of the sedimentary rocks; igneous rocks become heated enough to change into
metamorphic rocks; then metamorphic rocks, uplifted by plate convergence, are
exposed at the surface and weathered so that their broken-down elements are
cemented together into sedimentary rocks. Plate tectonics results in the following:
108
RECOVERY AND PREPARATION OF DINOSAUR FOSSILS: HOW THEY ARE COLLECTED
1 creates new seafloor and destroys old seafloor;

2 brings magma from the mantle to the surface in volcanoes, folds, and frac-
tured rocks; and
3 provides uplifted areas that later undergo erosion and shed sediments.
It is, therefore, the source of the Earths constant recycling that makes the planet
a dynamic place for life. In fact, the Earth seems to be the only body in the solar
system that shows such comprehensive evidence for plate tectonics.
4
Preview of the Importance of Plate Tectonics to Dinosaur Studies
Why do we need to know about plate tectonics when studying dinosaurs? Because
everything on the surface of the Earth is affected by plate tectonics. It determines
the location of the continents, mountain ranges, volcanoes, and earthquakes, as
well as the configuration of the worlds oceans. The location of the continents and
their inherent geographic features affect the distribution of all land plants and ani-
mals. The entire global environment (especially climate) is influenced by the place-
ment of the oceans relative to the continents because patterns of oceanic and
atmospheric circulation are controlled by whether a continent is in an equatorial
or polar position (Chapter 6). Local climates are changed by the presence of moun-
tains, which are formed by plate tectonics. The amount of volcanism on the seafloor
causes the sea level to either rise or fall, and rising sea level can cause landward
environments to become more crowded for terrestrial organisms, with associated
ecological stresses. Conversely, uplift of a mountain range caused by plate con-
vergence causes land that formerly was shoreline to be more emergent, which
expands continental areas for animals and plants. Volcanism caused by plate con-
vergence places ash in the atmosphere, blocking solar radiation and cooling the
Earth, which can negatively affect plant communities that animal communities
depend on to live (Chapter 16). Earthquakes alter the course of rivers, change the
landscape, or generate tsunamis (seismic sea waves) that drown many people and
other living things in coastal communities. For the purposes of exploration for
dinosaur fossils, some dinosaur-bearing strata were uplifted by continental colli-
sions, and their present surface distribution in folded and faulted rocks is directly
attributable to plate tectonics.
Basically, many (if not most) humans are affected by plate tectonics every day
in the form of earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis, mountains, climates, and shore-
lines. All evidence from Mesozoic rocks indicates that plate tectonics was just as
active a global process then. Thus, the dinosaurs lived and eventually died at the
consent of plate tectonics as well, although as a group they were permitted to thrive
for about 165 million years.
Recovery and Preparation of Dinosaur Fossils:

How They Are Collected
From the Field to the Institution

Chapter 2 mentioned that searching for fossils can be hard work, but it did not
examine the difficulties of properly collecting fossils, especially those of dinosaurs.
Fortunately, many dinosaur body fossils are either from relatively small individuals
or just a few parts of larger individuals. However, finding a nearly complete speci-
men of a large theropod (Chapter 9) or sauropod (Chapter 10) means that the logistics
109
(A)
(B) (C)
(D)
110
for excavating and transporting the fossil from the field site are involved and expen-
sive. Large excavations can potentially take an entire field season (usually summer)
and require the services of heavy equipment for extraction and transport of the
specimen. Furthermore, after transport and deposition of the fossil to a preparator,
the preparation time for extracting a dinosaur skeleton may take more than a year.
Dinosaur trace fossils, especially tracks (Chapter 7), typically do not require recov-
ery, but some are taken from the field site for further study or display; entire beds
containing the tracks may have to be moved thousands of kilometers.
To describe a typical recovery procedure, assume a dinosaur fossil consists of skeletal
material. Upon identification of partially exposed and recovery-worthy skeletal 4
remains, the area immediately surrounding the fossil is carefully cleaned. This action
is followed by a full assessment of the horizontal and vertical extent of the skeleton,
which normally involves mapping the distribution of the bones on a grid (Chap-
ter 3). The orientation of any bones at the surface is noted; most may be flat-lying
(parallel to bedding) and predictable in their extent, but others might project
outside the exposed area below the surface. Erring on the side of caution is always
good, even if it means carrying out too much rock for a small amount of fossil
material. Of course, the person doing the recovery uses a scientific methodology:
a prediction and its accompanying evidence determine the probable extent of the
skeletal material. Then that person consults with any colleagues at the site to learn
their estimations to seek consensus.
Any glues needed to keep bone fragments together are then applied. But choos-
ing which glues are used should be left to a professional, as not just any glue should
be applied to a 65+ Ma fossil! Excavation then begins on the area around the fos-
sil. In some instances, the skeletal material (especially teeth or small vertebrae) may
already be loose on the ground. Such material is placed into labeled sample bags
after its distribution has been noted. Whether excavation is easy or difficult
depends on the surrounding rock (Fig. 4.9). If the bones are in well-cemented sand-
stones, jackhammers or backhoes are not unreasonable tools for breaking up the
rock. Some rocks, such as a mudstone or poorly-cemented sandstone (Chapter 7),
can be picked away with rock hammers, trowels, shovels, or other hand tools. The
excavation should then proceed around the prescribed area and to the perceived
maximum depth for the fossil (maybe a little more, to be safe). Once this depth is
reached, the excavation starts to cut underneath the fossil, although not far
enough so that it collapses. This procedure causes it and the surrounding rock
to form a pedestal. Water-soaked paper towels or toilet paper are then placed on
the pedestal to form a barrier between the fossil and the final surrounding layer.
At this stage dry plaster of Paris is mixed with water for dipping strips of burlap,
which are placed around the towel-enveloped pedestal as a jacket. New materials
that are less dense and more cost-effective than plaster of Paris, yet not sacrificing
strength, have been proposed in recent years, but many dinosaur workers still
FIGURE 4.9 (opposite) Steps in excavation of a vertebrate fossil, in this case a partially
exposed skull and other bones of a metoposaur, a large amphibian that lived at the
same time (and in this case, the same region) as early dinosaurs, Chinle Formation
(Late Triassic), Arizona. (A) After cleaning the area, workers estimated the extent of the
fossil and dug around the defined area. (B) Digging of the rock underneath the fossil
established a pedestal. (C) One worker placed wet paper towels on the top to cushion
and separate the fossil from the plaster. (D) Another worker placed the plaster-soaked
burlap strips for the jacket all around the pedestal. The workers then waited until the
next day for the plaster to have hardened before breaking the pedestal, turning over the
rock, and jacketing the underside.
111
FIGURE 4.10 Pelvis of Apatosaurus from the Morrison Formation (Late Jurassic), western
Colorado, still partially encased in its protective jacket and in a preparatory lab associated
with the former Museum of Western Colorado, Grand Junction, Colorado. Notice the
plastic model sauropod in the background, ready to help with estimating the weight of
the original animal (Chapter 1).
prefer the plaster of Paris method, which has been in use for more than 100 years
(Chapter 3).
The specimen is left while the plaster hardens completely. Only then is the sup-
port under the pedestal broken so that the fossil can be turned over carefully to
apply the remainder of the jacket. For later cataloguing, important information about
the fossil, such as the date collected, preliminary identification, specimen number,
orientation (indicated by a north arrow), and location, are written on the jacket.
This also keeps the fossil from being mixed up with other, similar-looking, jacketed
specimens. The snug and safe fossil is now ready for transport out of the field area,
carried by people on foot (if the specimen is small enough), in land-based vehicles,
or in extreme cases by helicopter.
In a preparatory laboratory, a jacketed specimen is cut open and the excava-
tion begins anew, with the goal of liberating the fossil from its surrounding rock
(Fig. 4.10). A preparator will use human energy and a variety of tools to separate
the fossil from its entombing sediments. Just as in the field, the amount of time
taken to extract bones from rock depends on the cementation of the rock and fragility
of the fossil. Skeletal material is also commonly fragmented, requiring the prepara-
tor to handle each small piece with care so that paleontologists can re-assemble
the pieces accurately later. Preparators are among the most patient and skilled
people in paleontology, some operating with the precision of surgeons.
Once the dinosaur bones are prepared, they can be placed in dynamic public dis-
plays, baring their teeth or bearing their young. However, most skeletal remains of
dinosaurs return to dark quarters, tucked away in storage drawers or shelves for
future research. Because of its great weight, real bone is rarely mounted in a museum;
supporting these hard-earned but heavy specimens and keeping them from being
damaged or vandalized is an expensive technical problem. Instead, casts are made
from the original bones using artificial materials, such as fiberglass. These strong,
112
FIGURE 4.11 Tyrannosaurus rex mount, which uses

artificial casts of the bones and thus allows for the
unusual pose of the display; Denver Museum of
Science and Nature, Colorado. Author (imitating the
pose in the foreground) for scale.
lightweight replications of bones are much more amenable to mounting dino-

saurs in poses that may not be based on strong scientific evidence but provide for
much discussion (Fig. 4.11).
Other dinosaur fossils, such as a well-outlined nest with eggs or tracks in rapidly
eroding (poorly cemented) rocks, might require recovery techniques that are sim-
ilar to those for skeletal material. Eggshell material presents a special problem for
recovery because the fragments can be so small and numerous that their scientific
value might be limited (Chapter 8). Nevertheless, the recent resurgence of studies
of dinosaur eggs and juveniles has helped increase recognition of such fossils, so
they are now more likely to be recovered. In contrast, most dinosaur tracks are stud-
ied in place, although casts are made occasionally with latex or some other mater-
ial that does not damage the fossil. Natural casts of tracks (Chapter 14) might be
loose and on their own, which encourages their collection for further study or
use as display or teaching specimens. However, entire trackways are sometimes
extracted, such as one from east Texas that was split into three parts: one part was
taken to the American Museum of Natural History in New York, one to National
Museum (Smithsonian) in Washington, and one to University of Texas in Austin.
The part that went to the American Museum was then used in combination with
skeletal mounts of analogous trackmakers for an imaginative linking of dinosaur
body and trace fossil evidence.
113
SUMMARY
Many tools, physical and mental, are

required for dinosaur studies, so people
who are serious about learning dinosaur
paleontology must know what to take
into the field, both in their backpacks and
brains. In their backpack, they should carry a
variety of tools that allow them to find, measure, and
record information about dinosaur fossils safely, effici-
ently, and effectively. Because dinosaurs are contained primarily
in rocks, a basic knowledge of geological principles is needed to under-
stand the local setting for their fossils and the larger-scale factors that
affected their distribution. Geological principles, such as original hori-
zontality, superposition, cross-cutting relationships, lateral continuity,
and inclusions, can be applied while driving by a road cut that exposes
strata, or while hiking in a wilderness area, lending a new dimension to
interpreting the natural history of an area. Similarly, identification of guide
fossils can immediately indicate the relative age (era, period, or epoch)
of the rocks in a particular area. The combination of these low-cost obser-
vations with laboratory measurements of naturally decaying radioactive
elements and their by-products gives a more complete picture of the
immensity of geologic time. These observations also make allowances for
demonstrating the considerable changes in dinosaurs and other fossil species
through time. Knowing the mathematical and other scientifically-based
reasoning behind radiometric age dating, as well as the cross-checks made
through relative age dating methods, shows that the geologic time scale
is based on reality and is a well-tested, accurate representation of the ages
of rocks. Geologists and paleontologists use these dating methods every
day, not just for finding and documenting dinosaur fossils but also espe-
cially for prospecting for the minerals and fossil fuels that make possible
the lifestyle choices of industrialized nations.
With some basic knowledge of paleontological and geological prin-
ciples, as well as a lot of energy, dinosaur fossils are discovered, recovered,
brought back, and studied by paleontologists for the public appreciation
of their inherent knowledge and beauty. The education required to find
and study dinosaur fossils is well worth the long hours of studying geo-
logical principles, radiometric age dating, and plate tectonics that are nec-
essary to form a more eclectic picture of dinosaur lives and afterlives. Finally,
the existence of dinosaurs over 165 million years can be viewed against
the background of the all-encompassing theory of plate tectonics, which
would have affected dinosaur populations throughout most of the
Mesozoic Era. Through the interactions of the lithosphere and astheno-
sphere, plate movement is responsible for phenomena as diverse as
earthquakes, volcanism, and the occurrence of island chains. Because plate
tectonics causes the movement of continents either away from one
another or closer together through the course of geologic time, it is the
main driving force behind the proximity of continents.
114
1. Is one scientific field necessarily bet-

ter than another? List what
sciences have been men-
tioned so far in this
book and rank them in
order of what you perceive as most scientific to least
4
scientific. What evidence do you have to justify such
a list? Compare your list with other students in the class
to see if they share your consensus.
2. Practice mapmaking in your everyday life, Draw a map for someone
who needs directions and include the three features that should be
on every map. Has someone ever given you poor verbal directions
or a badly drawn map? If so, what would have helped to prevent
the considerable time you spent being lost?
3. A stratigraphic sequence has a limestone bed at the base, which is
overlain by a shale, which in turn is overlain by a sandstone; the entire
sequence is cross-cut by a fault. For this sequence, what is the order
(from oldest to youngest) of the geologic events represented? What
if you find inclusions of the sandstone in the shale? Would you change
your assessment, and if so, why?
4. You go to an area with dinosaur fossils and find fragments of
Coelophysis, a theropod previously known only from the Late
Triassic, in the same stratum that contains the remains of Allosaurus,
a theropod only known from the Late Jurassic. What are at least two
hypotheses to explain your observation? How can both be falsified?
5. How could a transgression occur without a change in sea level
(which is caused by more water in the worlds oceans)? How could
a regression occur without sea-level changes?
6. What is the minimum number of alpha decays that occurred
between the parent element of 238U and the final stable daughter
element of 206Pb? How did you arrive at this number?
7. How is compound interest in savings accounts similar to radiometric
age dating? Provide mathematical proofs through some examples.
8. What alternative explanations could account for the sameness of age
dates derived from the five different radiometric methods given in
Table 4.4? What evidence would be needed to falsify the accuracy
of these age dates?
9. How can plate tectonics be responsible for the following circumstances
in both relative and absolute age dating:
a. Stratigraphic sequences that have the oldest fossils at the top and
the youngest fossils at the bottom.
b. Strata tilted into a vertical position.
c. Volcanic ash layers that show older radiometric ages than found
in underlying strata.
d. Unconformities that show considerable angles between strata
below and above the unconformity.
e. Younger radiometric ages for metamorphic rocks than found in
surrounding sedimentary rocks in a mountain range.
115
f. Calculated radiometric ages indicating 125 Ma that are equi-

distantly 1670 km away from a mid-ocean ridge?
10. Discuss how plate tectonics relates to the following items:
a. Smog in Los Angeles, California.
b. Sediments in the Amazon River of South America.
c. The low population of Tibet.
d. Materials composing a typical automobile.
e. A dinosaur skeleton that was under more than 1000 meters of
rock now being found at the surface, available for excavation and
preparation.
f. This textbook.
Bibliography
Chapman, R. E. 1997. Technology and the study of dinosaurs. In Farlow, J. O. and

Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
Chure, D. J. 2002. Raising the dead: excavating dinosaurs. In Schotchmoor, J. G.,
Springer, D. A., Breithaupt, B. H. and Fiorillo, A. R. (Eds), Dinosaurs: The Science Behind
the Stories. Alexandria, Virginia: American Geological Institute: pp 127136.
Conrad, J. E., McKee, E. H. and Turrin, B. D. 1992. Age of tephra beds at the Ocean
Point dinosaur locality, North Slope, Alaska, based on K-Ar and SUP 40 Ar/SUP
39 Ar analyses. U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin, 1990-C.
Cox, A. and Hart, R. B. 1986. Plate Tectonics: How It Works. Palo Alto, California: Blackwell
Science.
Dalrymple, G. B. 1991. The Age of the Earth. Stanford, California: Stanford University
Press.
Davis, D. W., Gray, J., Cumming, G. L. and Baadsgard, H. 1977. Determination of the
87
Rb decay constant. Geochimica Cosmochima Acta 41: 17451749.
Dietz, R. S. and Holden, J. C. 1970. The break-up of Pangea. Scientific American 222 (April):
3041.
Eberth, D. A., Russell, D. A., Braman, D. R. and Deino, A. L. 1993. The age of the dinosaur-
bearing sediments at Tebch, Inner Mongolia, Peoples Republic of China. Canadian
Journal of Earth Sciences 30: 21012106.
Emiliani, C. 1992. Planet Earth: Cosmology, Geology, and the Evolution of Life and
Environment. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
Fichter, L. S. 1996. Tectonic rock cycles. Journal of Geoscience Education 44: 134148.
Freeman, T. 1992. Procedures in Field Geology. Columbia, Missouri: Friendship
Publications.
Gillette, D. D. 1997. Hunting for dinosaur bones. In Farlow J. O. and Brett-Surman
pp 6477.
Goodwin, M. B. and Deino, A. L. 1989. The first radiometric ages from the Judith River
Formation (Upper Cretaceous), Hill County, Montana. Canadian Journal of Earth
Science 26: 13841391.
Harland, W. B., Armstrong, R. L., Cox., A. V., Craig, L. E., Smith, A. G. and Smith, D.
G. 1989. A Geologic Time Scale 1989. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press.
116
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Lucas, S. G. 2002. It takes time: dinosaurs and the geologic time scale. In
Schotchmoor, J. G., Springer, D. A., Breithaupt, B. H. and Fiorillo, A. R. (Eds),
Institute. pp 3944.
Moores, E. (Ed.) 1990. Plate Tectonics: Readings from Scientific American. New York:
W. H. Freeman.
Renne, P. R., Fulford, M. M. and Busby-Spera, C. 1991. High resolution SUP 40 Ar/
SUP 39 Ar chronostratigraphy of the Late Cretaceous El Gallo Formation, Baja
California Del Norte, Mexico. Geophysical Research Letters 18: 459462.
Robertson, H. 1998. How to design a lightweight jacket for a dinosaur: theoretical evalu- 4
ations of selected fillers mixed with plaster of Paris. Palaios 13: 301304.
Rogers, R. R., Swisher III, C. C. and Horner, J. R. 1993. SUP 40 Ar/SUP 39 Ar age
and correlation of the nonmarine Two Medicine Formation (Upper Cretaceous), north-
western Montana, U.S.A. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 30: 10661075.
Rogers, R. R., Swisher III, C. C., Sereno, P. C., Monetta, A. M., Forster, C. A. and Martinez,
R. N. 1993. The Ischigualasto tetrapod assemblage (Late Triassic, Argentina) and SUP
40 Ar/SUP 39 Ar dating of dinosaur origins. Science 260: 794797.
Sander, P. M. and Gee, C. T. 1992. A volunteer-powered dinosaur excavation in the
Upper Triassic of Switzerland. Journal of Geological Education 40: 194203.
Spencer, E. W. 1993. Geologic Maps: A Practical Guide to the Interpretation and Preparation
of Geologic Maps. New York: Macmillan.
Thomas, R. G., Eberth, D. A., Deino, A. L. and Robinson, D. 1990. Composition, radio-
isotopic ages, and potential significance of an altered volcanic ash (bentonite) from
the Upper Cretaceous Judith River formation, Dinosaur Provincial Park, southern Alberta,
Canada. Cretaceous Research 11: 125162.
Vine, F. J. 1966. Spreading of the ocean floor: New evidence. Science 154: 14051415.
Wegener, A. 1929. Die Entstehung der Kontinente und Ozeane (The Evolution of the
Continents and Oceans). Germany: Braunschweig.
Wilson, J. T. (Ed.) 1970. Continents Adrift: Readings from Scientific American. San
Francisco: W. H. Freeman Company.
117
Chapter
5
You are watching a documentary on television about dinosaurs and you get
hungry about halfway through, so you go to your refrigerator to look for some
leftover chicken wings. Because you are standing there with the refrigerator door
open, marveling at the antiquity of some items in front of you, you only hear
the last part of a statement made by a paleontologist in the documentary.
In response to a question about how birds and dinosaurs are related, she says,
Birds are dinosaurs. As a result, you look at your chicken wings with newfound
admiration.
What did she mean by this statement? How would you explain it to a doubt-
ing person who did not see the program or had never heard this statement?
Dinosaur Anatomy
and Classification
5
Dinosaur Anatomy Related to Classification: Old and New

Summary
Bibliography
DINOSAUR ANATOMY AND CLASSIFICATION
Refined Definition of
Dinosaur
Chapter 1 gave a preliminary
definition of a dinosaur as a reptile-
or bird-like animal with an upright
posture that spent most of its life on land. In this chapter we can now expand this
definition. A fossil must have the following characters before it can be called a
dinosaur:
n Three or more sacral vertebrae.

n Shoulder girdle with backward-facing (caudally pointing) glenoid.
n Asymmetrical manus with less than or equal to three phalanges on digit IV.
n Acetabulum with open medial wall.
n Tibia with cnemial crest.
n Astragalus with a long ascending process fitting into the anterior part of the
tibia.
n Sigmoidally-shaped third metatarsal.
n Postfrontal absent.
n Humerus with long deltopectoral crest.
n Femur with ball-like head on proximal end.
This chapter dealing with dinosaur anatomy should provide a better understanding
of how the following can be done:
1 identify anatomical traits essential for clearly distinguishing dinosaur fossils

from other closely related forms;
2 classify dinosaurs on the basis of shared traits helping to link evolutionary
relatedness of different dinosaur groups; and
3 assemble these groups through a classification based on shared anatomical
attributes (cladistics) to form a picture of dinosaur evolution throughout the
Mesozoic.
Such a picture is still being sketched to connect dinosaurs to their ancestors and
living descendants.
Skeletons are what primarily define dinosaurs, rather than the soft parts of their
anatomy or trace fossils. The classification of different dinosaurs into groups based
on their anatomical traits depends on correct assessment of their body plans as
revealed by their bones, necessitating a thorough knowledge of skeletal anatomy.
Such methods are practical because of the geological circumstances that favor preser-
vation of skeletal material. In contrast, dinosaur integuments, that is, derivatives
of their skin, including feathers, are rarely found in the fossil record (Chapter 7).
Notable exceptions to this generalization are foot impressions preserved as tracks
(Chapter 14) and now-less-rare finds of feathered theropods from a Lower
120
Cretaceous deposit in China (Chapters 9 and 15). These infrequently preserved parts
are also anatomical characters of dinosaurs and provide useful supplementary
information for independent cross-checks of the interpretations of evolutionary lin-
eages based on skeletal data (Chapter 6). Dinosaur body plans also indicate inferred
behavior of dinosaurs based on functional morphology. These then can be com-
pared to behavior indicated by dinosaur trace fossils (Chapter 14) or to the beha-
vior of extant animals that serve as analogues of dinosaurs.
Anatomical Vocabulary for Dinosaur Skeletons: Which Way is Up?

Dinosaur paleontologists have their own set of terms that allows them to com-
municate effectively with one another regarding dinosaur anatomy. As demonstrated
above, a lack of knowledge about anatomical vocabulary in particular is a bar-
rier to understanding dinosaurs, but fortunately it can be overcome through some 5
study and comparisons to what is already known. For example, many of the names
given to bones in the human body are also applied to dinosaurs, so a few of these
names should be familiar. In fact, bones that have the same
A student armed name in different kinds of animals are called homologues.
Although the bones are basically the same, they may have a
with the anatomical
different appearance because they may be evolutionarily
vocabulary for
adapted for different functions in each animal, such as arm
dinosaur skeletons
bones associated with swimming in dolphins and with fly-
has a starting point ing in bats (Chapter 6). Additionally, the orientation of most
for learning the basic living animals, especially pets, friends, family members,
skeletal anatomy of or casual acquaintances, is readily observed from their
dinosaurs (Fig. 5.1). anatomies. Thus, terms can be applied to different parts of
animal bodies every day.
Another encouraging fact about dinosaur skeletal anatomy is that the number of
individual bones in a complete skeleton of a 30-meter sauropod can be about the
same as in a 1.5-meter tall human (slightly more than 200). The gross anatomy of
dinosaurs can vary considerably from clade to clade and species to species, but a
basic body plan can be a standard of comparison for each specimen encountered
in the field, in a collection, or in a specimen mounted in a museum. Because of
Anterior
Anterior
Dorsal
Dorsal Ventral
Proximal
Posterior
Posterior
Proximal
Ventral Distal
Distal
FIGURE 5.1 Orientation terminology as applied to anatomical features in vertebrates, using the
skeletons of the Early Cretaceous theropod Deinonychus antirrhopus (left) and a modern human
Homo sapiens (right).
121
variations in a species and the nature of fossilization, paleontologists usually only

have pieces of what used to be entire bones. Thus, dinosaur paleontologists need
to be extremely skilled anatomists who are used to working with fragmentary mater-
ial in their reconstructions and restorations of ancient vertebrates. This tradition
extends back to the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, with paleontologists such
as Georges Cuvier and Richard Owen (Chapter 3).
Before progressing with dinosaur anatomy, learning front, rear, sides, and other
references on a dinosaur skeleton is necessary. Learning this orientation requires
familiarity with some directional terms that anatomists use to describe surfaces on
an animals body or its parts. The head region of an animal is its anterior, whereas
its rear end is the posterior. The same terms can be applied to any bone or place
on a dinosaur skeleton that is located more toward a forward- or backward-facing
region, hence the anterior part of the tibia, the posterior part of the fibula. These
terms are also applied as the prefixes ant or post, such as antorbital fenestra
or postorbital fenestra. Another prefix used for bones that occur in front of another
bone is pre (e.g., premaxilla, predentary). These prefixes should not be confused
with the adjectives dorsal and ventral; dorsal is on the back and ventral is on the
front of a standing person, but they denote top and bottom when applied to a
crawling baby. For example, chordates are animals characterized by a dorsal nerve
cord, which means that the nerve cord is located near the animals spinal area as
opposed to its ventral belly region.
The medial (middle) part of the body can be defined on the basis of proximity
to the midline, which demonstrates the bilateral symmetry (leftright sameness)
of a typical vertebrate body, observable from either the dorsal or ventral surface
of an animal. The medial part of the body can also define its axis, of which its
associated bones are the axial skeleton (skull, spine, hips, and tail). Any body
parts extending to the sides of the body and away from the midline, such as
appendages, are lateral and these bones comprise the appendicular skeleton. Dorsal,
ventral, medial, and lateral can be applied as directional modifiers to any given
skeletal part or area. For example, a hat held by its chinstrap is ventral to the jaw
and lateral to the cheek, whereas the hat itself is dorsal to all other skull bones and
covers the medial surface of the skull.
Appendicular parts also have their own modifiers based on how close they or
their parts are to the medial part of the body. The proximal parts of a limb are in
close proximity to the medial part of the body, but the distal parts of that same
limb are more distant. For example, the longest leg bone in the human body,
the femur, fits into the hip region and so is more proximal than foot bones
(metatarsals, tarsals, and phalanges, in increasingly distal order) on the same leg.
Probably the easiest way to divide a dinosaur skeleton is to use the terms cra-
nial and postcranial. Cranial refers to all of the bones and other features associ-
ated with the skull, which is at the anterior part of the dinosaur, whereas any bones
or features toward the posterior of the skull are considered postcranial. This seem-
ingly disparate division is justified by the complexity of some dinosaur skulls, which
can contain more than 30 different bones and as many as 200 individual teeth
(Chapter 9); the description of these parts details their distinctive characters.
Postcranial parts can also be considered as oriented toward the caudal (tail) region
of the dinosaur.
Axial Bones of a Dinosaur: Hips, Backbone, Tail, and Ribs

One way to start with basic dinosaur anatomy is at the hips. Traditionally, the
primary distinction between the two most fundamental clades of dinosaurs, the
Saurischia and the Ornithischia, is their hip structure. This division was well
described by Harry Govier Seeley in the late nineteenth century and bolstered later
122
FIGURE 5.2 Left-lateral Ilium

view of pelvic bones in Ilium
relation to acetabulum
and proximal end of Pubis
femur for typical
saurischian (left) and
ornithischian (right) Pubis
hips in dinosaurs. Ischium Ischium
Ball
Acetabulum
Acetabulum
Femur 5
in the early twentieth century by Friedrich von Huene (Chapter 3). The differen-
tiation lies essentially in the arrangement of the hip bones (ischium, ilium, and
pubis) in a dinosaur pelvis (Fig. 5.2). In both clades, the ilium extends laterally to
both sides from the axis of the body and dorsal to the ischium and pubis. The pubis
in saurischians points anteriorly (cranially), whereas in ornithischians it points pos-
teriorly (caudally) and joins with the ischium so that it is ventral to the ischium.
The ischium in both saurischians and ornithischians is posteroventral, in that it
points toward the rear of the animal and is closer to its belly than its back.
In dinosaur anatomy, the distinction between saurischian and ornithischian
hips is critical, because these hip structures are related to other aspects of dinosaur
studies:
n History of dinosaur studies (Chapter 3)

n Dinosaur classification (Chapters 5, 9 to 13)
n Physiology and functional morphology of dinosaurs (Chapters 8 and 14)
n Evolutionary history of dinosaurs (Chapters 6 and 15).
Hip bones are found not only in land-dwelling vertebrate animals of the geo-
logic past, but also in those existing today. As a result, they represent a recurrent
structure as an adaptation to supporting movement in terrestrial environments
(Chapter 10). The hip bones join laterally to form an open hole on each side called
the acetabulum, which is articulated with the anterior end of the femur (Fig. 5.2).
The fact that the medial wall of a dinosaur acetabulum is open enough that a rope
can be threaded through it is one of the characters of dinosaurs that differentiate
them from their ancestors. The articulation of the head of the femur with the acetab-
ulum also contributes to another dinosaurian trait, a shelf built into the inner wall
of the ilium that accommodates the ball-like projection of the femur. This adap-
tation is one of the main indicators that dinosaurs walked upright with their legs
directly underneath their bodies, instead of crawling with their limbs sprawled out
to the sides like large lizards (Chapters 1 and 14).
Vertebrae are repeated and interconnected bones that form the main axial ele-
ments in the dorsal part of a dinosaur skeleton. Vertebrae can be classified as
cervical, dorsal, sacral, and caudal, in order cranially to caudally. The cervical ver-
tebrae are associated with the neck region and the skull, the dorsal vertebrae with
123
Cervical
Dorsal
Sacral
Caudal
FIGURE 5.3 Different types of

vertebrae along axial skeleton in
the prosauropod Plateosaurus
from the Late Triassic of
Germany: 10 cervical, 15
dorsal, 3 sacral, 50 caudal.
the back, and the sacral with the hips. The caudal vertebrae form the tail; some
dinosaur tails, particularly those of sauropods, were long because of a large num-
ber of vertebrae (Chapter 10). Three or more sacral vertebrae, in association with
the hips of a dinosaur, comprise another defining characteristic (Fig. 5.3).
Each vertebra has a central part (appropriately named a centrum), an arch dor-
sal to the centrum (the neural arch), and a hollow area between the centrum and
neural arch (the nerve or spinal canal) where a dinosaurs nerve cord was located.
Vertebrae also have different knobs emanating from them called processes that articu-
lated with one another or with ribs (also known as costae); the latter places of
articulation are called transverse processes. Ventral and medial to the paired ribs
of some dinosaurs are smaller ribs called gastralia that evidently lent support to
dinosaur bellies. Caudal vertebrae were reinforced by tendons in some dinosaurs,
such as hadrosaurs (Chapter 11) and a few theropods (Chapter 9). Some long-tailed
dinosaurs, such as sauropods (Chapter 10), also had bones ventral to the vertebrae
called chevrons. Chevrons probably protected blood vessels on the ventral part of
the tail.
The Cranium
One of the easiest ways to attract the attention of dinosaur paleontologists is to
announce that you have found a cranium, especially one of a sauropod (Chapter
10). Most dinosaur paleontologists want to find a dinosaur skeleton that is at least
90% complete, but skulls are relatively rare prizes that can be extremely meaning-
ful for classification and interpretations of behavior. Because of the large number
of bones in the cranium, which was attached to the anterior part of the axial skele-
ton through the articulation of the occipital condyle with the first cervical verte-
bra, it is one of the most complicated structures of a dinosaur.
Adjectives applied to common bones in a dinosaur skull are (in alphabetical order)
the angular, basioccipital, basisphenoid, dentary, frontal, jugal, lachrymal,
maxilla, nasal, parietal, palatine, premaxilla, postorbital, prefrontal, ptery-
goid, quadrate, quadratojugal, surangular, squamosal, and vomer (Fig. 5.4). Keep
in mind that many of these bones are paired, which nearly doubles the number of
bones from this list. Openings in the skull are foramens, fenestrae (plural of fen-
estra), and orbits. Foramens and fenestrae are named after their proximity to the
bones surrounding them (that is, the antorbital fenestra and surangular foramen),
whereas orbits refer to the former positions of a dinosaurs eyes. The size of a dinosaurs
orbit gives an approximation of the original size of its eyes, which, of course, is
connected to hypotheses on dinosaur vision (Chapters 9 to 13). Most of the skull
124
Antorbital fenestra Lacrimal Orbit Postorbital Squamosal
Naris Nasal Quadrate
Premaxilla
Maxilla
Jugal
5
Quadratojugal
Dentary Surangular
FIGURE 5.4 Cranial bones in Allosaurus fragilis: compare with Figure 1.6.
bones are sutured tightly to one another and have no evidence of former move-
ment. Others, such as the bones associated with the jaws, were capable of some
rather complex movements (Chapters 9 to 13). Missing from this list of cranial bones
is the postfrontal, which was present in ancestors of dinosaurs; its absence assists
in their definition.
To invoke lukewarm responses from dinosaur paleontologists, tell them that you
have found only teeth. Although teeth were part of the skull, in some areas they
are commonly the only body fossils that remain of some dinosaur species, so their
discovery seldom adds much to a paleontological survey. However, some teeth are
distinctive enough to identify the presence of species that were previously unde-
scribed. They also are extremely important for interpreting dinosaur paleobiology
as they can be a guide to dinosaur dietary preferences, especially if the teeth can
be matched to toothmarks (Chapter 14).
Teeth are preferentially preserved more often than other ossified tissues because
they are typically composed of dense, compact bone (Chapter 8). Additionally,
dinosaur teeth were in sockets (instead of being fused to the jaws, as in lizards),
which caused them to pop out occasionally. These lost teeth were then continu-
ally replaced with new ones, which tended to bias the fossil record further. A prob-
lem with this abundance of dinosaur teeth in the fossil record is that teeth, because
they are relatively smaller than many dinosaur bones and are composed of more
durable material, have been more subject to reworking or transportation. So their
occurrence in strata may not be in the same place or originated at the same time
as the original dinosaur, making them suspect as guide fossils (Chapters 4 and 7).
Appendicular Skeleton: Legs and Feet

Dinosaur limb bones, especially if they are associated with a manus (anterior foot,
or hand) and pes (posterior foot), are wonderful finds, because they can provide
information on how dinosaurs moved about their environments. Foot anatomy in
125
FIGURE 5.5 Pectoral girdle of

the Late Cretaceous hadrosaur
Edmontosaurus of North America.
Denver Museum of Science and
Nature, Denver, Colorado.
particular is valuable for correlating with footprint data, leading to more refined
attributions of tracks to their tracemakers (Chapter 14). The bipedal posture of some
dinosaurs also means that their hands were freed for other tasks, such as grasping
food or potential mates. Specialized functional adaptations suggested by dinosaur
limbs have also been the subject of lively discussion, such as why supposed active
hunters like Tyrannosaurus or Albertosaurus had such tiny forelimbs with only
two fingers in proportion to their large bodies (Chapter 9), the possible function
of a thumb spike in Iguanodon (Chapter 11), and whether ceratopsians had semi-
sprawling versus erect forelimbs (Chapter 13).
Forelimbs (arms) in dinosaurs were attached proximally to the main torso
through the pectoral girdle. The pectoral girdle had as its main bones the scapula
(shoulder blade) and coracoid, which interacted directly with the clavicle (Fig. 5.5);
the latter is present in some dinosaurs such as saurischians (Chapters 9 and 10)
and a few ornithischians (Chapter 13). The pectoral girdle interacted with the ribs
of the chest region (thoracic ribs) and sternum, with the clavicle (if present) as
an intermediary bone. Sterna (plural of sternum) have been reported from some
theropods, sauropodomorphs, ornithopods, thyreophorans, ceratopsians, and
birds, but they are not always present in the geologic record because some may
have been cartilaginous (composed mostly of collagen: Chapter 8) and thus were
not preserved. The clavicles fused in some post-Triassic theropods to form a fur-
cula, equivalent to a wishbone. The place on the scapula where it articulated with
the humerus is the glenoid, which pointed caudally and is yet another trait of
dinosaurs (Fig. 5.6). The humerus rotated in whatever range of motion was defined
by the glenoid. More importantly, in combination with the length of its forelimbs,
it determined whether the dinosaur could have brought food to its mouth with
these forelimbs (Chapter 9).
Another characteristic of dinosaurs is a long deltopectoral crest on the
humerus. The way to remember this unwieldy term is to use a human body as a
guide. The main shoulder and chest muscles are called a deltoid and pectoral, respec-
tively, so any body part related to both of these would have the combined name
of deltopectoral. Now think of a raised portion (crest) on the humerus that related
to both the deltoid and pectoral muscles of a dinosaur and this image should illus-
trate the approximate position and purpose of this name for this anatomical land-
mark. The humerus, just as in humans, formed an elbow joint with the radius and
ulna. To work out which one is which, turn your hand so that you are looking at
your palm, and then turn it so that you are looking at the back of your hand. The
forearm bone that moved to the medial part of your body was the radius, which
126
FIGURE 5.6 Scapula and its articulation

with the humerus and glenoid.
Scapula
Glenoid
Humerus
Radius
Ulna 5
I Metacarpals
Phalanges V
II IV
III
FIGURE 5.7 Phalangeal formula applied to

a human hand as an example.
Distal
phalanx
Middle
phalanx
Proximal
phalanx
II III
IV
V
I Metacarpal
Hamate
Trapezium Pisiform
Trapezoid Triquetrum
Scaphoid Capitate Lunate
is just below (posterior to) your thumb. Distal to the radius and ulna were, in order,
the carpals (wrist bones), metacarpals, phalanges (plural of phalanx), and
unguals (claws or hooves); the latter two compose the digits (or fingers). The pha-
langes are divided from the metacarpals in a human by the location of the knuckle
joints and the same is true of dinosaus.
The main difference between a dinosaur manus and a human hand is seen in
the asymmetry of the dinosaur manus, which can be discerned through a phalangeal
formula (Fig. 5.7). To demonstrate this formula, turn your hand so that you are
looking at the back (dorsal surface) of it. Label your fingers from the thumb (clos-
est to the midline of your body) to the smallest finger from I to V, then count the
127
number of separate bones (each phalanx) in each of these labeled fingers. Test the
results by comparing them with the following data:
I. 2
II. 3
III. 3
IV. 3
V. 3
The data should confirm the observation of this phalangeal formula in humans:
2-3-3-3-3. Dinosaurs have, as another trait distinguishing them from their ances-
tors, a manus that has such asymmetry with less than or equal to three phalanges
on digit IV and less than or equal to two phalanges on digit V. In some dinosaurs,
digits IV and V became modified or reduced enough in their manus that they even-
tually became vestigial or disappeared, which gave some dinosaurs (particularly
theropods) three-fingered hands. A few theropods, such as Tyrannosaurus, even evolved
two-fingered hands (Chapter 9). A similar circumstance happened with digits I and
V in the pes of some dinosaurs, which resulted in such dinosaurs leaving four- and
three-toed tracks (Chapter 7). However, other dinosaurs retained all five digits on
either their manus or pes (Chapters 10 and 12), indicated in some dinosaurs tracks
as well as their skeletons (Chapter 14).
In the posterior portion of a dinosaur, hind limbs were associated with the sacral
vertebrae (collectively called the sacrum) by the pelvic girdle. As mentioned ear-
lier, the sacrum was connected with the hips (dorsal and medial to the ilium), and
the ball-like, proximal end of the femur fitted into the acetabulum (Fig. 5.8A). Distal
to the femur were the tibia and fibula, where the tibia, more medial than the fibula,
formed the knee joint with the femur. The tibia is key to two dinosaurian traits: it
has a cnemial crest and its distal, anterior surface fits with the ascending process
Ilium
Acetabulum
Cnemial
Ischium crest
Tibia Fibula
Tibia
Femur
Obturator
Pubis foramen
(A) (B) Astragalus Calcaneum
FIGURE 5.8 Characters for dinosaurs involving the appendicular skeleton. (A) Sacrum, proximal
end of the femur, and the fit of the latter into the acetabulum. (B) Tibia, showing two traits of
dinosaurs: cnemial crest and astragalus.
128
of an anklebone called the astragalus (Fig. 5.8B). The astragalus and another ankle-
bone, the calcaneum, collectively formed a dinosaurs tarsals. These terms relate
directly to the evolution of dinosaurs from reptilian ancestors with different
arrangements of their tarsals (Chapter 6).
Distal from the tarsals and relating to a dinosaurs feet were the metatarsals,
phalanges, and unguals. Although humans normally walk with their metatarsals
in contact with the ground, in most cases, dinosaurs had metatarsals above the
ground (Chapter 7). Such a condition, called digitigrade, is also observable in dogs,
which have a posteriorly pointing joint between the metatarsals and ankle bones
(Fig. 5.9A). A digitigrade stance can be approached in humans by standing on the
balls of the feet or wearing high-heeled shoes (Fig. 5.9B) but strictly speaking is
achieved only by on-point ballet dancers who stand on the tips of their toes. This
stance contrasts with relaxing and standing with most of the body weight on the
metatarsals (heels), which is plantigrade. By far, most dinosaurs were digitigrade, 5
placing their weight on their phalanges (Fig. 5.9C), although some dinosaurs
walked plantigrade under some conditions (Chapter 14).
Dinosaur Skin, Feathers, and Organs

Skin and its derivatives in modern vertebrates, such as nails, feathers, hooves, and
hair, are composed of the structural protein keratin. Because most skin is soft tis-
sue and has lower preservation potential than skeletal material (Chapter 7), the dis-
covery of dinosaur body fossils that have any evidence of soft tissues are the cause
of much celebration, often followed by much debate. Both older and recent finds
of evidence of soft tissue clarify better what some dinosaurs looked like in life,
and may indicate the placement of their internal organs, and validate the predicted
presence of feathers or feather-like projections in a few species (Chapter 9 and 15).
Not all dinosaur skin was soft, however, and dermal armor, formed originally
as ossified plates set into the skin of a dinosaur, was a common accouterment to
ankylosaurs (Chapter 12) and a group of sauropods called titanosaurs (Chapter 10).
Other ossified dermal derivatives, osteoderms, include the dorsal plates or spines
on stegosaurs (Chapter 12).
Skin impressions of dinosaurs typically indicate a similarity to modern reptilian
skin in that they have patterns of scales (Fig. 5.10). In some cases the patterns are
of equally-sized scales but others show definable patches of scales of different sizes.
Stunning finds of feathered theropods from Lower Cretaceous deposits in China
(Chapter 9) also demonstrate unequivocal evidence of some dinosaurs having
feathers. These impressions of feathers are mostly associated with the dinosaurs
forelimbs and tails, but two theropods, Microraptor rui and Cryptovolans pauli, had
feathers on both forelimbs and hind limbs (Chapter 9). Other Early Cretaceous
theropods from China have, in close association with skeletal material, either car-
bonized fibers (probably downy feathers) or clearly-defined contour feathers (with
central shafts). The presence of feathers and scales in modern birds thus lends
support to hypotheses regarding the dinosaurs as ancestors of modern birds
(Chapters 6 and 15). For a modern example of an animal that has both scales and
different types of feathers, look at a chickens foot for its scales and the rest of its
body for down and contour feathers.
Evidence of dinosaur coloration is implied by patches of differing skin impres-
sion patterns, an interpretation that constitutes a weak hypothesis because of the
lack of actually observed color differences. Banding in the aforementioned feather
impressions, seen now as black and white stripes, however, is much more convincing
evidence for dinosaur coloration. Because so little actual scientific data support inter-
pretations of dinosaur colors, no multicolored or otherwise speculatively adorned
dinosaurs are illustrated in this book. Evaluations of dinosaur vision, based on skeletal
129
(A) (B)
FIGURE 5.9 Lateral view

of right hind limbs in
digitigrade mode. (A)
Modern canine. (B)
Modern human. (C) Early
Cretaceous theropod
Giganotosaurus of
Argentina. Fernbank
Museum of Natural
History, Atlanta, Georgia. (C)
130
FIGURE 5.10 Hadrosaur skin impression, Late Cretaceous of North America. Mesa State
Community College Museum, Tucumcari, New Mexico.
anatomy and brain endocasts, nevertheless may provide indirect information sug-
gesting that some dinosaurs were brightly colored, possibly for species identifica-
tion and attracting mates (Chapter 8). Some researchers also propose that some
dinosaurs were brightly colored because this trait is exhibited by some of their mod-
ern relatives (some reptiles and birds). On the other hand, dull colorations is just
as likely for herbivores, allowing them to blend more easily into Mesozoic land-
scapes and avoid the attention of hungry predators. This could also have been the
case for predators, with a dull coloration camouflaging them from their prey.
As mentioned previously, muscle attachment sites on bones are another way to
tell where some soft tissues were located, but any remnants of the muscle tissue
itself are yet to be discovered in association with dinosaur bones. Pseudomorphs
(false forms) of dinosaur muscles for the theropod Pelecanimimus polyodon, how-
ever, were found in Lower Cretaceous rocks of Spain. In this instance, a special,
rapid postburial mineralization process (Chapter 7) mimicked the three-dimensional
structure of the musculature. Musculature and other soft tissues also can be
inferred for dinosaur digits through toe-pad impressions in some dinosaur tracks,
giving a sense of the actual size of a dinosaur foot with all of its original skin and
muscles (Chapter 14). Toe-pad impressions help to identify phalangeal formulas of
131
dinosaur feet, which can help to narrow down the potential tracemakers of some
dinosaur footprints.
Other soft parts of dinosaurs include their internal organs, of which we have much
better information based on actual evidence, rather than the speculation of only
about 15 years ago. For example, one of the most spectacular discoveries of pre-
served dinosaur soft parts was that of a small Early Cretaceous theropod found in
Italy, Scipionyx samniticus. The specimen has a clear outline of its intestine, some
muscles, and possibly a trachea (windpipe) and liver. Besides this direct evidence,
gastroliths in a small, localized area within the rib-cage region of a dinosaur con-
stitute indirect evidence of a former crop and gizzard, which are muscular diges-
tive organs located anterior and posterior to the stomach, respectively, in modern
birds. Gastroliths were most likely an aid to grinding up difficult-to-digest plant
material in some herbivorous dinosaurs, such as sauropods (Chapters 10 and 14).
At least one Early Cretaceous theropod (Caudipteryx zoui), presumably a meat eater,
also had a concentration of small gastroliths in its abdominal region (Chapter 9).
Remains of small animals within the body cavity of a dinosaur also can point toward
(A) (B)
FIGURE 5.11 Restoration of skin and musculature for: (A) Late Triassic theropod Coelophysis
bauri of North America: Denver Museum of Science and Nature; (B) Late Jurassic sauropod
Apatosaurus louisae of North America: Dinosaur National Monument, Utah.
132
DINOSAUR ANATOMY RELATED TO CLASSIFICATION: OLD AND NEW
the former location of either its stomach or intestine (Chapter 9). For evidence of
reproductive organs, one feathered theropod from China contains two egg-like struc-
tures within the posterior part of its abdominal region, which is evidence for an
oviduct (birth canal).
Well-preserved skulls can provide three-dimensional approximations of dinosaur
brain exteriors. This helps in determining whether room existed in parts of the skull
for other tissues, such as in the nasal region, related to physiological functions
(Chapter 8). Brain endocasts, which are casts of the braincase in a skull, reveal
a minimum value of brain volume, which is measured in cubic centimeters.
Endocasts also indicate the relative sizes of the different parts of the brain used for
sensory perception, such as the olfactory bulb (related to smell), and they show
the locations of nerves and blood vessels that related to a dinosaurs physiology
(Chapter 8). When a skull has been crushed from compaction or damaged by fur-
ther preparation, computed tomography (CT) scans render digital images that rep- 5
resent accurately the skull interiors that also can be rotated in three dimensions
for easier study (Chapters 9 and 15).
Although still relatively sparse in comparison to skeletal anatomy, the fossil record
of dinosaur soft-part anatomy is actually better than the popular perception that
only bones tell the story of dinosaur bodies. The preceding examples also provide
important supplemental information to help dinosaur paleontologists better flesh
out these animals, rendering their restorations more accurate than if they only
used skeletal material. Thus, using all of the information available from dinosaur
fossils and comparative anatomy with extant vertebrates, restorations of dinosaur
musculature result in what are probably better estimates of the overall forms of
dinosaurs. Dramatic models derived from this information can show us what some
dinosaur limbs and bodies may have looked like if we had the opportunity to dis-
sect a recently dead specimen (Fig. 5.11).
Dinosaur Anatomy Related to Classification: Old and New
Linnaean Classification of Organisms

Although the Linnaean classification scheme enjoyed
As mentioned in Chapters a long history, for all practical purposes it has been
1 and 3, the classification replaced by cladistics (Chapter 1). One of the problems
of dinosaurs has been a with the Linnaean system was that organisms with
contentious subject for characters that did not fit into standard grades (phylum,
dinosaur paleontologists class, and so on) were sometimes placed in between them,
since the early and late with the addition of an appropriate designated prefix. For
nineteenth century, which example, superfamily includes more than one family but
illustrates the difficulty of does not constitute an order, infraclass is within a class
but not specific enough to warrant being called a super-
classifying organisms
order or order, and subphylum is not quite at the
(fossil or modern) in
level of a phylum. Such splitting of categories presents
general.
difficulties on how to delimit them, as well as how to
justify the differences between artificial subdivisions
such as a superfamily and a suborder. Thus, one of the unwieldy facets of the Linnaean
system is evident: where does one draw the line between its hierarchical levels?
Another criticism of the Linnaean system is that the justification for grades is
made regardless of new evidence indicating the evolutionary relatedness of descend-
ants, especially when it is applied to fossil organisms. For example, recall that
dinosaurs classified in this system belonged to the following categories:
133
Phylum Chordata
Subphylum Vertebrata
Class Reptilia
Subclass Diapsida
Infraclass Archosauria
Superorder Dinosauria
Order Saurischia
Order Ornithischia
Class Aves
Unfortunately, the hypothesized relatedness of theropods (in order Saurischia) and

birds (in class Aves) is not indicated explicitly here. In this system, a paleontologist
might want to challenge the separation of these two grades by saying that anatomical,
physiological, and paleontological evidence supports the descent of birds from
saurischian dinosaurs. Consequently, birds actually belong within class Reptilia and
order Saurischia. Strict adherence to the Linnaean classification would not allow
any appeals to new evidence that would place a formerly separate taxonomic group
within the group where it shares an ancestry. Under a Linnaean classification, a
reptile is a reptile, and a bird is a bird, on the basis of how they look today and
how closely a fossil form might anatomically fit the appearance of a common ances-
tor. Such anatomical similarities are ideally determined by how closely two or more
fossil forms are evolutionarily related, which the Linnaean classification approaches
but does not quite achieve.
The purpose of this discussion, however, is not to belittle the Linnaean classifica-
tion scheme, but to learn about it. The main justification for this is its long tradition,
which led to its subsequent familiarity and widespread use in the scientific literature
of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and most of the twentieth centuries. Hence, ignor-
ing its use in biology and paleontology is akin to omitting the historical context
and basis for what has constituted scientific discovery in those sciences during those
times (Chapters 2 and 3). Knowledge of the Linnaean classification also helps in under-
standing and communicating with the biologists and paleontologists who still use
it. Finally, some of the original names proposed for phyla, classes, and other Linnaean
categories still form the basis of taxonomic categories applied to groups of organ-
isms (not just dinosaurs) that share certain anatomical traits. This illustrates the
difference between taxonomy (naming) and classification (sorting the names).
Dinosaurs were surrounded by an abundance and diversity of organisms that
resembled those of modern ecosystems. Consequently, knowing the general names
based on previous classifications for life forms other than dinosaurs is also import-
ant for communicating about them. For the sake of simplicity, general groupings
that correspond to conventional Linnaean classifications, such as arthropods, mol-
lusks, and amphibians, are used throughout this text, although different names have
been given in recent years to such groups on the basis of evolutionary relatedness.
This nearly complete change in taxonomic methods highlights some disadvant-
age of the Linnaean classification system. It does not address adequately the evolu-
tionary relationships of organisms on the basis of shared anatomical characters in
both ancestors and descendants. This disadvantage inspired the use of cladistics,
which recognized the derivation of certain groups from ancestral groups on the
basis of shared traits.
Phylogenetic (Cladistic) Classification

One of the major revolutions in dinosaur studies in the past 20 years has been in
how they are classified, which is now accomplished through cladistics. Although
134
evolutionary theory has been an essential part of biology and paleontology since
the late nineteenth century, cladistics was not proposed in the scientific literature
until 1950, and even then it did not become well known in mainstream scientific
circles until 1966. This change was prompted by publication of a book in English
that outlined its original concepts, which were first published in German by the
entomologist Willi Hennig. Most dinosaur paleontologists did not begin to adopt
cladistics until around 1984, although some discussion of the monophyletic ver-
sus polyphyletic nature of dinosaurs was a recurring point of debate in the 1970s
and early 1980s. Since then, cladistics has become the standard classification sys-
tem for dinosaur paleontologists, which probably would not have occurred so rapidly
if not for the development of computer technology that analyzed quickly large data
sets of anatomical characters in dinosaurs.
Cladistics is based on examination of anatomical features that can be broadly
categorized as: 5
1 primitive (plesiomorphies);
2 shared and derived (synapomorphies);
3 new (novelties); and
4 convergent.
Of these, synapomorphies, which are characters shared between two or more groups
of organisms and derived from earlier features, are the most important for defining
clades (Chapter 1). In biological evolution, a character must be genetically inherit-
able and not acquired during the lifetime of an animal. Characters thus relate to
an organisms genotype, or how its genes were expressed (Chapter 6). In contrast,
a population of mice that originally had sight but lost it, then had their tails cut
off, do not constitute a clade because their blindness and tail losses are acquired
traits that are not inheritable. The outward physical expression of an organism, caused
by a combination of environmentally caused traits and the genotype, is called its
phenotype, which can vary considerably from the potential of the genotype
(Chapter 6). In other words, these mice becoming tailless and blind were traits that
were acquired, not inherited.
If a group of blind mice from a population of ancestral mice evolved a geneti-
cally inheritable lack of tails, sight, or both, then these novel traits would show
up in subsequent generations (descendants). The group without tails or the blind
group therefore comprise a new clade, as will any successive group that shows these
synapomorphies, indicating relatedness (Fig. 5.12). Consequently, cladistics is a
method used to hypothesize the phylogeny (evolutionary history) of a group of
organisms, which is why it is also called a phylogenetic classification (Chap-
ter 1). Plesiomorphies (primitive features) can also help with discerning ancestry,
in that descendants may have retained a trait from far back in their evolutionary
FIGURE 5.12 Hypothetical

evolution of mice and how their
synapomorphies (novelties) would
contribute to their cladistic
classification.
135
lineage: examples include the formation of teeth in embryonic chickens and pha-
ryngeal gill slits in human embryos. A clade, because it shows the evolutionary
origin for all descendants from a common ancestor, is thus monophyletic. In con-
trast, taxonomic groups that have multiple evolutionary origins, such as more than
one clade, are polyphyletic (Chapter 3).
The result of such analyses and the consensus reached by most dinosaur pale-
ontologists is summarized by the following clades, introduced in Chapter 1:
Chordata
Tetrapoda
Amniota
Reptilia
Diapsida
Archosauriformes
Archosauria
Ornithodira
Dinosauria
Saurischia
Ornithischia
However, the mere listing of clades, even with progressive indentations given to
the list, does not explain adequately the relations between them. Their interrela-
tionships are best illustrated through a cladogram, which shows how clades branch
from one another at points called nodes, where a common ancestor of all sub-
sequent clades first developed a new synapomorphy. The influence of the Linnaean
classification is retained through some taxa (i.e., Diapsida, Archosauria) that were
originally based on some shared characters recognized long before the invention
of cladistics. Yet another aspect of Linnaean classification that still remains is the
binomial nomenclature of fossil species. As a result, the embrace of cladistics by
biologists and vertebrate paleontologists has not erased colorful species names such
as Triceratops horridus (Chapter 13).
Vertebrate paleontologists, who employ cladistics, attempt to be scientifically rig-
orous in their approach by examining evidence for the inheritability of any char-
acter observed in fossil specimens. Each cladogram is essentially a hypothesis for
a phylogeny that is tested through peer review. Typically, the least complicated
hypothesis (the one requiring the fewest steps for establishing the relatedness) is
regarded as the most likely, and such less complicated cladograms are said to have
parsimony. New evidence, such as a fossil find from the field or a museum with
previously undescribed or unrecognized characters, requires re-examination of pre-
vious hypotheses about the evolutionary relationships of certain clades. Hence, use
of this methodology can falsify the justification for a new clade, or argue more firmly
for a previously-defined clade (Chapter 15). This situation means that cladistics, in
its earliest stages, can be quite volatile as new information is added, which results
in hindered communication.
Outline of Main Dinosaur Groups Using Cladistics

Cladistics works as a classification system by showing how organisms with certain
inherited traits have common ancestors, which makes any organism with those
characters a member of a clade. Consequently, all animals that have a notochord,
pharyngeal gill slits, and a dorsal nerve cord belong to Chordata. Classification of
animals with these shared traits places humans in the same clade as sharks and
Dinosauria. Similarly, the formation of bones in vertebrates is an ancestral trait that
characterizes the clade Vertebrata. However, subsequent evolutionary innovations
136
of vertebrates since their formation resulted in new clades through geologic time,
which paleontologists try to define on the basis of character data. For example,
Chordata eventually gave rise to the character of four limbs, which partially
defines Tetrapoda. Tetrapoda had a clade develop, Amniota, with the evolution of
egg-laying ability (Chapters 6 and 8), which then had other reptile-like clades form
that eventually had clades develop from each of them. All of this diversification of
amniote clades resulted ultimately in the origin of Dinosauria as a clade, most likely
by the Middle Triassic or earliest part of the Late Triassic (Chapter 6). Mammalia
also originated as a clade from a common amniote ancestor shared by dinosaurs
and mammals.
As is typical in scientific endeavors, total agreement is still lacking about exactly
what traits define Dinosauria as a clade. The consensus reached thus far is that
Dinosauria is defined primarily on the basis of synapomorphies related to locomotion,
such as these previously mentioned anatomical traits: 5

n Astragalus with long ascending process that fits into the anterior part of the
tibia.
n Sigmoidally shaped third metatarsal.
Saurischians apparently are the earliest known clade of dinosaurs, and they are cer-
tainly the most abundant dinosaurs in both the body and trace fossil record of the
Late Triassic (Chapter 6). The first ornithischians occur in slightly younger strata
than the first saurischians, although both groups were derived from a still-
unknown archosaurian ancestor that was the node from which they diverged. These
two clades had other monophyletic groups branch from them that form the
presently understood ancestordescendant relationships of dinosaurs (Fig. 5.13).
Familiarization with representative species from each clade (Tables 1.1 and 5.1) will
help with visualizing some of the dinosaurs associated with these clades. More detailed
knowledge of anatomical differences, covered in remaining chapters, is necessary
to understand the scientific basis for paleontologists showing where these clades
branch into more derived clades.
Of course, human factors complicate even the most scientific of classification
schemes. In some cases, the best-defined clades are biased, favoring the views of
the particular dinosaur paleontologists who are most active in researching them,
as well as the relative abundance of skeletal material available (or not available) for
character analysis in certain clades. For example, theropods are described cladisti-
cally in more detail than any other dinosaur group (Chapter 9). This circumstance
is at least partially attributable to the recurring fascination most dinosaur paleon-
tologists have with theropods, but it is also related to the abundance of theropod
material for study in nations where scientific methods have a long tradition
(Chapter 3). Furthermore, the logistical problems associated with unrecoverable
dinosaur remains add to the bias of their cladistic classification. For example,
sauropods, most of which were disproportionately larger than the other dinosaurs,
may not be defined as well in a clade because recovery of their extremely large
body parts from remote field areas is difficult. The extended amount of time, money,
and labor required for preparing those parts in a laboratory prevent proper study
of their characters (Chapters 3 and 10). Yet another human factor to consider is
experience. Because cladistics has been applied to dinosaurs for only about 20 years,
not all dinosaur paleontologists have gained the expertise necessary for identify-
ing all of the characters.
137
Marginocephalia
Ornithopoda Sauropodomorpha
Thyreophora Theropoda
Crurotarsi
Ornithischia
Saurischia
Lepidosauria Euryapsida Pterosauria DINOSAURIA
Dinosauromorpha
Mammalia
Ornithodira
Lepidosauromorpha
Archosauria
Therapsida Anapsida
Archosauromorpha
Synapsida Diapsida
Amphibia (Eu)reptilia
Amniota
Tetrapoda
Chordata
FIGURE 5.13 Currently accepted cladogram for dinosaurs, beginning with Chordata and
ending with the Saurischia and Ornithischia and main monophyletic groups within these
clades.
Because cladistic classifications are based on considerable amounts of descriptive

data, revisions of these classifications are likely to be made with each new fossil
find that either supports, refutes, or modifies an inferred node for two or more clades.
Another method, independent of the fossil record, that has been used to test cla-
distic classifications is molecular phylogeny, which looks at the relatedness of
certain proteins or nucleic acids (which are characters, too) of extant organisms,
to extrapolate evolutionary rates of some lineages (Chapter 6). In some rare
instances, fossil material yields biomolecules with sufficient nucleic acids available
for comparison with living counterparts. Finds of proteins (osteocalcin), amino acids
related to hemoglobin, and still-elastic tissues in dinosaur bones are encouraging
in this respect, although the likelihood of nucleic acid preservation in dinosaur bones
is very low (Chapter 4). This constant revision of dinosaur phylogenies results from
the application of scientific methods, is evidence-based, and dissuades scientists into
making unsound interpretations. For these reasons, cladistics is currently the pre-
ferred method for classification and will likely continue its prominence in dinosaur
studies well into the future.
So You Want to Name a New Species of Dinosaur

Lets say that after reading only five chapters of this book an ambitious student
might decide to name a new species of dinosaur. Such a task is not easy and would
require exhaustive peer review and much double-checking of the scientific litera-
ture to ensure that mistakes are not made during such a quest. Several possible
138
TABLE 5.1 Major clades of the Dinosauria and examples of

dinosaur genera classified with each clade. Realize that
other clades branch from those mentioned here.
THEROPODA
Ceratosauria Abelisaurus, Carnotaurus, Ceratosaurus, Coelophysis,
Dilophosaurus, Elaphrosaurus, Majungasaurus, Podokesaurus
Tetanurae Allosaurus, Bambiraptor, Baryonyx, Beipiaosaurus,
Compsognathus, Deinocheirus, Deinonychus, Megalosaurus,
Microraptor, Oviraptor, Pelecanimimus, Poekilopleuron,
Protarchaeopteryx, Saurornithoides, Scipionyx,
Sinornithosaurus, Sinosauropteryx, Spinosaurus, Struthiomimus,
Suchomimus, Troodon, Tyrannosaurus, Velociraptor
5
SAUROPODOMORPHA
Prosauropoda Coloradisaurus, Euskelosaurus, Lufengosaurus, Massospondylus,
Melanosaurus, Plateosaurus, Riojasaurus, Sellosaurus,
Thecodontosaurus
Sauropoda Apatosaurus, Argentinosaurus, Barosaurus, Brachiosaurus,
Camarasaurus, Cetiosaurus, Dicraeosaurus, Diplodocus,
Dystrophaeus, Euhelopus, Janenschia, Omeisaurus, Paralititan,
Pelorosaurus, Seismosaurus, Titanosaurus, Tornieria
ORNITHOPODA
Hadrosauridae Claosaurus, Corythosaurus, Edmontosaurus, Hadrosaurus,
Prosaurolophus, Saurolophus, Telmatosaurus
Heterodontosauridae Abrictosaurus, Heterodontosaurus, Lycorhinus
Iguanodontia Camptosaurus, Dryosaurus, Iguanodon, Ouranosaurus
THYREOPHORA
Ankylosauria Ankylosaurus, Hylaeosaurus, Nodosaurus, Pinacosaurus
Stegosauria Huayangosaurus, Kentrosaurus, Stegosaurus, Tuojiangosaurus
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Ceratopsia Anchiceratops, Centrosaurus, Chasmosaurus, Leptoceratops,
Monoclonius, Protoceratops, Psittacosaurus, Styracosaurus,
Torosaurus, Triceratops
Pachycephalosauria Homocephale, Pachycephalosaurus, Prenocephale, Stegoceras
mistakes that would be sources of irritation for successive generations of paleonto-

logists include:
n Assigning a different species name to a dinosaur that has already been given
another name (called a synonymy).
n Assigning a species name to a dinosaur that is already being used for
another organism, which may not even be a dinosaur (called a homonym).
n Naming a dinosaur on the basis of little material, such as one tooth, so that
the definition of its characters is too vague for other workers to find it again.
Other complications of any names applied to fossil organisms, particularly at the

genus and species level, stem from the recognition (or lack thereof) of sexual dimor-
phism, or different forms for different sexes. Most nineteenth- and early twentieth-
century paleontologists failed to acknowledge that sexual differences could be
139
determined from fossils. Consequently, they gave different species names to very
similar (but distinctively different) dinosaurs that occurred in strata from the same
place and time. Franz Nopcsa (Chapter 3) was one of the first dinosaur paleonto-
logists to attempt a separation of then-established dinosaur species into different
sexes, but he had inadequate evidence and applied it poorly to support his hypoth-
esis. Some paleontologists have inferred plausible sex differences for the same species
from dinosaur skeletons, thus justifying a reduction in the number of species names.
However, more convincing fossil evidence supporting these inferences (such as male
and female skeletons of the same species together in flagrante delicto) is, unfortu-
nately, still lacking. Another problem is presented by ontogenetic variations,
which are changes caused as dinosaurs grew from juveniles to adulthood. The recog-
nition of juvenile specimens of some dinosaur species has resulted in a reduction
of species names, as smaller versions of some dinosaurs are no longer assumed as
species separate from their similar but larger counterparts.
With these potential pitfalls in mind, someone who names a new dinosaur species
would need to pay attention to strict rules of biological nomenclature. This code
has to be followed by all zoologists and paleontologists wishing to name new spe-
cies of recent or fossil animals, and is summarized in a document called The
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN). A similar document is used for
the naming of living and fossil plants among botanists and paleobotanists. As men-
tioned in Chapter 1, a species name should be Latinized but does not always have
to contain roots from classical languages, and so can be formed from any language
or acronym. Despite this latitude given in naming, names that are the most
encouraged are those that are relatively easy to remember and pronounce. With
dinosaurs in particular, the suffix saurus is used so often in genus names that
any prefix used in association with it is normally the most difficult part of a dinosaurs
name to remember and pronounce. Additionally, names that provide appropriate
literal translations of key descriptive criteria are helpful, such as Triceratops (three-
horned face).
Once a species name is chosen, then a detailed description must be written of
the material on which this new species is based. The material should be well illus-
trated through photographs, drawings, and digital images (such as the aforemen-
tioned CT scans), and the results must be submitted to a scientific journal for peer
review (Chapter 2). The peer review may result in scientific acceptance of the pro-
posed new species. It may not be accepted if the material is too fragmentary or
poorly-defined, or if it closely resembles a variation of an already named species,
to warrant a new name.
If the name is accepted, then the material used to describe it constitutes the
type specimen or holotype of the species. The type specimen should include, as
a minimum:
1 a catalogue number;
2 the name of the formation in which it was found;
3 the exact locality (geographically and stratigraphically) where it was found;
and
4 the names of the people who described it.
The material is deposited in a safe place (such as a museum or university) where

future workers can use it as a basis for comparison of other dinosaurs that might
resemble it. A safe place for a type specimen cannot be overestimated: type speci-
mens for Podokesaurus, Spinosaurus, and a few other dinosaur species have been lost
to science because they were destroyed by fire or warfare, or were merely misplaced.
Synonymies constitute the greatest problem associated with dinosaur names. The
fame associated with dinosaurs probably encourages more naming of new species
140
SUMMARY
than in any other fossil group, but naming may not be warranted. Another poten-
tial problem of the past, but not as prevalent now, was the publication effect:
competitive paleontologists attempted to name as many new species as possible
through excessive publishing (see Cope and Marsh, discussed in Chapters 2 and
3), a circumstance that artificially inflated dinosaur diversity. This problem was clarified
when the co-editors of a major volume on dinosaur systematics, The Dinosauria,
required contributing authors to meticulously review which names were valid or
not, resulting in a considerable reduction of species names created before the books
publication in 1990. A subsequent edition of the book in 2004 documented how
the number of species has slightly increased since then, but not at the rates seen
before the more careful assessments of species names.
Paleontologists who advocate the reduction of synonymies are colloquially
called lumpers, whereas those who justify more species names are called split-
ters. These attitudes represent two extremes of the spectrum, and are categoriza- 5
tions that can be applied to any paleontologist at different times in his or her career.
If the given evidence justifies a species name, then examination of that evidence
and peer review will hopefully affirm that fact. If the species name is later found
as unnecessary, peer review hopefully is behind this change, too.
SUMMARY
A basic knowledge of dinosaur anatomy

is required for understanding why dinosaurs
are classified as dinosaurs (as opposed to
reptiles, mammals, or birds) and why they
are then subdivided into different groups.
The anatomical distinctions that facilitate the
classification of dinosaurs are most readily apparent as
features preserved in their hard parts (bones and teeth).
Learning about dinosaur anatomy is not difficult if the location
names (e.g., anterior, posterior, dorsal, ventral), universally used in describ-
ing the anatomy of other animals, are applied to dinosaurs. Furthermore,
anatomical features, primarily represented by bones, are homologous to
those found in many vertebrates, so learning about these features
clarifies and reinforces knowledge of general vertebrate anatomy. Bones
of the axial, appendicular, and cranial skeleton of dinosaurs, as well as
rare examples of soft anatomy (skin, feathers, or organs), provide pale-
ontologists with evidence for reconstructing dinosaurs as living animals
and assist in the classification of dinosaurs into different groups.
The two main classification systems used for dinosaurs and other
organisms, Linnaean and cladistics, are similar in their use of categories
and some taxonomic designations, but differ in key ways. Advocates of
the Linnaean classification attempt to classify dinosaurs on the basis of
how closely they resemble one another and place them into hierarchal
groups. Cladistics can resemble a hierarchy but also emphasizes iden-
tification of inheritable traits (synapomorphies) and defines dinosaur
groups on the basis of how many of these traits are shared. This method
thus includes all descendants of an ancestor in a group as a clade, which
is a phylogenetically-based grouping. Knowing how some clades of
dinosaurs are classified, such as the Theropoda, Sauropodomorpha,
141
SUMMARY Continued
Ornithopoda, Thyreophora, and Marginocephalia, provides an introduc-

tion to the dinosaurs associated with those clades. Although current
dinosaur paleontologists overwhelmingly prefer cladistics, learning both
classification systems is advantageous for understanding the taxonomy
applied by past paleontologists, particularly those who performed work
before the 1980s.
The naming of a dinosaur species is relatively difficult and requires a
comprehensive knowledge not only of the anatomical features of known
dinosaurs but also of the literature on previously named species. The main
purpose of knowing previous work on dinosaurs is to avoid synonymiz-
ing, a practice that results in too many species names, which complicate
the study of dinosaurs. If a new species of dinosaur is warranted by a
new discovery, the dinosaurs remains become a type specimen that is
then kept as a reference for comparison with any dinosaurs discovered
later that might be of the same species or differ only slightly in charac-
ters. Paleontologists can use either lumping or splitting in their
identification of fossil species. Dinosaurs in particular have been subjected
to both approaches, but present assessments of dinosaur species are cer-
tainly justified better than in the past.
1. Determine, through discussion with

your classmates and instructor,
which parts of the follow-
ing inanimate objects
you would designate as
anterior, posterior, dorsal, ventral, medial, and lateral.
If you determine that some designations are not pos-
sible for the parts of some of the objects, justify why.
a. An automobile.
b. This textbook.
c. A globe.
d. An Egyptian pyramid.
e. A pencil.
2. Why was the development of an acetabulum in a dinosaur hip
important for an upright posture? What other changes in the appen-
dicular skeleton had to happen in combination with the acetabulum
to accommodate this major adaptation in vertebrate locomotion?
3. Place the following appendicular bones in order of most proximal to
most distal:
a. fibula, phalanges, femur, metatarsal, tarsal, tibia, ungual
b. ulna, coracoid, ungual, radius, scapula, metacarpal, humerus,
phalanx, carpals
142
4. Draw a manus (either left or right, labeling which it is) that corres-
ponds to each of the following phalangeal formulas for these dino-
saurs. Also, what feature revealed by the phalangeal formulas indicates
that these are all dinosaurs?
a. Allosaurus fragilis: 2-3-4-0-0
b. Apatosaurus louisae: 2-1-1-1-1
c. Iguanodon bernissartensis: 2-3-3-2-4
d. Triceratops horridus: 2-3-4-3-1
e. Stegosaurus stenops: 2-2-2-2-1
f. Pinacosaurus grangeri: 2-3-3-3-2
5
5. What bones in a dinosaur skull seem to have been involved in move-
ment of the jaw? Develop a hypothesis on how the number of teeth
in the skull might have had an effect on jaw movement, which cor-
responds to adaptations of bones associated with this movement. How
would you test this hypothesis?
6. Get together with some study partners, purchase a whole cooked
chicken, and attempt to look at muscle attachments to the bones as
you dissect it. Try to see how many of the bones in the skeleton are
the same or comparable to those mentioned in this chapter. With
this knowledge in mind, look at a live chicken or a picture of one
and try to identify which areas of the chicken should contain certain
bones. How did the dissection aid in your recognition of bones beneath
the flesh and feathers?
7. Is a chicken a dinosaur? With your instructor, try to find as many of the
characters on the chicken used for Question 6 that define Dinosauria
as a clade. How do you account for any that might be missing?
8. Humans are classified under the Linnaean system as follows: Phylum
Chordata, Subphylum Vertebrata, Class Mammalia, Order Primates,
Family Hominidae, Genus Homo, species Homo sapiens. What in-
formation would you need to convert this classification to a phylo-
genetic one?
9. Mammals have seven cervical vertebrae as a character of the clade
Mammalia, regardless of their body size or neck length. Thus, mice
have the same number as giraffes. Explain how all dinosaurs are placed
in the same clade, despite the extreme variation in the number of
cervical vertebrae for different dinosaur species (that is, they range
from 5 in some theropods to 19 in some sauropods).
10. Take an existing species of dinosaur, such as Coelophysis bauri,
Apatosaurus louisae, Hadrosaurus foulki, Stegosaurus stenops, or
Triceratops horridus, and predict what its immediate descendant
would look like, justifying the naming of a new species. What char-
acters would you expect to have changed in accordance with dif-
ferent environmental or biological factors, such as global warming
or mate selection?
143
Bibliography
Bakker, R. T. and Galton, P. M. 1974. Dinosaur monophyly and a new class of verte-
brates. Nature 248: 168172.
Czerkas, S. A. 1997. Skin. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia of
Dinosaurs. San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp. 669675.
Dal Sasso, C. and Signore, M. 1998. Exceptional soft-tissue preservation in a theropod
dinosaur from Italy. Nature 392: 383387.
De Queiroz, K. and Gauthier, J. 1990. Phylogeny as a central principle in taxonomy:
Phylogenetic definition of taxon names. Systematic Zoology 39: 307322.
Dodson, P. 1976. Quantitative aspects of relative growth and sexual dimorphism in
Protoceratops. Journal of Paleontology 50: 929940.
Dodson, P. 1990. Counting dinosaurs: how many different kinds were there?
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 87: 76087612.
Fastovsky, D. E. and Weishampel, D. B. 2003. The Evolution and Extinction of the
Dinosaurs (Second Edition). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Gaffney, G., Dingus, L. and Smith, M. 1995. Why cladistics? Natural History 104(6):
3335.
Hennig, W. 1950. Grundzge einer Theorie der phylogenetischen Systematik. Berlin,
Germany: Deutscher Zentraverlag.
Hennig, W. 1966. Phylogenetic systematics. Urbana-Champaign, Illinois: University of Illinois
Press.
Holtz, T. R., Jr. 2002. Chasing Tyrannosaurus and Deinonychus around the tree of life:
classifying dinosaurs. In Schotchmoor, J. G., Springer, D. A., Breithaupt B. H. and
Fiorillo, A. R. (Eds), Dinosaurs: The Science Behind the Stories. Alexandria, Virginia:
American Geological Institute. pp. 3138.
Holtz, T. R., Jr. and Brett-Surman, M. K. 1997. The taxonomy and systematics of the
dinosaurs. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur.
Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 92106.
Linn, C. 1758. Systema Natura per Regina Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines,
Genera, Species cum Characterisbus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis, Editio decima, reformata,
Tomus I: Regnum Animalia. Laurentii Salvii, Holmiae.
McGowan, C. 1998. T. Rex to Go: Build Your Own from Chicken Bones. New York: Harper
Collins.
Padian, K. 1997. Phylogenetic system. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds),
Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp. 543545.
Sereno, P. C. 1991. Clades and grades in dinosaur systematics. In Carpenter, K. and
Currie, P. (Eds), Dinosaur Systematics: Approaches and Perspectives. Cambridge, UK:
Wu, X.-C. and Russell, A. P. 1997. Systematics. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds),
Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp. 704712.
144
Chapter
6
While reading a book on dinosaurs, you notice that they existed in a time span
of about 230 to 65 million years ago in the Mesozoic Era, and you wonder what
the first dinosaurs looked like. When you find an artists rendering of these crea-
tures, you notice that they look similar to modern monitor lizards (such as Komodo
dragons), crocodiles, or alligators. Moreover, you are surprised to find out that
flying reptiles, marine reptiles, and many other dinosaur contemporaries were
not actually dinosaurs. As you read about dinosaurs toward the end of the Mesozoic
Era, you also see the phrase birds are dinosaurs.
Are dinosaurs, monitor lizards, crocodiles, and alligators related to one
another? If so, what common ancestors did they have? What is the basis of the
phrase birds are dinosaurs? If this premise is acceptable to you, then how are
birds related to monitor lizards and crocodiles?
Introduction to
Dinosaur Evolution
Basic Concepts in Evolutionary Theory

Evolutionary Origin of Dinosaurs
Summary
Bibliography
INTRODUCTION TO DINOSAUR EVOLUTION
Why Learn about

Evolutionary Theory?
Because scientific theories are by
definition falsifiable, scientists
freely acknowledge the possibility
that modern evolutionary theory is modifiable. However, the
overwhelming amount of evidence supporting evolutionary
Evolution is both a theory, as well as repeated testing and modification of its
fact and a theory: numerous interconnecting hypotheses by scientists worldwide
evolution and its by- during the past 150 years, illustrate its robustness and degree
products have been of certainty. In short, no other theory in science has endured
observed, but a and survived as much critical peer review as biological evolu-
theory has also been tion. Consequently, scientists have no rational reason to sup-
constructed to explain pose that evolutionary theory is closer to being incorrect than
these observations correct, and they no more believe in evolution (in a faith-
(Chapter 2). based sense) than they believe in gravity. Indeed, its factual-
ity is the central pillar of support for understanding the
history of life on Earth.
Dinosaurs represent excellent test subjects for, and examples of, the basic prin-
ciples of evolutionary theory. The rich history of amniote evolution, which began
at least 350 million years ago and continues today, can be used as a framework for
understanding the roots of dinosaur evolution. Once dinosaurs had evolved into
a definable group in the Mesozoic Era, their proliferation into a wide variety of
forms alludes to both the genetic and environmental changes that they experienced
throughout their 165-million-year history. Data relating to the genetic components
of dinosaur evolution are largely incomplete but can be inferred based on their char-
acter traits, the foundation of the phylogenetic (cladistic) classification system (Chap-
ter 5). Broad-scale environmental changes in the Mesozoic, especially those related
to plate tectonics (Chapter 4) and paleoclimatology, are well documented as stages
for dinosaurs changing as the world changed. Additionally, some researchers have
proposed that the evolution of dinosaurs contributed to major evolutionary changes
in other organisms. Such hypotheses are supported by intriguing correlations of
biological trends, including the origin of the dinosaurs from amniote ancestors
that became, at least partially, embedded in the geologic record and continue to
be augmented by fossil discoveries made daily. Understanding the evolution of
dinosaurs is thus not only important to know as a well-documented process of
the past, but is pertinent in the sense that we are connected to the current by-
products of dinosaurian interactions with past environments. As ecosystems
changed, dinosaurs changed with them and they were active participants in those
changes, as part of their role in the web of life.
148
BASIC CONCEPTS IN EVOLUTIONARY THEORY
Basic Concepts in Evolutionary Theory
Part I: Genetics and Natural Selection
Evolution is defined here as the change in a population between generations, where

a population is a group of interbreeding organisms, such as a species (Chapter 5).
Darwin originally summarized this process in the late nineteenth century with the
phrase descent with modification, which is still apt today, despite much revision
of his hypotheses since then. A population that goes through generations, from
ancestors to descendants, comprises a lineage. Changes that happen to an indi-
vidual organism during its life do not constitute evolution, although any effects
that altered organism confers on its population could have a small impact on evolu-
tion of the population. Likewise, changes that happen to an environment sur-
rounding a population also do not represent evolution, although the effects of that
environmental shift on that population could influence its evolution.
The evolution of one species into another species is called speciation; separate- 6
ness of the two species is defined by reproductive isolation, whereby neither species
can reproduce with the other to form offspring that also can reproduce. Mules rep-
resent an example of reproductive isolation as hybrids, in that they are the sterile
offspring of two different species, Equus caballus (horses) and Equus asinus (don-
keys). Although speciation is popularly perceived as requiring long periods of time
(i.e., millions of years), fast-breeding populations under certain environmental con-
ditions can evolve into different species within a typical human lifespan. This type
of evolution has been observed repeatedly, which is one reason why evolutionary
theory is a fact, not just a theory in the pejorative sense (Chapter 2). Examples
of speciation were first documented early in the twentieth century in flowering plants,
such as the evening primrose (Oenothera lamarckiana to Oenothera gigas), and were
later observed with various other species of plants, as well as fruit flies, houseflies,
and other insects. Moreover, pharmaceutical companies must continuously update
formulas for antibiotics because strains of bacteria evolve that are resistant to these
treatments. Some insect populations also evolve quickly in response to insecticides,
so chemical companies must change their insecticide formulas in response to their
decreased effectiveness. Consequently, evolutionary theory is not an esoteric,
untested philosophy with little or no real-world applications. The reality of evolu-
tion is a social and economic concern for nations, corporations, and individuals
worldwide, and practical applications of the principles of modern evolutionary
theory help to solve their problems.
Why do people tend to look like their parents? The answer is mostly related to
inheritance of physical traits from the parents, which is caused by the passing of
genes from one organism to the next generation. A gene is a nucleotide sequence
in a DNA molecule that provides a code for a protein or part of a protein. The loca-
tion of a specific gene in a chromosome is its locus, and any variation of that gene
at the same locus is an allele; a pair of genes (or alleles, if the genes vary) consti-
tutes an organisms genotype at a locus (Chapter 5). The sum total of genes con-
veyed in a DNA molecule and coding for all of an organisms proteins is its
genome, representing the genetic potential of an organism. For example, geneti-
cists defined the human genome in the year 2000. However, the genome is not the
same as the gene pool, which is the sum total at a given time of all genes in a
population and represents different individuals.
The genotype of an organism directly relates to an organisms physical appear-
ance and behavior, or its phenotype (Chapter 5). People who look like their
parents, or in some cases behave like their parents, are simply showing their
149
phenotype. However, environmental factors acting upon the phenotype could

produce a radically different physical form or behavior than anticipated from the
original genotype of an organism. For example, tailless mice that acquired their
physical trait through severing of their tails (Chapter 5) still have a genotype for
a tailed condition, although their phenotype shows otherwise. Their offspring still
have tails when they are born, regardless of the environmentally-caused features
possessed by the parents. Similarly, a bipedal theropod trackway that consistently
shows three digits on one foot and only two on the other foot can be concluded
as representing an environmentally-induced condition (probably from an injury or
other pathological cause) that was not passed on to any of the dinosaurs offspring
(Chapter 14). Behavior also can be greatly influenced by environmental conditions,
rather than inherited predispositions. For example, certain breeds of dogs can be
bred selectively for aggressive behavior, but breeds that are ordinarily passive also
can be taught to attack and be threatening.
Modifications of phenotypes encourage the argument of nature versus nurture
(inherited characteristics versus acquired characteristics) in examining the physical
appearance of an organism. Acquired characteristics cannot be inherited. This
hypothesis that promoted the contrary view, articulated by French naturalist Jean-
Baptiste Lamarck (17441829), was critically examined and effectively falsified by
the end of the nineteenth century.
Related to the phenotype of an organism is another fundamental property of any
individual in a population: it shows adaptations to its environment. An adapta-
tion is a physical attribute of an organism that can help it to survive at least long
enough to reproduce successfully. Accordingly, a lack of this attribute will decrease
an organisms chances of surviving to reproductive age. For example, hadrosaurs
had impressive rows of teeth (dental batteries) that were well-adapted for the pro-
cessing of vegetative material, presumably for better digestion (Chapter 11). A lack
of these teeth would have considerably decreased their life spans, perhaps to the
extent that they would not have reached reproductive age. In evolution, adapta-
tions such as these must be inheritable from one generation to the next. An acquired
adaptation is meaningless in the change of a population over generations. An exam-
ple of an acquired adaptation is the development of a suntan in a normally light-
skinned person. Melanin is produced in response to an environmental stimulus
(sunlight over time), but this suntan is not inherited by any successive generations
coming from this individual. Likewise, a human adults lifetime habit of dyeing
ordinarily dark-brown hair to blonde is perhaps an adaptation used for social enhance-
ment and subsequent reproductive advantage in some societies. However, this adap-
tation does not necessarily affect whether any offspring of a chronic colorist will
also have the same conferred reproductive benefit of blonde hair.
Natural selection, a hypothesis proposed conjointly by Darwin and one of his
contemporaries, Alfred Russel Wallace (18231913; Fig. 6.1), helped explain why
populations change through time and organisms composing
these populations have inheritable adaptations. This expla-
The preceding nation was proposed with the following tenets, based on
background numerous observations in natural settings by Darwin and
information, Wallace:
especially regarding
adaptations, is n Species have variations within their populations that
necessary to are inheritable.
understand natural n Species tend to overpopulate, producing more indi-
selection, the central viduals than will actually survive to reproductive age.
hypothesis of modern n A struggle for existence occurs within the population,
evolutionary theory. perhaps through competition over resources, habitat,
or mates.
150
FIGURE 6.1 Main originators of the hypothesis of natural selection, Charles Darwin (left)
and Alfred Russel Wallace (right). From Ridley (1996), Evolution, 2e, Blackwell Science,
Inc., Malden, MA, pp. 9 and 10.
n Those individuals with variations favorable for survival from this struggle
(the more adaptable ones) will live to produce offspring that also have these
variations, thus changing the population over time with each successive inher-
ited variation and eventually resulting in species different from the ances-
tral species.
A phrase associated with natural selection is survival of the fittest, which is

potentially misleading because fitness is not necessarily related to the popular-
ized idea that the strong survive and the weak perish. Fitness in this sense actu-
ally means better adapted or refers to the number of offspring produced by an
individual, and thus has little or nothing to do with strength. Mammals of the
Mesozoic exemplify this concept, as they were physically weak and small in com-
parison to their dinosaurian companions but clearly were better adapted than
dinosaurs for surviving the environmental changes that resulted in the extinction
of the dinosaurs by the end of the Mesozoic (Chapter 16).
The tenets of natural selection have been modified since the time of Darwin and
Wallace but still form the foundation of evolutionary theory. The older version of
the hypothesis of natural selection is Darwinism. Although
Neo-Darwinism is a Darwin and Wallace knew that certain inheritable variations
in organisms translated into adaptations, they did not know
modified descendant
the source of the variations or the exact mechanism for their
that takes into
inheritance. Ironically, another scientist at the time, Gregor
account modern
Mendel (182284), was providing the answer to this ques-
genetics, the study tion, but his results were not widely recognized by other sci-
of heredity and entists until early in the twentieth century. Mainly through
variations in cross-breeding pea plants, Mendel discovered the basic fac-
organisms. tors underlying heredity genes, alleles, genotypes, and phe-
notypes. For example, a pair of genes at a locus (comprising
a genotype) is paired because each gene came from a different parent. Con-
sequently, sexual reproduction is responsible for most of the genetic variation in
151
an organism, because one-half of its genes came from its mother and one-half from
its father. This is related to the haploid nature of male and female gametes, formed
by meiosis, which combine to form a diploid zygote. Dinosaurs are also presumed,
with a high degree of certainty, to have reproduced sexually through malefemale
pairs and not through parthenogenesis (Chapter 8). This hypothesis is supported
by the numerous dinosaur eggs (a few containing embryos) and nests, the sexual
dimorphism interpreted from some dinosaur skeletons of the same species, and the
sexual reproductive life cycles in their closest living relatives, crocodilians and birds
(Chapter 8). Dinosaurs thus had a constant source of genetic variation, as with other
sexually reproducing organisms.
Another discovery by Mendel was that one of a pair of genes tends to overshadow
the other gene in its physical expression, which affects the phenotype of the organ-
ism, so that the dominant gene is expressed over the recessive gene. An individual
with two dominant or two recessive genes at a locus has a homozygous condition,
in contrast to one with dominant and recessive genes, which is heterozygous. A
heterozygous condition is defined by alleles, because a pair of genes at the same
locus represents variations, or alternatives, of one another. Interestingly, propor-
tions of these dominant and recessive traits can be predicted in offspring from
parents with homozygous or heterozygous conditions through probabilities. For
example, the gene for brown eyes in humans is dominant over that for blue eyes,
but both parents can have brown eyes and a recessive gene for blue eyes, so they
will both have a heterozygous condition. The gene frequency, which is the fre-
quency of each gene in relation to another gene at its locus, is 0.5 for each allele
in a heterozygous condition, which corresponds to a 50% probability for each (other-
wise known popularly as 50 : 50). In contrast, a homozygous condition would
have a gene frequency of 1.0 for the single gene, whether it is for a homozygous
dominant or homozygous recessive.
Armed with probabilities, geneticists can make predictions about the genotypes
and phenotypes of pairings. In the example of eye color, the probability for any
one of their offspring to have blues eyes is 25%. Probability is calculated through
assigning letters to both the dominant allele (B) and recessive allele (b) in the homozy-
gous pairs and crossing them in a diagram used by geneticists, called a Punnet square:
B b
B BB Bb
b Bb bb
The probability of a brown-eyed, homozygous-dominant individual (BB) is 1 in 4,

or 25%. The probability of a brown-eyed, heterozygous individual (Bb) is 2 in 4,
or 50%. Lastly, the probability of a blue-eyed homozygous-recessive individual (bb)
is 1 in 4, or 25%. Therefore, two heterozygous individuals can produce three pos-
sible genotypes, but these genotypes can differ in their expression as phenotypes.
These probabilities are related as genotype frequencies with values between 0 and
1, such as 25% = 0.25, 50% = 0.5, and so on. Notice how the gene frequencies and
genotype frequencies are different from one another.
This shuffling of genes produces variation in a population that can be predicted
by calculating probabilities for successive generations, based on gene frequencies
and assuming random mating with no natural selection. The expected ratio of geno-
type frequencies in such a case is called the HardyWeinberg ratio. The ratio was
named after its originators, mathematician G. H. Hardy and physician Wilhelm
Weinberg, who independently devised a formula describing it early in the twenti-
eth century. For example, the preceding example has two alleles (B and b), which
152
has three possible genotypes: BB, Bb, and bb. The following binomial equation
describes the frequency of each genotype:
p2 + 2pq + q2 = 1 (6.1)
where p is the gene frequency of the dominant allele and q is the gene frequency
of the recessive allele. Thus, p2 is a result of multiplying the probability of allele B
by itself (BB), q2 is the result of multiplying allele b by itself (bb), and 2pq is the
multiplication of both probabilities (Bb), which is also multiplied by two. Because
the total probability for the three genotypes is 100%, then all of the genotype fre-
quencies must have a sum of 1.0. The Hardy-Weinberg ratio is considered as the
starting point for discussion of population genetics, the study of factors that affect
gene frequencies.
Using our example, where each heterozygous parent contributed a gene frequency
of 0.5 for each allele, the Hardy-Weinberg formula predicts the genotype frequen-
cies for the first generation of the pairing as:
Step 1. (0.5)2 + 2(0.5 0.5) + (0.5)2 = 1 6

Step 2. (0.25) + (0.5) + (0.25) = 1
Step 3. 1=1
which corresponds to 0.25 for BB, 0.5 for Bb, and 0.25 for bb in Step 2. Using the
formula is a good way to double-check the frequencies derived from crossing them
in a Punnet square. Calculated either way, the expected gene frequencies for each
generation of offspring can be predicted for all possible pairings by parents with
known gene frequencies (Table 6.1). The ultimate result is that observers will
expect a 75% probability of the brown-eyed phenotype and a 25% probability of
the blue-eyed phenotype in a large population.
However, one of the truisms of statistics is that probabilities do not always trans-
late into certainties. One of the most important facets of evolutionary theory is
that expected genotype frequencies can differ considerably from observed genotype
frequencies, as represented by the anomaly of more frequent appearances of phe-
notypes that were not predicted from the original pairings. The primary agent respons-
ible for changing the frequencies is natural selection, which demonstrates the
intimate interaction between Mendelian genetics and environmental factors.
TABLE 6.1 All possible mating combinations for a

hypothetical malefemale pair, crossing for two alleles
(B and b) and three genotypes (BB, Bb, bb)
Genotype Crossing Genotype Frequencies of Offspring

BB BB BB = 1.0
BB Bb BB = 0.5; Bb = 0.5
BB bb Bb = 1.0
Bb BB BB = 0.5; Bb = 0.5
Bb Bb BB = 0.25; Bb = 0.5; bb = 0.25
Bb bb Bb = 0.5; bb = 0.5
bb BB Bb = 1.0
bb Bb Bb = 0.5; bb = 0.5
bb bb bb = 1.0
Modified from Ridley (1992, Table 5.1, p. 94).
153
How does all of this genetic theory apply to dinosaurs? Using a dinosaurian exam-
ple, let us say that a male Centrosaurus apertus (a Late Cretaceous neoceratopsian:
Chapter 13) with a homozygous dominant gene for a small nasal horn (HH) mated
with a female C. apertus that had a homozygous recessive gene for an enlarged nasal
horn (hh). The expected genotype frequency would have been 1.0 for a heterozy-
gous condition (Hh) in all offspring of the first generation, based on the following
Punnet square:
H H
h Hh Hh
h Hh Hh
This means that there was a 100% probability of offspring from this pairing hav-
ing a phenotype of reduced nasal horns, based on the dominance of the smaller-
horn allele. The second generation should have then produced the following
genotype frequencies:
H h
H HH Hh
h Hh hh
As a result, HH = 0.25, Hh = 0.5, and hh = 0.25, meaning that the offspring have
a 75% chance of having smaller nasal horns (Fig. 6.2). This represents a reduction
of 25% from the previous generation; but if it is representative of the population
as a whole, smaller-horned Centrosaurus individuals will still be more abundant than
the larger-horned individuals, as predicted by the Hardy-Weinberg ratio.
Natural selection then could have gone to work, such as through the following
potential scenarios:
FIGURE 6.2 Hypothetical example of changes in genotype frequencies in the ceratopsian

Centrosaurus with a dominant allele (H) for a smaller-horned phenotype. (A) First
generation, with one parent homozygous dominant and the other homozygous recessive.
(B) Second generation, with both parents heterozygous.
154
n Most other females in the breeding population refused to mate with the
smaller-horned male offspring because larger horns in the males serve as
better advertisements of their gender and species (a form of sexual selec-
tion: Chapter 8).
n Avians that detached parasites from the horns saw the larger horns more
often because of their visual prominence, which resulted in more parasitic-
borne diseases in the smaller-horned individuals and an increased mortal-
ity rate in their juveniles before they reached reproductive age.
n The smaller horn was not as effective in intraspecific (within species) com-
petition as the larger-horned condition when males jousted with one
another for the attentions of a potential mate. Consequently, the smaller-
horned males were out-competed and did not have the opportunity to mate
as often as the larger-horned ones.
n The smaller horn was a poor attribute for defense against theropod preda-
tors, which caused a higher mortality rate before the smaller-horned indi-
viduals reached reproductive age.
n All or any combination of the preceding scenarios could have occurred.
6
Over enough generations, the end result would have been a reduced frequency
of the genotype that caused the phenotype of the smaller-horned condition in
C. apertus. This circumstance would have happened despite the initial 100% prob-
ability from the mated homozygous individuals and the second-generation 75%
probability of retaining the phenotypes from the homozygous dominant and hetero-
zygous individuals. Assuming random mating with no natural selection, a popula-
tion of 1000 Centrosaurus individuals should have had about 750 representatives
of the smaller-horn phenotype. However, natural selection, through the offered
scenarios, would have caused the reduction to a number much less than 750, pos-
sibly to zero after enough generations. The reduction of the genotype frequen-
cies for Hh and HH, as well as a decrease in the gene frequency for gene H, was
thus facilitated through natural selection that favored adaptations offered by the
homozygous recessive (hh, or larger-horned) condition. Part of the natural selec-
tion also involved non-random mating, which counters random mating as an assump-
tion of expected frequencies calculated through the Hardy-Weinberg ratio. The
example also illustrates an observation in genetics that a dominant gene does not
necessarily connote superiority. The word dominant unfortunately conveys a sort
of hierarchy in genes, which is certainly not the case when a recessive gene is selected
over generations.
The change of gene frequencies, added to other inheritable differences, could
have caused reproductive isolation and a species different from C. apertus if given
enough time. Such a small-scale change in gene frequencies in a population is
often termed microevolution; the larger-scale transitions, such as the evolution
of amphibians to amniotes or dinosaurs to birds (Chapter 16), are examples of
macroevolution. Macroevolution is simply the cumulative effect of microevolu-
tion. The Centrosaurus example also illustrates directional selection, which is a con-
sistent change in a population through time in a particular direction. Directional
selections that have been hypothesized for dinosaurs include increased body size in
some sauropodomorph lineages (Chapter 10) or reduction of the number of digits
in the manus of some theropod lineages (Chapter 9). This type of selection was
proposed by Edward Drinker Cope (Chapter 3) in the late nineteenth century through
a hypothesis that became known as Copes Rule, which stated that organisms showed
a directional trend toward larger body size in their lineages through geologic time.
Numerous exceptions have been demonstrated since Copes time that have
restricted it to a general trend observed for only some organisms; in other words,
Cope based his rule on preliminary data from the fossil record, which has
155
considerably improved since his time. For example, George Gaylord Simpson
(190284), a paleontologist hired originally at the American Museum of Natural
History by Henry Fairfield Osborn (Chapter 3), documented the numerous separ-
ate species that resulted from the ancestors of horses, a view of evolution that directly
contradicted the linear progression for fossil horses proposed by O. C. Marsh (Chap-
ter 3). Simpsons concept has since been applied to other vertebrate lineages,
including dinosaurs.
Additionally, directional selection should not be allied with a concept of evolu-
tion as a linear trend. Rather, one ancestral population can have many subsequent
combined directions that resulted in evolution, making a many-branched tree or
bush (i.e., cladograms: Chapters 1 and 5) rather than a ladder. Darwin illus-
trated this concept in a notebook from 1837, where he showed species branching
outward from common ancestors in many directions (not just upward) in a tree
of life. His diagram seems amazingly prescient when compared to modern clado-
grams, but later scientists using cladistics were merely reinforcing Darwins concept
of descent with modification from common ancestors.
Natural selection and Mendelian genetics are currently regarded as the main con-
tributors to changes in the gene frequencies of populations, but other sources of
variation can occur through recombination or mutation. Recombination some-
times happens during meiosis through the exchange of genes between a pair of
chromosomes, meaning new allele pairs that previously were unlinked can be
formed in one organisms gametes before the contribution of a mates gamete.
Recombination is the basis for applications of recombinant-DNA research, also known
as bioengineering, which has, for example, resulted in human-manufactured
microbes that consume oil spills or produce insulin. Bioengineering has also cre-
ated genetically altered fruits and vegetables through manipulation of genes in lab-
oratories, and successful cloning, which is the production of a genetically identical
organism by placing its genetic material from a diploid somatic cell into a gamete
(egg). British scientists first achieved cloning of mammals in 1997 when they pro-
duced the sheep Dolly (19972003). Recombinant-DNA research is causing
changes in gene frequencies much more rapidly than could be produced through
either selective breeding programs or natural selection. The long-term repercussions
of this work and of cloning are currently unknown and are a cause of concern among
many people, including some scientists. Of course, cloning of dinosaurs has not
occurred nor has its possibility been advanced anywhere except in science fiction.
Mutations constitute another source of genetic variation but differ from recom-
bination in how they form. When a cell divides during meiosis or mitosis, its DNA
is copied, but like in a photocopier or a computer printer, small errors can happen
during the copying that cause the copy to be an imperfect duplicate of the origi-
nal DNA. In this case, the slightly altered DNA codes different proteins. Mutations
are typically caused by environmental factors, such as intense (short-wavelength)
electromagnetic radiation or chemicals (often present as pollutants) called muta-
gens. Mutations have their greatest effect when expressed in gametes and many
are harmful to an organism, conferring faulty information that will result in selec-
tion against the mutated trait. However, some may confer a trait that is advantage-
ous for natural selection in the light of certain environmental factors.
Both recombination and mutation rates are measurable and can be rapid under
certain conditions. Whether recombination and mutations occurred in dinosaurs
is unknown, but they must be considered as likely because both are common pro-
cesses in modern vertebrates. No genetic material, which would provide evidence
of recombination and mutation, has been recovered yet from a dinosaur, despite
some well-supported evidence of proteins (the by-products of DNA coding; Chap-
ter 5) in a few specimens and amino acids in eggshell material (Chapter 8). Some
claims of dinosaur DNA were published in peer-reviewed literature, but subsequent
156
review has resulted in a consensus that modern DNA contaminated the analyzed
samples. The reality is that dinosaur remains, with a minimum age of 65 million
years, have been considerably altered from their original state (Chapter 7). This means
that the direct use of dinosaur DNA for interpreting the population genetics of
dinosaurs (let alone for their cloning) is very unlikely. Nevertheless, phenotypes
(represented by body fossils), behaviors, paleobiogeography, and paleoenviron-
mental settings for dinosaurs are well documented, which provide a good frame-
work for understanding the origin and evolution of dinosaurs.
Part II: Mechanisms for Macroevolution

As mentioned earlier, macroevolution has occurred (and is occurring) as a result of
the cumulative effects of microevolution. The overwhelming evidence for this pro-
cess is found in the fossil record. Fossils recognized originally for their biological
origin have been placed within a relative age dating scheme (biologic succession:
Chapter 4) that has been used by geologists for the past 200 years. The principle
of biologic succession is simple fossils in lower strata are older than ones in the
overlying strata (superposition: Chapter 4). Consequently, those fossils with sim- 6
ilar forms that show change through time are inferred to have evolved due to changes
in their genotypes that eventually affected their phenotypes. Given the millions of
years that are often represented by strata in a typical outcrop, geologists and pale-
ontologists can, on any given day in the field, potentially view the numerous records
of organisms that underwent descent with modification, and accordingly test
hypotheses about biologic succession.
So-called transitional fossils are examples of macroevolution that are perceived
as big leaps in evolution through what may be considered as major changes in
adaptations. Examples are:
n Pikaia, interpreted as a primitive chordate from the Cambrian Period, rep-

resents a transition from invertebrate animals to chordates:
n Acanthostega of the Devonian Period is an amphibian derived from lobe-finned
fish:
n Archaeopteryx of the Late Jurassic is a bird that evolved from dinosaurian
ancestors (Chapter 15):
n Artiocetus is a whale from about 40 million years ago that shows clear
connections to previous generations of legged, land-dwelling mammalian
herbivores.
However, all organisms are in transition between generations, meaning that all
fossils represent transitional forms or, more properly, have transitional features.
Whenever a paleontologist is asked to provide an example of a transitional fossil,
they can name any fossil of the millions that have been identified and would still
be correct. Thus, the term transitional fossil (rarely used by evolutionary scien-
tists) is often applied erroneously only to those organisms that, through their adap-
tations, seem to bridge a gap between habitats, such as water to land, land to water,
and land to air. Such a designation consequently confuses descriptions (forms) with
interpretations (functions). Using this reasoning, modern animals that could qual-
ify as transitional fossils in the future, assuming favorable circumstances for their
preservation, might include the California sea lion (Zalophus californianus), flying
lemurs (such as Cyanocephalus volans), and emperor penguins (Aptenodytes forsteri),
which are adapted to multiple habitats but show adaptations that favor one
habitat over another.
Evolution over spans of geologic time is categorized as having occurred in two
modes, phyletic gradualism and punctuated equilibrium. These modes are not
157
diametrically opposed views, but both have natural selection and Mendelian gen-
etics at their cores. Their difference is in the scale of evolution in its most basic sense,
which is change over time. Phyletic gradualism is a hypothesis supported by evid-
ence for small-scale, incremental changes in fossil species over long time periods,
where lineages are reconstructed on the basis of morphological changes in similar
fossils in a stratigraphic sequence. Darwin promoted this mode of evolution based
on his knowledge of the fossil record in the mid-nineteenth century. Fossil evidence
discovered since then has not yet falsified this hypothesis for some lineages. In
contrast, punctuated equilibrium is characterized by long periods of no morpho-
logical changes in a fossil species, followed by rapid change. Evidence from the ver-
tebrate fossil record that supports this hypothesis was noted by George Gaylord
Simpson in the 1940s, but then paleontologists Stephen Jay Gould (19412002)
and Niles Eldredge named and proposed it as a unified hypothesis in the early
1970s, based on fossil lineages of gastropods and trilobites, respectively. Gould, more
than any other scientist of the latter half of the twentieth century, wrote exten-
sively on punctuated equilibrium and all other aspects of evolutionary theory.
So which hypothesis does the fossil record support? The answer is both, in that
some fossil lineages show slow, gradual changes and others show periods of stasis
followed by rapid change. Hence, lineages should be examined on a case-by-case
basis with regard to whether they are interpreted as belonging to either model or
as part of a continuum in between them. Controversy exists over whether one hypo-
thesis is more the norm for speciation, and active debate centers on the evidence
supporting each. For instance, one criticism of punctuated equilibrium is that it
uses its lack of evidence as actual evidence in some cases of the fossil record.
Punctuated equilibrium predicts that intermediate fossil forms may not be repre-
sented in short, continuous stratigraphic intervals (corresponding to a short time
span) between two distinctive fossil species. In such a case, advocates of punctu-
ated equilibrium might propose that speciation was so rapid that most intermedi-
ate forms did not become fossilized, which is possible given that conditions must
be just right to preserve some fossils (Chapter 7). Gradualists could counter that
intermediate forms might still be found in other areas containing the same strati-
graphic interval with more favorable conditions for preservation. The incomplete-
ness of the fossil record, as a record of life on Earth during the past 3.8 billion
years, may be an issue in this respect, but it is a record that improves every day
with each fossil discovery. For example, dinosaur species have been described in
ever-increasing numbers over the past few decades, filling previously perceived gaps
in their lineages, especially with regard to theropodbird connections (Chapters 9
and 15).
Regardless of the rates of change in the genotype frequencies of populations over
time, the main non-genetic mechanisms that influence natural selection are envir-
onmental factors, particularly those related to biogeography. For example, mem-
bers of a population can be separated geographically through a physical barrier,
such as a rise in sea level that isolates an island from a mainland, a river that changes
its course after a major flood, or a forest fire that divides a habitat. Separation also can
be a result of migration. Members of a population may migrate thousands of kilo-
meters away from their ancestral population, thus no longer mixing their genes
with their original population. If separated populations are kept apart long enough
for natural selection to cause significant changes in the genomes of each, the repro-
ductive isolation may result in speciation. Such a hypothesis for the origin of species
is called allopatric speciation; this type of speciation happens when the gene flow
(the spread of genes through a population by interbreeding) is interrupted.
One version of allopatric speciation is used in the punctuated equilibrium
model. When a small subpopulation at the periphery of a species geographic
range is isolated enough, it cannot reproduce with the main population. This
158
subpopulation, because of natural-selection factors different from the parent popula-

tion, will undergo rapid changes in its gene frequencies relative to the main ances-
tral population. The result is a new species within a small number of generations.
This specific type of allopatric speciation is peripheral-isolate speciation. Evidence
from modern biogeography that supports this mode of speciation consists of num-
erous plant and animal species that have small, isolated populations on islands
that are morphologically distinctive (and in some cases are already reproductively
isolated) from large, geographically widespread populations on mainland areas
adjacent to the islands. Mountains also serve as geographic barriers between popu-
lations that began from an ancestral stock, particularly for those organisms that
could not fly over them, such as non-avian dinosaurs.
Another important consideration of small populations in evolutionary theory is
that they may reflect non-representative (random) samples of a larger population.
Picture the following: four people randomly selected from a group of 100 people
move to a small Caribbean island to start a new population, but the remaining 96
stay and mate in Kansas, in the midland part of the North American continent.
The genotypes and consequent phenotypes from the mating of the four tropically
placed people would not represent the group as a whole and the two resultant groups 6
would likely differ considerably in their Hardy-Weinberg ratios after only a few
generations. This divergence would happen regardless of the environmental differ-
ences between the two localities that might cause natural selection. Such a random
change in the gene frequencies is an example of genetic drift. The dramatically
rapid effect of genetic drift in small populations relative to large ones has been demon-
strated in laboratory experiments with fruit flies, and may be a factor in allopatric
speciation for other organisms as well. If a large number of these small populations
radiate out from a central location and are isolated from one another to form species
that demonstrate adaptations distinctive to each of their individual, but geograph-
ically separated, environments, then the resulting populations illustrate adaptive
radiation. Some bird species from closely associated islands that show many vari-
ations on a main theme probably radiated from an ancestral species and then adapted
to their respective niches. A niche can be envisaged as the role of an organism in
an ecosystem, where it lives in a specific habitat and uses specific resources.
Probably the greatest large-scale factor now recognized as affecting the geographic
distribution of populations is plate tectonic activity (Chapter 4). Although it is a
much younger theory than evolution, plate tectonics has been successfully integ-
rated with the latter to provide powerful explanations for how fossil populations
became geographically isolated from one another and underwent speciation over
long periods of time. The study of biogeography (or paleobiogeography) and how
it relates to plate tectonics is termed vicariance biogeography, where the vicari-
ance is caused by the division of a species geographic range by movement of litho-
spheric plates, such as in divergence. Vicariance biogeography, as an agent for
speciation, is supported by major periods of diversification in the fossil record (which
presumably reflect increased speciation) that correlate with the splitting of land-
masses by continental rifting, occurring at different times during the Phanerozoic
Eon (Fig. 6.3). The main hypothesis for this observed higher number of identified
fossil species in association with plate divergence is that ancestral populations, espe-
cially for organisms inhabiting shallow-marine and continental environments,
became increasingly isolated from subpopulations as rifting continued. This sep-
aration encouraged speciation as these subpopulations, through major shifts in
genotypic frequencies caused by genetic drift and natural selection, became more
reproductively isolated from their ancestral populations and adapted to new envir-
onments, occupying new niches.
Vicariance biogeography is applicable to dinosaur evolution throughout the
Mesozoic Era, as the continents were more or less together (forming Pangea)
159
(A)
(B)
FIGURE 6.3 Continental landmasses during the Mesozoic showing how dinosaur
populations became increasingly isolated through time. (A) Late Jurassic (about
140 Ma). (B) Late Cretaceous (about 80 Ma). From Cowen (1995), History of Life, 2e,
Blackwell Science, Inc., Malden, MA, p. 82, figs. 5.13 and 5.14.
during the Late Triassic Period, when evidence for the first dinosaurs is recorded.
Dinosaurs became widespread soon afterward, inhabiting every continent, except
Antarctica, by the Early Jurassic (which also reflects their rapid migration rates) before
significant splitting up of Pangea. However, as the continents split farther apart by
seafloor spreading during the Jurassic and Cretaceous Periods, increased diversi-
fication of dinosaurs took place. Some similarities endured within species on still-
connected continents, but noticeable differences appeared in those on separate
continents. Thus, the most prominent barriers to gene flow and subsequent causes
of reproductive isolation and allopatric speciation over time were the oceanic expanses.
For terrestrially-bound dinosaurs, this circumstance meant that any of them in-
habiting landmasses that later separated from Pangea then formed populations
that became distinct from their ancestral populations through time. Additionally,
linear mountain systems and inland seas (caused by global sea-level highs) also
resulted in geographic barriers that could have been a mechanism for dinosaur spe-
ciation (Chapter 13).
However, allopatric speciation through geographic isolation is not the only
hypothesis proposed for how species originated in the fossil record. Indeed,
reproductively-isolated species with recent common ancestors can have overlapping
160
geographic ranges. Those closely-related species that occur in the same region have
sympatry, and the origin of new species from populations within these regions is
possibly through sympatric speciation. Sympatric speciation is regarded as the result
of intraspecific factors, rather than environmental factors such as climate changes
or predation by other species. Sexual selection (through competition for mates) is
an example of an intraspecific factor that could cause natural selection and sub-
sequent changes in genotype frequencies in a population. This was illustrated through
the hypothetical example of the less-endowed Centrosaurus earlier. As these
differences within a species occur in the same geographic area through time, the
increased genetic distance between their inheritable traits is termed character dis-
placement. The role of character displacement in dinosaur evolution is poorly under-
stood, but is hypothesized through synapomorphies (connected by cladograms) and
speculations about character traits that would relate to this proposed mechanism
for speciation. Examples of such characters include horns, head frills, and feathers,
which might have served as sexual displays in dinosaurs or were otherwise used
for intraspecific competition (Chapters 9, 11, and 13).
Natural selection and the subsequent co-evolution of two or more species that
occurs as a result of their interactions are summarized by the Red Queen hypoth- 6
esis. The Red Queen is a character in Through the Looking Glass, by writer and math-
ematician Charles Lutwidge Dodgson (183298; more popularly known by his
pseudonym of Lewis Carroll). In the book, Alice meets the Red Queen chess piece,
who appears to run across the chess board at high speed, yet never leaves her square:
Now, here, you see, it takes all the running you can do, to keep in the same place.
This serves a metaphor for a co-evolutionary process in which two species of organ-
isms continuously match one anothers defenses only to maintain the status quo.
For example, plants may evolve chemical defenses against insect herbivores, which
in turn evolve resistance to the plants chemicals, and so on. This type of equilib-
rium state should cause regular extinctions through time of species with two or
more lineages, so the Red Queen hypothesis is scientifically testable. This hypo-
thesis has been proposed to explain some changes in character traits of dinosaurs
through time, such as in Copes Rule, whereby prey and predatory dinosaurs be-
came progressively larger as a result of their arms race interactions (Chapters 9
and 10). Additionally, increased amounts of dermal armor in ankylosaurs and appar-
ent defensive weaponry in stegosaurs comprise other presumed evolutionary
responses to pressures from theropod predation (Chapter 12). Although the preced-
ing is a simplistic analogy with regard to modern predators and prey, this hypothesis
has also been applied to changes in herbivorous dinosaur dentition and digestive
systems in response to changes in vegetation types throughout the Mesozoic Era.
Finally, an important point to keep in mind with natural selection is that some
species may have inheritable variations that are pre-adapted for a change in either
the magnitude or rate of an environmental factor unprecedented in the history of
a species. For instance, a large-scale volcanic eruption that deposits ash in only a
few weeks over a large area of a forest may favor the reproductive survival of taller
adult plants of a species, as the taller plants can still disperse their seeds above the
ash layer. The shorter adult plants of the same species, completely covered by the
ash, may not survive to reproduce. This chance possession of inheritable traits, favor-
ably adapted for a selective pressure before it happened, is called exaptation.
Exaptations also are hypothesized as features that had a neutral (non-harmful and
non-beneficial) effect on an organisms adaptation that in later generations become
advantageous for survival. This hypothesis for natural selection is especially appli-
cable to explaining the survival of certain lineages of organisms after mass extinc-
tions recorded by the geologic record. The lack of some currently undefined
exaptations in dinosaurs at the end of the Cretaceous may have resulted in their
demise in the face of a global catastrophe (Chapter 16).
161
Cladograms that hypothesize macro-evolutionary relationships of dinosaurs and

other vertebrates are testable through the fossil record, and new fossil discoveries
can change the cladograms. However, a test of cladograms independent of the fos-
sil record is molecular phylogeny (Chapters 5 and 8), which compares relative dif-
ferences in protein or nucleic acid sequences between extant organisms that are
presumed to be descendants from common ancestors. This method is not without
controversy, because molecular geneticists who look at these biochemical differences
also calculate rates of change in the biomolecules, called molecular clocks, under
the assumption that these rates do not vary over time. With these molecular-clock
models, geneticists are now predicting the divergence times for major clades of organ-
isms, figures that in some cases agree very well with the fossil record but in other
cases have discrepancies of tens of millions of years. Despite these disagreements,
molecular clocks provide an interesting predictive tool for paleontologists search-
ing the geologic record.
The numerous hypotheses used here to explain how evolution happened in the
geologic past, or how it is happening today, do not negate one another. How evolu-
tion occurs is not a true-or-false question but a multiple-choice one with the pos-
sible answers of all of the above, any of the above, or none of the above.
Based on the extensive evidence contributed, at a minimum, by the interrelated
sciences of paleontology, geology, biology, and ecology, none of the above is the
least likely correct answer and all of the above, depending on individual cir-
cumstances, is the most likely. Of course, all hypotheses in science are subject to
falsification, so completely new hypotheses about evolutionary processes that
incorporate both old and new information are possible in the future.
Evolutionary Origin of Dinosaurs
Amniote Evolution and Diversification before the Dinosaurs

The origin of dinosaurs could arguably be traced back as far as the origin of life
itself, which was about 3.8 billion years ago, but for the purposes of this book the
evolution of amniotes is a more reasonable starting point. The development of an
amniotic egg (one with an amnion, or fluid-filled sac surrounding the embryo:
Fig. 6.4), from amphibian ancestors for reproduction of offspring outside of aquatic
environments, is often heralded as one of the major adaptations in vertebrate evo-
lution. Unfortunately, the first appearance of this defining characteristic of Clade
Amniota, which is inferred to have happened during the Carboniferous Period, is
currently unknown. No definitive fossil eggs or nests have been interpreted from
rocks older than the Late Triassic. This gap in the fossil record, for such a well-
established behavior, is likely an artifact of the non-mineralization of eggs before
the Triassic (causing a preservation bias), or paleontologists not recognizing nest
structures, or a combination of these two factors. However, similarities in the eggs
FIGURE 6.4 Components of an amniotic egg,

including the eggshell, allantois, yolk sac, amnion,
and embryo. Such eggs are a defining character of
the clade Amniota, and by extension of dinosaurs.
After Cowen (2000), History of Life, 3e, Blackwell
Science, Inc., Malden, MA, p. 147, fig. 9.12.
162
EVOLUTIONARY ORIGIN OF DINOSAURS
of all living amniotes and their close resemblance to fossil eggs argue that this trait
is a synapomorphy of amniotes, and it is currently inferred to have evolved just
before the skeletal record for amniotes begins.
Despite this lack of evidence, three early species of amniotes in the fossil record
are recognized from the Carboniferous Period: Westlothiana, Hylonomus, and
Paleothyris. The interpretation of these three small vertebrates as amniotes is based
on some anatomical traits distinctive from their amphibian ancestors:
n Dermal bones on the ventral surface of the skull (such as parietals, frontals,
and nasals) overlying a bony braincase.
n Reduced head size relative to the overall body size and lightening of the
skull.
n Highly modified pelvis consisting of a reinforced pubis and ischium.
n Astragalus and calcaneum in the ankle.
Defining whether some fossils were reptile-like amphibians or amphibian-like rep-

tiles is problematic because of their shared features. Traits of an amniote that dif-
fer from that of an amphibian are also more numerous 6
Shared features between than those listed previously and they summarily reflect
amphibian ancestors, such adaptations to a terrestrial lifestyle that was increasingly
as Acanthostega, and independent of nearby water bodies. As long as aquatic
environments were abundant and widespread, amphi-
amniote descendants
bians probably did not undergo natural selection that
are so close in some
would have favored inheritance of genotypes for sturdier
fossil examples from the
skeletal parts adapted for moving long distances on
Carboniferous that a land away from water.
detailed analysis by an So as long as aquatic environments were abundant, the
expert anatomist is buoyancy of water, which helps to relieve gravitational
required before such fossils stresses in a vertebrate skeleton, would have negated selec-
can be reliably placed in tion for a heavier skeleton reinforced for extended periods
either category. of locomotion out of water. But with changes in envir-
onmental conditions to drier climates or the creation of
niches apart from water (such as forests), exaptations or other evolutionary factors
favored adaptations of pre-amniotic ancestors toward amniotes. The ability of these
non-amniotic ancestors to move about freely on dry land required modifications
to their skeletons that supported their weight (that is, a lighter skull, stronger hips,
flexible ankles), thus natural selection may have already resulted in amphibians that
were divorcing themselves from their dependency on aquatic environments.
The development of an enclosed egg among the descendants of pre-amniotic
ancestors was probably the result of natural selection, as only a few eggs (from ori-
ginally large numbers) had rudimentary membranes enclosing aqueous solutions
and prototypes of a yolk sac and allantois (respiratory organ for the embryo). Only
then would the embryos have survived. Another major evolutionary requirement
for the development of amniotic eggs would have been internal fertilization, so sex
had to have become more up-close and personal than was previously experi-
enced by amphibians. A few examples of modern amphibians show such a repro-
ductive mode, which means that the same inheritable behavior and anatomical
attributes could have been selected in favor of increasing the chances of fertiliza-
tion. Also, embryos would have been retained within the reproductive tract of the
female until a sufficiently protective membrane had developed around them.
The next step in amniotic egg evolution would have been an embryo that under-
went growth within the protective membrane to form a miniature version of the
adult animal, in contrast to the incompletely developed and intermediate larval
(tadpole) stage seen in most amphibians. Although fossil evidence for a sequence
163
of these adaptations is lacking, the presence of many modern amphibian species

that retain their eggs within their bodies for long periods of time, especially in times
of drought, attests to the feasibility of this evolutionary scenario. Additionally, some
modern salamanders, exemplified by plethodontids, lay eggs and their embryos
develop completely in non-aquatic environments without any larval stage; among
their preferred habitats are inside moist tree trunks or logs. Interestingly, skeletal
remains of the Carboniferous amniotes Westlothiana, Hylonomus, and Paleothyris were
all discovered within Carboniferous fossil tree trunks, so they may have occupied
the same niche as modern plethodontids.
Amniota as a clade is synonymous with the older Linnaean (gradistic)
classification of Class Reptilia, but with some qualifications. Under gradistic
classification, reptiles, such as lizards, snakes, turtles, and crocodiles, were traditionally
regarded as scaly vertebrates; most have four legs (except snakes, of course) and
reproduce by laying enclosed eggs. This classification excludes mammals and birds,
but cladistics recognizes shared derived characters, meaning that amniotes include
all descendants from an ancestral amniote. As a result, Amniota, which includes
reptiles, mammals, and birds, is a monophyletic clade. In contrast, reptiles actu-
ally comprise a paraphyletic group, not a clade, because it does not include all
of its descendants, such as mammals and birds. The term reptile has been long
associated only with lizards, snakes, turtles, alligators, crocodiles, pterosaurs, extinct
marine reptiles (such as euryapsids, discussed later), and dinosaurs, among others.
Nevertheless, change is a part of science (Chapter 2) and part of that change is
exemplified through new classification schemes. So now most paleontologists re-
cognize that mammals and birds are also reptiles in a cladistic sense.
Once amniotes had developed by the Carboniferous Period, their adaptation into
numerous terrestrial ecosystems and consequent diversification was relatively rapid
and impressive. The major basis for recognition of their diversification is seen in
the arrangement of skull bones, specifically the presence and positions of tem-
poral fenestrae. Amniotes can be subdivided into three major clades on this basis
and other characteristics Anapsida, Synapsida, and Diapsida (Fig. 6.5).
Fossil and modern turtles best represent anapsids, which lack temporal fenestrae.
The first reptiles had anapsid skulls, thus turtles exhibit a plesiomorphic trait for
amniotes in general. Synapsids and diapsids evidently evolved from a common
Eye socket Fenestrae

Eye socket
Anapsida Diapsida
FIGURE 6.5 Three
skull types, with
Fenestra Eye socket
positions of temporal
fenestra outlined,
characterizing the
Anapsida, Synapsida,
and Diapsida in
the context of a
cladogram, showing Synapsida Eureptilia
their hypothesized
evolutionary
relationships. Amniota
164
FIGURE 6.6
Dimetrodon, a
Permian synapsid and
pelycosaur that was
carnivorous, but
definitely was not a
dinosaur. Denver
Museum of Science
and Nature, Denver,
Colorado.
ancestor of anapsids during the latter part of the Carboniferous, but anapsids and
diapsids have been placed in a single clade (Eureptilia) separate from synapsids. Some
lineages of synapsids during the Permian included large herbivorous and carnivor-
ous reptiles called pelycosaurs. Pelycosaurs had elongated, dorsal vertebral spines
that formed sail-like structures, which along with their body size (as long as 3 meters)
gave them a formidable appearance that understandably resulted in their popular-
ized but mistaken grouping with dinosaurs (Fig. 6.6). However, synapsids also included
lineages that later evolved into therapsids, which had some mammal-like charac-
ters, and eventually mammals. This means that pelycosaurs are actually more closely
related to humans and other mammals than they are to dinosaurs. Mammals are
appropriately placed in Mammalia and first show up in the fossil record, at about
the same time as the first known dinosaurs, during the Late Triassic.
Diapsida is the clade most pertinent to the discussion of dinosaurs. Diapsids
split into two clades, the Lepidosauria and Archosauria, a divergence of lineages
that probably happened during the Permian Period. Lepidosaurs are modern lizards,
which includes skinks, geckoes, iguanas, Komodo dragons, and their ancestors.
A common misconception about large reptiles, such as alligators and crocodiles,
is that they are closely related to lizards such as Komodo dragons, but they are
165
FIGURE 6.7 Thalassomedon, a Late Cretaceous plesiosaur, a marine reptile and an

example of a euryapsid. (Euryapsids, and all marine reptiles, were not dinosaurs.) Denver
Museum of Science and Nature, Denver, Colorado.
phylogenetically separate, as explained later. Snakes are also lepidosaurs because

they share derived characters with lizard ancestors; they even show vestigial pelvic
bones. The oldest known snakes in the geologic record are from the Early
Cretaceous, thus both lizards and snakes co-existed with dinosaurs during at least
part of the Mesozoic (in fact, at least one dinosaur ate a lizard: Chapter 9), and
both groups were very successful in later diversification throughout the Cenozoic
after the demise of the dinosaurs.
Euryapsids, mentioned previously, are also placed in Lepidosauria because of their
inferred common descent from lizard-like ancestors, although they branched into
a previously unexplored niche for reptiles, the seas. These diverse, abundant, and
often large-bodied marine reptiles of the Mesozoic include the ichthyosaurs, ple-
siosaurs (Fig. 6.7), and mosasaurs. Among them were the first vertebrates known
to have been viviparous, as shown by a few stunning fossil examples of mother
ichthyosaurs with their stillborn young. These fascinating and complex reptiles, like
many other vertebrates of the Mesozoic, became extinct by the end of the
Cretaceous (Chapter 16). They are sometimes confused with dinosaurs because they
were contemporaries and overlapped in size with some of the larger dinosaurs.
However, dinosaurs were not only anatomically distinct from euryapsids, they were
effectively relegated to completely different environments and niches. Probably the
166
only interactions between these reptilian groups occurred when dinosaur carcasses
floated out to sea and were scavenged by euryapsids (Chapter 7).
Archosaur Evolution and Diversification

The Archosauria is defined as having, at minimum, the following characteristics:
n Openings anterior to the orbits (antorbital fenestrae).

Archosauria is the
n Teeth with serrations compressed laterally and none on
clade often
the palate.
associated with the n Dentary fenestrae.
origin of the n Differently shaped calcaneum.
dinosaurs. n Elongated ilium and pubis.
Some paleontologists place Archosauria within the clades Archosauromorpha and

Archosauriformes, the latter originating from the former (Chapter 5). The major-
ity of paleontologists agree upon the designation of Archosauria as a clade that had
arrived by the Early Triassic, with members that evolved into lineages, both 6
dinosaurian and otherwise. A group of fossil reptiles, known previously by pale-
ontologists as thecodonts, was once considered as synonymous with the
archosaur group that gave rise to the dinosaurs, crocodilians, and birds. However,
cladistic analyses show that thecodonts make up a paraphyletic grouping (such as
Reptilia), hence its use as a term is now discouraged in phylogenetic classifications.
However, it is commonly mentioned in older literature and represents changing
ideas in science.
A likely representative fossil for a common ancestor of the archosaurs is the
Early Triassic Euparkeria of South Africa (Fig. 6.8). Euparkeria was a small (about
1 meter long) but relatively long-limbed reptile that possessed antorbital fenestrae,
a key feature of all archosaurs. Clades within the Archosauria, which seemingly
descended from ancestors like Euparkeria, are the Crurotarsi and Ornithodira.
Crurotarsi includes living crocodilians (alligators and crocodiles), but it encompasses
many diverse fossil forms as well. An ankle where the astragalus and calcaneum
form a joint between the tarsals and lower part of the limb bones characterizes this
clade. Crurotarsans were well-represented during the Middle and Late Triassic by
large, crocodile-like carnivorous parasuchids (also known as phytosaurs) and
rauisuchians (Fig. 6.9), as well as the armored and herbivorous aetosaurs.
Rauisuchians were unique among large archosaurs at the time because their fore-
limbs were considerably shorter than their hind limbs, which suggests that they
were capable of walking on two legs. They may have been among the first such
archosaurs to evolve this mode of locomotion.
Despite their abundance and success, all species of phytosaurs, rauisuchians, and
aetosaurs became extinct by the end of the Triassic. However, by the Late Triassic,
ornithodirans had diverged into two clades: Pterosauria and Dinosauria.
Pterosaurs, the so-called flying reptiles, were among the most famous of the
FIGURE 6.8 Skull of Euparkeria, a basal archosaur

from the Early Triassic of South Africa, which was
not a dinosaur. From Cowen (2000), History of Life,
3e, Blackwell Science, Inc., Malden, MA, p. 182,
fig. 11.13.
167
FIGURE 6.9 Cast of Postosuchus, a large rauisuchian from the Late Triassic of the
southwestern USA: Mesalands Dinosaur Museum, Tucumcari, New Mexico. Despite its
very fierce appearance, Postosuchus was not a dinosaur.
terrestrial creatures during the Mesozoic, a notoriety related to the interpretation

that they were the first vertebrates known to have achieved self-powered flight.
Pterosaurs developed a remarkable adaptation whereby digit IV of each forelimb
extended far beyond the other digits and had a membrane attached from its dis-
tal end to the torso to form a wing (Fig. 6.10). During their time on Earth, which
correlated with and was nearly as long as the geologic range of the dinosaurs,
pterosaurs evolved into forms as small as a sparrow to the largest animals that ever
flew. For example, the Late Cretaceous pterosaur Quetzalcoatlus had a wingspan of
about 12 meters as it soared over what is now the state of Texas. But in spite of
their repute, grandeur, and chronological association with dinosaurs, the ptero-
saurs, like many of the other amniotic vertebrates mentioned in this chapter, are
still not defined as dinosaurs, although they may have been the closest to having
a common ancestor.
Dinosaur Ancestors and the Origins of Dinosaurs

Fame as a dinosaur paleontologist certainly would be justified for anyone who dis-
covered the skeletal remains of the first dinosaurs. However, as shown by the dis-
cussion of amniote development, the phrase first dinosaur is in itself arguable in
the light of evolutionary theory. After all, geologic ranges for fossil lineages are not
always static. The possibility that fossils for ancestors of a hypothetical lineage have
simply not been discovered yet leads to the concept of ghost lineages, meaning
that a greater complement of ancestor and descendant species may still be locked
away undiscovered in rocks somewhere in the world. For now, paleontologists can
define the geologic range of dinosaurs as 228 to 65 Ma (Late Triassic through to
the Late Cretaceous) on the basis of discovered specimens, but an understanding
168
FIGURE 6.10 Cast of

the pterosaur Anhanguera
from the Early Cretaceous
of Argentina: Fernbank
Museum of Natural
History, Atlanta, Georgia.
Anhanguera, alas, was also
not a dinosaur.
of evolutionary theory allows for extrapolating a greater range represented by ghost

lineages. Nonetheless, dinosaur remains discovered from Early Triassic rocks would
be an extremely significant find, and similar body fossils from Permian rocks
would be completely unexpected.
Tracks would be considerably less convincing evidence than skeletal remains for
the first dinosaurs or their immediate ancestors, despite the valuable information
potentially conveyed by such a find (Chapter 14). Even more suspect evidence would
be eggs and nests, minus accompanying skeletal material (Chapter 8). Coprolites,
gastroliths, and toothmarks attributable to the first dinosaurs would probably war-
rant the most skepticism because of the current lack of firm identity attached to
such trace fossils (Chapter 14). Consequently, the origin of the first dinosaurs can
only be postulated on the basis of skeletal evidence and the stratigraphic position
of this evidence, although other indicators or supporting evidence of their exis-
tence is possible through trace fossils. The problem with a trace fossil approach for
finding evidence of dinosaur ancestors is threefold:
1 trace fossils could have been made by tracemakers that had a similar
morphology to the first dinosaurs but may have been distantly-related
archosaurs;
2 the criteria for what constitutes a dinosaur in the fossil record is currently
based on anatomical criteria; and
3 most dinosaur paleontologists have limited their studies to bones and have
not looked for trace fossil evidence.
169
FIGURE 6.11 Cast of the small dinosauromorph Marasuchus from the Late Triassic of
Argentina: Sam Noble Oklahoma Museum of Natural History, Norman, Oklahoma.
Marasuchus is not a dinosaur, but is very, very close to being one. Length about
40 cm.
As a result, the body fossil record for dinosaur ancestors is currently considered to
be the primary basis for phylogenetic reconstructions of dinosaur lineages.
Based on known lineages of archosaurs before the oldest known dinosaurs found
in the geologic record and their anatomical traits, a prediction of the ancestral
archosaur, the mother of all dinosaurs, can be made. This hypothetical ancestor
would have had, at a minimum, the following traits distinctive from other diapsids:
n Bipedal, with long hind limbs relative to the forelimbs.

n Four or five digits on its manus, with digits IV and V reduced in size.
n Long metatarsals and phalanges on its pes.
n Ankle with a hinge developed between the astragalus and calcaneum.
n A tibiafibula length greater than the femur.
Of fossil finds so far, those closest to this ancestor are Marasuchus (Fig. 6.11), syn-
onymous with Lagosuchus in some studies, and Lagerpeton, which are small but long-
limbed reptiles occurring in the Middle Triassic strata of Argentina. Marasuchus and
Lagerpeton were among the first ornithodirans, and their successors could have
diverged into either pterosaur or dinosaur lineages. Additionally, small three-toed
footprints documented from Early and Middle Triassic strata may be associated with
ornithodiran tracemakers that preceded or were contemporaneous with the afore-
mentioned species represented by body fossils.
These possible ancestral forms are succeeded in the geologic record by what are
considered by many paleontologists as the earliest known dinosaurs: Eoraptor
lunensis and Herrerasaurus ischigualastensis from the Ischigualasto Formation of
Argentina, as well as Staurikosaurus pricei from the Santa Maria Formation of Brazil
(Fig. 6.12). All three of these specimens are from the earliest part of the Late Triassic
(Carnian Age, which was about 221 to 228 Ma); radiometric age dates of 40Ar/39Ar
170
FIGURE 6.12 Three Late Triassic

fossil archosaurs proposed as primitive
dinosaurs. (A) Eoraptor lunensis.
(B) Herrerasaurus ischigualasto. (A) Eoraptor
(C) Staurikosaurus pricei. Modified from
Paul (1988), Sereno et al. (1993), and
Sereno (1994).
(B) Herrerasaurus
(C) Staurikosaurus
0 1m 2m 3m
from mineral grains gave a minimum age of 227.8 0.3 Ma for the Ischigualasto
Formation, which contains the first two species. Of the three species, Eoraptor seems
to have the most primitive traits, which has led to controversy over whether it actu-
ally is a dinosaur. Like many dinosaur species, it is only known from a single speci-
men. It also was small (about 1 meter long) in comparison to its immediate successors,
as well as members of the entire clade of Dinosauria. The other two species, which
collectively are represented by more than a dozen specimens, are placed within the
clade Herrerasauridae, which is also occupied by the geologically slightly younger
Chindesaurus bryansmalli of North America. All of these so-called basal dinosaurs
are regarded as saurischians, and most paleontologists think that they are closely
allied with theropods. Interestingly, the lack of agreement on their exact classifica-
tion probably reflects their basal status.
The only definite ornithischian dinosaur discovered from strata of an age near
the apparent birth of the dinosaurs is Pisanosaurus mertii, which is also from the
Ischigualasto Formation of Argentina. Nearly contemporary with the herrerasaurs
and Pisanosaurus in the Late Triassic was one other saurischian, the prosauropod
Azendohsaurus from Morocco, and the ornithischian Technosaurus from the west-
ern USA. Only partial and fragmentary specimens represent both species; in fact,
Azendohsaurus is only interpreted as a prosauropod on the basis of a single tooth.
Hence, these dinosaurs have little to tell us about non-theropod and ornithischian
evolution during the Late Triassic. The monophyletic grouping of dinosaurs, which
was challenged by Harry Govier Seeley (Chapter 3) through his division of
dinosaurs into the Saurischia and Ornithischia, is upheld by synapomorphies of
both clades, but an immediate common ancestor for both has yet to be found. For
ornithischians in particular, paleontologists have so far only found abundant and
well-preserved representatives of this clade beginning in Early Jurassic strata,
meaning that:
1 ornithischians were uncommon during the Late Triassic;

2 taphonomic factors prevented their preservation in Late Triassic sediments; or
3 paleontologists are looking in the wrong places for them.
171
This situation presents a minor evolutionary dilemma for dinosaur paleontologists:

if saurischians and ornithischians were already contemporaries during the Late Triassic,
when did they diverge from a common dinosaurian ancestor? The most likely answer
lies in the Middle Triassic, but unfortunately the body fossil record has not been
helpful in this respect. Marasuchus is a probable common ancestor for saurischians
and ornithischians, showing characteristics (long femur, possibly open acetabulum,
long metatarsals) that suggest bipedal adaptations and classification in the clade
Dinosauromorpha. However, it was also proposed as a possible common ancestor
for pterosaurs and dinosaurs, which would have placed it closer to the node for
the clade Ornithodira. Other than Marasuchus and perhaps Lagerpeton, the other
fossils are so poorly preserved or of such uncertain affinity that any declaration of
a common ancestor probably would be premature.
Trace fossil data, in the form of distinctive dinosaurian tracks, provide some clues
about possible dinosaur ancestors in the Middle Triassic, and some tracks found
in strata of this age are similar to undoubted dinosaur tracks. Because the current
anatomical evidence related to dinosaur ancestry strongly suggests that primitive
dinosaurs were obligate bipeds and developed a pes with three prominent toes, they
should have made tracks reflecting this bipedalism. Furthermore, they should have
had a track shape that is easily distinguishable from their four-legged predecessors,
as well as from other potentially bipedal archosaurs, such as rauisuchians. For exam-
ple, a reduction in the number of elongated toes seen in theropod tracks from four
to three (accompanying a reduction of the hallux) is predicted for the Middle to
Late Triassic transition, based on evolutionary changes reflected by the skeletal record.
Considering the abundance of tracks left by a living, mobile animal (maybe thou-
sands) versus its body (one), there should be many examples of dinosaur tracks
from soon after the time that they evolved (Chapter 14). However, paleontologists
who are skeptical about the identity of trackmakers may first insist on correlation
of footprint morphology with appendicular skeletons of known tracemakers in same-
age strata. Only then might they agree that such evidence is indicative of dinosaur
ancestors or dinosaurs themselves in the Middle Triassic.
Once they evolved, dinosaurs rapidly filled niches in their terrestrial environments
during the Late Triassic. The extinction of large, abundant, and diverse archosaurs
by the end of the Triassic coincided with the increased diversification and abund-
ance of dinosaurs, which is reflected by their body fossils and tracks. Additionally,
a prosauropod nest with eggs interpreted from the Late Triassic of Argentina indi-
cates that dinosaurs were already reproducing in ways familiar to paleontologists
who have made similar finds in Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks (Chapter 8). The change
in archosaurian faunas was originally interpreted as a result of interspecific
(between species) competition, where dinosaurian domination over other terrestrial
vertebrates was ensured by their upright stance and increased speed associated with
bipedalism. However, an extinction event that affected some eureptilian groups and
herrarasaurids alike near the beginning of the Late Triassic (at about 225 Ma) sug-
gests that other factors, such as environmental change, were more likely contrib-
utors to dinosaurian hegemony, which was clearly in place by the end of the Late
Triassic (about 206 Ma: Chapter 16).
Possible Genetic and Environmental Causes for the

Origin of Dinosaurs
For dinosaurs to have evolved from archosaur ancestors, a combination of genetic
and environmental factors had to combine in just the right way to result in the
fossil forms that we define as dinosaurs at least 230 million years after. Before con-
sidering what factors may have influenced the origin of dinosaurs, a review of some
172
character traits that define dinosaurs (Chapters 1 and 5) provide a framework for
how the traits reflect adaptations, which will be revisited later:

n Shoulder girdle with backward-facing (caudally pointing) glenoid.
n Asymmetrical manus with less than or equal to three phalanges on digit IV.
n Astragalus with a long ascending process that fits into the anterior part of
the tibia.
n Sigmoidally shaped third metatarsal.
n Postfrontal absent.
n Humerus with long deltopectoral crest.
Eight of these ten traits are related to modification of the appendicular skeleton
that shows adaptations to bipedalism, a mode of life well-suited to nearly all sub-
sequent theropods (Chapter 9). Discussion of the early evolution of dinosaurs should 6
therefore focus on these adaptations, which occurred through an interaction of genetic
and environmental factors.
Probably the most difficult task in figuring out dinosaur origins is evaluating the
genetic factors that contributed to evolution of the characteristic traits. Nearly as
difficult is discerning the environmental factors that affected a selection of these
same traits. Geneticists and ecologists have problems in defining the interactions
of modern populations, their genetics, and ecosystems, so why should understanding
the Mesozoic be any easier? Fortunately, the skeletal record for dinosaurs and their
ancestors, along with their associated geologic information, provide enough clues
that a general hypothesis for the origin of dinosaurs has been proposed, tested, and
refined with new information and insights.
Through cladistic analyses of Early, Middle, and Late Triassic archosaurs, the prob-
able genetic relationships between different fossils have been well established,
although cladograms are often modified with the discovery of each new fossil
species or re-interpretations of previously described species. Genetic relationships
between Triassic archosaurs are based on phenotypes as reflected by skeletal features
interpreted as synapomorphies (Chapter 5). However, some paleontologists will
acknowledge that a single specimen of a fossil species may be unrepresentative of
most phenotypes in its species at that particular slice in time. Uncertainty is
inevitable because some features in a body fossil may be acquired characteristics,
and thus not representative of an organisms genome.
Nonetheless, the regularity and predictable occurrence of most features in a body
fossil, testable through discovery of multiple specimens of a presumed species, pro-
vides a valid reason for assuming that these features are indeed reflecting inherit-
able traits. Such traits can be as simple as, for example, four limbs. We can safely
assume that a fossil tetrapod showing four limbs does not represent a mutation
inherited from an ancestor that normally had three limbs. A close examination of
changes in details of the anatomy reveals what changes occurred in lineages
through time, such as synapomorphies documented for typical Triassic archosaur
traits hind limbs lengthening more than fore limbs, reduction of digits IV and
V, elongation of metatarsals and phalanges on the pes, etc.
Because synapomorphies are assumed in the majority of cases as representative
of an archosaurs genome, morphological variations within an archosaur lineage
also can be interpreted on the basis of how these features may be similar or dif-
ferent in time-equivalent strata. For archosaurs, this interpretation obviously
173
depends on the sample number of specimens and the completeness of the indi-
vidual specimens; hence taphonomy (Chapter 7) sets conditions on interpretations
once again. Excellent examples of dinosaur species, which were abundantly pre-
served so that genetic variation in a population can be estimated, are provided by
two Late Triassic dinosaurs, the theropod Coelophysis (Chapter 9) and prosauropod
Plateosaurus (Chapter 10). In these two species, many individuals can reflect a popu-
lation structure, especially if found in the same locality and deposit. Indeed, for
Coelophysis, a proposed population structure includes juveniles to adults, although
in this case too much data can mean more complications, because some of the adult
variations may actually be attributable to sexual dimorphism (Chapters 8 and 9).
Nonetheless, statistical descriptions of the population provide a sample of at least
a few parameters of the original gene pools for Coelophysis and Plateosaurus.
As mentioned earlier, biogeography is a key facet of evolutionary theory because
a close proximity of similar species is additional evidence suggesting their related-
ness. The same applies to dinosaurs because of the abundance of Late Triassic
dinosaurs and their immediate ancestors in South America, the origin of dinosaurs
is currently attributed to that continent, which was part of Gondwana during the
Late Triassic (Chapter 4). Assuming that this was the general location for the birth
of dinosaurs, the split between saurischians and ornithischians also may have hap-
pened in this area, probably about 230 Ma or slightly earlier.
Why this divergence occurred and why it was so rapid, geologically speaking, are
both good questions. Because so little evidence exists for fossils showing inter-
mediate features between dinosaur ancestors and basal dinosaurs, paleontologists
hesitate to state whether this apparently rapid evolution was a result of:
1 phyletic gradualism that is simply missing parts of the lineages;

2 punctuated equilibrium; or
3 some combination of the two.
One form of natural selection invoked for dinosaur evolution, as a type of Red Queen
hypothesis, is that early dinosaurs successfully competed with other archosaurs for
habitats and resources throughout the Triassic, which eventually resulted in cruro-
tarsans becoming extinct and ornithodirans (including dinosaurs) thriving by the
end of the Triassic. However, some paleontologists doubt this hypothesis because
re-examination of the archosaur fossil record does not show gradual inverse trends
between dinosaur abundance and demises of other archosaurs. As mentioned pre-
viously, Late Triassic extinctions of archosaurs, other than dinosaurs, began before
the end of the period, meaning that they may have encountered many different
and changing environmental factors that selected against their survival.
Some evidence of environmental change and its effects on biota during the Late
Triassic is indicated by extinctions of marine invertebrate organisms about 220 Ma,
which coincided with the beginning of the breakup of Pangea (Chapter 4).
Divergence of the continental masses from this supercontinent would have caused
gradual changes in oceanic and atmospheric circulation patterns, which not only
would have affected marine habitats but overall global climate. Climate is often
synonomized with weather, but they differ considerably in their time frames. Climate
is persistent long-term trends and patterns of weather, whereas weather is daily,
short-term changes in atmospheric conditions. For example, if most of the years
in a million-year period had low amounts of rainfall in an area, these data would
allow for defining an arid climate for that area.
At any rate, climate affects evolutionary processes, in particular natural selection,
and climate did indeed change during the Late Triassic. These changes are indi-
cated by Late Triassic evaporite deposits, which are thick accumulations of min-
erals such as halite (NaCl) and gypsum (CaSO4 2H2O) that form in sedimentary
174
basins over long periods of time under predominantly arid conditions. A hypo-
thesized effect of arid climates is that terrestrial plant communities, through nat-
ural selection, would have adapted so that drought-resistant species should have
become more common. A change in plant communities meant that herbivores would
have had to adapt to new food sources, and those species that could not adapt
would become extinct. Likewise, carnivorous species that preyed upon the maladapted
herbivores then also would have gone extinct, in the sense of an ecological
domino effect (discussed in Chapter 16). Sure enough, this change in plant com-
munities in accordance with the onset of arid climates has been observed with fos-
sil plants from the Late Triassic, which in turn corresponds with faunal changes,
justifying a cause-and-effect hypothesis.
Other than changes in climate, another possible consequence of Pangea break-
ing up in the Late Triassic was habitat fragmentation, which would have caused
geographic isolation of dinosaur and other archosaur faunas, translating into con-
ditions favorable for allopatric speciation and adaptive radiation that was perhaps
facilitated through genetic drift. As mentioned earlier, diversification of fossil
faunas seems to correspond with times of continental breakup throughout the
Phanerozoic Eon, a correlation that is attributed to the formation of new habitats. 6
Consequently, new niches also should have opened up for species that had the genetic
capability to adapt. Dinosaurs certainly represented novel adaptations in archosaur
lineages during the Late Triassic, which is perhaps related to their fitting into new
niches caused by continental rifting and the emptying of those niches by extinct
archosaurs. So rather than dinosaurs out-competing other archosaurs, they may
have simply replaced them.
The worldwide dispersal of dinosaur faunas by the end of the Triassic, within
25 million years of their origin, is remarkable in itself, but other aspects of dino-
saurs in the latter part of the Late Triassic argue for how they had already made
their mark on the world. Three trends in particular are notable:
1 increased body size (corroborated by larger dinosaur tracks in same-age strata

as larger dinosaurs);
2 increased number as a percent composition of terrestrial vertebrates; and
3 increased diversity with time.
Within those 25 million years, saurischians in particular increased in size, from

the 1-meter long Eoraptor to the 11-meter long prosauropod Riojasaurus of
Argentina. Meanwhile, dinosaurs went from about 6% of terrestrial amniote
species to as much as 60%. The abundance of some dinosaur species is worth men-
tioning; interestingly, the dinosaur species most abundantly represented in the fos-
sil record is the Late Triassic Coelophysis, but most dinosaurs (such as Apatosaurus,
Tyrannosaurus, Stegosaurus, and Triceratops) lived much later in geologic time.
Paleontological information suggests that Coelophysis was not only abundant, but
had already developed social behavior, traveling together in large groups (Chap-
ter 9). Likewise, Plateosaurus and other prosauropods represented a pinnacle of
herbivore evolution in body size by the Late Triassic, anticipating the sauropod
leviathans that would emanate from their common ancestors later in the Mesozoic
(Chapter 10). The diversity of dinosaurs is indicated by the large number of species
described from strata formed toward the end of the Late Triassic in comparison to
the few species known from the beginning of the Late Triassic (Table 6.2).
Dinosaurs also survived one of the most well-documented mass extinctions
in the geologic record, an extinction that eliminated all aetosaurs, phytosaurs,
rauisuchians, and some other formerly successful archosaurs by the end of the Triassic.
Compatriots of the early dinosaurs that survived this mass extinction included some
euryapsids, anapsids, pterosaurs, and mammals. Various hypotheses proposed
175
TABLE 6.2 Dinosaur genera of the Late Triassic: (A) earlier

part of the Late Triassic, Carnian Age (228221 Ma),
(B) latter part of the Late Triassic, Norian through
Rhaetian Ages (221206 Ma). Notice that some genera
(Blikanasaurus, Euskelosaurus, Melanorosaurus) span both
intervals, but these genera do not extend into the Rhaetian.
GENUS AND CLADE PLACE OF DISCOVERY
A. Carnian Dinosaurs
Saurischians
Eoraptor (?Theropoda) Argentina
Staurikosaurus (Theropoda) Brazil
Herrerasaurus (Theropoda) Argentina
Azendohsaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Morocco
Blikanasaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Euskelosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Melanorosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Saturnalia (Sauropodomorpha) Brazil
Ornithischians
Pisanosaurus (Uncertain) Argentina
Technosaurus (Uncertain) Western USA
B. NorianRhaetian Dinosaurs
Saurischians
Antetonitrus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Coelophysis (Theropoda) Western USA
Chindesaurus (Theropoda) Western USA
Liliensternus (Theropoda) Germany
Syntarsus (Theropoda) Zimbabwe, western USA
Blikanasaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Camelotia (Sauropodomorpha) England
Coloradisaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Argentina
Euskelosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Melanorosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) South Africa
Mussasaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Argentina
Plateosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Europe (Germany, France, Switzerland)
Riojasaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Argentina
Sellosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) Germany
Thecodontosaurus (Sauropodomorpha) England
Ornithischians
None known.
for causes of this mass extinction (one of six indicated by the geologic record)
include:
1 interspecific competition;
2 changing climates;
3 habitat fragmentation from the continued breakup of Pangea; and
4 a meteorite impact.
176
SUMMARY
All of these factors are similar to those implicated in the downfall of dinosaurs at
the end of the Cretaceous Period (Chapter 16).
The survival of dinosaurs through what must have been a significant change in
global ecosystems in the Late Triassic indicates that dinosaurs may have had exap-
tations that gave them evolutionary advantages, despite whatever factors (genetic
or environmental) might have eliminated other species. A similar probability of exap-
tations in bird lineages, which most likely evolved out of theropods during the Jurassic
Period (Chapters 9 and 15), must have allowed some of them to survive the extinc-
tion at the end of the Cretaceous.
The reason for dinosaur survival through a major extinction and their subse-
quent worldwide dominance of terrestrial faunas is that they had the right genetic
makeup for adaptations to new niches and consequent diversification in environ-
ments of the forthcoming Jurassic and Cretaceous Periods. The 140-million-year span
of the Jurassic and Cretaceous, often hailed as the reign of the dinosaurs, thus fol-
lowed the foundation of an already diverse and successful Late Triassic dinosaurian
fauna. Dinosaurs were, and still are, by-products of an evolutionary process that
continues today.
6
SUMMARY
Evolution is both a fact and a theory, in

that the change in a population between
generations of species has been observed,
but the explanation for how this process
happens is still evolving. Darwin provided
the first unified explanation for the origin of
species and descent with modification of organisms,
although his hypothesis has changed considerably with
more fossil discoveries during the past 150 years as well as the
addition of Mendelian genetics, which was further elaborated through
the study of population genetics. Nevertheless, the basic tenets of
Darwinian theory (natural selection through inheritable variations, over-
population, struggle for existence, and survival of the better-adapted) are
still applicable to understanding how environmental and intraspecific
factors change genotype frequencies and phenotypes, causing speciation.
Speciation that happened over longer periods of time and caused con-
siderable changes within lineages (macroevolution) is attributed to either
phyletic gradualism or punctuated equilibrium, depending on the timing
of the changes. Evidence supporting both of these hypotheses comes from
the fossil record, with possible mechanisms of allopatric and sympatric
speciation, adaptive radiation, and vicariance biogeography, among others.
Molecular phylogeny is an independent method used more in recent years
to test phylogenetic relationships established through fossil lineages,
although cladistic analyses based on characteristic traits still determine
hypotheses for how dinosaurs evolved.
Dinosaur evolution can be evaluated by examining the fossil record for
amniotes as a whole and archosaurs in particular. The development of a
cleidoic egg from amphibian ancestors probably happened during the
Carboniferous Period as a result of both genetic and environmental fac-
tors that favored this mode of reproduction. Subsequent diversification
177
SUMMARY Continued
of amniotes resulted in the origin of anapsids, synapsids, and diapsids

well before the end of the Permian; diapsids gave rise to archosaurs, which
proliferated throughout the Triassic. Among the archosaur lineages was
the ornithodirans, which include dinosaurs and their contemporaries, the
pterosaurs. Dinosaurs probably originated during the Middle Triassic, as
suggested by both body and trace fossil evidence, and their increased
diversification and abundance developed rapidly within the last 25 mil-
lion years of the Late Triassic, particularly for saurischians (theropods and
prosauropods). Although genetic factors were certainly involved, the
diversification may have been prompted by the opening of ecological niches
left by other archosaurs (such as rauisuchians, phytosaurs, and aetosaurs)
that went extinct toward the end of the Triassic. Additionally, the onset
of arid climates and the beginning of continental rifting in the super-
continent Pangea through the same time span may have contributed to
changes in the roles of plants, herbivores, and carnivores in terrestrial ecosys-
tems. Regardless of the exact evolutionary mechanisms responsible for
their ascendancy, dinosaurs had become the dominant vertebrates by the
end of the Triassic and they would have a magnificent reign that would
last for the next 140 million years, until the end of the Cretaceous.
1. Some evolutionary biologists define a

species as a closed gene pool.
Justify this description or
criticize it on the basis of
definitions given in the
chapter for a species and gene pool.
2. What is the difference between frequency and
probability? How are these statistical expressions
related to population genetics?
3. A hypothetical female theropod with a homozygous recessive gene
for a reduced hallux mated with a male theropod with a heterozy-
gous condition that has a normal-sized hallux as the dominant trait.
a. What was the probability of their offspring having the phenotype
of a reduced hallux?
b. What is the probability for the next generation (the offspring of
the offspring) having the phenotype of a reduced hallux?
c. What is the assumption of the preceding probabilities? In other
words, what factors could change the expected gene frequencies?
4. Out of all of your friends, think about how representative one of them
might be for the phenotype of Homo sapiens if he or she was ran-
domly picked as a type specimen.
178
a. How much variation would your friend have in his or her living
appearance?
b. Out of those observed variations, what inheritable features do you
think would be evident in the fossil record that might define them
as typical of your species?
c. What acquired features do you think would be unrepresentative
of their genome and thus would be a source of confusion for pale-
ontologists of the future (whatever their species might be)? For
example, do they have dyed hair, tattoos, piercings, or other
modifications?
5. Explain how the evolutionary development of a cledioic egg for
amniotes could have occurred through the following models:
a. Allopatric speciation
b. Sympatric speciation 6
c. Phyletic gradualism
d. Punctuated equilibrium
e. Character displacement
f. Red Queen
6. Based on the information presented in the chapter, make your own
cladogram showing the ancestry of the following modern reptile
groups: turtles, snakes, lizards, crocodiles, and alligators. Which pair
among these five groups seems to be the most related and which
pair seems the least related?
7. The overall average height of humans has increased in the past 1000
years, based on measurements of skeletons from that time span as
well as data taken from living people. Is this increase in height an
example of directional selection (Copes Rule)? Why or why not?
8. Given the primitive dinosaur traits of bipedalism, think about the
following:
a. How could natural selection have caused some descendants of the
first dinosaurs, such as prosauropods, to go to quadrupedalism
as a mode of locomotion?
b. What are some environmental factors that might have favored
quadrupedal postures? What evidence in the geologic record
would be needed to corroborate your hypotheses?
c. What are some possible intraspecific factors that might have
caused sympatric speciation in such a direction? What evidence
in the geologic record would be needed to corroborate your
hypotheses?
9. Of the amniotes mentioned in the chapter, which ones did you mis-
takenly think were dinosaurs before reading this book? How would
you go about convincing someone else that these animals were not
dinosaurs?
10. How could a meteorite impact have caused problems for ecosystems
during the Late Triassic? List some of the effects of an impact that
are unlike the more gradual changes that might have been caused
by continental rifting.
179
Bibliography
Benton, M. J. 1983. Dinosaur success in the Triassic: A noncompetitive ecological model.

Quarterly Review of Biology 58: 2955.
Benton, M. J. 1990. Origin and interrelationships of dinosaurs. In Weishampel, D. B.,
Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria. Berkeley, California: University
of California Press. pp. 1130.
Benton, M. J. 1993. Late Triassic extinctions and the origin of the dinosaurs. Science
260: 769770.
Bonaparte, J. F. 1975. Nuevos materiales de Lagosuchus talampayensis Romer
(Thecodontia-Psuedosuchia) y su significado en el origen de los Saurischia.
Chaarense inferior, Trisico medio de Argentina. Acta Geologica Lilloana 13: 590.
Bonaparte, J. F. and Vincent, M. 1979. El hallazgo del primer nido de dinosaurios trisi-
cos (Saurischia Prosauropoda), Trisico superior de Patagonia, Argentina. Ameghiana
16:173182.
Callaghan, C. A. 1987. Instances of observed speciation. The American Biology Teacher
49: 3436.
Carroll, R. L. 1988. Vertebrate Paleontology and Evolution. New York: W. H. Freeman.
Chadwick, D. J. and Goode, J. (Eds). 1997. Antibiotic Resistance: Origins, Evolution,
Selection and Spread. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
Charig, A. 1984. Competition between therapsids and archosaurs during the Triassic
Period: a review and synthesis of current series. Symposia of the Zoological Society of
London 52: 597628.
Colbert, E. H. 1970. A saurischian dinosaur from the Triassic of Brazil. American
Museum Novitates 2405: 19.
Colbert, E. H. and Morales, M. 1991. Evolution of the Vertebrates: A History of the
Backboned Animals through Time. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
Cruickshank, A. R. I. and Benton, M. J. 1985. Archosaur ankles and the relationships
of the thecodontian and dinosaurian reptiles. Nature 317: 715717.
Darwin, C. R. 1839. Journal of Researches into the Geology and Natural History of the Various
Countries Visited by the H.M.S. Beagle. London: Henry Colburn.
Darwin, C. R. 1859. On the Origin of the Species by Means of Natural Selection. London:
John Murray.
Demathieu, G. R. 1989. Appearance of the first dinosaur tracks in the French Middle
Triassic and their probable significance. In Gillette, D. D. and Lockley, M.. (Eds), Dinosaur
Tracks and Traces. Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge University Press. pp. 201207.
El-Tabakh, M., Riccioni, R. and Schreiber, B. C. 1997. Evolution of late Triassic rift basin
evaporites (Passaic Formation): Newark Basin, eastern North America. Sedimentology
44: 767790.
Ewer, R. F. 1965. The anatomy of the thecodont reptile Euparkeria capensis Broom.
Philosophical Transactions of Royal Society London B 248: 379435.
Flynn, J. J., Whatley, R. L., Wyss, A. R., Parrish, J. M., Rakotosamimanana, B. and Simpson
W. F. 1999. A Triassic fauna from Madagascar, including early dinosaurs. Science 286:
763765.
Galton, P. M. 1977. On Staurikosaurus pricei, an early saurischian dinosaur from Brazil,
with notes on the Herrerasauridae and Poposauridae. Palontol. Z. 51: 234245.
Galton, P. M. 1986. Herbivorous adaptations of Late Triassic and Early Jurassic
dinosaurs. In. Padian K. (Ed.), The Beginning of the age of Dinosaurs, Cambridge, U.K.:
Graham, R. W. and Grimm, E. C. 1990. Effects of global climatic change on the
patterns of terrestrial biological communities. Trends in Ecological Evolution 5:
289292.
Grant, P. R. 1991. Natural selection and Darwins finches. Scientific American 265
(October): 8287.
180
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Hallam, A. 1985. A review of Mesozoic climates. Journal of the Geological Society (London)
142: 433445.
Holtz, T. R., Jr. 2000. Classification and evolution of dinosaur groups. In Paul G. S.
(Ed.), The Scientific American Book of Dinosaurs, St. Martins Press. pp. 140168.
Hunt, A. P., Lucas, S. G., Heckert, A. B., Sullivan, R. M. and Lockley, M. G. 1998. Late
Triassic dinosaurs from the Western United States. Geobios 31: 511531.
King, M. J. and Benton, M. J. 1996. Dinosaurs in the Early and Middle Triassic? The
footprint evidence from Britain. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 122:
213225.
Kitching, J. W. 1979. Preliminary report on a clutch of six dinosaurian eggs from
the Upper Triassic Elliot Formation, Northern Orange Free State. Paleontographica Africana
22: 4145.
Lewontin, R. C. 1986. How important is population genetics for an understanding of
evolution? American Zoologist 26: 811820.
Lucas, S. G., Hunt, A. P. and Long. R. A. 1992. The oldest dinosaurs. Naturwissenschaften
79: 171172.
Martin, A. J. 2002. Dinosaur evolution: from where did they come and where did they
go? In Scotchmoor, J. D., Breithaupt, B. H., Springer, D. A. and Fiorillo, A. R. (Eds), 6
Institute. pp. 2330.
Novas, F. E. 1997. Herrerasauridae. In Currie P. J. and Padian K. (Eds) Encyclodedia of
Dinosaurs. Academic Press.
Olsen, P. E., Shubin, N. H. and Anders, M. H. 1987. New Early Jurassic tetrapod assem-
blages constrain Triassic-Jurassic tetrapod extinction event. Science 237: 10251029.
Olsen, P. E., Kent, D. V., Sues, H.-D., et al. 2002. Ascent of dinosaurs linked to an irid-
ium anomaly at the Triassic-Jurassic boundary. Science 296: 13051307.
Padian, K. and Angielczyk, K. D. 1999. Are there transitional forms in the fossil record?
In Kelley, P. H., Bryan, J. R. and Hansen, T. A. (Eds), The Evolution-Creation
Controversy II: Perspectives on Science, Religion, and Geological Education. The
Paleontological Society Papers 5: 4782.
Padian, K. and May, C. L. 1993. The earliest dinosaurs. New Mexico Museum Natural History
Science Bulletin 3: 379381.
Parrish, J. M. 1997. Evolution of the archosauria. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman,
pp 191203.
Parrish, J. T. 1993. Climate of the supercontinent Pangea. Journal of Geology 101:
215233.
Pollard, D. and Schulz, M. 1994. A model for the potential locations of Triassic evap-
orite basins driven by paleoclimatic GCM simulations. Global and Planetary Change
9: 233249.
Ridley, M. 2003. Evolution (3rd Edition). Boston, Massachusetts: Blackwell Science.
Roush, R. T. and Tabashnik, B. E. (Eds). 1990. Pesticide Resistance in Arthropods. New
York: Chapman and Hall.
Sereno, P. 1999. The evolution of dinosaurs. Science 284: 21372147.
Sereno, P. C. and Novas, F. E. 1992. The complete skull and skeleton of an early dinosaur.
Science 258: 11371140.
Sereno, P. C. and Arucci, A. B. 1993. Dinosaur precursors from the Middle Triassic of
Argentina: Lagerpeton chanarensis. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 13: 385399.
Sereno, P. C., Forster, C. A., Rogers, R. R. and Monetta, A. M. 1993. Primitive dinosaur
skeleton from Argentina and the early evolution of Dinosauria. Nature 361: 6466.
Simms, M. J. and Ruffell, A. H. 1990. Climatic and biotic change in the Late Triassic.
Journal of Geological Society of London 147: 321327.
Valentine, J. W. and Moores, E. M. 1972. Global tectonics and the fossil record. Journal
of Geology 80: 167184.
Ziegler, A. M., et al. 1993. Early Mesozoic phytogeography and climate. Philosophical
Transactions Royal Society of London B 341: 297305.
181
Chapter
7
While visiting Dinosaur National Monument in northeastern Utah, you are
amazed by the numerous dinosaur bones exposed in the wall there. Among the
hundreds of jumbled bones are some parts of dinosaur skeletons that are still
articulated, such as the cervical vertebrae, parts of the appendicular skeleton,
and skulls of sauropods. You are surprised by this display because you have heard
about the rarity of dinosaur fossils, the incompleteness of the fossil record and
how it casts doubt on evolutionary theory, and about how fossils are always pre-
served as scattered bits and pieces, rather than complete skeletons
How did such a concentration of bones end up in one place? How did parts
of some animals stay articulated, and why are other parts scattered? Is the envir-
onment where the bones accumulated the same place as where the dinosaurs
lived?
Dinosaur
Taphonomy
Postmortem Processes: Pre-burial

Postmortem Processes: Accumulation, Burial, and Post-burial
Summary
Bibliography
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Why Learn about

Dinosaur Taphonomy?
This chapter summarizes the
Three Ds, its subject matter being
death, decay, and disintegration.
Taphonomy, the study of everything that happens
Criminal investigators to an organisms body after it dies, is a fascinating
(particularly in forensics, science. Taphonomy (from the Greek taphos, burial, and
the applications of science nomos, law) was first recognized as a science for study-
to solving legal problems), ing the post-death phenomena associated with organ-
wildlife biologists, and isms by Russian paleontologist J. A. Efremov in 1940,
entomologists (those who although some of its principles were discussed by
study insects) use this Leonardo da Vinci in the fifteenth century (Chapter 3).
same science, although This field has since been broadened to include the
they may not use the study of preservation, which requires the understanding
of fossilization processes that affect trace fossils (such as
term taphonomy in those
tracks, nests, and feces: Chapter 14).
fields.
Taphonomy relates to the following circumstances:
n The probable cause of death.

n What other animals (including its relatives) might have scavenged on its
carcass.
n How long it took before a body started to bloat and why it bloated.
n How long a body was above the ground before any part of it was buried.
n Whether parts of a body broke off and were carried away from the original
death site.
n How far from the original death site a body part might have been
transported.
n Under what circumstances a body part was finally buried and affected by
more biological and chemicals processes while underground.
n Whether an animals remains were noticeably changed or not during their
time buried.
n Why some parts of animals become body fossils and why body fossils of
some animals are rare.
Because all non-avian dinosaurs have been extinct for the past 65 million years,
taphonomy is an important science for understanding how their fossils remained
preserved during that amount of time. It also indicates how representative our admit-
tedly biased sample might be of the original dinosaur population at any given time
during the Mesozoic. Paleontologists acknowledge that the fossil record is an
incomplete history of all species that lived and evolved on the Earth. Body fossils
of terrestrial vertebrate animals in particular are quite rare, especially in compar-
ison to marine invertebrates or trace fossils of terrestrial invertebrates.
184
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Dinosaurs provide a good example of such rarity. Despite their fame and 165-
million-year existence, approximately 80% of all described dinosaur species are only
known from less than five specimens for each species; about 50% are known from
only one specimen. The only major group of dinosaurs that is well represented in
terms of diversity and number of individuals representing each species are the cer-
atopsians (Chapter 13). Knowledge that modern vertebrate animals, in particular,
show an abundance of herbivores relative to carnivores also raises questions about
the circumstances that might have preserved hundreds of carnivorous dinosaurs in
one deposit with no herbivores whatsoever (Chapter 9). Similarly, we might ask
why other deposits contain an estimated population of thousands of herbivorous
dinosaurs, apparently of the same species, whereas the only other body fossils rep-
resenting another dinosaur species are errant theropod teeth (Chapter 11).
Within this type of study are the added benefits of:
1 gaining a better understanding of organisms and ecosystems associated

with dinosaurs (especially in terms of nutrient cycling);
2 learning about the sedimentary environments where dinosaur bodies were
buried; and
3 discerning the biogeochemical conditions of sediments enclosing dinosaur
body parts.
7
Determining the cause of death for individual dinosaurs also provides clues toward
understanding natural selection in the context of a dinosaurs ecosystem, which
relates to dinosaur evolution (Chapter 6). It also helps illuminate more specific aspects
of behavior, such as injuries or deaths that might be attributable to intraspecific or
interspecific interactions.
Dinosaur trace fossils also are allied with taphonomy because they were sub-
ject to some of the same principles of body fossil preservation. The single largest
advantage that dinosaurs trace fossils have over their body fossils is that most
trace fossils represent in situ (in place) fossils. Many dinosaur body fossils were
probably moved from the original site of death of the animal, but most dinosaur
trace fossils, such as tracks (Chapter 14), record the former presence of dinosaurs
exactly where they are found. Furthermore, certain dinosaur trace fossils are more
abundant than other dinosaur fossils in some areas, which may be a function of
their preferential preservation in rocks that normally do not preserve dinosaur body
fossils. This abundance also may be a result of one dinosaur making many trace
fossils during its lifetime.
Surprisingly, dinosaur taphonomy receives relatively little mention in most
books about dinosaurs. This chapter will simply point out how the study of
taphonomy as applied to dinosaurs can provide many educational benefits.
Taphonomy provides a way to discern the long history of what happened to a
dinosaur between the day it died and the day we see its remains for the first time,
many millions of years later. It makes for an interesting story.
Possible Causes of Injury, Poor Health, and Death in Dinosaurs

Typical, popular depictions of dinosaur deaths are melodramatic and limited to two
scenarios: mortal combat with other dinosaurs or a direct hit from an asteroid. The
latter scenario has been added only recently, dating from 1980 (Chapter 16).
Dinosaur deaths, depicted in fiction or other re-enactments, usually focus on
dinosaur-versus-dinosaur conflicts, except where anachronistic humans are
included to finish them off in some creative way (Chapter 1). But has anyone ever
seen a depiction of a dinosaur dying from eating a toxic plant? Or being stung to
death by Mesozoic bees and wasps? Or tripping over a log and falling off a cliff?
185
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Or expiring from old age? Once the mind is opened to the realm of possibilities
for death, and these are compared to recorded information on actual modes of death
for vertebrates, the most likely causes rarely match preconceived notions.
Application of scientific methods can soon show that a hypothesis for a proposed
cause of death can be tested, at least partially, for its probability through observa-
tions made in modern, natural settings. For example, predation, the hunting of a
live animal (prey) by another (predator) for the purposes of killing and eating that
animal, has been overstated in its importance in the deaths of terrestrial vertebrates.
A study of modern hyena predation in Africa reported that only 1% to 2% of all
animals in a prey population actually died as a result of hyenas hunting them. The
same application of actual data to causes of human deaths can also yield surpris-
ing results. Despite the fear many people have of dying from bites by poisonous
snakes, factual information shows that many more people die each year from aller-
gic reactions to bee-stings (hence the previous allusion to dinosaurs dying in the
same manner). Similarly, despite much fear in the USA of terrorist attacks, the actual
risks of injury or death from this possible source of harm are still far lower than
the odds of dying from accidental electric shock, drowning in a swimming pool,
or being maimed or killed in a car accident, especially for people living outside of
major cities.
For individual dinosaurs, here are some possible causes of death and the evidence
supporting these causes:
n Suffocation by ash and gases from volcanic eruptions, getting stuck in a

muddy watering hole, or rapid burial by mass movements of sediment.
Evidence: Large accumulations of mostly one species of dinosaur, such as
the ornithopod Hypacrosaurus, theropod Allosaurus, and neoceratopsian
Psittacosaurus, have been found in near-complete condition in volcanic ash
or muddy deposits, respectively; dinosaurs seemingly frozen in life-like posi-
tions occur in sandy deposits, such as a specimen of the theropod Oviraptor
sitting on its nest, or specimens of the theropod Velociraptor and ceratop-
sian Protoceratops intertwined with one another.
n Intraspecific competition, where dinosaurs fought with individuals of the
same species for food, mates, or territory.
Evidence: Toothmarks or other bone injuries, seen in some tyrannosaurids
and ceratopsians, suggest they were caused by the same species of dinosaur.
n Predation, where a dinosaur died from injuries inflicted by a predator.
Evidence: Remains of a dinosaur have been found in the abdominal area of
another animal; toothmarks or dislodged teeth in bones inflicted by a dif-
ferent species of dinosaur (such as tyrannosaurid toothmarks in the ceratopsian
Triceratops or Edmontosaurus) or by other potential predators, such as cro-
codiles (Fig. 7.1).
n Drowning, either in a river or an open body of water such as a lake or delta.
Evidence: Mass accumulations of dinosaurs of the same species (the thero-
pod Coelophysis or some ornithopods, such as hadrosaurs, and some
sauropods) or nearly complete individual dinosaurs of differing species are
preserved in a river or deltaic deposit.
n Pathogenic conditions, ailments caused by diseases (such as bacterial or viral
infections), imbalanced nutrition, or other environmental stresses.
Evidence: Diseases are indicated by bone overgrowths in Allosaurus and
Triceratops, bone cancer in Allosaurus, or arthritis (gout) and fungal infec-
tions in Tyrannosaurus.
n Injuries (of uncertain causes).
Evidence: Stress fractures are seen in phalanges of ceratopsians and
sauropods, fused caudal vertebrae occur in ankylosaurs, and some theropod
186
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
FIGURE 7.1 Crocodile toothmarks in hadrosaur dorsal

vertebra, Aguja Formation, Late Cretaceous, west Texas.
Whether these trace fossils represent predation or
scavenging of the hadrosaur is currently unknown.
Photograph by Stephen W. Henderson.
trackways show limping or missing digits in individual tracks. There is some

limited evidence of bone infections associated with probable healed frac-
tures in a variety of dinosaurs.
n Dehydration, dying from lack of water, either because of distance from a
water body or drought conditions.
Evidence: Ceratopsian remains have been found in close proximity to an
interpreted water hole that apparently diminished until it could not sustain
the dinosaurs.
n Embryonic death (while still in the egg), possibly from the egg having been
drowned.
Evidence: Small bones or nearly complete skeletons of sauropods are
within some dinosaur eggs, where the eggs are buried in contemporaneous
floodplain sediments.
Massive, monospecific (single-species) bone beds, in

some cases containing parts from hundreds or thousands
The study of sickness,
of individuals of the same species of dinosaurs, prob-
injuries, and other
ably represent the near-simultaneous death of a popula-
abnormalities in the tion. A more catastrophic condition was required for their
health of ancient death, accumulation, and preservation than would be
organisms is called needed for any individual dinosaur, as explained later.
paleopathology, and this In the cases of individual dinosaurs found in the fossil
science as applied to record, most of the evidence for their deaths is gathered
dinosaurs has provided by looking for signs that a dinosaur was having prob-
some results that go lems with its normal, everyday functioning while it
against the stereotype of was alive.
a brutal struggle for From examination of dinosaur bones, trackways,
existence often envisaged and eggs for defects or abnormalities, we know that
for them. dinosaurs were apparently healthy animals, although a
few individuals definitely had problems. Theropods in
187
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
particular seemed prone to injuries, as demonstrated by the numerous examples of

their bones showing healed fractures and trackways that show signs of limping
(Chapter 14).
No evidence is documented yet for the following proposed causes of dinosaur
death, other than similar causes of death seen in some vertebrate populations today.
So they remain possible but otherwise weakly supported hypotheses for any given
individual dinosaur or dinosaur assemblage found in the fossil record:
n Hypothermia freezing to death.

n Hyperthermia overheating.
n Egg predation (especially by mammals) embryos killed by animals that
eat eggs before they are hatched.
n Starvation dying from lack of food.
n Toxicity poisoning from eating the wrong plant or eating an animal with
a toxic defense.
n Fires burning to death or suffocating from fumes associated with either
forest or brush fires. (Although dinosaur bones cooked in a Cretaceous for-
est fire are documented, this might have happened after they died.)
n Plagues widespread diseases, either viral or bacterial, that wipe out
significant numbers of a population.
n Clumsiness tripping at high speeds while running or tumbling down steep
slopes.
Another item to add to this list that has yet to be proposed for dinosaurs through
demonstrable evidence is parasitism, a form of symbiosis (different species living
together) where one species of organism lives at the expense of a host organism.
Parasites can be either endoparasites (living inside a host) or ectoparasites (on the
outside of the host). Modern endoparasites are extremely varied, although com-
monly known examples include one-celled organisms such as amoebas. For ex-
ample, one species of amoeba probably caused the dysentery suffered by Eberhard
Fraas in 1907 on his way to examine dinosaurs in Tendaguru, as mentioned in Chap-
ter 3. Multicellular animals that commonly live an endoparasitic lifestyle include
some nematodes (roundworms) and tapeworms. Ectoparasites include certain
arthropods, such as lice and ticks, and annelid worms such as leeches. Although
parasites have a vested interest in not causing the immediate death of their host,
they can cause weakened conditions that easily hasten the demise of a normally
strong, adult animal. Known forms of endoparasitism only affect soft tissue and
the parasites themselves are composed of soft tissues, thus evidence of them and
their effects on ancient organisms probably had low preservation potential.
Indeed, no evidence of endoparasites in non-avian dinosaurs is known, although
one example of a Mesozoic (Early Cretaceous) ectoparasite was reported in associ-
ation with a fossilized bird feather.
The preceding listing of dinosaur maladies and mishaps does not include pos-
sible causes for mass extinctions. Mass extinctions, which involve the near-
simultaneous extinctions of many different species, require either a combination
of numerous factors that result in those species dying out or an overwhelming
catastrophe that favors the survival of only the few species that could successfully
reproduce after such an event. Taphonomy is also important in interpretation of
mass extinctions, a subject that is covered in more detail in Chapter 16.
Sedimentary Environments and Dinosaur Preservation

The preservation of dinosaur fossils invariably required burial in sediments, as shown
by the near-exclusive occurrence of them in sedimentary rocks. A sedimentary rock
188
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
TABLE 7.1 Common sedimentary rocks, classified on the

basis of composition and texture.
Clastic Sedimentary Rocks: formed through consolidation of previously broken rock

material, mostly composed of silicate minerals.
Shale. Mostly mud-sized particles (clay and silt), but shows parting of layers
(fissility).
Mudstone. Mostly mud-sized particles, no preferred parting of layers (sometimes
synonymized with shale).
Siltstone. Silt-sized particles.
Sandstone. Sand-sized particles.
Graywacke. Sandstone with an appreciable amount (>15%) of mud.
Conglomerate. Sandstone containing abundant well-rounded particles of greater
than 2-mm diameter.
Breccia. Sandstone containing abundant angular particles of greater than 2-mm
diameter.
Chemical Sedimentary Rocks: formed through chemical precipitation of previously
dissolved rock material, mostly composed of calcium carbonate, oxides, sulfates, and
chlorides. 7
Limestone. Wide variety of rocks of different textures composed of CaCO3
(normally calcite but younger examples with aragonite).
Dolomite. Composed primarily of mineral dolomite (Ca,Mg(CO3)2).
Chert. Microcrystalline quartz precipitate with some H2O incorporated in the
structure.
Hematite. Composed primarily of mineral hematite (Fe2O3), typically replaces
reduced iron minerals.
Gypsum. Composed primarily of mineral gypsum (CaSO4 2H2O).
Halite. Composed primarily of mineral halite (NaCl), also known as rock salt.
Coal. Composed of fossil plant material with sufficient organic carbon (as
hydrocarbons) to be combustible.
is held together by cement that was chemically precipitated, or by a fine-grained

matrix of broken rock material. Depending on the rate of lithification, the pro-
cesses involved in the formation of a rock from sediment, this consolidation can
occur within a few years or over the course of millions of years. Sedimentary rocks
are varied and are classified on the basis of their composition (types of minerals)
and the texture (size, shape, and arrangement) of the sediment and associated cement
or matrix (Table 7.1). The two other major categories of rocks, igneous and meta-
morphic (Chapter 4), are of peripheral interest to dinosaur studies but neverthe-
less are important for interpreting the geologic history of the Mesozoic Era. Rare
reports of dinosaur tracks, preserved in some former lava flows, are the only known
instances of either rock type containing dinosaur fossils; accordingly, dinosaur pale-
ontologists restrict their search image to sedimentary rocks.
Sedimentary rocks comprise about 90% of all exposed rock at the Earths surface
but not every sedimentary environment (places where sediments accumulated)
was conducive to the burial and subsequent preservation of dinosaur fossils.
Dinosaurs were land-dwelling animals, which is partially corroborated by their most
frequent association with sedimentary rocks that have all of the characteristics of
continental environments, such as fluvial (river), lacustrine (lake), and deltaic (delta)
environments. A few dinosaur body fossils have been found in rocks formed in marine
environments, for reasons examined later in this chapter. Nonetheless, the majority
189
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Fluvial Glacial
(nests, bones, coprolites, Paludal
gastroliths, tracks)
Alluvial Lagoon (bones)

(tracks)
Continental
Lacustrine shelf
(tracks, bones)
Deltaic
(bones, tracks)
Estuary
Tidal
(tracks)
Shallow
marine
(rare bones)
Coastal/Beach
(tracks)
FIGURE 7.2 Common sedimentary environments, showing which ones had relatively low
to high preservation potential for dinosaur body and trace fossils. Environments include
glacial, alluvial, lacustrine, fluvial, paludal, estuarine, deltaic, coastal, tidal, and shallow
marine.
of dinosaur body and trace fossils occur in rocks composed of sediments deposited
in areas around and in lakes, rivers, deltas, estuaries (coastal embayments where
fresh and salt water mix), and marine shorelines (Fig. 7.2). Another prerequisite for
preservation of dinosaur fossils is that the sedimentary environments had to have
existed during the Mesozoic Era, specifically from the Late Triassic through to the
Cretaceous Periods.
The proper interpretation of sedimentary environments that preserved dinosaur
fossils from the Mesozoic depends on a thorough description of their facies, which
is all the characteristics imparted by an environment to its sediment at approximately
the same time. Facies can be analyzed on the basis of lithologic characteristics (litho-
facies), body fossils (biofacies), and trace fossils (ichnofacies). This type of descrip-
tion and the subsequent interpretation of a sedimentary environment comprise facies
analysis, which is similar to paleoenvironmental analysis (Chapter 1). Geologists
will refer to some rocks as fluvial facies, deltaic facies, or shallow-marine facies, based
on a holistic and thorough examination of the many environmental parameters
that left their clues in the sediment (Table 7.2). This eclectic approach hints at the
breadth of geologic training that is required of a dinosaur paleontologist (Chapter
4); overlooking a single environmental parameter can considerably change the inter-
pretation of the original environment that entombed the dinosaur fossils.
For example, parts of the Late Triassic Chinle Formation in the western USA
contain abundant remains of fossil forests (as found in Petrified Forest National
Park of Arizona), body fossils of numerous reptiles, a few small theropods, large
amphibians, fish, and a few mollusks. All of these fossils are preserved in various
muddy and sandy sediments, but no body fossils of insects or most other arthro-
pods were reported. Previous workers did not look for, or otherwise recognize, many
of the trace fossils made by invertebrates in the same sediments that contained the
body fossils. Consequently, reconstructions of Chinle environments rarely included
any invertebrates, showing a bias in interpretations on the basis of lithofacies and
190
POSTMORTEM PROCESSES: PRE-BURIAL
TABLE 7.2 Parameters in a sediment deposit or

sedimentary rock at the outcrop scale that lend to facies
analysis. Keep in mind the two-step method for scientific
hypothesis formation: Description What is it?, and
Interpretive significance What is it used for?
Composition: main mineral components and trace element geochemistry.
Texture: size, shape, and arrangement of sediment grains or cement.
Sedimentary structures: features in a rock formed by either biological, physical,
or chemical processes.
Geometry of sedimentary body: lenticular (lens-like), tabular.
Physical structures: bedding, cross-bedding, ripples, dunes, graded bedding.
Biogenic structures: burrows, borings, tracks, trails, nests.
Chemical structures: nodules, stalactites, stalagmites, styolites.
Body fossils: microfossils (algae, protozoans), plants, invertebrates, vertebrates.
biofacies. Beginning in the 1990s, finds of numerous trace fossils attributed to insects
(termites, ants, bees), crayfish, horseshoe crabs, and mollusks (clams, snails), as well
as vertebrate tracks and nests (some made by phytosaurs: Chapter 6), have added
an ichnofacies component. As a result, the previously incomplete picture of paleo- 7
environments in the Chinle has been expanded to include fluvial and lacustrine
environments in association with forest ecosystems. The ichnofacies thus helped
to enrich our understanding of the life history of the theropods and other verte-
brates that lived in those same environments.
Dinosaurs used to traverse sedimentary environments, leaving tracks, making nests,
dropping feces, and munching on foliage (or each other). In situ evidence for all
of these various life activities is restricted to a narrow range of facies, which are
fluvial, deltaic, or close to a marine shoreline, such as estuaries, tidal flats, or beaches.
After the dinosaurs died, their bodies often remained in the same places as where
they had lived or they were buried very close to where they died. Alternatively,
entire bodies and the sum of their parts were carried away from their life and death
sites before being buried for the first time. Evidence indicates that some dinosaur
bones were buried, exhumed, transported, and buried again. Here is where the two
major challenges of dinosaur taphonomy are encountered:
1 how far away is a dinosaur body fossil with respect to its original life site
(which may not coincide with its death site, let alone its final resting spot)?
and
2 how separated in time is a dinosaur body fossil from the strata that repres-
ent the time it was alive, as opposed to the strata that contain it?
Postmortem Processes: Pre-burial
Definition of Biostratinomy
After a dinosaur died, its body may have undergone a complicated series of post-
death (also known as postmortem) processes that involved both biological and phys-
ical factors, perhaps well before any part of it became buried. Biostratinomy is the
study of what happens to an organism between its death and its final burial. In
most cases, dinosaurs would have died before their remains became buried,
although a hypothesis was proposed for live burial of some dinosaurs in Late
191
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Cretaceous deposits of Mongolia (Chapters 9 and 13). Another possibility to con-

sider for some dinosaur body parts found in the fossil record is that a dinosaur may
have lost a part before it died, and that part ended up in the fossil record but the
rest of the dinosaur did not. As mentioned earlier, some dinosaur tracks show a
missing toe on one foot, indicating that the dinosaur was still walking after it had
its digit-depriving mishap (Chapter 14). The best example proposed for body-part
loss among dinosaurs while they were still alive is their probable shedding of teeth,
as seen with certain theropods (Chapter 9). However, finding convincing evidence
supporting the hypothesis that a particular dinosaur body part other than a tooth
was detached from a dinosaur long before it died would be extremely difficult.
Nevertheless, this possibility serves as an alternative hypothesis to explain the anom-
alous occurrence of an expendable dinosaur body part in a deposit lacking any other
sign of its owner.
Although the following sections are divided into biological and physical processes,
any of the processes from each category could have happened simultaneously. For
example, a dinosaur caught in a flooded stream would have been transported while
it drowned, and biological processes (such as scavenging) probably would have affected
the dead body while it was still moving. In other words, a spectrum of interacting
events may have led to the preservation of any given dinosaur body fossil, which
should be considered when interpreting all of the available evidence associated with
the fossil.
Biological Processes: Decay and Scavenging

The decomposition of a dead body is largely a biological process, called necrolysis.
This discussion will feature a fictional case study that illustrates the common scenario
of biological processes associated with dinosaur taphonomy.
One day during the Mesozoic, a 3-metric-ton ornithopod died from a horrible,
nasty, and painful viral disease. After much aimless staggering, the ornithopod col-
lapsed on to the floodplain of an inland river. Soon after it died, its corpse under-
went rigor mortis (the stiffening of musculature in the body) within the first 10
hours or so of death, followed by a relaxation of the muscles. It initially landed on
either its right or left lateral surface, with its limbs stretched away from its body
and its head turned toward its back as the stronger muscles on the dorsal surface
of the neck contracted. The same process affected the tail, and its dorsal muscles
pulled the tail toward the back of the body, with the neck and tail forming an arc.
At the same time, the anaerobic bacteria (which live in the absence of oxygen)
in the gut of the animal and the aerobic bacteria (which need oxygen for respi-
ration) from the environment outside of the body broke down the proteins and
other organic compounds in the corpse to obtain their food. These simple, one-
celled organisms were responsible for as much as 90% of the dinosaurs initial decom-
position. Their consumption of the corpse gave off gaseous metabolic by-products
that bloated the body and gave it a noticeable malodorous scent, a process called
putrefaction. The gases released as waste during the aerobic decomposition of the
organic matter (oxidation) were CO2 and H2O; this process recycled much organic
carbon back into the ecosystem (an important phase in nutrient cycling).
Anaerobic decomposition proceeded through fermentation, exemplified by the fol-
lowing equation:
C6H12O6 (glucose) 2CO2 + 2C2H5OH (alcohol) + Energy (7.1)
where glucose (a sugar) was a simple biomolecule broken down by the bacteria.
Thus, CO2 was the main gas produced, although methane (CH4) is another poten-
tial by-product of some anaerobic bacteria.
192
The first effluvia of these gases attracted the attention of scavenging animals, which
regarded the body as a potential food source. Insects were probably the first to arrive:
flies laid eggs, which soon hatched into feeding larvae, and carrion beetles began
stripping away some of the outer flesh. The flies normally laid their eggs in open
parts of the body, such as the nostrils, eyes, anus, or any obvious wounds. Maggots
may also have already been present in any open wounds on the dinosaurs body
before its death. The carrion beetles were numerous and relentless; they worked on
the corpse for weeks and eventually left their distinctive, pitted gnawing marks in
any exposed bone. Ants were also industrious, outnumbering the beetles as they
carried away millions of pieces of the body to their nests on a nearby, vegetated
riverbank.
The emission of greater volumes of the fetid gases from the corpse also alerted
vertebrate scavengers to a potential meal, such as theropods, pterosaurs, small mam-
mals, and, if this was during the Late Jurassic or Cretaceous, birds. The river flooded
just enough to cover part of this area while the body was still on the floodplain,
so crayfish brought in by the floodwaters joined in the feast. If the conditions
were relatively hot and humid on the floodplain, then the metabolic activity of
the bacteria accelerated and the corpses bloating was more rapid than normal. This
continued for nearly a week before the body exploded (aided by the numerous punc-
tures left by scavengers) and then deflated. The result was a flattened profile to what
had originally been a voluminous piece of putrid flesh.
7
Within six to eight weeks, all soft parts were stripped from the bones, and the
bones themselves were attacked by yet more beetles and any other animals that
were interested in obtaining some calcium and phosphorus in their diets (Chap-
ter 8). More delicate parts of bones, such as the epiphyses (wide ends) of femurs
and other limb bones, were especially susceptible to being broken by animals with
strong jaws; some cranial bones might have been wholly consumed. The bones, once
they were exposed to sunlight, also had their organic content depleted more rapidly
than before, bleaching them white and making them more brittle. Other dinosaurs
strolling through the area stepped on the now-weakened bones, pulverizing or
otherwise fracturing them. This increased their surface area and made them more
susceptible to dissolution by natural acids and further bacterial or fungal decay.
All of the preceding processes depended on temperature and humidity; for exam-
ple, faster rates of decay and insect scavenging are associated with increased tem-
perature. Assuming summertime conditions and high amounts of rainfall, within
eight to ten weeks there might have been little trace of the several-ton animal, except
for maybe a little more vegetation growing in its resting spot as a result of the nat-
ural fertilizer provided by its body. Unless the corpse, in whatever state, was buried
by the sediments of a river flood during the preceding time frame, or parts of it
were carried away by floodwaters or scavengers and subsequently buried, this
ornithopod would not have made it into the fossil record in any shape or form.
Evidence supporting the preceding scenario is based on the following data:
n The rates and processes of decomposition and scavenging of large modern

mammals (such as elephants) or other vertebrates with body sizes compar-
able to some dinosaurs (small ones, too) have been observed, some of which
died in environments similar to those interpreted for containing dinosaur
remains (Fig. 7.3).
n Studies from entomology (the study of insects) have documented and cal-
culated the life cycles of fly species associated with laying eggs in animal
bodies; carrion-feeding beetles and other scavenging insects have also been
studied for their effects on corpses.
n The types and amounts of metabolic by-products from both anaerobic and
aerobic bacteria involved in the decomposition of organic material have been
193
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
FIGURE 7.3 Taphonomic information derivable from an opossum (Didelphis marsupialis)

on Sapelo Island, Georgia. Opossum was observed dead in the road at 8:00 a.m.,
July 31, 2004, and seemed freshly killed at the time; hypothesized cause of death was
from being struck by an automobile. At 4:00 p.m. that same day, seven black vultures
(Coragyps atratus) were seen around the body; their tracks and a drag mark ending with
the body confirmed that it had been moved about 3 meters from the spot where it was
originally sighted. Body had been almost completely eviscerated; internal organs and
musculature were more than 90% gone. Tire tracks and crushed bones indicated that
several vehicles had run over the body both before and after scavenging. Flies were on
the body and a noticeable odor was present, the latter probably as a by-product of
aerobic bacteria. Temperature was about 30C, with nearly 100% humidity.
measured, as have the rates of this type of decomposition in association with

temperature and other climatic factors.
n Paleontological information from both body fossils and trace fossils in
Mesozoic rocks indicate the presence of probable scavengers in continental
ecosystems, such as flies, crayfish, beetles, and ants (Fig. 7.4).
n Toothmarks in bone made by other dinosaurs, that are in certain patterns
or areas of the bones, suggest scavenging behavior rather than predation,
as do teeth left behind by theropods in monospecific beds of herbivorous
dinosaurs (Chapter 9).
n Crushed bone found in areas of dinosaur bone accumulation suggests tramp-
ling by large, heavy animals (that is, other dinosaurs: Chapter 14). The same
process has also been documented for damage of modern elephant bones
by other elephants.
n Relatively large olfactory bulbs derived from brain endocasts of some car-
nivorous dinosaurs suggest an enhanced ability to smell. This adaptation
194
FIGURE 7.4 Pockmarks in sauropod

bone from the Late Jurassic of Utah,
interpreted as trace fossils formed
through beetles gnawing on exposed
bones.
could have been used to detect a decaying carcass over long distances, and
is seen in modern vultures with their scavenging lifestyle (Chapter 9).
7
Currently, no definitive evidence supports fly, ant, crayfish, mammal, or bird
scavenging of dinosaur corpses as in the above scenario, but these animals were
contemporaneous with dinosaurs and some of their species are observed scav-
enging today. Although this is a weakly supported hypothesis, such evidence may
be found if paleontologists look for traces of such activity, either in bones or sedi-
ment associated with bones. Similarly, no evidence supports the scavenging behavior
of pterosaurs on dinosaurs, although some pterosaurs are interpreted as carrion feeders
on the basis of functional morphology. In contrast, a documented example of a
dinosaur feeding on a pterosaur has been interpreted on the basis of matching teeth
with distinctive toothmarks found on pterosaur bones (Chapters 8 and 9).
Modifications to the outlined scenario can be made easily by placing the
dinosaur body in different environments and times and varying the behaviors of
the scavengers. For example, if the body had been washed into a river channel instead
of lying on a floodplain, crocodiles and fresh-water fish might have fed on it. If it
had fallen near a marine shoreline, crabs, which are common coastal scavengers
today, would have been more likely consumers of the corpse instead of crayfish,
which live exclusively in fresh-water fluvial and lacustrine environments.
If waves at a shoreline washed up enough to pull a dinosaur body out to sea,
its gas-filled corpse would have rafted on the open sea. Likewise, dinosaurs that
dwelled in lowland environments, such as coastal swamps, deltas, or estuarine marshes
(a life habit shown by numerous dinosaur tracks in such environments: Chap-
ter 14), could have had their bodies washed into nearby channels that emptied
into a seaway. Once at sea, a dinosaur corpse would have provided a rich food
source for sharks, smaller fish, and marine reptiles, which would have nibbled on
its appendages hanging down into the water. This hypothesis, often termed the
bloat-and-float hypothesis by vertebrate taphonomists, provides an explanation
for the rare occurrences of certain dinosaur bones in shallow marine deposits. Joseph
Leidy first proposed it in 1858 to explain Hadrosaurus remains in a Cretaceous marine
deposit (Chapter 3). Later analyses of dinosaur bones in Middle Jurassic marine
deposits of England indicated that they were displaced a minimum of 80 km
from the nearest continental environment, which meant that there was plenty
of time for marine scavengers to enjoy some dinosaurian snacks. In the cases of
195
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
marine-deposited dinosaur remains, mainly the distal parts of the animals are pre-
served (those parts that would have been dangling in the water) and some of these
bones exhibit the distinctive toothmarks (or teeth) of their shark or marine
crocodile contemporaries.
Whether scavenging happened on the land or at sea, it may mean that body parts
of a dinosaur could have been carried far away from the original site of death.
Physical Processes: Water and Wind

Physical processes probably caused the most dramatic
One important concept to changes in locale for a dinosaurs body, moving it from
keep in mind is that a where it died to where it was buried, as illustrated by
dinosaur body (or any of the bloat-and-float hypothesis. Dinosaur remains buried
its body parts in a fluvial near the same spot where they died are autochthonous,
environment) was subject whereas those that traveled a significant distance from
to the same physics as their death site are allochthonous. This section dis-
other sedimentary cusses allochthonous remains.
particles of similar size, By water or wind, sediments are moved through trac-
tion (dragged along a surface) or in suspension (lifted
shape, or density.
into the fluid medium above a surface). An intermedi-
ate form of movement, where a particle jumps inter-
mittently, is called saltation. The combination of sediment moved through
traction and saltation constitutes the bedload, and suspended particles are the
suspended load of a stream (Fig. 7.5). Sediments moved by flowing water show
these respective behaviors depending on the competence of the flow, which is a
Cut bank
Point bar
Astragalus
(suspension)
Scapula
(saltation)
Humerus
(traction)
FIGURE 7.5 Dinosaur bones demonstrating their behavior as sedimentary particles.

Suspension astralagus; Saltation scapula; Traction humerus. Floating sauropod (with
an apparent density of less than 1.0 g/cm3) for scale.
196
measure of the maximum-size particle it can move. Competence in turn is deter-

mined by discharge, the volume of water passing a certain point during a certain
amount of time, measured through the following formula:
Q = AV (7.2)
where Q is the discharge, measured in m3/s; A is the cross-sectional area of a stream

in m2; and V is the average velocity of the stream in m/s. For example, if the cross-
sectional area at a specific place in a stream during the Jurassic was measured as
16.5 m2 and the velocity of the stream at that same place was 4.3 m/s, then the
discharge was
Step 1. Q = (16.5 m2)(4.3 m/s)

Step 2. Q = 71 m3/s
In our example, the water (which has mass) was moving, which means that it had
momentum, expressed by this formula:
M = mV (7.3)
where M is momentum and m is mass. This means that our same example, with 7
its 71 m3 of water converted to kilograms (remember that 1 cm3 of water = 1 g, hence
1000 cm3 = 1000 g; see Table 1.2) and an assumed velocity of 1.0 m/s, had a momen-
tum of
Step 1. M = (71 m3)(1.0 m/s)

(Converting m3 to kg)
Step 2. M = (71 m3 1000 kg/m3)(1.0 m/s)
Step 3. M = 71,000 kg m/s
These calculations pertain to how dinosaurs or parts of them were moved, because
such movement would have taken momentum. For example, a dinosaur such as
our unfortunate example in the previous section, which weighed about 3000 kg
and died on an emergent floodplain, would have required a flow with a momen-
tum greater than 3000 kg m/s to move it 1.0 meter in 1.0 second. Even higher
momentums would have been needed to move the same mass any appreciable dis-
tance from the death site of the dinosaur within a given time.
What evidence can we use as the basis for calculations of how fast a stream was
flowing during the Jurassic, and how can we work out its cross-sectional area?
Although exact values cannot be calculated, as with modern streams, the approx-
imate speed and cross-sectional area of a Mesozoic stream can be calculated from
indirect evidence preserved in the lithofacies. For calculating speed, numerous experi-
ments conducted with modern sediments of different sizes and known densities
have shown that certain velocities are needed to lift and otherwise transport sedi-
ments with these parameters. This information can then be applied to dinosaur
parts. Additionally, distinctive bedforms are made in water by flows of a certain
velocity as applied to sediments of certain grain sizes. Bedforms, such as ripple marks
or dunes, are sediment bodies with a definable geometry. If distinctive bedforms
are associated with dinosaur bones, they give paleontologists an estimate of what
flow existed when the dinosaur parts were buried. This information may not tell
us exactly how fast the water was flowing immediately before the parts were buried.
However, in conjunction with the sizes and shapes of the dinosaur bones, bedforms
can at least provide some limits for working out the competence of the flow, and
197
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
FIGURE 7.6 Sandstone bed formed from filling of a river channel and containing
dinosaur bones near Morrison, Colorado.
thus the discharge and momentum. A bedform also can be a filled fluvial channel,
which can give an approximation of the cross-sectional area of a stream (Fig. 7.6).
Dinosaur-dependent factors that affected movement of its body or body parts
include the shapes and sizes of the parts being moved, as well as whether the dinosaur
was recently dead (pre-putrefaction), dead for several weeks (during putrefaction),
or mostly or entirely stripped of flesh (post-putrefaction), all of which affected its
density. Density, in turn, is related to the buoyancy of a dinosaurs body or body
parts once it was in a water body. Buoyancy, which is the lift force generated by a
fluid (whether it is moving or not), is caused by pressure exerted by a liquid on all
sides of an immersed object. This pressure makes an object weigh less while main-
taining the same mass that it has in air. This principle, first articulated by Greek
scientist Archimedes (of Eureka! fame, c. 287212 bce), states that a floating
or immersed body in a fluid will experience a lift force equal to the weight of the
displaced fluid. For example, the immersion experiment conducted on dinosaur
models in Chapter 1 showed a displacement of volumes for each model; these
models had lift forces exerted on them equivalent to the weight of whatever water
volume was displaced. Using a human body that weighs 64.8 kg as an example
(see Eqn 1.2, Chapter 1), if it displaces 72,000 cm3 of water, the weight in water is
Wi = 64.8 kg (72,000 cm3 1.0 cm3/g) (7.4)

= 64,800 g 72,000 g
= 7200 g
= 7.2 kg
198
where Wi is immersed weight. A negative number in the final value means that
a person should float when immersed in water, because they weigh less than the
mass of the water displaced. This is why objects less dense than water float: in the
preceding example, the density is 0.9 g/cm3 (64,800 g/72,000 cm3), whereas fresh
water has a standard density of 1.0 g/cm3. Conversely, an object with a density greater
than 1.0 g/cm3 will sink, unless the water is made denser, which changes the buoy-
ant force. For example, ocean water, which is saline (containing a relatively high
concentration of dissolved elements) in comparison to fresh water, has more buoy-
ant properties than fresh water because it is denser. The Great Salt Lake in Utah or
the Dead Sea in Israel are more saline than ocean water, so these are accordingly
more buoyant than ocean water. Buoyancy allows steel ships weighing thousands
of tons to float. When those ships strike icebergs, the rapid influx of water subse-
quently increases their density, causing them to sink. Likewise, buoyancy is what
caused some multi-metric-ton dinosaur carcasses to float, depending on the respec-
tive densities of the dinosaurs (or their parts) and the bodies of water carrying them.
The density of a typical vertebrate land animal may vary from about 0.7 to
1.1 g/cm3, meaning that some recently dead animals can float. However, their flota-
tion might be similar to icebergs in that most of their bodies will be below the sur-
face of the water. The implication here is that a recently dead dinosaur body would
have dragged along the bottom of a river that was shallower than half of the dinosaurs
body width (limbs included) because of its limited ability to float. Therefore, the
7
dinosaur body would have behaved much like a sedimentary particle undergoing
traction or saltation. In contrast, a bloated (post-putrefaction) carcass that retained
large volumes of internal gases may have been much less than 1.0 g/cm3 (Fig. 7.5).
As a result, more of the animal would have been above a stream surface in sus-
pension, which would have provided the potential for it to move greater distances
from its original site of death. This possibility allows for largely complete dinosaur
bodies to have moved considerable distances but later accumulated in stagnant areas.
For example, carcass flotation has been invoked as the cause of monospecific beds
of remains for the theropod Coelophysis (Chapter 9) in Late Triassic fluvial deposits
of New Mexico.
Yet another factor in dinosaur buoyancy is whether the dinosaur had feathers or
not (Chapters 5, 9, and 15). Modern birds are relatively more buoyant than other
animals because of air trapped between their feathers, as well as their less dense
skeletal structures. Consequently, some birds can float for long distances in a water
body until their feathers become waterlogged, which can finally cause sinking. Similar
scenarios have been proposed for fossil birds, beginning in the Late Jurassic
(Chapter 15). The occurrence of relatively small, feathered theropods in Cretaceous
lake deposits is also suggestive of such floating and sinking to lake bottoms
(Chapter 9).
Once they were floating, numerous dinosaur bodies in a stream also may have
created dinosaur jams, similar to log jams where felled trees clog a stream. Such
jams may have contributed to massive deposits of nearly entire dinosaur skeletons,
providing an explanation for the numerous, well-preserved sauropods (Chapter 10)
and theropods (Chapter 9) seen in the Late Jurassic Morrison Formation at
Dinosaur National Monument in Utah, as well as mixed assemblages of dinosaur
remains in the Late Cretaceous Judith River Formation of Montana.
Figuring out the preceding scenarios for whole dinosaur bodies is relatively easy
in comparison to another possibility, the movement of detached body parts with
flesh or bone material. Just to simplify these possibilities, bone (without flesh) can
be used as an example. Dinosaur bone was composed originally and primarily of
the mineral dahllite (Chapters 5 and 8), which has a density of 3.153.2 g/cm3. This
guarantees that this mineral by itself, even in ocean water, would have sunk. How-
ever, skeletal material is not composed entirely of solid mineral material: average
199
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
densities for teeth, compact bone, and cancellous (porous) bone (Chapter 8) in
modern vertebrates average about 2.0, 1.7, and 1.1 g/cm3, respectively. Consequently,
movement of teeth and compact bone would have been more likely as bedload;
such dragging would have caused visible pits and fractures in most exposed bone.
Such telltale marks from the physical transport of dinosaur bones have indeed been
interpreted among the bones in high-energy facies. This information provides evid-
ence for whether dinosaur remains were reworked into deposits much younger than
the time when a dinosaur was alive. However, if the bones had any flesh re-
maining, these parts might have been cushioned from the abrasive effects of
stream transport, thus the absence of fractures is not necessarily diagnostic of an
autochthonous fossil.
Most modern examples of bone are cancellous, which with included organic mat-
ter are less dense than solid dahllite; loss of the organic material results in more
open spaces and correspondingly less density. Dinosaur bones were similar in this
respect and some, such as those of theropods, were lightly built and noticeably less
dense than those of other dinosaurs (Chapters 8 and 9). Different hard parts on
the same individual could also have had different densities, such as the bone com-
posing the parietals of pachycephalosaurs (Chapter 13), or the teeth of any toothed
dinosaur versus their limb bones.
Size and shape of a body or bone are also important factors in transport. Well-
rounded tarsals of dinosaurs, for example, were more likely to roll along a stream
bottom than their femurs or tibias. Of course, smaller bones were more suscept-
ible to transport, with all other factors in the bones and stream being equal.
Nevertheless, shape is probably more important to consider than size, because equal
density of a large or small body translates into equal buoyancy regardless of size.
Shape can be measured by looking at the ratio of an objects surface area to its vol-
ume, which is expressed through the simple relation of
S = A/V (7.5)
where S is shape, A is surface area, and V is volume. Using the example of a sphere,
surface area is calculated by the following equation:
A = 4r 2 (7.6)
and volume for that same sphere is
V = 4/3r 3 (7.7)
Using a typical orange (before peeling or squeezing) with a diameter of 10 cm (radius

of 5 cm) as an example, its surface area to volume ratio can be calculated through
the following procedure:
Step 1. A= 4 (3.1416)(5)2
Step 2. = 314.2 cm2
Step 3. V= 4/3 (3.1416)(5)3
Step 4. = 523.6 cm3
Step 5. S = 314.2 cm2/523.6 cm3
Step 6. = 6.0 cm1
This ratio is actually the smallest that can be derived for any sedimentary particle;
any particle shape deviating from a perfect sphere will result in a larger number.
200
The important application of this measurement to stream transport is that spher-

ical particles are less likely to be lifted by a current than long or flat particles. In
the same way, Frisbees (which have a high A/V) can stay airborne longer than
baseballs (low A/V). Thus, long, flat particles are lifted more easily than spherical
particles because of an important principle first formulated by Swiss mathemati-
cian Daniel Bernoulli (170082). Bernoulli was a primary contributor to hydro-
dynamics, the physics of water flow, which is an important science to
taphonomists interested in estimating transport of bodies in water. Bernoulli dis-
covered that a moving fluid (either water or air) caused less pressure on an object
than stagnant fluid, this lower pressure providing a lift force to the object affected
by the flow. This principle is exemplified by wings on aircraft, which are designed
so that the pressure caused by air moving rapidly over them is less on top, caus-
ing an aircraft to lift off the ground.
Of all of the bones mentioned in Chapter 5, none are spherical, which means
that all dinosaur bones had higher A/V ratios than a sphere. Bones with the largest
ratios were those that were long, flat, or both, such as some cranial bones (pari-
etals, frontals), the femur, humerus, tibia, and scapula. Notice that a typical ilium
is shaped more like an aeroplane wing than, say, a cervical vertebra. So an ilium
was more likely to be lifted in a stream and transported far away from the ori-
ginal death site of a dinosaur than its semispherical parts.
Consequently, the densities, sizes, and shapes of bones varied enough that all of
7
these factors have to be taken into account when looking at a final assemblage of
dinosaur bones in a deposit. In fact, some taphonomists were industrious enough
to experiment with various bones of modern vertebrates, calculating A/V ratios and
proportion of compact to cancellous bone (which affects density) to categorize bones
on the basis of how easily they could be transported by water. These data provide
a hypothetical model to test when encountering dinosaur bones in the field and
assessing their possible transport (Table 7.3).
Most of the preceding discussion on transport of dinosaur bodies was based on
water as a medium, but wind was also a possible (albeit less probable) agent of trans-
port. The physics of air and its movement is aerodynamics, an essential science
for people who design and fly aircraft, but one that can also be applied to any effects
of air movement on any objects. For example, modern hurricanes and tornadoes
have carried large, multi-ton objects for considerable distances. Living animals also
have been transported hundreds or thousands of meters away from their original
environment. An example of the lift forces generated by some tornadoes is illus-
trated by the instance of a home freezer, which probably weighed about 200 kg,
that was moved 2 km by a tornado in Mississippi in 1975, and a 70 metric-ton rail-
road car, which weighed more than most adult sauropods (Chapter 10), that was
also moved a measurable distance by a tornado.
Storms have been interpreted in the geologic record on the basis of the distinc-
tive deposits that they leave in marine and coastal sediments. Such storm deposits,
called tempestites, are common in strata formed in shallow-marine environments
from the Mesozoic, so dinosaurs certainly experienced violent storms. However, no
one has ever provided evidence for transport of dinosaur bodies by wind, hence
this is only an idea, not a hypothesis. Of course, observations of the impact of mod-
ern hurricanes, as well as interpreted Mesozoic tempestites, could lend themselves
to the hypothesis that similar inland flooding occurred from the massive amounts
of precipitation and coastal storm surges that accompanied Mesozoic hurricanes or
other storms. These phenomena would have increased the amount of stream dis-
charges and correspondingly increased the likelihood of dinosaurs either drown-
ing or having their otherwise-dead bodies washed into water bodies and later buried.
How would a paleontologist look for clues of postmortem transport (or lack
of it) once dinosaur bones are found in a Mesozoic deposit? One clue already
201
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
TABLE 7.3 Bones grouped according to their approximate

susceptibility to movement on the basis of their A/V
ratio and densities. Some overlap between groups can
occur, meaning that bones listed in one group may belong
to either the one before or following where they are
placed here.
Group One: High A/V and cancellous/compact ratios (low density); moved easily by
flows with low momentum.
Costae (ribs)
Vertebrae
Sternum
Scapula
Phalanges
Ulna
Group Two: Low A/V ratio and intermediate cancellous/compact ratio; moved by
flows with intermediate momentum.
Femur
Tibia
Humerus
Ischium
Ilium
Pubis
Radius
Group Three: Low A/V and cancellous/compact ratios; moved by flows with high
momentum.
Mandible
Skull bones (parietals, frontals, etc.)
Teeth
Modified from data by Voorhies (1969).
mentioned is evidence of abrasion on dinosaur bones that were transported

through traction or saltation. Another clue may be gained by looking for a con-
centration of bones at the base of a filled channel structure, which indicates that
less dense sediments were removed by flowing water. However, probably the best
evidence for answering this question is gained through looking at the orientation
of the bones, especially bones with appreciable lengths.
Water or air currents with sufficient momentum to move objects will tend to ori-
entate long objects parallel to the predominant direction of the original flow, whether
the flow was from water or air. Maps of bone quarries, such as the Cleveland-Lloyd
or Howe quarries (Chapter 3), are extremely important in this respect because they
show the distribution of skeletal parts in at least two dimensions. In such maps,
long skeletal elements can be counted and plotted with vectors on a rose diagram.
A rose diagram is so-called because a variety of directions indicated by the data can
cause it to resemble a flower with petals. These diagrams can immediately show
whether the bones have a preferred orientation, which may be a result of a uni-
directional current flow (the simplest hypothesis). A rose diagram showing much
scatter and no clearly definable, preferred direction to the bones may be a result
of many different current flows, no currents, or redistribution of the bones by either
biological or physical processes after they were initially deposited (Fig. 7.7). Indeed,
some dinosaur remains show well-defined orientations that, in association with diag-
nostic physical sedimentary structures, suggest current activity. In contrast, other
202
FIGURE 7.7 Hypothetical rose

diagrams of bone orientations from
one flow direction (left) and variable
flow directions (right) with femur
used to point in direction of flow.
accumulations have random distributions that show no evidence of a current. The

latter type of deposit has been hypothesized as a product of gradual accumulation
of bones in watering holes or quicksand, which has been suggested for the unusu-
ally large assemblage of Allosaurus remains in the Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry of Utah
(Chapters 3 and 9). Adding another dimension (vertical) to the bone distributions
7
can test this hypothesis. If some long bones, such as tibias and femurs, have ver-
tical orientations, this may constitute evidence of trampling by other dinosaurs in
the area that caused the bones to go from a horizontal to a more vertical position
Maps of bone distributions can give other important clues about the sedimen-
tary situation responsible for a bone accumulation. For example, when the Howe
Quarry was mapped, with its abundant bones contributed by many dinosaurs of
several different species, a semi-circular pattern to the deposit became evident upon
excavation (Fig. 3.11). Based on this map view, one explanation for this distribu-
tion is that the deposit represents a crevasse splay, which is a sediment body formed
outside the levee of a stream from a narrow breach of the levee (Fig. 7.8). In this
scenario, a river would have been carrying a variety of dinosaur remains, then the
flow broke through the levee of river and the remains were deposited in the tem-
porary channel and small delta that resulted from the breach.
In summary, hypotheses applied to interpreting the transport of dinosaur
remains are testable through examination of at least the following information:
n Describing dinosaur bone beds where hundreds of a single species of

dinosaur have accumulated and comparing such monospecific assemblages
with characteristics of modern occurrences of vertebrates (such as mammals
or birds) and their modes and distances of transport.
FIGURE 7.8 Map view of crevasse splay laterally

adjacent to stream channel (compare with
Fig. 3.11).
203
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
n Experimenting with different rates of flow and sedimentary particles (includ-

ing teeth and bones) of different densities, shapes, and sizes, then compar-
ing these results to the calculated values for dinosaur bodies or body parts.
n Looking for evidence of abrasion (or lack of) in dinosaur skeletal material
and looking for similar evidence from experimentally treated modern bones.
n Carefully examining the sedimentary characteristics (lithofacies and ichno-
facies) of the rock enclosing the dinosaur bones for evidence that argues for
high flow rates, such as well-defined ripple bedding, large particle sizes, con-
centrations of bone material in the bases of channel fills, or a lack of trace
fossils.
n Mapping the distribution and orientation of bones in a bone bed to detect
whether the bones show a preferred or random direction, which may indi-
cate the former presence or absence of water currents.
n Comparing the known geologic ranges of other fossil species or the radio-
metric age dates of any associated volcanic ash deposits (Chapter 4) with
the geologic ranges of certain dinosaur remains to see if they seem too
young. If the fossils occur in deposits stratigraphically above where they
normally occur in deposits worldwide, they were likely reworked.
Hopefully, the most important point gained from the preceding section is that
when a nearly complete dinosaur skeleton is found, a paleontologist should never
assume that this skeletal integrity represents an autochthonous specimen. In some
cases this might be a reasonably accurate assessment, but in others the dinosaur
might be kilometers away from where it met its demise.
Postmortem Processes: Accumulation, Burial, and Post-burial
Accumulation and Burial

An accumulation of dinosaur bones in the geologic record may indicate the
following:
n A lack of movement sufficient to have carried the original bodies or bones

from the site of the dinosaurs death (an autochthonous assemblage).
n The cessation or insufficient momentum of a flow that carried the bodies
or bones to that spot.
n A reworking of bones, possibly from several pre-existing bone beds, into a
concentrated deposit.
Dinosaur paleontologists should be very interested in a mass accumulation of

dinosaur bones determined as autochthonous. This is because such an assemblage
presumably contains a representative sample of dinosaurs that lived in the same
environment and died at approximately the same time, which provides direct
information regarding dinosaur communities. Almost complete skeletons of dino-
saurs, also of great interest to paleontologists, present another interesting problem
in taphonomy. Did the bodies stay exposed above a surface for a while, subject to
biological processes of decay and disintegration (yet still staying mostly together)?
Or were they buried immediately after death, thus escaping scavengers or physical
weathering?
Massive bone beds, such as those of the Howe Quarry, Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry,
and Dinosaur National Monument area, certainly have been the source of much
important paleontological information on dinosaurs. However, such beds also have
204
POSTMORTEM PROCESSES: ACCUMULATION, BURIAL, AND POST-BURIAL
taphonomic significance, providing data about the paleoenvironmental context of

the dinosaurs. Additionally, their associated geological settings can be used for pre-
dicting other dinosaur-bearing zones in the fossil record. Perhaps the most germane
question is whether the dinosaur remains are autochthonous, and thus resemble
a biocoenosis (life assemblage), or are allochthonous and comprise a thanatocoenosis
(death assemblage), which has major implications in reconstructing the paleoecol-
ogy of a dinosaur site.
Co-occurrences of potential predators with prey in a small area, such as several
Deinonychus (a rather fearsome theropod: Chapter 9) and an individual Tenontosaurus
(a ornithopod: Chapter 11) found in an Early Cretaceous deposit of Montana, are
intriguing to some paleontologists. They have speculated that these associated remains
represent actual interactions between the species and thus reflect biocoenoses.
Nevertheless, extreme caution must be practiced to consider all of the taphonomic
variables before proposing any dramatic interpretations on the basis of associated
remains alone. After all, each individual animal in an assemblage may have lived
far apart from one another in space, time, or both, and all of them may have had
their own separate pre-burial and burial histories. More convincing examples of indi-
vidual dinosaurs that likely interacted with one another are provided by those entan-
gled in dynamic poses in the same deposit, as discussed below.
Autochthonous remains of dinosaurs, whether found as a few individuals or as
mass accumulations, are interpreted as a result of sediment traps, such as the Late
7
Jurassic theropod Allosaurus of the Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry and the abundant
remains of the Late Triassic prosauropod Plateosaurus in Germany. Drought-related
mortality, perhaps associated with a watering hole, is another possibility for
autochthonous assemblages; a Late Cretaceous example, composed primarily of the
hadrosaur Parasaurolopus (Chapter 11) and ceratopsian Styracosaurus (Chapter 13),
was proposed as being a result of this process. Fissure accumulations, where
dinosaurs either fell into depressions or their bones accumulated in them, provide
yet another way to form autochthonous dinosaur fauna. This hypothesis was pro-
posed for the beautifully preserved Bernissart Iguanodon specimens, first described
by Louis Dollo in the nineteenth century, from the Early Cretaceous of Belgium
(Chapter 3). A large, monospecific assemblage of the Late Cretaceous hadrosaur
Hypacrosaurus in Montana is interpreted as a population that died from a volcanic
ashfall. As a result, it is considered as autochthonous, too. More recently, 34 speci-
mens of the neoceratopsian Psittacosaurus from the Early Cretaceous of China were
discovered close together in a volcanic ash deposit. The pristine and complete nature
of this monospecific group of dinosaurs also argues for their burial in the same
place where they died (Chapter 13).
Autochthonous assemblages are typically characterized by low-energy facies, lit-
tle evidence of abrasion, perhaps some evidence of subaerial weathering, and low
diversity. Although similar characteristics have been described for the previously-
mentioned monospecific beds of Coelophysis, evidence for high-energy facies and
lack of abrasion of those bones also suggests that bodies were transported whole
or nearly whole as a group. A lack of scavenging traces also indicates that bodies
were probably buried quickly, meaning that this criterion can be applied to either
autochthonous or allochthonous assemblages, depending on their burial rate.
Mass accumulations of dinosaur remains can be the product of any number of
possibilities, but what all of these scenarios have in common is that the dinosaur
remains eventually had to be buried, probably within four to six weeks after death.
Longer periods of time before burial would show evidence of the onslaught of bio-
logical and chemical processes that otherwise would have affected these body parts.
Consequently, rapid burial in sediments that were conducive to preserving the
dinosaur body parts was almost a prerequisite for fossilization, whether the
dinosaur was already dead and was later buried, or died while becoming buried.
205
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
FIGURE 7.9 Protoceratops (left) and Velociraptor (right) in close proximity to

one another (nicknamed The Fighting Dinosaurs) from the Late Cretaceous of
the Gobi Desert, Mongolia. These specimens likely represent rapid burial and
autochtonous fossils. Transparency No. 18973, Courtesy Department of Library Sciences,
American Museum of Natural History.
Rapid burial of dinosaur remains has been mostly attributed to deposition by river
floods, but sandstorms have also been proposed as a mechanism. The unusually
well-preserved Late Cretaceous ceratopsians, ankylosaurs, and theropods of the Gobi
region in Mongolia are often cited as examples of such rapid burial (Chapters 9,
12, and 13).
With reference to the Gobi, the most famous example of individual dinosaurs
that were likely interacting with one another when they were buried comes from
the Late Cretaceous. In this instance, the complete skeletons of the theropod
Velociraptor and ceratopsian Protoceratops were found with the Velociraptor lying on
its right lateral surface with a fore limb in the mouth region and a hind limb in
the abdominal region of the Protoceratops. The latter dinosaur is oriented with its
dorsal side up (in normal life position). This extraordinary co-occurrence, found
by one of the Polish expeditions (Chapter 3), has been nicknamed The Fighting
Dinosaurs and indeed such an interpretation is quite reasonable in the light of
the evidence (Fig. 7.9). Another dinosaur that seemed to have been stuck in time,
frozen in a life position from the Late Cretaceous, is a specimen of Oviraptor that
shows a body posture consistent with that of a brooding female over a nest of eggs.
Preservation of this posture implies that the dinosaur was likely buried while
protecting its nest. Just to show that this find, as startling as it might seem, is prob-
ably not unusual in terms of the behavior it implies, a similar specimen of
Oviraptor situated above a nest of eggs was also found in strata of the same age in
Mongolia. Moreover, most of the skeleton of a small theropod from the Late
206
Cretaceous of Montana, Troodon, was found on a clutch of eggs that contained embry-
onic remains of the same species (Chapter 9).
The taphonomic problem with such apparent snapshots from the Mesozoic is
that they show little to no signs of struggle from whatever burial process preserved
the dinosaurs. In other words, if the dinosaurs in life position were buried alive,
then the burial was so rapid that they died before they could react to being buried
or they were unable to move once buried. The fighting dinosaurs, the brooding
Oviraptor, and other numerous, beautifully preserved Late Cretaceous dinosaurs of
the Gobi all show that burial was instantaneous and death must have been imme-
diately before or simultaneous with burial. The traditional explanation for the extra-
ordinary preservation of the Gobi dinosaurs is that they were buried rapidly by
fierce sandstorms, which still regularly pound the Gobi Desert today. Perhaps these
modern dramatic changes in weather influenced such interpretations. Beginning
with paleontologists of the American Museum expeditions of the 1920s, they would
have found such storms a useful (and harrowing) modern analogue (Chapter 3).
However, these interpretations incorporated little detailed sedimentological evidence
that convincingly demonstrated sandstorms during the Late Cretaceous caused rapid
burial of dinosaurs.
A recently proposed alternative hypothesis invokes the sudden deposition of wet
sand (associated with rain storms) onto the hapless animals within alluvial fans.
An equivalent volume of wet sand is much heavier than dry sand, which would
7
have limited the movement of any animal trapped in it and allowed for a min-
imum of struggling before they succumbed to suffocation. Other evidence argu-
ing against sandstorm burial is the lack of physical structures and sediments that
typify wind-blown (eolian) deposits in the thick deposits containing some of the
best dinosaur remains. Furthermore, many of the dinosaur tracks and invertebrate
trace fossils that have been found in what are interpreted as eolian deposits indi-
cate some breaks in sedimentation. These facies also lack abundant dinosaur body
fossils. Consequently, the new hypothesis is that stable dunes existed first, where
dinosaurs lived in fruitful abundance during times of moist climate, and these ani-
mals were buried later by alluvial fans caused by rainstorms. Although other facies
in Late Cretaceous deposits of Mongolia clearly reflect wind deposition, probably
from sandstorms, the rocks of undisputed eolian origin do not contain abundant
skeletal remains, let alone the complete skeletons found in other facies.
Another way for individual dinosaurs to have accumulated and been preserved
temporarily before burial would have been through deposition at the bottom of
a lake, swamp, lagoon, or marsh. In this scenario, burial could have been slow in
comparison to burial rates in other environments. Modern examples of these
aquatic environments have more oxygenated water toward the airwater interface
but less oxygenated (anaerobic) water toward the sedimentwater interface. The
stagnant nature of these environments allows little circulation of oxygenated water
toward their bottoms. The anaerobic conditions prevent many animals from
living at the bottom, preventing scavenging and aerobic bacterial decay. Accord-
ingly, this results in a high degree of fossil articulation and, in some cases, soft-
tissue preservation. For example, the small, well-preserved Lower Cretaceous
theropods of China and Italy (Chapters 5 and 9) come from lacustrine and marsh
deposits, respectively.
Even if dinosaur bodies or body parts were rapidly buried or buried slowly under
anaerobic conditions, they had to be buried deeply enough that scavengers could
not dig them up or they were not susceptible to being uncovered by rapidly mov-
ing water or wind. No doubt many dinosaurs died in the many catastrophic ways
described previously in this chapter, but they did not ultimately make it into muse-
ums unless they reached the next taphonomic step, diagenesis.
207
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Post-Burial Processes: Diagenesis and How Bones Stayed Preserved
Once buried deeply enough to prevent their immediate

Diagenesis typically exhumation, dinosaur remains were potentially subjected
involves biological, to many chemical and physical processes between their
chemical, and physical time of burial and being discovered. Diagenetic pro-
processes in a sediment or cesses that favor the preservation of bodies or traces left
rock that are capable of by organisms are often synonymized with the term
changing an organisms fossilization. However, the totality of taphonomic pro-
remains to the point of cesses affect whether a fossil becomes preserved, not just
completely erasing any the post-burial ones. Hence fossilization is better applied
as a synonym for taphonomic processes in general.
record that the organisms
A dinosaur body buried in sediment radically changed
body ever existed
the character of the sediment immediately surrounding
(although the same
it. For example, any organic matter in the body would
organism might have left have been affected by anaerobic bacteria, which produce
trace fossils: Chapter 14). specific gases (such as CO2) as by-products of their
metabolism. Such activity potentially changed the geo-
chemistry of the entombing sediment. To a lesser extent, aerobic bacteria also might
have contributed to the biological activity, depending on whether a dinosaur body
was in contact with oxygenated water. Of course, a dead body representing worm
food is also one of the most popularly known taphonomic processes, and un-
doubtedly dinosaurs (especially the large ones) provided many contented worms
or insect larvae with full meals as they consumed any soft tissue in a buried body.
Besides biological factors, the geochemical conditions of groundwater (any water
occurring below the Earths surface) are responsible for major changes imparted on
buried bodies or body parts, perhaps in combination with the microbial processes.
For example, relative acidity is a major factor in the preservation of bones because
bones are easily dissolved in acidic groundwater. Acidity is measured by pH, the
negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion concentration in a liquid. This measure-
ment has a scale of 1 to 14, with 1 the most acidic (having the highest concen-
tration of hydrogen ions in solution) and 14 the most basic (lowest concentration).
For example, if a soft drink has a hydrogen ion concentration of 1 102.5 per unit
of water, then the negative logarithm of that concentration is 2.5, hence its pH =
2.5. This pH is orders of magnitude more acidic than milk, which has a pH of about
8.0 (1 108 per unit of water). The presence of a high concentration of hydrogen
ions breaks down bonds in some minerals (including dahllite), although some soft
tissues are preserved by the same acidic waters. Pure water, containing no dissolved
elements, has a neutral pH of 7.0, but almost all natural waters (including ground-
water) are slightly acidic and thus capable of dissolving bones. As a result, ground-
water at the time of burial for a dinosaur should have had a relatively low acidity
(high pH) and all groundwater afterward should likewise have had a pH of about
5.0 or above to ensure that the bones remained intact.
A consequence of groundwater containing dissolved elements is that some of these
elements can enter abundant pores of bones and precipitate as mineral combina-
tions, thereby filling the spaces that were originally occupied by organic material
in the bones when the dinosaurs were alive. This filling of pores (permineraliza-
tion) by minerals such as quartz, calcite, pyrite, or apatite was extremely import-
ant for preservation of dinosaur bones because they added a solidity that resisted
compaction from what might have eventually become kilometers-thick piles of over-
lying sediment.
Additional physical stresses on dinosaur bones could include tectonic processes.
Convergent plate, divergent plate, or transform fault zones (Chapter 3) may have
squeezed the rocks and wiped out more than one potential prize specimen,
208
millions of years before hominids had evolved to the point of recognizing

dinosaurs as formerly living creatures.
Elements that normally occur in low concentrations in the Earths crust (trace
elements) also can be concentrated through permineralization in bones. For ex-
ample, dinosaur bones of the Late Jurassic Morrison Formation in Utah, examined
for their geochemical content, contain barium, cesium, chromium, fluorine, lan-
thanum, lead, manganese, nickel, rubidium, strontium, thorium, uranium, and vana-
dium. Consequently, permineralization also caused fossilized dinosaur bones to take
on elements that make them hot. Uranium preferentially accumulated in bones
because of its affinity to bonding with a dahllite mineral structure. As a result, many
dinosaur bones are radioactive and give off alpha and beta radiation in particular
(Chapter 4). Uranium occurs naturally as two different isotopes, 235U and 238U; 238U
comprises 99.3% of all uranium and 235U the remaining 0.7%. Both isotopes are
soluble in water and are easily carried in groundwater under aerobic conditions,
but will precipitate in combination with oxygen in the mineral uranitite (uranium
oxide) under anaerobic conditions.
Another mode of fossil preservation that differs from permineralization but
might interrelate with it is replacement, in which the dahllite in the bone was
replaced by a different mineral, yet the original bone structure is still recognizable
for its original structure. Apparently this mode of preservation in vertebrate bones
is relatively uncommon in comparison with permineralization. Except for substi-
7
tutions between OH, and F with one another and CO3 with PO4 in the dahllite
structure (forming variations on it), the mineral part of bone stays more or less the
same as when a dinosaur was alive.
Mineralization, whether it occurs as permineralization or replacement, can occur
rapidly, anywhere from a few hours to a few years. This is contrary to the popular
conception of fossilization as an extremely long, gradual process. Studies of rela-
tively young bones, such as those from large mammals from only 10,000 years ago,
reveal that a lack of permineralization resulted in poor preservation of the bones,
in direct contrast to well-preserved and durable bones with their pores filled by
mineral matter. Dinosaur fossils with preservation of soft tissue exemplify the best
evidence for fast rates of mineralization. This mode of preservation required anaer-
obic conditions and probable bacterial mediation of chemical reactions that fixed
certain elements to make a recognizable facsimile of the original organic structure.
Indeed, some fossil fish from the Early Cretaceous Santana Formation of Brazil exhibit
finely-detailed musculature and gills that were replaced by phosphatic minerals, a
process that had to have happened within a few hours. This is not to say that all
preservation processes were rapid, but some of them were, which is the subject of
the next section.
Preservation of Dinosaur Skin Impressions and Soft-Part Anatomy

Some of the most memorable dinosaur finds in the history of dinosaur studies
are of those that either have skin impressions, such as hadrosaur specimens
(Edmontosaurus) discovered by the Sternbergs in Late Cretaceous strata of Alberta
(Chapter 3), or otherwise show evidence of soft parts. However, not all dinosaur
skin was soft, as evidenced by a few sauropods and most thyreophorans (Chap-
ters 10 and 12). Skin impressions were typically preserved as fossils through
mummification, a loss of water from a body or body part that caused some shriv-
eling but otherwise preserved much of the soft tissue for a long enough period to
have made an impression. In this case, the impression was literally that: a buried
dinosaur body underwent dehydration and was surrounded by sediment that
pressed around the outside of the body and made an external mold, which
included an impression of its skin (Fig. 7.10). If the body decayed but the external
209
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
2) Burial in sediment, making

1) Dead Parasaurolophus external mold of skin
3) Filling of external mold

with sediment, making cast
FIGURE 7.10 How an external mold and cast could have been made of a dinosaur body,
preserving skin impressions (such as seen in Fig. 5.10).
mold remained, and sediment later filled the cavity left by the body and solidified,
then the resulting fossil is a cast, which is preservationally analogous to a cranial
endocast (Chapter 5). Skin impressions are currently known for ornithopods,
sauropods, ceratopsians, ankylosaurs, and theropods. More will surely be found as
researchers become more vigilant for their possible presence in association with
dinosaur bones.
As mentioned before, anaerobic conditions are also conducive to preservation of
soft parts, and recent finds of theropods with feather impressions and internal organs
are evidence of a low rate of organic degradation that enabled sufficient preserva-
tion of at least the outlines of these anatomical features. Carbonization is the preser-
vation of soft parts by a loss of volatiles, which are elements such as hydrogen,
oxygen, and nitrogen that are normally gaseous at near-surface temperatures, their
loss resulting in a carbon film being left behind. This mode of preservation has
helped paleontologists discern at least outlines for soft tissues in fossil plants, inver-
tebrates, and vertebrates alike. If diagenesis happened rapidly enough, so that phos-
phatic minerals replaced the original organic material, a pseudomorph of soft tissues
(such as muscles) can be preserved (Chapter 5). This type of preservation gives more
of a three-dimensional character to the parts than mere carbonization.
Finally, recognition of biomolecules and flexible soft tissue in dinosaur bones
(Chapter 8) is an example of how dinosaur paleontologists should still look for rem-
nants of organic remains in dinosaurs. Assuming preservation in anaerobic condi-
tions and sealing of biomolecules from the ravages of diagenetic processes,
dinosaurs may yet yield more amino acids, proteins, and possibly nucleic acids that
provide further information related to their evolutionary relationships (Chapter 6).
Most recently, flexible soft tissues recovered from the center of a Tyrannosaurus femur
show cell nuclei and other remarkable cellular features, suggesting that such
preservation may be more common than previously thought.
210
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Because most dinosaur species are based

on so few described specimens, an under-
standing of how these specimens became
preserved (or why their relatives were not
preserved) provides a perspective on the fos-
sil record for dinosaurs that acknowledges its sci-
entific weaknesses in places but its strengths in other
areas. Taphonomy provides considerable scientific infor-
mation about dinosaur paleobiology, and contributes to integ-
rated analyses of the characteristic lithofacies, biofacies, and ichnofacies
of sedimentary environments. Taphonomy also examines the biological,
chemical, and physical processes that occur from the time a dinosaur died
to when it was buried (its necrolysis and biostratinomy), as well as what
happened to its remains after it was buried (diagenesis).
Bacterial decay, through both anaerobic and aerobic bacteria, is a largely
unseen process that accounts for most cycling of nutrients from dead ani-
mals in modern environments. If this same process had not occurred in
the Mesozoic, numerous dinosaur carcasses would still impede daily life 7
today. Scavenging, a feeding behavior exhibited by most humans, is also
better appreciated through knowledge of all of the potential scavengers
that fed on dinosaurs, including insects, crustaceans, reptiles, mammals,
birds, and other dinosaurs. Taphonomy places dinosaurs in the context
of their original ecosystems or more clearly defines their potential inter-
actions. Understanding how dinosaur bodies or parts of their bodies might
have been transported far away from their death sites by stream or ocean
currents (as allochthonous deposits) can help define where dinosaurs
lived or did not live. Dinosaurs that were apparently buried in place
(autochthonous) provide the most desirable situation for working out the
paleoecology of dinosaurs.
Knowing how bodies or parts could have been transported and how
they were deposited not only provides more information for predicting
dinosaur-bearing zones but also gives a good education in the hydro-
dynamics of water flow in association with sediment parameters (density,
size, shape, etc.) and, to a lesser extent, aerodynamics. The dinosaur remains
that are seen today were, in most cases, either buried rapidly or placed
in an anaerobic environment before being buried. Most often, they were
preserved through permineralization. However, replacement, formation
of external molds and casts, carbonization, or a combination of these dia-
genetic processes also may have preserved their bodily remains. Thus,
study of diagenesis requires extensive knowledge of groundwater and its
characteristics (such as pH and dissolved elements), and how it could inter-
act biogeochemically with dinosaur remains.
211
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
1. Think of what animals you have seen

recently that had been killed
by cars. Were any kinds of
animals more commonly
killed than others? Why
would some animals be more susceptible to being killed?
2. Of the dead animals youve seen, how long would you
estimate some of them had been dead? What are some
methods for testing your initial hypothesis? What did you learn from
this chapter that has changed how you previously would have made
such an evaluation?
3. Law-enforcement agencies often use principles of taphonomy to solve
crimes. What are some other applications that you can think of that
are already in use or could be used?
4. Which of the following modern assemblages of bodies or traces would
you term as autochthonous, allochthonous, or a combination of the
two, and why?
a. A pile of leaves raked from a yard.
b. Dog tracks preserved in a cement sidewalk.
c. Animal parts in a butcher shop.
d. Piles of hair from different individuals swept just outside the door
of a hair-dressing salon.
e. Peanut husks on a bar-room floor.
5. While working as a volunteer on a dinosaur excavation, you find a
small (less than 1-meter long) theropod skeleton that is nearly com-
plete, with beetle borings on the bones of its right lateral surface.
It is in the bottom of an ancient fluvial channel deposit. Based on
this information, develop at least two possible scenarios for the
biostratinomic history of the theropod. What possible new informa-
tion, found at the site or in the skeleton, would falsify each of your
hypotheses?
6. An assemblage of dinosaur bones found in an overlying layer at the
same site shows numerous bones of the appendicular and axial skele-
tons (no skulls) of many individuals representing the same species
of hadrosaurid. The bones are arranged in such a way that a rose
diagram reveals two preferred directions (northeast and southwest)
for the remains. The assemblage is mixed with some large theropod
(tyrannosaurid) teeth; otherwise no theropod remains are present.
Develop at least two possible scenarios for the biostratinomic history
of the hadrosaurids. What possible new information, found at the
site or in the skeleton, would falsify each of your hypotheses, espe-
cially related to the lithofacies (not described here)?
7. What are the discharge and momentum for streams with the following
cross-sectional areas and velocities? (For momentum, assume a
velocity of 1.0 m/s.)
a. 22.3 m2, 1.2 m/s
b. 76.4 m2, 0.7 m/s
c. 55.1 m2, 2.3 m/s
212
BIBLIOGRAPHY
8. Use the data from Chapter 1, Question 10, to calculate the

immersed weight in seawater (with a density of 1.02 g/cm3) of the
following dinosaurs: Camarasaurus, Allosaurus, Pachycephalosaurus, and
Brachiosaurus.
9. The area and volume of a cylinder are A = 2prh + 2pr 2 and V = h(pr 2),
respectively, where h is the height (or length) of the cylinder.
Assuming that the following bones approximate a cylinder in their
shapes, what are their A/V ratios?
a. Femur of Late Triassic prosauropod Plateosaurus; 57 cm long,
11 cm wide.
b. Humerus of Early Jurassic theropod Syntarsus; 9 cm long, 1.2 cm
wide.
c. Humerus of Late Jurassic sauropod Brachiosaurus; 176 cm long,
39 cm wide.
d. Metacarpal of Early Cretaceous ornithopod Hypsilophodon; 8.3 cm
long, 1.1 cm wide.
e. Tooth (including root) of Late Cretaceous ankylosaur Edmontonia;
3.8 cm long, 0.8 cm wide. 7
Once you have calculated these values, rank them in order of least
to most susceptible to movement by a flow. What variable dimen-
sions of each bone might change your calculations (especially for the
assumption of a cylinder for bone diameter)?
10. Using the calculated volume for the Brachiosaurus humerus in the
preceding question, assume that 35% of the bone volume was
occupied by pores. Using a density of 3.15 g/cm3 for dahllite, calcu-
late the dry weight of the bone (what it would have weighed after
taking out the original organic material). After that, calculate how
much it would weigh after that 35% porosity was permineralized with
quartz, which has a density of 2.65 g/cm3. (Then you might appre-
ciate better why museum mounts of sauropods rarely use original
bone!) Discuss the probability of a permineralized bone being trans-
ported in a stream, versus a fresh bone.
Bibliography
Allison, P. A. and Briggs, D. E. G. (Eds). 1991. Taphonomy: Releasing the Data Locked in
the Fossil Record. Topics in Geobiology. New York: Plenum Press.
Behrensmeyer, A. K. 1991. Terrestrial vertebrate accumulations. In Allison P. A. and Briggs
D. E. G. (Eds), Taphonomy: Releasing the Data Locked in the Fossil Record. New York:
Plenum Press. pp 291335.
Behrensmeyer, A. K. 1978. Taphonomic and ecologic information from bone weather-
ing. Paleobiology 4: 150162.
Behrensmeyer, A. K. 1988. Vertebrate preservation in fluvial channels. Palaeogeography,
Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 63: 183199.
Behrensmeyer, A. K. and Hill, A. P. (Eds). 1980. Fossils in the Making: Vertebrate
Taphonomy and Paleoecology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
213
DINOSAUR TAPHONOMY
Boggs, S., Jr. 1995. Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (2nd Edition). Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
Briggs, D. E. G. 1995. Experimental taphonomy. Palaios 10: 539550.
Chen, P., Dong, Z. and Zhen, S. 1998. An exceptionally well-preserved theropod
dinosaur from the Yixian Formation of China. Nature 391: 147152.
Cook, E. 1995. Taphonomy of two non-marine Lower Cretaceous bone accumulations
from southeastern England. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 116:
263270.
Currie, P. J. and P. Dodson. 1984. Mass death of a herd of ceratopsian dinosaurs. In
Reif W. E. and Westphal F. (Eds), Third Symposium on Mesozoic Terrestrial Ecosystems.
Tbingen, Germany: Attempto Verlag. pp 6166.
Davis, P. G. and Briggs, D. E. G. 1998. The impact of decay and disarticulation on the
preservation of fossil birds. Palaios 13: 313.
Dodson, P. 1990. Counting dinosaurs: how many kinds were there? Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences 87: 76087612.
Dong, Z. and Currie, P. J. 1996. On the discovery of an oviraptorid skeleton on a nest
of eggs at Bayan Mandahu, Inner Mongolia, Peoples Republic of China. Canadian
Journal of Earth Sciences (Journal Canadien des Sciences de la Terre) 33: 631636.
Donovan, S. K. (Ed.). 1991. The Processes of Fossilization. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Efremov, J. A. 1940. Taphonomy, a new branch of paleontology. Pan-American Geologist
74: 8193.
Fastovsky, D. E., Badamgarav, D., Ishimoto, H., Watabe, M. and Weishampel, D. B. 1997.
The paleoenvironments of Tugrikin-Shireh (Gobi Desert, Mongolia) and aspects of
the taphonomy and paleoecology of Protoceratops (Dinosauria: Ornithischia). Palaios
12: 5970.
Fiorillo, A. R. 1991a. Prey bone utilization by predatory dinosaurs. Palaeogeography,
Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 88: 157166.
Fiorillo, A. R. 1997. Taphonomy. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia of
Dinosaurs. San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp 713716.
Hill, A. 1980. Early post-mortem damage to the remains of some contemporary East
Africa mammals. In Behrensmeyer, A. K. and Hill, A. P. 1980. Fossils in the Making:
Vertebrate Taphonomy and Paleoecology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. pp 131
152.
Hubert, J. F., Panish, P. T., Chure, D. J. and Prostak, K. S. 1996. Chemistry, microstruc-
ture, petrology, and diagenetic model of Jurassic dinosaur bones, Dinosaur National
Monument, Utah. Journal of Sedimentary Research A: Sedimentary Petrology and Processes
66: 531547.
Knutson, R. M. 1987. Flattened Fauna: A Field Guide to Common Animals of Roads, Streets,
and Highways. Berkeley, California: Tenspeed Press.
Kruuk, H. 1972. The Spotted Hyena: A Study of Predation and Social Behavior. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Loope, D. B., Dingus, L., Swisher, C. C., III. and Minjin, C. 1998. Life and death in a
Late Cretaceous dune field, Nemegt basin, Mongolia. Geology 26: 2730.
Lyman, R. L. 1994. Vertebrate taphonomy. Cambridge Manuals in Archaeology Series,
Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Machel, H. G. 1996. Roadkill as teaching aids in historical geology and paleontology.
Journal of Geoscience Education 44: 270276.
Martill, D. M. 1991. Organically preserved dinosaur skin; taphonomic and biological
implications. Modern Geology 16: 6168.
Martill, D. M. 1991. Bones as stones: the contributions of vertebrate remains to the
lithologic record. In Donovan, S. K. (Ed.), The Processes of Fossilization. New York:
Columbia University Press. pp 270292.
Norell, M. A., Clark, J. M., Chiappe, L. M. and Dashzeveg, D. 1995. A nesting dinosaur.
Nature 378: 774776.
214
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Roberts, E. M. and Rogers, R. R. 1997. Insect modification of dinosaur bones from the
Upper Cretaceous of Madagascar. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 17, Supplement 71.
Rogers, R. R. 1990. Taphonomy of three monospecific dinosaur bone beds in the Upper
Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation, northwestern Montana: evidence of mass mor-
tality related to episodic drought. Palaios 5: 394413.
Schefer, W. 1962. Aktuo-Palontologie, nach Studien in der Nordsee. Frankfurt, Germany:
Verlag w. Kramer.
Schwartz, H. L. and Gillette, D. D. 1994. Geology and taphonomy of the Coelophysis
quarry, Upper Triassic Chinle Formation, Ghost Ranch, New Mexico. Journal of
Paleontology 68: 11181130.
Schwimmer, D. R., Williams, G. D., Dobie, J. L. and Siesser, W. G. 1993. Late
Cretaceous dinosaurs from the Blufftown Formation in western Georgia and eastern
Alabama. Journal of Paleontology 67: 288296.
Schwimmer, D. R., Stewart, J. D. and Williams, and Dent, G. 1997. Scavenging by sharks
of the genus Squalicorax in the Late Cretaceous of North America. Palaios 12: 7183.
Shipman, P. 1975. Implications of drought for vertebrate fossil assemblages. Nature 257:
667668.
Shipman, P. 1981. Life History of a Fossil: An Introduction to Taphonomy and Paleoecology.
Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press.
Varricchio, D. J. 1995. Taphonomy of Jacks Birthday Site, a diverse dinosaur bonebed
from the Upper Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of Montana. Palaeogeography,
Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 114: 297323. 7
Varricchio, D. J. and Horner, J. R. 1993. Hadrosaurid and lambeosaurid bone beds from
the Upper Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of Montana: taphonomic and bio-
logic implications. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 30: 9971006.
Voorhies, M. R. 1969. Taphonomy and population dynamics of the early Pliocene ver-
tebrate fauna, Know County, Nebraska. Contributions to Geology Special Paper No. 1.
Walker, R. G. and James, N. P. (Eds). 1992. Facies Models: Response to Sea Level Change.
St. Johns, Newfoundland: Geological Association of Canada, Memorial University of
Newfoundland.
Weigelt, J. 1927. Rezente wirbeltierleichen und ihre palobiologische Bedeuntung. Leipzig,
Germany: Verlag von Max Weg. [Translated by Judith Schaefer and re-published as
Recent Vertebrate Carcasses and the Paleobiological Implications, 1989, Chicago:
University of Chicago Press].
Williams, C. T. 1987. Alteration of chemical composition of fossil bones by soil pro-
cesses and ground water. In Grupe, G., et al. (Eds), Trace Elements in Environmental
History. Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag. pp 2740.
Wood, J. M., Thomas, R. G. and Visser, J. 1988. Fluvial processes and vertebrate
taphonomy: the Upper Cretaceous Judith River Formation, south-central Dinosaur
Provincial Park, Alberta, Canada. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 66:
127143.
215
Chapter
8
You have two pets, a large snake (a python) and a cat. Although both are car-
nivores, you notice a large difference in their feeding habits. You feed the snake
a live mouse once every two weeks, which it swallows whole; this morsel satisfies
it completely until the next time (two weeks later) you drop another mouse into
its terrarium. In contrast, the cat eats dry food at least three times a day, and
demands (rather insistently) to have wet food in both the morning and early
evening. Much to your horror, he also tries to kill small birds that alight in your
backyard to eat seed from a bird feeder. Compounding this problem, other birds
are constantly on the bird feeder, knocking loose seeds that attract the ground-
grazing birds. Squirrels also constitute a nuisance with their once-daily raiding
of the bird feeder; their ingenuity in circumventing your barriers to the feeder is
both admirable and frustrating, and provokes wonder about how much energy
they spend on working out ways to get the food.
Why are there such differences in feeding habits in these animals? Why does
the python, the largest of the animals, require so little food to sustain itself? How
is it that the birds, which are the smallest, are feeding over the course of an entire
day? What prompts the squirrels to come by only once (sometimes twice) a day,
investing so much effort in working out how to get the food? Why does your cat
require so much protein every day?
Dinosaur
Physiology
Dinosaur Reproduction: Sex and Eggs

Dinosaur Growth and Thermoregulation
Dinosaur Feeding
Dinosaur Thermoregulation: Other Considerations
Summary
Bibliography
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Why Learn About

Dinosaur Physiology?
Physiology is how animals convert
and transfer matter and energy in
their daily lives. Metabolism is all
the processes that they use to
accomplish these tasks. Animals take in, use, and send out air, water, food and other
nutrients that are used in ways determined by the cells of their bodies, which in
turn were determined by genes, but also are affected by the surrounding environ-
ment. Because dinosaurs were living animals, undoubtedly they also converted mat-
ter and energy in accordance with their bodies and surrounding environments. The
scientific questions that usually deal with these basic presumptions start with the
word How?:
n How did dinosaurs reproduce, and how do their eggs provide information
about the physiology of both mothers and offspring?
n How did dinosaurs form bones and teeth, the most likely parts of a
dinosaur to be preserved in the fossil record?
n How quickly did dinosaurs grow, after they hatched from eggs?
n How did dinosaur bones record clues about their metabolism, such as
whether they generated their own body heat or depended on the outside
environment for warmth?
n How do other data besides bones and eggs, such as paleoenvironmental set-
ting and trace fossils, provide insights into dinosaur physiology?
All of these pertinent questions, asked about dinosaur physiology for more than
150 years, have still not all been satisfactorily answered.
Dinosaur Reproduction: Sex and Eggs
Why Learn about Dinosaur Reproduction and Eggs?

Paleontologists have known about dinosaur eggs since early in the second half of
the nineteenth century, although verifiable nests were not described and interpreted
until the 1920s (Chapter 3). Despite this long history, the study of dinosaur eggs
was neglected in favor of skeletal evidence and dinosaur tracks. Fortunately, the
relatively lower status of these dinosaur fossils has improved in the past 20 years.
This renewed study, originating from more than 200 egg and nest sites documented
worldwide, includes the identification of dinosaur embryos and presumed parents
associated with egg and juvenile remains. The most well-known dinosaur egg sites,
some with embryos, are in Montana, France, China, Mongolia, and, most recently,
Argentina.
218
DINOSAUR REPRODUCTION: SEX AND EGGS
Dinosaur eggs provide important evidence on how dinosaurs reproduced and, by

extension, how egg laying and the life of an embryo in an egg reflect dinosaur physi-
ology. Moreover, dinosaur nests lend insights into how dinosaurs ensured that their
broods hatched and sometimes whether they cared for their young, which also relates
to their physiology and behavioral relatedness to modern archosaurs. Dinosaur eggs
are used increasingly as additional evidence for working out evolutionary relationships
of different dinosaur clades. Indeed, eggs are now being classified through cladis-
tics in an attempt to reconcile egg types with probable egg layers.
The oviparous trait associated with dinosaurs contrasts
Like all birds, most with giving live birth (viviparous), which is typical of
most mammals and occurs in a few reptiles. In continental
reptiles, and a few
ecosystems, the formation of enclosed eggs, which prob-
mammals, dinosaurs
ably happened slightly more than 300 million years
reproduced through eggs
ago, was an extraordinary evolutionary development in
formed within the body of the history of vertebrates (Chapter 6). Unlike fish and
the female and laid on amphibians, reptiles can migrate within continental
land to hatch, a trait interiors without depending on nearby water bodies. Thus,
called oviparous. the architecture of fossil eggs provides clues as to how
dinosaurs adapted to a variety of terrestrial ecosystems.
Of biogeochemical significance is the fact that some dinosaur eggshells contain
amino acids, which may tell us about the dinosaurian production of those biomo-
lecules in the absence of other evidence from their skeletal remains. Eggshells also
contain carbon and oxygen isotopes, as well as some trace elements. These chem-
ical clues provide information about the possible dietary preferences of the mother
dinosaurs. These elements also may reflect environmental conditions in both the 8
pre- and post-burial history of an egg.
Dinosaur Sex
A necessary antecedent of dinosaur eggs was dinosaur sexual activity. The certainty
of dinosaur sex as a prelude to their laying eggs is supported by the numerous
observations of how mating in all egg-laying vertebrates is a necessary precursor
to egg development. Fertilization of an egg without the help of a male, known as
parthenogenesis, is common in nearly every major invertebrate clade but is
known in only a few vertebrates (some amphibians and lizards). As a result, this
process probably does not apply to dinosaurs.
Dinosaur sexuality has been the subject of much debate on the basis of little sci-
entific evidence. In fact, paleontologists are still uncertain about which dinosaurs
in the fossil record represent male and female specimens (Chapters 5 and 6). A few
researchers have recently promoted the case for sexual dimorphism in what are
anatomically very similar dinosaur species from the same stratigraphic intervals.
For example, some paleontologists have proposed that more robust forms of some
dinosaurs (such as Tyrannosaurus) are females, based on a similar disparity of size
seen in the sexes of modern large reptiles. Larger size of female reptiles, which is
the opposite expectation for sexual dimorphism in most mammals, corresponds to
a capacity to hold many eggs in reptilian body cavities.
Before mating occurs in modern vertebrates, males and females both use methods
of sexual attraction in which they undergo sexual selection, or the choosing of
their mates on the basis of preferred traits. When done by enough individuals within
a population, this process ultimately affects the evolutionary history of a species
by causing genetic change of that population over time (Chapter 6). Some birds
that have colorful or prominent plumage in one gender, such as peacocks, provide
examples of sexual selection, in which they cause a visual stimulus for a poten-
tial mate. In this respect, the elaborate and prominent head shields and horns of
219
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
ceratopsians (Chapter 13) and skull crests of hadrosaurs (Chapter 11) have been
proposed as possible display structures. In modern animals, displays are sometimes
accompanied by other sensory signals, such as mating calls. Male crocodilians, for
example, will bellow for attention and are sometimes answered by vocalizations
from a nearby female. In at least some hadrosaurs, vocalization structures, also asso-
ciated with cranial crests, have been postulated (Chapter 11).
In some instances visual and auditory stimuli are not the only cues to mating.
For example, some animals use pheromones, which are complex biomolecules emit-
ted by an organism into a water body or air for the purpose of causing a response
in another individual of the same species. Pheromones can elicit numerous
responses in organisms, such as triggering silent alarms, providing a trail for others
to follow (seen readily in ants), or signaling aggregation, but they are often recog-
nized for their sexually attractive qualities. Whether dinosaurs used pheromones
or not is unknown. Many modern reptiles use olfactory sensations for mate attrac-
tion, but pheromones have not yet been detected in birds. Consequently, paleon-
tologists have little basis for inferring this physiological function in dinosaurs through
their hypothesized closest living relatives.
In many cases, once a female vertebrate shows receptivity to a male, mating
will occur quickly relative to time spent in attraction and courtship. In fish and
amphibians, the males sperm is simply deposited in the water near a female rather
than through more proximal association. Amniotes presumably developed sex
organs that worked more effectively for getting gametes together through direct
bodily contact. After all, internal fertilization was necessary before an egg could be
developed internally. In some reptiles (crocodilians and turtles) the delivery of sperm
into a females oviduct, which also functions as the birth canal for egg laying, is
sometimes facilitated by the insertion into the oviduct of a males penis. Snakes
and lizards have similar but smaller structures called hemipenes. Most modern bird
species lack a penis, although some flightless birds and ducks, geese, and swans do
possess such organs. Birds without penises mate through close contact of their cloa-
cae, which are openings that double in function as outlets for gametes (sex cells,
such as sperm and eggs) and excretion of bodily wastes in males and females, as
well as egg-laying in females.
Because the preservation potential for non-mineralized dinosaur tissues is so
low (Chapter 7), no direct evidence of dinosaur reproductive organs is known.
Nevertheless, the arrangement of bones in the pelvic region of some dinosaurs may
relate to muscles associated with penile organs in males. Furthermore, at least one
example of a theropod was found with probable eggs in its body cavity (Chap-
ter 9). This helped to corroborate the presence of an oviduct and (of course) its
gender. Moreover, the statistically-defined pairing of eggs in the nest of another
theropod strongly suggests that it laid the eggs through paired oviducts (Chapter 9),
a trait seen in some modern crocodilians.
Dinosaur mating was probably achieved through the male approaching the
females caudal region and positioning its posteroventral anatomy in close associ-
ation with the females posterior. Such positioning was relatively straightforward
for bipedal dinosaurs, but probably necessitated a temporarily bipedal posture for
quadrupedal dinosaurs. A similar posture is demonstrated by modern elephants, which
are the heaviest land animals available for such a comparison (Fig. 8.1). The rather
lengthy tails of some dinosaurs, such as sauropods, seemingly would have been im-
pediments to mating. Unfortunately, no trackways or other trace fossils have yet
provided evidence of dinosaur mating habits. Likewise, no dinosaur skeletons of
the same species have been found in what might be construed as a compromising
position, even after applying much imagination to them. Documentation of trace
fossils indicating dinosaur mating in particular is an area yearning for further,
in-depth research, considering the amount of sedimentary disturbance that must
220
FIGURE 8.1 African elephants (Loxodonta africanus)

mating, providing a model for mating positions of
some large quadrupedal dinosaurs. The male is
located posterodorsally with respect to the female.
W. M. Colbeck/OSF/Animals Animals.
have been caused by the mating of some of these animals, which together com-
prised tens of metric tons.
Fertilization in modern vertebrates is the result of the uniting of gametes from
a male and a female. The gamete from each parent contains half the number (hap-
loid) of chromosomes (genetic material) of a typical body (somatic) cell from each
parent, thus both parents together create a diploid cell. The formation of gametes
by each parent is accomplished through a splitting of a diploid cell into haploid
cells, a process called meiosis. The division of body cells into more body cells (diploid
to diploid) is mitosis. A fertilized egg (zygote) subsequently results in mitotic divi-
sion of cells through cleavage. 8
Dinosaur Eggs
An egg serves as a form of protection for an embryo that
For reptiles and most of also keeps its nutrients in a restricted space while allow-
their descendants, which ing the inflow of oxygen and exit of waste products (such
includes dinosaurs and as carbon dioxide) from the egg environment through
birds, an egg is an its pores.
enclosed yet porous Dinosaur eggs and all other fossil eggs are body fos-
mineralized or organic sils. Although some paleontologists used to classify
structure that contained them as trace fossils, their explicit physiological function
or contains an amnion makes eggs distinctive from dinosaur trace fossils such
as tracks, nests, toothmarks, coprolites, or gastroliths
(a fluid-filled sac)
(Chapter 14). An eggshell secreted by a mother dinosaur
surrounding a developing
was an integral, connected part of a developing embryo.
embryo (Fig. 6.4).
This makes it an extra body part, analogous to the
exoskeleton of an invertebrate, that was essential for sur-
vival of that embryo. The occasional inclusion of embryonic dinosaur remains within
an egg provides a complete picture of an egg as a body fossil (Chapters 9 to 11).
In a modern reptilian or avian egg, the amnion forms around the embryo soon
after cleavage. The enclosed fluid of the amnion suspends and thus protects the
embryo from concussions or desiccation. The mother then secretes eggshell around
the amnion, further protecting the embryo, and a second sac (allantois) develops
between the eggshell and amnion. The allantois serves as a respiratory organ for
the embryo, bringing in oxygen and giving off carbon dioxide. This type of egg is
a cleidoic egg, which means that it provides a food supply (through the yolk sac)
and a membrane for respiration, temperature maintenance, and waste disposal.
In oviparous animals, the egg is retained in the mothers body until a sufficiently
protective layer for the developing embryo is secreted, which normally involves
221
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
some biomineralization (formation of minerals by an organism). It is then laid

outside of the mothers body for further development. Subsequent growth of
the embryo within the enclosed environment of an egg for weeks afterward is
made possible through the large yolk sac in the egg, which provides food. The
formation of cartilage and bones happens during this time within the egg, in
which the eggshell supplies calcium. Microscopic pits in the inner surface of an
eggshell show where the embryo absorbed the calcium; such pitting has been
described in some dinosaur eggs. Development of all other organs and muscles that
are needed for an animal to hatch and move after hatching also occurs within
the egg.
Pathological conditions brought on by environmental stresses, such as dehydra-
tion, are reflected by eggshell abnormalities. For example, a multilayered eggshell
is a symptom of stress suffered by a mother. This condition develops when a mother
retains an egg for a longer period of time than normal, such as during environ-
mental stress, such as a drought. The physiological response of the mother is to
form another membrane and shell layer on the previously complete egg. A few
dinosaur eggs also show evidence of this paleopathologic condition (Chapter 7),
which illustrates some of the reproductive problems faced by dinosaurian moth-
ers, but physiological adaptations had already evolved in archosaurs.
The mineral material composing an eggshell is CaCO3, either in the form of ara-
gonite, found in turtles, or calcite, found in eggs of other reptiles, birds, and
dinosaurs. Some organic materials, such as amino acids, also form in eggs and are
documented from dinosaur eggshells. Eggs composed mostly of organic material
are sometimes described as leathery, a common descriptor for eggs from modern
sea turtles and a few other reptiles, such as some crocodilians and lizards. However,
modern bird eggs are noticeably calcified. Excellent examples of this mineraliza-
tion are seen in chicken or ostrich eggs.
Dinosaur eggs are preserved in a variety of shapes. Some are nearly spherical,
whereas others are ellipsoidal or semiconical (Fig. 8.2). Sizes
range from a few centimeters to slightly more than 30 cm long,
A typical ellipsoid with comparable widths depending on the degree of egg
describing most eggs sphericity. Approximate egg volume can be calculated by
is a prolate using formulas appropriate for the shape of the egg. For
spheroid, resembling example, the volume of a spherical egg can be calculated
a sphere that is simply by using the formula for the volume of a sphere (see
elongated Eqn 7.7). In contrast, an egg shape that deviates from a
(stretched) in a sphere, in that one or more of its axes may be unequal, is
single axis. termed an ellipsoid (a body where all plane sections are either
circles or ellipses).
FIGURE 8.2 Shapes, sizes, and dimensions of dinosaur eggs. From left to right, sphere,
prolate spheroid, oblate spheroid, semiconical; axes and measurements associated with
prolate spheroid.
222
The volume of a prolate spheroid is:
V = 4/3(a2c) (8.1)
where the a and b axes are equal and c is the long axis. Some dinosaur eggs were
prolate spheroids, but others were oblate spheroids, which are spheres shortened
(squashed) in the c axis in relation to the a and b axes. The volume is still cal-
culated with the same formula in Eqn 8.1, assuming that axis a = b.
For example, a dinosaur egg that is 13 cm long and 10 cm wide in its other two
dimensions (hence it is a prolate spheroid) has a volume of
V = 4/3 (5 cm)2 6.5 cm (8.2)
Step 1. V = (4.2)(162.5 cm3)

Step 2. V = 682 cm3
For perspective, this volume is more than ten times that of a chicken egg (also a
prolate spheroid), which is typically 6 cm long and 4.5 cm wide:
V = 4/3 (2.3 cm)2 3 cm (8.3)
Step 1. V = (4.2)(15.9 cm3)

Step 2. V = 66.8 cm3
This calculated difference means that one dinosaur egg could have been substituted 8
for more than half a dozen chicken eggs in an omelet.
One of the qualitative characteristics described in dinosaur eggs is surface
texture, which is evident in some eggs as a slight bumpiness or microrelief. The
regularity of the texture is better defined with higher magnifications, revealing
the distinctive shell microstructures. These microstructures relate to the functional
morphology of an egg as determined through biomineralization, which began as
either aragonite or calcite crystals that grew outward and perpendicular to a shell
membrane surface (Fig. 8.3). The inner shell membrane, which is organic, is also
called the eisospherite layer, whereas the crystalline exterior is the exospherite layer.
In modern eggs, crystals are intimately interlocked with organic material through-
out growth to form a lightweight but strong and flexible structure. Eggshells are
also porous, with pores developing perpendicular to the shell membrane and more
or less parallel to the crystals. These pores allow gas exchange, facilitated by the
allantois, between the developing embryo and its outside environment.
FIGURE 8.3 Cross-section

of eggshell microstructure,
showing (from inside to outside)
eisospherite layer (with shell
membrane) and exospherite layer
(with mammillary layer, column
layer, and cuticle layer).
223
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
The functional morphology of dinosaur eggshells is important paleontologically

for interpreting the egg-laying, physiology, and nesting behaviors of dinosaurs. For
example, a high number of large-diameter pores translated to a greater ease of con-
ductance of gases between the embryo and the outside world. The calculated val-
ues of conductance from porosities in dinosaur eggshells are 8 to 16 times those of
avian eggshells, which is different enough to postulate an adapted purpose for this
function in dinosaur eggs. Most avian eggs are laid in an open environment, where
they are not covered by either sediment or vegetation. In contrast, the high con-
ductance values of dinosaur eggs strongly suggest that they were placed in environ-
ments with low O2 and high amounts of CO2 and H2O. These presumptions imply
that the dinosaur eggs were probably buried in some medium, such as in a nest
structure. Furthermore, crystals in an eggshell may manifest externally as surface
ornamentations, forming lengthwise ridges. These ridges probably represent micro-
scopic channels for gas exchange along the long axis of a vertically-oriented egg.
An assemblage of eggs in close association with one another in the fossil record
is often regarded as part of a clutch, meaning that these eggs represent one egg-
laying episode. Dinosaur clutches apparently ranged from two to perhaps as many
as 35 eggs, which is comparable to numbers laid by modern birds. This range is
in contrast to the large numbers produced by crocodilians or other reptiles; for ex-
ample, sea turtle egg clutches can contain more than 100 eggs. Furthermore, for
modern reptiles, variation in clutch size is positively correlated with body size, hence
larger individuals will lay more eggs. Whether a similar relationship existed for some
dinosaurs is relatively unexplored, although better correlation of certain eggs with
egglayers of known body size could lead to an answer.
Many modern reptiles abandon their clutches after laying them, leaving the juve-
niles to fend for themselves. However, some crocodilians stay close by their nests and
will help to excavate any buried eggs as the juveniles in them begin to hatch. Most
birds also remain near their clutches and will typically assume a seated position over
the eggs for protection and insulation, a behavior called brooding. Brooding has
been interpreted on the basis of dinosaur skeletons found sitting on egg clutches.
These finds include the theropods Oviraptor and Troodon (Chapter 9) and also can be
inferred from the close association of juvenile and adult remains of the same dinosaur
species (Maiasaura and Psittacosaurus: Chapters 11 and 13, respectively). Interest-
ingly, because brooding is more typical of birds than reptilians, this behavior is often
explained as a trait that physiologically relates dinosaurs to birds (Chapter 15).
A dinosaur egg assemblage probably represents eggs laid by a single mother of
the same dinosaur species. However, modern cuckoo birds (Cuculus canorus) and a
few other species of birds will lay their eggs in the nest of a different species. Thus
all of the eggs in a nest should not always be assumed as coming from the same
parent. So far, only one possible piece of evidence would suggest that some
dinosaurs engaged in cuckoo-like behavior: a nest from the Late Cretaceous of
Mongolia contained the embryonic remains of two different dinosaurs, Oviraptor
and possibly Velociraptor. However, taphonomic factors, such as selective transportation
and deposition of hydrodynamically similar eggs from different nests, cannot be
discounted (Chapter 7). Another hypothesis for explaining the juxtaposition of dif-
ferent eggs in the same nest is that a nest site could have been constructed by one
of the two species. In such cases, a nest could have been re-used later by another
species while it still contained previous unhatched eggs.
Dinosaur Egg Biogeochemistry and Physiology

Dinosaur eggs contain a wealth of useful biogeochemical information pertinent to
how dinosaurs took elements into their bodies and used them. Relevant chemical
constituents of eggshells include:
224
n Calcite, which provides information about the degree of mineralization of

the egg as well as the effects of diagenesis (Chapter 7).
n Stable isotopes for oxygen, which can indicate the temperature of the ori-
ginal environment inhabited by the egglayer; and for carbon, which can reflect
dietary choices by the egglayer.
n Trace elements, which may give clues about paleopathology, paleoenviron-
mental conditions, and diagenesis (Chapter 7).
n Amino acids and proteins, whose presence and proportions can be compared
to those in modern eggshells, which in turn can be used for interpreting
the relatedness of dinosaurs to extant animals, perhaps indicating a similar
physiology.
Calcite was first recognized as a constituent in dinosaur eggs in 1923, and in these
and other fossils it is normally re-crystallized. Original, non-recrystallized calcite is
diagnosed by preservation of fine-scale structures in the eggshell and open pores.
The opposite characteristics indicate at least one episode of recrystallization. A pale-
ontologist or geochemist considering an elemental analysis of dinosaur eggs always
tries to determine the degree of recrystallization first, because a recrystallized egg-
shell may contain chemicals that were more recently acquired.
Stable isotopes differ from radioactive isotopes (Chapter 4)
Once a dinosaur as they do not undergo radioactive decay. Oxygen isotopes, 16O
and 18O, are the most commonly used stable isotopes. Their
eggshell is
ubiquitous presence in eggshell material as a component of
determined as
CaCO3 makes them a natural choice for study. The principle
relatively unaltered, a
behind using them is that changes in the ratio of 18O to 16O 8
geochemical analysis can be a direct consequence of temperature changes in waters
may begin with of ancient environments. Because 18O is a heavier isotope than
calculations of stable 16
O, it tends to remain in water undergoing evaporation. Hence,
isotope ratios. higher temperatures cause higher rates of evaporation. This
results in a depletion of 18O in the evaporated water and an
18 16
O/ O ratio lower than that in the original water source. Conversely, glaciation
of an area would cause an enrichment of 16O in the ice. This condition causes a
higher ratio than in tropical water. The fractional change in the amount of stable
isotopes, where one becomes depleted while the other is enriched, is called frac-
tionation. The value derived from the ratio of 18O to 16O is called the 18O value.
Organisms use water to make shells or bones. Consequently, the 18O value of
an organisms unaltered bones or eggshell should reflect the temperature of the water
used in the precipitation of the calcite or dahllite. This method has been used, with
calcite from fossil unicellular organisms and some mollusks, to successfully inter-
pret paleotemperatures. Unfortunately, its use with dinosaur eggshells is still
controversial because of the high likelihood that most eggshells have been recrys-
tallized. These eggs would have 18O values that represent the temperature of the
water used in the recrystallization process during diagenesis, rather than the tem-
peratures of water used by a dinosaurian mother. However, once more unaltered
dinosaur eggshells are discovered, the method will have important paleoecological
applications. Oxygen isotopes have also been used to interpret body-temperature
regulation in dinosaurs, as discussed later. Nevertheless, this is not without dispute,
again because of the same effects of diagenesis.
Oxygen isotopes provide information about paleotemperatures, but carbon iso-
topes are instructive about what dinosaurs ate or drank. With carbon isotopes, 12C
is enriched relative to 13C through photosynthesis. As a result, plants have lower
13C values than dahllite in its mineral form. Modern herbivores can affect the car-
bon isotope ratio by eating plant material, which is enriched in 12C; this manifests
as a low 13C value in the herbivores bones. The same principle has been extended
225
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
to the hypothesis that dinosaur eggshells, which contain carbon (again through
CaCO3), should indicate whether a mother dinosaur ate plants. The ratios that
have been calculated from plants from different environments can even indicate
whether the plants came from coastal marine swamps or river floodplains. Yet again,
the reality of diagenesis is invoked in skeptical peer reviews of carbon isotope data
derived from dinosaur eggs. Nevertheless, such data may eventually provide mean-
ingful clues to dinosaur consumption habits in the absence of other body or trace
fossil evidence.
Trace elements, elements that occur in organisms in minute quantities (unlike
carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, calcium, and phosphorus), have been consis-
tently detected in dinosaur eggshells. This adds another geochemical parameter whose
significance is not yet understood by paleontologists. Excess or deficient amounts
of trace elements are linked with pathological conditions in many organisms. For
example, in humans a lack of iron causes anemia or an excess of lead causes
neurological damage. Anomalous trace elements in dinosaur eggshell material,
particularly in those approaching the CretaceousTertiary boundary, are cited as
evidence for environmental problems that caused dinosaurs to lay unhealthy eggs
(Chapter 16). For example, large amounts of trace elements are linked with prob-
lems in the formation of shell proteins. Some Late Cretaceous dinosaur eggshells
contain relatively high concentrations of lead, vanadium, and zinc, among other
elements. This led some paleontologists to link these concentrations with paleo-
pathological conditions. Again, the effects of diagenesis constitute a potential falsifier
of this hypothesis; the large concentrations of trace elements introduced during
diagenesis in some dinosaur bones (Chapter 7) support the alternative.
Amino acids and proteins were first discovered in dinosaur eggshells in 1968, much
to the surprise of paleontologists who did not expect their preservation. More sur-
prising is that the quantity and quality of the amino acids closely resemble types
and proportions in eggshells of some modern amniotes. In all, 17 different amino
acids have been detected in dinosaur eggs and their relative percentages track very
closely with chicken eggs and the average protein. Paleontologists are still uncer-
tain which proteins were in dinosaur eggs because the amino acids, which are more
long-lived in the geologic record than proteins, only provide an approximation of
their protein parents. However, modern avian eggs contain the proteins carbonic
anhydrase, chonchiolin, and collagen, the latter also found in bone material, as
discussed in the next section. Thus far, the only negative factor to consider is poten-
tial contamination from bacteria, fungi, insects, or other organisms from either the
original egg environment or modern sources. Nevertheless, such research is
promising for future revelations about dinosaur biochemistry, which, of course, relates
to their physiology.
Dinosaur Growth and Thermoregulation
Biomineralization and Biochemistry of Bones and Other Hard Parts

As might be expected, the most likely body fossil of a dinosaur encountered in either
a field situation or a museum is ossified (formed into bone) material, such as bones,
teeth, and some connective tissue (tendons). The primary reason for this bias
in the fossil record is because mineralized tissue is more easily preserved than soft
tissue (Chapter 7). Modern bones, teeth, and ossified tendons, called hard parts
by paleontologists, are composed of a combination of mineral and organic matter.
In geology, a mineral is a solid, naturally occurring, crystalline substance with a
definite chemical composition; organic matter is not necessarily solid or crystalline.
226
DINOSAUR GROWTH AND THERMOREGULATION
Dahllite is the specific mineral that composes hard parts in chordates (Chapter
5). Although not all chordates have hard parts, those that do are classified as ver-
tebrates. According to presently-known fossil evidence, dahllite has contributed to
the hard parts of vertebrates since the Cambrian Period, thus it is a probable prim-
itive trait. Dahllite has the chemical formula (a slight variation from the formula
for the mineral apatite) of Ca10(PO4)6(OH, CO3, F)2. This formula shows why adver-
tisements urging the consumption of milk claim that they cause healthy bones, as
dairy products are calcium-enriched relative to most other foods consumed by
humans. Likewise, fluorine is added to drinking water and toothpaste because of
its essential role in the proper bonding of dahllite in teeth. Because of this min-
eral composition, teeth are relatively harder (less prone to wear) than hard parts
formed by comparable minerals in other organisms, such as calcite or aragonite.
The exact composition of dahllite or apatite depends on substitution of other ele-
ments in the crystalline framework of the mineral, represented in the last part of
the formula by the elements in parentheses. For example, in fluorapatite, F sub-
stitutes for OH; in other forms of apatite, PO4 can be substituted with CO3. In
some instances Ca2+ can be replaced by trace elements such as Sr2+, U4+, and Th4+.
In essence, apatite is a garbage mineral that unselectively accepts an admixture
of the preceding elements (or others) into its structure.
Because these minerals allow for much substitution of elements, the original min-
eral composition of vertebrate hard parts may not have altered through time, espe-
cially considering that fluorapatite is more stable than dahllite. Consequently, most
dinosaur bones are chemically different from their original state. This is not sur-
prising, considering that the youngest of them are 65 million years old. What is
surprising is that the changes may be minor some mineral material in bone may 8
be nearly the same as when the dinosaur originally died. Compaction by over-
lying sediments and other events that happen after burial, such as filling of voids,
also may change dinosaur bones from their original form (Chapter 7). However,
enough bone retains its original shape (or can be reliably reconstructed) so that
dinosaur paleontologists can still describe detailed aspects of a dinosaurs anatomy.
Biomineralization is not limited to vertebrates, as many invertebrate animals and
some one-celled organisms secrete their own shells or skeletons. Unlike vertebrates,
which have their skeletons on the inside of their bodies, most invertebrates wear
their skeletons on the outside of their bodies (exoskeletons), although a few have
endoskeletons. The origin and evolution of biomineralization in the geologic past
was a happy event for future paleontologists, and many of them would be unem-
ployed (or at least gelatinous) if it had not happened. The vast majority of body
fossils that are found, described, and interpreted by paleontologists have biomin-
eralized hard parts, a circumstance for these fossils that increased their likelihood
of preservation (Chapter 7).
But before biomineralization can occur, certain elements must be fixed through
the interactions of biomolecules. Among these biomolecules are nucleic acids, such
as deoxyribonucleic acid, DNA, and ribonucleic acid, RNA; lipids, which are fatty
molecules; carbohydrates, also known as sugars; and proteins. No undisputed evid-
ence of preserved nucleic acids, lipids, or carbohydrates of dinosaurs has been
documented. Indeed the conventional wisdom has been that very few or none
of the original biomolecules of dinosaur bones have been preserved. Many
biomolecules degrade quickly, even on a human time scale. This is why any report
of their discovery in dinosaur bones is greeted with skepticism. However, recently
reported results of detailed analyses, carried out on dinosaur bones during the past
20 years, have provided some evidence for the presence of proteins and other soft
tissues. Because these contributed to the development of bones, connective tissues,
and muscles in dinosaurs, the processes that developed these body parts should
directly reflect dinosaur physiology.
227
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Proteins are composed of amino acids and are organic compounds that form the
basis for much of the soft tissue in animals and help to facilitate biochemical reac-
tions. Very simply, organisms cannot live without amino acids. They can produce
some amino acids, but others are acquired through food. Amino acids must have
a carboxyl group (COOH) and amino group (NH2), in which the carboxyl performs
as an acid, which is a substance enriched in hydrogen ions. On the other hand,
the amino acid acts as a base, enriched in hydroxyl anions. The general structural
formula for an amino acid is:
H
|
RCCOOH
|
HNH
where R could be any chains of organic compounds that attach to amino acids,
giving them distinctive formulas and names. Only 20 different amino acids, but
in a myriad combinations, compose the millions of different proteins in any given
animal body.
Because unaltered dinosaur soft tissues are typically not preserved, paleontolo-
gists must look to bones or eggshells for evidence of the dinosaurs original amino
acids and proteins. The proteins specifically involved in bone production are
albumin, collagen, hemoglobin, and osteocalcin. Albumin and hemoglobin are
proteins associated with blood circulating through a bone and help with facilitat-
ing biochemical reactions in an organism. Collagen and osteocalcin are structural
proteins, meaning that they lend physical support to an organisms body and are
typically fibrous.
Bone formation in modern vertebrates begins through structural proteins with
the laying down of collagen fibers in a parallel, linear arrangement. This forms part
of a flexible, non-ossified connective tissue called cartilage, which grows through
cells called chondrocytes. The formation of cartilage is followed by biomineral-
ization of dahllite in spaces between the collagen fibers. This process is performed
by osteoblasts, which are bone cells partly composed of osteocalcin that later become
osteocytes. Osteocytes ensure that the bone continues to function as living tissue.
Crystallization takes place in both the center and the outer, middle part of the
cartilaginous structure and replaces the cartilage with mineralized tissue. It also
eventually opens spaces for marrow canals, which carry blood to the bones. The
further development of mineralized tissue extends to either end of the originally
cartilaginous structure and results in outward bone growth, from the development
of an embryo through to adulthood.
Growth of bone eventually results in two types of bone, cancellous and com-
pact. Cancellous bone has a spongy (porous) texture, where the pores (lacunae)
are occupied by osteocytes during the life of the animal. Tiny canals called can-
naliculi interconnect these lacunae. Cancellous bones have a density based on only
10% to 30% of the original biomineralized matter, which made for light yet strong
bones in dinosaurs and other vertebrates. In contrast, compact bone was origin-
ally about 95% biomineralized matter and accordingly is more durable. In some
cases, this type of bone is preferentially preserved among the body parts that were
physically reworked after death of a dinosaur (Chapter 7). Within a single bone,
the amount of cancellous versus compact bone can vary. For example, a limb bone
has mostly compact bone on the diaphyses (shafts) whereas the epiphyses (wider
ends) have more cancellous bone. A thin outer layer of compact bone protects this
cancellous bone (Fig. 8.4).
228
DINOSAUR GROWTH AND THERMOREGULATION
FIGURE 8.4 Differences in proportions of cancellous and compact bone in the diaphyses
and epiphyses (respectively) of a limb bone.
8
Bone growth generally stops with adulthood of endotherms, which are animals
that produce and maintain their own internal body heat as a consequence of their
metabolism. Modern mammals and birds are endotherms that show cessation of
bone growth with adulthood. However, bone growth continues throughout the entire
life of ectotherms, animals that rely mostly on the temperature of their surrounding
environment to provide heat for metabolism. For example, modern reptiles are
ectotherms that can become continually larger with increased age. In other words,
the largest crocodiles are usually the oldest crocodiles. All of the evidence gained
from dinosaur bones indicates a process of initial (embryonic) formation for the
bones similar to the general model outlined here for vertebrates, which means
that this is the currently accepted hypothesis for dinosaur bone growth. However,
the interpretation of endothermy versus ectothermy in dinosaurs, as indicated
by their bones, is still controversial and has provoked much contentious debate.
Nonetheless, this subject, discussed in detail later in this chapter, is better under-
stood than only 20 years ago.
Some dinosaur bones show the presence of collagen and osteocalcin, as well as
indirect indications of amino acids that composed hemoglobin in the red blood
cells of dinosaurs. However, collagen could be present as a contaminant in
dinosaur bones because some invertebrates also produce it. In other words, its detec-
tion could give a false indication of its previous presence in a dinosaur. Collagen
could have been introduced into dinosaur bones through scavenging insects
soon after the dinosaur died (Chapter 7) or by any modern insects that were
incorporated inadvertently into an analyzed bone sample. On the other hand, osteo-
calcin is only produced in vertebrates. Hence its presence in dinosaur bones is nearly
indisputable for representing the original protein of a dinosaur. Additionally, the
former presence of collagen is indirectly indicated by the parallel arrangement of
fluorapatite crystals observed in most dinosaur bones. This texture is visible as a
229
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
grain (like wood) that typically is parallel to the length of some dinosaur bones
(Fig. 8.4).
Skeletal Allometry
Allometry (defined in Chapter 1) is the most appropriate approach to studying dif-
ferent sizes of the same bones from the same species of dinosaurs. Differently sized
bones from the same species should reflect stages of growth during the lifetime of
an individual, also known as its ontogeny. Accordingly, such bones ideally show
a growth series, which is a sequence of sizes that reflect increased growth of an
animal with time. As mentioned in previous chapters, a few dinosaur species are so
well represented in the geologic record that their bones show a growth series from
juvenile to adult. Dinosaur species that show such a continuum include the Late
Triassic theropod Coelophysis bauri, the Late Jurassic theropod Allosaurus fragilis, and
the Late Cretaceous ornithopod Hypacrosaurus stebingeri (Chapters 9 and 11), among
others. Growth series are most visually compelling when made by simply placing
the same bone from a species in order of size, from smallest to largest. However,
few paleontologists have enough bones of one species in the same place to put
them all together in order. As a result, they are often content to deal with careful
measurements, which can then combine data from bones at widely-separated insti-
tutions. Limb bones are the most commonly measured for such studies, although
skulls can be used if abundant and well preserved enough (e.g., Coelophysis: see
Fig. 2.1), and length is a typical, simple parameter. However, this approach was
replaced by measuring multiple parameters of bones and then computing ratios
(e.g., length:width) or using multivariate analysis, a statistical method that tests
for whether certain parameters correlate or not. One of the parameters used more
frequently with the advent of computer-based image analysis is the picking of
anatomical landmarks for measurement. Some of these features are the same points
on a skull with relation to an orbit, nares, or other well-defined features.
The one major scientific shortcoming of assembling growth series from dinosaur
bones is that these series rarely tell paleontologists anything about the rates of growth
that contributed to the series. Consequently, paleontologists have to cut cross-
sections of the bones to look at certain features associated with the original
biomineralization processes used by dinosaurs, and how tissue functions con-
tributed to these features. Do dinosaur bones show evidence of endothermy,
ectothermy, both, or neither? The answer, confusingly, is yes.
Bone Histology and Biogeochemistry

Histology is the study of tissues: how they are formed and how they function. Many
tissues have been mentioned in this chapter and others: bones, teeth, cartilage, mus-
cles, blood, organs, and skin. Because the most commonly preserved former tissues
of dinosaurs are bone, whenever a paleontologist is discussing dinosaur histology
they are referring to bone histology, with only a few exceptions. But of course, such
a discussion necessarily should be accompanied by considering how those bones
may have been changed since the dinosaur was alive.
Many dinosaur bones recorded growth lines, which are of two types: annuli and
lines of arrested growth (also known by their acronym LAGs). Annuli are layers of
bone fibers that were formed parallel to one another and do not show vascularization.
These are detectable because of their contrast with surrounding vascularized (fibro-
lamellar) bone (Fig. 8.5). LAGs are similar to annuli but are not as thick and corres-
pondingly have fewer bone fibers. Based on studies of modern vertebrates, growth
lines in general are a result of some temporary slowing (represented by annuli) or stop-
page (represented by LAGs) of bone growth. The latter can correlate approximately
230
DINOSAUR FEEDING
FIGURE 8.5 Annuli (unvascularized area)

and lines of arrested growth (LAGs) in
ornithopod limb bone.
with a lack of growth each year. As a result, a minimum age can be estimated in
any given individual dinosaur that has observable growth lines in its bones. 8
LAGs recorded in dinosaur bones represent periods of interrupted growth, which
can be attributed to yearly cycles in growth that suggest ectothermy. However, LAGs
also are present in some mammal bones. Subsequent research shows that a num-
ber of environmental factors, such as prolonged droughts or cold winters, can cause
these features. Additionally, some dinosaurs have LAGs but others lack them,
which means that they cannot be used as a universal indicator of thermoregula-
tion. For those dinosaurs that have LAGs, and using the assumption that they rep-
resent annual growth lines, growth rates have been calculated for some dinosaur
genera (Chapter 11). High growth rates should reflect endothermy, whereas slow
growth rates are characteristic of ectothermy. The growth rates calculated for some
dinosaurs are faster than those known for crocodiles, but slower than those of birds.
Another interesting feature common to compact bone in dinosaurs is that it does
seem highly vascularized. This feature is common in endotherms, but also has been
seen in the bones of some endotherms.
Dinosaur Feeding
Evidence for Dietary Preferences: What Did Dinosaurs Eat?

Five main lines of evidence can be used to determine either generally or specifically
what dinosaurs preferred to eat:
1 types of teeth;
2 toothmarks inflicted by those teeth;
3 stomach contents;
4 gastroliths; and
5 coprolites.
231
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Other forms of evidence can supplement these, such as overall functionally mor-
phology, tracks, or body fossils of potential food items in the same-age strata.
Nonetheless, the preceding forms of evidence are what will be covered here,
although toothmarks, gastroliths, and coprolites will be discussed in more detail as
trace fossils in Chapter 14.
Dinosaur Teeth: Herbivorous and Carnivorous

People with cavity-bearing teeth pulled from their jaws or who
Composed primarily have seen X-ray photographs of their teeth have the oppor-
tunity to observe a few or most of the tooth parts and their
of dense, compact
orientations. Teeth have two primary layers, tough enamel
dahllite but smaller
on the outside and softer dentine on the inside. The part of
than most bones,
the tooth exposed above the gumline of an animal is its crown,
teeth are sometimes whereas the part within the socket is the root. In many cases,
the only part of an the root composed the majority (as much as 75%) of a
animal preserved in dinosaur tooth. The side of a tooth closest to the tongue is
the fossil record. its lingual side, whereas the outer side is labial. Small pro-
tuberances, in some cases found on the apical (top) parts of
the crowns, are denticles. Narrow places on teeth that form blades or ridges, typ-
ically on their anterior and posterior sides, are carinae.
Another detailed feature in teeth of some modern and ancient animals, but absent
in humans, are serrations. These are square, triangular, oval, or rectangular denti-
cles on carinae separated by narrow indentations (cellae) along a tooth surface.
Serrations considerably increase the surface area of a tooth and can be described
as coarse or fine, depending on the relative size of the denticles. Coarse serrations
are useful for roughly cutting soft material, such as woody tissue. Fine serrations
are more efficient at ripping through both soft and hard tissue, such as flesh and
bone. Serrations also serve to temporarily hold the object being cut, especially if
the serrations are angled with respect to the long-axis orientation of the tooth. The
cutting motion is accomplished by pulling the serrated surface across the object.
A motion in the opposite direction would encounter more resistance because of
the angled serrations gripping the cut object. A smooth (non-serrated) blade
applies its shearing force to a much smaller area and thus causes more stress, which
cuts efficiently with either a pulling or pushing motion, but does not grip the cut
object. The latter principle shows why some swords, such as those made in
medieval Japan (katana or wakazashi) were designed with thin, smooth blades instead
of serrations. In contrast, steak knives typically are designed with serrations so that
they can grip a steak as it is being cut mainly with a pulling motion.
Dentition is the sum of a dinosaurs teeth in its jawbones, which consist of the
dentary, maxillary, and in some cases the premaxillary. Dinosaur teeth were indi-
vidually grown in sockets of the jawbones, which differs from teeth fused to those
bones, seen in modern lizards. This socketing allowed for lost teeth to be replaced
by teeth below the roots. The closing of a dinosaur mouth, so that the teeth from
the upper and lower parts of the jaw came together, is called occlusion; where teeth
come together is the occlusal surface. If the occlusion causes teeth from the max-
illary or premaxillary to cover the teeth of the dentary and predentary, an over-
bite results, whereas the opposite condition is an underbite. Most dinosaurs had
a noticeable overbite, especially theropods (Chapter 9). Occlusion could have
varied as a result of any tooth injuries that broke or damaged a tooth.
In most dinosaurs, dentition was composed of individual teeth that were sim-
ilarly shaped, with tooth shapes including teardrop-shaped, peg-like (cylindrical),
conical, or bladed with diamond- or D-shaped cross-sections (Fig. 8.6). However,
even if teeth were similarly shaped, the sizes of the teeth could have varied within
the same jaw of a dinosaur. Heterodont dentition shows a variety of tooth shapes
232
DINOSAUR FEEDING
FIGURE 8.6 General tooth shapes typically

associated with certain clades of dinosaurs
(but with some exceptions as noted in
the text). (A) Leaf-like (prosauropods,
ornithopods, thyreophorans). (B) Peg-like
(sauropods). (C) Conical (some theropods).
(A) (B) (C)

Leaf-like Peg-like Conical
in a dinosaurs jaws, as is seen in the Eoraptor from the Late Triassic of Argentina
(Chapter 6). This dentition is also a namesake feature of one clade of ornithopods,
the Heterodontosauridae (Chapter 11). Another variation of teeth in some
ornithopods and ceratopsians were dental batteries, in which the teeth in the cheek
region were fused together to form compound teeth. The most complex dental bat-
teries known are those of hadrosaurs, which had more than a hundred teeth in
each battery (Chapter 11). Some ceratopsians (Chapter 13) had less numerous teeth
but similar batteries. One analogy that may help with visualizing how the arrange-
ment of teeth in a dental battery worked is to think of them as bricks in a wall. 8
Individually they would have had little supportive strength for grinding food, but
when cemented together they composed a formidable tool for increasing the sur-
face area to grind tough plants. Dental batteries apparently developed just prior to
the middle of the Cretaceous Period. Thus, they may indicate some evolutionary
response to changing vegetation patterns during the Mesozoic Era.
A secondary characteristic that dinosaur teeth acquired during life were signs of
wear. In most instances these wear marks were inflicted by a dinosaurs own teeth
with normal occlusion during biting or chewing. These wear patterns provide valu-
able evidence of jaw mechanics for dinosaurs, indicating how certain dinosaur species
chewed. In other cases, the teeth may have been damaged after encountering resist-
ance from whatever object a dinosaur was biting. Worn and damaged teeth, as
documented from the geologic record, bear testimony of dinosaur food preferences.
For example, some paleontologists have proposed that a few carnivorous dinosaur
species must have been scavengers because their teeth show little evidence of wear,
suggesting that they may have fed only on soft, rotting flesh. In contrast, high inci-
dences of worn and broken teeth may represent attempts at biting live, struggling
prey or fracturing primarily compact (versus cancellous) bones. Although tooth hard-
ness with respect to the bitten object is a factor, the role of jaw strength in tooth
wear cannot be underestimated. For perspective, the biting force measured from
some humans indicates that they could bite through a steel bar if their teeth were
composed of diamond instead of dahllite. Indeed, some dinosaur toothmarks
provide indirect evidence of their bite strength, clarifying why dinosaurs show
numerous replacement teeth in their jaws. They should have lost their teeth on a
frequent basis in correspondence with food choices and bite forces.
Herbivorous dinosaurs had teeth that were functional for grasping, tearing,
shearing, and grinding plant material. The wide variation of tooth shapes in dif-
ferent herbivorous dinosaurs is an indirect indicator of the plant diversity consumed
by these dinosaurs. In modern herbivorous reptiles, a model for comparison to pre-
sumed herbivorous dinosaurs, teeth are:
233
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
1 comparably sized;
2 teardrop-shaped;
3 closely associated, and
4 possess coarse serrations.
Some of the earliest interpretations of herbivorous dinosaurs, such as prosauropods,

were based on these criteria (Chapter 10). Although some researchers thought
the rough serrations were evidence for carnivory in prosauropods, the currently
accepted hypothesis is that they functioned to cut through woody material. This
adaptation would have been specifically used for separating plant material from
trunks, stems, or roots.
Tooth wear in herbivorous dinosaurs with dental batteries resulted in a secondary
occlusal surface that formed wide areas for grinding. Modern horse teeth and the
teeth of other large herbivores show a similar adaptation. This became especially pro-
nounced in the ancestors of these animals with the evolution and proliferation of
tough plants such as grasses during the Cenozoic. Although grasses were not avail-
able for dinosaurs during the Mesozoic, numerous other plants identified through
paleobotanical studies provide evidence for difficult-to-process plant material that
influenced dinosaur adaptations. A different adaptation of dental batteries is pre-
sented by those dinosaurs, such as some neoceratopsians (Chapter 13), with narrow
occlusal surfaces that could not have been used for grinding. In these cases, tooth
wear was limited, and the batteries probably served as support for shearing
through plant material. This was also a likely adaptation for toothless dinosaurs.
Some restorations of dinosaurs eating plants show them with full, bulging
cheeks. These restorations are not based on speculation: some dinosaurs, such as
ornithopods (Chapter 11), likely had cheeks that allowed them to temporarily store
plant material in their mouths for thorough chewing. Clues to the former presence
of cheeks are teeth that are more medial (inset) with respect to the jaw exterior, as
well as shelves on opposite labial sides of the maxillary. Assuming that flesh cov-
ered the area between the upper and lower jaws in dinosaurs with these features,
the area between the flesh and the labial sides of the teeth likely functioned as
cheeks. No other hypothesis has been proposed for the described evidence, which
is also found in some thyreophorans (Chapters 12 and 13).
Peg-like teeth, typically associated with relatively small skulls, are a hallmark of
sauropods. When paleontologists first tried to interpret sauropod feeding habits,
these teeth were the source of some mystery (Chapter 10). How could animals as
large as sauropods have such small heads with only widely spaced, mostly cylin-
drical teeth available for chewing? One hypothesis is that these dinosaurs used their
teeth mainly for pulling plant material into their mouths, followed by swallowing
without appreciable chewing. The initial action (separating leafy material from
branches) can be mimicked with a rake; if applied to a tree, the rakes widely sep-
arated and narrow tongs will pull whole leaves off but leave most major branches
intact. Through this analogy, a mechanism for sauropod feeding is more easily visu-
alized. Vegetation thus cropped and swallowed whole was then ground in either a
crop or gizzard with the aid of gastroliths and digested with the help of anaerobic
bacteria (discussed below).
Carnivorous dinosaur teeth are normally serrated and curved posteriorly; they
resemble those of archosaur ancestors, although many variations evolved on that
theme throughout the Mesozoic Era. The curved, serrated teeth of carnivores are
called ziphodont; for carnivorous dinosaurs, these teeth represent a plesiomorphic
(primitive) ancestral condition that is seen in presumed dinosaur ancestral species,
such as Herrerasaurus and Eoraptor (Chapter 6). Interestingly, the ziphodont teeth
in Eoraptor are only present in the maxilla; the dentary teeth are more leaf-like,
234
DINOSAUR FEEDING
resembling those of prosauropods. Ziphodont teeth in dinosaurs are restricted to

the clade Theropoda, of which most members are interpreted as carnivorous.
Carnivorous dinosaur teeth were adapted for grasping and cutting through flesh,
as well as crushing or punching through bone. Because the vast majority of teeth
in any given theropod jaw have a conical shape, occlusal surfaces should have been
minimal for chewing. This means that these carnivores probably tore off chunks
and swallowed, rather than chewing thoroughly. Besides processing meat and
bones, another probable function of theropod teeth was as killing implements.
However, the death of one dinosaur that was directly caused by another dinosaur
has not yet been convincingly documented from the geologic record. If some
theropods did kill other dinosaurs, using their teeth as their primary weaponry (a
reasonable hypothesis for some theropods), then a gripping strength in the jaws
sufficient to hold a struggling prey was necessary. Regardless of whether some
theropods killed with their teeth, the tooth morphology and jaw dynamics of car-
nivores are radically different from those of plant eaters. Furthermore, in some cases
they show overt adaptations for the application of much greater forces than would
have been necessary for the consumption of stationary, passive plant material.
Teeth in modern carnivorous fish, amphibians, reptiles, and mammals are typi-
cally elongate, conical, recurved, and bladed, with few exceptions. Although tooth
shapes can be similar in these carnivores and most theropods, tooth sizes may vary
within the same jaw. These different tooth sizes in theropods probably helped to
cause variable levels for cutting surfaces. Some theropods, most notably spinosaurs
and therizinosaurs (Chapter 9), have numerous small, similarly-sized teeth in their
jaws. These, along with other anatomical information, have led to the hypothesis
that some species were piscivorous (fish eaters), as discussed later. Some paleon- 8
tologists have even suggested that therizinosaurs were herbivores, which would have
made them among the few known herbivorous theropods.
As discussed before, fine serrations on carinae of both the posterior and anterior
parts of teeth are also a characteristic of carnivore teeth in modern animals. The
superior cutting and gripping ability that serrated teeth impart is evidently a suc-
cessful and recurrent adaptation in carnivores. Such serrations have a dual purpose
in some animals: modern Komodo dragons (Varanus komodoensis) of Indonesia
cannot only slash flesh with their teeth, but the cellae of the serrations retain fibers
of flesh that over time rot in the mouth and produce a bacterial or septic culture.
Consequently, an originally wounding bite from a Komodo dragon can later
become fatal as a nasty, debilitating infection develops in the prey animal and causes
death within several days. In this respect, the similar serrations in tyrannosaurid
teeth have been compared to the functional utility of Komodo dragon teeth,
which led to multiple hypotheses of how these dinosaurs gained their meals
(Chapter 9).
Some paleontologists have speculated that a few dinosaurs with dentition that
does not clearly fit models of strict herbivores or carnivores were omnivores (eat-
ing plants and meat) or insectivores (insects only). An egg-eating diet was also pro-
posed originally for some toothless, beaked theropods such as the Oviraptor, but
subsequent data have cast doubt on this idea (Chapter 9). An insectivorous diet
that would have provided an abundant source of protein was possible for juvenile
and otherwise small theropods. In the case of juveniles, the eating of insects may
have happened before they graduated to consuming vertebrate flesh. This beha-
vioral transition is also observed in some modern crocodilians. However, no stom-
ach content or coprolite evidence has yet indicated that dinosaurs were insectivores,
omnivores, or had any other specialized feeding. Admittedly, these feeding patterns
are also difficult to assess in modern animals without directly observing either their
feeding or feces.
235
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Nevertheless, incontrovertible evidence of dinosaur meat-eating preferences is

provided by rare instances of dinosaur teeth, identifiable to a species, filling their
toothmarks in the bone of another animal. One example is a Saurornitholestes tooth
in a pterosaur bone, and others are of Tyrannosaurus teeth in the fibula and rib of
the ornithopods Hypacrosaurus and Edmontosaurus, respectively. Toothmarks lack-
ing their in situ tracemaking teeth are also convincing pieces of evidence pointing
toward a carnivorous dinosaurs feeding habits. This is especially the case if a cast
is made of the toothmark to mimic the original morphology of the tooth.
Toothmarks as Indicators of Diet

A toothmark is an impression left by the bite of an animal with teeth, regardless
of what was being bitten. Toothmarks are trace fossils, whereas the medium they
bit into are body fossils. Dinosaur toothmarks, first described and interpreted in
1908 (Chapter 3), have been so far only reported from bones, and no dinosaur tooth-
marks in fossil plant material are currently known. For those dinosaurs that fed on
other animals, some left distinctive toothmarks on bones, which clearly indicates
their feeding habits. Whether these pieces of evidence are representative of feed-
ing preferences for some dinosaurs is inconclusive and a firmer understanding depends
on the discovery of more toothmarks or supplementary clues from stomach con-
tents or coprolites. The behavioral significance of toothmarks is discussed at length
in Chapter 14, where they will be explained to identify what dinosaurs ate.
Toothmarks have been attributed to specific dinosaurs on the basis of their close
resemblance to known tooth anatomy (especially denticles on serrations) and spac-
ing. Some reported examples from the Late Cretaceous include Troodon toothmarks
in ceratopsian bones, Saurornitholestes toothmarks in bones of an ornithomimid and
Edmontosaurus, and Tyrannosaurus toothmarks in neoceratopsian, hadrosaur, and
Saurornitholestes bones. Of these examples, a direct correlation between dinner
and diner species through toothmark evidence is of Tyrannosaurus toothmarks in
Edmontosaurus and Triceratops bones (Chapters 9, 10, and 13). Similar toothmarks
attributed to a closely-related species of tyrannosaurids, Albertosaurus, have also been
interpreted from Edmontosaurus bones. This means that this species was a possibly
popular choice on theropod menus, having been consumed by at least three
species of them. However, such toothmarks do not necessarily mean that these
theropods preyed upon and killed any of the eaten dinosaurs. After all, the speci-
mens may have already been dead when they were munched. In contrast, tooth-
marks from theropods that show post-wound healing have been reported for at least
two specimens of the oft-victimized Edmontosaurus, which indicates a successful escape
for a preyed-upon dinosaur, or a failed hunt for the predator.
Stomach Contents: Halfway Through

Actual remains of plants or animals in the abdominal region of a dinosaur seem-
ingly represent unambiguous evidence supporting hypotheses about what dinosaurs
ate. However, considering that fossilization of any dinosaur part was a rare event
(Chapter 7), finding a specimen preserved with parts or all of a recent meal in
the location of its former innards is always a surprise. The rare reports of dinosaur
stomach remains provide a glimpse of a dinosaurs last meal that, despite being a
sample of one, can be compared to other evidence of feeding behavior for that given
species. Of course, taphonomy is an all-too-important consideration when discussing
what composes these stomach remains: animals with mineralized tissues are
much more likely to have been preserved than those with soft tissues or plants.
Indeed, stomach remains from dinosaurs are mostly vertebrates. The consump-
tion of insects or other invertebrates by dinosaurs is unknown, and the study of
plant material associated with herbivorous dinosaur body fossils is a study in
frustration.
236
DINOSAUR FEEDING
Although the fossil record for herbivorous dinosaurs stomach remains is poorly
documented, a review of digestion in herbivores is warranted. Because plant mater-
ial in many cases has low nutritional yield for large volumes, much plant material
will reside in an alimentary canal for a relatively long time. However, a long resi-
dence does not necessarily mean that digestion is inefficient; on the contrary, diges-
tive efficiency has evolved to a high degree in modern herbivores. But considering
that herbivorous dinosaurs were the largest land animals that ever lived, they should
have evolved comparable or superior digestive efficiency.
Decomposition of plant material with the assistance of
Digestion in anaerobic bacteria in the alimentary canals of terrestrial ani-
mals probably developed early among plant-eating reptiles.
dinosaurs was most
Modern herbivores that exemplify this process include rumi-
likely facilitated by
nants, mammals that have large, multi-chambered stomachs
a series of organs
(rumens) that physically mash plant material into a compacted
specialized for the mass called a bolus (sometimes called a cud). The bolus is
task, along with a then regurgitated into the mouth for more chewing, then swal-
little help from lowed again. Bacteria within the digestive tracts of herbivores
anaerobic bacteria. also chemically break down some of the organic compounds
in plants that otherwise cannot be digested. For example, the
decomposition of cellulose, a common organic compound in plants, first produces
sugars through fermentation (Chapter 7), then the formation of acetic, propionic,
butyric, and formic acids, followed by amino acids, vitamins, CO2, and CH4. In the
last stage of decomposition, bacteria reduce CO2 to form CH4. After fermentation,
partially digested material is mixed with microbial cells from the bacteria, where
it passes into the rest of the gastrointestinal tract. This constitutes the main source 8
of protein and vitamins for a ruminant.
A ruminant would quickly die from malnutrition if it did not have a symbiotic
relationship with its gut bacteria. Modern carnivorous animals have similar
requirements for digestion. As a result, paleontologists assume that decomposition
aided by anaerobic bacteria was also the case for carnivorous dinosaurs. Modern
carnivorous analogues to theropod digestion, such as crocodilians and birds, have
a stomach divided into a proventriculus, which produces enzymes for chemical
breakdown and precedes a muscular gizzard that further aids digestion.
Modern methanogenic bacteria, such as Methanobacterium thermautotrophicum, have
a cumulative effect of producing methane on a globally measurable scale, if pre-
sent in enough herbivores that digest large amounts of plant material. Of the
current global methane budget, about 80% is related to methane produced by
bacteria, of which many are hosted by the guts of domesticated cattle. Termites
also are significant contributors to the global methane budget (in fact, more so than
cattle) and they also host bacterial colonies that assist their digestion of wood. During
the Mesozoic, large herbivorous dinosaurs, along with termites and other wood-
digesting organisms, were probably the purveyors of voluminous gaseous emissions
that would have saturated the atmosphere of that time.
The rarity of plant material as stomach contents may actually be an artifact of
preparation methods. The matrix entombing an herbivorous dinosaur may have
contained disseminated plant fragments that were formerly in the gut of the ani-
mal. Thus far, only one specimen of an herbivorous dinosaur (Edmontosaurus) was
reported with stomach remains consisting of plant material. Described in 1922, this
specimens abdominal area contained seeds, twigs, and needles from a species of
conifer. Unfortunately, the plant material was taken out of the specimen during its
preparation, and a thorough investigation of its taphonomy was not undertaken.
As a result, an alternative hypothesis is that this plant material may not represent
actual stomach remains, but rather fragmented debris washed into an open cavity
of the hadrosaurs dead body.
237
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Among the meat eaters, four theropods provide specific examples of interspecific
predatorprey relations in dinosaurs. In the first, a Compsognathus specimen from
the Late Jurassic Solnhofen Limestone of Germany contained a complete specimen
of Bavarisaurus, a type of lizard. In this case, the lizard remains are enclosed by the
costae of the Compsognathus specimen. This circumstance supports the notion that
the lizard was consumed and was not merely separate remains deposited in the
same location. The second example is a specimen of Sinosauropteryx, a feathered
theropod from the Early Cretaceous of China, which also contains its last meal, an
unidentified small mammal that is only present as a single dentary. This find con-
stitutes the only evidence of any dinosaur eating a mammal, despite fiction depict-
ing numerous such scenarios (Chapter 1). The third case is of the Early Cretaceous
spinosaurid Baryonyx, which contained acid-etched scales from the fish Lepidotes
and pieces of Iguanodon. Interestingly, the functional morphology of Baryonyx was
originally interpreted as that of a possible fish eater, so the later discovery of fish
remains in its skeleton was an excellent example of a predictive hypothesis. A sim-
ilar case for stomach contents was proposed for a tyrannosaurid, Daspletosaurus,
from the Late Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of Montana. In this example,
an acid-etched vertebra from a juvenile hadrosaur was found in association with
the partial remains of a Daspletosaurus specimen. The acid etching was hypothe-
sized as having resulted from partial digestion of a hadrosaur (or at least part of
one) in the gut of the Daspletosaurus.
Former stomach remains, where a dinosaur regurgitated its meal, are also a possib-
ility in the geologic record, although their preservation potential was probably very
low. Regurgitation is a common reaction of an animal to ingested toxic substances
or overeating. For example, most alkaloids, compounds commonly found in plants,
induce vomiting in humans and many other mammals if ingested in small quantities.
In fact, these become fatal poisons in larger amounts. Secondary causes of regurgita-
tion are disease, dehydration, or other bodily ailments. However, not all regurgita-
tion indicates poor health. Some predatory birds, such as owls and eagles, will ingest
whole rodents, then regurgitate a pellet composed of their bones and hair after they
have digested the preys muscle tissue. Although these pellets are often confused
with feces, they exit from the mouth instead of the other end. Criteria for inter-
preting fossil regurgitants, or the products of regurgitation, would include poorly-
sorted masses of broken plant or animal material restricted to small areas with
no evidence of sedimentary sorting. Only one possible
Gastroliths (from the dinosaur regurgitant, found in Early Cretaceous deposits
Greek gastro, stomach of Mongolia and composed of turtle and dinosaur bone
fragments, has been interpreted through such criteria.
and lithos, stone), first
mentioned in Chapter 3,
Gastroliths: Mostly for Herbivores
are stones used primarily
Some modern birds will swallow mineral grains several
to help in the mechanical millimeters in diameter, which then reside in their giz-
breakdown of food within zards and aid in the digestion of food by helping to grind
a digestive tract. A tough material. Because birds do not have teeth, they need
colloquial term for this mechanism to break down their food. The muscu-
gastroliths is gizzard lar action of the gizzard and the grinding caused by the
stones. mineral material helps to increase the surface area of the
food for easier digestibility.
Gastroliths were first described and interpreted from a Late Cretaceous hadrosaur
(Claosaurus), by Barnum Brown early in the twentieth century. Friedrich von
Huene later found them in association with bones of the Late Triassic prosauropod
Sellosaurus, and William Lee Stokes described some in association with Late Jurassic
sauropod remains. Surprisingly, they have been studied very little since then, per-
haps because of the level of skepticism they have received from many paleontologists.
238
DINOSAUR FEEDING
Evidence for gastroliths in dinosaurs consists of the numerous polished stones asso-
ciated with dinosaur body fossils. The most oft-cited examples are found within the
thoracic cavity region, ventral to the cervical and dorsal vertebrae and anterior to
the sacral vertebrae.
Dinosaurs with well-supported evidence for gastroliths include some sauropodo-
morphs (both prosauropods and sauropods: Chapter 10), a nodosaurid (Chapter 12),
psittacosaurids (Chapter 13), and a few theropods (Chapter 9). Browns hadrosaur
example of gastroliths has since been regarded as unconvincing, which means that
gastroliths are undocumented for ornithopods. Because gastroliths are normally asso-
ciated with herbivores and the theropod specimens are seemingly carnivores, the
presence of gastroliths in their gut regions is a subject of controversy (Chapter 9).
Gastroliths in psittacosaurids are also enigmatic because these dinosaurs had well-
developed dental batteries that should have easily ground up their roughage, seem-
ingly negating the need for gastroliths.
Coprolites: The End Products of Digestion

Coprolites are trace fossils (Chapter 14) that are rarely matched with their trace-
makers with any form of reliability. Nonetheless, a few notable exceptions provide
insights into their value in working out food choices for some dinosaurs. Both
fossil plants, such as conifers, and bones have been discovered as ground-up mater-
ial in localized masses attributed to dinosaurs. For example, coprolites filled with
ground-up conifer material occur with bones, eggs, and nests of the Late Cretaceous
hadrosaur Maiasaura in Montana. On the carnivorous side, evidence for con-
sumption of a juvenile hadrosaur and chewing in tyrannosaurids can be interpreted
from a large (44-cm long) cylindrical Late Cretaceous coprolite from Alberta. The 8
coprolite is attributed to a tyrannosaurid because of:
1 its unusually large size;

2 the inclusion of numerous small bone fragments of the hadrosaur; and
3 its occurrence in strata known to contain body fossils of tyrannosaurids, such
as Albertosaurus and Tyrannosaurus.
However, because occlusal surfaces were so narrow for tyrannosaurids and most other
theropods, chewing would not have been very efficient. Hence an alternative
hypothesis is that the bone fragments represent nipping of the bone material by
the anterior teeth as it pulled meat off the juvenile hadrosaurid. Another large (64-
cm long) coprolite, also discovered in the Late Cretaceous strata of Alberta, con-
tained three-dimensional impressions of muscle tissue and finely-ground bone. Also
attributed to a tyrannosaurid, this coprolite indicates a brief digestive period for
the tracemaker, rapid phosphatization, and burial of the fecal mass. Otherwise, the
muscle tissue would not have been preserved. These coprolites and their implica-
tions with regard to tyrannosaurid behavior are further discussed in Chapter 9.
Diet and Physiology: How Much Did a Dinosaur Need to Eat?

You are what you eat is a commonly applied phrase that relates the general health
or disposition of a person to what they eat. In the case of dinosaurs and consid-
erations of their physiological needs, the question might be better asked as You
are how much you eat. As a general rule, ectotherms, kilogram for kilogram, will
require less food than endotherms, but even some endotherms need more or less
food than others of their thermoregulatory type. As different foods have varying
caloric or other nutritional values, determination of whether a dinosaur was an
ectotherm, endotherm, or somewhere in between directly related to the quantity
239
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
and quality of what they ate. Consequently, this section will examine how physi-
ology is interrelated with diet.
A common misconception about ectothermy is that it is somehow inferior to
endothermy. Ectothermy and endothermy are simply different ways for animals to
make a living. For example, an ectotherms dependency on its surrounding envir-
onment for maintaining its body temperature means that it is less dependent on
seeking food than an endotherm. An endotherm is largely independent of its out-
side environment for thermoregulation (except in cases of hypothermia or hyper-
thermia: Chapter 6). The trade-off is that an endotherm must eat relatively more
food to maintain its internal body temperature. This means that a crocodile can go
much longer between meals in comparison to a lion of the same mass in the same
environment. Maintenance of a constant body temperature qualifies an animal as
a homeotherm, no matter whether it accomplishes this feat through ectothermy
or endothermy. In contrast, a poikilotherm is an animal whose temperature either
stays constant or varies in direct accordance with the temperature of its environ-
ment. This term was used as a synonym for ectotherm, and indeed there is much
overlap between animals that are ectothermic and poikilothermic, but enough excep-
tions have caused physiologists to make a distinction between the two.
Food has energy content, resulting in kilocalories, the heat energy that is used
for bodily functions such as aerobic metabolism. A kilocalorie (abbreviated as kcal)
is the amount of energy needed to heat 1.0 kg of H2O 1C (from 15.5 to 16.5C
as a standard). Kilocalories are still used as units in studies of diet, but the inter-
nationally accepted standard unit for the study of energy flow is the kilojoule (kJ).
A joule ( J) is a measure of energy equivalent to 1 newton (N) of force applied over
1 meter distance, or
J=Nm (8.4)
A kJ is 1000 joules, which is equivalent in heat energy to 0.24 kcal, or 4.2 kJ =

1.0 kcal.
Different foods have different energy values, exemplified by the following
approximations of kilojoules per gram in each potential food:
n Wood = 17 kJ/g
n Shoots and leaves = 2123 kJ/g
n Vegetation (average) = 21 kJ/g
n Muscle = 2125 kJ/g
n Fat = 38 kJ/g
These estimations of food-energy values may not have changed appreciably through-
out geologic time and can be safely assumed as similar during the Mesozoic. Take,
for example, an ornithopod (Chapter 11) that ate woody tissue. To maintain its energy
levels, it would have needed to eat a greater amount of food than an equivalent-
sized stegosaur (Chapter 12) that ate shoots and leaves. Likewise, a large theropod
that ate lean meat, such as other dinosaurs, would have needed more food than
an equivalent-sized theropod that ate fatty fish.
However, these relationships based on the different energy contents of food also
assume that the animals being compared have the same modes of thermoregula-
tion. Endothermic animals simply require more kilojoules than ectotherms. A
delightful illustration of this difference in caloric needs was provided recently by
two paleontologists who calculated how many 68-kg lawyers (where 1.0 lawyer =
4.3 108 kJ) a 4.5-metric ton Tyrannosaurus rex (Chapter 9) would have needed
to eat in a year, depending on whether it was ectothermic or endothermic.
Their calculations revealed that an endothermic Tyrannosaurus of this size would
240
DINOSAUR FEEDING
have required 292 lawyers/year, whereas an ectothermic one would have only
needed 73 lawyers/year. In other words, an endothermic Tyrannosaurus would
have been four times more effective at stemming frivolous litigation than an
ectothermic one.
On a broader scale, energy flow in an ecosystem, as well as the thermoregula-
tion of the animals inhabiting the ecosystem, can affect the proportion of carni-
vores versus herbivores. This means that an ecosystem tells much about the
physiology of its animals. If all of the predators are endothermic in a particu-
lar ecosystem, their caloric needs could decimate a prey population quickly unless
the latter had large numbers. Preliminary studies of modern ecosystems with
predatorprey relationships of endotherms, specifically, mammals, show that pre-
dators compose a much smaller proportion (less than 1%) of the total predatorprey
biomass than in ecosystems dominated by ectotherms (about 25%). This informa-
tion can be applied as a predictive model to dinosaur populations, where the
ratio of theropods to all other dinosaurs in a contemporaneous deposit is calcu-
lated. The few studies that employed this approach in a comprehensive manner,
using a census of dinosaurs identified as predator and prey, found small pro-
portions of theropods versus other dinosaurs (about 1 to 30, or 3% to 5% theropods),
thus more closely resembling the endothermic model.
However, the predatorprey model has some of the following problems:
n The model is based on one group of endotherms (mammals) and not birds,
which are also endotherms. Considering that most paleontologists consider
birds as dinosaurs, an examination of the latter might be more instructive
for comparison. 8
n Not all food is alike. The model assumes that the predators may have been
equal-opportunity hunters instead of selective.
n The interpretation of an endothermic physiology can only be made about
the theropods, not the herbivorous dinosaurs.
n Taphonomic bias rears its ugly but reality-inducing head once again
(Chapter 7). Not all of the predator and prey animals are preserved in the
assemblage, especially if the animals were small.
The last of these caveats can be tested independently through a track census, which
looks at the proportion of tracks attributable to theropods versus all other
dinosaurs, then normalizes the data for biomass. Footprint length gives an estimate
of the size of the track-making dinosaur (Chapter 14), which is used to calculate a
biomass for each track-making dinosaur. These biomasses are then totaled for
theropods and other dinosaurs, represented on a track horizon to derive a preda-
tor/prey ratio. Using such methods, dinosaur ichnologists calculated predator/prey
ratios from a Late Jurassic tracksite of North America of about 1 : 7 (about 15%
theropods). Interestingly, this ratio is intermediate compared to those calculated
for predator/prey ratios in endothermic and ectothermic populations (Fig. 8.7). The
advantage of this independent measure is that, in most instances, tracks from a
given horizon are more likely to be contemporaneous samples of dinosaur popu-
lations than a bone bed. The disadvantages are that this analysis gives more of an
assessment of the physiology of the predators, not the prey, and that tracks hold
their own distinctive biases (Chapter 14).
A similar method that would compare the ratio of herbivorous dinosaur biomass
to plant biomass has yet to be carried out. This approach operates on the similar
assumption that endothermic herbivores would have had much greater food needs
than ectothermic herbivores in a given terrestrial ecosystem. As a result, the
biomass of large herbivorous dinosaurs should have been limited by the biomass
and caloric quality of the available plants. Some paleontologists have surmised on
241
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
FIGURE 8.7 Estimates of dinosaur biomass in two different Mesozoic deposits as

determined by predator/prey ratios and using different sources of data. (A) Bone data
(based on a Late Creteceous deposit). (B) Track data, normalized for biomass (based on a
Late Jurassic tracksite). Data from Lockley (1990).
such ecological reasoning that very large, 20+ metric-ton herbivores, represented
by some sauropods, such as Late Jurassic diplodocids and Cretaceous titanosaurids
(Chapter 10), must have ingested large amounts of low-quality (woody) plants. This
would have happened regardless of whether they were endothermic or ectother-
mic. In short, difficult-to-find food of high quality (those with high kJ/g) was sacrificed
for the sake of immediately accessible quantity. Accordingly, low-quality plant foods
would have needed extensive residence time in the gastrointestinal tract for fer-
mentation by symbiotic anaerobic bacteria. Thus, digestion required a longer and
larger gut, which in turn necessitated a larger animal. Gastroliths presumably aided
in this digestion, whether they were present in a muscular crop, gizzard, or both
(Chapters 5 and 14). Unfortunately, these pieces of evidence, along with the small
amount of coprolite data linked to herbivorous dinosaurs dietary choices (Chapter
14), do not provide adequate answers to questions about their thermoregulation.
Consequently, other sources of information from a wide range of choices must be
examined.
Dinosaur Thermoregulation: Other Considerations
The controversy over whether dinosaurs were endothermic, ectothermic, or some

sort of physiology that did not qualify as either (or varied on a species-to-species
basis) has caused the death of many trees because of the large number of papers
written on the subject during the last 30 years. Of all topics in dinosaur studies,
the popularity of the dinosaur thermoregulation discussion is rivaled only by the
enduring debates over theropod ancestry and origin of flight in birds, and the causes
of dinosaur extinctions at the end of the Cretaceous. One of the fortunate out-
comes of this continuing research is that the question of which mode of ther-
moregulation dominated among dinosaurs has provoked a multi-faceted approach
to answering it. One of the less fortunate outcomes is a common dilemma in sci-
ence: more questions are generated by the research than are answered.
The other clues used to test for endothermy and ectothermy in dinosaurs include
the following, most of which involve comparison to living terrestrial vertebrates
(including birds):
242
DINOSAUR THERMOREGULATION: OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
n Neurophysiology, where the encephalization quotient (EQ) is calculated and

brain complexity is described (Chapter 11).
n Geochemistry of bone as related to oxygen-isotope ratios.
n Social behavior (degree of brooding or nurturing, gregariousness, intra-
specific competition).
n Cranial anatomy related to respiration.
n Overall posture and locomotion.
n Body size (including the lengths of some body parts).
n Soft-part anatomy (organs and feathers).
n Paleobiogeographic distribution.
n Phylogenetic closeness to endothermic or ectothermic animals.
None of these approaches has resulted in 100% agreement among researchers.

However, the evidence suggests strongly that some, but not necessarily all,
dinosaurs were likely endothermic but showed this thermoregulatory mode while
growing up. Figuring out which thermoregulatory mode was the case after adult-
hood is less certain. With that warning in mind, arguments and counterarguments
for each facet of thermoregulation are presented briefly here. Readers should look
for points of consensus, then peruse the voluminous literature on this subject for
the details.
Neurophysiology
When EQs are plotted for dinosaurs against a 1.0 standard for modern crocodiles,
the values range from extremely low (0.2) to substantially higher (6.5). The less 8
brainy dinosaurs include sauropods, thyreophorans, and ceratopsians, which all
rank below 1.0. Ornithopods and theropods show higher values, the highest being
from coelurosaurs (especially troodontids), a clade that presumably includes the
ancestors of birds. In fact, the EQs at the higher end of the scale for non-avian
theropods overlap with some modern flightless birds (Chapter 15). The reasoning
behind using EQs as a measure of thermoregulation is that modern endothermic
organisms have high EQs. However, this does not necessarily mean that a cause-
and-effect relationship can be inferred between EQ and endothermy. Also, less than
5% of dinosaur genera have had their EQs calculated, so the data set should be
regarded as preliminary. Independent neurophysiological evidence related to EQ,
such as brain complexity, also reveals that dinosaur brains are rather simple, com-
parable in morphology to those of modern reptiles. Nevertheless, a few (such as
Tyrannosaurus) show enlarged olfactory bulbs, which suggests a superior sense of
smell but denotes nothing about thermoregulation.
Bone Geochemistry: Oxygen Isotopes

Endothermy and ectothermy can cause oxygen-isotope signatures in different parts
of an animals body. Therefore, studying the oxygen-isotope ratio from different
parts of the body should indicate which thermoregulation mode the animal used.
For example, an endothermic animal should maintain a very similar body temperature
throughout its entire body (homeothermy). This means that its phalanges would
reflect the same temperature as its vertebrae, despite the distal location of the fingers
relative to the spine. As explained earlier, oxygen-isotope ratios (16O/18O) change
in direct correspondence to temperature. Consequently, the ratio of these isotopes
from bones in different parts of an animals body should either differ considerably,
correlating with an ectothermic physiology, or coincide, indicating endothermy.
Dinosaur bones, like dinosaur eggs, contain oxygen isotopes, meaning that their
isotopic ratios can be calculated. For example, ratios calculated for the theropod
243
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Tyrannosaurus, ornithopod Hypacrosaurus, and ceratopsian Montanoceratops indicate

that the ratios varied little, equivalent to 2C. These preliminary results indicate
at least homeothermy for those dinosaurs tested, with the exception of one
nodosaurid that showed variations equivalent to 11C.
Two criticisms of this method are:
1 homeothermy implies higher metabolic rates than ectothermy, but still does
not indicate endothermy on the level of birds or mammals; and
2 the ratios may be nowhere near the original ratios formed when the ani-
mal was alive, and may be a function of water chemistry from post-burial
processes (Chapter 6).
This method of analysis is still relatively new and being tested, but holds some promise
for future studies.
Social Behavior
Some of the social interactions interpreted for dinosaurs are also common beha-
viors in modern birds and mammals. These behaviors include:
1 nurturing of young by some hadrosaurs (Chapter 11);

2 brooding of a nest by an oviraptorid (Fig. 8.8);
3 herding or other large group movements by theropods, sauropods, orni-
thopods, and ceratopsians; and
4 intraspecific competition in theropods, ornithopods, thyreophorans, and
ceratopsians.
In contrast, these behaviors are rare to absent in most modern terrestrial ectother-
mic vertebrates. Of course, present behaviors that are correlated with thermoregu-
lation may not necessarily apply to Mesozoic animals, and past behaviors are based
on inferences. The majority of this evidence, however, is persuasive of behavioral
qualities that may have depended on endothermy. A brooding Oviraptor on its nest
is particularly striking: why would a dinosaur sit on a nest unless it was keep-
ing its eggs at the same temperature as the parent? Along those same lines, the
outstretching of arms around a nest implies protection, which would have been
provided by arms that had a greater surface area caused by feathers, another
endothermic trait.
Cranial Anatomy Related to Respiration

Endothermic vertebrates have large spaces within their nasal cavities to accommodate
folded bony or cartilaginous structures, which were often lined with mucous mem-
branes called respiratory turbinates. These structures are essential to endotherms
because they help to conserve the water and heat associated with the near-
constant breathing that endotherms use for their more active metabolism. Turbinates
ensure that as much as 60% of the water moisture that is inhaled is absorbed
(reclaimed) before being exhaled, otherwise its absence would quickly result in
dehydration. Body-heat losses and energy demands would also accumulate if
turbinates were not in place, the equivalent of leaving a window open on a cold
winter day. Because of the essential function of turbinates in conserving water
and heat, nearly all mammals and birds possess them and they can be used as
undoubted indicators of endothermy in modern taxa. Searches for these structures
(or at least enough room for them) in a few dinosaur skulls have so far not shown
244
FIGURE 8.8 Evidence of brooding

and association of embryo with the
theropod Oviraptor. (A) Skeleton
of adult Oviraptor (missing its skull)
on egg clutch. (B) Oviraptor embryo
recovered from an egg that was
previously interpreted as belonging
to the ceratopsian Protoceratops.
Both specimens recovered from
Late Cretaceous strata in Mongolia.
Transparencies 5789 (5) and K17685
(Photo. Mick Ellison). Courtesy of the
Library, American Museum of Natural
History.
(A)
(B)
any evidence for turbinates. Thus, this constitutes evidence favoring ectothermy
in those dinosaurs examined (Ornithomimus, Tyrannosaurus, and Hypacrosaurus).
One of the objections to this hypothesis is that turbinates may have evolved later
as a more derived trait associated with endothermy, but was still preceded by the
evolution of endothermy in general. In this sense, the absence of a single trait does
not necessarily negate all other evidence that is in agreement. Another criticism is
that turbinate-like structures may have been present in dinosaurs but they were
composed entirely of soft tissue and not preserved, or otherwise are not yet re-
cognizable. Furthermore, similar to the situation posed by EQs of dinosaurs, only
a small number of dinosaur genera have been examined for the absence or pres-
ence of cranial space for respiratory turbinates. As a result, any emphatic state-
ment that all dinosaurs lacked these structures is premature. Lastly, endothermic
dinosaurs lacking such structures could have compensated behaviorally, such as
245
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
by drinking more water. Nevertheless, respiratory turbinates provide yet another

example of why thermoregulation has been a source of vigorous debate.
Overall Posture and Locomotion

Upright posture, a defining trait of dinosaurs (Chapters 1 and 5), is linked with
endothermy because it is a characteristic of all extant mammals and birds. Upright
posture is not only discernible from dinosaur skeletons, but is also apparent in
dinosaur trackways, which normally show narrow straddles associated with diago-
nal walking patterns (Chapter 14). Upright posture also implies increased mobility
and energy needs in comparison to a sprawling one. For example, adaptations to
obligate bipedality in ancestral dinosaurs resulted in faster and possibly more sus-
tained movement (Chapter 6). Numerous theropod trackways also indicate that they
were active animals. Activity levels are presumably related to metabolism and food
requirements. Overall, these locomotor capabilities are suggestive of endothermy.
The problems with these generalizations are that:
1 just because endothermy is correlated with upright posture in extant ani-

mals, does not necessarily mean that it also applies to extinct ones;
2 in warmer climates, ectotherms can also be quite active, and many of the
Mesozoic environments inhabited by dinosaurs were mild, especially dur-
ing times of global warming; and
3 skeletons and trackways of a few dinosaurs, such as those of ceratopsians,
suggest more of a semi-erect posture.
Using this criterion, ceratopsians could have been either ectothermic, if upright
posture is a 100% sure indicator of endothermy, or endothermic, if upright pos-
ture is a fallible indicator of endothermy. Perhaps the answer lies somewhere in
between.
Body Size (Including Body Parts)

In the larger dinosaurs, such as some sauropods (Chapter 10), sheer size may have
been a factor in maintaining body heat. An animal that keeps its body temperat-
ure the same, because of its mass retaining heat, is called an inertial homeotherm.
This is regardless of whether they were endotherms or ectotherms. In fact, a sauro-
pod with endothermy equivalent to that of a mammal would have had a problem
with getting rid of heat, rather than with retaining it. One of the possible avenues
for dissipating excess heat is through body parts, as seen in modern elephants with
large ears (such as Loxodonta). This mechanism has been postulated for stegosaurs
with dorsal plates (Chapter 12). Although large external ears or other flaps of skin
are unknown in sauropods, the extremely long necks and tails, as well as four lengthy
limbs, of some species could have also served as heat vents.
Neck lengths, however, pose a dilemma for blood pressure. If sauropods held their
necks vertically or otherwise assumed a vertical posture, they would have required
very high blood pressures to pump oxygenated blood to their brains (Chapter 10).
High blood pressure is correlated with endothermy in modern endotherms.
Accordingly, the estimates of the blood pressures needed to pump blood from the
distance of a dinosaur heart to its brain can be calculated. When the two sets of
figures are compared, most of the dinosaurs that were considered, with the excep-
tion of ceratopsians, show blood pressures that overlap or exceed those of modern
endotherms. Still, such calculations made for sauropods assume a vertical posture
for their necks. In contrast, some anatomical data now suggest horizontal postures
were more common, so these animals would not have required such high blood
246
pressures. Also, correlation is not necessarily causation, in that endothermy may

not have necessarily caused high blood pressure.
Soft-Part Anatomy: Organs and Feathers

Although soft tissues are more rarely preserved in dinosaurs than their bones and
teeth, when found they can provide valuable insights into dinosaur physiology. For
example, feathers in dinosaurs have important implications for physiology, as do
organs such as hearts and lungs. In birds, feathers have multiple purposes, such as
display, flight, and insulation. In Archaeopteryx, the feathers were developed well
enough to have served all three purposes (Chapter 15). On the other hand, feathers
seen on flightless theropods such as those on the arms and tail of Caudipteryx and
other small theropods, as well as the downy dorsal fringe seen on Sinosauropteryx
(Chapter 9) and possibly one specimen of the ceratopsid Psittacosaurus (Chap-
ter 13) may not have been sufficient for insulation purposes. Nevertheless, they
may have made the dinosaurs look attractive to others of their species. Some pale-
ontologists have proposed that juvenile theropods or other juvenile dinosaurs
were born with downy coats that they later shed, but this idea lacks evidence. The
only skin impressions known of embryonic dinosaurs are those of some Early
Cretaceous titanosaurids, which show only scales (Chapter 10). In fact, the vast major-
ity of dinosaur skin impressions show no signs of feathers, although this is a bias
that also applies to most soft tissues possessed by dinosaurs.
An exception to this generalization was the recent discovery of a mineralized mass
in the thoracic cavity of a specimen of the Late Cretaceous ornithopod Thescelo-
saurus, which was originally interpreted as a fossil heart. Both endotherm hearts 8
and crocodile hearts have four chambers, but endotherm hearts differ in having
single aortas and completely divided ventricles, whereas crocodile hearts have two
aortas and only partial division between ventricles. CT scans of the structure
in Thescelosaurus showed a morphology resembling four chambers and a single
aorta, which matches modern endotherms. This does not necessarily mean that
Thescelosaurus was endothermic? Since the publication of the peer-reviewed paper
on this structure, it underwent even more peer review that resulted in fewer sci-
entists accepting it as a fossil heart. However, if any dinosaur is found with a
definite heart that shows four chambers and a single aorta, it would only mean
that it had high blood pressure. Again, this is a trait correlated with endothermy,
but not necessarily dependent on it.
Paleobiogeographic Distribution
Dinosaur body and trace fossils have been recovered from both Arctic and
Antarctic latitudes, and all latitudes between. Although dinosaurs are often
depicted as living in tropical or low-latitude desert environments, a significant num-
ber of them lived in temperate or even polar environments. In fact, any dinosaur
fossils from Alaska, northern Canada, Sweden, Siberia (of Russia), Australia, New
Zealand, Antarctica, or the southern part of South America are designated as evid-
ence of so-called polar dinosaurs. Modern ectotherms are much narrower in their
biogeographic ranges, clustering in both numbers and diversity in low latitudes and
the equator. Even when taking into account the plate tectonic movements that have
moved some areas to polar localities of today (Chapter 4), an appreciable number
of dinosaurs still lived in 60 degrees or higher latitudes, or within 30 degrees of
either the geographic North or South Poles.
Such a paleobiogeographic range suggests endothermy, especially if any dinosaurs
stayed in these regions during the six months of darkness associated with winters
in these regions. However, considering that warm global temperatures were typical
247
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
of much of the Mesozoic, especially the Cretaceous Period, even the biogeographic
ranges of ectotherms should have been wider than today. Nevertheless, some paleonto-
logists have argued that these dinosaurs still exceeded expected ranges for Mesozoic
ectotherms. Other evidence relates to the possibility that dinosaurs migrated with
the seasons, a behavioral trait seen in modern endotherms such as birds, many of
whom breed in the northern hemisphere during the summer and then fly south
for the winter (Chapter 15). Whether polar dinosaurs were year-round residents or
snowbirds is still not known, but anatomical evidence that supplements the year-
round hypothesis comes from the large orbits (eye sockets) of a few species. These
traits certainly correspond to large eyes, which may represent adaptations to seeing
better under low-light conditions.
Phylogenetic Closeness to Endothermic or Ectothermic Animals

According to phylogenetic analyses, birds and crocodilians are the closest living
relatives to dinosaurs, but crocodilians are ectothermic and birds are endothermic.
According to present paleontological knowledge, the common ancestor of cro-
codilians and dinosaurs probably lived in the Early Triassic. In contrast, the com-
mon ancestor of dinosaurs and birds probably lived in the Middle to Late Jurassic.
The common ancestry of crocodiles and dinosaurs was originally used as evidence
of ectothermy in dinosaurs. Now, however, the common ancestry of dinosaurs and
birds is used as evidence for endothermy in dinosaurs. Furthermore, pterosaurs (flying
reptiles: Chapter 6) are now regarded as endotherms, and they had a common ances-
tor with dinosaurs. Some paleontologists default to the more recent evolution of
birds as evidence of a minimum time when endothermy emerged in archosaur lin-
eages. Nevertheless, this still does not answer exactly when endothermy developed.
Endothermy also was independently developed in mammalian lineages through-
out the Mesozoic, and it most likely began in mammals well before birds.
The only clear conclusion from using a phylogenetic argument for the timing
of endothermy is that it developed in some archosaur lineages sometime in
the Mesozoic and most likely in some small theropods during the Jurassic.
Nonetheless, this conclusion still does not entirely pertain to other dinosaurs, even
other saurischians. As a result, the mystery of dinosaur thermoregulation is not yet
firmly answered by either big picture or small picture perspectives, but the answers
have been good in provoking further research.
248
SUMMARY
Paleontologists who study dinosaur physi-

ology examine how dinosaurs converted
and transferred matter and energy in their
daily lives, which is especially related to their
metabolism. This is a topic of much inter-
est to paleontologists because of what it reveals
about dinosaur biology and evolutionary history.
Much of the controversy surrounding dinosaur physiology
centers on whether they were endothermic (warm blooded),
ectothermic (cold blooded), or some other type of physiology that was
in between. Lines of evidence used in interpreting dinosaur physiology
are mostly associated with reproduction, growth, and feeding. Repro-
ductive behavior, types of eggs, clutch sizes, and the biogeochemistry
of eggs all lend clues to dinosaur physiology, particularly for female
dinosaurs. Studies of bone mineralization and dinosaur bone histology
provide information about their rates of growth. These indicate rapid growth
rates consistent with endothermy in a few dinosaur species, although it
is unknown whether most or all dinosaurs had the same sort of physi-
ology. Dinosaur nutritional needs, adaptations to feeding (such as teeth
and jaws), and how they fed were intimately related to dinosaur physi-
ology. Dinosaurs consisted of both herbivores and carnivores, although
evidence from toothmarks, stomach contents, gastroliths, and coprolites 8
can sometimes indicate exactly what a dinosaur ate or which of them
were eaten. Other lines of evidence related to dinosaur physiology include
EQ (encephalization quotient), geochemistry of bone, social behavior,
cranial anatomy related to respiration, overall posture and locomotion,
body size, soft-part anatomy, paleobiogeographic distribution, and phy-
logenetic relatedness to endothermic or ectothermic animals. Collect-
ively, these data point toward dinosaurs as a physiologically varied group
of animals that cannot be easily categorized.
1. Describe or sketch a hypothetical trace fossil

of dinosaur mating for a
a. bipedal dinosaur species, and
b. quadrupedal dinosaur
species.
How would a paleonto-
logist be able to distinguish such behavior from the vast
majority of trackways that merely show locomotion?
2. Acquire one dozen chicken eggs from a grocery store and measure
their lengths and diameters.
a. What shape would you characterize for the eggs?
b. Examine the eggshell using either a handlens or a binocular (dissect-
ing) microscope. If pores are visible, draw a square centimeter onto
249
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
the surface of the egg and count the number of pores within that
square centimeter. Repeat the experiment for two other eggs and
compare the results for all three samples. How similar are they?
c. Using the appropriate formula, calculate the volume for a single
egg, then calculate individual volumes for the next 11 eggs. What
statistical measurements can you use to describe the typical egg
volume and its variations?
d. What is the cumulative (total) volume of all one dozen eggs?
e. How does this cumulative volume compare to a Late Cretaceous
sauropod egg from Argentina with axis diameters of a = 13 cm,
b = 13 cm, and c = 15 cm?
f. Test the chemical composition of an egg by immersing it in vine-
gar. What elements are being released from the egg by dissolv-
ing the eggshell material? Would this affect its biogeochemistry
in comparison to an egg that did not have its eggshell dissolved?
3. What is an explanation for site fidelity of dinosaur nests, when
dinosaurs were clearly capable of moving to a variety of environments
for their egglaying?
4. How would the evolution of teeth and bones composed of calcite
or aragonite, instead of dahllite, have changed the lifestyles of some
vertebrates? Give some specific examples using either fossil or
present-day animals.
5. Why is relatively more cancellous bone located in the epiphyses of
limb bones, instead of the greater amount of compact bone found
in the diaphyses? What would be the functional advantage of this
unequal distribution?
6. What evidence would help to better support the hypothesis that some
theropods preferentially consumed sauropod skulls? If such behavior
was reasonably supported, then offer an explanation why this body
part was preferred as a result of some physiological need. What nutri-
tion would brains provide versus other organs?
7. Iguanodontians lacked teeth on their premaxillaries, yet the rest of
their teeth are clearly adapted for tearing and chewing plant mater-
ial. Assuming an iguanodontian pulled plant material into its mouth
using teeth from the dentary but none on the premaxillary, what might
their toothmarks on the plants have looked like, especially in com-
parison to herbivores that have incisors for shearing on both upper
and lower jawbones? What modern animals have a similar adapta-
tion to feeding and what do their toothmarks on plants look like?
8. Give a taphonomically based alternative hypothesis for how a sup-
posed prey animal could have been placed in the thoracic region of
a dinosaur without it having been actually consumed or constituting
an offspring.
9. If someone asked you what is meant by hot-blooded and cold-
blooded, how would you explain this, using real, modern exam-
ples? How would you then apply this explanation to dinosaurs that
have been extinct for more than 65 million years?
10. What is an alternative explanation for polar dinosaurs other than
endothermy? Provide evidence that would support your hypothesis,
whether it would come from body fossils, trace fossils, or analogues
with modern animals.
250
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliography
Abler, W. L. 1999. The teeth of tyrannosaurs. Scientific American 281: 5051.

Bakker, R. T. 1972. Anatomical and ecological evidence of endothermy in dinosaurs.
Nature 238: 8185.
Barrick, R. E. 1998. Isotope paleobiology of the vertebrates: ecology, physiology, and
diagenesis, in isotope paleobiology and paleoecology The Paleontological Society Papers
4: 101137.
Barrick, R. E. and Showers, W. J. 1994. Thermophysiology of Tyrannosaurus rex: evidence
from oxygen isotopes. Science 265: 222224.
Barrick, R. E., Showers, W. J. and Fischer, A. G. 1996. Comparison of thermoregulation
of four ornithischian dinosaurs and a varanid lizard from the Cretaceous Two
Medicine Formation: Evidence from oxygen isotopes. Palaios 11: 295305.
Bennett, A. F. and Ruben, J. A. 1979. Endothermy and activity in vertebrates. Science
206: 49654.
Bertrand, C. E. 1903. Les Coprolithes de Bernissart. I. partie: Les Coprolithes qui ont
t attribus aux Iguanodons. Memoires du Musee royal dhistoire naturelle de Belgique
1(4): 1154.
Brown, B. 1907. Gastroliths. Science 25(636): 392.
Buckland, W. 1835. On the discovery of coprolites, or fossil faeces, in the Lias at Lyme
Regis, and in other formations. Transactions of the Geological Society of London Series
2 3(1): 223236.
Campbell, H. W. 1972. Ecological or phylogenetic interpretation of crocodilian nest-
ing habits. Nature 238: 404405. 8
Carpenter, K. 1999. Eggs, Nests, and Baby Dinosaurs: A Look at Dinosaur Reproduction (Life
of the Past). Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press.
Carpenter, K., Hirsch K. F. and Horner, J. R. (Eds). 1994. Dinosaur Eggs and Babies.
Chiappe, L. M., Coria, R. A., Dingus, L., Jackson, F., Chinsamy, A. and Fox, M. 1998.
Sauropod dinosaur embryos from the Late Cretaceous of Patagonia. Nature 396: 258261.
Chin, K. 1997. What did dinosaurs eat? Coprolites and other direct evidence of
dinosaur diets. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete
Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 371382.
Chin, K. and Gill, B. D. 1996. Dinosaurs, dung beetles, and conifers: participants in a
Cretaceous food web. Palaios 11: 280285.
Chin, K., Tokaryk, T. T., Erickson, G. M. and Calk, L. C. 1998. A king-sized theropod
coprolite. Nature 393: 680682.
Constantine, A., Chinsamy, A., Vickers-Rich, P. and Rich, T. H. 1998. Periglacial envi-
ronments and polar dinosaurs. South African Journal of Science 94: 137141.
Currie, P. J. and Jacobsen, A. R. 1995. An azhdarchid pterosaur eaten by a velocirap-
torine theropod. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 32: 922925.
DeNiro, M. J. and Epstein, S. 1978. Influence of diet and the distribution of carbon iso-
topes in animals. Geochimica Cosmochimica Acta 42: 495.
Erickson, G. M. 1997. Tooth replacement patterns. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds),
Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press. pp. 739740.
Farlow, J. O. 1987. Speculations about the diet and digestive physiology of herbivorous
dinosaurs. Paleobiology 13(1): 6073.
Farlow, F. O., Thompson, C. V. and Rosner, D. E. 1976. Plates of the dinosaur
Stegosaurus: forced convection heat loss fins? Science 192: 11231124.
Fiorillo, A. R. and Weishampel, D. B. 1997. Tooth wear. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K.
(Eds), Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press. pp. 743745.
Fisher, P. E., Russell, D. A., Stoskopf, M. K., Barrick, R. E., Hammer, M., Kuzmitz, A. A.
2000. Cardiovascular evidence for an intermediate or higher metabolic rate in an
ornithischian Dinosaur. Science 288: 503505.
251
DINOSAUR PHYSIOLOGY
Folinsbee, R. E., Fritz, P., Krouse, H. R., and Robblu, A. R. 1970. Carbon and oxygen-
18 in dinosaur, crocodile, and bird eggshells indicate environmental conditions. Science
168: 1553.
Francillon-Vieillot, H. et al. 1990. Microstructure and mineralization of vertebrate skele-
tal tissues. In Carter J. (Ed.), Skeletal Biomineralization. New York: Van Nostrand-
Reinhold. pp. 471530.
Hopson, J. A. 1977. Relative brain size and behaviour in archosaurian reptiles. Annual
Revie of Ecological Sysems. 8: 429448.
Horner, J. R. 2000. Dinosaur reproduction and parenting. Annual Review of Earth and
Planetary Sciences 28: 1945.
Horner, J. R. and Makela, R. 1979. Nest of juveniles provides evidence of family struc-
ture among dinosaurs. Nature 282: 296298.
Horner, J. R., de Ricqls, A. and Padian, K. 1999. Variation in dinosaur skeletochrono-
logy indicators: Implications for age assessment and physiology. Paleobiology 25:
295304.
Jerison, H. J. 1969. Brain evolution and dinosaur brains. American Naturalist 103:
575588.
Johnston, P. A. 1979. Growth rings in dinosaur teeth. Nature 278: 635636.
Nagy, K. A. 1987. Field metabolic rate and food requirement scaling in mammals and
birds. Ecological Monographs 57: 111128.
Nature 378: 774776.
Norell, M. A., Clark, J. M., Dashzeveg, D., Barsbold, R., Chiappe, L. M., Davidson,
A. R., McKenna, M. C., Perle, A. and Novacek, M. J. 1994. A theropod dinosaur embryo
and the affinities of the Flaming Cliffs dinosaur eggs. Science 266, 5186: 779782.
OConnor, M. P. and Dodson, P. 1999. Biophysical constraints on the thermal ecology
of dinosaurs. Paleobiology 25: 341368.
the Lower Cretaceous of Montana. Peabody Museum of Natural History Bulletin 30: 1165.
Padian, K., de Ricqles, A. J. and Horner, J. R. 2001. Dinosaurian growth rates and bird
origins. Nature 412: 405408.
Paladino, F. V., Spotila, J. R. and Dodson, P. 1997. A blueprints for giants: Modeling
the physiology of large dinosaurs. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds),
The Complete Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 491504.
Parrish, J. M. et al. 1987. Late Cretaceous vertebrate fossils from the north slope of Alaska
and implications for dinosaur ecology. Palaios 2: 377389.
Paul, G. S. 1988. Predatory Dinosaurs of the World. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Reid, R. E. 1997. Dinosaurian physiology: the case for intermediate dinosaurs. In Farlow,
J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana:
Indiana University Press. pp. 449473.
Ricqles, A. J. de. 1974. Evolution of endothermy: histological evidence. Evolutionary Theory
1: 5180.
Ricqles, A. J. de. 1983. Cyclical growth in the long limb bones of a sauropod dinosaur.
Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 28: 225232.
Ruben, J. A., Jones, T. D., Currie, P. J., Horner, J. R., Espe, G., III, Hillenius, W. J., Geist,
N. R. and Leitch, A. 1996. The metabolic status of some Late Cretaceous dinosaurs.
Science 273: 12041207.
Ruben, J. A. et al. 1999. Pulmonary function and metabolic physiology of theropod
dinosaurs. Science 283: 514516.
Ruben, J. A., Jones, T. D., Signore, M., Dal Sasso, C., Geist, N. R. and Hillenius, W. J.
1999. Pulmonary function and metabolic physiology of theropod dinosaurs. Science
283: 514516.
Sander, P. M. 1997. Teeth and jaws. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia
of Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press. pp. 717725.
Sarkar, A., Bhattacharya, S. K. and Mohabey, D. M. 1991. Stable-isotope analyses of
dinosaur eggshells: paleoenvironmental implications. Geology 19: 10681071.
252
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Sasso, C. D. and Signore, M. 1998. Exceptional soft-tissue preservation in a theropod

dinosaur from Italy. Nature 392: 383387.
Schmidt-Nielsen, K. 1972. How Animals Work. Cambridge. UK: Cambridge University
Press.
Thomas, R. D. K. and Olson, E. C. (Eds). 1980. A Cold Look at Warm-blooded Dinosaurs.
Boulder, Colorado: Westview Press.
Varricchio, D. J. 1999. Gut contents for a Cretaceous tyrannosaur: implications for
theropod digestive tracts. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 19, 3: 82A.
Varricchio, D. J., Jackson, F., Borlowski, J. and Horner, J. R. 1997. Nest and egg clutches
for the theropod dinosaurs Troodon formosus and evolution of avian reproductive traits.
Nature 385: 247250.
Weaver, J. C. 1983. The improbable endotherm: the energetics of the sauropod
dinosaur Brachiosaurus. Paleobiology 9: 173182.
253
Chapter
9
Of the dinosaurs depicted in fiction, the ones you most often encounter are
theropods. Theropods are inevitably portrayed as active, voracious, and vicious
predators that ruthlessly pursued and killed their prey. Many movies show
theropods running in packs, which suggests that they had greater activity levels
and energy requirements than normal modern reptiles and behaved more like
mammals or birds.
What fossil evidence supports that any, let alone most, theropods were pred-
ators? In contrast, which of the theropods could have been scavengers? Were some
possibly omnivores or even herbivores? Finally, what fossil evidence answers ques-
tions about their activity levels and social behavior, and how do these compare
to modern mammals or birds?
Theropoda
Clades and Species of Theropoda

Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Theropoda
Theropods as Living Animals
Summary
Bibliography
THEROPODA
Why Study Theropods?

Of all dinosaur clades, Theropoda is
the most intensively studied and
discussed by paleontologists. Based
on their frequent appearances on
the covers of prestigious science journals and mentions in news reports of the past
20 years or so, theropods remain the most famous of dinosaurs. This fame is at
least partially related to an enduring, perhaps vicarious fascination with large predat-
ory animals in general, such as sharks, crocodiles, Komodo dragons, large cats, and
grizzly bears. Theropods fit well in this group of meat-eaters but with one excep-
tion some of their members were the largest carnivores that ever lived in ter-
restrial environments; a few species may have approached 8 metric tons in weight
and 15 meters in length. Consequently, an informal competition for discovery
of the largest land-dwelling carnivore focuses exclusively on members of the
Theropoda, a sideline issue for paleontologists for more than 100 years. This
contest began with the announcement by Barnum Brown in 1902 of the first
specimen of Tyrannosaurus rex (Chapter 3) and continued more recently with
Carcharodontosaurus of Morocco and Giganotosaurus of Argentina.
Of course, not all theropods were large predators. In fact, they were extremely
diverse in size, form, and function during their 165-million-year history. For ex-
ample, the majority of theropods, unlike most dinosaurs, were bipedal. This ple-
siomorphic trait of dinosaurs was probably related to natural selection for longer
hind limbs, shorter fore limbs, modification of the pes, and lightening of the skele-
tal structure. Increased mobility and speed were subsequent benefits of this evolu-
tion (Chapter 6). Indeed, some theropods have skeletal features that reflect most
of the adaptive characteristics seen in modern mammals and large flightless birds
capable of rapid movement. The most dynamic records of theropod bipedalism and
other forms of movement are their tracks, and interpretations made from such
features corroborate their activities. Theropod tracks, first described by Edward
Hitchcock in the mid-nineteenth century (Chapter 3), are by far the most abund-
ant of dinosaur tracks and constitute a considerably greater fossil record than theropod
skeletal remains (Chapter 14).
The past 20 years of paleontological research have also witnessed better documen-
tation of other theropod trace fossils. Examples include nests, toothmarks, coprolites,
and rare examples of gastroliths (Chapter 14), which have been accompanied by
body fossils such as juvenile remains, eggs, and embryos (Chapter 8). Examina-
tion of all these data has led to a more complete picture of theropod lifestyles
than can be interpreted on the basis of sometimes fragmentary skeletal data alone.
Through such integrated analyses, theropods have turned out to be more complex
animals than originally thought, far beyond the eat-and-run killing machines so
entrenched as fictional stereotypes.
Resurgent interest in theropods followed spectacular finds of an Early Cretaceous
theropod (Scipionyx) in Italy (with partial preservation of its internal organs), as well
256
THEROPODA
as beautifully preserved feathered theropods from Cretaceous deposits in China

(including one with feathers on all four limbs). Feathered theropods, in particular,
provide even more evidence to support their evolutionary connection to birds
(Chapter 15). Interpretations regarding the physiological implications of feathers
or feather-like structures in theropods have also prompted much scientific dis-
cussion, especially relating to thermoregulation (Chapter 8). Moreover, any con-
ventional dividing line between theropods and birds is obscure. For example,
both a dinosaur capable of flight (Microraptor) and a bird not quite able to fly
(Archaeopteryx) have been hypothesized. These hypotheses sometimes create
semantic difficulties whenever paleontologists try to explain differences between
descendants and ancestors in theropod lineages. Indeed, by cladistic reasoning,
theropods have the longest history of all dinosaur clades, beginning with the first
dinosaurs about 230 million years ago through to the birds of today. As a result,
this long history justifies the inordinate amount of attention theropods receive.
Definition and Unique Characteristics of Theropoda

Theropoda (thero = beast and poda = foot) is a stem-based clade within
Saurischia. Stem-based clades are those that have a shared common ancestor that
is more recent than that of another group (Chapter 5). Theropoda is also a sister
clade to Sauropodomorpha from the parent clade of Saurischia. A sister clade is a
taxon that shares and splits from the same ancestral group as another taxon. In
the case of theropods and sauropodomorphs, they had a common saurischian ances-
tor but then probably diverged early in their respective evolutionary histories. This
clade is named after the Theropoda of O. C. Marsh (Chapters 2 and 3), who devised
the term in 1881 to describe dinosaurs interpreted as meat-eaters. Marsh evidently
made a mistake in creating such a name, because in the following year he authored
a classification of dinosaurs wherein he named the Ornithopoda (= bird foot:
Chapter 11) on the basis of dinosaur feet that no longer resembled those of birds. 9
Marshs scientific reputation alone ensured that these names were cited, and they
subsequently became entrenched in the paleontological literature.
Within Theropoda are two (maybe three) major stem-
based clades, Ceratosauria and Tetanurae (Fig. 9.1). Recent
More than 20 re-evaluations of Herrerasauridae (Chapter 6), which was
synapomorphies considered a clade within Theropoda, now places some
define Theropoda. doubt on that relationship. Regardless, it will be covered
in this chapter because of its historical association with
theropods. Each of these three clades includes 20 or more char-
acters that distinguish them. Some of the more important traits
of theropods include (Fig. 9.2):
n A flexible jaw, indicated by an intramandibular joint.

n An extra fenestra in the maxilla.
n Lachrymal bone well exposed on dorsal surface of skull.
n Minimum of five vertebrae in sacrum.
n Manus with claws (unguals) and reduction or loss of digits IV and V.
n Slightly curved femur, which is also more than twice as long as the
humerus.
n Pes with digits II through to IV; digit I reduced and separate, digit V reduced
or absent.
n Well-defined (long) processes on cervical and caudal vertebrae.
Thin, low-density (mostly cancellous) limb bones and vertebrae are also a
common characteristic associated with theropods. This trait probably reflects an
257
THEROPODA
Tyrannosauridae
Ornithomimosauridae
Allosauridae Troodontidae
Sinraptoridae
Dromaeosauridae
Deinonychosauria
Carnosauria
Avialae
Arctometatarsalia
Spinosauroidea
Abelisauridae
Maniraptora
Maniraptiformes
Coelophysoidea
Neoceratosauria Coelurosauria
Megalosauridae
Avetheropoda
Ceratosauria
Tetanurae
Neotheropoda
Herrerasauridae
THEROPODA
FIGURE 9.1 Cladogram for Theropoda and Herrerasauridae, showing relationships

of major clades and outgroups. Note that an alternative cladogram would have
herrerasaurids as an outgroup sharing a common archosaur ancestor with dinosaurs, but
outside of the Dinosauria.
adaptation to increased mobility but later aided in the development of flight in

some theropod lineages. Related to this lightening of limb bones is another com-
mon theropod characteristic, pneumatic (air-filled) bones, which are found in the
skull, vertebrae, and costae. Air-filled spaces in the theropod skeleton allowed room
for soft-tissue air sacs, which were filled from a theropods lungs. Air sacs in the
skull functioned as lightweight support without adding extra bony tissue. This adap-
tation put less strain on the cervical vertebrae, which allowed some theropods to
develop extremely large skulls in comparison to the rest of their bodies. Examples
of such theropods include allosaurids and tyrannosaurids. (Contrast this head/
body ratio to that of sauropods: Chapter 12.) Although pneumatization is not restricted
to theropods, they expressed it more than any other dinosaur clade.
Large, recurved, and serrated teeth, designed for cutting through and consum-
ing flesh, constitute a common anatomical attribute of theropods and probably rep-
resent an ancestral condition. However, they are not found in all theropods, and
some species, such as Oviraptor and Struthiomimus of the Late Cretaceous, actually
lack teeth. These theropods may have had beaks or other anatomical traits cover-
ing the bones that did not fossilize. They also may have been omnivorous, her-
bivorous, or insectivorous, but compelling evidence from stomach contents or
coprolites favoring either mode is still lacking. Gastroliths, which normally are found
with herbivores (Chapter 14), occur in a few theropods. These trace fossils and oddly-
shaped teeth in a few theropods have led to rethinking about the previously definitive
statement that all theropods were meat-eaters. Nevertheless, all dinosaur toothmarks
258
THEROPODA
II III
III Process
Lachrymal Orbit
IV II
Nasal
Process
I
IV Cervical Vertebra
Premaxilla Maxilla
I
Sacral Vertebrae
Processes
V
Ilium V
(missing)
Pubis
Ischium
Manus Caudal Vertebra
Acetabulum
(Right) Pes
(Left)
Femur
FIGURE 9.2 Important characters for Clade Theropoda: lachrymal bone, five sacral vertebrae, manus
with unguals and reduction or loss of digits IV and V, curved and long femur, long and bilaterally
symmetrical pes with digits II to IV and digit I separate from pes, and cervical and caudal vertebrae 9
processes.
reported so far in bones of other dinosaurs and Mesozoic vertebrates are correlated
with theropod tracemakers (Chapter 14). This evidence at least supports the asser-
tion that, if any given dinosaur was carnivorous, it was a theropod. As consumers
in most terrestrial environments from the Late Triassic through to the Late
Cretaceous, many of them fulfilled important ecological roles near the top of their
food chains.
In the abbreviated list of characters that distinguish theropods from other
dinosaurs, most items relate to their development and refinement of bipedalism.
As mentioned previously, bipedalism is probably a plesiomorphic trait in
theropods, and only a few theropod species show evidence of having been
quadrupedal. This obligate bipedal posture for the vast majority of theropods is inter-
preted on the basis of skeletal features, such as leg lengths considerably exceeding
arm lengths. Theropod bipedalism is also verified by trackway evidence, which shows
diagonal walking patterns that involved only two alternating pes impressions
(Chapter 14). Moreover, the narrow straddle of interpreted theropod trackways cor-
relates with anatomical characteristics that indicate theropod legs were positioned
proximal to the midline of their bodies, an adaptation that aided in their efficient
two-legged movement. Finally, manus imprints attributed to theropods are exceed-
ingly rare, suggesting that they spent most of their time in an upright position,
supported by their hind limbs. However, exceptions are shown by so-called sit-
ting traces, where theropods sat back on their haunches (metatarsals and ischiadic
259
THEROPODA
FIGURE 9.3 Right manus of Late

Jurassic Allosaurus fragilis with digits I
to III (from top to bottom) and right
human hand for scale. Dinosaur
National Monument, Vernal, Utah.
region) and left visible impressions of their hands, too. In Alberta, Canada, one
trackway of a large theropod also shows probable manus impressions where the
theropod scraped the ground in front of it as it moved. This evidence also
indicates a low, horizontal posture for that theropod, a condition also inferred for
other theropods.
A bipedal habit means that hands were free to grasp, and a typical theropod
manus with digits I through to III indeed exhibits such a capability (Fig. 9.3). For
example, grasping in a human hand can still be accomplished using only digits
I through to III because the first phalanx, carpal, and metacarpal of the thumb are
positioned posterior to the other two digits. This arrangement allows the thumb
to meet with the ventral surfaces of the other digits, and theropods were appar-
ently capable of the same motion. Their grasping ability was more than sufficient
for holding on to food items or mates. However, digit III of some large theropods
of the Cretaceous, such as abelisaurids and tyrannosaurids, was so reduced that
they only had a two-fingered manus. This circumstance corresponded with a rela-
tively small humerus, radius, and ulna in each arm. Such seemingly odd traits
provoke speculation about the functionality of such minimal appendages in these
large theropods. Were they vestigial organs or did they serve some other, as yet,
unknown purpose?
Theropods maintained their bipedalism with the aid of caudal vertebrae that were
stiffened distally by long processes. These structures probably acted as a counter-
balance to large skulls and consequently caused a more or less horizontal align-
ment of the vertebral column. Recognition of this alignment, in conjunction with
other skeletal features, resulted in revisions of how theropods were depicted in both
museums and textbooks. At the beginning of the twentieth century, mounts of thero-
pod skeletons and artists restorations put theropods in near-vertical, kangaroo-like
poses. On the basis of the large amount of scientific data gained since then, from
both skeletal and track data, museums now show them closer to and parallel to
the ground. Of course, such a posture relates to predation, an important life habit
for most theropods. A horizontally-aligned theropod conveyed greater ease of
movement, and placed their arms and often large and sharp teeth at the same level
as their potential prey animals.
Another unique characteristic of theropods versus other dinosaurs was the tend-
ency of some of their members toward increased braininess, as measured roughly
by the brain-mass/body-mass ratio, and more precisely by the encephalization quo-
tient (EQ), first discussed in Chapter 8. EQ is the cerebral-cortexmass/total-brainmass
ratio, but the more easily calculated measurement is the brain-mass/body-mass ratio.
This can be approximated for any given fossil vertebrate by measuring the volume
of the braincase versus the volume of the entire body:
260
THEROPODA
Br = Ve/Vb (9.1)
where Br is brain/body ratio, Ve is endocranial volume (normally measured in cubic

centimeters, or cm3), and Vb is body volume. Another way to view this ratio from
the standpoint of mass is to compare the brain mass to the total body mass as a
percentage:
Bp = Me/Mb (9.2)
where Bp is brain/body percentage, Me is encephalic mass, and Mb is body mass.

For example, the brain of a modern African elephant (Loxodonta africanus) is about
7500 g and its body mass is 5.0 metric tons (5000 kg). In contrast, a typical adult
human brain is 1500 g with a body mass of about 0.07 metric tons (70 kg). The
elephant has a brain five times more massive than the human, but a striking dif-
ference is apparent when the two species are compared using Equation 9.2:
Bp (elephant) = 7.5 103 g/5.0 106 g 100 = 0.15%

Bp (human) = 1.5 103 g/7.0 104 g 100 = 2.1%
Through this comparison, a typical human has 14 times the brain mass in pro-
portion to its body size when matched against an elephant.
For a dinosaur example, recall that the volume of the Tyrannosaurus model
measured in Chapter 1 (Eqns 1.3 and 1.4) was 235 cm3, but was a scale model at
1 : 30. This means that its life-size volume was 235 cm3 30 30 30 = 6.35
106 cm3. Using an estimated endocranial volume for Tyrannosaurus of 500 cm3, the
brain/body ratio would have been about
Br = 5.0 102 cm3/6.35 106 cm3 = 0.000079

9
which, if 1.0 g/cm3 is assumed for the density of both the brain and body for
Tyrannosaurus, is about 19 times less than the percentage calculated for an elephant.
However, the tyrannosaurid is still larger than that for its possible contemporan-
eous prey animal, Triceratops. Using 300 cm3 as an endocranial volume and an esti-
mated body volume of 8.5 106 cm3, Triceratops would have had the following
brain/body ratio:
Br = 3.0 102 cm3/8.5 106 cm3 = 0.000035
which means that a typical adult Tyrannosaurus still had twice the brain size rela-
tive to its body size in comparison to Triceratops. Thus, the rhetorical question of
How large did theropod brains need to be? is apparently answered by Larger
than those of their intended meals. Along those lines, other researchers have noticed
an increase in brain/body ratios for carnivorous mammals with respect to their prob-
able prey animals throughout the Cenozoic Era. This is a possible example of a co-
evolutionary process in action (Chapter 6).
The EQs for many modern species of vertebrates have been calculated, and a plot
called an allometric line can be drawn to best describe the average EQ of closely-
related or otherwise similar modern groups. This graph can then be used to com-
pare EQs of modern and extinct animals. For example, the average EQ of modern
crocodilians can be used as a standard of 1.0 for a line to compare to dinosaur EQs.
If the plot for the EQ of a particular dinosaur falls below the line, that dinosaur
had a smaller brain than should be expected for an animal of similar size, and vice
versa for any dinosaurs with EQs that plot above the line. When compared to the
EQs of crocodilians, theropods plot above the line. Some small Late Cretaceous
261
THEROPODA
FIGURE 9.4 Feathers associated with four

limbs of Microraptor, an Early Cretaceous
feathered theropod species from China.
Reprinted by permission from Macmillan
Publishers Ltd: Nature, Xu et al. Four-winged
dinosaurs from China, Vol. X, 2001.
theropods, such as Troodon, even fall in the same range as modern ostriches. However,
less than 5% of all dinosaur species have had their EQs calculated. This means that
considerable data are needed to test the currently accepted generalization that
theropods, gram for gram, had the largest brains of dinosaurs relative to their bod-
ies. Of course, EQ also holds implications for IQ (intelligence quotient), a subject
of considerable debate among not just paleontologists but also psychologists and
neurophysiologists.
Finally, theropods were different from other dinosaurs as they are the only ones
known so far whose skeletal remains have shown definite evidence of feathers sim-
ilar to those seen in modern birds. Long conjectured by some paleontologists and
artists, the concept of feathered dinosaurs was, until recently, a poorly supported
hypothesis that had little to no body fossil evidence. Discoveries of the 1990s and
first decade of the twenty-first century have changed all that. As of the writing of
this book, feathers have been confirmed from at least nine species of theropods
(Fig. 9.4). In traditional zoology, feathers constituted one of the unique distinguish-
ing features of birds, but now at least a few non-avian theropods have joined this
formerly exclusive club. The addition of feathers to other characteristics uniting
probable theropod ancestors with avian descendants also further strengthens
hypotheses of their evolutionary relationships (Chapter 15). However, the functions
of the feathers in theropods are still a source of dispute in dinosaur research, espe-
cially in how they relate to dinosaur physiology (Chapter 8).
262
CLADES AND SPECIES OF THEROPODA
Overall, theropods were different from other dinosaurs in many ways, whether
through their light bones, speedy movement on two legs, carnivory, larger brains,
or feathers. Such special characteristics supply reasons why theropods remain endur-
ing symbols of dinosaurs in the public eye, but they also provide incentives for
further scientific study. Such research is especially focused on how theropods evolved,
where they lived (and when), and how they behaved in their everyday lives.
Clades and Species of Theropoda
Herrerasauridae
Herrerasauridae (literally Herreras lizard) is named after Victorino Herrera,
who in 1958 discovered its eponymous genus, Herrerasaurus, in the Late Triassic
Ischigualasto Formation of Argentina (Chapter 6). Like many dinosaur clades, it is
a provisional classification subject to revision with new evidence. For example, it
was considered as a clade under Theropoda, but now some paleontologists place
it outside of that clade. In fact, it is a sometimes-controversial assignment within
Dinosauria. Paleontologists who consider it as a dinosaur clade regard it as a basal
one for Saurischia and possibly Theropoda because of:
1 cladistic analyses of its characters;

2 the stratigraphic position of its oldest members relative to other theropods; and
3 its retention of primitive traits similar to probable archosaur ancestors.
An alternative hypothesis is that herrerasaurids comprise a clade related to (yet

separate from) both the Saurischia and Ornithischia, which would mean that its
9
members are not dinosaurs. The first hypothesis has gained more support in recent
years with the discovery of more postcranial elements that, when added to pre-
vious evidence, indicate a few (but not all) synapomorphies shared with the
Theropoda. In light of this evidence, herrerasaurids will be treated here as a sister
clade to theropods, because they are considered first and foremost as basal
saurischians. In other words, true theropods may have more recently shared a
common ancestor with sauropodomorphs (Chapter 10) than herrerasaurids.
Three Late Triassic dinosaur species placed within Herrerasauridae are Herrerasaurus
ischigualastensis of Argentina, Staurikosaurus pricei of Brazil, and Chindesaurus
bryansmalli of the western USA (Fig. 6.12). Eoraptor lunensis of Argentina is currently
considered an ancestral dinosaur and a theropod by some paleontologists,
although others omit Eoraptor from Herrerasauridae and Theropoda. In fact, a few
do not accept that Eoraptor meets the minimum criteria for a dinosaur, although
it certainly shares some of the traits (Chapter 6). Interestingly, recent cladistic ana-
lyses of Eoraptor reveal that it may be less primitive (basal) than Herrerasaurus, the
opposite of previous assumptions.
The namesake of Herrarasauridae, Herrerasaurus, contains the following characters:
n Long pubis with relation to its femur, associated with three sacral vertebrae.
n Semiperforate to open acetabulum, with a well-developed medial wall.
n Femur length nearly twice that of the humerus.
n Elongate skull, nearly equal in length to its femur.
n Serrated and recurved conical teeth.
n Long and equally-sized metatarsals I and V on the pes.
n Manus with five digits but digits IV and V reduced and without unguals.
263
THEROPODA
A comparison of this list with that given earlier for the synapomorphies of
Theropoda reveals differences in:
1 the number of sacral vertebrae;

2 digits I and V on the pes; and
3 the relative lengths of the femur and humerus.
However, it also has an intramandibular joint, serrated teeth, and long digits in
the manus associated with theropods. This mixture of features is muddied further
by the herrerasaurid Staurikosaurus, which is sometimes considered as more prim-
itive than Herrerasaurus and most other dinosaurs because it only has two sacral
vertebrae. However, its preponderance of other characters shared with dinosaurs
does not yet necessarily exclude it on the basis of a few disparate traits.
Herrerasaurids ranged from 2 to 4.5 meters long and thus represented some of
the largest predators of Late Triassic terrestrial environments. Their carnivorous habit
is interpreted primarily on the basis of functional morphology. For example, they
had:
1 relatively long hind limbs adapted for bipedal locomotion;

2 serrated teeth; and
3 a jaw apparatus that seemed well-suited for grasping small prey.
Additional pieces of evidence are the bones of a juvenile archosauromorph (rhyn-

chosaur) found within the ribcage of one specimen of Herrerasaurus. However, no
toothmarks or coprolites attributable to herrerasaurids have been identified, so
little is known about whether any of them were primarily predators or scavengers.
Likewise, numerous theropod and theropod-like tracks are in Upper Triassic strata
from the same time as herrerasaurid skeletal remains, but none have been
identified as belonging to herrerasaurid tracemakers. No nests, eggs, or embryos of
herrerasaurids have been found, so little is known about their reproduction other
than that they were probably egg-layers like other archosaurs.
Ceratosauria: Coelophysoidea and Neoceratosauria

Although relatively less known than Tetanurae, the stem-based clade Ceratosauria
(= horned lizard) includes abundant specimens of some interestingly varied
theropods, whose remains have been found on all continents except Antarctica.
Two stem-based clades are within Ceratosauria, Coelophysoidea and Neocer-
atosauria. Coelophysoideans were the dominant theropods soon after the begin-
ning of the geologic range for dinosaurs. Herrerasaurids in the Late Triassic were
supplanted by coelophysoideans, which are represented abundantly by Coelophysis.
Coelophysoideans in turn were succeeded by Early Jurassic species, such as the
Syntarsus and Dilophosaurus, as well as Ceratosaurus of the Late Jurassic.
A clade within Neoceratosauria from the Early and Late Cretaceous, Abelisau-
ridae, comprises the bulk of neoceratosaurs for the latter part of the Mesozoic.
Abelisaurids include Abelisaurus, Carnotaurus, Majungasaurus, Masiakasaurus, and sev-
eral other relatively large theropods that mostly lived in the Cretaceous southern
continent of Gondwana (Chapter 4), as indicated by specimens from South
America, India, and Africa. In contrast, coelophysoideans were apparently rare or
extinct by the end of the Jurassic.
Important synapomorphies of ceratosaurs include:
n Fusion of astragalus and calcaneum in the ankle.

n Sacrum fused to pelvis.
n At least seven sacral vertebrae, which were fused to form a synsacrum.
264
FIGURE 9.5 Early Cretaceous neoceratosaur and

abelisaurid Carnotaurus of Argentina, showing cranial
ornamentation typical of ceratosaurs. Museo de
Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, Spain.
n Two fenestrae on the pubis.

n Four digits, but with digit IV reduced so that digits I through to III were the
most functional.
n Two pairs of cavities (pleurocoels) in the cervical vertebrae.
Many ceratosaurs are also well known for the development of prominent head-
gear in some species, evident as large bony horns or crests on the dorsal surfaces
of their skulls. In particular, Dilophosaurus of the Early Jurassic had a pair of pro-
nounced crests that stuck out of each side of its skull. Another example was
Carnotaurus of the Early Cretaceous, a ceratosaur that displayed orbital horns
(Fig. 9.5). One proposed purpose for these seemingly non-functional features is that
they were used for sexual display, but whether they are indicative of males or females
is unknown.
Other than skeletal evidence, soft-tissue impressions have been found for one
ceratosaur, the aforementioned Early Cretaceous abelisaurid Carnotaurus. These
impressions display rows of low-profile conical scales interpreted as external molds
of the actual skin. Feathers are currently unknown from ceratosaur remains.
Nevertheless, some artists have depicted such frills on Coelophysis in reconstruc-
tions, despite the current lack of scientific evidence for them. One example of an 9
Early Jurassic sitting theropod trace fossil, attributed to a ceratosaur, purportedly
had feather impressions. Nevertheless, more detailed scrutiny revealed that the feath-
ers were wrinkle marks in the sediment caused by the animals movement.
Aside from skeletal evidence, ceratosaurs are not well understood. Theropod tracks
of the Late Triassic and Early Jurassic have been tentatively linked to ceratosaur
tracemakers on the basis of correlation with known body fossils of the same age.
Even so, no one has yet identified tracks made by specific genera, such as
Coelophysis or Dilophosaurus. No toothmarks or coprolites of ceratosaurs have been
interpreted, thus little is known about whether any of them were primarily preda-
tors or scavengers. One specimen of Coelophysis, which had bones of another, smaller
Coelophysis in its rib cage, was regarded for decades as evidence of cannibalism in
this species. However, a more careful examination of the specimen later revealed
that the bones were underneath and not inside the rib cage, meaning that (as far
as we know) Coelophysis did not eat its own species, let alone its young. Similar to
herrerasaurids, no eggs, embryos, or nests of ceratosaurs have been identified, despite
the numerous body fossils found of some adult ceratosaurs (that is, Coelophysis and
Syntarsus). However, this circumstance may be partially a result of the preservation
bias against dinosaur eggs in general, which are not abundantly represented in the
geologic record until the Early Cretaceous (Chapter 8). Abundant juvenile remains
of Coelophysis afford a rare view of the growth and development of one species of
ceratosaur, but embryos are unknown, even for this well-studied dinosaur.
Despite Coelophysis being the most abundant dinosaur represented by skeletal
remains and the common preservation of Syntarsus, which is represented by more
than 30 specimens, ceratosaurs are not as well-studied as tetanurans. About 25 species
have been placed in Ceratosauria (Table 9.1), but some of these species are named
265
THEROPODA
TABLE 9.1 Representative genera of Ceratosauria with

approximate geologic age and location.
Genus Age Geographic Location

Abelisaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Aucasaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Carnotaurus Early Cretaceous Argentina
Ceratosaurus Late Jurassic Western US; Tanzania
Coelophysis Late Triassic Western US
Dilophosaurus Early Jurassic Western US; China
Elaphrosaurus Early Cretaceous Tanzania
Genusaurus Early Cretaceous France
Indosaurus Late Cretaceous India
Indosuchus Late Cretaceous India
Liliensternus Late Triassic Germany; France
Majungasaurus Late Cretaceous Madagascar
Majungatholus Late Cretaceous Madagascar
Masiakasaurus Late Cretaceous Madagascar
Noasaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Podokesaurus Early Jurassic Eastern US
Procompsognathus Late Triassic Germany
Syntarsus Early Jurassic Zimbabwe; South Africa; western US
Xenotarsosaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
on the basis of only one or two specimens. Additionally, some of these specimens
are incomplete or otherwise have scrappy remains. For example, Dilophosaurus is
the most famous of ceratosaurs because of its starring role in the 1993 film Jurassic
Park. Unlike most other dinosaurs in this movie, it also actually lived during the
Jurassic Period. Nevertheless, Dilophosaurus is only known on the basis of seven speci-
mens, all from Arizona.
Part of this neglect for all things ceratosaurian may be related to the prepon-
derance of dinosaur paleontologists who have chosen to work exclusively on
tetanurans. However, it also may be a factor of geology and geography. Most
specimens of ceratosaurs are in Triassic and Jurassic strata, meaning that taphonomic
processes had more time to erase their remains than later theropod lineages
(Chapter 7). In terms of possible geographic bias, only a few ceratosaur species have
been found so far in the USA and Europe, whereas most occur in former areas of
Gondwana and in Cretaceous strata. Geologic uncertainty of preservation combined
with geographic distance can create discouraging conditions for paleontologists inter-
ested in studying ceratosaurs. Regardless of the reasons for their relative neglect,
more work is needed in studying ceratosaurs, especially in terms of determining
their relationships to basal theropods and Tetanurae.
Of all dinosaur
groups, none have Tetanurae: Avetheropoda and Its
been studied and Numerous Clades
debated as Tetanurae contains the theropods best known, such as
vociferously as Allosaurus, Tyrannosaurus, Velociraptor, Deinonychus, and
Tetanurae (= stiff Utahraptor. It also includes lesser-known genera, such as
tail). Oviraptor, Troodon, and Struthiomimus. The immediate ances-
tors of birds and their descendants are also placed within this
266
clade, which has led most dinosaur paleontologists to state that birds are thero-
pods (Chapter 15).
The overlapping of theropod traits with those of birds is the main reason why
Tetanurae and its members are still the focus of much research and subject to revi-
sion with new scientific discoveries. As a result, their cladogram (see Fig. 9.1) has
been revised since the first edition of this book and is only a consensus view as of
this writing. It will likely displease some dinosaur paleontologists because it omits
details of their phylogenetic classification or alternative cladograms. Moreover, it
may be out of date by this books publication. Indeed, the volatility of what pale-
ontologists define as a clade for these theropods is emblematic of how dinosaur
paleontology is a science that is constantly subjected to testing and modification
(Chapter 2).
Some of the synapomorphies of tetanurans that unite them as a clade are:
n Dentition in the maxilla only anterior to the orbital.

n Antorbital and maxillary fenestrae, accompanied by increased pneumati-
city of the skull.
n Manus with digits I through to III, but digit III is reduced.
n An expanded tibia that overlapped a reduced fibula.
n Development of a large notch (obturator notch) on the ischium.
n Well-developed stiffening of the caudal vertebrae by processes (zygopophyses)
that extended anterior and posterior from the neural arches.
n Pleurocoels in the dorsal vertebrae.
Although feathers are not a characteristic required for inclusion of a theropod as

a tetanuran, one clade within Tetanurae (Coelurosauria) does have feathered rep-
resentatives. Feathered coelurosaurs found so far include Beipiaosaurus, Caudipteryx,
Microraptor, Protarchaeopteryx, Sinornithosaurus, and Sinosauropteryx, all of which
have been found in Lower Cretaceous strata of northeastern China. Of these feath- 9
ered coelurosaurs, Sinosauropteryx is probably the most primitive of the feathered
dinosaur specimens. The others are probably more closely related to other thero-
pod clades within Maniraptoriformes. Sinornithosaurus was at first considered the
nearest possible non-avian theropod relative to birds, but now several other can-
didates may qualify instead (Chapter 15).
Prior to the advent of phylogenetic classifications, tetanurans and a few ceratosaurs
were grouped together on the basis of size and divided into two simple categories:
large meat-eaters and small meat-eaters. This sort of taxonomic lumping, first
proposed by Friedrich von Huene in the 1920s (Chapter 3), eventually resulted
in the assignment of genera as diverse as Albertosaurus, Allosaurus, Ceratosaurus,
Carnotaurus, Dilophosaurus, and Tyrannosaurus to a group called Carnosauria for the
large theropods. The smaller theropods were relegated to Coelurosauria. Recent
detailed analyses of anatomical similarities and differences have revealed that
Carnosauria is questionable as a taxon. Now it is regarded as a stem-based clade
and only allosaurids and sinraptorids are placed in it.
As mentioned in the previous section, the large ceratosaurs were separated into
their own clade, and tyrannosaurids were recognized as coelurosaurs (albeit large ones),
a difference that was intimated earlier by von Huene. Convergent evolution, which
is an appearance of a similar change in genotype in different lineages, that results
in a similarly expressed phenotypic trait (Chapter 6), is a likely explanation of how
large size was selected for at different times and places for prodigious carnivores,
such as those within divergent lineages of Theropoda. Natural selection for gigan-
tism in some theropods was exemplified by the allosaurids Carcharodontosaurus and
Giganotosaurus (Fig. 9.6A), which were probably closely related to one another but
lived on different continents (Africa and South America, respectively) during the Early
267
THEROPODA
(A) (B)
FIGURE 9.6 Tetanurans as represented by allosaurids. (A) Giganotosaurus, a carcharodontosaurine of the Early
Cretaceous of Argentina. (B) Yangchuanosaurus, a sinraptorid of the Late Jurassic of China. The former is on
permanent display at the Fernbank Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia; the latter is currently on
display in the atrium of Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport, Atlanta.
Cretaceous. These theropods may have weighed as much as 8 metric tons, which
probably exceeded the mass of the most famous large theropod, Tyrannosaurus.
One of the mixed blessings of intensive scientific study of tetanurans is that what
used to be simple becomes more complex. With dinosaurs, no group is more com-
plicated in its classification than Tetanurae, and accordingly it has the highest num-
ber of taxa assigned to any clade within the Dinosauria (compare Table 9.2 with
Table 9.1). Tetanurae in its simplest form is defined as all birds and theropods more
evolutionarily related to birds than ceratosaurs, which makes it a stem-based clade.
The most basal tetanuran known is Torvosaurus of the Late Jurassic, followed by
the few members of the Megalosauridae, which includes the Middle Jurassic
Megalosaurus, originally described by William Buckland in 1824 (Chapter 3).
Megalosauridae is defined as an outgroup, in that it is outside of the other groups
under study within Tetanurae, such as all those under the node-based clade,
Avetheropoda. As mentioned in Chapter 5, node-based clades are those that have
all of the descendants of the most recent common ancestor for two groups, where
the common ancestor forms the node. Megalosauridae is also the most tenuous
assignment for any clade within Tetanurae, because of its small number of mem-
bers and their fragmentary fossil record.
The vast majority of tetanurans are avetheropods, and are classified on the basis
of some of the following synapomorphies:
n Increased anterior extension of the pubis into a pubic foot.

n Pronounced cnemial process on the side of the tibia.
n Loss of digits III and IV on the manus.
n Loss of a foramen on the obturator, associated with the notch on the ischium.
n Premaxillary teeth are asymmetrical.
268
TABLE 9.2 Representative genera of Clade Tetanurae with

approximate geologic age and location.

Acrocanthosaurus Early Cretaceous Western and central USA
Afrovenator Early Cretaceous Niger
Albertosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Alectrosaurus Late Cretaceous China; Mongolia
Allosaurus Late Jurassic Western and central USA
Alxasaurus Early Cretaceous Mongolia
Avimumus Late Cretaceous Mongolia, China
Bambiraptor Late Cretaceous Western USA
Baryonyx Early Cretaceous England
Beipiaosaurus Early Cretaceous China
Caracharodontosaurus Early Cretaceous Northern Africa
Caudipteryx Early Cretaceous China
Chirostenotes Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Compsognathus Late Jurassic France; Germany
Crylophosaurus Early Jurassic Antarctica
Cryptovolans Early Cretaceous China
Daspletosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Deinocheirus Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Deinonychus Early Cretaceous Western and central USA
Deltadromeus Late Cretaceous Niger
Dromaeosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Dryptosaurus Late Cretaceous Eastern USA
Erlikosaurus Late Cretaceous Mongolia 9
Gallimimus Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Gigagantosaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Gorgosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Ingenia Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Khaan Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Megalosaurus Middle Jurassic Western Europe
Microraptor Early Cretaceous China
Monolophosaurus Late Jurassic China
Neovenator Early Cretaceous Madagascar
Ornitholestes Late Jurassic Western USA
Ornithomimus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Oviraptor Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Pelecanimimus Early Cretaceous Spain
Piatnitzkysaurus Late Jurassic Argentina
Protarchaeopteryx Early Cretaceous China
Saurornithoides Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Saurornitholestes Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Scipionxy Early Cretaceous Italy
Segnosaurus Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Shenzhousaurus Early Cretaceous China
Sinornithomimus Early Cretaceous China
Sinornithosaurus Early Cretaceous China
Sinosauropteryx Early Cretaceous China
Sinovenator Early Cretaceous China
Spinosaurus Early Cretaceous Northern Africa
269
THEROPODA
TABLE 9.2 Continued

Struthiomimus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Suchomimus Early Cretaceous Niger
Tarbosaurus Late Cretaceous Mongolia; China
Therizinosaurus Late Cretaceous Mongolia, Kazakhstan
Torvosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Troodon Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Tyrannosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Utahraptor Early Cretaceous Western USA
Velociraptor Late Cretaceous Mongolia; China
Yangchuanosaurus Late Jurassic China
Recognition of such increasingly exclusive differences between taxa may repre-

sent minutiae to a non-paleontologist, and they are in some cases minor distinc-
tions. Nonetheless, paying attention to such small details is important in defining
these clades. By now, a student of cladistics could compile all of the characters of
a dinosaur, saurischian, theropod, tetanuran, and avetheropod. This listing would
give a progressively more detailed hypothesis of an avetheropods evolutionary
history, beginning with archosaur ancestors in the Middle Triassic and leading
up to the present. With Linnaean classification, a hierarchy of categories existed
without so much of an evolutionary context. Cladistics has thus provided a hypo-
thetical framework for unraveling relationships between dinosaurs, particularly for
theropods.
Avetheropoda includes the stem-based clade Carnosauria, which has within it
the allosaurids (such as Allosaurus, Carcharodontosaurus, and Giganotosaurus) and
sinraptorids (such as Sinraptor and Yangchuanosaurus, Fig. 9.6B), as well as the
stem-based Coelurosauria. Considerable diversification of theropods is repres-
ented within Coelurosauria. Coelurosaurs have several characters in their clade,
but one of the most distinctive is a semilunate carpal, a carpal with a half-moon
shape. Two coelurosaur outgroups consisting of one species each, Compsognathus
and Dryptosaurus, have been proposed as more primitive coelurosaurs than
Maniraptoriformes, a node-based clade within Coelurosauria. Maniraptoriformes
includes the stem-based clade Arctometatarsalia, which is named for a specific
novelty in metatarsal development, the middle metatarsal pinched between the
metatarsals on either side of it (Fig. 9.7). Within Arctometatarsalia are ornithomi-
mosaurs and tyrannosaurids, and possibly troodontids. Troodontids are somewhat
problematic in their placement, and some paleontologists place them outside of
Arctometatarsalia. Only about 20 years ago, such a grouping would have been con-
sidered an unlikely phylogenetic association on the basis of overall appearance.
Ornithomimosaurs are the so-called ostrich dinosaurs, because of their close resem-
blance to modern ostriches in overall morphology and size. Tyrannosaurids are mostly
huge carnivores, and troodontids are small- to medium-sized theropods with rela-
tively large braincases (mentioned earlier). Representatives of all three groups lived
at the same time during the Late Cretaceous (including Troodon, Ornithomimus, and
Tyrannosaurus). Nevertheless, an objective observer during that time may have had
little reason to see a recent common ancestry for such apparently divergent forms,
based on their superficial appearances (Fig. 9.8).
Other groups within Maniraptoriformes include what most paleontologists agree
are the most unusual theropods, therizinosaurs (such as Therizinosaurus and
Segnosaurus), which evidently shared ancestry with oviraptorisaurians (Oviraptor and
Ingenia, for example). Oviraptorisaurians were also unusual, as they had behavior
270
FIGURE 9.7 Pinched metatarsal in pes of Tyrannosaurus, a character of the clade

Arctometatarsalia. 9
FIGURE 9.8 Troodon, a relatively small tetanuran with a relatively large brain for a
dinosaur. Temporary display on loan from the Museum of the Rockies, at the Fernbank
Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia.
271
THEROPODA
(A)
(B)
FIGURE 9.9 Deinonychus, a Late Cretaceous dromaeosaur of the western USA. (A) Skeletal
reconstruction of Deinonychus. (B) Close-up view of the upraised digit I of left pes. North
Carolina Museum of Natural History.
that apparently departed considerably from expectations for theropods. Included

within Maniraptoriformes is the stem-based Maniraptora, the lineage that led to
birds. This clade diverged into two other stem-based clades, Deinonychosauria, which
include the dromaeosaurids, such as Deinonychus, Velociraptor, and Utahraptor, and
Aviale (Fig. 9.9). The latter is composed of Archaeopteryx, all fossil ancestors of mod-
ern birds, and modern birds. For the sake of simplicity, Aviale will be discussed in
detail in Chapter 15.
The body fossil record for tetanurans is not only diverse, especially in compar-
ison to herrerasaurids and ceratosaurs, but is becoming better understood through
272
(A)
(B)
FIGURE 9.10 Acrocanthosaurus, an Early Cretaceous allosaurid from Texas.

(A) Skeletal reconstruction: North Carolina Museum of Natural History. (B) Large
theropod track affiliated with Acrocanthosaurus, preserved in limestone but slightly
submerged in Paluxy River, eastern Texas. Human footprint in river mud (right)
for scale.
an ever-increasing database of trace fossil evidence. In some cases, these trace fos-
sils can be directly linked to tracemakers within a specific clade or species within
Tetanurae. For example, large theropod tracks in the Lower Cretaceous of east Texas,
discovered by Roland Bird in the 1940s (Chapters 3 and 14), have been tentatively
correlated with the similarly-sized and shaped feet of Acrocanthosaurus, an allo-
saurid within same-age strata of the same region (Fig. 9.10). Thin-toed footprints
found in Lower Cretaceous strata of Colorado, which are the right size and shape
for these ostrich-like dinosaurs, represent probable ornithomimid tracks. Perhaps
the best fit between a track and a tetanuran tracemaker of the same age is a little-
doubted tyrannosaurid track from the Late Cretaceous of New Mexico. This track
is so large (85 cm long) that it could be assigned only to Tyrannosaurus (Fig. 9.11).
Besides tracks, other tetanuran trace fossils include the following:
273
THEROPODA
(A) (B)
FIGURE 9.11 Before and after depictions of Tyrannosaurus foot anatomy.

(A) Before of a large, fleshy foot represented by a probable Tyrannosaurus track
(left foot) from the Upper Cretaceous Raton Formation, New Mexico. Cast at University
of Colorado, Denver. (B) After ventral (sole) view of Tyrannosaurus foot (left again)
without the flesh from the viewpoint of being stepped on. Specimen part of skeletal
mount in Denver Museum of Science and Nature. Note the corresponding position of
the hallux in both track and foot.
1 Troodon nests from the Late Cretaceous of Montana;

2 probable tyrannosaurid coprolites from the Late Cretaceous of Alberta,
Canada;
3 gastroliths within the body cavity of the Early Cretaceous coelurosaur
Caudipteryx of China; and
4 toothmarks attributed to Allosaurus, Troodon, and tyrannosaurids, among
others (Chapter 14).
A wealth of other theropod trace fossils from the Jurassic and Cretaceous ensure
that more links between tetanurans and the artifacts of their behavior will be made
in the future.
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Theropoda
As discussed in Chapter 10, theropods were among the first dinosaurs and their
appearance as body fossils slightly preceded, or was contemporaneous with, the
evolution of primitive ornithischians during the earliest part of the Late Triassic,
slightly less than 230 million years ago. Tracks attributed to theropods, with some
dispute over the actual identity of their tracemakers, are in Middle Triassic strata.
Undoubted theropod tracks are relatively abundant in Upper Triassic rocks, where
in some places they co-occur with skeletal material. Throughout the remainder of
the Mesozoic, theropods subsequently diversified into a myriad of sizes and forms.
These range from the crow-sized Microraptor to the multi-ton Giganotosaurus, both
of the Early Cretaceous, to the bizarrely headed, toothless Oviraptor of the Late
Cretaceous.
274
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF THEROPODA
The small (1 meter long) possible theropod Eoraptor, of the earliest part of the
Late Triassic, has been proposed as approximating the characteristics of a theropod
ancestor because it shares some traits with theropods but also lacks others that define
this clade. As mentioned earlier, herrerasaurids may also approximate the earliest
theropods. These are in Upper Triassic strata of both North and South America,
although the South American examples are geologically older. Small theropod-like
tracks, showing a three-toed and almost bilaterally symmetrical compression shape
associated with most theropod feet throughout the Mesozoic Era, are also recorded
from Middle Triassic strata. Interestingly, these tracks precede the body fossil
record for theropods. However, many paleontologists do not accept such tracks as
necessarily belonging to theropods, although some acknowledge that theropods may
have originated in the latest part of the Middle Triassic. The overlapping use of
skeletal and track data is certainly helpful for narrowing down when theropods first
evolved during the Triassic, and such resolution should improve considerably with
more discoveries of both forms of evidence.
Theropod track horizons are documented from Alaska, the
Theropod body fossils mid-continental USA, Canada, and Mexico in North America;
are in Upper Triassic Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, and Peru in South America; Eng-
land, France, Italy, Poland, Portugal, Spain, and Switzerland,
to Upper Cretaceous
in Europe; India, China, Mongolia, Japan, and Korea in Asia;
deposits on all seven
northern Africa, such as Morocco; and Australia, where
continents, and so
theropod tracks are much more common than their skeletal
far their trace fossils remains. Both body and trace fossils of theropods are in
are only missing facies representing a wide variety of environments: deserts,
from Antarctica. swamps, river floodplains, upper delta plains, lake shorelines,
and seashores. Of course, tracks are the only reliable in-situ
records of which environments were actually frequented by theropods, but some
other trace fossils (nests and coprolites) and body fossils (eggs, and complete, appar-
ently unmoved skeletons) certainly point paleontologists in the right direction as 9
well (Chapters 7 and 14). The totality of evidence for theropods from such a diver-
sity of terrestrial environments and broad latitudinal range, spanning the entire
geologic range of dinosaurs, indicates their biological diversity and adaptations to
numerous niches through time. Based on current scientific evidence, theropods rep-
resent evolutionary diversification more so than any other major dinosaur clade.
Theropod skeletal remains are uncommon, normally comprising 1520% of all
dinosaur remains in any Upper TriassicUpper Cretaceous rocks formed in terres-
trial environments. Furthermore, they are even more rare (although a few are known)
in shallow marine deposits (Chapter 7). A study conducted in 1976 on 171 valid
theropod species found that 85% of them were named on the basis of five or fewer
specimens, and a single specimen represented about 40% of these species. These
percentages have changed little since then, and the recent spate of new theropod
species discovered and described during the 1990s and early part of the twenty-
first century are primarily based on one or two specimens. The relative scarcity of
theropod remains means that numerous ghost lineages (Chapter 6) have been
proposed for species that have few known close relatives, which constitutes a chal-
lenge for phylogenetic classification schemes applied to theropods. Fortunately, a
combination of taphonomic factors and perhaps social behavior resulted in some
monospecific theropod bone beds, such as those of the Late Triassic Coelophysis,
Late Jurassic Allosaurus, and more recently Late Cretaceous tyrannosaurids. With
regard to the latter, Tyrannosaurus was originally considered a rare dinosaur, but
now its remains are among the most commonly encountered in strata from some
areas of the western USA.
As mentioned earlier, theropod species found so far support the hypothesis that
they comprised the most diverse of all dinosaur clades. This diversity may reflect
275
THEROPODA
more rapid evolutionary changes in theropods than their other dinosaurian con-
temporaries. Furthermore, this rapidity may have been coupled with:
1 higher extinction rates of theropod species;

2 higher extinction rates of organisms interacting with theropods; or
3 faster changes in gene frequencies in association with environmentally-related
selection pressures.
Rapid diversification in lineages is often a result of high reproductive success and

rapid growth rates combined with environmental changes that encouraged the
selection of specific and overlapping inheritable traits (Chapter 6). Extinctions of
major archosaur groups, as recorded in Upper Triassic rocks, may have opened niches
for theropods in the ecosystems of those times and thus contributed to their
evolution.
Greater numbers and species of dinosaurs corresponded with the demise of other
archosaurs by the beginning of the Jurassic Period, with theropods a prime ex-
ample of this ascendancy (Chapter 6). Herrerasaurids of the Late Triassic were joined
by abundant ceratosaurs, such as Coelophysis, and these were succeeded by larger
ceratosaurs (Dilophosaurus, Syntarsus, and Ceratosaurus) by the Early and Late
Jurassic. The Middle Jurassic saw the arrival of even larger and presumably more
specialized carnivores, among them the first tetanurans (Megalosaurus). Although
they never reached the enormous sizes of sauropods (Chapter 10), theropods
trended toward increased body size by the Late Jurassic, an apparent example of
Copes Rule (Chapter 6). One example was Allosaurus, which probably weighed as
much as 3 metric tons. However, one of its contemporaries, Compsognathus, was
among the smallest of all known dinosaurs, weighing only about 3 kg.
By the Late Jurassic, the first avians evolved from theropod ancestors, represented
by what is widely acknowledged by paleontologists as the earliest known bird in
the geologic record, Archaeopteryx (Chapter 15). Following this, the Cretaceous saw
numerous small birds co-existing in terrestrial environments with feathered non-
avian theropods. However, some theropod lineages evolved in one important way,
that is, their descendants became much larger. The largest land carnivores that
ever lived are from the Early Cretaceous (Giganotosaurus and Carcharodontosaurus)
and Late Cretaceous (Albertosaurus and Tyrannosaurus). Of course, not all Late
Cretaceous theropods were enormous. Some of the most behaviorally interesting
theropods were relatively small, such as Velociraptor, Troodon, and Oviraptor. Late
Cretaceous theropods, large or small, feathered or scaled, toothed or non-toothed,
comprised the greatest diversity of dinosaurs known.
Theropods as Living Animals
Reproduction
Some theropods are sufficiently represented by skeletal material that sexual dimor-
phism is hypothesized on the basis of slight but detectable size differences and a
few other criteria. For example, consistent size variations in Coelophysis and Syntarsus
are proposed as a result of malefemale differences; the same situation has been
postulated for Tyrannosaurus. Interestingly, the larger individuals of Syntarsus and
Tyrannosaurus may be representative of females, partially because some modern female
reptiles are larger than their mates as a requirement for egg-laying capacity (Chap-
ter 8). However, currently no definitive evidence can assist in distinguishing a male
or female dinosaur, other than the presence of eggs in its internal body cavity, which
so far has been documented in only one theropod. Even the discovery of adult theropod
276
THEROPODS AS LIVING ANIMALS
FIGURE 9.12
Crylophosaurus ellioti,
an Early Jurassic
carnosaur from
Antarctica. Auckland
Museum, Auckland,
New Zealand.
remains on egg clutches (e.g., Oviraptor and Troodon) does not necessarily mean that
these dinosaurs were female. Although the majority of birds that exhibit brooding 9
behavior are female, it has also been documented in some male birds. For example,
male emus (Dromaius novaehollandiaea), a large flightless bird native to Australia,
sit continuously on egg clutches for about 55 days and thus serve as the main provider
of warmth and protection. Interestingly, climatic conditions also should be taken
into account when assessing the thermoregulatory significance of dinosaurs sitting
on egg clutches. For example, tropical seabirds must sit on egg clutches to prevent
them from overheating in the hot daytime sun. This means that their endothermy
is actually helping to keep the eggs at lower temperatures.
The prominent cranial and vertebral processes in theropods, as well as feathers,
were potential sexual displays or species identifiers. Among ceratosaurs, the Early
Jurassic Dilophosaurus has twinned parietal blades, the Early Jurassic Ceratosaurus
has a single nasal horn, and the Early Cretaceous Carnotaurus has horns dorsal to
the orbits. Tetanurans with head ornamentation include the Early Jurassic Crylopho-
saurus of Antarctica and the Late Jurassic Allosaurus (Fig. 9.12). Crylophosaurus had
a pompadour-like projection of bone, which resulted in some paleontologists
informally dubbing it Elvisaurus. Similarly, Allosaurus possessed prominent lachry-
mals. Spinosaurs, such as Spinosaurus, Baryonyx, and Suchomimus, developed long,
vertically-oriented processes that emanated from their dorsal vertebrae and formed
sail-like features on their backs, probably to attract potential for mates. Alternatively,
these sails are also interpreted as thermoregulatory structures that absorbed sun-
light, vented heat, or both. Finally, Cretaceous theropods with feathery integuments
also argue for a display function, which is likely because most of these accouter-
ments were not used for flight. One tetanuran in particular, Caudipteryx, had a cau-
dal feather fan with differently colored, alternating bands, a common feature in
modern birds who use it to attract potential mates of the same species. Another
277
THEROPODA
Early Cretaceous theropod, Microraptor, has feathers on all four limbs, which may
have aided in gliding, but also would have added a considerable profile to an other-
wise very small dinosaur.
Eggs, embryos, and nests for a few species of theropods are documented from
Late Cretaceous strata. Otherwise, little is known about the reproduction of most
theropods other than speculation derived from the reproductive behavior of
modern crocodilians and birds. Some dinosaur eggs have long been allied with
theropods without any other corroborating evidence other than their co-occurrence
in same-age strata as theropod skeletal remains. In other cases, some eggs were mis-
takenly assigned to non-theropod dinosaurs when actually they were of theropod
origin. More theropod eggs will almost certainly be identified in the future, and
they can only be reliably attributed to theropods on the basis of:
1 examination of egg interiors for embryonic remains;

2 their direct association with an adult of the same species in a nest structure;
3 better classification of eggshell types into a cladistic framework that helps
to establish relationships to extant theropods (birds); and
4 eggs located within the body cavity of an adult theropod.
The last of these criteria is documented for a specimen of Sinosauropteryx, which

had two egg-like bodies in its pelvic region. Yet another clue about theropod eggs
may come from biochemical analyses of theropod eggs that closely resemble those
of modern avians (Chapter 8).
The best example of a misidentification of a theropod egglayer and its eggs
was corrected with new evidence about Oviraptor, a common theropod in Late
Cretaceous deposits of Mongolia. At least two specimens have been discovered directly
above nests containing egg clutches (see Fig. 8.7A). This combination of body and
trace fossil evidence is nearly indisputable for its support of brooding behavior in
non-avian theropods. The clutches, which normally consist of about 15 eggs, had
egg forms previously assigned to the ceratopsian Protoceratops, which is in the same
deposits. This mistaken identity lasted for nearly 70 years until an Oviraptor
embryo was found in one of the presumed Protoceratops eggs. Unfortunately,
numerous illustrations during that time graphically depicted Oviraptor crushing eggs,
yolk dripping villainously from its toothless jaws. This presumption was an exam-
ple of how evidence was fitted to a hypothesis, as this theropods odd jaw appara-
tus was conjectured as an evolutionary adaptation for breaking eggs. In actuality,
Oviraptor was a good mother theropod, although the functional morphology of
its jaws is still subject to debate.
Similarly, in Upper Cretaceous rocks of Montana, a skeleton of Troodon was dis-
covered on top of eight eggs attributed previously to the ornithopod Orodromeus
(Chapter 11), and a predatorprey relationship was hypothesized for these two also.
However, re-examination of the previously identified Orodromeus eggs revealed that
they contained Troodon embryos. Accordingly, the proximity of the adult skeleton
and eggs actually supports a parental relationship. Other theropod embryos
include probable Velociraptor remains that were, interestingly, associated with
Oviraptor eggs (discussed briefly in Chapter 8) and an unidentified species of ther-
izinosaur in the Cretaceous of Mongolia.
Nest structures are only known for two theropods, Oviraptor and Troodon. A com-
plete mound nest attributed to Troodon, with a distinctive upraised sedimentary rim,
was also found in the Late Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of Montana, which
indicates that theropod nests might be recognizable as trace fossils without neces-
sarily having accompanying body fossil evidence. The egg clutch size for Troodon
was as much as 24. Eggs were laid in a spiral pattern and oriented with their long
axes nearly vertical, suggesting that the mother manipulated them after they were
278
laid in the nest structure (see Fig. 14.11). Some paleontologists have also suggested
that these nests originally were covered with vegetation to aid incubation of the
eggs (similar to modern crocodilian nests). However, no direct evidence of this asso-
ciation, such as fossil plant material, has been described so far.
The statistically significant close proximity of paired eggs within the Troodon clutch
is strong evidence that favors dual oviducts in this theropod, which would have
enabled laying the eggs two at a time. This is an excellent example of how indir-
ect, non-skeletal evidence can be interrelated with theropod soft-part anatomy.
Likewise, Oviraptor clutches also seem to show egg pairing, although statistical ana-
lyses on these clutches are lacking. Furthermore, the two eggs found in the pelvic
region of a specimen of Sinosauropteryx also suggest the former presence of two
oviducts. Consequently, dinosaur paleontologists are now considering the possibility
of dual oviducts in at least some theropods.
Other than Oviraptor, Troodon, and Sinosauropteryx, no other information about
egg laying or brooding behavior is currently available for theropods. Of particular
interest to some paleontologists are the reproductive habits of the larger cerato-
saurs and tetanurans. Questions that remain to be answered are:
1 did they build nests?

2 what did their eggs look like?;
3 what were the clutch sizes, and did they lay a few large eggs or many smaller
ones, and
4 did either parent stay close to the nest after eggs were laid, or otherwise
care for their young?
Hopefully, future investigations and discoveries will lend further insight into these
questions and others about theropod reproduction.
Growth 9
Hypothesized growth sequences in theropods, from hatchlings to adults, are well

supported in a few species abundantly preserved in the geologic record. For ex-
ample, the best represented dinosaur species is the ceratosaur Coelophysis bauri, of
which hundreds of individual specimens are known from the western USA. Because
abundant remains of Coelophysis are in the same stratum and presumed to be more
or less contemporaneous, a reasonable picture of their population structure can be
reconstructed through biometry. These data are based specifically on the size dis-
tribution of limb and skull lengths. Another ceratosaur, Syntarsus of southern Africa,
has provided sufficient specimens to use as another example of a growth series in
a theropod species. Abundantly represented species such as these can show gradations
in sizes that presumably reflect intermediate and end members of their growth.
The tetanuran Allosaurus fragilis, although not as abundant as Coelophysis or
Syntarsus, nevertheless also has a good body fossil record in comparison to most
dinosaurs and is particularly abundant in the Late Jurassic Morrison Formation from
the Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry of Utah (Chapter 3). Growth series based on femur length
are readily discernible from Morrison specimens of Allosaurus in this region.
Nevertheless, whether such assemblages are representative of a contemporaneous
population of Allosaurus is questionable and is based on a paleoenvironmental inter-
pretation that was not originally examined in great detail.
The long-standing paleoenvironmental interpretation of the Cleveland-Lloyd
deposit is that it was a predator trap. In this scenario, a muddy area, such as
a watering hole, mired a few hapless prey dinosaurs, such as the sauropod
Apatosaurus. These hapless animals then attracted numerous predators or scavengers
that likewise became stuck and died at nearly the same time. A recent taphonomic
279
THEROPODA
analysis in the Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry tested this hypothesis by plotting bone

orientations to determine the energy level in the environment. For example, a
low-energy environment, such as a watering hole, may have caused a random
orientation of bones. In contrast, a higher-energy environment, such as a river, should
show preferred orientations of the long bones, such as limb bones (Chapter 7). The
result of the analysis was that the bones show a weak orientation along a preferred
direction, which is evidence supporting some current orientation. These data thus
may mean that at least some allosaurid body parts in the Cleveland-Lloyd deposit
are allochthonous and represent an assemblage that was averaged over time and
crossed multiple generations of allosaurids.
Bone histology has aided in the study of theropod growth, providing an approx-
imate measure of how long theropods lived and how quickly some of them grew
(Chapter 8). Based on growth lines in any given individual, a minimum age can
be estimated. However, some growth lines can be absorbed during the lifetime of
a vertebrate, especially early in its life. Nevertheless, a study of growth lines in Troodon
and Syntarsus bones shows that they may have lived a minimum of 5 and 7 years,
respectively. Recent recognition of abundant Tyrannosaurus bones has allowed cal-
culations of its life history; examined specimens indicate ages of 2 to 28 years old.
Having an adult age to work with, paleontologists can then calculate relative rates
of growth by using the size distribution of a species in conjunction with an adults
life expectancy. For Tyrannosaurus, rapid rates of growth were needed for it to reach
its full, mature size (at least 5 tonnes) in about 20 years.
Growth-rate calculations reveal that some theropods grew rapidly in comparison
to other dinosaurs and modern crocodilians, and at rates comparable to those of
extant large, flightless birds. Interpreted theropod growth rates pertain to whether
they were precocial when young, leaving their nests and parents at an early age,
or altricial, staying at home and depending on their parents for support. If juve-
nile theropods were able to hit the ground running, then they may not have
needed parental care as much as dinosaurs that were not developed enough to leave
the nest for a few years. Future research should test these ideas, derived from the
currently limited database, to see whether theropods in general grew up sooner than
dinosaurs of other clades, or whether this trait was limited to only a few theropods.
Locomotion
Many suppositions about theropod locomotion were
Theropods collectively originally inferred on the basis of leg lengths and other
represent the fastest of all adaptations evident in their appendicular skeletons.
dinosaurs, a concept allied Additionally, a vast amount of evidence for theropod
with hypotheses of their movement comes from their most abundant fossil
mostly predatory habits record tracks. Indeed, applications of formulas used for
and reflecting their calculating theropod speeds, based on footprint length,
evolutionary heritage from stride length, and some predetermined parameters
(Eqns 14.3 to 14.7), support the hypothesis that they were
fleet-footed bipedal
the swiftest of dinosaurs. In a few cases, they apparently
archosaurian ancestors
approached velocities of 40 km/hour. Of course, running
(Chapter 6).
trackways are rare because, like most animals both
ancient and modern, theropods probably conserved
energy and spent much of their active time simply walking.
How fast could large theropods move? This was the subject of a study that
examined possible consequences of their clumsiness during high speeds. Two
researchers, one a paleontologist and the other a physicist, asked the simple ques-
tion, What would have happened to a Tyrannosaurus if it had been running, then
tripped and fell? Part of the answer to that question can be demonstrated through
280
use of the equations for either momentum or force (Eqns 4.8 and 7.4). Calculations
resulting from these equations show that the resulting impact of a falling tyran-
nosaurid would have varied in relation to its velocity or acceleration. For example,
if it had been moving at 40 km/hour and weighed 6 tonnes, then its forward momen-
tum would have been:
Step 1. M = (6 103 kg)(40 km/hour)
(Converting kilometers/hour and seconds/hour to meters/second):
Step 2. M = (6 103 kg)(40 km/hour)(1000 m/km)/(3600 s/hour)

Step 3. = (6 103 kg)(11.1 m/s)
Step 4. = 6.7 104 kg m/s
This is the approximate forward momentum (M ) of an adult tyrannosaurid run-

ning at such a speed. For the sake of comparison, a human who weighs 75 kg and
is running at 10.2 m/s (which is about 36 km/hour) would have a momentum of
Step 1. M = (75 kg)(10.2 m/s)

Step 2. = 7.6 102 kg m/s
The injuries typically sustained by humans running this fast who then trip, as is
common in races involving hurdles, are directly related to the speed and mass of
the runner. Our hypothetical tyrannosaurid, because of its greater mass, had about
two orders of magnitude more momentum and, hence, a much larger risk of injury
from any sort of fall. As a result, one conclusion that can be reached is that
Tyrannosaurus was not adapted to running fast, and that the dire consequences of
missteps prevented a cursorial mode of hunting. Similarly, the authors of another 9
study calculated the leg-muscle mass needed for a fast-running Tyrannosaurus, and
they found that its legs would have comprised an absurdly high percentage (86%)
of the total body mass. Consequently, these multiple lines of evidence favor the
hypothesis that some large theropods, such as Tyrannosaurus, were better adapted
for walking, although this likelihood does not completely preclude their having
been active hunters.
So far, only one trackway of a large theropod, which probably weighed 12 met-
ric tons, shows a relatively fast speed of about 30 km/hour, using speed estimations
calculated via Equations 14.3 to 14.7. Another example of large theropod locomo-
tion is taken from a lone probable Tyrannosaurus track (see Fig. 9.7) in which the
bedding plane did not show any other track in a 5-meter distance. This indicates
that the stride length was a minimum of 10 meters, which yields a calculated min-
imum speed of about 12 km/hour. If such large theropods ever ran at high speeds,
the evidence was either not recorded or has not yet been found. So, in the mean-
time, paleontologists must be content with the numerous beautiful trackways that
show large theropods walking (Fig. 9.13).
Other noteworthy examples of theropod locomotion, recorded by their trackways,
give more detailed insights on theropods and the variability of their behavior:
n Stalking of prey, interpreted from a trackway in east Texas made by a large

Early Cretaceous theropod (probably Acrocanthosaurus), possibly following
the tracks of a large sauropod.
n An Early Cretaceous stampede in Queensland, Australia of a group of small
theropods and ornithopods, most running in the opposite direction from a
much larger therapod.
281
THEROPODA
FIGURE 9.13 Large theropod

trackway from the Upper Jurassic
Morrison Formation of Colorado.
(A) Overview of trackway showing
pace and stride lengths; dinosaur
ichnologist for scale. (B) Close-up
of one track in sequence with
pressure-release structure evident
in left upper (outer) edge of track,
indicating a pushing of the sediment
by the theropod as it shifted from
the left to the right foot.
(A)
(B)
282
n Apparent pack hunting, where tracks left by a herd of Late Jurassic

sauropods were followed by tracks of a group of large theropods. A similar
pack-like configuration of large theropods is inferred from multiple and
equally-spaced trackways on the same bedding plane from the Early
Cretaceous of Mongolia.
n Early Jurassic theropods in the western and eastern USA (Utah and
Massachusetts, respectively) that stopped to sit down, leaving metatarsal and
posterior body impressions.
n Limping, presumably from a limb injury, which might be expected for an
animal subjecting itself to risky behavior, such as running too fast and
tripping.
Probably the single most important insight gained from theropod trackway
information is that theropods were apparently the most active of all dinosaurs. Despite
their relative scarcity as body fossils in comparison to other dinosaurs, theropod
tracks are the most abundant of all dinosaur tracks. In most places where dinosaur
tracks are found, they outnumber the tracks of all other dinosaur clades combined.
For example, Middle Jurassic shoreline deposits in northwestern Wyoming show
thousands of theropod tracks, but not one track attributable to an ornithopod, sauro-
pod or thyreophoran. The high activity level and mobility indicated by this wealth
of data, along with their paleobiogeographic distribution, has been used to infer
that theropods were physiologically different enough from other dinosaurs in that
they were endothermic (Chapter 8). This is a requirement in modern terrestrial ani-
mals that stay active for long periods of time. In contrast, few modern ectother-
mic terrestrial animals are active on a regular basis and must spend large amounts
of time soaking up sunlight. The physiological considerations of theropods, includ-
ing whether they were endothermic, ectothermic, or perhaps a combination of the
two in various stages of their lives, is also a subject pertinent to theropodbird inter-
connections (Chapter 15). 9
Interestingly, recent discoveries of small, feathered theropods from the Early
Cretaceous of China suggest that not all theropod locomotion was on the ground.
At least two species show adaptations for tree climbing and two others were cap-
able of either gliding or powered flight. Epidendrosaurus ninchengensis and Scanso-
riopteryx heilmanni are actually similar enough that they may represent one species,
and both show the following features indicative of an arboreal lifestyle:
1 small body sizes;

2 very long digit III on the manus; and
3 very long fore limbs.
These features are interpreted as adaptations for climbing and living in trees, an
old idea for theropods that is now gaining credence in the light of this evidence.
Microraptor gui and Cryptovolans pauli are interpreted as dromaeosaurids capable of
either gliding or flight on the basis of:
1 feather impressions associated with their limbs; and in Microraptor these are
on all four limbs (the only vertebrate known to have this trait);
2 long fore limbs; and
3 a well-developed keel (sternum) in Cryptovolans, which would have supported
flight muscles.
However, the latter is missing in Microraptor, which means that it is currently inter-
preted as a tree-climber and glider, rather than an active flyer. On the other hand,
Cryptovolans may have been better adapted than Archaeopteryx for active flight, an
283
THEROPODA
interesting twist of previous assumptions about the lifestyles of non-avian and avian
theropods (Chapter 15).
Feeding
Theropod trackways not only contribute to hypotheses about their locomotion,
but also directly relate to interpretations of their feeding behavior. As mentioned
in the previous section, stalking, pack hunting, and smaller theropods running
away from a larger carnivore have all been suggested by their tracks. Nevertheless,
the starting point of discussion of theropod feeding behavior typically involves
describing their teeth.
Most often, theropod teeth are categorized as ziphodont, a plesiomorphic trait
in which they curved posteriorly, are serrated, conical (pointed), and have carinae,
which were well adapted for slicing through soft animal tissue. Thicker and more
robust examples, such as the teeth of tyrannosaurids, such as Albertosaurus, were
also capable of punching through bone (Fig. 9.14). The meat-eating interpretation
of theropod teeth is also well supported by numerous examples of toothmarked
bones where the marks match known theropod teeth (Chapter 14). In addition,
skeletal remains in the body cavities of a few theropods may well represent con-
sumed animals. Probable theropod coprolites containing bone fragments, and in
one case fossilized muscle tissue, were documented. These numerous lines of evid-
ence thus corroborate hypotheses, derived originally from just teeth, that most
theropods were undoubtedly carnivores. Interestingly, few theropods, such as some
ornithomimids (Ornithomimus and Struthiomimus) and oviraptorids (Oviraptor and
Ingenia), had no teeth or any sign of tooth sockets. Consequently, they must have
lost them as an inheritable trait in their preceding evolutionary history. Although
Ornithomimosauria is typically thought of as a group of toothless dinosaurs, one
ornithomimid species (Pelecanimimus) had about 200 teeth, the most of any thero-
pod. As a result, exceptions arise for each generalization about theropods.
One such exception is the hypothesis that some theropods may not have been
carnivores. For example, therizinosaurs, such as the Early Cretaceous Alxasaurus in
China and Therizinosaurus, Segnosaurus, and Erlikosaurus of the Late Cretaceous in
Mongolia, represent mysteries in how they fed and what they ate. An inventory of
their meal-gathering tools shows some strange traits for theropods. For example:
1 Alxasaurus, Erlikosaurus, and Segnosaurus had poorly-developed, leaf-shaped

teeth;
2 teeth were absent from the anterior part of the premaxilla of Erlikosaurus;
and
FIGURE 9.14 The Late

Cretaceous tetanuran and
tyrannosaurid Albertosaurus,
showing its jaws filled with
prominent, recurved, and
serrated teeth ideally suited for
slicing and dicing flesh and
bone. Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
284
3 Therizinosaurus had unguals on its manus that measured up to 70 cm long,

greater than its forearm length.
Such prodigious unguals, analogous to the fictional character Edward Scissorhands,

arguably could have been used for defense. However, they were certainly too
unwieldy to be used in any effective way against other large, predatory theropods.
Instead, they are interpreted as adaptations for feeding.
These and other therizinosaur traits are the reason why they are often consid-
ered the oddest of all theropods. With their relatively long prosauropod-like necks
and stout torsos, they clearly were not well-suited for hunting and meat-eating.
As a result, some paleontologists have proposed that they were best adapted for
browsing on vegetation. In this hypothesis, the claws are interpreted as implements
for raking tree branches. Giant ground sloths, herbivores that lived only about 12,000
years ago in North America, had similar adaptations, so this might be an example
of convergent evolution. An alternative hypothesis is that such claws were used for
eating insects, much like modern anteaters that use their comparable armature to
tear apart termite mounds. Trace fossil evidence shows that termites had developed
mounds by the Late Jurassic that resembled modern ones in Africa and Australia.
Therizinosaurs show up in the geologic record by the end of the Early Cretaceous,
so from an evolutionary standpoint it is appropriate that they could be termite-
eaters. However, most therizinosaurs were huge in comparison to a typical mod-
ern anteater, which means that they would have had to tear apart many termite
nests to gain sufficient nutrition for sustenance. Like many problems in evolution,
no single solution provides a complete answer to these enigmatic theropods.
Another group of theropods recently suspected of herbivory is the ornithomi-
mosaurs. This hypothesis is based on the following criteria:
1 ornithomimosaurs have less robust skulls than similarly-sized theropods;

2 these skulls often lack teeth and instead are assumed to have been beaked; 9
3 they are more common than undoubted carnivorous theropods in some Late
Cretaceous assemblages; and
4 some specimens of the ornithomimosaurs, Sinornithomimus and Shenzhousaurus,
have gastroliths in the areas of their abdominal cavities.
A light skull lacking teeth argues for adaptations to foodstuff that was either not
fighting back or was softer than most prey animals. Although modern predatory
birds do not need teeth to kill or tear into their prey animals, they also have strong
skulls, high speeds aided by powered flight that can cause killing impacts, and sharp
talons. Ornithomimosaurs had none of these compensating traits for effective pre-
dation. Relative abundance can also be a clue to their supposed herbivory as eco-
logical communities tend to have many more herbivores than carnivores. Finally,
the documentation of gastroliths in Sinornithomimus and Shenzhousaurus lends
more credence to their having been herbivorous, because gastroliths are present
largely in other undoubted herbivorous dinosaurs, presumably as an aid to grind-
ing plant material (Chapters 10 and 11).
As far as most flesh-eating theropods were concerned, anatomical data provide
clues about their sensory abilities used for discerning and acquiring either prey or
corpses. Many theropod lineages, such as allosaurids, troodontids, and tyran-
nosaurids, have orbits positioned toward the front of the skull rather than later-
ally. This suggests that they had developed stereoscopic vision, also known as
binocular vision. Prey also could have been detected through sound, and Troodon
shows sufficient cavities in its skull for organs that would have allowed for sound
location. Olfactory sensations were yet another way for theropods, which could have
used a sense of smell to find food, particularly already-dead animals. Recall that
285
THEROPODA
putrefaction of a body occurs within a few hours to days after death (Chapter 7).
Soon afterwards, a scavengers sensitive nose, under the right wind conditions, can
detect a decaying body over great distances, often more effectively than through
listening for sounds of other scavengers or attempting to spot the body. Brain endo-
casts and CT scans of Tyrannosaurus support this type of adaptation in the form of
an enlarged olfactory bulb in the anterior portion of its brain. This and other evid-
ence has led some paleontologists to suggest that this supposedly fierce predator
may have been more like a six-tonne vulture. Other aspects of theropod senses used
in predation can be speculated on the basis of modern predatory animals. For ex-
ample, they may have been able to detect vibrations from the ground caused by
herd movement. This presumably would have been easy with large herds of
sauropods, ceratopsians, or hadrosaurs. They also could have tasted the air with
their tongues, which is actually a form of smell used by some snakes and lizards.
However, without any other corroborating evidence, both of these ideas remain specu-
lation for now.
If a given theropod identified its potential prey, then a number of methods could
have been used to kill it. The most often depicted way was the use of teeth and
jaws to inflict fatal wounds, but in modern terrestrial carnivores this method is rarely
used by itself. Modern land predators, such as large cats and bears, use fore limbs
that are typically armed with sharp claws, which are combined with throwing their
body weights against a prey animal while running at high speed. These techniques
stop the prey long enough to deliver killing actions. Additionally, large cats will
not necessarily slash with teeth or claws to kill an animal but will clamp their jaws
around its neck to suffocate it. In fact, induced drowning is even possible. For ex-
ample, a pair of cheetahs were once observed chasing an antelope into a water
body and holding its head under water until it drowned. In this case and others,
pack hunting is a very effective strategy, whereby multiple predators wear down
their prey until it is too exhausted to offer any resistance to fatal wounding.
Some theropods certainly had teeth, jaws, and claws as available weapons. Unfortu-
nately, the low preservation potential for soft-tissue wounds prevents independent
confirmation of most hypotheses on theropod predation, but several features of a
few theropods invoke only visions of death-dealing implements. Large, serrated teeth
are one persuasive attribute, but huge, powerful arms that end in sharp unguals
are another persuasive attribute of hunting. An intriguing find in the Upper
Cretaceous of Mongolia was of 2.4-meter long forelimbs that ended in recurved
unguals and phalanges. The rest of the body was never found, but the unusual arms
were assigned to a new species, Deinochirus mirificus, which is currently interpreted
as an ornithomimid. Like those of therizinosaurs, these arms with their prominent
claws have been interpreted as possible tools for demolishing termite mounds, but
they also would have served well for larger game.
Ambiguous as some skeletal evidence may be, little doubt is expressed about the
most well-known feature of some dromaeosaurids, including the Late Cretaceous
Velociraptor and Early Cretaceous Deinonychus and Utahraptor: a sharp, retracted ungual
on digit II of the foot (Figs 9.9 and 9.15). This claw remained permanently above the
ground surface with its point forward, strongly suggesting that it had an offensive
purpose, such as disemboweling prey animals. Once again, because the preserva-
tion potential for soft-tissue damage is so low, independent verification of this claw
as a killing feature is virtually absent. Nevertheless, one of the few examples in the
geologic record of two dinosaur species directly interacting with one another as
they died and, consequently, one of the most remarkable dinosaur discoveries ever
found is a Velociraptor conjoined with its apparent intended prey, a Protoceratops
(see Fig. 7.9). In this case, the digit II unguals of Velociraptor are clearly within the
ventral (abdominal and throat) region of Protoceratops. The protoceratopsian also
had the right forearm of the Velociraptor caught in its jaws, showing that it was
286
FIGURE 9.15 The formidable Utahraptor and its raptorial digit II ungual, skeletal mount
with claw raised on left pes. Note its similarity to Deinonychus in both form and inferred
function. College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah.
probably responding violently to its impending death. Amazingly, both animals

had been killed at the same time by the depositional event that buried them. This
deposition froze their positions until they were uncovered nearly 70 million years 9
later in the Upper Cretaceous of Mongolia. This predatorprey tableau is appro-
priately nicknamed The Fighting Dinosaurs.
Similar to this discovery, although less obvious in its interpretative value, is another
interesting case of a possible predatorprey relationship interpreted from associated
dinosaur skeletal remains. In this example, a Lower Cretaceous deposit in Montana
contains the bones and teeth of at least four individuals of Deinonychus and one
individual of the ornithopod Tenontosaurus. The unusual juxtaposition of a larger
ornithopod with four small theropods of the same species, which normally are rare
finds even as individuals, has been interpreted as the end result of pack hunting.
In this scenario, the dromaeosaurids may have attacked the ornithopod and killed
the much larger prey animal through a concerted and cooperative effort. The par-
tial remains of the four predators are explained by a hypothesis that the prey ani-
mal used its superior bulk of nearly one tonne and accompanying strength to defend
itself. As a result, several of the smaller predators, which weighed only about 50 to
100 kg each, may have suffered fatal injuries before the prey itself succumbed to
their onslaught. Although the circumstances surrounding the remains of this pre-
sumed battle still raise more questions than answers, it is one of the few persua-
sive cases for pack hunting in some theropods. This idea has been long conjectured
but not supported by much more than theropod trackways (mentioned earlier) and
observations of pack-hunting behaviors in modern terrestrial carnivores. Further evid-
ence supporting this predatorprey relationship of Deinonychus and Tenontosaurus
are 15 localities discovered so far in the Lower Cretaceous of Montana, where
Deinonychus teeth were found in the same vicinity as Tenontosaurus bones.
Of all theropods, tyrannosaurids are probably the dinosaurs best known for their
eating habits, which are delineated by:
287
THEROPODA
1 toothmarks and teeth in bones of their former meals;

2 contents of the coprolites attributed to them; and
3 probable former gut contents.
Of these lines of evidence, teeth and toothmarks are the most common, whereas
gut contents are the most rare. Nevertheless, combined use of these data creates
a remarkably complex picture of tyrannosaurid feeding preferences and their
relationships to other dinosaurs. For example, Tyrannosaurus teeth were found in
the fibula of Hypacrosaurus and a rib of Edmontosaurus, both ornithopods (Chap-
ter 11). Probable tyrannosaurid toothmarks are also documented in bones of a
theropod, the dromaeosaurid Saurornitholestes, as well as in bones of the ceratop-
sian Triceratops (Chapter 13) and Edmontosaurus (Chapter 11). The toothmarks in
Triceratops are on its ilium, so they were most likely not death-dealing marks but
rather signs of feeding after the animal was already dead. Furthermore, the tooth-
marks show both puncturing and scraping of the bone. This suggests that the tyran-
nosaurid bit deeply into the hip region of the ceratopsian, with a calculated bite
force of 13,400 N, the greatest known for any animal. The tyrannosaur then pulled
meat from the bone, once again indicating a dead and non-struggling food item.
However, tyrannosaurid toothmarks on the caudal vertebrae of a specimen of
Edmontosaurus show signs of healing after they were inflicted, indicating that a tyran-
nosaurid attempted to munch on a live prey. Other specimens of Edmontosaurus
have toothmarks attributed to both Tyrannosaurus and Albertosaurus, showing that
this herbivore was on the menu for more than one species of tyrannosaurid.
Toothmarks from the dromaeosauridid Saurornitholestes also occur in Edmonto-
saurus bones. This combination of body and trace fossil evidence permits the begin-
ning sketch of a Late Cretaceous food chain: Edmontosaurus ate land plants, and
was in turn eaten by both Saurornitholestes and Tyrannosaurus, but Tyrannosaurus
also ate Saurornitholestes. Consequently, Tyrannosaurus was at the top of this food
chain.
Coprolites and probable stomach contents augment tooth and toothmark data
by showing what entered and exited at least a few of their gastrointestinal tracts.
Two probable tyrannosaurid coprolites are interpreted on the basis of:
1 their stratigraphic occurrence in beds containing tyrannosaurid remains, the

Upper Cretaceous Dinosaur Park Formation of Alberta, Canada;
2 their large size (44 and 64 cm long); and
3 their contents, as both consist of cylindrical masses of phosphatic rock that
contain many small bone fragments.
The 44-cm long specimen contains bone from a probable juvenile hadrosaur, and
the larger specimen contains bone from an unidentified juvenile dinosaur. Finely-
ground bone in a coprolite could be interpreted as the result of thorough chew-
ing, but tyrannosaurid jaws were not amenable to their teeth repeatedly coming
together in this way. An alternative hypothesis is that the bone consists of frag-
ments accidentally scraped off with the flesh as the tyrannosaurid pulled with its
anterior teeth. Indeed, the contents of the larger coprolite support gorging beha-
vior rather than chewing, because it includes three-dimensional preservation of
muscle tissue. Such preservation indicates a brief time for this food in the gut.
Probable former abdominal contents in another tyrannosaurid species,
Daspletosaurus, provide even more information to augment the intriguing impli-
cations of the coprolite data. The skeletal specimen of Daspletosaurus, in the Upper
Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of Montana, had the vertebrae and a dentary
from a juvenile hadrosaur in what was probably its gut. These hadrosaur bones show
288
evidence of corrosion caused by partial digestion. This suggests that Daspletosaurus

had an enzyme-producing proventriculus, the anterior portion of a two-part stom-
ach followed posteriorly by a muscular gizzard. Such an anatomical arrangement
is also seen in crocodiles and some birds, which leads to the hypothesis that some
theropods shared this trait as a synapomorphy. However, much testing of this hypo-
thesis is required because it is based on such scanty and preliminary results.
With reference to other feeding preferences, Baryonyx and other spinosaurs, such
as Suchomimus, have been interpreted as piscivorous (fish-eating) theropods. This
conclusion is made on the basis of:
1 fish scales found in association with a Baryonyx skeleton;
2 the crocodile-like skull and numerous small teeth of Suchomimus, well
adapted for grabbing and holding fish; and
3 long arms with well-developed hook-like claws on both Baryonyx and
Suchomimus.
The combination of many teeth, which are not as robust or lethal-looking as those
of some other theropods, along with their unusual arms, led to the hypothesis that
spinosaurs preferred a diet of fish derived from shallow aquatic environments. In
this sense, these dinosaurs may have been like modern grizzly bears (Ursus arctos),
which scoop fish out of streams.
No definitive single piece of evidence shows that a theropod actually killed another
dinosaur, although the fighting dinosaurs of Velociraptor and Protoceratops per-
suasively shows the intent to kill in one instance. Nonetheless, the combination
of data from functional morphology in theropod body plans and their toothmarks,
trackways, and coprolites provide reasonable evidence that many, if not most,
theropods were active predators. Lively debates have centered on whether some
theropods were primarily predators or scavengers, and no dinosaur has received as
much attention in this respect as Tyrannosaurus rex.
Tyrannosaurus is a prime example of a theropod that in some ways resembled a 9
killer, but in other ways did not seem well-adapted to full-time hunting. One of
the major objections to viewing Tyrannosaurus as a predator focuses on its ridicu-
lously small arms, which were so short that they could not even reach its mouth.
Moreover, these arms ended with two small digits, rather than the robust three-
digit hands seen in other theropods. Because of this, some paleontologists suggest
that Tyrannosaurus was primarily a scavenger. After all, such arms alone could not
have possibly held on to a multi-ton struggling prey animal, and predation with-
out the use of arms would have required a land shark approach. In this scenario,
the large theropod would have waited for a prey animal to walk by, and then
ambushed it by biting it. Of course, how a 13-meter-long, 6-tonne predator would
remain unnoticed by a prey animal presents a problem for this scenario.
Modern terrestrial carnivores provide a guide to better understanding this prob-
lem. For these animals, part-time or full-time scavenging is a common means
of obtaining meat. Indeed, some popularly assumed full-time predators, such as
present-day large cats, have been observed chasing smaller predators away from
kill sites to consume the corpse. One suggestion for Tyrannosaurus is that it was a
part-time hunter that killed smaller animals, such as juveniles, a hypothesis sup-
ported by coprolite and toothmark evidence. However, it also may have used its
large size to chase away smaller theropods from the scene of a successful hunt, an
adaptation that would have been augmented considerably if more than one tyran-
nosaur showed up at a kill site together. Whether such Mesozoic bullying was com-
mon or not is unknown, but the feeding behavior of modern terrestrial carnivores
is complex and often opportunistic. Accordingly, theropods were probably no
different, getting what they could by whatever means that worked, regardless of
whether their food was alive or recently dead.
289
THEROPODA
Social Life
Although theropods were normally depicted in older illustrations and fictional sto-
ries as lone hunters that avoided other individuals of their same species except for
occasional mating, scientific evidence has started to partially refute this stereotype.
For example, the close proximity of multiple individuals of the same species of thero-
pod is now considered as evidence of their being together at the time of death and
burial, rather than a taphonomic coincidence. The earliest examples of this were
represented in a spectacular way by remains of the Late Triassic ceratosaur
Coelophysis at the Ghost Ranch Quarry in New Mexico, where more than 100 indi-
viduals were recovered. Another ceratosaur, the Early Jurassic Dilophosaurus, is rare
in its worldwide distribution, but three specimens were found in the same deposit
from a small area in Arizona. In comparison to other dinosaur species, the Late
Jurassic tetanuran Allosaurus occurs in disproportionately large numbers at the
Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry, suggesting that they were proximal to one another at the
time of death. More recently, numerous tyrannosaurids, Albertosaurus, were found
in an Upper Cretaceous deposit of Alberta, Canada, in what was probably a con-
temporaneous assemblage. Paleontologists studying the assemblage even proposed
that it might represent a family structure.
As mentioned earlier, some trackways show closely spaced groups of theropods,
some of them large, moving together in a similar direction. Similarly, one Middle
Jurassic tracksite in northwestern Wyoming contains thousands of theropod tracks
in a relatively small area, suggesting gregarious behavior. Of course, one of the poten-
tial pitfalls of track evidence is that the tracks on any given bedding plane may
have been formed by repeated visits of the same animals, or at vastly different times
(Chapter 14). Fortunately, a close examination of the qualitative characteristics of
tracks can reveal whether they were made contemporaneously. Once these features
are taken into account, a better answer as to whether some theropods moved in
groups, and perhaps as family units, may emerge. Such trackways and skeletal evid-
ence should shed more light on social dynamics of theropods.
Health
A great deal of evidence indicates that most theropods did have active lifestyles
that included hunting, seeking mates, or moving together as family units. As a result,
one could expect that they encountered more problems than dinosaurs whose food
and mates did not move so fast. Theropods show the most evidence of health-related
problems of all major dinosaur clades, although most were healthy animals.
Apparently, the most common were limb injuries. For example, several theropod
trackways show evidence of leg injuries in the trackmakers, where limping caused
one pace length to be considerably longer than the other. An injury to the shoul-
der girdle, perhaps a tendon or muscle pull, is evident in one specimen of
Allosaurus, where an overgrowth of bone on its left scapula marks the injury site.
Similarly, a humerus of a Tyrannosaurus has a concavity symptomatic of a ten-
don tear. Other documented injuries among theropods include bone fractures
that later healed, such as in Albertosaurus, Allosaurus, Deinonychus, Syntarsus, and
Tyrannosaurus, and broken teeth, a common dental difficulty for many theropods.
In terms of diseases, bone infections were interpreted for one specimen each of
Allosaurus, Dilophosaurus, and Troodon, as well as metastatic cancer for one specimen
of Allosaurus and gout for one specimen of Tyrannosaurus (Chapter 6). Although
healed bite marks from other theropods have been suggested to explain some bone
abnormalities, no definitive examples are currently documented in the peer-
reviewed literature. This is especially the case for bites inflicted by compatriots of
the same species. Such an interpretation was applied to odd holes in the mandible
of one specimen of Tyrannosaurus (Sue: Chapter 2), but a more careful examination
290
SUMMARY
revealed that these were more likely from a fungal infection. Evidence of bite
marks from the same species would of course verify intraspecific competition, which
accordingly has important implications about theropod social interactions.
SUMMARY
Theropoda is arguably the best known and

most studied of all dinosaur clades. A com-
bination of body and trace fossil evidence
for theropods speaks of their long and rich
history, which started at the beginning of
the dinosaurian reign in the Late Triassic and con-
tinues today through birds, their probable descendants.
Eoraptor of the Late Triassic of Argentina may have been
both the earliest known dinosaur and theropod, although
not all paleontologists accept this designation. Among the first possible
theropods were the herrerasaurids (e.g., Herrerasaurus and Stauriko-
saurus), which were affiliated with Theropoda but may represent a sep-
arate saurischian clade. By the end of the Triassic, ceratosaurs (e.g.,
Coelophysis and Syntarsus) showed that non-avian theropods had arrived
to stay in terrestrial ecosystems for the next 150 million years or so. This
was ably demonstrated by other ceratosaurs of the Jurassic (Ceratosaurus)
and Cretaceous (abelisaurids, such as Carnotaurus), but most promin-
ently by tetanurans beginning in the Middle Jurassic. Tetanurae is the
most diverse of theropod clades and included some of the most famous
dinosaurs, such as Allosaurus, Deinonychus, Giganotosaurus, Tyrannosaurus,
and Velociraptor. Tetanurans also had one of their lineages contribute to
9
the evolution of birds by the Late Jurassic, and numerous examples of
feathered tetanurans have been recently found in Cretaceous strata of
China. Theropods occupied the entire geologic range for dinosaurs, and
their fossils occur on every continent.
Despite their widespread distribution through time and space,
theropods are relatively uncommon as body fossils in comparison to most
dinosaurs. Fortunately, their tracks are exceedingly abundant in places,
more so than those of other dinosaur clades, and other theropod trace
fossils are becoming more recognized. Theropod evolution is reflected by
characteristics that show:
1 pneumatization and consequent lightening of the skeleton, especially
the skull;
2 increased endocranial volume with proportion to total body volume;
3 changes in hind limb and pelvic girdle anatomy that further enhanced
bipedalism and mobility; and
4 fore limb alterations that allowed for better grasping, especially with
digits I through to III.
These and other characteristics show apparent tendencies toward spe-
cialization in their respective environments, and theropods were among
the most diverse dinosaurs known.
Theropods are normally generalized as the meat-eating dinosaurs and
are often synonymized with dinosaur predation. They were mostly car-
nivorous, but a few, such as some ornithomimosaurs and oviraptorsaurs,
291
THEROPODA
SUMMARY Continued
and therizinosaurs, may have been herbivorous or insectivorous. Hypo-

theses about theropod feeding habits, based on functional morphology,
tracks, toothmarks, gastroliths, and coprolites, are still unclear as to
whether most meat-eaters were primarily predators or scavengers.
Reproductive behavior is well documented for two tetanuran species,
Oviraptor and Troodon, which show evidence of both nest-building and
brooding behavior, but is poorly known for other theropods. Some
theropod juveniles were apparently precocial, and rapid growth rates are
inferred for a few species of theropods, which may relate to thermoregu-
latory modes similar to endothermy.
Some evidence from both monospecific assemblages of theropod
bones and closely spaced (and possibly contemporaneous) trackways
suggests social behavior in some theropods, such as pack hunting. In con-
trast, individual trackways suggest that they sometimes roamed alone.
Theropods were typically healthy animals but occasionally were injured
or suffered from infections. Their general healthiness would have contributed
to the evolution of some long-lived theropod lineages.
1. What would have been the evolutionary

advantage of a reduction of digit III
in a theropod manus, such as
that shown by the Early
Cretaceous ceratosaur
Carnotaurus and the
Late Cretaceous tetanurans (and coelurosaurs)
Albertosaurus and Tyrannosaurus? If you cannot think
of any advantage for it, then how could it have become a vestigial
organ, like a human appendix?
2. While working as a summer volunteer on a dinosaur dig, you and
several other lucky participants uncover skulls from three new thero-
pod species. Three years later, when you read the scientific papers
reporting on the skulls, you notice the following endocranial volumes
estimated for each species. The reconstructed original body volumes
are given in parentheses following the endocranial volumes. Calculate
the brain/body volume ratios for the three. Use your three calcula-
tions to determine which one is the brainiest in comparison to body
size. How do they compare with the brain/body ratio calculated for
Tyrannosaurus in the chapter?
a. Theropod Species A: 210 cm3 (1.8 106 cm3)
b. Theropod Species B: 112 cm3 (7.1 105 cm3)
c. Theropod Species C: 55 cm3 (3.2 105 cm3)
3. One hypothesis proposed for why some theropods had feathers is
that they served as a sexual display for potential mates. What is
an alternative hypothesis for a function of feathers in theropods that
292
seemingly were flightless? Moreover, what were possible additional

functions of feathers for those theropods that were arboreal gliders
or flyers?
4. Using the list of characters for Herrerasauridae listed in the chapter,
compare it with those for the hypothetical ancestral dinosaur listed
in Chapter 6. In what characters do they overlap and in which ones
do they differ? Give an explanation for why some should differ and
how they might reflect evolutionary processes.
5. Using the lists of characters in the chapter, compare Herrerasauridae
versus Ceratosauria and Ceratosauria versus Tetanurae. Once again,
give an explanation for why some characters should differ and how
they might reflect evolutionary processes.
6. Explain the difference between a stem-based clade and a node-based
clade, using theropods as examples. What new fossil finds for each
clade could cause these classifications to change?
7. Compare and contrast the skeletal foot of Tyrannosaurus rex with its
probable footprint in Figure 9.11. What aspects of soft-part anatomy
for the foot are most obvious in the footprint that otherwise would
not be evident in the skeletal foot? How could this information relate
to the possible walking or running speeds of Tyrannosaurus?
8. Given three theropod trackways with the following estimated speeds,
calculate the momentum for each respective theropod using their
hypothetical masses:
a. Theropod A: 14.5 km/hour (750 kg)
b. Theropod B: 7.6 km/hour (1.2 metric tons)
c. Theropod C: 23.8 km/hour (80 kg)
9. Using the characteristics of eggs, nests, and skeletal data from 9
Troodon and Oviraptor, how could you develop a model for identify-
ing egg clutches for other theropods without having identifiable
embryonic remains? Develop a list of characteristics that would help
in such identification.
10. What evidence would you need to support the following alternative
hypotheses used to explain the close proximity of four specimens of
Deinonychus with one specimen of Tenontosaurus? Think about both
body and trace fossil evidence that would need to be present to make
it more convincing.
a. The Deinonychus specimens were traveling together as a group,
and drowned in a stream. Their bodies were washed into the same
location as a dead Tenontosaurus, and then scavengers ate from
all five carcasses.
b. One pack of Deinonychus attacked and killed the Tenontosaurus,
but a rival pack entered the area and fought the first pack, caus-
ing the deaths of members from each pack.
c. Scenario B occurred, but the two packs consisted of two families
traveling as groups.
d. The Tenontosaurus specimen was traveling with a herd, but it was
separated from the herd by a pack of Deinonychus, which then
hunted it down and killed it.
e. The Tenontosaurus specimen died from an infection, then a
Deinonychus pack scavenged the corpse and several died from
eating the toxic meat.
293
THEROPODA
Bibliography
Bailey, J. B. 1997. Neural spine elongation in dinosaurs: Sailbacks or buffalo-backs? Journal

of Paleontology 71: 11241146.
Brochu, C. A. 1999. High-resolution CT analysis of a Tyrannosaurus rex skull. Journal of
Vertebrate Paleontology 19, 3: Suppl. 34A.
Charig, A. J. and Milner, A. C. 1986. Baryonyx, a remarkable new theropod dinosaur.
Nature 324, 6095: 359361.
Coria, R. A. and Salgado, L. 1995. A new giant carnivorous dinosaur from the
Cretaceous of Patagonia. Nature 377, 6546: 224226.
Currie, P. J. 1998. Theropods. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete
Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 216233.
Czerkas, S. A. and Yuan, C. 2002. An arboreal maniraptoran from northeast China. The
Dinosaur Museum Journal, Vol. 1.
Erickson, G. M., Makovicky, P. J., Currie, P. J., Norell, M. A., Yerby, S. A. and Brochu,
C. A. 2004. Gigantism and comparative life-history parameters of tyrannosaurid
dinosaurs. Nature 430: 772775.
Farlow, J. O., Brinkman, D. L., Abler, W. L. and Currie, P. J. 1991. Size, shape and ser-
ration density of theropod dinosaur lateral teeth. Modern Geology 16: 161198.
Hammer, W. R. and Hickerson, W. J. 1994. A crested theropod dinosaur from
Antarctica. Science 264, 5160: 828830.
Holtz, T. R., Jr. and Osmlska, H. 2004. Saurischia. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P.
and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley, California:
University of California Press. pp. 2124.
Holtz, T. R., Jr., Molnar, R. E. and Currie, P. J. 2004. Basal tetanurae. In Weishampel,
D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley,
California: University of California Press. pp. 71110.
Horner, J. R. and Lessem, D. 1993. The Complete T. rex. New York: Simon and Schuster.
Jerison, H. J. 1979. The evolution of diversity in brain size. In Hahn, M. E., Jensen,
C. and Dudek, B. C. (Eds). Development and Evolution of Brain Size: Behavioral
Implications. New York: Academic Press. pp. 2957.
Lockley, M. G. and Hunt, A. P. 1994. A track of the giant theropod dinosaur
Tyrannosaurus from close to the Cretaceous/Tertiary boundary, northern New
Mexico. Ichnos 3: 213218.
Lockley, M. G. and Matsukawa, M. 1999. Some observations on trackway evidence for
gregarious behavior among small bipedal dinosaurs. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimato-
logy, Palaeoecology 150: 2531.
Norell, M. A. and Makovicky, P. J. 2004. Dromaeosauridae. In Weishampel, D. B.,
Dodson, P., and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley,
Norell, M., Ji, Q., Gao, K., Yuan, C., Zhao, Y. and Wang, L. 2002. Modern feathers on
a non-avian dinosaur. Nature 416: 3637.
the Lower Cretaceous of Montana. Bulletin of the Peabody Museum of Natural History
30: p 165.
Padian, K., Hutchinson, J. R. and Holtz, T. R., Jr. 1999. Phylogenetic definitions and
nomenclature of the major taxonomic categories of the carnivorous Dinosauria
(Theropoda). Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 19: 6980.
Sampson, S. D., Witmer, L. M., Forster, C. A. and Krause, D. W. 1998. The evolution
and biogeography of Gondwanan theropod dinosaurs; new information from the late
Cretaceous of Madagascar. Journal of African Earth Sciences 27: 167168.
Sereno, P. C. and Novas, F. E. 1993. The skull and neck of the basal theropod
Herrerasaurus ischigualastensis. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 13: 451476.
294
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Tykoski, R. B. and Rowe, T. 2004. Ceratosauria. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and

Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley, California: University of
California Press. pp. 4770.
Varricchio, D. J. 1993. Bone microstructure of the Upper Cretaceous theropod dinosaur
Troodon formosus. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 13: 99104.
Varricchio, D. J., Jackson, F, and Trueman and Clive, N. A. 1999. Nesting trace with
eggs for the Cretaceous theropod dinosaur Troodon formosus. Journal of Vertebrate
Xing, X., Zhou, Z. and Wang, X.-L. 2000. The smallest known non-avian theropod
dinosaur. Nature 408: 205208.
Xu, X., Tang, Z.-I. and Wang, X.-L. 1999. A therizinosauroid dinosaur with integumentary
structures from China. Nature 399: 350354.
Xu, X., Wang, X.-L. and Wu, X.-C. 1999. A dromaeosaurid dinosaur with a filamen-
tous integument from the Yixian Formation of China. Nature 401: 262266.
Zhang, F., Zhou, Z., Xu, X. and Wang, X.-L. 2002. A juvenile coelurosaurian theropod
from China indicates arboreal habits. Naturwissenschaften 89: 394398.
295
Chapter
10
While browsing through dinosaur books in a local used-book store, you notice a
recurring theme in many illustrations from older books. The largest dinosaurs
are shown submerged in water, with only their long necks and perhaps shoul-
ders above the water surface. You recall reading in more recent books that these
same dinosaurs were land dwellers. You also remember that their long necks were
supposedly more adapted for eating leaves from the tops of tall trees, than as
periscopes for an aquatic lifestyle. You look through more books and see illus-
trations of these same dinosaurs sitting back on their hind legs, reaching for the
higher parts of trees.
What evidence supports land being the habitat for these dinosaurs? And why
were their necks so long in comparison to other dinosaurs? What evidence sup-
ports that their neck length was related to tree heights? Does any evidence sup-
port that they ate vegetation from the tops of trees or that they sat on their hind
legs to reach it?
Sauropodomorpha
10
Clades and Species of Sauropodomorpha

Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Sauropodomorpha
Sauropodomorphs as Living Animals
Summary
Bibliography
SAUROPODOMORPHA
Why Study
Sauropodomorphs?
In 1883, O. C. Marsh provided the
first, classic appraisal of Apatosaurus,
which at that time was known
more widely as Brontosaurus:
A careful estimate of the size of Brontosaurus . . . shows that when living the ani-
mals must have weighed more than twenty tons. The very small head and brain,
and slender neural cord, indicate a stupid, slow-moving reptile. The beast was wholly
without offensive or defensive weapons, or dermal armature. In habits, Brontosaurus
was more or less amphibious, and its food was probably aquatic plants or other suc-
culent vegetation.
Beginning with this description, the perceptual legacy for sauropods was of large,
stupid, slow, defenseless animals that frequented water bodies and ate soft foods.
However, knowledge gained since 1883 about sauropods and their sauropodo-
morph relatives, the prosauropods, has resulted in radical revisions to most of the
concepts in Marshs original assessment of Brontosaurus. Nonetheless, sauropodo-
morphs are still not regarded as the most intelligent of vertebrates, especially when
their brain size is compared to their overall body size. Regardless, they were cer-
tainly intelligent enough for evolutionary success in their respective environments
for about 140 million years.
Marsh is still correct as far as size is concerned: some sauropodomorphs evolved
into the largest animals that ever dwelled on land, and some may have weighed
more than 50 tonnes. Because all sauropodomorphs seemingly were vegetarians,
they would have included the largest terrestrial herbivores that ever lived. Their
unparalleled gigantism presents an interesting puzzle for evolutionary scientists. What
sorts of genetic and environmental factors caused selection for this body size in
some lineages, beginning in the Late Triassic and continuing through the Late
Cretaceous? Additionally, the impact of these huge herbivores on Mesozoic plants
and their ecosystems must have been considerable. What types of plants could they
have eaten that would have grown back quickly enough to sustain subsequent gen-
erations? Lastly, their mere movement over the land would have caused noticeable
changes to the habitat. The closest modern model to the ecological and physical
impact of sauropods is a herd of elephants, but this analogy seems to pale in com-
parison to the vision of herds of 50-tonne herbivores walking together across a
Mesozoic landscape and dining on its flora.
Movement is another revised and refined concept in the study of sauropodo-
morphs. This applies not just to locomotion but also to other aspects of their anatomy,
specifically the neck and tail. The relatively tiny heads of some large sauropods make
complete sense as adaptations to their extremely long necks (one species had
19 cervical vertebrae!), but why their necks were so long is a valid evolutionary
298
SAUROPODOMORPHA
mystery to ponder. Likewise, the tails of some were as long as their necks, which
collectively made some of them the lengthiest animals. So why did they also have
such an extreme number of caudal vertebrae? Recent and not-so-recent research on
sauropodomorph necks and tails resulted in some hypotheses that partially answer
these questions. These hypotheses then encourage continuing debate on the role
sauropodomorphs played in Mesozoic ecosystems and how they interacted with
plants, their predators, and one another.
Sauropodomorphs thus represent evolutionary experiments on a grand scale
through both time and space, because of their unparalleled sizes coupled with the
longevity of their lineages. Adaptations in their skeletal architecture were aston-
ishing, resulting in a balance of lightening and strengthening of a support system
for massive muscles and organs. The fact that they not only moved easily with these
adaptive features but also mated, made nests, laid eggs, browsed for food, and pos-
sibly migrated long distances is borne out of their widespread record of both bones
and trace fossils. Paleontologists today examine these fossils to better understand
their subsequent, lasting effect on the Earth.
Definition and Unique Characteristics of Sauropodomorpha

Sauropodomorpha (= lizard-foot form) is a stem-based clade within Saurischia,
like its sister clade Theropoda. Within Sauropodomorpha are two other stem-based
sister clades, Prosauropoda and Sauropoda, which also had a common ancestor
(Fig. 10.1). Prosauropods were originally interpreted as ancestral to sauropods, but
recent analyses have supported their separate lineages from a common ancestor.
Sauropodomorpha is distinguished as a clade on the basis of some of the follow-
ing synapomorphies (Fig. 10.2):
n Large nares.
n Distal part of the tibia covered by an ascending process of the astragalus.
n Short hind limbs in comparison to the torso length.
10
Diplodocidae Brachiosauridae
Saltisauridae
Camarasaurus
Lithostrotia
Diplodocoidea
Titanosauria
Titanosauriformes
Cetiosauridae
Camarasauromorpha
Neosauropoda
Prosauropoda
Eusauropoda
Sauropoda
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.1 Cladogram for Sauropodomorpha, with major clades (Prosauropoda,

Sauropoda) and clades within Prosauropoda and Sauropoda.
299
SAUROPODOMORPHA
Cervical Vertebrae Dorsal Vertebrae
Hindlimb
Length
Torso Length
I
II III IV V Tibia
(Ascending
process)
Astragalus and Tibia

Manus
Spatulate teeth (Right)
FIGURE 10.2 Important characters for Clade Sauropodomorpha: distal part of the tibia
covered by an ascending process of the astralagus, short hind limbs in comparison to the
torso length, spatula-like teeth with bladed and serrated crowns, 10 elongated cervical
vertebrae along with 15 dorsal vertebrae (25 presacrals), large digit I on manus.
n Thin and flat (spatula-like) teeth with bladed and serrated crowns.
n Minimum of 10 cervical vertebrae that are typically elongated and 25 pre-
sacral vertebrae.
n Large digit I on the manus.
Sauropodomorphs had small skulls in relation to their postcranial skeletons, with

the skull being less than half the femur length. This disparity is especially appar-
ent in larger members of the clade.
Modifications to the limbs and torsos of most sauropodomorphs reflect adapta-
tions to load-bearing, whether it was as bipedal or quadrupedal animals. Most
sauropodomorph species tended toward sizes of at least several metric tons, so such
adaptations were necessary for the more massive species. None approached the smaller
sizes exhibited by some theropods, such as the troodontids, compsognathids, and
feathered coelurosaurs (Chapter 9). Accordingly, femurs, tibia, humeri, radii, ulnas,
metatarsals, metacarpals, and phalanges were normally robust, although with some
exceptions. In some cases the proximal bones reflect sites for the attachment of
huge muscles (see Fig. 5.11). Those sauropodomorphs that were obligate quad-
rupeds should have had stout metacarpals and phalanges on the manus adapted
for bearing weight. In contrast, if any of the phalanges on the manus seem more
delicate and adapted for grasping, then a sauropodomorph was more likely bipedal
or at least facultatively bipedal.
300
SAUROPODOMORPHA
The relatively puny teeth and jaws of sauropodomorphs were definitely not adapted
for much grinding or other oral processing of plant material. The small skulls, with
their lack of evidence for attachments of large masticatory musculature, corrobor-
ate their inability to chew much food. Instead, the teeth and jaws seemed more
suited for raking and shearing foodstuff before sending it down often-long necks
to the rest of the alimentary canal. The long torso of most sauropodomorphs rel-
ative to their hind-limb lengths also provided more room for a gut that digested
large amounts of plant material. This adaptation was reflected by prodigious body
sizes beginning in the Middle Jurassic and lasting until the end of the Cretaceous.
Because sauropodomorph skulls were disproportionately the smallest in comparison
to body size among all dinosaurs, the observation that they had the lowest EQs
should also come as no surprise. Sauropodomorphs also had an anatomical pre-
disposition to a taphonomic bias. Because their skulls were only held in place by
a small cervical vertebra, the atlas, they were prone to detaching and becoming
separated from the rest of their voluminous bodies. This resulted in numerous head-
less sauropodomorph skeletons. One hypothesis proposed previously for the rarity
of sauropodomorph skulls was that predators preferentially ate them for their brain
matter. However, this assertion is belied by the extremely small amount of brain
matter that would have been gained from such discriminatory eating. A more likely
explanation is that both physical and biological processes disaggregated the small,
relatively delicate bones of a typical sauropodomorph skull once it was separated
from the rest of the body. This left sturdy vertebrae and limb bones as the most
likely candidates for burial, permineralization, and subsequent preservation
(Chapter 7). Indeed, skull parts are represented in only 24 of the more than 100
genera of sauropods.
Pleurocoels were lateral spaces on the vertebrae that les-
Another common sened the density of these already weighty bones, thus light-
ening their skeletal structure. These served a function simi-
characteristic of
lar to pneumatization in theropods (Chapter 9) and they sim-
sauropodomorphs
ilarly may have been filled with air sacs. Regardless, these struc-
was the variety of
tures aided in decreasing the mass per unit volume of the
innovative vertebrae. Transverse processes, neural spines, and chevrons,
adaptations reflected which were elongate processes on the ventral surfaces of the 10
by their vertebrae, caudal vertebrae, added to the ornate appearance of many
including pleurocoels. sauropodomorph vertebrae. These features provided attach-
ment sites for musculature but in the case of chevrons also
prevented damage to veins and arteries in the tail. With such complex and vari-
able forms, sauropodomorph vertebrae are useful for identifying species, especially
with regard to their centra. For example, a sauropodomorph vertebra that has
the positive (ball) part of the centrum anterior and the negative (socket) part
posterior is termed opisthocoelus. The opposite situation is called procoelous. If
both parts are sockets, then it is called amphicoelous. Simple identification of such
conditions in vertebrae, with no other body parts present, can immediately help
paleontologists narrow down the possible choices of sauropodomorphs to which
the bones belong.
An interesting logistical problem associated with the study of sauropodomorphs
is related to how they are normally the largest of dinosaurs, either as solitary skele-
tons or in an assemblage. Consequently, they are the least likely dinosaurs to be
recovered from their discovery site and studied later in more detail. When given a
choice between transporting a 1-meter long theropod skeleton and a 20-meter long
sauropod from a remote field area, a paleontological crew will have no difficulty
coming to their decision. So, although sauropod bones are relatively common in
a few areas of the world, sauropodomorphs have not received as much detailed
301
SAUROPODOMORPHA
description as theropods. Fortunately, some spectacular sauropodomorph skeletons

were recovered from sites in remote areas of Argentina, Tanzania, Egypt, Mongolia,
and China, and these finds were brought back to laboratories and museums. As a
result, paleontologists have a better understanding of sauropodomorph evolution-
ary history and paleobiology than would have been possible from only field
descriptions.
A combination of body and trace fossil evidence unique to sauropodomorphs
can aid in further exploration for their remains and can better illuminate their
lifestyles. Sauropodomorph trace fossils, particularly tracks, are well documented,
even from areas where their bones are uncommon (Chapter 14). In fact, both
prosauropod and sauropod tracks have been reliably identified. Some of these tracks
are the largest ones ever left by an animal in any environment in the history of
the Earth. Wide, deep, and semi-circular pothole-like features in Mesozoic rock are
difficult-to-miss clues to the former presence of a sauropodomorph (see Fig. 14.4B).
In places where large numbers of them walked, the disturbed sediment was per-
manently deformed. Other trace fossils of sauropodomorphs include gastroliths, which
are potentially very abundant when recognizable. Gastroliths have been found in
at least one sauropod skeleton and are also associated with some prosauropod skele-
tons. Where bones or tracks were not preserved, the concentration of gastroliths
in some deposits may be the only sign that sauropodomorphs were in an area.
Sauropodomorph toothmarks are unknown, and some coprolites, which are appro-
priately rather large, have been only tenuously attributed to this group. Hence,
neither of these trace fossils are currently useful for studying sauropodomorphs. In
contrast, spectacular examples of sauropodomorph nests, allied with body fossils
such as eggs, bones of hatchlings, and embryos, have been described recently. Such
trace fossils can thus provide evidence of a former sauropodomorph presence in
areas where adult bones may be absent.
Details of their fossil record show that size is not all that matters in the defini-
tion of sauropodomorphs. We gain a better picture of sauropodomorphs as real
animals through the fossil remains of their:
1 often-large bodies coupled with small heads;

2 tooth and jaw arrangements;
3 limb structures;
4 complex vertebral anatomy; and
5 tracks, gastroliths, nests, eggs, and remains of young offspring.
In many instances, whether dealing with prosauropods or sauropods, paleonto-

logists have enough material to study. Nonetheless, the discovery of new
sauropodomorph species, especially with attached skulls, is always welcomed and
provides yet more insight into their uniqueness in the history of animals.
Clades and Species of Sauropodomorpha
Prosauropoda
The oldest sauropodomorph found so far in the geologic record is the prosauropod
Saturnalia tupiniquim, which was recovered from Upper Triassic rocks in Brazil.
Prosauropoda includes some of the first dinosaurs ever named: Thecodontosaurus in
1836 and Plateosaurus in 1837 (Chapter 3), both of which were also from the Late
Triassic. Some prosauropod bones were discovered as early as 1818 in Connecticut,
302
CLADES AND SPECIES OF SAUROPODOMORPHA
TABLE 10.1 Representative genera of Prosauropoda with

approximate geologic age and where they occur.

Ammosaurus Early Jurassic Western and eastern USA
Anchisaurus Early Jurassic Eastern USA
Azendohsaurus Late Triassic Morocco
Camelotia Late Triassic England
Coloradisaurus Late Triassic Argentina
Euskelosaurus Late Triassic South Africa, Zimbabwe
Jingshanosaurus Early Jurassic China
Lessemsaurus Late Triassic Argentina
Lufengosaurus Early Jurassic China
Massospondylus Late Triassic South Africa
Melanorosaurus Late Triassic South Africa
Mussasaurus Late Triassic Argentina
Plateosaurus Late Triassic Germany
Riojasaurus Late Triassic Argentina
Ruehleia Late Triassic Germany
Saturnalia Late Triassic Brazil
Sellosaurus Late Triassic Germany
Thecodontosaurus Late Triassic England
Yimenosaurus Early Jurassic China
Yunnanosaurus Early Jurassic China
but they were initially misidentified as human bones. A later diagnosis showed them
as rightfully belonging to Anchisaurus of the Early Jurassic. Regardless of any such
missteps, paleontologists immediately recognized the kinship of prosauropods and 10
sauropods. Because the former preceded sauropods in the geologic record, they were
considered as ancestral to sauropods. For this reason, they were given the name
Prosauropoda, first dubbed in 1920 by Friedrich von Huene (Chapter 3).
Although current evidence indicates that prosauropods were not ancestors of
sauropods, like many other mislabeled dinosaur taxa the name has stuck and
will likely continue to be used indefinitely. Compared to other major clades of
dinosaurs, prosauropods were not only early on the scene but relatively short-lived;
their range was from the Late Triassic through to the Early Jurassic. Different prosauro-
pod species went extinct by the end of the Triassic or the end of the Early Jurassic,
but the clade as a whole was relatively diverse throughout its 50-million-year-old
history (Table 10.1).
Plateosaurus is perhaps the archetypical prosauropod because it is both the most
abundant in the fossil record and best studied, thanks to its numerous remains in
Late Triassic rocks of Europe. Its skull and postcranial elements also have some impor-
tant distinguishing features (Fig. 10.3A), which include:
n Small but long skull that is relatively compressed laterally.

n Postorbital part of skull turned downward.
n Large nares but small, laterally placed orbitals.
n Relatively large olfactory bulb, as determined from endocranial casts.
303
SAUROPODOMORPHA
(A) (B)
FIGURE 10.3 (A) Skull of Late Triassic prosauropod Plateosaurus of Germany. Anatomical features
of the skull. (B) Complete specimen; Naturhistoriches Museum Basel, Basel, Switzerland. See
Figure 5.3 for overall anatomy.
n Premaxilla and maxilla together containing as many as 36 teeth, whereas

dentary contains as many as 28.
n Roughly serrated and leaf-like teeth.
The postcranial features (Fig. 5.3) of Plateosaurus include:
n Long neck in comparison to most theropods, yet shorter than those of most
sauropods, with an atlas and a total of 10 cervical vertebrae.
n 15 dorsal, 3 sacral (attached to the pelvic bones), and nearly 50 caudal
vertebrae.
n Weight seemingly associated more with its posterior.
n Phalangeal formula on pes of 2-3-4-5-1, with small unguals, and phalanx
on digit V seemingly vestigial.
n Phalangeal formula on manus of 2-3-4-3-2, with unguals present on digits
I through to III.
n Enlarged ungual on digit I that is deviated from the rest of the manus (dis-
cussed later).
304
Using functional morphology as a guide for examining both the skull and
postcranial skeleton, the anatomical data suggest the following interpretations:
1 Plateosaurus was a mostly quadrupedal but facultatively bipedal animal;

2 it could raise up on its hind limbs to grasp and tear off plant materials, such
as in trees;
3 it could bring plant material closer to its mouth using its clawed hands;
and
4 it could shear this plant material with its teeth and jaws, with minimal chew-
ing before swallowing.
The long neck also apparently aided in this high-browsing mode of life, as it could
have reached vegetation out of the reach of other large herbivorous contemporaries
in the Late Triassic. In this sense, during the Late Triassic and Early Jurassic,
Plateosaurus and most other prosauropods might have been the ecological equi-
valent of modern giraffes.
In most respects, other prosauropods only varied slightly from this basic model,
and the few important differences probably reflect adaptations to different envir-
onmental conditions and niches. For example, the Late Triassic Riojasaurus of
Argentina was considerably larger (11-m long) than Plateosaurus (8-m long). This
size difference suggests that Riojasaurus adapted to different plant foods or other-
wise gained an advantage from being larger, perhaps as a defensive measure against
increasingly larger ceratosaurian predators. The Early Jurassic Yunnanosaurus of China
had pencil-like teeth more adapted for raking vegetation, which differed from the
probable shearing function of the serrated teeth in Plateosaurus. Anchisaurus,
Sellosaurus, and Thecodontosaurus had relatively larger orbits and smaller nares
than Plateosaurus. Perhaps most importantly, they were smaller than most other
prosauropods and accordingly could probably move faster. This interpretation
is augmented by the ratio of metatarsal III (the middle one) to the tibia of each
prosauropod species, where higher ratios should reflect abilities for faster movement.
For example, Riojasaurus (= slower) has a ratio of about 0.4, whereas Anchisaurus is
close to 0.7 (= faster).
10
Prosauropods as a clade represent a good start for the sauropodomorph lineage
and their longevity in the geologic record was certainly an indicator of their
success, even though sauropods surpassed them by the end of the Early Jurassic.
Whether the Early Jurassic arrival of other large herbivores, such as sauropods
and thyreophorans (Chapter 12), was part of an ecological displacement of
prosauropods is unknown. Nevertheless, their extinction was the first one for any
major dinosaur clade. This circumstance provoked comparisons to the paleoenvir-
onmental conditions associated with later dinosaur extinctions and aided in work-
ing out any similarities in patterns or trends.
Sauropoda: Diplodocoids, Camarasauromorphs, Titanosaurs,

and Others
The first discovered sauropod, Cetiosaurus, came from the Middle Jurassic of
England and was described and named by Richard Owen in 1841. Unfortunately
for dinosaur studies, he thought that it was a large, whale-like marine reptile. Not
until later in the nineteenth century did investigators link it to other sauropods,
such as those found in the western USA (Chapter 3). The oldest sauropods are
from the Late Triassic (see Table 10.2), indicated by the fragmentary remains of
Blikanasaurus, Euskelosaurus, and Antetonitrus of South Africa and Isanosaurus
of Thailand. Blikanasaurus and one example of Euskelosaurus were originally
305
SAUROPODOMORPHA
TABLE 10.2 Representative genera of Sauropoda with


Andesaurus Early Cretaceous Argentina
Alamosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Amargasaurus Early Cretaceous Argentina
Ampelosaurus Late Cretaceous France
Antarctosaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina, Chile, Brazil
Apatosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Aragasaurus Late Jurassic Argentina
Argentinosaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Atlasaurus Middle Jurassic Morocco
Austrosaurus Early Cretaceous Australia
Barosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA, Tanzania
Barapasaurus Middle Jurassic India
Bellusaurus Late Jurassic China
Blikanasaurus Late Triassic South Africa
Brachiosaurus Late Jurassic Tanzania, western USA, Portugal
Camarasaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Cedarsaurus Early Cretaceous Western USA
Cetiosaurus Middle Jurassic England
Datousaurus Middle Jurassic China
Dicraeosaurus Late Jurassic Tanzania
Diplodocus Late Jurassic Western USA
Euhelopus Late Jurassic China
Haplocanthosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Hypselosaurus Late Cretaceous France, Spain
Isanosaurus Late Triassic Thailand
Jobaria Early Cretaceous Niger
Kotasaurus Early Jurassic India
Lapparentosaurus Middle Jurassic Madagascar
Lourinhasaurus Late Jurassic Portugal
Malawisaurus Early Cretaceous Malawi
Mamenchisaurus Middle Jurassic China
Nemegtosaurus Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Neuquensaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina, Uruguay
Nigersaurus Early Cretaceous Niger
Omeisaurus Middle Jurassic China
Opisthocoelicaudia Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Paralititan Late Cretaceous Eygpt
Patagosaurus Middle Jurassic Argentina
Pleurocoelus Early Cretaceous Western USA
Rapetosaurus Late Cretaceous Madagascar
Rayosaurus Early Cretaceous Argentina
Rhoetosaurus Middle Jurassic Australia
Saltasaurus Late Cretaceous Argentina
Sauroposeidon Early Cretaceous Western USA
Seismosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Shunosaurus Middle Jurassic China
Supersaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Titanosaurus Late Cretaceous India
Tornieria Late Jurassic Tanzania
Vulcanodon Early Jurassic Zimbabwe
306
interpreted as prosauropods, but a more careful examination of their traits indicates

that they are more likely basal sauropods. Late Triassic sauropods are also identified
by their probable tracks in Upper Triassic strata of the
southwestern USA. Until the preceding revelations,
Some sauropod genera which have only taken place in the past five years,
actually overlapped in the earliest known sauropod was the Early Jurassic
size or were smaller than Vulcanodon of Zimbabwe.
the largest hadrosaurs Sauropods would last from the Late Triassic through
of the Late Cretaceous to the Late Cretaceous, and have earned numerous
(Chapter 11). Therefore names that incorporate synonyms of big: leviathans,
the generalization that behemoths, enormous, gigantic, colossal, stupendous,
sauropods were the massive, and so on. These superlative expressions of
largest dinosaurs does awe made their way into the Linnaean names of sauro-
not take into account pod genera, such as Supersaurus, Seismosaurus, and
those exceptions. Paralititan. Although the adults of some sauropod
species did reach exceptional sizes, larger than any
other terrestrial animals that have ever lived, size alone
is too general a characteristic to distinguish sauropods as a dinosaur group.
Some of the important traits of Sauropoda that help to distinguish it from its
sister clade Prosauropoda include attributes of both the axial and appendicular
skeletons. For the axial skeleton, the following are notable:
n A change of some of the anterior dorsal vertebrae into cervical vertebrae, a

process called cervicalization by some paleontologists, resulting in 12 or
more cervical vertebrae.
n Neural arches and other processes forming better support for musculature
as struts.
n Sacrum with four or more vertebrae.
n Large and separate pelvic bones, including an ilium with an expanded
anterior end.
n Minimum of 45 to more than 80 caudal vertebrae that were sometimes
elongate, which led to some extremely long tails.
10
The appendicular skeleton of sauropods was characterized by the following:
n A large coracoid attached to the scapula, with a widened anterior end.

n Radius and ulna shorter than the humerus, and a femur 1020% longer than
the length of the humerus (with the notable exception of brachiosaurids).
n Denser limb bones in general.
n Large astragalus coupled with a smaller calcaneum (the latter absent in
diplodocids), where the astragalus fits snugly with the tibia.
n Pes with five digits and unguals on digits I to III.
n Manus with five digits and smaller phalanges on digits II to V.
n Ungual on digit I of manus (with the exception of a few Cretaceous species
in which it is missing).
A gradual change in the cranial anatomy of sauropods that became more apparent
through their evolutionary history was a migration of their nares from the ante-
rior part of the skull to farther away from the mouth. This placed the nostrils of
some sauropods on top of their heads (Fig. 10.4). This feature was once interpreted
as an adaptation to an aquatic lifestyle, whereby nostrils on the highest point of
the head aided in breathing while the majority of the body was submerged.
307
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.4 Skulls of the Late Jurassic diplodocids Apatosaurus (left) and Diplodocus
(right) showing dorso-ventral positioning of nares in relation to the anterior portion of
their skulls. Dinosaur National Monument, Vernal, Utah. Contrast with skull of
Plateosaurus in Figure 10.3.
Independent evidence has since refuted this hypothesis (as discussed later), but
the nares and their association with possible soft-tissue structures is still an area of
speculation and controversy in sauropod research.
The cranial capacity of sauropods was rather limited: make a fist and it will approx-
imate the size of the largest sauropod brain, no matter what its tonnage may have
been. In fact, the cranial anatomy seemingly was a continuation of the evolution-
ary theme explored by prosauropods, in that it was simply a conduit for passing
food to the gut and air to and from the lungs. Overall profiles of sauropod skulls
can be broadly divided into:
1 rounded skulls with leaf-like (but thickened) teeth, as seen in brachiosaurids

and camarasaurids; or
2 elongate skulls with pencil-like teeth, exemplified by diplodocids.
Teeth in any of the sauropods were typically non-serrated, as opposed to those of

most prosauropods. Evidence from sauropod skulls relating to sensory abilities are
not well defined, although some of them had well-developed orbits and nares.
Sauropods used to be classified into four major clades and a polyphyletic group:
Diplodocidae, Brachiosauridae, Camarasauridae, Titanosauridae, and Cetiosauridae.
Recent cladistic analyses have resulted in a reclassification of these and other sauro-
pod groupings. Node-based clades within this new classification include Eusauro-
poda, Neosauropoda, Camarasauromorpha, Titanosauriformes, Lithostrotia, and
Saltasauridae (Fig. 10.1). With this reorganization, Brachiosauridae and Titano-
sauridae are now within Titanosauriformes, Camarasauridae is within Camarasauro-
morpha, Diplodocidae is within Neosauropoda, and the formerly polyphyletic
Cetiosauridae more likely constitutes a monophyletic one. In fact, Cetiosaurus,
Barapasaurus (Lower Jurassic of India), and Patagosaurus (Middle Jurassic of
Argentina) are regarded as members of this clade.
Neosauropoda includes the stem-based clade Diplodocoidea. Diplodocoidea is parti-
ally represented by diplodocids, probably the best known of sauropods. Diplodocids
include familiar North American dinosaurs such as Apatosaurus, Barosaurus, Super-
saurus, and Seismosaurus, and the eponymous Diplodocus (Fig. 10.5), all from the
Late Jurassic. Cretaceous examples of diplodocoids include the Early Cretaceous
Amargasaurus of Argentina (Fig. 10.6), Rebbachisaurus of Morocco, and Nigersaurus
of Niger, as well as the Late Cretaceous Nemegtosaurus of Mongolia and Rayososaurus
of Argentina.
308
(A)
10
(B)
FIGURE 10.5 Diplodocus, the Late Jurassic sauropod that inspired a pub song.
(A) Skeletal reconstruction; Denver Museum of Science and Nature. (B) Left pes and ankle
of Diplodocus, showing the large ungual on digit I.
309
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.6 Amargosaurus, an Early Cretaceous sauropod from Argentina with unusually
long vertebral processes. Trelew Museo de Paleontolgica, Trelew, Argentina.
Diplodocoids can be distinguished from other sauropod clades by:
1 relatively more cervical and caudal vertebrae than other sauropods, adding
up to some considerable body lengths;
2 teeth restricted to the anterior portion of the skull; and
3 nares dorsal to the orbits.
The caudal vertebrae were so numerous (7080) and small distally that the tails
tapered into a whip-like structure. The proximal caudal vertebrae had prominent,
horizontally-oriented chevrons developed on the ventral parts of the vertebrae, pre-
sumably for added support and protection of blood vessels. With their cervical, dor-
sal, and caudal vertebrae added together and projected into a possible total length
for each genus, Seismosaurus and Supersaurus may have been the longest dinosaurs.
By some conservative estimates, these sauropods were about 27 meters long, but
lengths of more than 30 meters have been also hypothesized.
Because other sauropods had similarly long necks and tails, such as the Middle
Jurassic Omeisaurus and Late Jurassic Mamenchisaurus of China, they were originally
interpreted as sharing ancestry with diplodocids. Omeisaurus and Mamenchisaurus
had 17 and 19 cervical vertebrae, respectively, making them animals with necks
that were about half of their total body lengths. However, cladistic analyses show
that Omeisaurus and Mamenchisaurus are in clades outside of Neosauropoda,
although they are in Eusauropoda.
Of the clade Camarasauromorpha, probably the most common sauropod species,
and accordingly one of the best studied, is the Late Jurassic Camarasaurus of the
western USA. Camarasaurus (= chambered lizard), so named because of its relatively
spacious skull, is known from numerous well-preserved and articulated specimens,
310
FIGURE 10.7 Cast of nearly complete juvenile Camarasaurus from the Late Jurassic of
Utah, USA. Dinosaur Adventure Museum, Fruita, Colorado.
from juveniles to adults. These were all discovered in the Morrison Formation of
Utah, Colorado, and Wyoming (Fig. 10.7). Camarasaurus has a more rounded skull
than diplodocids and most other sauropods, as well as spoon-like teeth. The cer-
vical, dorsal, and caudal vertebrae were also more conservative in number, resulting
in body proportions somewhat in between the extremes presented by diplodocids
in length and brachiosaurids in height. Two sauropod genera that were once con- 10
sidered as close relatives of Camarasaurus were Euhelopus from the Late Jurassic of
China and Opisthocoelicaudia from the Late Cretaceous of Mongolia. However,
Euhelopus is now considered too primitive and Opisthocoelicaudia too derived; the
former is outside of Neosauropoda, and the latter is in Saltasauridae. Regardless,
Camarasauromorpha has a geologic range from the Late Jurassic through to the
Late Cretaceous on the basis of Camarasaurus and Opisthocoelicaudia, among others.
Titanosauriformes includes another well-known sauropod genus, Brachiosaurus,
the representative genus of brachiosaurids. Brachiosaurus (= arm lizard), named
with respect to its long forelimbs, occurs in Upper Jurassic strata of the western
USA and Tanzania. Cedarsaurus and Sauroposeidon are also brachiosaurids, both com-
ing from the Lower Cretaceous of the western USA. Like Camarasaurus, brachiosaurids
had more rounded skulls than diplodocids and their nares were positioned more
anteriorly and below the orbits. Brachiosaurid necks also had long cervical and
dorsal vertebrae with well-developed pleurocoels (Fig. 10.7). Furthermore, they had
a reduced digit I in the manus, which may have been an adaptation to more weight
bearing on the fore limbs. Brachiosaurus was perhaps the most massive and tallest
of all dinosaurs, weighing as much as 50 tonnes. Less conservative estimates have
placed it at 80 metric tons, a difference of nearly 60%. It also had a neck that,
when extended fully vertical, was close to 13 meters high. In part, the height of
Brachiosaurus was related to its lengthened fore limbs, where its humerus exceeded
the femur length. A sort of trade-off between height and length in diplodocids and
311
SAUROPODOMORPHA
brachiosaurids is evident. For example, Brachiosaurus had shortened caudal verte-

brae and was consequently shorter overall as compared to the diplodocoid
Apatosaurus, which it outweighed by at least 2 : 1.
Titanosauriformes contains members of the last of the great sauropods, represented
within the stem-based clade Titanosauria. Titanosaurs had several distinguishing fea-
tures, but one of the most surprising was in the skin of some genera: dermal armor
and dorsal spines. Before the discovery of titanosaurs, sauropods were regarded as
defenseless animals with no natural protection against predation other than size
or staying in herds. Because titanosaurs are the only sauropods to have developed
osteoderms and most lived in the Cretaceous, some paleontologists have proposed
that natural selection from predation pressures led to a Red Queen type of coevo-
lution (Chapter 6). In other words, their large size would have helped to counter
the increasingly larger and bigger-toothed theropods, such as Giganotosaurus and
Carcharodontosaurus, that lived in the same areas as these sauropods (Chapter 9).
Procoelous caudal vertebrae also help to identify titanosaurs. Fortunately, this is a
unique trait because no complete skeleton of a titanosaur, let alone a complete skull,
has ever been found in association with their vertebrae or limb bones. Some ex-
amples of titanosaurs are: Titanosaurus, Antarctosaurus, Argyrosaurus, Neuquensaurus,
and Saltasaurus of Argentina; Janenschia, Malawisaurus, and Paralititan of eastern Africa;
Phuwiangosaurus of Thailand; and Austrosaurus of Australia. These sauropods col-
lectively hail from the former southern continent of Gondwana, indicating that
titanosaurs mostly proliferated and diversified there. However, one titanosaur did
make it from part of Gondwana (South America) into North America the Late
Cretaceous Alamosaurus of the western USA. Lastly, no description of titanosaurs
is complete without mentioning what likely was one of the largest sauropods
that ever lived, the Early Cretaceous titanosaur Argentinosaurus. This gigantic
sauropod was known initially through just one prodigious dorsal vertebra and a
few other fragments, but the discovery of more bones has helped to reconstruct it
(Fig. 10.8).
In summary, sauropods are represented by a large number of clades that were
only recently well-defined by detailed cladistic analyses. The results of these
analyses caused considerable changes to how sauropods were classified, which
means that many genera were reassigned to clades different from their traditional
taxonomic groupings. The intention of such revisions is to better understand
FIGURE 10.8 Cast and reconstruction of the Late Cretaceous titanosaurid Argentinosaurus, which
may have been the largest dinosaur (but it had a lot of competition). Fernbank Museum of Natural
History, Atlanta, Georgia.
312
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF SAUROPODOMORPHA
phylogenetic relationships within Sauropoda, which in turn is augmented by the

geologic ages and geographic distribution of sauropod genera.

Sauropodomorpha
With evidence gained from both prosauropod and

Sauropodomorphs lived on sauropod body and trace fossils, paleontologists can
every continent, including confidently state that sauropodomorphs comprised a
the former subcontinent of long-lived and widespread clade. Extending from the ear-
India. Antarctica was liest of saurischian history in the Late Triassic (slightly
recently added to their less than 230 Ma) to the end of the Cretaceous, sauro-
paleobiogeographic range, podomorphs spanned the entire geologic range of the
with the discovery of dinosaurs, although their numbers and diversity differed
considerably throughout this 165-million-year-long
remains from a still-
interval.
unnamed Early Jurassic
Sauropodomorphs were similar to other dinosaurs in
prosauropod.
that they had broad habitat ranges, indicated by their
skeletal material and trackways found in fluvial, lacus-
trine, swamp, deltaic, and coastal marine (tidal flat and shoreline) deposits.
Sauropod trackways in particular show a preference for semi-arid regions and low
latitudes. However, this circumstance may just reflect the optimal preservation con-
ditions for tracks in these environments and is contradicted in part by their body
fossil record.
Sauropodomorphs have an initial fossil record that is comparatively sparser
than that of their herrerasaurid contemporaries (Chapter 9). The oldest known
prosauropods are Saturnalia of Brazil, mentioned earlier, and Azendohsaurus from
the Carnian of Morocco. These were followed later in the Carnian by the primi-
tive sauropod Blikanasaurus, which is represented only by hind-limb parts, and
three fragmentary specimens of the prosauropod Melanorosaurus. Both of these
sauropodomorphs are from South Africa. A slightly younger but still Late Triassic 10
(Norian) sauropod is Antetonitrus, also of South Africa. This preliminary concen-
tration of early sauropodomorphs argues for their probable origin in, and dispersal
from, Gondwana.
Prosauropods later became important components of Late Triassic terrestrial eco-
systems, best represented by the relatively abundant Plateosaurus and the substantial
Riojasaurus. As discussed before, the latter prosauropod was as long as 11 meters,
making it the largest known herbivore on the Late Triassic scene. Prosauropods
adapted admirably to consuming plants and otherwise filling their ecological niches
from the Late Triassic to their demise at the end of the Early Jurassic. Sauropods, which
had a more modest beginning in the Late Triassic, later supplanted prosauropods
in what were presumably similar niches. Of course, the main food plants available
for sauropodomorphs changed considerably throughout the Mesozoic, especially
with the advent of flowering plants by the beginning of the Cretaceous.
Most dinosaur paleontologists now accept the common ancestry of pro-
sauropods and sauropods. Nonetheless, the previous hypothesis that prosauropods
were the ancestral group for sauropods was a reasonable one in light of the per-
ceived stratigraphic separation of the first prosauropod and first sauropod body
fossils. In this case, a little bone makes a big difference: the reduced digit V on the
typical prosauropod pes most likely means that it is a vestigial digit. That is, it was
reduced through natural selection from an originally much larger digit. However,
a typical sauropod has a fully-developed digit V on its pes, so if prosauropods were
313
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.9 The Middle Jurassic cetiosaurid Bellusaurus, a smaller sauropod than most.
Temporary display at Fernbank Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia.
ancestral, this vestigial digit made a heroic comeback and became large again. The
more likely explanation is that the common ancestor to both prosauropods and
sauropods had this large digit V as a plesiomorphic trait. It then became reduced
in the prosauropod lineage after it diverged from the sauropod lineage, which retained
the digit during its different evolutionary journey.
The main problem with resolving evolutionary relationships between prosauropods
and sauropods was the previous lack of sauropod fossils from the Late Triassic. The
gap between the appearance of the first prosauropod (229 Ma) and the first sauro-
pod (208 Ma) was a significant one, and meant that sauropods would have had a
ghost lineage of nearly 20 million years. However, the identification of Blikano-
saurus, Antetonitrus, and some remains of Euskelosaurusas Late Triassic sauropods
and sauropod tracks, recently identified in Upper Triassic rocks from New Mexico,
has helped to close this gap.
Predatorprey interactions probably contributed to the coincidence of the largest
land herbivores overlapping in time with the largest land carnivores that ever lived
(Chapter 9). In modern terrestrial animals today, large size and herding behavior
are still deterrents to predation. Trends toward gigantism that ecologically separated
the sauropods from other potential large herbivore competitors, such as ornithopods
(Chapter 11), stegosaurs and ankylosaurs (Chapter 12), and ceratopsians (Chapter
13), also cannot be discounted. Interestingly, prosauropods had almost no overlap
with these latter herbivorous clades of dinosaurs, which along with sauropods also
may have filled the various former niches of prosauropods. Only a few sauropods
were relatively small compared to other herbivorous dinosaurs (Fig. 10.9).
Another hypothesis for sauropod gigantism is that sauropods became large so
that their bodies could accommodate an alimentary canal long enough to digest
massive amounts of food with low nutritional quality. Moreover, their increased
dimensions, as a result of this adaptation, could have made more food sources
easily accessible. Longer necks meant more reach, for example, whether in a hor-
izontal or vertical plane. Yet another hypothesis is that the extremely long necks,
tails, and legs of some sauropods served as heat vents, meaning that these body
parts conveyed the excess body heat generated by movement and digestion away
from the torso. This is a controversial interpretation of sauropod physiology dis-
cussed earlier (Chapter 8). Of course, a synthesis viewpoint is that an interaction
of numerous factors, such as changing climates, habitat alterations, and biological
factors, would have provided for confluent situations that favored the selection of
larger, longer, and heavier sauropods. Clearly this extreme sort of selection has not
happened to terrestrial vertebrates since the Mesozoic, thus paleontologists can
314
SAUROPODOMORPHS AS LIVING ANIMALS
confidently say that the circumstances leading to this type of evolution must have
been unique.
Sauropodomorphs as Living Animals
Reproduction
The logistics of sauropodomorph mating is difficult to imagine but obviously it did
happen many times. The traces of this activity in itself are either undiscovered or
perhaps cover such a large scale that paleontologists do not recognize them.
However, the results of successful mating and conception, eggs and nests, provide
evidence that sauropodomorphs were oviparous animals, despite some conjecture
(with no accompanying data) that they gave birth to live young. In fact, the two
oldest reported dinosaur nests are interpreted as belonging to prosauropods in Late
Triassic rocks, which indicates that oviparity was a primitive trait in sauropo-
domorphs. One nest, attributed to Massospondylus because of juvenile bones and
nearby remains of the adult species, contains a clutch of six eggs that were 5.5 cm
wide and 6.5 cm long. The second nest contained eggshell fragments and five hatch-
lings of Mussasaurus, although no adult remains were associated with the eggs. No
trace fossil evidence of the nest structure was described in either case. Con-
sequently, whether prosauropods buried their clutches, laid eggs in open nests and
brooded them, or otherwise showed any parental care is still unknown. A possible
candidate for a parent prosauropod for Mussasaurus was Coloradisaurus, which occurs
in strata of the same age and region, but the certainty of this parentage is less than
that for the nest associated with Massospondylus.
Apparent sauropodomorph eggs are rare in any rocks older than the Cretaceous
Period, and Cretaceous clutches are presumed to have belonged to sauropodomorph
nest sites on the basis of the sheer size of the eggs. Sauropod eggs were tentatively
identified on the basis of co-association of large and abundant dinosaur eggs
with the remains of the titanosaurid Hypselosaurus in nineteenth-century France
(Chapter 3). Taking this assumption further, some paleontologists proposed that 10
dinosaur eggs with certain shell structures, when associated with large size (more
than 5000 cm3 volume) and spherical or subspherical overall shape, are attributable
to sauropods (Chapter 8). These egg types occur in Argentina, France, India, and
Spain, which indicates a similarity across a broad paleogeographic range. The problem
with the assumption that these eggs are from sauropods is that the hypothesis was
originally based on no associated embryos or hatchlings. Such suppositions have
been repeatedly falsified with other dinosaur eggs and their presumed mothers
(Chapters 9 and 11).
Assuming that some eggs are from sauropods, a few clutches show interesting
patterns that were initially attributed to egg laying and nest building, but are more
likely the result of taphonomic factors. The typical clutch size for these large eggs
is 3 to 12, and clutches are apparently randomly distributed within conical struc-
tures. These structures were originally interpreted as possible excavations made by
the dinosaur prior to laying the eggs. Another pattern from the Lower Cretaceous
of France apparently indicated the pathways of five or six mother dinosaurs. In
this interpretation, the dinosaurs walked along, squatted, and laid eggs in semi-
circles with 1.3- to 1.7-meter radii. The length, width, and radii of the egg assem-
blages suggest sauropod tracemakers, as does the size of eggs, although the apparent
clutch size of 15 to 20 (assumed because they described each arc) differs from
those described for other suspected sauropod nests. However, these detailed inter-
pretations are probably wrong. The latest examination of the original site showed
315
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.10 Egg clutch of titanosaurids from the Late Cretaceous of Patagonia,
Argentina. Temporary display at Fernbank Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia.
that the eggs actually were in the bottoms of ancient channel depressions. This
means that the eggs were likely transported from their original nests and might
also have more than one species of dinosaur represented. Whether their original
makers were sauropods or other dinosaurs is still unknown.
The nests recently discovered in Patagonia, some of
No sauropodomorph which are definable as mound structures with upraised
embryos were known from rims, are in multiple horizons of the same relatively small
the geologic record until area (about 2.5 km2), indicating site fidelity. Site
fidelity means that the sauropods, represented by an
the recent find of
unidentified species of titanosaur, came back to nest
extraordinary sauropod
in the same place over multiple breeding seasons. The
nesting horizons in Late
eggs in these horizons number in the thousands. The
Cretaceous rocks of embryos are exquisitely preserved and some show skin
Patagonia, Argentina, a impressions, the only ones known for any dinosaur
discovery that has embryos. Not only do these eggs provide a rare glimpse
provided a rare look into into the life history of a titanosaurid, but they are the
the individual and social same size and morphology as some of the previously
behaviors of sauropod unidentified Cretaceous dinosaur eggs found in such
reproduction. widely separated places as China, India, Europe, and
Africa. (Fig. 10.10). This similarity may serve as a model
for comparison and thus aid in the identification of other sauropod nests and embryos
in the future. Furthermore, the nest structures, which were probably constructed
by the sauropods, can aid in identifying other sauropod nests in the absence of
eggs or embryos. This same search image serves as a tool for identifying some thero-
pod nests as well (Chapter 9).
Growth
Only a few species of sauropodomorphs have juvenile specimens represented in
the fossil record, with the exception of the aforementioned Mussasaurus hatchling
and titanosaur embryos. Some smaller sauropods do show juvenile affinities, but
some paleontologists have noted that the bias of the geologic record favors adult
sauropodomorph body fossils. One explanation for this discrepancy is that juve-
niles were subject to worse preservation conditions; greater predation and scavenging
316
may have destroyed their smaller bodies. A few researchers have also examined tracks
for evidence of growth series among sauropodomorphs. Tracks are a promising source
of future data regarding sauropod juveniles, as more juvenile sauropodomorph tracks
are being recognized on the basis of their much smaller sizes. Although they can
only provide relative age series, rather than absolute ages, tracks are nevertheless
a start toward interpreting life histories.
Some growth series have been outlined for prosauropods based on body fossils
from monospecific bone beds of Plateosaurus. For sauropods, a specimen of the Late
Jurassic Camarasaurus, discovered by Earl Douglass in the Morrison Formation early
in the twentieth century (Chapter 3), turned out to be one of the first undoubted,
as well as exquisitely preserved, juvenile skeletons of a sauropod ever found (see
Fig. 10.5). Its completeness indicates that it must have been immediately buried
before its corpse was scavenged; only a few caudal vertebrae are missing from the
specimen. A growth series has been approximated for Camarasaurus on the basis
of some juvenile remains in comparison to the more abundant adults, but this series
has nowhere near the completeness of those for some theropods (Chapter 9). The
Late Jurassic diplodocoid Apatosaurus likewise has a poorly-defined growth series,
so little is known about the life history of this sauropod, too.
Some bone histology work on sauropodomorphs suggests that rapid growth
occurred early in life and possibly slowed once they reached adulthood. Fast ini-
tial growth was a probable mode because otherwise long ages would have been
required for sauropods, such as Brachiosaurus and Seismosaurus, to reach their
weights of 50 tonnes and lengths of 30 meters. If sauropods had slow growth through-
out their entire lives, some would have had to live more than 100 years. Such long
lifespans seem unlikely, considering the rarity of modern animals with a similar
longevity, and indeed these estimates are based on reptilian growth rates. The most
recent data on sauropod bones indicate that they grew rapidly, and thus many of
the largest specimens were much less than 100 years old. Offspring must live long
enough to reach sexual maturity in order to reproduce, so the longer this takes,
the more likely the offspring will die before reproducing. Hence natural selection
would have favored sauropods that reached sexual maturity earlier rather than later.
This again implies that sauropod adulthood was probably reached in considerably
less than 100 years. Indeed, recent research on Apatosaurus suggests that they achieved 10
about 90% of their adult size after only 10 years.
Growth rates have implications for sauropodomorph physiology, which could
have been endothermic, ectothermic, or homeothermic (Chapter 8). Supporters of
the homeothermic hypothesis propose that the larger sauropods were inertial
homeotherms. In other words, once they were heated by either their external envir-
onment or by internal, fermenting bacteria in their huge guts (Chapter 8), they
maintained this temperature for a long time because of their very low (compared
to other dinosaurs) surface area/volume ratio. As mentioned earlier, heat venting
might have been needed to prevent overheating, and some paleontologists have
suggested that the long necks, tails, and legs served as conduits for expelling excess
heat. Regardless of the mechanism, sauropods would have required large amounts
of energy to grow quickly during their younger years. Heat generation, as a by-
product of such growth, is a reasonable hypothesis.
Locomotion
Sauropodomorph ancestors were bipedal saurischians, and the earliest-known
prosauropods may have been at least facultatively bipedal. Limb lengths indirectly
indicate bipedalism in fossil vertebrates, in that the fore limbs are considerably shorter
than the hind limbs. However, when the limbs are equally long, the animal could
still have been bipedal, so another clue lies in the manus anatomy. When the manus
317
SAUROPODOMORPHA
is composed of lighter and more delicate bones, it is not likely to have been used
for load bearing. A third anatomical clue is indicated by the insertion point for
muscles at an attachment site called the fourth trochanter, which is on the femur.
Bipedal vertebrates have the insertion point on the proximal half of the femur, which
is the case for nearly every theropod (Chapter 9). In contrast, a prosauropod such
as Plateosaurus has the point on the middle to distal part of the femur, suggest-
ing that this prosauropod was in between the end members of bipedal and
quadrupedal. Sauropods have the insertion point even lower than that of
Plateosaurus, so this feature along with other anatomical evidence indicates that
sauropods were obligate quadrupeds.
Probable prosauropod tracks are interpreted on the basis of their close anatom-
ical similarity to the skeletal structure of a typical prosauropod manus and pes. Tracks
identified as having been made by prosauropods are:
1 found in strata of the same ages as known prosauropod skeletons;

2 show a reduced digit V in the pes impressions; and
3 have an enlarged ungual on a deviated digit I in the manus impression.
The majority of these trackways indicate quadrupedal locomotion, although a few

bipedal trackways from the Late Triassic and Early Jurassic have been attributed to
prosauropods on the basis of how they reflect the pes anatomy. Their trackways
show that, like all other dinosaurs, these probable prosauropod trackmakers were
diagonal walkers with their limbs held in planes under their bodies. Some dinosaur
ichnologists have assigned names to prosauropod tracks under the assumption
of those trackmakers. However, as with most trace fossils, taphonomic variants often
impede positive and precise identifications of tracks with specific trackmakers
(Chapter 14).
The realization that the largest of the sauropods did not live in bodies of water,
but rather were completely adapted for an active terrestrial lifestyle, marked a major
shift in the perception of dinosaurs in general. Prominent and influential pale-
ontologists, such as O. C. Marsh, were the sources of those enduring images of
diplodocoids and brachiosaurids immersed in swamps and munching on soft veg-
etation, thus demonstrating the power of argument by
authority over evidence-based reasoning (Chapter 2).
Under normal atmospheric
The hypothesis of amphibious behavior for the largest
conditions at sea level, air
of sauropods was justified mostly on the basis of their
presses down on the size, as animals so massive were thought to be biome-
surface of every organism chanically incapable of supporting themselves on land.
at the equivalent of 1.034 Atmospheric pressure (see box) is caused by a column
kg/cm2, which is also of air that goes up into the stratosphere to a height of
known as a standard 1.0 about 8.0 km. The pressure of a fluid (either air or
atmosphere (atm). water) is expressed by the following equation:
p = hD (10.1)
where p is pressure, h is the height of the fluid above the pressed-upon surface, and
D is the density of the fluid. For example, if the atmosphere averages a density of
1.25 g/L and is in a column of air measuring about 7.8 km above an animals skin,
the air pressure would be:
(First converting liters to cubic centimeters)

Step 1. p = (7.8 km)(1.25 g/L)(0.00 L/cm3)
Step 2. = (7.8 km)(0.00125 g/cm3)
318
Step 3. = (7.8 105 cm)(1.253 g/cm3)

Step 4. = 975 g/cm2
which is close to the measured value of 1034 g/cm2 for 1.0 atm.
In contrast, if an organism is immersed in water, the considerably greater mass
of water with respect to air (Chapter 7) means that pressure will increase in a much
shorter distance of overlying water in comparison to air. Fresh water is about 800
times denser than air at 1.0 g/cm3, so the height of the fluid needed to achieve the
same 1.0 atm would be:
Step 1. h = p/D
Step 2. = 1.034 103 g/cm2/1.0 g/cm3
Step 3. = 1034 cm
(Converting to meters)
Step 4. = 10.34 m
This value implies that at a depth of only 10.3 meters in fresh water pressure will
double to 2.0 atm (remember that the pressure effect of the overlying air is added
to that of the water), and triple to 3.0 atm at about 20.6 meters. Marine salinity
causes seawater to be slightly denser than fresh water, at 1.02 g/cm3, which causes
greater pressure with less depth.
Brachiosaurus can be used as an example of how an aquatic lifestyle would have
affected sauropods. This animal was about 13 meters tall with its neck fully
extended vertically. Full immersion of its torso, so that only its head was above the
water, would have caused it to experience an additional 1.0 to 1.5 atm of pressure.
This situation would have made movement of its lungs for breathing extremely
difficult or even caused their collapse. Consequently, the physics of breathing is
reason enough to reject the notion that sauropods were habitually aquatic animals
that used their necks as snorkels. This is the case even if other data did not sup-
port the likelihood of sauropods having had terrestrial lifestyles.
Indeed, as more sauropod trackways were found, they also showed little or no
evidence of having been formed in submerged environments. Nevertheless, the 10
aquatic sauropod model was kept alive even after the first sauropod trackways
were discovered in the 1930s by Roland Bird (Chapter 3). For example, sauropod
trackways that had manus impressions but lacked pes impressions were regarded
as evidence that the sauropod tracemakers were swimming, because their hind limbs
would have been suspended in the water while their fore limbs occasionally
touched the bottom. Later descriptions and interpretations of these trackways
revealed that pes impressions were present but were only preserved as undertracks,
tracks preserved below the surface the dinosaur walked on. This realization negated
the need to use flotation to explain the absence of tracks (Chapter 14).
Trackway evidence also can tell a great deal about the movement of individuals
and groups of sauropodomorphs. The sheer size of their tracks can make the track-
ways of sauropods rather easy to distinguish from those of other dinosaurs. For exam-
ple, some sauropod pes impressions from Western Australia, discovered in 2001,
are as wide as 2 meters. The smaller impressions may be comparable in size to the
tracks of thyreophorans (Chapter 12) or ceratopsians (Chapter 13), but typical sauro-
pod tracks have distinctive compression shapes. The manus impression is crescen-
tic, and the pes impression is oblong and commonly shows the claw impression
from digit I. Like prosauropods and all other known dinosaurs, sauropods were diag-
onal walkers (Chapter 14). Yet their trackway straddle can be wider than that of
any other dinosaur and have a lower pace angulation than the near-180 ones
expressed by theropods. Dinosaur ichnologists often call such trackways wide gauge,
319
SAUROPODOMORPHA
in an allusion to railroad tracks, but other sauropod trackways are narrower and
appropriately are called narrow gauge. Whether wide or narrow, all sauropod track-
ways show that they moved with their limbs under their bodies, and did not have
the sprawling, lizard-like gait hypothesized for them by scholars earlier in the twen-
tieth century.
Sauropod trackways definitely constitute the most impressive of all dinosaur trace
fossils, and where numerous individuals walked over the same area they caused
mixing of the sediments on the scale of heavy machinery. Sauropod trackways are
also among the longest preserved for dinosaurs, such as two in the Middle Jurassic
of Portugal that are nearly 150 meters long. Most such trackways show linear move-
ment, but at least one in North America (Utah) shows that a Late Jurassic sauro-
pod took an abrupt right turn for unknown reasons (Chapter 14).
Feeding
According to all known evidence, sauropodomorphs were obligate herbivores.
Some paleontologists have proposed that the serrated teeth of prosauropods, such
as Plateosaurus, reflect carnivorous behavior, and others have noticed some
anatomical similarities between prosauropods and therizinosaurs (Chapter 9).
Prosauropod teeth that are serrated and leaf-like show little sign of wear. Because
grinding would involve direct contact between tooth rows with occlusion, shear-
ing is instead favored as the probable expressed jaw function. As mentioned before,
the pencil-like teeth of most sauropods were not adapted for chewing, so they prob-
ably served for shearing and, even more likely, for raking vegetation.
Scratch marks on sauropodomorph teeth constitute evidence of abrasion by grit,
composed of silicate-mineral silt and sand, which was on plants consumed by these
animals. Detailed examination of these marks could provide clues about which
sauropodomorphs may have grazed on low-lying plants, as plants closer to the ground
would have contained more grit. Conversely, teeth with fewer scratches might indi-
cate high-level browsing. Relatively little work has been done on this avenue of
research, so strict interpretations of diet preference cannot be formed based on den-
tal condition alone. Sauropodomorphs also may have been accidental insectivores,
because the large amount of plants that they ingested probably contained many
insects. Of course, insects may have also chosen habitats on plants that were not
frequently consumed by sauropods, but this speculation lacks evidence.
The development of extremely long sauropodomorph necks, of which Mamen-
chisaurus had the longest at 14 meters, is often cited as an example of directional
evolution related to feeding specialization. The evolutionary mechanism behind such
lengthening, which was the greatest of any known vertebrate animals, has been
compared to the evolution of the giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis) of equatorial and
southern Africa. Giraffes comprise the only modern terrestrial animal that also has
a long neck in comparison to its closest relatives. Interestingly, giraffes only have
seven cervical vertebrae, but like sauropods these are elongated. Because modern
giraffes are well known as high-level browsers of treetops and are connected to fossil
ancestors with shorter necks, development of the same adaptation was postulated
for sauropodomorphs. In this hypothesis, originally short-necked prosauropods
evolved into long-necked lineages of sauropods, epitomized by some diplodocoids,
which used their long necks for gaining access to increasingly taller treetops of
conifers.
One of the problems with this hypothesis has already been mentioned:
prosauropods and sauropods had separate lineages. Consequently, short-necked
prosauropods did not evolve into long-necked sauropods. However, considering that
the saurischian ancestor to all sauropods probably had a shorter neck than the ear-
liest known sauropod, then the elongation of sauropod necks did indeed happen
320
as a result of evolutionary change. According to predictions from cladistic analyses,

the ancestral sauropod would have had 10 cervical vertebrae. The lengthening of
sauropod necks in various lineages could have happened in three ways:
1 elongation of cervical vertebrate that were already there;

2 development of new cervical vertebrae; or
3 conversion of some dorsal vertebrae into cervical vertebrae (cervicalization).
Evidence from the axial skeletons of numerous sauropod species indicates that all
three processes could have happened, depending on the lineage.
In a continuation of this paradigm, long necks were seemingly not enough and
no leafy branch was too high. Sauropods began to be depicted in the 1980s and
1990s as rearing on to their hind legs so that they could nearly double their brows-
ing height. The evolution of longer necks was thought to have co-evolved with
increased heights of the canopy in Mesozoic forests. This would be an example of
a Red Queen process (Chapter 6) happening between conifers and sauropods.
Several criticisms of this seemingly reasonable hypothesis are now evident,
which has led to some doubt to its universal applicability to the development of
long-necked sauropods:
n Although conifers were the most common trees available for high-level brows-
ing during the Late Triassic through to the Late Jurassic, they had (and still
have) low nutritional yield. Large amounts of material would have been con-
sumed to provide any significant food value. Most conifers also have low
recovery rates to such massive damage, so sauropods would have quickly
overgrazed their food supply and eventually starved, unless they were con-
stantly migrating to plunder and denude new forests.
n Anatomical reconstructions and biomechanical considerations of large
sauropods suggest that some could have reared up on their hind legs.
Nonetheless, no trackways or any other aspect of the fossil record has been
found to indicate that they actually did. Today, elephants in circuses often
rear up on their hind legs, or can be trained to stand on one leg, but these
behaviors are not commonly observed in the wild. In other words, just because 10
an animal can move in a certain way does not mean that it did.
n Blood pressures needed to pump blood from the heart of a sauropod to the
height gained by the head would have been more than twice that measured
in modern giraffes and five to six times that of humans. Some unusual adap-
tations would have been needed for such an extreme function. Some adher-
ents to the vertical sauropod hypothesis have even advocated extra
hearts, additional organs along the pathway of the neck to pump blood.
n Computer modeling of sauropod necks reveals their ranges of motion on
the basis of articulations of the cervical vertebrae. Interestingly, the ranges
show a limited vertical mobility of only 10 to 20 above a horizontal plane,
but a much wider arc of about 90 for turns in a horizontal plane. In other
words, these sauropods could move their heads back and forth more easily
than they could move them up and down.
Detailed measurements of the sauropods cervical vertebrae contributed the data

for a computer program that animated the necks. The most significant result of
this analysis was that the modeled necks could not move vertically much more
than half the length of the neck because the vertebrae would lock. For example,
the 6-meter long neck of Diplodocus could only be raised about 4 meters. As a result
of this and other information, the feeding behaviors for sauropods, such as
Apatosaurus and Diplodocus, are now being reconsidered. (See box on page 322.)
321
SAUROPODOMORPHA
They are now more often thought to be the ecological

A cooperative venture equivalent of cows and sheep, or low-level grazers, than
between a paleontologist giraffes, which are high-level browsers. Despite some
and a computer sauropods having had necks longer than the entire
programmer modeled the body of the largest prosauropod (e.g., Mamenchisaurus
necks of Apatosaurus and neck = 14 meters and Riojasaurus body = 11 meters),
Diplodocus for their ability prosauropods were probably more adapted for high-
to flex into the S-shaped level browsing than some sauropods. The food plants that
profile, which is often would have easily re-grown and otherwise recovered
from ravenously grazing sauropods were ferns. These
depicted in artistic
plants are abundant today, but according to their fossil
renditions of sauropod
record were also common plants during the geologic time
genera.
span of the largest sauropods.
Regardless of from whatever height sauropodomorphs
obtained their food, they certainly did not chew it much. Digestion in most
sauropods was probably aided by having a huge alimentary canal, which would
have utilized large amounts of fermentative bacteria for digestion. At least a few
sauropodomorphs also required gastroliths to aid their digestion, which further ground
the foodstuff that was not milled into finer material in the oral cavity. Of all dinosaur
clades, gastroliths are most often identified with sauropodomorphs. In fact, some
paleontologists have attempted to document these trace fossils as independent indi-
cators of a former sauropodomorph presence in Mesozoic strata otherwise devoid
of their bones or traces. Three genera of prosauropods, Ammosaurus, Sellosaurus and
Massospondylus, had presumed gastroliths associated with their abdominal cavities.
Two sauropod species, Cedarsaurus and Seismosaurus, likewise had subrounded
polished stones largely within their skeleton. In the case of Seismosaurus, the spa-
tial distribution of gastroliths was meticulously mapped in relation to the skeleton.
Such mapping revealed a clumping of the stones in two regions of the skeleton,
approximating the locations of a former crop and gizzard. This type of evidence
demonstrated a potential use of gastroliths as indicators of soft-part anatomy, lead-
ing one to wonder how many sauropodomorph skeletons may have been excavated
without recognition of gastroliths.
Appropriately enough, the last piece of fossil evidence considered for feeding
preferences in sauropodomorphs is coprolites. Unfortunately, so far no coprolites
have been positively identified or correlated with sauropodomorphs. However, pre-
sumed large masses of finely-ground fossil plant material found in same-age strata
as sauropodomorphs are speculated as possible candidates. The problem with this
guilt by association type of identification is illustrated by smaller coprolites. These
may have originated from smaller, contemporary herbivorous dinosaurs, such
as ornithopods, or they actually may have been deposited in large but separate
numbers by a large sauropod. Although a large coprolite establishes a minimum
size for a tracemaker, the same is not necessarily true for smaller coprolites. After
all, some large-bodied modern herbivores produce small-sized pellets (Chapter 14).
Consequently, the recognition of sauropodomorph coprolites will require exam-
ination of both small and large coprolites in context with other fossil evidence of
a sauropod presence.
Social Life
The view that sauropodomorphs were gregarious animals, and that they moved about
together in at least family units, if not herds, has gained popularity recently, exem-
plified by artistic depictions of great migrating herds of sauropods. In this case,
a popular idea about dinosaurs also may be correct. Most of the data supporting
the idea of herding behavior in these animals, which as individuals could have
322
outweighed a family unit of elephants, is based on trackway evidence. However,

taphonomic analyses of sauropodomorph assemblages and the previously-mentioned
nesting horizons of titanosaurs are independent lines of evidence that also support
the probability of sociality for some sauropodomorphs. Taken collectively, the data
indicate that sauropodomorphs were more likely to have lived in groups than not.
This assertion can be tested in individual cases but is now generally accepted by
many paleontologists who study sauropods.
The aforementioned nesting horizons of titanosaurs argue strongly for these
sauropods having participated in social groups for their brooding of young, sim-
ilar to what has been hypothesized for some ornithopods (Chapter 11). The close
proximity of the nests, the sheer number of eggs, and their abundance on dif-
ferent horizons in the same small area reflect its revisiting in different nesting
seasons by large numbers of sauropods of the same species. Although only one
locality so far has body fossil evidence to corroborate a sauropodomorph nesting
ground, this example provides a model for testing in other places, whether their
reproductive and brooding behavior was:
1 more typically solitary;

2 based on family units; or
3 involved more than one family unit living in the same area at the same
time.
Taphonomy also gives an insight into sauropod sociality through the examination
of monospecific bone beds. Just as in some theropod species, such as Coelophysis
baurii (Chapter 9), a monospecific assemblage of sauropods provokes the question,
How did only bones from many individuals of the same species end up in the
same place at the same time? For example, a bone deposit of the Middle Jurassic
cetiosaurid Patagosaurus fariasi of Argentina is composed of bones representing five
individuals, including both juveniles and adults. The current answer to this ques-
tion is that the assemblage may represent a family that died and was buried together
during a sudden event such as a river flood. Although adherence to only one hypo-
thesis is risky, all other answers would be far more complicated than this scenario.
As a result, it is the one that has been conditionally accepted for the cetiosaurid 10
deposit and similar monospecific dinosaur bone beds. Two adult Camarasaurus skeletons
associated with a juvenile of the same species, in the Upper Jurassic of Wyoming,
provide another case of a possible family structure, and assemblages composed of
only Alamosaurus bones from the Upper Cretaceous are also cited as evidence of
gregariousness in sauropods.
Of course, the large number of sauropodomorph trackways documented world-
wide constitutes excellent additional evidence for their social behavior. Multiple
trackways on the same horizon are good clues as to how some species of sauropods
traveled together or otherwise had preferred directions of travel. For example, one
trackway horizon in Upper Jurassic rocks of southeastern Colorado shows five equally-
spaced and parallel sauropod trackways, which is strong evidence supporting the
hypothesis that they were traveling together as a herd (Fig. 10.11). This hypo-
thesis is held up by the coincident direction of the trackways, which varied in
harmony with one another, and the regular spacing between the trackways.
Placing a minimum distance between one another when traveling in groups is a
behavior observed in large modern animals, such as elephants. The preservational
condition of the tracks also is similar, indicating that they were all formed within
a short span of time before the character of the substrate changed. Another track-
way from the Lower Cretaceous of Texas, discovered by Roland Bird (Chapter 3),
shows that as many as 30 sauropods, seemingly of the same type (species), were
moving in the same direction over a relatively narrow area. Some overlap of the
323
SAUROPODOMORPHA
FIGURE 10.11
Sauropod trackways
in the Late Jurassic
Morrison Formation
near La Junta, Colorado,
showing parallelism and
indicating probable
herding behavior.
tracks indicated that later individuals stepped on some of the immediately preceding
tracks.
Other sauropod trackways from the Upper Jurassic of Portugal show that a group
of seven juveniles (based on the small sizes of their footprints) were accompanied
by three larger sauropods, strongly suggesting a family structure. Moreover, the sim-
ilar track sizes of the seven smaller individuals advocate that they represented the
same age range and may have been hatched and raised from the same clutch. Such
information helps with estimations of juvenile mortality by comparing the num-
ber of eggs within sauropod clutches to trackways of probable juveniles. A presumed
monospecific track assemblage could also give an independent measure of popu-
lation structure. However, such interpretations have at least one caveat: the adult
tracks preserved on the same horizon may represent stratigraphically younger
tracks that penetrated down to the same, older layer as the juvenile tracks (see
Fig. 14.8). Nevertheless, trackways left by juvenile sauropods are becoming more
recognized in the geologic record, which then help in better definition of sauro-
pod populations. Some of the best examples of juvenile sauropod tracks are in
Cretaceous rocks of South Korea, where more than 100 such trackways have been
discovered.
Of course, just because animals are moving in the same direction does not
necessarily qualify as evidence of herding. For example, a linear geographic barrier,
324
such as a shoreline or a cliff, could have restricted the animals lateral movement
over a long period of time. An argument against this critique is that the variation
in footprint sizes suggests that the population was composed of both younger
and older individuals of the same species. If a geographic barrier equally affected
the movement of all animals through an area, tracks of other species might be
expected as a source of track variation. Other sauropod trackways that were appar-
ently made by the same type of sauropod at approximately the same time should
provide for more testing of herding hypotheses.
Consequently, bone-bed data, nesting grounds, and trackway evidence provide a
compelling argument in favor of sauropodomorph sociality, although varying
degrees of sociality for each species were likely. Sociality certainly conferred a major
advantage in the form of added protection against large, theropod predators,
despite already-massive sizes for some individual sauropodomorphs. It also allowed
groups to explore for and exploit food resources together. These animals most likely
aided each others survival, thus ensuring reproductive success and thereby pass-
ing on their traits to the next generation of sauropodomorphs.
Health
Sauropodomorphs were apparently healthy animals and the vast majority of speci-
mens show little or no evidence of paleopathological conditions. One reported pos-
sible ailment found in specimens of Diplodocus, Apatosaurus, and Camarasaurus is
diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis (better known by its medical acronym,
DISH), a condition where ligaments running laterally alongside the vertebrae
become ossified. This condition gives the vertebrae a fused appearance, although
the vertebrae themselves are not actually fused. In those sauropods so affected, some
of the caudal vertebrae were bonded together by this ossification, which made them
stiffer structures. Hence, one explanation for the frequency of this condition is that
it represents an adaptation more than a malady. Sauropod trackways show no clear
evidence of tail dragging, for example, and a stiffened tail would have prevented
the formation of such a trace fossil. Interestingly, despite their often-huge sizes, no
sauropods studied so far have shown any unequivocal signs of stress fractures or
osteoarthritis. 10
Sauropodomorphs were subject to consumption by carnivores, specifically by their
theropod contemporaries. Evidence for their role in Mesozoic food chains is largely
expressed through toothmarks on sauropod bones, such as the documented
numerous toothmarks on Apatosaurus bones that were probably inflicted by its Late
Jurassic contemporary, Allosaurus (Chapter 14). One assumption is that such tooth-
marked sauropods were the spoils of predation, but no definitive evidence supports
that sauropods were the victims of predation more or less often than their corpses
were scavenged. Indeed, the sheer size of some sauropod species, as well as track-
way evidence showing that sauropods moved together in herds, have been proposed
as protective measures that discouraged predation. In similar modern terrestrial pre-
datorprey relationships between large herds of herbivores and pack-hunting
animals, lions have been known to isolate and kill very young or weak members
of an elephant herd. However, the mere presence of the herd structure, compounded
with the sizes of adult elephants and their fierce protectiveness, is normally
sufficient deterrent to predation. This means that a successful hunt on an elephant
is rare. With this simile in mind and the little evidence that is known, sauro-
podomorphs probably were not subject to any more predation than other herbivorous
dinosaurs. In effect, they may have been even more resistant to death through
such means, despite the enormous amount of potential protein that some sauro-
podomorph species could have provided for predators.
325
SAUROPODOMORPHA
SUMMARY
Sauropodomorphs are among the most

well known dinosaurs and the largest land
animals that ever walked the surface of
the Earth. As shown by their bones, tracks,
and other fossils, they had a worldwide dis-
tribution that varied regionally but lasted from
the Late Triassic to the end of the Cretaceous. Sauro-
podomorphs originally evolved at about the same time
in the Late Triassic as the theropods, their sister clade within
Saurischia. They apparently diverged into two clades early in their
history, the Prosauropoda and the Sauropoda.
The Prosauropoda were distinguished by their anatomical adaptations
toward possible facultative bipedalism and quadrupedalism, indicated by
limb proportions and foot anatomy, as well as probable herbivory, discerned
from their teeth and jaws, and fore-limb anatomy. They were certainly
the largest herbivores of the Late Triassic and Early Jurassic, some reach-
ing up to 11 meters in length (Riojasaurus). Prosauropods were relatively
common by the end of the Triassic, and are most abundantly represented
by the well-studied Plateosaurus. Prosauropods show the earliest known
evidence for nesting of any dinosaur clade in Late Triassic deposits and
they left distinctive tracks that correlate well with their skeletal foot
anatomy. Despite nearly 50 million years of existence, prosauropods went
extinct by the end of the Early Jurassic. Sauropods and other herbivorous
dinosaurs that showed up in the geologic record at about that time prob-
ably filled their ecological niches as the first high-level browsers, but some
sauropods were very likely low-level grazers as well.
Sauropods have a rich fossil record that continues to amaze paleon-
tologists, who keep finding larger body parts of these dinosaurs that push
the theoretical constraints on size for land-dwelling animals. Although their
fossil record probably began in the Late Triassic, the diversification of
sauropods apparently did not begin until the Early Jurassic. Their evolu-
tion resulted in some impressive forms adapted to carrying more
massive bodies by the end of the Jurassic and continuing through the
Cretaceous. Well-represented clades of sauropods include Diplodocidae
(Diplodocus, Apatosaurus), Brachiosauridae (Brachiosaurus), Camarasau-
ridae (Camarasaurus), and Titanosauridae (Argentinosaurus, Malawisaurus,
Titanosaurus). Cetiosauridae was regarded as a loosely-held group con-
taining sauropod species that did not fit well into the other clades, but
is now considered a clade in its own right.
Sauropods were undoubtedly land-dwelling herbivores, as shown
by their tracks, teeth, and gastroliths. Some may have been high-level
browsers of Mesozoic forests, but recently acquired evidence (some
anatomical, some botanical) suggests that some were better adapted for
low-level grazing. At least some sauropods were social animals; their
monospecific bone beds, nesting grounds, and trackways imply that they
congregated and traveled in herds. Sauropods seem to have been
healthy animals, and although they were on the menu of some
theropods there is little evidence to support that they were the objects
of predation more often than scavenging.
326
1. What evidence would be needed to show that

any sauropodomorphs lived in shal-
low aquatic environments but
came up on land occa-
sionally, as with modern
hippopotamuses? If one
species of sauropodomorph was deemed to be
aquatic but it was only capable of withstanding 1.5
atm of pressure, what would be the maximum depth difference
between it in fresh water versus salt water?
2. What evidence would be needed to support the hypothesis that some
of the long-tailed sauropods used their tails as whips? What would
you look for in the skeleton itself, and what sorts of trace fossils might
indicate that the tails were used in such a way?
3. Make a list of the postcranial characteristics of prosauropods and
sauropods. How did they differ and how were they similar? What do
the differences tell you about evolutionary changes in sauropods as
opposed to prosauropods?
4. Some presumed sauropod nests, interpreted on the basis of clutches
of large, spheroidal eggs, are also interpreted as having been laid in
conical pits. What anatomical adaptations did sauropods possess that
would have aided in their excavation of nests for laying eggs? Would
members of some clades have had an anatomical advantage over
others in digging nests?
5. What evidence indicates that sauropodomorphs in general were not
great chewers of food? Cite both body and trace fossil evidence.
How would undoubted sauropodomorph coprolites or former gut con-
tents either corroborate or falsify the hypothesis?
6. If sauropods did move in herds, what kind of trackway patterns would
convince you that the adults in the herd protected the juveniles from
10
pack-hunting or individual theropods? Sketch such patterns, then com-
pare them with those sketched by your classmates. Discuss which of
the strategies they represent would have offered the best protection
and why.
7. While doing volunteer work on a dinosaur excavation site, you find
what you suspect are gastroliths in a Late Jurassic deposit, but there
is no sauropod skeleton evident around them. How would you sup-
port the hypothesis that they are gastroliths, and not just randomly
distributed stones? What evidence would convince you that your
hypothesis is wrong?
8. At the same site as in question 7, with its excavation of Late Jurassic
rocks, you find a suspected sauropod coprolite with identifiable frag-
ments of ferns. How could this coprolite be correlated with potential
tracemakers through the use of data on neck anatomy and tooth wear?
9. What are some hypothetical evolutionary effects of sauropods step-
ping on low-lying plants and grazing large amounts of these same
plants? For analogies, think of modern grazing animals and the impact
they have on the plants of their landscape.
10. Compare prosauropods to the therizinosaurs (Chapter 11). How are
these dinosaurs similar in overall body plans? What are some key
anatomical traits that you would use to distinguish them if you found
either one in the fossil record?
SAUROPODOMORPHA
Bibliography
Barrett, P. M. and Upchurch, P. 1995. Sauropod feeding mechanisms: Their bearing

on paleoecology. In Sun, A., and Wang, Y. (Eds), Symposium on Mesozoic Terrestrial
Ecosystem and Biota Short Papers, 6: 107110.
Bonaparte, J. F. and Coria, R. A. 1993. Un nuevo y gigantesco sauropodo titanosaurio
de la Formacin Ro Limay (Albiano-Cenomaniano) de la Provincia del Neuqun,
Argentina. Ameghiniana 30: 271282.
Buffetaut, E., Suteethorn, V., Cuny, G., et al. 2000. The earliest known sauropod
dinosaur. Nature 407: 7274.
Christiansen, P. 1999. On the head size of sauropodomorph dinosaurs: Implications for
ecology and physiology. Historical Biology 13: 269297.
Colbert, E. H. 1952. Breathing habits of the sauropod dinosaurs. Journal of Natural History
5, 55: 708710.
Colbert, E. H. 1993. Feeding strategies and metabolism in elephants and sauropod
dinosaurs. American Journal of Science 293, A: 119.
Coombs, W. P., Jr. 1975. Sauropod habits and habitats. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimato-
logy, Palaeoecology 17: 133.
Cooper, M. R. 1980. The prosauropod ankle and dinosaur phylogeny. South African Journal
of Science 76: 176178.
Fiorillo, A. R. 1991. Dental microwear on the teeth of Camarasaurus and Diplodocus:
Implications for sauropod paleoecology. Paleontological Contributions from the
University of Oslo 364: 2324.
Galton, P. M. 1985. Diet of prosauropod dinosaurs from the Late Triassic and Early Jurassic.
Lethaia 18: 105123.
Galton, P. M., and Upchurch, P. 2004. Prosauropoda. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson,
P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley, California:
Gillette, D. D. 1994. Seismosaurus, the Earth Shaker. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Lockley, M. G. 1990. Did Brontosaurus ever swim out to sea?: Evidence from bron-
tosaur and other dinosaur footprints. Ichnos 1: 8190.
Marsh, O. C. 1883. Principal characters of American Jurassic Dinosaurs. Part VI:
Restoration of Brontosaurus. American Journal of Science Series 3, 26: 8185.
McIntosh, J. S. 1989. The sauropod dinosaurs: A brief survey. In Padian, K. and Chure,
D. J. (Eds), The Age of Dinosaurs. Short Courses in Paleontology, Paleontological Society
2: 8599.
Reid, R. E. H. 1981. Lamellar-zonal bone with zones and annuli in the pelvis of a sauro-
pod dinosaur. Nature 292, 5818: 4951.
Ricqls, A. de, 1983. Cyclical growth in the long limb bones of a sauropod dinosaur.
Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 28: 225232.
Stevens, K. A. and Parrish, J. M. 1999. Neck posture and feeding habits of two Jurassic
sauropod dinosaurs. Science 284, 5415: 798800.
Upchurch, P. 1995. The evolutionary history of sauropod dinosaurs. Philosophical
Transactions Royal Society of London, B 349, 1330: 365390.
Upchurch, P., Barrett, P. M. and Dodson, P. 2004. Sauropoda. In Weishampel, D. B.,
Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition), Berkeley,
Weaver, J. C. 1983. The improbable endotherm; the energetics of the sauropod
dinosaur Brachiosaurus. Paleobiology 9: 173182.
Wilson, J. A. 2002. Sauropod dinosaur phylogeny: Critique and cladistic analysis.
Zoological Journal of the Linnaean Society, London 136: 217276.
328
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Wilson, J. A. and Carrano, M. T. 1999. Titanosaurs and the origin of wide-gauge track-
ways: A biomechanical and systematic perspective on sauropod locomotion. Paleobio-
logy 25: 252267.
Yates, A. M. and Kitching, J. W. 2003. The earliest known sauropod dinosaur and the
first steps towards sauropod locomotion. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London:
Biological Sciences 270: 17531758.
10
329
Chapter
11
While listening to the radio, you hear a science report that discusses efforts to
protect the nests of sea turtles on the barrier islands of the eastern USA, some
of which are endangered species in parts of the world. As you listen to the story,
you learn that sea turtle mothers will crawl on to a sandy beach, dig a hole, lay
their eggs, bury them, and then return to the sea. This means that the mothers
will never see their offspring, having left them to fend for themselves. Moreover,
the offspring may never hatch at all because raccoons and feral hogs prey on
turtle eggs.
Did dinosaur mothers act like sea turtles, or did they care for their young, not
only watching them hatch but staying with them while they grew in their nests?
What evidence would be needed to prove dinosaurs took care of their offspring?
Ornithopoda
11
Clades and Species of Ornithopoda

Ornithopods as Living Animals
Summary
Bibliography
ORNITHOPODA
Why Study Ornithopods?

Ornithopoda was one of the most
diverse and geographically wide-
spread of all dinosaur clades. Their
success originated in the Early
Jurassic and continued until the end of the Cretaceous when, as with other non-
avian dinosaurs, they became extinct. Their diversity can be best illustrated by their
size range some species were as small as 1 meter but others were about 15 meters
long, placing them well within the size range of theropods and around the same
mass as some sauropods. They are sometimes known as the cows of the Mesozoic
in recognition of their specialized herbivore diets, perceived passivity, and prob-
able gregarious nature. However, some of their members, especially the hadro-
saurids, had complex intraspecific behaviors more similar to birds than bovines.
The most innovative adaptation ornithopods had in common with one another
was the development of teeth and jaws that were arguably the most efficient grinders
of plant food ever devised in terrestrial herbivores. Indeed, some ornithopods had
large arrays of teeth (dental batteries) and moveable skull parts that would have
surpassed those of any modern mammalian plant eater.
Ornithopods have the most complete geologic record of any major dinosaur clade.
In terms of body fossils, they are represented by:
n complete skeletons ranging from juveniles to adults in some species;

n many eggs, some with embryos identifiable to ornithopod species;
n skin impressions;
n former gut contents; and
n possible internal organ preservation.
Their trace fossil record is also rich, consisting of numerous trackways, nests, and
coprolites. They became so widespread throughout the Mesozoic that they left their
bodily remains or traces of their behavior on every continent by the end of the
Cretaceous. Perhaps the most interesting aspect of this wide geographic range was
that some of their skeletal material has been found in both Arctic and Antarctic re-
gions. Such a latitudinal distribution has been part of the basis for hypothesizing
ornithopod migrations, conjuring once odd but now-familiar recreations of great herds
of these dinosaurs moving with the seasons, as with modern mammalian herbivores.
Perhaps the best reason to study ornithopods is because their fossil record pro-
vides the most complete and compelling evidence available about the social lives
of dinosaurs, which is only rivaled by sauropods. Preliminary data indicate that at
least one species of ornithopod lived in large communal nesting grounds, where
the juveniles were restricted to their nests for their formative years while the par-
ents took care of them. Other ornithopods show elaborate head structures that prob-
ably served as resonating chambers for calling to one another, but also may have
been prominent cues for gender identification. Some ornithopods had easily visible
332
ORNITHOPODA
tusks, and others had large spiked thumbs and hands that could grasp, all giving
rise to hypotheses about the functions of such features.
Ornithopods certainly comprised one of the most interesting of dinosaur clades
and have been the source of some revolutionary hypotheses about dinosaurs in gen-
eral. Their study has been at the center of the significant changes in perceptions
about intraspecific behavior of dinosaurs that have taken place in only the past
25 years.
Definition and Unique Characteristics of Ornithopoda

Ornithopoda (= bird foot), first named as a group by O. C. Marsh in the late nine-
teenth century (Chapter 3), was described in early literature as bipedal ornithis-
chians. However, considering that bipedalism is now recognized as a probable ancestral
trait for all dinosaurs, saurischians included, the definition of ornithopods has been
refined considerably. Ornithopoda is now distinguished by the following characters,
among others (Fig. 11.1):
n Offset tooth row, where the maxillary teeth are higher (more dorsal) than
those in the premaxillary, although teeth in the latter might be missing
altogether.
n Occlusal surface is higher (more dorsal) than the jaw joint.
n Crescent-shaped paraoccipital process is located in the posterior of the skull.
n Premaxilla has an elongate process that touches either (or both) the pre-
frontal or lachrymal.
As mentioned earlier, ornithopods are ornithischians, meaning that they shared

a common ancestor with thyreophorans (Chapter 12) and marginocephalians
(Chapter 13). This common ancestry places the ornithopods, thyreophorans, and
marginocephalians in the node-based clade Genasauria. Genasauria splits into
stem-based and sister clades Thyreophora (ankylosaurs and stegosaurs) and
Cerapoda (Marginocephalia and Ornithopoda). Ornithopoda itself is a stem-based
clade, having two main branches to Heterodontosauridae and Euornithopoda
(Fig. 11.2). The majority of ornithopod species compose the latter, and most of
Paraoccipital
11
Elongate Process
(Premaxilla)
Tooth Row (Posterior View)

(Maxilla)
Paraoccipital
Occlusal surface
Jaw joint
Tooth Row
(Premaxilla) (Lateral View)
FIGURE 11.1 Important characters for Clade Ornithopoda: offset tooth row; occlusal
surface higher than jaw joint; crescent-shaped paraoccipital process; premaxilla with an
elongate process.
333
ORNITHOPODA
TABLE 11.1 Representative genera of clade

Heterodontosauridae and other non-iguanodontian
ornithopods, with approximate geologic age and where
they occur.

Abrictosaurus Early Jurassic South Africa
Agilisaurus Middle Jurassic China
Anabesetia Late Cretaceous Argentina
Bugenasaura Late Cretaceous Western USA
Drinker Late Jurassic Western USA
Echinodon Early Cretaceous UK
Gasparinisaura Late Cretaceous Argentina
Heterodontosaurus Early Jurassic South Africa
Hypsilophodon Early Cretaceous Western USA
Jeholosaurus Early Cretaceous China
Leaellynasaura Early Cretaceous Australia
Notohypsilophodon Late Cretaceous Argentina
Orodromeus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Othniela Late Jurassic Western USA
Parkosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Thescelosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Canada
Tsintaosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Yandusaurus Middle Jurassic China
Zephyrosaurus Early Cretaceous Western USA
Hadrosaurinae Lambeosaurinae
Iguanodon
Camptosaurus
Tenontosaurus
Hadrosauridae
Thescelosaurus
Iguanodontoidea
Hypsilophodon
Othnielia
Agilisaurus
Iguanodontia
Heterodontosauridae
Marginocephalia
Thyreophora
Euornithopoda
ORNITHOPODA Cerapoda + Ornithopoda = stem-based
Cerapoda
Marginocephalia = node-based
Genasauria
FIGURE 11.2 Cladogram for Ornithopoda, showing hypothesized relationships between

Heterodontosauridae, Iguanodontia, and other ornithopods.
these are in Iguanodontia (Tables 11.1 and 11.2). Hypsilophodontidae is a

grouping of ornithopods that was once considered as a clade within Euornitho-
poda, but recent analyses reveal that it is probably polyphyletic. As a result, its former
members are now placed within other clades under Euornithopoda.
334
ORNITHOPODA
TABLE 11.2 Representative genera of clade Iguanodontia,

with approximate geologic age and where they occur.

Altirhinus Early Cretaceous Mongolia
Anatotitan Late Cretaceous Western USA
Bactrosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Brachylophosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; western USA
Camptosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA; UK
Claosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Corythosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Draconyx Late Jurassic Portugal
Dryosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA; Tanzania
Edmontosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Eolambia Late Cretaceous Western USA
Gilmoreosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Gryposaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Hadrosauridus Late Cretaceous Eastern and western USA
Hypacrosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Iguanodon Early Cretaceous Western Europe; USA
Jinzhousaurus Early Cretaceous China
Kritosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Lambeosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Canada; Mexico
Muttaburrasaurus Early Cretaceous Australia
Olorotitan Late Cretaceous Russia
Ouranosaurus Early Cretaceous Niger
Parasaurolophus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta
Probactrosaurus Early Cretaceous China
Prosaurolophus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; western USA
Saurolophus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; Mongolia
Shantungosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Telmatosaurus Late Cretaceous Romania; Spain; France
Tenontosaurus Early Cretaceous Western USA
Tsintanosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Valdosaurus Early Cretaceous UK, Romania, Niger 11
Zalmoxes Late Cretaceous Romania
Within the Euornithopoda, some species have

cheek teeth that lost their denticles (apparent as
Euornithopoda is distinguished ridges) on tooth crowns, as well as a distinctively
by a synapomorphy of a rod-shaped prepubis. Probably the best-known clade
prepubic process that projects within Euornithopoda is Iguanodontia. Iguanodontia
anteriorly and at a high angle has some of the most abundantly represented
away from the pubis, causing ornithopods of the fossil record and well-known
an appearance similar to a denizens of the Cretaceous, such as the hadro-
saurischian pelvis. However, the saurids (clade Hadrosauridae). Iguanodontians
Euornithopoda pubis itself is were best known for their lack of premaxillary
still posteroventral and teeth and enlarged nares. These features and others,
together with the ischium, such as an elongation and flattening of the snout,
which is an ornithischian trait. contributed a general duckbill appearance to the
anterior portion of the skull in hadrosaurids.
335
ORNITHOPODA
Accordingly, hadrosaurids, such as Edmontosaurus, Maiasaura, and Anatotitan, were

nicknamed the duckbilled dinosaurs.
Ornithopods were either bipeds or facultative quadrupeds in their locomotion.
Some of the bipeds, such as the Early Cretaceous Hypsilophodon, show fore-
limb/hind-limb proportions comparable to those of theropods, with the hind
limbs considerably longer than the fore limbs. Such limb proportions are invoked
as evidence favoring cursorial behavior, meaning that these ornithopods may have
been capable of running quickly. Their small sizes and lightly-built frames relative
to other ornithopods also argue for the ability of quick getaways from theropods
that preyed upon them. Trackways attributable to ornithopods show either bipedal
or quadrupedal modes but, like the vast majority of dinosaur trackways, only a few
of them can be interpreted as representative of speeds faster than walking.
However, trackways of some iguanodontians of the Early Cretaceous show
quadrupedalism, where a hoof-like manus preceded a three-toed pes. In contrast,
many trackways attributed to Late Cretaceous hadrosaurids reflect bipedalism,
although they may have been bipedal only when needed. Also, in some cases, a
lighter manus pressure may not have been preserved, thus not recording evidence
of quadrupedal behavior. Ornithopod pes impressions are distinctive, with three-
toed patterns that have a compression shape equally wide and long, rather than
the elongate ones left by theropods. Their tracks also have thicker toe impressions
and lack claw marks (Chapter 14). Some hadrosaurid tracks are also among the largest
dinosaur tracks found so far in the geologic record.
The aforementioned analogy of ornithopods as cows of the Mesozoic is justified
by conclusions that all ornithopods were herbivores and apparently had few overt
defenses against predators. They lacked the body armor or otherwise thickened
bone seen in thyreophorans (Chapter 12), ceratopsians (Chapter 13), and a few
sauropods (Chapter 11). Thus, restorations of ornithopods have typically shown them
in idyllic settings, contentedly grazing on vegetation or caring for their young, until
a voracious predator appears on the scene. Although a few ornithopods do indeed
show signs of either having been bitten or eaten by theropods and crocodiles
(Chapters 7 and 9), only a few individuals show evidence of active predation. The
apparent contradiction between the perception of ornithopods as easy fodder for
carnivores and the paucity of evidence that they were so victimized leads to ques-
tions about what natural defenses they did successfully employ.
The more subtle aspects of how ornithopods related to other dinosaurs add to
defining their uniqueness, not just in a cladistic sense but behaviorally. A closer look
at the various ornithopod clades should reveal their diversity and the numerous
interrelated facets of their geologic record should provoke numerous hypotheses.
Clades and Species of Ornithopoda
Heterodontosauridae
Heterodontosaurids (= different toothed lizard), which lived only during the Early
Jurassic and mostly in southern Africa, derive their name from their differentiated
teeth, an unusual condition for any dinosaurian clade. In fact, some of their teeth
are morphologically distinctive enough that they are known only in heterodonto-
saurids. These teeth, occurring in the areas of the former cheeks, have been described
as chisel-like because they come to an edge at their crowns, which are also adorned
with denticles. Other teeth that are radically different from the cheek teeth are canine-
like tusks on the predentary and dentary (Fig. 11.3). Although these teeth might
look menacing, and were probably visible externally when the mouth was closed,
336
CLADES AND SPECIES OF ORNITHOPODA
FIGURE 11.3 Skull of the Early Jurassic Heterodontosaurus,

a heterodontosaurid of South Africa. From Cowen (2000),
History of Life, 3e, Blackwell Science, Inc., Malden, MA,
p. 220, fig. 12.10. (After Charig and Crompton.)
they were not used for predation. A more likely explanation is that they served for
display within their species. A few paleontologists have suggested that they may
even be indicators of sexual dimorphism and present in only one gender.
Heterodontosaurid males are assumed to have been the possessors of these
attributes, although this assignment is arbitrary.
Parts of the appendicular skeleton of heterodontosaurids indicate that they had
well-developed arms and hands, which are interpreted as adaptations to feeding,
such as pulling or holding on to plants, or even for digging. No other evidence,
such as trace fossils or former gut contents, has verified these interpretations, but
they are reasonably inferred on the basis of other adaptations that clearly favor
an herbivorous habit. The best-known heterodontosaurid species, the eponymous
Heterodontosaurus, had a large number of caudal vertebrae, which resulted in a tail
that made up more than half the total length of the body. It also has hind limbs
with fused distal elements, specifically in the tibia, fibula, and tarsals. These traits
are interpreted as aids to fast movement. Such an adaptation certainly would have
been advantageous for a small herbivore in an Early Jurassic world already inhab-
ited by large ceratosaurs (Chapter 9).
Heterodontosaurids also included Abrictosaurus, Lycorhinus, and Echinodon, although
the latter two are only identified from sparse skeletal material. This scarcity is prob-
ably related to their apparent biogeographic restriction, relatively short geologic range,
and taphonomic factors in their preferred environments. However, heterodontosaurid
remains have been found in arid-climate facies, which normally are conducive to
preserving skeletal remains in the event of quick burial (Chapter 7). Faced with
such a disappointingly small number of bones, paleontologists could then turn to
trace fossils. Although ornithopod tracks from the Early Jurassic are common in
some places, none have been attributed specifically to heterodontosaurids. Likewise,
no other trace fossils of heterodontosaurids, such as nests, tooth marks, gastroliths,
or coprolites, have been recognized. Embryonic remains of heterodontosaurids are 11
also unknown. Thus, paleontologists who study heterodontosaurids do not have
much material for interpreting the lifestyles of these seminal ornithopods.
Hypsilophodontidae
Because current cladistic analyses now suggest that Hypsilophodontidae is a para-
phyletic grouping of basal ornithopods, the use of hypsilophodontid is used here
to describe all euornithopods outside of the clade Iguanodontia and is not meant
to connote a clade.
In contrast to heterodontosaurids, hypsilophodontids are better known through
complete or otherwise well-preserved skeletons of one species (Hypsilophodon) and
fragments of about 10 other species. Hypsilophodontids occur in strata formed
during the Middle Jurassic through to the Late Cretaceous, representing a wider
geologic range than heterodontosaurids. Fossil specimens are found in regions
as widespread as North America, South America, Europe, China, and Australia.
Morphologically, hypsilophodontids were larger than their heterodontosaurid pre-
decessors (about 1.5 to 4 meters long) and their robust hind limbs were slightly
337
ORNITHOPODA
longer in proportion to their fore limbs, indicating better adaptations to bipedal-

ism. Ossified tendons reinforced their caudal vertebrae in places, an adaptation that
would have rectified the tail and formed a counterbalance during fast movement.
This trait is similar to the functional morphology of dromaeosaurids (Chapter 9).
Erroneous interpretations of the foot structure of Hypsilophodon, particularly the
position of the hallux, led some paleontologists, earlier in the twentieth century,
to propose that these not-so-small dinosaurs had an arboreal habitat. This conclu-
sion was based on an initial assessment of a hallux (digit I) that pointed post-
eriorly, in direct opposition to the anteriorly pointing digits II through to IV. This
arrangement would have given it an anisodactyl foot, which is characteristic of
modern birds with perching habits (Chapter 15). In perching birds, the hallux grasps
a branch from behind while the other toes grasp from the front. Nevertheless,
re-examinations of the foot anatomy by the mid-1970s showed that the foot was
not anisodactyl, but instead had the hallux pointing anteriorly, as with other
ornithopods. These insights tie in much better with other skeletal features that argue
for a cursorial animal, rather than a tree climber.
Hypsilophodontid skulls underwent some slight outward modifications with
respect to those of heterodontosaurids, especially in the loss of their distinctive tusks
in the anterior portion. However, their skulls were among the first of herbivorous
dinosaurs to show evidence of pleurokinesis. This condition was a jointing between
the premaxilla and the rest of the skull that caused the maxilla to shift outward
when the mouth closed. In humans, the maxilla stays in the same place when chew-
ing and the lower jaw can move laterally. In hypsilophodontids (and all other euor-
nithopods), the maxilla moved out so that a shearing motion occurred when the
lower jaw occluded with the upper jaw. Pleurokinesis was accompanied by:
1 the retention of the premaxillary teeth;

2 better-developed dental batteries in the cheek teeth, which also lost their
denticles; and
3 a non-ossified (horny) beak.
The latter served as an extension to the anterior part of the face and was used to
crop vegetation. Overall, hypsilophodontid skulls point toward advanced adapta-
tions to feeding that exemplified later modifications to herbivore behavior in other
euornithopods.
Besides Hypsilophodon, an important hypsilophodontid is Thescelosaurus of the Late
Cretaceous in North America, which retains some primitive characteristics of basal
ornithopods (Fig. 11.4). This retention shows that it was a conservative form
because it lived toward the end of the geologic range for basal euornithopods. In
2000, Thescelosaurus became famous from one well-preserved specimen that had a
mineralized mass in the probable site of its heart. This concretion led to the hypo-
thesis that it represented a four-chambered heart with a single aorta, which sub-
sequently encouraged some critical scientific debate (Chapter 8).
Jurassic hypsilophodontids include the Middle Jurassic Agilisaurus and
Yandusaurus, which come from the same formation in China. The similar and small
(less than 1 meter long) Drinker and Othniela from the Late Jurassic Morrison Forma-
tion are representative hypsilophodontids from the western USA (Fig. 11.5). Ironic-
ally, these dinosaurs were named after rival paleontologists: Drinker was named in
honor of Edward Drinker Cope, whereas Othniela was named after Othniel Charles
Marsh (Chapter 3). Early Cretaceous genera from Australia are Atlascopcosaurus,
Leaellynasaura, and Qantassaurus, but each genus is known from only a few frag-
ments. Although the Early Cretaceous Hypsilophodon considerably predates Parko-
saurus from the latest part of the Cretaceous, the two species closely resemble
one another, indicating probable relatedness. Another Late Cretaceous species,
338
FIGURE 11.4 Thescelosaurus, a non-iguanodontian ornithopod from the Late Cretaceous.

Auckland Museum, Auckland, New Zealand.
11
FIGURE 11.5 The diminutive ornithopod Othniela of Late Jurassic in western

North America. Specimens in the Denver Museum of Science and Nature, Denver,
Colorado.
Orodromeus, has the best-known life history of any hypsilophodontid because of

some well-preserved juvenile skeletons found in deposits of the western USA.
Iguanodontia
Its namesake, Iguanodon, was one of the first dinosaurs to be named from the
geologic record in England. Later in the mid-nineteenth century, tracks were also
339
ORNITHOPODA
linked to iguanodontians reported in England. Soon after, Louis Dollo described

numerous beautifully preserved Iguanodon bernissartensis skeletons from the Early
Cretaceous of Belgium (Chapter 3). These studies led to iguanodontians as subjects
of some of the first detailed scientific studies of dinosaurs.
Interpretations of Iguanodon and other iguanodontians
Iguanodontia is have undergone much revision since then, as a result of new
discoveries and re-analysis of previously discovered skeletal
recognized as a
material. However, probably the most important hypothesis
stem-based clade
that emerged from the study of Iguanodon was of bipedal-
today, but its name
ism in some dinosaurs, which Dollo discerned through the
has a long history in study of more than 30 skeletons of this species. More
the study of recently, iguanodontians have been recognized as dinosaurs
dinosaurs. that may have had complex sociality, which is evident from
an extensive body and trace fossil record of hadrosaurids of
the Late Cretaceous. Moreover, iguanodontians were important contributors to ter-
restrial ecosystems on most continents, from the Late Jurassic through to the Late
Cretaceous, partially or completely replacing sauropods in ecological niches as the
largest herbivores.
Probably the most primitive of iguanodontians is the Early Cretaceous Tenonto-
saurus of western North America. Some paleontologists have interpreted this iguan-
odontian as a hypsilophodontid or otherwise outside of Iguanodontia, which
illustrates its seemingly basal status. Other basal iguanodontians include an Early
Cretaceous iguanodontian from Australia, the colorfully named Muttaburrasaurus,
as well as the Late Cretaceous Zalmoxes of Romania and Rhabdodon of France.
Some iguandontians show how cladistic interpretations of primitive (more basal)
versus advanced (more derived) forms can be at odds with actual geologic ages.
For example, the Late Jurassic Dryosaurus and Camptosaurus of western North
America show relatively more advanced traits than Tenontosaurus and the other afore-
mentioned basal iguanodontians. This contradiction is explained by paleontologists
not yet knowing which iguanodontian was the most ancestral. This hypothetical
common ancestor of Iguanodontia probably lived during the Middle or Late
Jurassic, although later descendants, represented by Tenontosaurus and other species,
retained its traits. Furthermore, Dryosaurus and Camptosaurus are still more pri-
mitive than the Early Cretaceous Iguanodon, suggesting that some iguanodontian
lineages evolved more quickly than others. Interestingly, Camptosaurus shows some
gross morphological convergence with prosauropods (Chapter 10), in that it had a
small head and long neck in comparison to other ornithopods (Fig. 11.6). Some of
the other Jurassic and Early Cretaceous iguanodontians looked similar to their non-
iguanodontian cousins in many ways, but they did differ in one important respect
size. Some specimens of Iguanodon are as long as 10 meters, and by the Late
Cretaceous a few hadrosaurids, such as Shantungosaurus of China, reached lengths
of 15 meters.
Along the evolutionary journey of ornithopod lineages to Hadrosauridae is the
stem-based clade Iguanodontoidea, which has Iguanodon as its most basal genus.
Ouranosaurus was an Early Cretaceous iguanodontoidean of Niger that was closely
related to Iguanodon, but it was strikingly different because of its elongate and robust
processes on its dorsal vertebrae. These processes are interpreted as supports for either
sail-like flaps of skin or humps like those interpreted for spinosaurs, which were
theropods with similar features (Chapter 9). Despite such a novel trait, it is still
considered a predecessor to the hadrosaurids.
The Late Cretaceous Telmatosaurus has what are considered the most ancestral
traits for the node-based clade Hadrosauridae, so it is used for comparison to all
other probable hadrosaurid descendants. The following characters distinguish
Hadrosauridae:
340
FIGURE 11.6 Camptosaurus, a common iguanodontian of the Late Jurassic in western

North America. Specimen in the College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah.
n Long and wide anterior portion of skull (duckbill).

n Well-developed dental batteries.
n Increase of vertebrae to at least 8 sacral and 12 cervical vertebrae.
n Loss of digit I on the manus.
n Development of prominent unguals (similar to hooves) on the pes. 11
n Long fore limbs relative to hind limbs.
Eolambia, an Early Cretaceous iguanodontoidean of the western USA, was briefly

considered the oldest member of the Hadrosauridae, but more detailed study
revealed that it lies outside of that clade. For example, it has only seven sacral
vertebrae, whereas every member of Hadrosauridae has eight.
The body and trace fossil record for hadrosaurids begins in the Early Cretaceous,
setting the stage for their excellent Late Cretaceous fossil record. Hadrosaurids
are among the best studied and well known of dinosaurs, partially because of their
extensive fossil record but also because they have been studied for nearly 150 years.
For example, the first discovery of a near-complete skeleton of a dinosaur was
Hadrosaurus foulkii in New Jersey in 1857. Joseph Leidy described this specimen soon
afterwards and inspired the then-new idea of bipedalism in dinosaurs, later
confirmed by Dollo (Chapter 3). Furthermore, the excellent fossil record for
hadrosaurids resulted in the naming of numerous species and a probable (or at least
apparent) high diversity in comparison to other dinosaur clades. Hadrosaurids pro-
vide an approximate mirror image of earlier iguanodontian diversity in that they
341
ORNITHOPODA
FIGURE 11.7 Representative

genera of a hadrosaurine and
lambeosaurine from western
North America and China.
(A) Edmontosaurus, a Late
Cretaceous hadrosaurine
of western North America;
Denver Museum of Natural
History, Denver, Colorado.
(B) Tsintaosaurus, a Late
Cretaceous lambeosaurine of
China; Fernbank Museum of
Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia.
(A)
(B)
flourished during the Late Cretaceous, whereas more primitive iguanodontians showed
a decline in both numbers and species.
Because of this abundance and diversity, the classification of hadrosaurids is nearly
as complicated, detailed, and contentious as that devised for theropods (Chapter
9). To make sense of the large amount of fossil data for hadrosaurids, they will be
discussed through their two most well-represented clades, Hadrosaurinae and
Lambeosaurinae.
Hadrosaurines are nicknamed the flat-headed hadrosaurids because they have
skulls that are wider than tall. Representative species include the Late Cretaceous
Anatotitan, Brachylophosaurus, Edmontosaurus (Fig. 11.7A), Gryposaurus, Maiasaura,
Prosaurolophus, Saurolophus, Shantungosaurus, and of course Hadrosaurus. In contrast,
lambeosaurines are called the hollow-crested hadrosaurids owing to their
enlarged and separated nasal chambers enclosed by bones that formed dorsal crests
on their skulls. Lambeosaurines, which were also common in the Late Cretaceous,
include Parasaurolophus, Corythosaurus, Hypacrosaurus, and Lambeosaurus of North
America, as well as Tsintaosaurus of China (Fig. 11.7B). Interestingly, these two group-
ings of hadrosaurids were recognized long before the advent of cladistics, thus
indicating how previous generations of paleontologists correctly interpreted their
common ancestry despite the differences of a few anatomical features.
Ornithopods lagged behind the saurischian clades of Theropoda and Sauropodo-

morpha in the geologic record, showing up in the Early Jurassic. So far, no Late
342
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF ORNITHOPODA
Triassic forms are yet defined by paleontologists. However, some enigmatic

dinosaurs have ornithischian features and a few anatomical similarities to
ornithopods. These ornithischians made their earliest known appearances in Late
Triassic strata of North and South America, as well as in South Africa. Richard Owen
first described some of their remains in the nineteenth century, and he wrote of
their laterally compressed teeth, which come to a peak but with denticles on their
tops and thin enamel on both sides. Unfortunately, Owen interpreted these
dinosaurs as lepidosaurs (lizards), and little subsequent research was done on them
until the 1970s.
Other primitive ornithischians are in Lower Jurassic strata of South Africa,
including Lesothosaurus diagnosticus, the prime example used for comparison to
similar skeletal material. Lesothosaurus and other basal ornithischians were origi-
nally grouped into a category called Fabrosauridae, but this classification is now
regarded as polyphyletic and has been abandoned. Fabrosaurids were categorized
partially on the following traits:
1 light, small frames (1- to 2-meters long);

2 fore limb/hind limb ratios of about 40 : 60;
3 tibias longer than their femurs;
4 small skulls; and
5 long tails.
All of these traits indicate bipedalism and the ability to perform rapid cursorial move-
ments. These are evolutionary adaptations that were also echoed by heterodon-
tosaurids and hypsilophodontids before iguanodontians evolved toward greater
sizes. As a result, it is understandable that paleontologists saw these dinosaurs as
evolutionary precursors to later clades of ornithopods. Interestingly, one of these
former fabrosaurids, Agilisaurus louderbacki from the Middle Jurassic of China, did
turn out to be the most ancestral euornithopod known, so it was recognized as a
key species for understanding ornithopod evolution.
Primitive ornithischians described from the Late
The paleobiogeography of Triassic are from North America, South America
ornithopods, as noted (Argentina), and South Africa. This distribution suggests
earlier, was apparently that land connections between these three continents,
represented by the southern continent of Gondwana
limited to southern Africa 11
(Chapters 4 and 6), permitted the dispersal of these
during the Early Jurassic.
dinosaurs prior to ornithopods proper showing up in
However, adaptive
the Early Jurassic. The heterodontosaurids, the earliest
radiation and dispersal of known undoubted ornithopods, also occur in the Early
ornithopod lineages had Jurassic of South Africa, which geographically and tem-
taken place by the Middle porally links them to possible ornithischian relatives. The
Jurassic, and by the end later ornithopod clades then spread throughout all
of the Cretaceous they other continents after the Middle Jurassic, particularly
occupied every continent. with the ascension of euornithopods from the Late
Jurassic through to the Late Cretaceous.
Ornithopods occupied various habitats, their body and trace fossils indicating a
former presence in fluvial, lacustrine, swamp, deltaic, and coastal marine (tidal flat
and shoreline) environments. Late Cretaceous strata, associated with coal beds
of western North America in particular, show abundant hadrosaurid footprints
associated with many plant fossils. Some of these tracks are preserved in coal beds
and are still frequently encountered by miners. This evidence indicates that at least
some hadrosaurid species lived in forested areas adjacent to coal-forming swamps
(Fig. 11.8).
343
ORNITHOPODA
FIGURE 11.8 Large track, preserved as positive relief

as a natural cast on the bottom of a bed, attributed
to a hadrosaurid in the Laramie Formation (Late
Cretaceous) near Golden, Colorado. Note that the
heel portion of the track was obscured by a log
that was under the hadrosaurids foot, providing
evidence that the hadrosaurid was walking through
a formerly forested area.
One evolutionarily based explanation for changes in ornithopod abundance and

diversity in space and time is that the continued splitting of the continents com-
bined with (or contributed to) the creation of new terrestrial ecosystems and the
corresponding evolution of new plant species. In accordance with large-scale
changes in vegetation, changes in the fauna feeding on the plants would have
occurred, particularly during the Early Cretaceous with the onset of flowering plants.
The two broadest trends in ornithopod evolution noticeable from the Early Jurassic
through to the Late Cretaceous are:
1 their specialized adaptations to feeding, evident through their teeth and jaws;
and
2 their increased size, which also may have been partially an adaptation to
feeding.
Sauropods (Chapter 10) were also occupying some of the same environments as
their ornithopod contemporaries. Nevertheless, the great differences in their sizes,
readily apparent by the end of the Jurassic, suggest that they were not competing
for the same foodstuffs.
At the same time when sauropods declined in species and numbers, iguano-
dontians in particular seemed to increase in both respects. By the end of the
Cretaceous, hadrosaurids had replaced sauropods as the largest terrestrial herbivores
in many areas of the world, although ceratopsians were new potential competitors
(Chapter 13). The relationships between ornithopods, other dinosaurs, vegetation,
and their coevolution in continental ecosystems of the Mesozoic will be further
explored later.
Ornithopods as Living Animals
Reproduction
The reproductive and brooding behaviors of some species of ornithopods are prob-
ably the best documented for all dinosaurs. Consequently, their intriguing family
lives warrant extended coverage here. Their stories begin with sexual attraction and
end with the nurturing of juveniles, with the cycle beginning anew with each suc-
cessive ornithopod generation that reached reproductive age. As products of such
344
ORNITHOPODS AS LIVING ANIMALS
cycles, a few species of ornithopods left numerous clues about their reproductive
lives that overturned many preconceptions about dinosaurian reproduction.
Traditionally held views of dinosaurs, based not so much on actual fossil evidence
but on speculation and modern analogues, portrayed them as brutish, cold-blooded
reptiles, in both the physiological and archetypical senses. Most modern reptiles,
to which dinosaurs were consistently compared, lay their eggs and then leave the
young to fend for themselves (Chapter 8). Sea turtles, for example, lay their eggs
on land and promptly go back to sea, never seeing their potential offspring again.
Unguarded nests contain potential protein for egg predators, so embryo mortality
in such instances can be very high. Crocodilians show slightly more concern for
the welfare of their young: mothers will stay near a nest after laying eggs and in
some cases will dig out newly hatched juveniles buried in hole nests. However,
crocodilians still do not take an active role in brooding and parenting, that is, they
do not sit on their nests or bring food to the hatched young.
Fossil data gathered in only the past 20 years or so have changed the prior concep-
tion of little to no ornithopod parental care. Now they are considered attractive to
one another, and caring animals, whose reproductive behavior was more akin to
some modern birds than reptiles. However, equating ornithopods with modern birds
may be an exaggeration, as ornithopods lack anatomical evidence for feathers
or any feather-like structures. In fact, skin impressions from desiccated remains of
hadrosaurids show variably sized knobs and scaly skin, which is associated with
reptiles (see Fig. 5.8). The body and trace fossils of the theropods Oviraptor and Troodon
provide far better examples of brooding behaviors in dinosaurs that resemble birds.
Furthermore, these theropods are more closely related to birds than ornithopods
(Chapter 9). Nevertheless, nurturing behavior was first interpreted in ornithopods,
not theropods, so ornithopods have provided the historical model for comparison
with all other data dealing with similar reproductive behavior in dinosaurs.
Attracting Mates
The onset of the reproductive cycle, of course, begins with attracting potential
mates. Ornithopods are perhaps only surpassed by ceratopsians (Chapter 13) for
dinosaurian flamboyance in their sexual advertising. The Mesozoic saw extensive
and elaborate head ornamentation in some species, such as the Late Cretaceous
lambeosaurines Parasaurolophus or Tsintaosaurus. For skulls of the same species, some
paleontologists have even speculated that gender might be assignable on the
basis of males potentially having larger headgear, which is seen in modern large
mammals, such as deer. Dewlaps, large pieces of skin hanging from the ventral 11
surface of the lower jaw (possessed by turkeys, for example), may have supplemented
or replaced headgear for attractiveness in some ornithopods. At least one specimen
of the Late Cretaceous hadrosaurid, Maiasaura, has a preserved skin impression of
a structure consistent with a dewlap.
The tusks seen in Early Jurassic heterodontosaurids have lead to speculation that
these accouterments could also have been useful in intraspecific combat and
territorial disputes. Unfortunately, no actual fossil evidence of toothmarks has been
reported that might record such encounters between heterodontosaurids. In terms
of visual obviousness, the Early Cretaceous iguanodontian Ouranosaurus of Niger,
with its dorsally extended processes on its vertebrae, would have been easily
observed from a lateral view. Such an adaptation may have supported a sailback
similar to spinosaurs (Chapter 9) or the pre-dinosaurian pelycosaurs (Chapter 6).
However, an alternative hypothesis is that Ouranosaurus had a broad hump, like
modern bison or camels, rather than a thin sail. Regardless of whether it had a sail
or a hump, Ouranosaurus must have been easy to spot by others of its species.
Although ornithopod communication between the sexes may have been wholly
conducted through visual cues, like many other animals, they also probably relied
345
ORNITHOPODA
on other sensory stimuli. For example, the internal configuration of nasal cavities
within the dorsally located cranial crests in some hadrosaurids may also indicate
whether they were used for crooning, an auditory means of wooing. Hadrosauridine
cranial crests can be categorized as solid or hollow, based on the presence or absence
of bone in the crest. Solid-crested forms, such as Saurolophus, have large nasal cham-
bers under the solid bone; non-crested hadrosaurids (such as Edmontosaurus and
Kritosaurus) have a similar anatomical situation. In contrast, the hollow-crested forms,
represented by the lambeosaurines, have tube-like structures that emanate from the
nasal cavities and extend dorsally and posteriorly.
Initial analyses of these structures resulted in hypotheses that fit the former view
of ornithopods and most large dinosaurs, such as sauropods (Chapter 10), as
aquatic animals. In these hypotheses, the tubes were thought to be snorkels. How-
ever, more complete lambeosaurine skulls, such as those of the Late Cretaceous
Parasaurolophus and Tsintaosaurus, show the tubes to be U-shaped, having no dis-
cernible openings at the top. This configuration meant that the structures did not
aid in breathing underwater, effectively falsifying the snorkel explanation. Thus far,
the simplest hypothesis devised on the basis of the evidence is that these tubes,
which connected with the nasal cavities, were resonating
An understanding of chambers used for changing the sounds produced, by mov-
ing air through the lambeosaurine skull.
how resonating
If a tree falls in the forest and no one is there to hear it,
chambers worked in
does it make a sound? The answer is no, because the tree does
these skulls requires
not make a sound, as sound is a mental translation made from
a discussion of the perception of a compressional wave that traveled to the ani-
fundamental physics mal. Sound not only depends on a host that can perceive it
of sound. but, because of its wave properties is also affected by:
1 the density of the compressed medium;

2 temperature, and
3 any obstacles that might interfere with the transmission of the sound.
For example, a compressional wave will travel faster through a denser medium:
at 20C, sound waves in water move at about 1470 m/s, but in air they move at
343 m/s. In gases, with higher temperatures, the speed of sound increases notice-
ably, at about 30 cm/s for each 1C. So during times of higher global temperatures,
which were common during much of the Cretaceous Period, sound traveled
slightly faster. For example, on a typical equatorial day in the lowland tropics of
the Mesozoic the temperature may have been 40C, which would have caused the
speed of sound to have been:
V = (343 m/s) + (0.3 m/s 20) = 343 m/s + 6.0 m/s = 349 m/s (11.1)
where V is the speed of sound.

Because warmer and denser air is normally close to the surface of the Earth, sounds
travel faster for ground-dwelling animals living near sea level, and slower for those
at higher and colder elevations. For a Mesozoic example that relates to survival,
the cracking sound made by a stalking theropod stepping on a branch would have
reached the ears of an ornithopod slightly faster on a warm day near a beach than
during a cold day in the mountains. This simplistic scenario is complicated by:
1 obstacles that reflect the sound, exemplified by echoes off canyon walls;
2 refraction of the sound as it passes from local air masses of different tem-
peratures; and
3 wind direction and velocity.
346
With regard to the latter, animals downwind of sounds will hear them more
easily than animals upwind or standing in still air. This is because the sounds have
been carried to the downwind animals as compressional waves in the air moving
toward them. Sound also will travel farther if it has a low frequency, with frequency
defined as:
n = V/ (11.2)
where n is frequency, V is velocity of sound (m/s), and is wavelength (meters).

Frequency is measured as the number of vibrations that pass a point per second,
as indicated by the equation that has the length units (meters) canceled out. For
example, notice how the frequencies differ for sound waves that have wavelengths
of 60 cm and 9 cm at the same speed of sound:
(For 60 cm)
Step 1. n = 343 m/s/0.6 m
Step 2. n = 572 vibrations per second (Hertz)
(For 90 cm)
Step 1. n = 343 m/s/0.9 m
Step 2. n = 381 vibrations per second
The longer wavelength for the second sound also results in a lower frequency. Using
the human voice as an example, a baritone will sing using lower frequency sounds
(longer wavelengths) than will a tenor, and a soprano will have a higher frequency
sound (shorter wavelengths) than a tenor. Modern wind instruments also illustrate
these principles: a bass tuba emits lower frequencies than a flute.
In the case of Parasaurolophus and its unusual U-shaped cranial tube, sound would
have been caused by air moving through the tube as it was inhaled and exhaled
through the nares. Sound would have been compressed in the tube and thus
the length would have controlled the wavelength and the frequency of any sound
emitted. In other words, the longer the tube, the longer the frequency. This regu-
lation of frequency to change the quality of a sound is resonance. Parasaurolophus
had a long tube (about 2 meters) bent around like a trombone, which apparently
served as a resonance chamber. Models of the tubes scaled to the same size make
low-frequency sounds of about 85 vibrations per second when air is blown through 11
them. Slightly different lengths of tubes, which might have been inherent with sex-
ually dimorphic Parasaurolophus (although this dimorphism is not firmly established),
correspondingly would have produced slightly different sounds. These differences
could have been important from a mating perspective because they would have
helped the animals to distinguish genders of the same species from a distance with-
out requiring any visual contact. Furthermore, juvenile Parasaurolophus had shorter
tubes, so their sounds would have had a higher pitch (frequency) that would have
been distinct from the adult sounds, which certainly would have aided active
parenting. Other hadrosaurids, whether they were non-crested, solid-crested, or hollow-
crested, may have supplemented their enlarged nasal cavities with soft tissues that
also would have affected the resonance of any sounds that they made.
Building Nests and Laying Eggs

Once mates were attracted and successful mating occurred, the development and
laying of eggs, as well as nest building, were the next steps in the perpetuation of
ornithopod species. Egg shapes confirmed for some hadrosaurids are spheroidal
to oblate spheroids; egg sizes are 12 to 20 cm wide, with calculated volumes of 1250
347
ORNITHOPODA
FIGURE 11.9 The hadrosaurid Maiasaura with its nest and juveniles, based on associated
body and trace fossil material from the Late Cretaceous Two Medicine Formation of
Montana. Fernbank Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia; restoration on loan
from the Museum of the Rockies, Bozeman, Montana.
to 4000 cm3. In the absence of in-situ embryos, connecting egglayers with dinosaur
eggs is always fraught with risk, but a few ornithopod examples provide well-
supported identifications. The most complete information regarding eggs, embryos,
nest structures, and associated juveniles for an ornithopod species is represented
by the Late Cretaceous hadrosaurine Maiasaura pebblesorum of western North
America (Fig. 11.9).
Clutch sizes for Maiasaura consisted of a minimum of 11 eggs. However, the
arrangement of the clutch and whether the eggs in a nest structure actually repres-
ent a single egg-laying episode are still uncertain. These trace fossils were sedimentary
structures distinct from the surrounding sediment, so they were probably mound
nests. Fossil evidence for vegetation in the nests, such as carbonized plant mater-
ial or leaf impressions, is currently lacking. Some pale-
Nest structures associated ontologists, however, have inferred that vegetation
must have been present for protection and keeping eggs
with Maiasaura eggs
at near-constant incubation temperatures. No informa-
and juvenile remains are
tion has conclusively shown that Maiasaura, or any
circular bowl-shaped
other ornithopods, actively brooded their clutches by sit-
depressions about 2 ting on their nests, as proposed for smaller theropods such
meters wide, and 0.8 as Oviraptor and Troodon. Maiasaura must have done nest
meters deep, with slopes building through digging, piling, and compacting sedi-
of nearly 30 in places. ment into the described structures, presumably using their
limbs but they may also have put their shovel-shaped
snouts to good use.
Nest structures occur at the same horizons in some locations, suggesting that at
least some of them were contemporaneous. This coincidence implies communal nest-
ing grounds for this species. Interestingly, no root structures or other evidence of
348
in-situ vegetation is noticeable between nest structures, which probably means that
the mounds were made in open areas without substantial tree cover. The nest struc-
tures are about seven meters apart from one another, which is the length of an adult
Maiasaura. This distance may point toward a respect for living space by different
Maiasaura parents. For example, body-length spacing (at a minimum) would have
helped to prevent adults from stumbling over or into nests belonging to other adults.
The recurrence of nesting horizons on different stratigraphic levels but in the same
area argues persuasively for site fidelity, where the maiasaurs returned to the same
area year after year for nesting and brooding. Such site fidelity for dinosaur nest-
ing is also interpreted for Late Cretaceous titanosaurids in Argentina (Chapter 10).
The most startling hypothesis that emerged from detailed examination of these
nesting grounds is that the adults took care of their young for extended periods
of time after they hatched. Data supporting this hypothesis were based on the
following observations and inferences:
n Juvenile remains of as many as 15 individual Maiasaura also occur in sev-

eral of the nest structures. These skeletons reveal that some individuals were
as much as 3 meters long while still in the nest, so they may have been sev-
eral years old.
n Eggshell fragments are in the nest structure with the bones and have
the appearance of having been broken by more than simple hatching. The
small fragments could be a result of daily trampling by the juveniles.
Alternatively, this circumstance may also have a non-biological cause, such
as compaction by overlying sediments.
n Limb joints of the smaller juveniles show little evidence of ossified bone,
meaning that they were still cartilaginous and thus not well suited for sup-
porting their weight (Chapter 5). This undeveloped state implies a limited
mobility, so the juveniles were altricial, in contrast to some theropod juve-
nile limbs that show cursorial abilities at an early age (precocial).
n The large size of some juveniles indicates that they were eating, despite
dwelling in or near nest structures located in an area that had no evidence
of nearby vegetation. The lack of nearby food sources combined with their
altricial condition meant that food was brought to the juveniles, probably
by their parents, so that they were able to thrive. Even if the juveniles became
semi-precocial and were able to move out of the nest, they would have had
little incentive to leave home while they were still being fed.
11
Another ornithopod, Hypacrosaurus, probably also had nesting grounds. A horizon
in the Late Cretaceous of Montana associated with Hypacrosaurus remains, consisting
of an overwhelming number of eggshell fragments, can be followed for 3 km. This
egg horizon represents the richest known concentration of dinosaur egg material
in North America. Unfortunately, the sequential evidence of egg/nest structure/
embryo/juvenile/adult established for Maiasaura is lacking for Hypacrosaurus,
simply because not as many of the criteria are so clearly defined. Nevertheless,
Hypacrosaurus eggs are well defined. They have a spherical geometry and about three
times the volume of those reported for Maiasaura (1200 cm3 versus 3900 cm3),
although the clutch sizes have not been established. A still unidentified lambeo-
saurine egg clutch, also discovered in Late Cretaceous rocks of Montana, has an
egg size and shape similar to that of Hypacrosaurus and a clutch size of 22. If this
clutch size does indeed reflect a single egg-laying episode by a lambeosaurine mother,
then it had an internal capacity in its reproductive tract of about 0.085 m3, which
corresponds to about 85 liters of liquid volume. Such calculations indicate the prob-
able large size of whatever species of lambeosaurine laid the eggs. Clutch size is
349
ORNITHOPODA
positively correlated with body size in modern crocodilians and the same condi-
tion is reasonably assumed for dinosaurs.
Other ornithopod embryos have been reported for the Late Jurassic iguanodon-
tians Dryosaurus and Camptosaurus of North America, although nest structures and
associated egg material for these species are still unknown. The disappointing lack
of definite attribution of eggs, embryos, and nest structures for heterodontosaurids
and other non-iguantonian ornithopods means that hypotheses concerning the evo-
lution of nurturing behavior in these ornithopods are still untested. For example,
the small ornithopod Orodromeus was originally considered the nestmaker and egglayer
responsible for dinosaur egg assemblages in Late Cretaceous strata of Montana.
This conclusion was made on the basis of the closely associated remains of near-
embryonic juveniles. However, this hypothesis was falsified when the interior of
one of the eggs revealed an embryonic Troodon, a small theropod (Chapter 9). The
presumed parenthood of Orodromeus was dropped as a result of this information
and a lesson was learned about avoiding guilt by association that is, assuming
that certain eggs and nests belong to dinosaurs whose remains happen to be nearby.
The actual nests and eggs of Orodromeus are still unknown, despite the better-
than-average establishment of the reproductive habits of its contemporaneous
iguanodontian relatives.
Our knowledge of parental care among ornithopods specifically, and dinosaurs
in general, is mostly limited as a hypothesis to iguanodontian fossil data from the
Late Cretaceous of North America. Nevertheless, these fossils and their interpreta-
tions will give future researchers a better idea of what search patterns to assume
when looking for similar fossil evidence from other ornithopods.
Growth
Growth series calculated for some ornithopod species, based on bone proportions,
are partially to almost complete. Moreover, these data are supplemented by bone
histology relating to growth lines and LAGs (Chapter 8). The Late Cretaceous
hadrosaurid Maiasaura of North America is again well represented in this respect,
with specimens ranging from possible newborns to full-sized adults. Partial growth
series also are available for the Late Jurassic Dryosaurus and Late Cretaceous
Hypacrosaurus of North America. For example, Dryosaurus skulls show that a typi-
cal juvenile trait is small skulls correlated with large orbits. The latter trait meant
that the eyes were large relative to the rest of the face. With increased growth of
the skull, the orbits became proportionally smaller. Similar ontogenetic trends are
also observed for Hypacrosaurus, where both the orbits and frontals shrunk in pro-
portion to the rest of the skull and the face became longer. Size-frequency analyses
of bones in general also can be used to estimate growth rates. For example, an ana-
lysis of Maiasaura juveniles indicates that they may have achieved 3-m lengths within
one year. This evidence implies that these ornithopods had high metabolic rates
in the early stages of life, similar to some theropods (Chapter 9).
Of course, longer limb bones are assumed to belong to older individuals of any
given species, which then are used as a relative scalar for other measurements, such
as LAGs and amounts of fibrolamellar bone between LAGs. LAGs are possibly a result
of annual periods of slow (arrested) growth, and if this is assumed they can be used
to estimate how old a given dinosaur was when it died. However, environmental
factors independent of seasonal changes can also cause LAGs, so they are not
absolutely reliable for calculating ages. Regardless, LAGs in the Late Cretaceous
hypsilophodontid Orodromeus suggest that this dinosaur had intermediate growth
rates. Furthermore, thick deposits of fibrolamellar bone in between LAGs comprise
a characteristic of fast growth, which has been recorded for Maiasaura juveniles.
350
FIGURE 11.10 Morphologically similar but differently sized Late Cretaceous hadrosaur
tracks, interpreted as representative of growth stages. Casts of original tracks put together
for comparison, Dinosaur Track Display, University of Colorado, Denver.
When used in conjunction with size-frequency data, these deposits corroborate

hypotheses about early altricial stages followed by rapid growth on the way to a
precocial state. Again, these data point toward higher metabolic rates for these
dinosaurs, consistent with an endothermic physiology (Chapter 8). Nonetheless,
growth-rate estimates are based on limited data sets and require more samples and
critical analysis before they can be considered reliable.
An independent source of estimates about growth series in ornithopods is pro-
vided by tracks made by juvenile and adult animals. As with other parts of the
body, feet grow in some relative proportion with age. Therefore, a bedding plane
containing tracks from a population of the same species of ornithopod should
constitute a good sample of its growth series (Fig. 11.10). Caveats of using such
trackway horizons for growth series estimates are:
1 they may have been made by more than one species of ornithopod in the
same area with similarly shaped and sized feet; and 11
2 they may not have been contemporaneous, and the undertracks of adults
possibly could have been transmitted to underlying (older) layers contain-
ing juvenile tracks; and
3 foot growth rates may have been different from growth rates for other body
parts.
Nonetheless, if these problems are resolvable, then the sheer abundance of tracks
in some instances provide censuses that typically far exceed any given ornithopod
bone bed. Indeed, one study of iguanodontian tracks from a single bedding plane
in an Early Cretaceous stratum of Colorado yielded hundreds of measurements
showing a variety of sizes (2048 cm long) for otherwise morphologically identical
tracks. Localities with Early and Late Cretaceous strata that contain abundant orni-
thopod footprints, such as those in western Canada, South Korea, and other areas
of the world, are also amenable to such an analysis. These data can thus provide
insights into population structures of ornithopods that can supplement measure-
ments of bones.
351
ORNITHOPODA
Locomotion
Ornithopods were obligate bipeds, facultative bipeds, or quadrupeds, as suggested

by their appendicular skeletons and verified by their trackways. The appendicular
skeletons of heterodontosaurids and other non-iguanodontians imply that these
lighter and smaller ornithopods were quicker moving than iguanodontians. Of course,
ornithopod trackways, particularly from the Cretaceous, are very common in some
parts of the world and constitute an excellent fossil record of their locomotion, which
can be used in conjunction with body fossils. In contrast, tracks and trackways
attributable to heterodontosaurids and other non-iguanodontians are still not well
documented, although some 1015 cm long ornithopod tracks in Lower Cretace-
ous strata of Spain are interpreted as belonging to such smaller ornithopods.
One difficulty in distinguishing the tracks of these generally smaller ornithopods
in deposits worldwide lies in their possible morphological and dimensional sim-
ilarity to theropod tracks in same-age strata. For example, a typical heterodontosaurid
pes is close in size and shape to the feet of some small theropods that lived dur-
ing the Early Jurassic. Likewise, the pes of Hypsilophodon also has a narrow-toed
three-toed outline that probably produced elongate tracks, which can be easily con-
fused with those of some theropods or bipedal prosauropods (Chapter 14). Because
many three-toed Jurassic tracks have been described from the geologic record, it
is reasonable to predict that at least some of those currently correlated with
theropods were actually made by smaller ornithopods. If more accurate distinctions
can be made, more detailed analyses of non-iguanodontian locomotion can be used
to test the conceptions derived from skeletal data.
One example of how speedy, smaller ornithopods have been interpreted from
trackway evidence is the Early Cretaceous tracks associated with a so-called dinosaur
stampede preserved in a Lower Cretaceous stratum in Queensland, Australia
(Chapter 14). The tracks indicate that the smaller ornithopods and some theropods
mostly ran in the opposite direction of a large theropod at top speeds of 45 m/s
(1418 km/hour). However, whether these ornithopods were non-iguanodontians
is unknown; skeletal data from strata in the same area are lacking in this respect.
Iguanodontian tracks show that iguanodontians were
The equant, either bipedal or quadrupedal, and seemingly all were diag-
three-toed, and onal walkers. Thus far, no iguanodontian running trackways
have been found; their calculated top speeds, based on track
occasionally very
and hip-height measurements, are about 2 m/s (7 km/hour).
large feet of most
This trackway evidence agrees with hypotheses of iguano-
iguanodontians
dontian locomotion based on skeletal proportions, which also
are distinctive and indicate relatively slow-moving animals. For example, iguano-
correlate easily with dontian fore limbs typically are only about 70% the length
numerous tracks in of the hind limbs, so some paleontologists argue that these
Cretaceous deposits. ornithopods were not capable of running quadrupedally. To
visualize this biomechanical concept, think of how horses or
deer have nearly equal fore limb and hind limb lengths, which helps them to run
more efficiently. The simplest solution to running, or any other movement at higher
speeds, was thus achieved bipedally. Consequently, bipedal trackways made by iguano-
dontians can be tested independently through examination of pace length, foot-
print length versus hip height, and pressure-release structures to see whether they
indicate running speeds (Chapter 14).
One of the best-documented examples of iguanodontian trackways is in the area
of Morrison, Colorado, in the same area where The Great Dinosaur Rush began
in the 1870s (Chapter 3). About 50 years after that, road construction removed Early
Cretaceous rocks, unveiling dozens of iguanodontian tracks mixed with some
theropod tracks (probably from ornithomimids) on a bedding plane (Fig. 11.11).
352
FIGURE 11.11 Abundant iguanodontian tracks on a bedding plane of the Lower

Cretaceous Dakota Formation, Morrison, Colorado. Note the parallel movement of one
larger individual next to a smaller individual.
The iguanodontian tracks represent numerous individuals that walked quad-

rupedally along a shallow marine shoreline. Some were apparently traveling alone,
but others were walking together in the same direction. At least two trackways show
a smaller iguanodontian walking parallel to a larger one, which is evocative of a
parent and juvenile moving together. This information, along with ornithopod track-
way data from other areas, argues for sociality and herd behavior in at least some
iguanodontians.
Probably the most enduring antiquated concept of ornithopod locomotion is that
some of them were either fully or semi-aquatic. This hypothesis was first proposed
in the early part of the twentieth century with the discovery by the Sternberg
family (Chapter 3) of hadrosaurids that were mummified. These hadrosaurids were
skeletons preserved with skin impressions nearly all the way around their bodies.
This mode of preservation was most certainly a result of arid conditions and desic-
cation soon after death (Chapter 7), which caused an interesting look: the skin 11
impressions between the phalanges seemed stretched, giving the feet a webbed
appearance. This apparent condition, interpreted without its taphonomic subtext,
was originally considered as evidence of an aquatic adaptation. As a result, other
features of hadrosaurids (and iguanodontians in general) then were fitted to this
hypothesis. For example, the lack of dermal armor and other obvious defenses against
predation led early researchers to propose that these large ornithopods used
the supposed safety of water bodies to swim away from voracious theropods.
Of course, this hypothesis did not take into account some of the 10-meter
long crocodiles, such as Deinosuchus, that lived in those water bodies and ate
hadrosaurids during the Late Cretaceous (see Fig. 7.1). The mistaken assumption
of aquatic iguanodontians was similar to the one made with sauropods, which were
deemed too large to have lived on dry land (Chapter 10). Thus, the artistic re-
creations of large ornithopods and sauropods from earlier in the twentieth century
show them in or near bodies of water (Chapter 1).
The aquatic-habitat hypothesis is unsupported, not only by trackway evidence
showing that iguanodontians traveled on emergent land, but also by anatomical
details such as the following:
353
ORNITHOPODA
n The ossified tendons that reinforced the tails kept them stiff, not flexible.
In contrast, modern aquatic species of large reptiles, such as crocodilians,
are very dependent on their flexible tails for propulsion.
n The manus and pes of a typical iguanodontian are much too small in pro-
portion to the rest of the body to have overcome the resistance of the water
that would have dragged on their considerable bulks. This situation is
regardless of whether they had webbed feet or not.
n The hind limbs show little evidence that they were better adapted for
swimming than those of similarly sized theropods. This is not to say that
iguanodontians could not swim. After all, similarly bulky elephants can swim
long distances. But if a primary mode of defense was to swim away from
predators, they should show adaptations that are clearly superior to those
of their supposed theropod harassers.
As mentioned earlier, the hollow cranial crests of lambeosaurines also were con-
sidered to be snorkel-like aquatic adaptations, but the discovery that the snorkel
did a U-turn (and thus would have quickly caused drowning) nullified that
hypothesis. Finally, the duckbill of hadrosaurids, with its lack of anterior teeth
and its distinctive shape, so characteristic of these ornithopods, was also cited as
evidence for a semi-aquatic habit. Also, soft plants typical of coastal areas and lakes
were thought to be the food most suitable for these ornithopods. Such a scenario
ignored these dinosaurs impressive dental batteries, which are now recognized as
among the best adaptations to feeding on tough, fibrous foods ever devised in the
history of terrestrial herbivores.
However, some iguanodontian remains are found in nearshore marine or other
lowland facies, which means that a few were at least proximal to water bodies.
Consequently, the aquatic-ornithopod hypothesis is not completely falsified, but it
is poorly supported, which means that paleontologists will conditionally accept that
most ornithopods, like most dinosaurs, were terrestrial animals.
Feeding
All ornithopods were obligate herbivores and unlike some other herbivorous
dinosaurs, such as sauropodomorphs (Chapter 10), their teeth and jaw structures
show that they were efficient chewers of plant material. In fact, features in the
skull reflecting adaptations for processing large amounts of vegetation are diagnostic
of Ornithopoda. For example, a few primitive ornithschians are discounted as
ornithopods by paleontologists partially on the basis of their lack of inset teeth.
This characteristic also implies that these ornithischians did not have cheeks for
temporarily storing food. More advanced adaptations to cutting and grinding veg-
etation first show up in the Early Jurassic heterodontosaurids, which had their cheek
teeth proximal enough to form rudimentary dental batteries.
Other more derived non-iguanodontians show a progression toward more grind-
ing ability, evidenced by:
1 the loss of denticles on the teeth, which were in heterodontosaurids;

2 skulls with pleurokinetic ability; and
3 development of dental batteries.
Dental batteries were later greatly improved upon by Cretaceous iguanodontians,

such as hadrosaurids, so that the many interlocking teeth became broad surfaces
for the milling of tough plant material. Daily growth lines in these teeth show that
they were replaced every 200 days or so, indicating major wear from constantly
354
processing plant fibers. Indeed, this amount of periodic wear would have caused
exceedingly sophisticated adaptations for consuming plants that contained much
incorporated silica or external grit.
Possible former gut contents were reported from one specimen of the Late
Cretaceous hadrosaurid Edmontosaurus, which consisted of needles, seeds, and
twigs from conifers. A few large (about 30-cm diameter) irregularly shaped copro-
lites, attributed to hadrosaurids (Maiasaura, specifically) interpreted from the Late
Cretaceous of Montana, also contain ground-up conifer wood tissue (Fig. 14.14).
This coprolite evidence, in combination with the aforementioned gut contents from
a similar species, corroborates a dietary choice of difficult-to-chew foodstuff, which
certainly could have been handled by the dental batteries of both animals.
However, two qualifications should be kept in mind before making any grand gen-
eralizations about ornithopod feeding preferences:
1 the stomach contents, although within the body cavity of an Edmonto-

saurus, alternatively could have been washed into the open body after
death; and
2 Maiasaura may not have necessarily made the coprolites, although they are
closely associated with Maiasaura body fossils and no other likely tracemaker
has been proposed.
One of the more interesting paleoecological side notes gained from analysis of
the possible Maiasaura coprolites is that these products of ornithopod digestion also
provided food for other animals in the Cretaceous ecosystem, namely dung beetles.
The coprolites contain distinctive burrows, comparable to those made in modern
fecal material by dung-eating beetles. This insight gained from dinosaur coprolites
helps to better understand the flow of energy and matter between conifers, beetles,
and dinosaurs during a thin slice of time from the Late Cretaceous.
Gastroliths are apparently either absent from or rarely associated with ornithopod
remains. However, when Barnum Brown first discussed these dinosaur trace fossils
in the early part of the twentieth century, he used polished stones found with a
skeleton of the Late Cretaceous hadrosaurid Claosaurus as an example (Chapter 3).
This proposed association was later rejected as too unconvincing. Indeed, no
definitive examples of gastroliths are documented for ornithopods, despite their rich
body fossil record with numerous near-complete skeletons. Either this lack is gen-
uine and ornithopods did not have gastroliths, or they were present but overlooked
in excavations of their remains. If the former were correct, then an absence of gas- 11
troliths in ornithopods could be explained by compensating adaptations of the teeth
and jaws to grind plants in the mouth rather than in the gut. Additionally, hetero-
dontosaurids and other non-iguanodontians might be expected to have gastroliths
because their dentition was not as advanced as that of iguanodontians. Interest-
ingly, this generalization does not hold up well for at least one species of ceratop-
sian that has both well-developed dental batteries and gastroliths (Chapter 13).
Consequently, any future discoveries of ornithopods that contain stones consistent
with gastroliths might provide more questions than answers.
Social Life
As mentioned earlier in various contexts, a few species of ornithopods, particularly
some from the Late Cretaceous, exemplify the best-known social lives of all
dinosaurs. Indeed, acquisition and dissemination of this knowledge contributed in
a major way to changes in both scientific and public perceptions of dinosaurs in
general. The aforementioned nesting grounds of the iguanodontians Maiasaura and
Hypacrosaurus in the Late Cretaceous of Montana comprise the most persuasive
355
ORNITHOPODA
evidence of large communities, perhaps with thousands of individuals of the same

species. Furthermore, a mass burial site of Maiasaura in Montana has an estimated
10,000 individuals; in this case, these dinosaurs possibly succumbed to the suf-
focating effects of volcanic ash from a nearby eruption (Chapter 7). Anatomical
features, such as humpbacks, dewlaps, and cranial crests that are hollow in some
instances, suggest intraspecific competition and communication. Lastly, Early and
Late Cretaceous ornithopod trackways suggest family structures and show remark-
able consistencies in their directionality. In some track horizons, tracks of as many
as 80 ornithopods indicate movement in the same direction. All of these data col-
lectively led to the reasonable proposal that some species of ornithopods moved
as herds and possibly migrated.
The preceding evidence provides at least a preliminary hypothesis to address
the question How did ornithopods defend themselves against predators?: sheer
numbers. As mentioned previously, the early explanation for ornithopod protec-
tion built upon the presumption that large herbivorous dinosaurs lived near or in
water bodies, and swam away from rapacious predators. After this hypothesis was
placed in doubt, alternatives were sought. In one instance, some paleontologists
originally regarded the enlarged and pointed digit I (thumb) on the manus of
Iguanodon as a possible weapon against large theropods. However, simply because
an anatomical feature looks like a weapon to humans does not mean that this was
its primary function. Indeed, no independent evidence has supported this hypo-
thesis. For perspective, an Iguanodon using its thumb as a primary defense against
a theropod of equal or larger size is comparable to a human using a small knife
against a mountain lion (Puma concolor). Based on current evidence, strength in
numbers and vocalizations to communicate potential threats were more likely
defenses than were individual ornithopod responses.
Health
Ornithopods, like most dinosaurs, were mostly healthy animals, but a few speci-
mens have evidence of paleopathological conditions. For example, one specimen
of Camptosaurus shows fractures in the caudal vertebrae and ilium. Fractured cau-
dal vertebrae also have been reported in hadrosaurids. Some paleontologists have
speculated that these fractures are related to mating, caused by stress placed on the
caudal region of a receptive (or not so receptive) female by an enthusiastic and vig-
orous male weighing several tonnes. Unfortunately, independent data to test this
somewhat ribald speculation have yet to be found. Another example of a bone frac-
ture in ornithopods is in a specimen of Iguanodon, which had an injured ischium.
Two other specimens of Iguanodon show evidence of osteoarthritis in bone over-
growths called osteophytes, which are visible in the anklebones of these
dinosaurs. Nonetheless, osteoarthritis is actually rare in dinosaurs, despite this reported
occurrence in two individuals of the same ornithopod species.
Some ornithopods do show evidence of having been prey for theropods and were
at least scavenged by crocodiles, as indicated by both toothmarks and coprolites.
Late Cretaceous hadrosaurids in particular seem to have been on the menu for
theropods both large and small. As far as predation is concerned, the famous speci-
men of Edmontosaurus (Fig. 11.7A), nicknamed The One That Got Away, shows
a large-diameter but healed bite mark in its caudal vertebrae. This, and another
Edmontosaurus with a tyrannosaurid tooth embedded in a healed rib, comprise
undoubted indicators of at least two tyrannosaurids that preyed on live
hadrosaurids. A convincing but still equivocal example of a predatorprey relationship
between a theropod and ornithopod is a find of several of the Early Cretaceous
dromaeosaur Deinonychus surrounding a single iguanodontian Tenontosaurus, as
described in detail earlier (Chapters 7 and 9).
356
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
Ornithopods have arguably the best fos-

sil record of any major dinosaur clade and
are well represented by body fossils,
including eggs and growth series from
embryos to full-sized adults in some species;
and trace fossils, such as trackways, nests, and
coprolites. As a result of this combination of quality
and quantity of fossil material, lifestyles of some species of
ornithopods are among the best understood of all dinosaurs.
This understanding has lead to revisions of some stereotypes of dinosaurs
in general. Recent conceptions about dinosaurs resulted from the study of
ornithopods and include intraspecific visual and vocal communication, nur-
turing behavior, formation of communal nesting grounds, and herding.
The fossil record for primitive ornithischians, which may have been linked
to ornithopods begins during the Late Triassic, but the first undoubted
ornithopods are the Early Jurassic heterodontosaurids of South Africa. These
ornithopods, exemplified by Heterodontosaurus, were small and prob-
ably quick-moving bipedal herbivores with differentiated teeth as their
most distinctive characteristic. Soon after the arrival of these primitive
ornithopods on the Jurassic scene, other non-iguanodontians, such as
Hypsilophodon and Orodromeus, dispersed throughout most continents from
the Middle Jurassic through to the Late Cretaceous. These relatively
larger bipedal ornithopods are mostly understood through a limited
body fossil record, and their most striking evolutionary development was
pleurokinesis, which aided considerably in processing vegetation.
By far the most successful clade of ornithopods in diversity, evolution-
ary specializations, and representation in the fossil record through sheer
numbers was Iguanodontia. Iguanodontians eventually lived in most ter-
restrial environments on all continents during the Late Jurassic through
to the Late Cretaceous. The Early Cretaceous Iguanodon is the most famous
genus of the iguanodontians, but the hadrosaurids, which probably also
began in the Early Cretaceous, are the best known of all ornithopods.
Hadrosaurids, which include hadrosaurines (Hadrosaurus, Maiasaura) and
11
lambeosaurines (Lambeosaurus, Parasaurolophus), are some of the most
ornate and socially complex of dinosaurs. These dinosaurs were large (some
as long as 15 meters), quadrupedal or bipedal animals that developed
specialized adaptations to feeding, such as extensive and continually
replaced dental batteries. They also have the best-understood reproduc-
tive cycles of all dinosaurs, epitomized by the nesting grounds interpreted
for Maiasaura and Hypacrosaurus.
357
ORNITHOPODA
1. What anatomical constraints cause

human jaws to be incapable of
pleurokinesis? If humans
were capable of pleu-
rokinesis, how would
their chewing be changed and what effect might this
have on food choices?
2. Examine Tables 11.1 and 11.2 and count the number
of genera that occur with each of the following time divisions:
Early Jurassic, Middle Jurassic, Late Jurassic, Early Cretaceous, Late
Cretaceous. What general trend in ornithopod diversity can you
hypothesize on the basis of these data? What are possible sources of
error in your analysis? (Hint: Making a bar graph with the number
of genera on the y-axis and time divisions on the x-axis may help
illustrate your point.)
3. A currently accepted hypothesis about Maiasaura is that they lived
in communal nesting grounds where many individuals of the same
species occupied an area at the same time and returned to it annu-
ally. What new evidence could change the current interpretation to
one that would indicate that at least some Maiasaura mothers may
have lived a solitary existence, raising their juveniles without others
of their species nearby?
4. Hum a popular song for a minute, then abruptly open your mouth
while trying to continue to hum the song.
a. How did the sound change, especially with regard to its frequency?
b. How did its wavelength change in accordance with the
frequency?
c. Based on your preliminary experimentation, do you think that some
hadrosaurids would have been more likely to have opened or shut
their mouths when using low-frequency sounds?
d. Would the hadrosaurids have been inhaling or exhaling while
making their sounds? On what basis can you make such an
assumption?
5. During a warm day (35C) of the Early Cretaceous in western North
America, a herd of iguanodontians are browsing through a coastal
forest when a pack of dromaeosaurs begins stalking them. The lead
dromaeosaur, only 15 meters away from an iguanodontian at the
back of the herd, steps on a twig from an angiosperm. The twig breaks
with a loud crack that is heard by the iguanodontian, alerting it to
the presence of the predators. Two seconds after hearing the sound,
it makes a loud warning sound to the others in the herd.
a. Using the given data and information presented previously in
this book, what are probable species representatives of the dro-
maeosaur and iguanodontian that lived in the same area and at
the same time?
b. What evidence from the fossil record supports that the species of
dromaeosaur was a pack hunter that preyed upon the species of
iguanodontian?
358
BIBLIOGRAPHY
c. How much faster did the sound of the breaking twig travel to the
iguanodontian than if the temperature had been 25C?
d. Assuming that the iguanodontian farthest away from the one at
the back of the herd is 150 meters distant, how much time would
have elapsed between the breaking of the twig and this iguano-
dontian receiving the warning sound?
6. The chapter provides the values of 0.085 m3 and 85.5 liters for a lam-
beosaurine egg clutch. How would you arrive at these figures? What
are some of the assumptions made in the calculations and what are
possible sources of error in the extrapolation?
7. List the anatomical traits that characterize Heterodontosauridae and
Iguanodontia, as well as any other distinguishing information known
for them. What general evolutionary trends can you pick out that
occurred for ornithopods from the Early Jurassic through to the Late
Cretaceous? What could have caused those trends?
8. What evidence would you find the most convincing that some
hadrosaurids did not take care of their young? List all of the pos-
sible forms of evidence and rank them in order from most reliable
to least reliable, while explaining why you ranked them this way.
9. Current hypotheses about ornithopods do not support the previously
held ones about some species living semi-aquatic lifestyles. What new
evidence would better support the notion that at least some species
were semi-aquatic on a regular basis?
10. A dinosaur paleontologist finds a healed bite mark from a large thero-
pod in an adult specimen of Edmontosaurus. How could that paleonto-
logist figure out when the ornithopod was bitten? In other words,
how could the paleontologist answer the question as to whether it
was attacked as a young juvenile rather than a full-grown adult?
11
Bibliography
Brett-Surman, M. K. 1997. Ornithopods. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds),

The Complete Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 330346.
Carrano, M. T., Janis, C. M. and Sepkoski, J. J., Jr. 1999. Hadrosaurs as ungulate paral-
lels: Lost lifestyles and deficient data. Acta Palaeontologica Polonica 44: 237261.
Colbert, E. H. 1951. Environment and adaptations of certain dinosaurs. Biological
Reviews of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 26: 265284.
Cotton, W. D., Cotton, J. E. and Hunt, A. P. 1998. Evidence for social behavior in ornitho-
pod dinosaurs from the Dakota Group of northeastern New Mexico, U.S.A. Ichnos 6:
141149.
Dodson, P. 1975. Taxonomic implications of relative growth in lambeosaurine
hadrosaurs. Systematic Zoology 24: 3754.
Forster, C. A. 1990. Evidence for juvenile groups in the ornithopod dinosaur
Tenontosaurus tilletti Ostrom. Journal of Paleontology 64: 164165.
Forster, C. A. 1997. Hadrosauridae. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia
359
ORNITHOPODA
Galton, P. M. 1971. The mode of life of Hypsilophodon, the supposedly arboreal

ornithopod dinosaur. Lethaia 4: 453465.
Horner, J. R. 2000. The bone histology of the hadrosaurid dinosaur Maiasaura peeble-
sorum: Growth dynamics and physiology based on an ontogenetic series of skeletal
elements. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 20: 109123.
Horner, J. R. and Makela, R. 1979. Nest of juveniles provides evidence of family struc-
ture among dinosaurs. Nature 282: 296298.
Horner, J. R. and Dobb, E. 1997. Dinosaur Lives. San Diego, California: Harcourt Brace
and Company.
Horner, J. R., Weishampel, D. B. and Forster, C. A. 2004. Hadrosauridae. In
Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition).
Berkeley, California: University of California Press. pp. 438463.
Lockley, M. G., Hunt, A. P. and Matsukawa, M. 1999. Three age groups of ornithopods
inferred from footprints in the Mid-Cretaceous Dakota Group, eastern Colorado, North
America. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 147: 3951.
Nadon, G. C. 1993. The association of anastomosed fluvial deposits and dinosaur tracks,
eggs, and nests: implications for the interpretation of floodplain environments and
a possible survival strategy for ornithopods. Palaios 8: 3144.
Norman, D. D. 1989. Ornithopod dinosaurs; relationships, structure, and habits. In
Padian, K. and Chure, D. J. (Eds), The Age of Dinosaurs. Paleontological Society, Short
Courses in Paleontology 2: 5870.
Norman, D. B. 2004. Basal Iguanodontia. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and
Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley, California: University of
California Press. pp. 413437.
Norman, D. B. and Weishampel, D. B. 1985. Ornithopod feeding mechanisms: their
bearing on the evolution of herbivory. American Naturalist 126: 151164.
Norman, D. B., Sues, H.-D., Witmer, L. M. and Coria, R. A. 2004. Basal Ornithopoda.
In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition).
Stokes, W. L. 1987. Dinosaur gastroliths revisited. Journal of Paleontology 61: 12421246.
Weishampel, D. B. 1981. Acoustical analysis of potential vocalization in lambeosaurine
dinosaurs (Reptilia, Ornithischia). Paleobiology 7: 252261.
Weishampel, D. B. 1984. Evolution of jaw mechanisms in ornithopod dinosaurs.
Advances in Anatomy, Embryology, and Cell Biology 87: 109.
360
Chapter
12
You visit the gift shop of your local natural history museum and, as you reach
into a bin of plastic models of dinosaurs, pterosaurs, and mammoths, your hand
encounters an upraised ridge on one model. You see that it is Stegosaurus and
the ridge is actually a row of plates on its dorsal surface. While you are wait-
ing at the checkout counter, you notice a poster that depicts a stegosaur in life,
with its plates overlapping and arranged in two rows. You look at the model in
your hand and see that it only has a single row of plates that do not overlap.
Which restoration is most likely, based on the available evidence? What was
the function of the plates? How could the arrangement of the plates have an
impact on interpretations about their function?
Thyreophora
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Thyreophora

Thyreophorans as Living Animals
Summary
Bibliography
THYREOPHORA
Why Study Thyreophorans?

Thyreophora (= shield bearer) con-
sists of both the ankylosaurs and
stegosaurs (Tables 12.1 and 12.2).
Thyreophorans are sometimes col-
TABLE 12.1 Representative genera of Ankylosauria with

approximate geologic age and where they occur. An =
Ankylosauridae, No = Nodosauridae. Basal thyreophorans
Emausaurus, Scutellosaurus, and Scelidosaurus of the Early
Jurassic were not included
Anamantrax (No) Late Cretaceous Western USA
Ankylosaurus (An) Late Cretaceous Western USA, Alberta, Canada
Cedarpelta (No) Early Cretaceous Western USA
Crichtonsaurus (An) Late Cretaceous China
Dracopelta (No) Late Jurassic Portugal
Edmontia (No) Late Cretaceous Western USA, Alberta, Canada
Euoplocephalus (An) Late Cretaceous Western USA, Alberta, Canada
Gargoyleosaurus (An) Late Jurassic Western USA
Gastonia (An) Early Cretaceous Western USA
Gobisaurus (An) Early Cretaceous Mongolia
Hylaeosaurus (No) Early Cretaceous UK, France, Spain
Maleevus (An) Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Minmi (An) Early Cretaceous Australia
Mymoorapelta (An) Late Jurassic Western USA
Niobrarasaurus (An) Late Cretaceous Western USA
Nodosaurus (No) Late Cretaceous Western USA
Panoplosaurus (No) Late Cretaceous Western USA
Pawpawsaurus (No) Early Cretaceous Western USA
Pinacosaurus (No) Late Cretaceous China, Mongolia
Panoplosaurus (No) Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada.
Polacanthus (An) Early Cretaceous UK
Saichania (An) Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Sarcolestes (An) Middle Jurassic UK
Sauropelta (No) Early Cretaceous Western USA
Shamosaurus (An) Early Cretaceous Mongolia
Silvisaurus (An) Early Cretaceous Western USA
Struthiosaurus (No) Late Cretaceous Austria, France, Romania
Talarurus (An) Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Tarchia (An) Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Tianzhenosaurus (An) Late Cretaceous China
364
THYREOPHORA
TABLE 12.2 Representative genera of Stegosauria with


Chialingosaurus Middle Jurassic China
Chunkingosaurus Late Jurassic China
Dacentrurus Late Jurassic Western Europe
Dravidosaurus Late Cretaceous India
Hesperosaurus Late Jurassic Western Europe
Huayangosaurus Middle Jurassic China
Kentrosaurus Late Jurassic Tanzania
Lexovisaurus Late Jurassic UK, France
Monokonosaurus Early Cretaceous China
Stegosaurus Late Jurassic Western USA
Tuojiangosaurus Late Jurassic China
Wuerhosaurus Early Cretaceous China
loquially known as the armored dinosaurs in recognition of their abundant, well-

developed external bony parts, such as knobs and spikes. The only other dinosaurs
that possessed body armor were titanosaurids (Chapter 10), thus this trait was appar-
ently unusual outside of Thyreophora. Because of their impressive osteodermal accou-
terments and the inference that all thyreophorans were herbivores, they are often
used as an example of animals that engaged in an evolutionary arms race with
their potential predators, particularly theropods (Chapter 9). Fossil evidence sug-
gests that defenses by sauropods (Chapter 10) against theropods included extreme
size, and those by ornithopods (Chapter 11) included large numbers. In contrast,
thyreophorans stayed within relatively small size parameters (by dinosaur standards)
and made themselves individually difficult to attack. They not only used body armor
for protection, but some also had clubbed and spiked tails. Their body armor prob-
ably resulted in sacrificing mobility. Coupled with short limbs, their armor may have
kept them close to the ground and their ventral surfaces relatively safe from assault.
Despite the defensive emphasis of such prominent features, thyreophorans prob-
ably had multiple purposes for their more visual osteoderms, such as display for
sexual attraction, forms of intraspecific competition or, in the case of some
stegosaurs, body heat regulation. Unfortunately, little more is known about
thyreophoran lifestyles than through their skeletal remains. Some trackways from
ankylosaurs and stegosaurs have been identified, but no eggs, nest structures,
toothmarks, or coprolites have been tied to thyreophorans. Consequently, an 12
approach that uses multiple lines of evidence must be limited to considering the
functional morphology and biomechanics of thyreophorans. Because this information
is all that paleontologists have for forming their hypotheses about thyreophorans,
much of what is presented in this chapter may change considerably in the future
with new discoveries. Regardless, thyreophorans provide an extreme in dermal armor
never seen in any other land-dwelling vertebrates. For this reason alone, study of
how they evolved to such a unique status should give insights on the evolution of
plantherbivore and predatorprey relationships.
Definition and Unique Characteristics of Thyreophora

Thyreophora is a stem-based clade within Ornithischia and Genasauria, and a sister
clade to Cerapoda within Genasauria. Thyreophora contains two stem-based clades
365
THYREOPHORA
Ankylosauridae Nodosauridae
Stegosauria
Scelidosaurus
Emausaurus Ankylosauria
Eurypoda
Scutellosaurus
Cerapoda
THYREOPHORA
Genasauria
FIGURE 12.1 Cladogram showing interrelationships between basal thyreophorans

(Scelidosaurus, Scutellosaurus, and Emausaurus) and other clades within Thyreophora,
particularly Ankylosauria and Stegosauria.
of importance (Fig. 12.1): Ankylosauria, which includes Nodosauridae (nodosaurids)

and Ankylosauridae (ankylosaurids); and Stegosauria (stegosaurs). Members of
Thyreophora have been known since near the beginning of dinosaur studies.
The nodosaurid Hylaeosaurus was named by Gideon Mantell in 1833, followed sev-
eral decades later by T. H. Huxleys naming of the nodosaurid Polacanthus and
ankylosaurid Acanthopholis (Chapter 3). Richard Owen also described the basal
thyreophoran Scelidosaurus from a well-preserved speci-
As with most clades, men in 1861. By comparison, stegosaurs were among the
long, detailed lists of later discoveries. Public knowledge of their existence
commenced with the naming of Stegosaurus in 1877
derived characters and
by O. C. Marsh. A few years before the first description
cladograms are used to
of Stegosaurus, fragments of the European stegosaurs
define Thyreophora.
Lexovisaurus and Dacentrurus had been studied but were
However, this clade can not allied with a stegosaur origin until early in the
be described more simply twentieth century.
by contrasting it with For the purposes of this discussion, the following
most other dinosaur two criteria, especially the first, are key features for
clades. thyreophorans:
1 dermal armor, typically as scale-like scutes, in rows parallel to the midline

of the body on both lateral and dorsal surfaces of the torso; and
2 well-developed postorbital process associated with the jugal and a palpe-
bral (supraorbital bone).
Although the most recognizable trait of a thyreophoran is its dermal armor, this
feature is not diagnostic by itself. In fact, an assumption that dermal armor was a
foolproof identifier of a former thyreophoran presence led to an interpretation that
they lived in South America because isolated osteoderms had been found in some
Cretaceous deposits there. Much later, these structures were instead found in asso-
ciation with titanosaurids (Chapter 10). As a result, thyreophoran identifications
are now applied more cautiously, and they are still poorly known in South
366
CLADES AND SPECIES OF THYREOPHORA
America. Another qualifier is that not all thyreophorans were equally armored.
Ankylosaurs had hundreds of scutes over a majority of the surface areas of their
bodies, whereas stegosaurs only had localized patches and plates. Thus, an initial
hypothesis that dinosaur remains are thyreophoran can be made when scutes or
any other osteoderms are found in continental Jurassic or Cretaceous deposits, but
must be followed by more stringent identifications and analyses.
Another general distinguishing characteristic of thyreophorans is a squat stature
caused by short legs in relation to the rest of the body. These legs also have fore
limbs about half the length of the hind limbs (a ratio of about 35 : 65). Nearly all
thyreophorans were obligate quadrupeds because of these proportions. One basal
thyreophoran, Scutellosaurus from the Early Jurassic of the southwestern USA, was
possibly bipedal because of its relatively shorter fore limbs. However, other features,
such as its large number of osteoderms, a long torso and fore limbs, and big manus,
argue more for quadrupedalism. This mixture of features may mean that it was
descended from bipedal ancestors and represents a transition between the two types
of locomotion (Chapter 6). Secondary quadrupedalism is typical for quadrupedal
dinosaurs in general, but was certainly a necessary adaptation for ankylosaurs in
particular, once they developed more extensive body armor.
Thyreophorans were ornithischians but their deeply inset cheek teeth also help
to unite them with Genasauria. Thyreophoran teeth represented variations on a
main theme: they began as laterally compressed teeth crowned by apical denticles,
which was also typical of basal ornithischians (Chapter 11). They then became less
developed in later thyreophorans. Ankylosaurs and stegosaurs both had cheek teeth
but they were more medial (inward). The result was broad shelves on their den-
taries and maxillas, which gave them space for large cheeks.
Ankylosaurs and stegosaurs also had beaks in the anterior portions of their skulls
with a horny covering called a rhampotheca. In all but one genera of stegosaur,
the Middle Jurassic Huayangosaurus of China, the premaxillary teeth are missing.
Likewise, ankylosaurids and all but the most primitive nodosaurids, such as the Early
Cretaceous Silvisaurus of Kansas, have no premaxillary teeth. This implies that their
beaks were the main tools used for cropping plants. Cheek teeth in stegosaurs had
triangular profiles and broad crowns but long roots. The crowns were broadest at
their bases, forming a cignulum (small shelf), and were distinguished by numerous
vertically oriented ridges. Ankylosaur cheek teeth had a comparable morphology
but were more poorly-developed versions of stegosaur teeth. Overall, thyreophoran
teeth reflect their common ancestry, although some changes through time are evid-
ent in their lineages. These differences are attributable to evolutionary trends in
response to available foodstuff in Mesozoic terrestrial ecosystems.
Ankylosauria: Ankylosauridae and Nodosauridae

Ankylosauria derives its name from the encasement of its members in dermal armor
(ankylos = fused, sauros = lizard), which is why many paleontologists describe
them as tanks. This military allusion is apt in terms of the function of the armor,
as certainly defense may have been one function, but its use for offense and species
recognition is also possible. The following characters help to identify members of
Ankylosauria (Fig. 12.2):
n A broad, laterally compressed skull with armor covering the cranial sutures
and the supratemporal fenestra.
n Deeply inset cheek teeth, with cingulum on dentary and maxillary teeth.
367
THYREOPHORA
Acetabulum
closed
Armored skull
Horizontal Ilium
(right lateral view)
Ischium
Synsacrum
Deeply inset teeth (ventral view)
Body armor
FIGURE 12.2 Defining character traits of Clade Ankylosauria: broad, armored skull with
deeply inset cheek teeth; synsacrum; horizontal ilium; closed acetabulum; and body
armor.
n Fusion of the precaudal third and fourth dorsal vertebrae with the sacrum
into a structure called a synsacrum.
n A horizontally oriented ilium (evident from a lateral view) and a reduced
pubis.
n Separation of the pubis from the acetabulum, with a closing of the acetabulum
so that it is more like a cup for fitting the femur, rather than an open hole.
n Abundant body armor (Fig. 12.3).
Most of these features reflect adaptations that provided for protection but also
allowed an ankylosaurs body to move about freely, even though armored. For ex-
ample, the synsacrum provided support in the axial skeleton for body armor that
covered the dorsal surface. This trait appeared in combination with a secondarily
closed acetabulum. The latter is a unique feature in dinosaurs, which are partially
defined by having an open acetabulum as a primitive trait (Chapters 1 and 5). The
horizontally-oriented ilium also provided attachments for the muscles needed to
accommodate a body laden with osteoderms. Furthermore, ankylosaur limb bones
are thicker in proportion to limb lengths than most dinosaur limb bones. This means
that their limbs were adapted for upright and compact ankylosaur bodies, which
had great weights relative to volume. Ankylosaur fore limbs and hind limbs ended
in a broad manus and pes, each with stout toes terminated by unguals (hooves).
Unlike some other major dinosaur clades, digit counts for each foot differed for
some ankylosaurs. For example, a five-toed manus is known
for the Early Cretaceous Shamosaurus and Sauropelta, as well
Ankylosauridae and as the Late Cretaceous Talarurus and Pinacosaurus, but this same
Nodosauridae, the number has not been documented conclusively in other
two clades ankylosaurs. Numbers of digits in the pes of ankylosaurs
comprising range from five (Sauropelta) to four (Nodosaurus, Talarurus) to
Ankylosauria, are three (Euoplocephalus). Consequently, ankylosaur tracks are
difficult to distinguish difficult to distinguish from similarly-sized stegosaur or cer-
from one another. atopsian tracks on the basis of manuspes digit numbers
alone (Chapter 14).
368
FIGURE 12.3 Closely spaced osteoderms of a typical Late Jurassic ankylosaur, which likely
provided some excellent protection against predators from the same time. College of
Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah.
Ankylosaurs can be classified into two clades by looking at either end of one. For
example, most skulls of ankylosaurids have:
1 nares that face anteriorly;

2 horns at the posterior dorsal and ventral corners; and
3 a triangular profile when viewed by looking down on the dorsal surface.
12
In contrast, nodosaurids had:
1 laterally placed nares;

2 lacked horns; and
3 more rounded profiles to their skulls (Fig. 12.4).
Skull interiors were also markedly different. Ankylosaurid nares led into compli-
cated and sinuous nasal chambers, whereas nodosaurids only had a single tube asso-
ciated with each naris that connected with the throat.
At the other end of these dinosaurs, the tails were also different in the two clades.
Ankylosaurids had long processes of the distal caudal vertebrae that reinforced
the tail. This provided a handle for a bony club, composed of two pairs of large
and small osteoderms (Fig. 12.5). Nodosaurids lacked such modifications to their
369
THYREOPHORA
FIGURE 12.4 Late nodosaurid skull, showing typical traits for a skull of its clade: laterally
placed nares, hornless, and a rounded shape. Compare with skull of Gargoyleosaurus in
Figure 12.6. College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Pice, Utah.
FIGURE 12.5 Tail club of the Late Cretaceous ankylosaurid Ankylosaurus, composed of
paired osteoderms. Denver Museum Science and Nature, Denver, Colorado.
370
FIGURE 12.6 Gargoyleosaurus parkpini, a Late Jurassic ankylosaurid from

the Morrison Formation of Wyoming, USA. Denver Museum of Science and
Nature, Denver, Colorado.
caudal vertebrae and as a result lacked clubs. Some nodosaurids did carry a large
spike that projected horizontally from their sides, which would have deterred
most predators from random biting. An interesting observation made about some
of these spikes is that they show muscle-attachment sites at their bases and could
articulate with one another. These features support the hypothesis that the spikes
could have been moved in a scissor-like motion. Such a function would have had
a deleterious effect on any living flesh caught between them, such as phalanges on
a theropod manus.
Ankylosaurs made their earliest known appearance in the fossil record in the Middle
Jurassic, represented by the basal ankylosaur Sarcolestes of England, which was
succeeded by the Late Jurassic Dracopelta of Portugal and Mymoorapelta and
Gargoyleosaurus of western North America (Fig. 12.6). The earliest known and most
basal nodosaurid is the Early Cretaceous Cedarpelta of Utah; no Jurassic 12
nodosaurids are so far known. Cedarpelta differs from all other nodosaurids because
of its general paucity of cranial osteoderms, meaning that later members of its
lineage were more adorned. The large number of Early Cretaceous ankylosaurs
bespeaks of their later diversification: Hylaeosaurus and Polacanthus of western
Europe; Gastonia, Pawpawsaurus, Sauropelta, and Silvisaurus of western North
America; and Shamosaurus of Mongolia. The Early Cretaceous Minmi of Australia
was once considered a transitional form between ankylosaurids and nodosaurids,
but is now classified as a primitive ankylosaurid. This confusion is understandable
in the light of how this genus is known only from two partial skeletons, of which
only one has a skull. Indeed, the fragmentary nature of the single specimens that
define many ankylosaur species means that their designations as ankylosaurid or
nodosaurid have been subject to revisions with each new find and more detailed
cladistic analyses.
371
THYREOPHORA
FIGURE 12.7 Ankylosaur track (probably the pes) in the Lower Cretaceous preserved
as natural cast on bottom of a stratum and cross-cut by a theropod track; Caon City,
Colorado.
Late Cretaceous species of ankylosaurs represent evolutionary trends toward

increased size and degree of armoring. For example, the Late Cretaceous
Ankylosaurus magniventris of North America, the namesake of both Ankylosauria and
Ankylosauridae, was arguably the largest known thyreophoran, with a total length
of nearly 9 meters and an estimated weight of 4 tonnes. Other sizable ankylosaurids
of the Late Cretaceous, such as Maleevus, Saichania, Talarurus, and Tarchia, mainly
hail from Mongolia, as does one nodosaurid, Pinacosaurus. North American anky-
losaurs of the Late Cretaceous are a mixture of nodosaurids, such as Nodosaurus
and Panoplosaurus, and a few ankylosaurids besides Ankylosaurus, such as Edmontia
and Euoplocephalus.
Ankylosaur trace fossils are more common than originally thought. Six trackways
in the Upper Cretaceous El Molino Formation of Bolivia and gastroliths in a speci-
men of Pinacosaurus in Mongolia were the only trace fossils reported up to the
year 2000. Fortunately, these have been supplemented since by discoveries of
numerous trackways from western Canada, Colorado (Fig. 12.7), western Europe,
and parts of Asia. These discoveries are probably owed to better search images
for paleontologists of these once-elusive tracks. However, ankylosaur nests and
coprolites remain unidentified from the fossil record, so hopefully these trace
fossils will be found in the near future, so that they may add to a fuller under-
standing of ankylosaurs.
372
Clade Stegosauria
Clade Stegosauria is named on the basis of the shingle-like appearance of the der-
mal plates on its back (stegos = roofed and sauros = lizard). Two overt charac-
teristics help to distinguish them from other thyreophorans:
1 parascapular spines, which are osteoderms evident as spikes on the shoul-

der regions; and
2 parasagittal plates, which are the dermal armor restricted to two rows of
vertically-oriented plates, parallel to but also lateral to the axial skeleton.
Spikes also normally occur toward the posterior of stegosaurs and are often seen as
additions to the caudal vertebrae. In contrast, the plates are typical of the anterior
portion of the body but are still postcranial.
Perhaps the simplest Stegosaurs are also identifiable by their small skulls
relative to their body sizes, similar to sauropods (Chap-
way to be introduced to
ter 10). In these small skulls were correspondingly
stegosaurs as a group
diminutive brains, constituting some of the smallest
is to look at their star
EQs known for dinosaurs. Despite this shortcoming,
member, the Late Jurassic stegosaurs as a clade lived minimally from the Middle
Stegosaurus stenops Jurassic through to the Early Cretaceous, a span of
(Fig. 12.8A). about 70 million years.
Stegosaurus, by far the most popularly known and
best-studied thyreophoran and stegosaur, was first discovered near Morrison,
(A)
12
FIGURE 12.8 Stegosaurus

stenops, the most famous of
thyreophorans and stegosaurs.
(A) Juvenile specimen (a rare
find), Denver Museum of Science
and Nature, Denver, Colorado.
(B) Cast of adult S. stenops,
Fernbank Museum of Natural
History, Atlanta, Georgia. (B)
373
THYREOPHORA
Colorado, and soon afterward in 1877 was given its name by O. C. Marsh.
Stegosaurus was about 9 meters long and probably weighed 1.5 to 2.5 tonnes, so it
was a relatively large thyreophoran. It is most easily recognized by:
1 horizontally positioned, paired, and pointed osteoderms (spikes) emanating

from the distal caudal vertebrae; and
2 prominent osteoderms evident as vertically oriented plates on its dorsal sur-
face and just lateral and parallel to the axial skeleton.
The Stegosaurus tail spikes and back plates were previously interpreted with differ-
ent positions and have undergone many permutations in artistic re-creations and
museum reconstructions. In older illustrations, the tail spikes are commonly
shown as upright, and they may vary considerably in number, from four to eight
the correct number is four. The dorsal plates have also been reconstructed as a
single row of non-overlapping plates, as a single row of offset and overlapping plates,
or as two rows of opposing plates on either side of the spine. Analysis of several
specimens uncovered recently, and of previous material, has revealed that the over-
lapping and offset arrangement is most likely the correct anatomical position for
these plates. Stegosaurus also possessed numerous scutes that covered its throat, a
form of additional protection to a potentially vulnerable area.
The much-ridiculed brain of Stegosaurus was indeed small; analyses of braincase
endocasts reveal that it possessed a volume of about 60 cm3. However, its olfactory
bulbs were large compared to the rest of the brain, suggesting that Stegosaurus may
have had an acute sense of smell. An oft-told fact about Stegosaurus is that its
small brain was aided by a second brain, located in the hip region, which helped
control the motor functions of the tail and legs. This story began in the late nine-
teenth century with O. C. Marshs observation of a large space in the sacral verte-
brae. Later speculation led to the hypothesis that this space held a nerve bundle
that operated the posterior half of the animal, which was communicated as a sec-
ond brain in the sacrum. Unfortunately, this popularized label was repeated for
decades in both serious and trivial publications that mentioned Stegosaurus. Later,
a more thorough analysis revealed that the sacral spaces had more than enough
volume to allow the passage of neural canals. This meant that the remaining space
could have been filled with some other tissue. One proposed explanation is that it
was a glycogen body used for storing carbohydrates; such an organ might have been
used to supplement energy to the nervous system. Of course, this hypothesis also
may be wrong, but it is certainly closer to being correct than the second brain idea.
The majority of known stegosaur genera are from China, consisting of the
Middle Jurassic Huayangosaurus and Chialingosaurus, Late Jurassic Chunkingosaurus
and Tuojiangosaurus (Fig. 12.9), and the Early Cretaceous Wuerhosaurus and
Monkonosaurus. Dacentrurus and Lexovisaurus are two European stegosaurs from the
Late Jurassic. Africa and Asia are represented by the Late Jurassic Kentrosaurus of
Tanzania and stegosaur material from Thailand, respectively. Early Cretaceous
stegosaurs outside of China include Regnosaurus, first described by Mantell in 1841
(Chapter 3), and Craterosaurus of the UK, as well as a few fragments from Lower
Cretaceous strata of Argentina, Australia, and South Africa. Dravidosaurus of India
is the only Late Cretaceous stegosaur positively identified so far, but even this was
once re-interpreted as a plesiosaur (marine reptile: Chapter 6).
Stegosaur trace fossils, like ankylosaur trace fossils, were once considered rare but
are now more commonly recognized. For example, tracks tentatively linked to early
stegosaurs have been reported from the Early Jurassic of Australia, France, and
Morocco. In addition, a few isolated Late Jurassic stegosaur tracks were also
described from Utah, and Late Jurassic tracks located in Australia were also pre-
liminarily identified as stegosaurian. Sadly, the latter tracks were never studied because
374
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF THYREOPHORA
FIGURE 12.9 Tuojiangosaurus, a Late Jurassic stegosaur from China. Temporary display at
Fernbank Museum of Natural History, Atlanta, Georgia.
thieves stole them before paleontologists could properly describe them (Chapter 2).
In general, stegosaur tracks should be easier to tell apart from most other
quadrupedal dinosaur tracks because of their unusual digit combinations the manus
has five toes and the pes has only three toes. However, this digital arrangement
may have been the same in a few ankylosaurs, thus warranting some caution when
attempting to identify the trackmakers. No gastroliths have been reported yet in
association with a stegosaur skeleton, so how stegosaurs processed their food effi-
ciently with such poorly-developed teeth remains a mystery. What they ate is also
unknown, as no stegosaur coprolite or former gut contents have been interpreted
from the geologic record. Like ankylosaurs, stegosaurs will be better understood when
more of their trace fossils are recognized in tandem with their body fossils.
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Thyreophora
Stegosaurs are firmly documented only in western North

Thyreophoran America, eastern Africa, western Europe, eastern Asia, and
skeletal remains have Australia. Moreover, their temporal distribution is limited
been found on every to the Early Jurassic (at the earliest) through the Late
continent except Cretaceous, although Cretaceous stegosaurs are compar-
Antarctica, but they atively rare in relation to their Jurassic predecessors.
are most common in Ankylosaurs are known from Middle Jurassic through to Late
Cretaceous strata, and well-defined specimens have been 12
the Cretaceous strata
of North America recovered in North America, Europe, Asia, and Australia.
Their remains also have been found in high-latitude local-
and Asia.
ities, such as Alaska and Australia, meaning that a few species
may qualify as polar dinosaurs. Poorly-defined ankylosaur
material is reported from South America, but well-documented ankylosaur track-
ways have been described from Upper Cretaceous strata in Bolivia. The latter dis-
covery is the best evidence for ankylosaurs in South America, and it bodes well for
future discoveries of more thyreophoran body and trace fossil finds in this and other
southern continents.
Based on paleoenvironmental analyses of facies associated with thyreophoran
body fossils, stegosaur remains occur in fluvial, near-shore marine, and lakeshore
deposits. Ankylosaurs are in similar facies but specifically those indicating semi-arid
conditions. Of course, taphonomic considerations dictate that the burial site of a
375
THYREOPHORA
dinosaur is not necessarily representative of where it lived (Chapter 7). Certainly

in the cases of stegosaurs and some ankylosaurs, their skeletal material was buried
in aquatic environments that an armored animal should have rarely frequented.
However, the completeness and orientation of some ankylosaur skeletons in the
Cretaceous of Mongolia argue that many of these skeletons underwent little or no
transport. In taphonomic studies of these dinosaurs, the environments are hypo-
thesized as semi-arid or arid with sparsely vegetated dunes. These dunes could have
collapsed on hapless ankylosaurs; alternatively, they could have been buried by sand-
storms (Chapter 7). Some of these ankylosaur skeletons show the bodies positioned
horizontally to inclined, with legs underneath and heads pointed up. This evidence
collectively suggests animals that were attempting to excavate themselves. An alter-
native hypothesis, that these 2- to 3-tonne dinosaurs were burrowers, is not taken
seriously. In contrast to their Asian relatives, North American ankylosaurs seemed
to have preferred moister areas, which correspondingly had more vegetation.
Interestingly, the previously low number of ankylosaur or stegosaur tracks
reported from the geologic record was used as an indirect paleoenvironmental indi-
cator. This is because if any of these animals dwelled in uplands well above coastal
areas, preservation of their tracks would have been less likely. However, this argu-
ment lacks evidence, thus wherever extensive stegosaur or ankylosaur trackways are
found, the hypothesis is easily falsified. Thus far, known ankylosaur tracks were
made in sediments deposited on lakeshores and other coastal environments, which
indicates that these ankylosaurs were not upland species.
As far as evolutionary lineages are concerned, Genasauria is the clade under which
both ornithopods and thyreophorans are placed and both of these clades had a
common ornithischian ancestor. Ornithischians as a clade began during the Late
Triassic, but no thyreophorans are known from that time. Based on current evidence,
thyreophorans probably did not develop until the Early Jurassic. The most basal
thyreophorans are the Early Jurassic Scelidosaurus of England, Scutellosaurus of the
southwestern USA, and Emausaurus of Germany, which are all considered as outgroups
from the clades Ankylosauria and Stegosauria. Of these three, Scutellosaurus, a small
(1- to 2-meters long), long-tailed ornithischian, is probably the most primitive.
Moreover, it bears some resemblance to the primitive ornithischian Lesothosaurus
(Chapter 11), which comes from Lower Jurassic strata of South Africa. Cladistic ana-
lyses, however, confirm that Lesothosaurus falls outside of Genasauria and is thus
not as closely related to Scutellosaurus as the latter is to Emausaurus and Scelidosaurus.
One major feature that distinguishes thyreophorans from other primitive ornithis-
chians is abundant osteoderms (scutes) on the dorsal and lateral parts of the body.
Scelidosaurus, first described by Richard Owen in 1863 (Chapter 3), was closer to
the ideal of a thyreophoran in that it was a robust (about 4 meters long) dinosaur
with limb proportions more apt for a quadruped. It also had numerous osteoderms,
which helps to identify it as an undoubted thyreophoran, although it cannot be
placed strictly within either Ankylosauria or Stegosauria. Interestingly, nearly 130
years passed until the description of another basal thyreophoran from the Early
Jurassic, Emausaurus.
Of the thyreophorans, ankylosaurs were apparently the most conservative in their
evolutionary histories. Once they had evolved their extensive body armor and other
distinctive ankylosaur features, they stayed within the parameters of this basic body
plan throughout the entirety of their geologic range. Nevertheless, they certainly
underwent some diversification during the Late Cretaceous and especially trended
toward larger sizes. Stegosaurs, which did not have such a long geologic range,
probably underwent rapid evolution from the Early to Middle Jurassic before their
greatest success during the Late Jurassic. Although still present during the Cretaceous,
they were seemingly sparsely distributed and especially rare during the Late
Cretaceous. Because so few thyreophoran fossils are known from between the
376
THYREOPHORANS AS LIVING ANIMALS
stratigraphic intervals of the stegosaur- and ankylosaur-bearing zones, little is known

about their lineages or the probable factors influencing their natural selection.
Thyreophorans as Living Animals
Reproduction and Growth

Evidence relating to thyreophoran reproduction is almost unknown and represents
a huge gap in knowledge about their paleobiology. No nests or eggs, let alone embryos,
from either ankylosaurs or stegosaurs have been discovered. In fact, of all the dinosaur
eggs that have been described, none have been allied in even a general sense to
thyreophorans.
A little more is known about thyreophoran growth because of some skeletal mater-
ial from the Late Jurassic for stegosaurs and the Late Cretaceous for ankylosaurs.
Juvenile and other subadult thyreophorans are rare finds. For example, only one
juvenile of Stegosaurus, the most famous thyreophoran from the geologic record,
has been found so far (Fig. 12.8A). Other stegosaurs with subadults represented are
Lexovisaurus and Dacentrurus from western Europe and Kentrosaurus from Tanzania.
Unfortunately, none of these three genera are abundant enough to reconstruct growth
series like those interpreted for some theropods and ornithopods (Chapters 9 and
11). The best represented growth series for thyreophorans is provided by a single
species of ankylosaurid, the Late Cretaceous Pinacosaurus of China, for which groups
of as many as a dozen juveniles have been found together. The implications of this
monospecific assemblage as applied to ankylosaur sociality are discussed later.
Of course, courting preceded reproduction, and some thyreophorans may have
rivaled ornithopods (Chapter 11) and ceratopsians (Chapter 13) in advertising their
wares. Starting in the 1970s, dinosaur paleontologists have proposed that the
dorsal plates of stegosaurs and spikes of ankylosaurs were not used exclusively for
defense. These accessories may also have helped with species identification, as well
as in the attraction of and competition for mates. The plates on Stegosaurus cov-
ered very little of its skin (Fig. 12.8A), so they were not useful for preventing attacks
on its dorsal surface from large theropods. However, they certainly would have pre-
sented a visually obvious profile to other stegosaurs. A few paleontologists insisted
that these plates were defensive structures and could be flexed to a horizontal posi-
tion to shield more of the spine. However, the surface area covered by such a move-
ment was minimal, and because Stegosaurus had no lateral body armor it would
have been easily attacked from the sides. Additionally, presently known specimens
of stegosaurs show no evidence of muscle attachments to the basal parts of plates,
which indicates that they were fixed in the skin above the spine and not capable 12
of movement. Ankylosaurs also had vertical to subvertical spines that potentially
provided for dashing profiles. Even stegosaurs tail spikes and ankylosaurs tail clubs
could have been raised to alert members of the opposite gender.
These impressive dermal attributes may have had a serious side in intraspecific
competition. Modern horned mammals (e.g., ungulates, such as deer) commonly
joust with their antler racks when competing for mates. Similarly, a male hip-
popotamus will open its mouth to show off huge and deadly tusks before engag-
ing in combat with others of its species. Observations of these animals and
comparisons to thyreophorans, in particular ankylosaurids and nodosaurids, have
led to hypotheses that shoulder spikes, skull horns, and tail clubs may have been
used for territorial displays, intimidation, or just fighting. The apparent ability of
some nodosaurid spikes to move in a scissor-like manner also suggests their pos-
sible use in communication with one another. This communication could have been
377
THYREOPHORA
FIGURE 12.10 Porous and venous texture associated

with dorsal osteoderm on Stegosaurus, indicating high
degree of vascularization. Close-up of specimen in
Denver Museum of Science and Nature, Colorado.
augmented with vocalizations; ankylosaurids, with their complex nasal passages,

may have been capable of a variety of sounds in a manner similar to lambeosaurines
(Chapter 11). Lastly, osteoderms of some ankylosaurs were well vascularized, lead-
ing some paleontologists to propose that these dinosaurs were capable of blush-
ing by bringing blood close to the surface of the skin. Such a mechanism would
have made these ankylosaurs somewhat pinkish in hue. Unfortunately, as in most
cases involving possible dinosaur coloration schemes, no supplementary data
confirm or negate visions of pink thyreophorans (Chapter 5).
Like other anatomical attributes, stegosaur plates were not just used for show;
they apparently also served as thermoregulation structures. Evidence for this func-
tion is found in the arrangement of the plates as staggered (offset) and overlap-
ping rows, which would have been most effective for making increased surface area
available for air circulating between the plates. Experimental data derived from test-
ing the arrangements of metal plates in association with a heated tube showed that
the offset rows worked best for transporting heat. As mentioned earlier, the offset
arrangement was later confirmed by anatomical evidence, thus independently sup-
porting the hypothesis. The plates themselves are extremely vascularized, indicat-
ing that a good amount of blood flowed through them (Fig. 12.10). In this sense,
the plates could have been used for cooling by venting heat away from the body,
or for heating by acting as passive solar collectors. How these functions related to
stegosaur endothermy or ectothermy is unknown, considering that neither physio-
logy has been firmly established for any thyreophoran (Chapter 8). Regardless, this
relatively new insight into stegosaur physiology helps to show that osteoderms in
general may have been structures used either all at the same time or individually
for multiple purposes.
Late Cretaceous Locomotion

ankylosaur trackways in Until recently, only skeletal data provided material for
Bolivia provide evidence hypotheses about thyreophoran locomotion. These
of at least one fast- data led to interpretations that both ankylosaurs and
moving thyreophoran. stegosaurus were weighed down by their dermal armor
Paleontologists calculated and had relatively wide bodies, similar to modern
a speed of 11 km/hour on elephants or rhinoceroses. Such a condition is called
the basis of stride length, graviportal, meaning that these animals were probably
footprint size, and known slow-moving and not capable of running any appreci-
ankylosaur skeletal able distances, in contrast to cursorial theropods. Because
parameters (Chapter 14). trackways are still sufficiently uncommon for thyreo-
phorans, particularly for stegosaurs, such hypotheses
378
THYREOPHORANS AS LIVING ANIMALS
cannot be cross-checked in most instances. Like all dinosaurs, ankylosaurs were diag-
onal walkers, although their stout and relatively inflexible bodies caused straddles
that were wide relative to their stride lengths.
Similar to the hypotheses that have been made about sauropods, stegosaurs are
thought to have had the capability of raising their front legs and sitting back on
their rear legs and tails. This supposition is based on their calculated center of grav-
ity, where the majority of their weight was in the hip region. Such an arrangement
thus led to their graviportal state. With this weight distribution, a simple lifting of
the front legs should have brought the rear down. In stegosaurs, the tail then would
have acted as a prop for a tripodal stance. Although this scenario seems reasonable
in terms of Newtonian physics and observations in modern graviportal animals (such
as elephants), it was unlikely in stegosaurs. One major limiting factor is that stegosaur
tails were held straight behind them through an interlocking of dorsal plates with
the caudal vertebrae. This meant that the tail was less likely to have been used as
part of a tripod stance, so stegosaurs were more likely adapted for staying close to
the ground.
Feeding
Almost no direct information is available for determining what thyreophorans ate.
Nevertheless, their teeth and jaws clearly show adaptations to herbivory. Because
of their low height with relation to their sauropod (Chapter 10) and ornithopod
(Chapter 11) companions during much of the Mesozoic, thyreophorans were most
likely low-level browsers. An ability of stegosaurs to raise up on their hind legs to
increase their browsing height was proposed as a possible adaptation to high-level
browsing, but this scenario is unlikely. Similarly, there is little doubt that ankylosaurs
were anything but low-level browsers, and even the most imaginative paleontolo-
gists refrain from depicting ankylosaurs as sitting up or otherwise behaving in a
sprightly manner.
The advent of flowering plants by the Early Cretaceous was no doubt a factor in
thyreophoran food choices throughout the Cretaceous, but Jurassic ankylosaurs and
stegosaurs must have eaten ferns and other low-lying undergrowths in forest and
shrubland ecosystems. The anatomical arrangement of the teeth and portions of
thyreophoran skulls supports this supposition. For example, ankylosaur teeth are
small, but their beaks were well developed for cropping plants. Some possible dif-
ferences in dietary preferences between ankylosaurids and nodosaurids have been
suggested on the basis of their beak shapes. Nodosaurids had narrow beaks, which
would have nipped at plant stems and leaves more precisely. In contrast, ankylosaurids
had wider beaks that would have grabbed swaths of vegetation. Ankylosaurs also
had larger than normal hyoids, which were bones in the throat that would have
supported a tongue. This tongue would have moved chewed food to the cheeks for 12
temporary storage, followed by movement from the cheeks back into the mouth.
Ankylosaurs were therefore capable of much chewing, although an examination of
only their teeth would surely lead to a different conclusion.
No toothmarks or coprolites attributable to thyreophorans have been reported
from the geologic record. Likewise, gastroliths have been correlated only with remains
of the nodosaurid Panoplosaurus. Using sauropods as a model for comparison, most
thyreophorans should have had gastroliths to aid their digestion of plant material
because their teeth and jaws were poorly-adapted for grinding or otherwise pro-
cessing their food. Future excavations of thyreophoran skeletal remains should test
this hypothesis. However, if such investigations prove fruitless, then paleontolo-
gists will have to provide alternative explanations for why gastroliths were not
required.
379
THYREOPHORA
One hypothesis proposed for how ankylosaurs digested food is that their con-
siderable hindquarters provided space for massive amounts of fermentation in the
hindgut. This hypothesis is supported by the wide space allowed by the costae (ribs)
toward the posterior of most ankylosaurs. This space gave sufficient room for a gas-
trointestinal tract holding symbiotic anaerobic bacteria that would have aided in
the breakdown of cellulose in plants. One of the metabolic by-products of such
breakdown is methane. So if ankylosaurs and other herbivorous dinosaurs
employed such digestive systems, the Mesozoic atmosphere likely would have had
a noticeably different scent to that of today.
Social Life
Again, very little is known about thyreophoran sociality, other than reasonable
hypotheses based on functional morphology and proximity of skeletal remains. Few
thyreophoran skeletons are found adjacent to one another; most are found as
isolated individuals. This recurring circumstance, in stark contrast to the mono-
specific accumulations of theropod, sauropod, ornithopod, and ceratopsian remains,
seems to be evidence that most thyreophorans roamed either as individuals or in
small groups. This hypothesis is supported so far by the lack of many thyreo-
phoran trackways presumed to have been made by the individuals of the same species
traveling together at the same time.
As a result, numerous, closely-associated juvenile specimens of Pinacosaurus, in
the same Upper Cretaceous deposit of Mongolia, constitute an unusual find.
Monospecific assemblages that are also sorted by age (interpreted on the basis of
their similarly small sizes) are evidence of possible age-related herding behavior for
this ankylosaurid. Interestingly, no adults have been reported near these juvenile
assemblages. These data encourage future investigations of and speculations about
other monospecific thyreophoran assemblages, such as the ones that have come
out of Tanzania, composed of fragments of the Late Jurassic stegosaur Kentrosaurus.
Health
Thyreophorans, like most dinosaurs, were apparently healthy animals. Thyreophoran
remains have yet to show many traces of predation or scavenging by theropods or
other large Mesozoic carnivores. One exception to this is the reported association
of theropod teeth around the remains of the aforementioned juvenile Pinacosaurus,
although this occurrence is interpreted as the result of scavenging. The paucity of
evidence for predation or scavenging means that live and dead thyreophorans were
rarely subjected to consumption, which would correlate with the heavy protection
wielded by some species. One example of an apparently uneaten thyreophoran
is Stegosaurus. Contrary to common depictions of the Late Jurassic Stegosaurus in
mortal combat with the tetanuran Allosaurus, no toothmarks by Allosaurus have
been found in Stegosaurus bones. Likewise, Stegosaurus is frequently shown defend-
ing itself by swinging the caudal spikes, but no dinosaur remains, of a predator or
a Stegosaurus, show any signs of being attacked with such a weapon. A similar defense
against theropods has been proposed for ankylosaurids, but again hypotheses
about such behaviors await more evidence.
The fusion of osteoderms to the distal caudal vertebrae in ankylosaurids resulted
in tail clubs, but this fusion is considered as a normal, inheritable adaptation rather
than an acquired paleopathologic condition. Because nodosaurs lacked tail clubs,
caudal maladies should be more obvious. Nonetheless, a fusion of some caudal
vertebrae in a specimen of the nodosaurid Edmontia, interpreted as the result of
an injury, is the only one reported thus far. Multiple specimens of the Early
Cretaceous ankylosaurid Gastonia show depressions in their osteoderms that were
380
SUMMARY
probably caused by disease, although there is no evidence that these caused the
animals any major problems. This paucity of evidence for ill health may be an
artifact of small sample sets, but it also could be a sign that most thyreophorans
avoided such trouble.
SUMMARY
Thyreophorans, which were herbivorous

ornithischian dinosaurs that lived from
the Early Jurassic through to the Late
Cretaceous, are generally known as the
armored dinosaurs because of their well-
developed osteoderms that formed parasagittal
rows along their bodies. Members of two clades, the
Stegosauria and Ankylosauria, are most representative of
thyreophorans. Ankylosauria is further divided into the
Ankylosauridae and Nodosauridae. Stegosaurs are distinguished by their:
1 small heads;
2 parascapular spikes;
3 armor just adjacent to their spines; and
4 posterior tail spikes.
In contrast, ankylosaurs had:
1 armor all over their dorsal (and in some cases, ventral) surfaces;
2 skull sutures covered by dermal plates;
3 a synsacrum; and
4 numerous other features.
Ankylosaurids are mainly distinguished from nodosaurids on the basis of

skull profiles and the presence or absence of a tail club.
Little definitive information is known with regard to thyreophoran beha-
vior and evolution because the majority of data come from body fossils
that are, in many cases, incomplete and fragmentary. Nevertheless,
sufficient skeletal material for some genera and complete specimens
of others, such as those of the Late Jurassic Stegosaurus and Cretaceous
ankylosaurs, have provided windows into thyreophoran behavior and
evolution. Primitive forms of thyreophorans that do not fit into either 12
Stegosauria or Ankylosauria, such as Scutellosaurus and Scelidosaurus,
demonstrate a beginning of their clade at least in the Early Jurassic in
Europe and North America. Ankylosaurs, which lived from the Middle
Jurassic to Late Cretaceous, were a successful thyreophoran group that
diversified throughout the Cretaceous and had a near worldwide distri-
bution. In contrast, stegosaurs were limited to possibly the Early Jurassic
through to the Early Cretaceous (having reached their peak in the Late
Jurassic) of mostly northern continents.
Thyreophorans were apparently healthy animals and probably had
complex behaviors that challenge perceptions of them based on their
relatively small brains. Osteoderms of various sorts (plates, spikes, and clubs)
381
THYREOPHORA
SUMMARY Continued
probably served multiple purposes, such as protection, courting,

intraspecific competition, and thermoregulation. Feeding was accomplished
mostly through low-level grazing and browsing. Some specializations of
skeletal features, such as deeply inset teeth, large hyoids, and expanded
hindgut regions, meant that some thyreophorans were capable of pro-
cessing huge amounts of food. Locomotion is little understood because
of the scarcity of thyreophoran trackways, which means that hypotheses
about social behavior are also based on limited data sets of body fossil
information. However, the co-occurrence of remains of more than one
individual in the same deposits, such as the Late Jurassic stegosaur
Kentrosaurus and Late Cretaceous ankylosaur Picanosaurus, suggests that
at least a few thyreophorans lived in social groups.
1. What would have been a defensive dis-

advantage for Stegosaurus or
other stegosaurs if their
tail spikes had pointed
upward (vertically) rather
than outward (horizontally)?
2. The author states that ankylosaurs probably weighed
more per volume than other dinosaurs because of
their armor. For example, Ankylosaurus is estimated to have been about
10 meters long and weighed about 4 tonnes. How would you
calculate an estimate of its density versus that for a 10-meter long
ornithopod (which did not have any body armor)? What informa-
tion would you need first before attempting to calculate such an
estimate?
3. What independent information besides functional morphology
would be required to convince you that ankylosaurids used their tail
clubs as weapons for either interspecific or intraspecific combat?
4. Examine Tables 12.1 and 12.2 and represent in a bar graph the
number of genera that occur within each of the following time divi-
sions: Early Jurassic, Middle Jurassic, Late Jurassic, Early Cretaceous,
Late Cretaceous.
a. What general trend in changes of thyreophoran diversity through
time can you hypothesize on the basis of these data and the bar
graph?
b. Compare the number of genera in each time interval versus place
(region of the world). Do any biases in both time and place emerge
from such an analysis?
c. What are possible sources of error in your analysis?
382
5. A dinosaur paleontologist states, Ankylosaurs reflect an arms race

against increasingly more efficient theropod predators. You decide
to test this statement by looking up information on which theropods
lived in the same areas and times as some ankylosaurs.
a. Pick out the ankylosaur genera from Table 12.1, including their
time intervals and geographic locations.
b. Look at Tables 9.1 and 9.2 and try to link the ankylosaurs to the
theropods that lived in the same time intervals and geographic
areas. How many linkages did you find?
c. You decide to state that these linkages represent predatorprey
relationships. What are possible sources of error in your analysis?
d. Assuming you are right, predict what new data from the geologic
record, either through body or trace fossils, would support your
assertions.
6. Because thyreophoran remains are rarely found in the fossil record
as representing more than one specimen, some paleontologists
might suggest that most thyreophorans lived as individuals, who only
got together to mate. What information presented in the chapter or
possible new data would contradict such an assumption?
7. Check the assumption that humans were more brainy than
stegosaurs through the following calculations.
a. Given a braincase endocast from a specimen of Stegosaurus of
60 cm3, how much would it have weighed if the original brain
had a density of 1.2 g/cm3?
b. Given a braincase endocast from a typical adult Homo sapiens
of 1200 cm3, how much would it weigh, assuming the same
density?
c. Of a total original body weight of 1.8 tonnes, the brain of
Stegosaurus composes what percentage of its total body weight?
d. Assuming a weight of 65 kg for a specimen of Homo sapiens, the
brain composes what percentage of its total body weight?
8. What independent information, besides functional morphology,
would be needed to convince you that stegosaurs could raise their
front legs and sit back on their rear legs? Describe the appearance
of the fossil finds that would corroborate such a hypothesis.
9. Based on descriptions presented in the chapter, sketch the manus
pes pair for footprints made by a stegosaur and an ankylosaur. How 12
do the resultant tracks differ from those made by other quadrupedal
dinosaurs discussed so far? How might the Late Jurassic tracks for anky-
losaurs differ from the Late Cretaceous tracks?
10. Provide a hypothesis for why thyreophoran eggs and nests have not
yet been identified. How could environmental factors have affected
the preservation potential of nest sites? What other taphonomic fac-
tors might have limited their preservation?
383
THYREOPHORA
Bibliography
Barrett, P. M. and Upchurch, P. 1995. Regnosaurus northamptoni, a stegosaurian

dinosaur from the Lower Cretaceous of southern England. Geological Magazine 132:
213222.
Carpenter, K. 1997. Ankylosaurs. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The
Complete Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp 307316.
Carpenter, K. (Ed.) 2001. The Armored Dinosaurs. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
University Press.
Carpenter, K., Miles, C. and Cloward, K. 1998. Skull of a Jurassic ankylosaur
(Dinosauria). Nature 393, 6687: 782783.
Coombs, W. P., Jr. 1986. A juvenile ankylosaur referable to the genus Euoplocephalus
(Reptilia, Ornithischia). Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 6: 162173.
Coombs, W. P., Jr. 1995. Ankylosaurian tail clubs of middle Campanian to early
Maastrichtian age from western North America, with description of a tiny club from
Alberta and discussion of tail orientation and tail club function. Canadian Journal of
Earth Sciences 32: 902912.
Dong, Z.-M. 1990. Stegosaurs of Asia. In Carpenter, K. and Currie, P. J. (Eds).
Dinosaur Systematics: Approaches and Perspectives. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press. pp 255268.
Galton, P. M. and Upchurch, P. 2004. Stegosauria. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P.
University of California Press. pp 343362.
Gangloff, R. A. 1995. Edmontonia sp., the first record of an ankylosaur from Alaska. Journal
of Vertebrate Paleontology 15: 195200.
Gasparini, Z., Pereda-Suberbiola, X. and Molnar, R. E. 1996. New data on the anky-
losaurian dinosaur from the Late Cretaceous of the Antarctic Peninsula. Memoirs
Queensland Museum 39: 583594.
Kirkland, J. I., and Carpenter, K. 1994. North Americas first pre-Cretaceous ankylosaur
(Dinosauria) from the Upper Jurassic Morrison Formation of western Colorado.
Geology Studies 40: 2542.
Le Loeuff, J., Lockley, M. G., Meyer, C. and Petit, J.-P. 1999. Discovery of a
thyreophoran trackway in the Hettangian of central France. Comptes Rendus de
lAcademie de Sciences Serie IIa: Sciences de la Terre et des Planetes 328: 215219.
McCrea, R. T., Lockley M. G. and Meyer, C. A. 2001. Global distribution of purported
track occurrences. In K. Carpenter (Ed.), The Armored Dinosaurs. Bloomington,
Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp 413454.
Molnar, R. E. and Frey, E. 1987. The paravertebral elements of the Australian ankylosaur
Minmi (Reptilia; Ornithischia, Cretaceous). Neues Jahrbuch fr Geologie und Palae-
ontologie. Abhandlungen 175: 1937.
Norman, D. B., Witmer, L. M. and Weishampel, D. B. 2004. Basal Ornithischia. In
Berkeley, California: University of California Press. pp 325334.
Norman, D. B., Witmer, L. M. and Weishampel, D. B. 2004. Basal Thyreophora. In
Page, D. 1998. Stegosaur tracks and the persistence of facies; the Lower Cretaceous of
Western Australia. Geology Today 14: 7577.
Salgado, L. and Coria, R. A. 1996. First evidence of an ankylosaur (Dinosauria,
Ornithischia) in South America. Ameghiniana 33: 367371.
Sereno, P. C. and Dong Z.-M. 1992. The skull of the basal stegosaur Huayangosaurus
taibaii and a cladistic diagnosis of Stegosauria. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 12:
318343.
384
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Vickaryous, M. K., Maryanska, T. and Weishampel, D. B. 2004. Ankylosauria. In

VickersRich, P. and Rich, T. H. 1993. Australias polar dinosaurs. Scientific American 269:
5055.
12
385
Chapter
13
Triceratops was a large and formidable animal, with its long horns (like a
rhinoceros) and stout body. But according to all of the books you read, it was
a peaceful plant eater. Only one thing you learned about Triceratops bothered
you, and that was the pictures of it fighting Tyrannosaurus. In these pictures,
this peaceful vegetarian was usually shown using its postorbital horns to gore
the soft, ventral surface of its carnivorous adversary.
What evidence has been found in the fossil record to indicate that Triceratops,
or any other ceratopsian, actually used its horns against predators? If they did
not use them for defense, what was their function? What interactions (if any)
did Triceratops have with Tyrannosaurus? Did Tyrannosaurus actually hunt or
eat Triceratops?
Marginocephalia
Clades and Species of Marginocephalia

Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Marginocephalia
Marginocephalians as Living Animals 13
Summary
Bibliography
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Why Study
Marginocephalians?
Clade Marginocephalia, consisting
of the relatively rare pachycephalo-
saurs but also the very common
ceratopsians, includes one of the
most famous dinosaurs known, the Late Cretaceous Triceratops of North America.
However, perhaps less known is that Marginocephalia is a group of dinosaurs that
rivals Theropoda (Chapter 9) and Ornithopoda (Chapter 11) in its diversity. Largely
because of the ceratopsians, Marginocephalia is also among the best-represented of
Late Cretaceous dinosaurs through their skeletal remains, first discovered in the late
nineteenth century and still regularly uncovered today. Ceratopsians are exceed-
ingly common in museums as a result of their abundance and completeness. Three
marginocephalian genera (Protoceratops, Psittacosaurus, and Triceratops) rank in the
top ten of all dinosaurs owned by museums. Unlike most dinosaur clades, many
of its members were described on the basis of plentiful fossil material. More than
50% of ceratopsian genera and species are named from nearly complete or com-
plete skeletons.
Marginocephalians were among the most endemic of all dinosaur clades in that
their body and trace fossils have only been found in North America, Asia, and Europe.
They also are the most limited in geologic time, nearly all comprised of Cretaceous
examples, meaning that they were relative latecomers in Mesozoic ecosystems. This
circumstance of limited biogeography and time was probably linked, thus affect-
ing their evolutionary history until their extinction at the end of the Mesozoic.
Of all dinosaurs, marginocephalians are best known for their heads, which went
to extremes in the development of thick or broad skulls. Indeed, a few ceratopsian
species have the largest heads of any known land-dwelling animal. On these thick
or otherwise enormous heads were some of the most elaborate and gaudy acces-
sories seen in any dinosaur, such as numerous horns and spikes with various shapes,
bosses, and broad frills. In terms of marginocephalian locomotion, rare ceratopsian
tracks, recognized recently, fill a supposed gap in their paleontological record but
contribute to ensuing controversies about their locomotion based on skeletal ana-
lyses. Pachycephalosaur tracks are so far either undiscovered or unrecognized, but
at least their robust skull parts were taphonomically predisposed toward being
preserved.
Some of these ornate animals may have traveled in herds, as suggested by mono-
specific bonebeds and paleobiogeography. Such gregariousness would have created
stunning vistas on Late Cretaceous landscapes, but also would have had a consid-
erable impact on plant life. On a more individual basis, intraspecific competition
in dinosaurs is perhaps most vividly conjured by the image of thick-skulled pachy-
cephalosaurs running into one another at high speeds. Added to this scenario are
similar ones of jousting ceratopsians, deterring either predation or rivals by simply
turning their heads for full visual effect. Thus, the heads of marginocephalians are
388
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Chasmosaurinae Centrosaurinae
Zuniceratops
Protoceratops
Psittacosauridae Ceratopsidae
Pachycephalosauridae Neoceratopsia
Homocephaloidea
Ceratopsia
Pachycephalosauria
MARGINOCEPHALIA
FIGURE 13.1 Cladogram showing interrelationships between clades of Marginocephalia,

particularly Pachycephalosauria and Ceratopsia.
what define them and also determined how they conducted their business during
the Cretaceous.
Definition and Unique Characteristics of Marginocephalia

Marginocephalia (margino = margin and cephalia = head) is currently regarded
as a node-based clade and a sister clade to Ornithopoda (Chapter 13); both of these
share the node-based clade Cerapoda (Fig. 13.1). Two sister clades of Margin-
ocephalia are Pachycephalosauria and Ceratopsia, which collectively are composed
of many genera but with most being ceratopsians (Tables 13.1 and 13.2). Stenopelix,
a poorly-known Early Cretaceous ornithischian from Germany, was once con-
sidered as the most basal form of marginocephalian, but is now classified as a
pachycephalosaur. As mentioned earlier, nearly all marginocephalians discovered
TABLE 13.1 Representative genera of Pachycephalosauria

with approximate geologic age and where they occur.

Goyocephale Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Gravitholus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Homalocephale Late Cretaceous Mongolia 13
Micropachycephalosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Ornatotholus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; western USA
Pachycephalosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Prenocephale Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Stegoceras Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; western USA
Stenopelix Early Cretaceous Germany
Stygimoloch Late Cretaceous Western USA
Wannanosaurus Late Cretaceous China
Yaverlandia Early Cretaceous England
389
MARGINOCEPHALIA
TABLE 13.2 Representative genera of Ceratopsia with


Achelousaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Anchiceratops Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Archaeoceratops Early Cretaceous China
Arrhinoceratops Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Avaceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
Bagaceratops Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Brachyceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
Centrosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada
Chasmosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Diceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
Einiosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Leptoceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Liaoceratops Late Cretaceous China
Monoclonius Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; western USA
Montanoceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
Pachyrhinosaurus Late Cretaceous Alberta, Canada; Alaska, USA
Pentaceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
Protoceratops Late Cretaceous China, Mongolia
Psittacosaurus Early Cretaceous Mongolia, China, Thailand
Styracosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Alberta, Canada
Torosaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA; Western Canada
Triceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA; Canada
Udanoceratops Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Zuniceratops Late Cretaceous Western USA
so far are from the Cretaceous, the Late Jurassic ceratopsian Chaoyangsaurus of
China being the only exception. This time constraint distinguishes this import-
ant clade from theropods, sauropodomorphs, ornithopods, and thyreophorans
(Chapters 912).
Members of Clade Marginocephalia are defined by several important character
traits (Fig. 13.2).
n A narrow shelf of bone on the parietal and posterior part of the squamosal,
which projects from the skull posterior.
n An abbreviated posterior portion of the premaxillary as it adds to the
palate.
n A shortened pubis accompanied by widely-spaced hip sockets.
Of these synapomorphies, the most important is the shelf of bone associated with
the parietal and squamosal, an easily recognizable feature. Based on this trait and
others, Marginocephalia unites the superficially disparate clades of Pachyceph-
alosauria and Ceratopsia. Pachycephalosaurs are only represented by about 14
genera, thus their proposed cladistic classification consist of only a few options.
In contrast, Ceratopsia is composed of a daunting number of genera and species
within genera, and some genera closely resemble one another. Consequently, their
cladistics present a major challenge for the few dinosaur paleontologists who work
with ceraptosians.
390
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Parietal and Ilium

Squamosal shelf
Ischium
Pubis shortened
Premaxillary
abbreviated
Rostral
Widely spaced
hip sockets
(Acetabula)
(Dorsal view)
FIGURE 13.2 Character traits of Marginocephalia: narrow shelf of bone on the parietal
and posterior part of the squamosal; abbreviated posterior portion of premaxillary; and
shortened pubis accompanied by widely spaced hip sockets.
Problems with ceratopsian taxonomy are attributable to two factors:
1 A very good body fossil record for ceratopsians, including numerous com-
plete specimens for some species; and
2 overzealous naming of ceratopsian species in the past 100+ years, which
resulted in many synonymies.
To illustrate how both facets have interacted, consider the following example. As
many as 16 species names have been applied to the abundant remains of the genus
Triceratops, despite a geologic range for the genus of less than 3 million years. Two
explanations for this abundance of species are possible:
1 Evolutionary and genetic factors, such as interaction of environmental

change, geographic isolation of small populations, genetic drift, and muta- 13
tions, may have contributed to extremely rapid speciation for Triceratops
(Chapter 6); and
2 Dinosaur paleontologists since the late nineteenth century may have used
all newly-discovered features on a Triceratops skeleton to justify new species
names.
Of these, the latter factor is the most likely, and recognition in more recent years
of this human-induced diversity has decreased the number of ceratopsian taxa. Thus,
among taxonomists the lumpers triumphed in part over the splitters (Chapter
5). This is not to say that Triceratops did not undergo speciation over 3 million years
391
MARGINOCEPHALIA
(A) (B)
FIGURE 13.3 Typical ceratopsian lower jaws. (A) Dentary and predentary of Protoceratops,
Late Cretaceous of Mongolia; Dinosaur Adventure Museum, Fruita, Colorado.
(B) Unidentified ceratopsian dentary and predentary, Late Cretaceous, western North
America; College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah.
or that most taxonomy of ceratopsians is scientifically unjustified. Nonetheless, the

great number of genus and species names that have been given to them may be
overstating their actual diversity.
All known marginocephalians were herbivores, as evidenced by the teeth and
jaws of both pachycephalosaurs and ceratopsians. Pachycephalosaurs had heterodont
dentition, with canines in the anterior part of the mouth and cheek teeth that were
small, laterally compressed, and crowned with denticles. These teeth and their medial
placement within the jaw resemble those of thyreophorans, partially reflecting their
common ancestry within Genasauria (Chapter 12). In contrast, ceratopsians had
cheek teeth develop into dental batteries that could have competed with those
of some iguanodontians (Chapter 11). The anterior part of the mouth consisted of
sharp beaks covered by horn (keratin) with a premaxillary rostral bone above it
occluded with a pointed predentary and dentary below (Fig. 13.3). The members
of each clade were so different in their eating apparatuses that contemporaneous
species must have been specialized for different food sources. Most forms were
probably low-level browsers because of their low heights or propensity toward
quadrupedalism.
Both marginocephalian clades also differed considerably in their locomotion.
Judging from the short fore limbs seen in some specimens, pachycephalosaurs were
apparently bipedal, although limb proportions for some species are unknown.
Likewise, although the manus for a few specimens is known, no pachycephalosaur
pes has yet been found. Consequently, pachycephalosaur foot anatomy cannot be
compared to tracks that might have been made by these animals. Such informa-
tion would certainly help to test assumptions about obligate bipedalism. Some basal
ceratopsians were also obligate bipeds, but the majority of ceratopsians were heav-
ily built and obligate quadrupeds. Only a few might have been facultative bipeds.
Advanced ceratopsian foot anatomy consisted of five toes on the manus and four
on the pes; later quadrupedal forms had shortened but stout phalanges that ended
in hooves. However, ceratopsian manus tracks should only show impressions from
four toes (digits I through to IV), because digit V is markedly reduced in compar-
ison to the other toes.
Undoubted marginocephalian trace fossils are so far only represented by ceratopsian
trackways from Late Cretaceous strata in the western USA (but nowhere else) and
gastroliths in Psittacosaurus, a primitive ceratopsian. Ceratopsian tracks are
identified on the basis of the following data:
n They match the aforementioned foot anatomy (Fig. 13.4).

n Size comparisons of track compression shapes also match those of known
ceratopsian foot sizes, especially when flesh is added to the foot.
392
CLADES AND SPECIES OF MARGINOCEPHALIA
FIGURE 13.4 Ceratopsian track interpreted from the Laramie Formation

(Late Cretaceous) near Golden, Colorado.
n They occur in strata formed in continental environments that are age-

equivalent with known ceratopsian remains.
The gastroliths that occur in Psittacosaurus are localized masses of about 50

similarly-sized, rounded stones found within the rib cage of more than one speci-
men. The fulfillment of such specific criteria for gastroliths leaves little doubt that
these stones are indeed trace fossils related to ceratopsian digestion. As far as other
trace fossils related to feeding are concerned, no toothmarks (or beakmarks) have
been described for marginocephalians, nor have any coprolites been linked to them
(Chapter 14).
Numerous dinosaur nests in Late Cretaceous strata of Mongolia, often con-
taining bountiful egg clutches, were originally attributed to the ceratopsian
Protoceratops. Updated analyses and new evidence have rendered this identification
suspect or in some cases falsified it entirely (Chapter 9). Consequently, paleontol-
ogists are beginning with a clean slate with regard to the body fossils (eggs and
embryos) and trace fossils (nest structures) associated with marginocephalian
reproduction. In contrast, possible trace fossils of marginocephalian behavior
related to mating or territorial disputes, such as scars or fractures inflicted on one
another, as evident in healed injuries in bone, may provide more insights on how
pachycephalosaurs and ceratopsians interacted with one another.
13
Clades and Species of Marginocephalia
Pachycephalosauria
The most easily recognizable and well-known trait of pachycephalosaurs is an
extremely thick, flat or domed bony skull ( pachy = thick and cephalia = skull).
For example, Pachycephalosaurus had a skull that was about 22 cm thick. This remark-
able feature was formed by fusion of the frontals and parietals and the addition of
393
MARGINOCEPHALIA
(A) (B)
FIGURE 13.5 Skulls of Late Cretaceous pachycephalosaurids. (A) Stegoceras as

represented only by its fused frontal and parietals forming a high dome, a typical trait of
pachycephalisaurids; College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah. (B)
Pachycephalosaurus, showing deeply inset cheek teeth, domal dorsal surface, and fringing
osteoderms on dentary (ventral), nasal (anterior), and squamosals (posterior). Specimen is
cast of original, Denver Museum of Science
and Nature, Denver, Colorado.
thick deposits of bone to this unit. Despite the impressively large and convex heads
this fusion caused in some pachycephalosaurs, they did not have a corresponding
increase in cranial capacity. In fact, their EQs are only slightly higher than not-so-
brainy dinosaurs such as thyreophorans.
In the early twentieth century, Lawrence Lambe (Chapter 3) was the first to
examine pachycephalosaur material, and he named Stegoceras (Fig. 13.5A).
Pachycephalosaurus (Fig. 13.5B), the inspiration for the naming of the clades
Pachycephalosauria and Pachycephalosauridae, was not discovered until about 40
years later. Soon after, recognition of some already discovered but mislabeled
pachycephalosaur remains helped to relate them. Later discoveries of new species
of pachycephalosaurs led to the insight that they belonged to two different groups.
So far, all but two species have been found in Late Cretaceous strata of North America
and Asia; the exceptions are Stenopelix and Yaverlandia, which are both from the
Lower Cretaceous of Germany and the UK (Table 13.1).
Homocephaloids (see box) are only defined by two
Pachycephalosauria can genera, Homocephale and Ornathotholus. They are distin-
be divided into two guished by flat ventral surfaces on their pitted skulls and
supratemporal fenestrae, whereas pachycephalosaurids
clades, Homocephaloidea
have smooth (non-pitted), dome-shaped skulls and lack
(nicknamed the flat-
these fenestrae. Some paleontologists hypothesize that
headed dinosaurs) and
the homocephaloids represent a more primitive status,
Pachycephalosauridae with traits that evolved into those seen in pachy-
(dome-headed cephalosaurids. However, the small amount of fossil
dinosaurs), with a few material and closeness in geologic ages for the various
outgroups represented by pachycephalosaurs make resolution of such relation-
Wannosaurus and ships difficult. The largely complete skulls for some
Goyocephale. species show some basic characteristics of their group,
as well as accouterments such as osteoderms that
formed bosses (see Pachycephalosaurus; Fig. 13.5B) or small horns (Stygimoloch) that
fringed the skull in various places.
The oldest known pachycephalosaur, and probably the most basal, is Stenopelix
valdensis, followed by Yaverlandia bitholus, both from the Early Cretaceous. Despite
394
its geologic age relative to other pachycephalosaurids, Yaverlandia has some

advanced features, such as fused frontals and a moderately domed skull. These obser-
vations led to the conclusion that the evolutionary history of pachycephalosaurs
may extend back into the Late Jurassic. Unfortunately, the skeletal material for both
Stenopelix and Yaverlandia is so fragmentary that they cannot be classified as either
homocephaloid or pachycephalosaurid. Wannanosaurus, which comes from the Upper
Cretaceous strata of China, is the best-defined primitive pachycephalosaur. Its large
supratemporal fenestrae were hypothesized to have diminished within the Pachy-
cephalosauridae lineage, but instead it retained these into the Late Cretaceous. The
Late Cretaceous Goyocephale of Mongolia is another of the pachycephalosaurs that
does not fit easily into either Homocephaloidea or Pachycephalosauridae. Some pale-
ontologists proposed that it may represent an ancestral form of homocephaloid,
but it is now considered as an outgroup preceding them.
Homocephale, the namesake of the homocephaloids and one of the most completely
known pachycephalosaurs, also lived during the Late Cretaceous of Mongolia.
Homocephalids were apparently restricted both geographically and temporally,
as they only occur in Upper Cretaceous deposits of Asia. Pachycephalosaurids
are similar in that all genera are Late Cretaceous, but with most from North
America (e.g., Pachycephalosaurus, Sphaerotholus, Stegoceras, and Stygimoloch). All
others are from Asia, with three specifically from China (Micropachycephalosaurus)
and Mongolia (Prenocephale and Tylocephale), although the few fragmentary re-
mains of Micropachycephalosaurus make its position within Pachycephalosauridae
unverifiable.
Pachycephalosaurs are interpreted as small- to medium-sized obligate bipeds on
the basis of the admittedly limited data derived from fore limb/hind limb propor-
tions. (Fig. 13.6). Some forms also are known to have had long tails. The preserved
tails have distal caudal vertebrae encased by a meshwork of ossified tendons that
13
FIGURE 13.6 Pachycephalosaurus, reconstructed as an entire skeleton but with

little more to inspire this other than a very bony skull. North Carolina Museum
of Natural History, Raleigh, North Carolina.
395
MARGINOCEPHALIA
stiffened that half of the tail. This adaptation was probably related to locomotion
and helped to keep the distal part of the tail pointing away from the body as a
counterbalance, similar to that of some theropods (Chapter 9). Stegoceras is the most
commonly encountered pachycephalosaur genus in the geologic record, although
the majority of its material comes from pieces of its skull. Nevertheless, enough of
these exist that a few paleontologists have been able to hypothesis sexual dimor-
phism in one species, Stegoceras validum, discussed in more detail later. The largest
pachycephalosaur known is Pachycephalosaurus, which would have been about 8
meters long, including its tail. Some other species, such as the aptly named
Micropachycephalosaurus, were less than a meter long.
Ceratopsia
The prominent horns of Triceratops were what first caught the attention of O. C.
Marsh when he saw its skull in 1887, leading him to first identify it as a fossil bison.
Later, more cautious examination revealed that the horned skull belonged to a
dinosaur, and it was promptly renamed in 1889 to Triceratops horridus (= horrid
three-horned face). Marsh is credited with naming this famous dinosaur and the
Family Ceratopsidae (using the Linnaean system), but the first ceratopsian named
from the geologic record was Monoclonius, described by his rival Edward Cope in
1876. Despite the presence of these heavyweights of dinosaur paleontology at the
forefront of describing ceratopsians new to science, by far the most important
single contributor to the study of ceratopsians was John Bell Hatcher (Chapter 3).
Although he only lived for 42 years, Hatcher discovered 50 ceratopsian skeletons.
He also wrote the majority of The Ceratopsia, the classic treatise on these dinosaurs,
which was published in 1907, three years after he died. The study of these horned
dinosaurs would not be nearly as advanced as it is today without Hatchers semi-
nal contributions, and his legacy is apparent whenever people see these dinosaurs
depicted in fact and fiction.
A dinosaur belonging to Ceratopsia has several important characters:
n A rostral bone anterior to the maxilla that paired with a predentary to form
a sharp beak.
n A frill formed by the parietals that hung past the rest of the skull.
n Cheeks that extend laterally and posteriorly, giving the skull a triangular
shape when viewed from above its dorsal surface.
n A palate positioned high in the skull.
Notice that all of these features deal with novelties in the skull, which re-
emphasizes the importance of how marginocephalians in general, and ceratopsians
in particular, are largely identified by their cranial anatomy. In other words, a head-
less ceratopsian skeleton found in the field would present a greater challenge to
classify than a disembodied head.
Ceratopsia is split into two sister clades, Psittacosauridae, based only on the genus
Psittacosaurus, and Neoceratopsia, which includes all other ceratopsian genera. The
oldest known ceratopsian is Chaoyangsaurus from the MiddleUpper Jurassic of China,
but the most primitive ceratopsian is Psittacosaurus, a small (less than 2 meters long)
ceratopsian that occurs abundantly as near-complete or complete specimens in Lower
Cretaceous rocks of Asia. Ten species of Psittacosaurus have been identified so far,
which either means that it diversified during the Early Cretaceous, or (more likely)
was the victim of much taxonomic splitting. The latter might be attributable to
the large amount of skeletal material available for study, which lends itself well to
identifying small anatomical differences. Regardless, Psittacosaurus can be distinguished
from other ceratopsians through:
396
FIGURE 13.7 Comparative

anatomy between skulls of two
small ceratopsians. (A) Early
Cretaceous psittacosaurid
Psittacosaurus of Asia, the oldest
known ceratopsian and namesake
of its clade. (B) Late Cretaceous
neoceratopsian Protoceratops, also
of Asia.
(A) Psittacosaurus (B) Protoceratops
1 its nares, which were elevated away from the rostral;

2 a loss of digit V on its manus, which left it with only three fingers; and
3 a loss of its antorbital fenestra (Fig. 13.7A).
Psittacosaurids are thought to have retained more primitive features than the neo-
ceratopsians. They certainly had simpler-looking skulls, consisting of a barely
detectable parietal shelf overhanging the occipital and a lack of horns. Its proposed
membership in Ceratopsia was doubted until specimens were found with rostrals
which, along with its triangular skull and toothless beak, confirmed its common
ancestry with neoceratopsians. It is also one of the few ceratopsians interpreted as
a facultative biped, and it currently is the only ceratopsian found with undoubted
gastroliths. The unique aspects of psittacosaurids are interpreted as being a
reflection of their more primitive ornithischian ancestry.
Neoceratopsians are the geologically youngest of the major groups of dinosaurs,
with their geologic range restricted mostly to the Late
Cretaceous. Although they only occur in North America and
Neoceratopsians Asia, they are well represented by numerous body fossils of
are some of the high variety and completeness. Their young geologic age and
most variable the excessively bony skulls of some species favored their
dinosaurs known. preservation over older dinosaurs with less bone (Chapter 7).
For some species that occur in Upper Cretaceous strata of
Mongolia, the exceptional preservation provided by these
deposits also contributed much of what is known about neoceratopsians today.
Neoceratopsians are best distinguished from the psittacosaurids by the consider-
able size increase in their skulls in proportion to their postcranial skeletons. This
tendency resulted in a few species competing for the largest skull ever owned by a
land-dwelling animal. Some frills reached lengths of 1.5 meters and total skull lengths
approached 3 meters! One adaptation for supporting such huge heads was a fusion
of the anterior cervical vertebrae, and another was the development of stout fore
limbs. By default, most neoceratopsians must have been obligate quadrupeds with
only a few smaller forms having a possibility of facultative bipedalism. 13
The cladistic classification of neoceratopsians has been a point of contention
in recent years, mostly as a result of a large amount of character data that con-
flict with traditional classification schemes. For example, a venerable gradistic
name was applied to a grouping of some of the smaller (13 meters long) and
more basal neoceratopsians, Family Protoceratopsidae, with its star member
Protoceratops (Fig. 13.7B). This was then used to fit its members into a clade by the
same name, but subsequent cladistic analyses have failed to support its mono-
phyletic grouping. Consequently, numerous basal neoceratopsians precede the
other major clade within Neoceratopsia, Ceratopsidae, which also is based on a
former family name.
397
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Non-ceratopsid neoceratopsians are an interesting and varied group with a long

history in dinosaur paleontology. For example, one of the most abundantly
represented dinosaurs in the geologic record is Protoceratops andrewsi, a small-frilled,
unornamented neoceratopsian that only reached about 2.5 meters in length. This
neoceratopsian was postulated as the possible inspiration for the griffin, a mythi-
cal beast with lion and bird features whose legend arose out of central Asia, where
skeletons of Protoceratops occur abundantly (Chapter 3). Protoceratops has been nick-
named the sheep of the Gobi because its specimens are common in Late
Cretaceous deposits of Mongolia. Moreover, they were speculated to be defenseless
fodder (Mesozoic mutton) for their carnivorous contemporaries. Protoceratops is
famous as one of the dinosaurs discovered in the original Mongolian expeditions
led by Roy Chapman Andrews of the American Museum of Natural History
(Chapter 3). For nearly 70 years, Protoceratops was credited as the egglayer of the
numerous clutches found in the Gobi, until the discovery that the eggs were actu-
ally laid by its supposed egg predator, Oviraptor (Chapter 9). One specimen of
Protoceratops contradicts its species reputation as a passive, docile animal in that
it may have fought a Velociraptor to the death (see Fig. 7.9). Enough skeletons of
Protoceratops have been studied that some paleontologists think that they can dis-
cern sexual dimorphism within the species. The form with a more vertically raised
frill has been arbitrarily identified as the male form. Other basal neoceratopsians
share characteristics with Protoceratops, but it is recognized as a more derived form
than some of the others.
As fascinating as Protoceratops and other smaller neoceratopsians are, ceratopsids
stand out from the Late Cretaceous dinosaurs in many ways. They were among the
largest herbivores of their time and the largest ornithischians of the entire
Mesozoic, some having reached 8-meter lengths and weights of 7 to 8 metric tonnes.
More importantly, with regard to their biology and aesthetics, ceratopsids also
carried the most beautiful advertisements ever seen in dinosaurs. Their visually
appealing traits included single or multiple horns that were hooked or straight, posi-
tioned either on or above the nares and orbits (both seen in Triceratops), or on the
periphery of the frill. Broad or long frills, as well as parietal fenestrae, seen as large
holes in the frill in some species, were other attributes that best express ceratopsid
diversity. Other details of the skeletal anatomy that distinguished them from their
neoceratopsian predecessors were:
1 a femur longer than the tibia; and

2 10 sacral vertebrae that fused to form a cohesive unit in the hip, which helped
to support some considerable musculature.
The many varied members of this group can be further categorized on the basis
of squamosal lengths into the clades Chasmosaurinae (= long squamosals) and
Centrosaurinae (= short squamosals). Chasmosaurines include Anchiceratops,
Arrhinosaurus, Pentaceratops, the previously mentioned Triceratops, Torosaurus
(Fig. 13.8), and Chasmosaurus (Fig. 13.9). Two primitive genera of the chas-
mosaurines are Pentaceratops and Chasmosaurus. Among the traits that distin-
guished them from more advanced genera in their clade are very large fenestrae
in their parietals. Avaceratops, Brachyceratops, Centrosaurus, Monoclonius, Pachy-
rhinosaurus, and Styracosaurus are all centrosaurines, the most basal of which are
Avaceratops and Brachyceratops. These two are not crowned by the horns on the
frills seen in more advanced forms such as Styracosaurus (Fig. 13.10). All genera of
chasmosaurines and centrosaurines found so far occur only in Upper Cretaceous
strata of western North America; the centrosaurines have an even narrower
geologic range and geographic distribution. As discussed later, centrosaurines are
398
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF MARGINOCEPHALIA
FIGURE 13.8 Cast of skull for the

Late Cretaceous neoceratopsian (and
ceratopsid) Torosaurus latus, from the
Hell Creek Formation of South Dakota, a
candidate for the largest skull possessed
by any land animal. Utah Field House of
Natural History, Vernal, Utah.
(A) (B)
FIGURE 13.9 Chasmosaurus, a Late Cretaceous neoceratopsian and ceratopsid of North America.
(A) Frontal view, showing legs positioned underneath the plane of the body (erect posture). Cast of
skeleton, College of Eastern Utah Prehistoric Museum, Price, Utah. (B) Lateral view.
FIGURE 13.10 Styracosaurus, a Late Cretaceous ceratopsian from

North America that apparently could never have had enough
horns. Dinosaur Adventure Museum, Fruita, Colorado.
13
399
MARGINOCEPHALIA
especially relevant to hypotheses of how ceratopsid evolution happened during the

Late Cretaceous.
Paleobiogeography and Evolutionary History of Marginocephalia
Marginocephalian Two dinosaur specimens from South America and

paleobiogeography is Australia have been proposed as ceratopsian remains, but
relatively simple, as these classifications are based on fragmentary material
almost all of its and have not been confirmed. Similarly, a skull frag-
representatives have been ment from the Cretaceous of Madagascar was initially
found in North America, thought to belong to a pachycephalosaur. It was named
China, and Mongolia, Majungatholus, and the paleobiogeographic range of
with only three errant pachycephalosaurs was briefly extended to Africa.
specimens discovered in However, the later discovery of more complete material
Thailand, Germany and from another specimen of Majungatholus revealed that it
England (Table 13.1). was actually a theropod (Chapter 9). This subsequently
disproved the extension of pachycephalosaurs, and by
default, marginocephalians, to Africa.
The relatively restrictive distribution for marginocephalians is used as evidence
favoring endemism. In this scenario, marginocephalian ancestors developed in
certain ecosystems in specific places, then their pachycephalosaur and ceratopsian
descendants did likewise with later radiations. For example, the preferred envir-
onments for neoceratopsians in the western part of North America, based on occur-
rences of complete skeletal remains, were lowland areas associated with fluvial
floodplains or upper delta plains that were forested. However, these environments
differed from those of their smaller ceratopsian predecessors, such as Psittacosaurus
and Protoceratops. These dinosaurs multiplied in the semi-arid conditions of the
Late Cretaceous in Mongolia. The common ancestry of these neoceratopsians is
evident from anatomical data, but their distinctive forms and occurrence in facies
representing diverse environments reflect adaptations to their respective envir-
onments. Because the smaller Asian ceratopsians have more primitive features
relative to the larger North American ceratopsids, the hypothesis is that ceratopsid
ancestors migrated from Asia to North America around the mid-Cretaceous Period
and later evolved into distinctive forms in their new environments. Once in North
America, ceratopsids achieved considerable latitudinal distributions. For example,
chasmosaurines have been discovered in Late Cretaceous deposits from Mexico
to Alaska.
Neoceratopsian dispersal and evolutionary routes may seem straightforward, but
pachycephalosaur evolution is fraught with difficulties. One problem with work-
ing out pachycephalosaur paleobiogeography lies in the relative rarity of pachy-
cephalosaur material. Additionally, the materials found so far consist mostly of skull
fragments, so the majority of pachycephalosaur genera are described on the basis
of thick skull fragments and little else. The corresponding absence of postcranial
pachycephalosaur material for many of their species thus can be attributed to selec-
tive transport and burial. After all, a thick skull was more likely to be preserved
than a thin limb bone (Chapter 7). This explanation is supported by the occur-
rence of pachycephalosaur material in Cretaceous facies representing fluvial envir-
onments (floodplains) or arid regions (dunes of deserts). Paleontologists interpret
pachycephalosaurs as upland animals that did not normally inhabit lowland
coastal areas. This circumstance certainly would have placed them in different
400
PALEOBIOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY OF MARGINOCEPHALIA
habitats from their hadrosaur and ceratopsian contemporaries, although a few

Mongolian species lived in the same areas as smaller ceratopsians.
The evolutionary divergence of marginocephalian ancestors into the pachyce-
phalosaurs and ceratopsians is difficult to work out because of the lack of specimens
that clearly demonstrate when this split took place. Nearly all marginocephalian
species known so far are in Early or Late Cretaceous strata, and mostly in North
America and central Asia. These data suggest that the split between pachycephalo-
saurs and ceratopsians took place early in the Cretaceous or during the latest Jurassic.
Moreover, this split most likely took place in an area connected to both North America
and Asia at the time. As mentioned earlier, the migration of ceratopsians to North
America is one explanation for their diversification into ceratopsids, and a similar
situation may have occurred with marginocephalians in general.
Some Late Cretaceous ceratopsids, along with the associated dinosaurs sharing
their deposits, exemplify one of the best-documented and persuasive arguments for
evolutionary sequences seen in dinosaurs. Additionally, these sequences could be
tied to broad-scale environmental change (sea-level fluctuations) interpreted in
the Upper Cretaceous Judith River and Two Medicine Formations of Montana.
Ceratopsids are particularly well suited for studying evolution because of:
1 their abundance;
2 the taphonomic biases that favor preservation of their skulls; and
3 the detailed morphological variations on these skulls, which may reflect geno-
typic change (Chapter 6).
Consequently, the fact that the people working on this sequence concentrated their
efforts on ceratopsid remains is not surprising.
Paleontologists and geologists have documented how the rise or fall of sea level,
for the seaway that covered the mid-continent region of North America during the
Cretaceous, affected ceratopsian habitats. With the seaway to the east and the ances-
tral Rocky Mountains newly uplifted to the west by plate convergence during the
Late Cretaceous (Chapter 4), dinosaurs inhabited a narrow area of North America
that contained lowland terrestrial habitats. Whenever sea level rose, the habitats
became more restricted, which should have caused local environmental pressures
on dinosaur populations. In contrast, when sea level dropped, lowland terrestrial
habitats were expanded and could more easily accommodate migrating populations
of dinosaurs. Therefore, with repeated cycles of the sea level rising and falling, dinosaur
faunas should have undergone speciation through the course of geologic time in
this region. The timing of the sea-level fluctuations in the formations was inde-
pendently determined through a combination of relative age-dating techniques, such
as superposition, lateral continuity, and biologic succession, as well as radiometric
age dates derived from volcanic ash deposits (Chapter 4). Thus the paleontologists
were able to place the changes they observed in ceratopsid species and some
ornithopods within the context of geologic time, which in this case was over the
course of about 12 million years (8472 Ma). 13
The ceratopsids that figured in the proposed evolutionary sequence were
centrosaurines, which showed a stratigraphically defined sequence of (oldest to
youngest) Styracosaurus albertensis Styracosaurus (an unnamed species slightly
different) Einosaurus procurvicornis Achelousaurus horneri Pachyrhinosaurus
canadensis. This sequence is within deposits representing a small portion of the
12-million-year framework noted previously, with each species separated from the
other by time periods of less than 500,000 years. If the identified fossil species are
indeed representative of biological species, then evolution of these dinosaurs must
have been relatively rapid.
401
MARGINOCEPHALIA
Of the marginocephalians available for study, ceratopsians, and ceratopsids in

particular, offer the best opportunities for similar studies of dinosaur evolution.
Using an approach modeled on the one just reviewed, paleontologists and geolo-
gists interested in future work on evolutionary sequences within dinosaur lineages
might want to focus on these dinosaurs, rather than a few spectacular specimens
of other clades.
Marginocephalians as Living Animals
Reproduction and Growth

Despite the excellent body fossil record for ceratopsians, little is known about
marginocephalian reproduction, although some speculations about their pre-
mating behaviors have gained considerable attention. Similar to some
ornithopods, especially hadrosaurs (Chapter 11) and thyreophorans (Chapter 12),
marginocephalians are subject to hypotheses concerning the probable sexual
advertisements they carried as part of their bodies. Ceratopsids in particular are
regarded as the divas of dinosaurs because of their broad and ornate head shields,
bedecked with horns, bosses, and knobs. These head shields may have provided
protection against the occasionally encountered predators, but more likely they served
an everyday use as easy visual-recognition cues within their respective species.
Included in this recognition process must have been not only potential mate
identification, but also intraspecies rivalry. Intraspecies competition expressed
through combat has been long hypothesized for marginocephalians on the basis
of similar behavior in mammalian males that have prominent headgear and
aggressively compete for females in a herd (such as bighorn sheep, moose, and ele-
phants). Furthermore, given the thick, bony skulls of pachycephalosaurs and cer-
atopsians, and the prominent nasal and antorbital horns of some ceratopsians, these
features certainly could have aided in such competition.
Pachycephalosaurs are perhaps the dinosaurs most often used as examples for
intraspecies competition. Both popular and serious scientific publications alike show
them butting heads with one another. Although this inferred behavior prompts their
comparison to bighorn sheep, pachycephalosaurs weighed considerably more, as
much as two tonnes, a fact that should be kept in mind during discussion of their
behavior. Evidence in favor of head-butting includes:
1 thick skulls;
2 robust occipital condyles at the back of the skull, thus cushioning the skull
in its articulation with the first cervical vertebra; and
3 tightly interlocking dorsal vertebrae.
The latter trait would have reinforced the back posterior to

the neck and skull, preventing lateral movement of the ver-
The physics behind tebrae (which encased the spinal cord) during any forceful
combat scenarios impact. However, other observations that would supplement
might help to these data, such as obvious dents in pachycephalosaur skulls
illuminate what types or other signs of trauma, are still forthcoming or not clearly
of forces would have defined.
been involved in Using a hypothetical example of two male Pachyceph-
head butting. alosaurus, each weighing about 1.5 tonnes (1500 kg), and the
familiar formula for calculating force (F = ma: see Eqn 4.8
402
MARGINOCEPHALIANS AS LIVING ANIMALS
in Chapter 4), the force generated by a single pachycephalosaurid running (and

accelerating) at 5 m/s2 would be considerable:
Step 1. F = (1500 kg)(5 m/s2)

Step 2. = 7,500 N
The impact of two objects of the same mass and at the same acceleration causes
additive force, which would have generated 75,000 N of force in this example. Using
the formula for stress ( = F/A: see Eqn 4.9 in Chapter 4) and assuming that the
skulls impacted on a point-to-point contact in a small area, such as 100 cm2 (10
10 cm), the total stress generated would have been
Step 1. = 15,000 N/0.1 m2

Step 2. = 1.5 105 N/m2
This is a frightening amount of stress, corresponding to about 15 N/cm2. For ex-

ample, compare this figure to that derived for foot stress in Eqn 14.1, Chapter 14.
However, these are idealized calculations based on many assumptions. The
speeds could have varied, the masses could have differed, the contacts may not
have been applied at directly opposing directions and to such small areas, decel-
eration from the impact has been discounted, and so on. Calculating the kinetic
energy of a running pachycephalosaur would derive a more realistic estimate. Kinetic
energy is calculated by the following formula:
Ke = 0.5(m)(v)2 (13.2)
where Ke is kinetic energy, m is mass, and v is velocity in meters per second. For
one of the pachycephalosaurids in our example, the kinetic energy would have been:
Step 1. Ke = 0.5(1500 kg)(5 m/s)2

Step 2. = 0.5 7500 kg m/s2
Step 3. = 18,750 N
For one pachycephalosaurid to completely stop the other, the force must be
absorbed over a given distance that varies with the material doing the absorbing.
This relation is expressed by the formula:
Ae = Fd (13.3)
where Ae is the energy absorbed and d is deceleration distance. To bring the pachy-
cephalosaurid to a screeching halt, the calculated force needed is expressed by:
13
Fa = m(v)2/2d (13.4)
where Fa is the absorbed force. The safety airbag in an automobile can illustrate
this principle: it absorbs a driver or passenger, which results in the person travel-
ing a greater distance into the airbag than if he or she hit the steering wheel or
windshield. This means that less force is transmitted to the person by impacting
the airbag.
In our pachycephalosaurid example, assuming deceleration distances of 0.0015
meter (15 mm) for bone (after all, bone does not compress very easily) and 0.1 meter
403
MARGINOCEPHALIA
(10 cm) for flesh (think about the skull sinking into the side of the rival pachy-
cephalosaurid instead of contacting the other skull), the absorbed forces would be:
Example 1 (bone)
Step 1. Fa = (1500 kg)(5 m/s)2/2(0.0015 m)
Step 2. = 7500/0.003
Step 3. = 1.25 107 N
Example 2 (flesh)
Step 1. Fa = (1500 kg)(5 m/s)2/2(0.1 m)
Step 2. = 37,500/0.2
Step 3. = 1.87 105 N
Consequently, an impact into flesh would have generated two orders of magnitude
less force than a head-to-head collision. In other words, a head-to-flesh collision
would have survival advantages for both animals, not just the one doing the
ramming, and especially if ramming was a frequently expressed behavior. Of
course, the deceleration distance would not have been only for the head but would
have been passed down the entire length of the body, increasing the distance and
correspondingly decreasing the force.
The point being made here is that when two massive animals run toward one
another and their body parts directly impact, they could have less easily absorbed
the force on bone than flesh. This sort of force applied to bone should have left
marks, no matter how thick or spongy the bone. It also quite likely would have
exceeded the structural limits of the dinosaurs spinal columns for absorbing the
impact behind the skull. Based on the realities represented by these calculations
and the previously mentioned information, the likelihood that pachycephalosaurs
actually rammed into one another head-to-head is doubtful. Furthermore, the selec-
tion pressures caused by simultaneously inflicted paralysis or death surely would
have caused this behavior to quickly disappear. After all, dead or paralyzed animals
cannot pass their genes on to a successive generation. Thus, rather than stating
that pachycephalosaurs did not use their heads for defensive or pre-mating pur-
poses at all, a good compromise hypothesis is that if any ramming happened it
was directed to softer areas.
Similarly intriguing features in ceratopsid skulls are apparent healed wounds which
offer evidence for intraspecific competition in ceratopsians. These wounds are vis-
ible as scars or defects that seem to have been applied to the skull while the animal
was alive. One example in a Triceratops skull is a hole that passes through the jugal
and has a diameter similar to that for the distal end of a Triceratops horn. Other
ceratopsid genera reported with similar skull defects are Diceratops, Pentaceratops,
and Torosaurus. The coincidence of such scars found in the skulls of ceratopsids
that have substantial horns is currently considered as a reasonable basis for a cause-
and-effect hypothesis. One statement that can be made about these possible trace
fossils is that they are related to intraspecies combat, although what may have
prompted the fighting in individual cases is still uncertain. In extant species, fight-
ing may be triggered by competition for mates, establishing territory, asserting
dominance, or illnesses, such as rabies, that cause paranoia or other aggressive
behavior. The styles of intraspecific combat behavior also would have varied with
the skull morphology of the ceratopsids. For example, large-frilled chasmosaurines,
such as Chasmosaurus, may have only had to turn their heads, giving a rival a
full frontal view for intimidation (see Fig. 13.9A). In contrast, the short-frilled
centrosaurines, such as Centrosaurus or Styracosaurus, did not have such obvious tools
404
of intimidation, so they may well have locked horns more often than their large-
frilled relatives. Regardless, actual evidence supporting these generalized behaviors
is still scanty and subject to further critical review.
As far as actual reproductive behavior is concerned, little is known about
marginocephalians. Presumed ceratopsian eggs and nests, attributed to Proto-
ceratops, were discovered in Late Cretaceous rocks of Mongolia in the 1920s by the
American Museum of Natural History expeditions to that region (Chapter 4).
However, later analyses revealed that at least some of the eggs belonged to the
theropod Oviraptor (Chapter 9), thus rendering all other similarly identified pro-
toceratopsian eggs and nests as suspect. Since these corrections were made, no
undoubted ceratopsian nest or embryonic remains within an egg have been
identified. However, 15 hatchlings of Protoceratops, found together in a deposit in
Mongolia, is persuasive evidence favoring the proximity of a nest. Still, no ceratopsian
eggs have been definitely linked with hatchlings. No eggs, embryos, or hatchlings
of pachycephalosaurs have been recognized, although a few skulls of juvenile Stegoceras
have been described. These limited data mean that the reproductive habits of
marginocephalians as a clade are poorly understood.
Nevertheless, embryonic and other juvenile remains have been identified for Bagace-
ratops, Breviceratops, Psittacosaurus, and Protoceratops, all coming from Cretaceous strata
in Mongolia and China. Furthermore, a recent and spectacular find of one adult
and 34 juvenile Psittacosaurus, in Lower Cretaceous rocks of China, provides the
most convincing evidence of parental care in ceratopsians. The 35 dinosaur skele-
tons were all complete and concentrated in a bowl-shaped depression with an area
of 0.25 m2. The juveniles were fairly grown (21 cm long) and the same size,
strongly suggesting that they were from the same generation. This situation argues
for a parent Psittacosaurus in close association with a large brood of its young at
the time of their burial, the latter of which must have been nearly instantaneous
to preserve them so well (Chapter 7).
Growth series have been described for a few ceratopsians, most notably
Psittacosaurus and Protoceratops. Many specimens represent these Cretaceous cer-
atopsians from Mongolia and China (more than 100 just for Psittacosaurus) and most
of the specimens are complete. As a result of this teeming abundance, growth series
have been interpreted on size analyses of these ceratopsians, which reflect changes
in ontogeny. Psittacosaurus was rather small as far as dinosaurs are concerned, reach-
ing about 2 meters long as an adult; Protoceratops was not much larger, with some
individuals reaching 2.5 meters long. Measured skull lengths of Protoceratops have
a range of 5 to 50 cm, reflecting a minimal tenfold increase from juvenile to
adult. In this growth series, the smaller forms tend to look alike, but a two-part
split into large-frilled and small-frilled forms is apparent in skulls longer than about
25 cm. This divergence in forms within the growth series for this species is con-
sidered to be among the best-documented evidence for sexual dimorphism in
dinosaurs. Presently, the large-frilled adult specimens are designated as males and
the small-frilled ones as females. Of course, the opposite may be true in these
sex determinations, but more compelling evidence from the fossil record, such as 13
a mother Protoceratops brooding its egg clutch, is still forthcoming. Sexual dimor-
phism has also been proposed for a few ceratopsids (Centrosaurus, Chasmosaurus,
and Triceratops). The data sets for these genera are good, but are not as robust as
for Protoceratops.
Locomotion
Marginocephalian locomotion is still a contentious issue in some respects, partially
because of lack of evidence or too much contradictory evidence. For example, at
405
MARGINOCEPHALIA
the time of writing, no distal parts of the hind limbs from pachycephalosaurs had
been recovered from the geologic record. Consequently, dinosaur paleontologists
know little about pachycephalosaur locomotion. Because of the relatively short arms
recovered from a few specimens, they probably were obligate bipeds but may also
have been facultative quadrupeds. There are two major problems with a lack of
metatarsals, tarsals, and pes phalanges, or unguals in association with the rest of a
pachycephalosaur skeleton:
1 if found by themselves without nearby material identifiable to a pachy-

cephalosaur, such limb elements may be allied with other dinosaur species,
such as ceratopsians; and
2 tracks left by pachycephalosaurs cannot be correlated with foot morpho-
logy, so their tracks may be already known but misidentified.
On the other hand, ceratopsians represent a different dilemma in interpretation

of their locomotion, which centers on their posture. Older restorations of ceratopsians,
such as in paintings by Charles Knight (Chapter 1) and skeletal mounts of ceratopsians
in museums, show a sprawling posture that belies the modern view of dinosaurs
with erect postures. More recent mounts and illustrations of ceratopsians have them
fully erect, limbs directly under their bodies, as in all other dinosaurs (see Fig. 13.10).
However, this newer orthodoxy has been challenged on the basis of skeletal evid-
ence that favors a more sprawling posture for the fore limbs, or semi-sprawling.
Restorations of the articulation between the humerus and the rest of the skeleton
have been problematic: when attempts are made to straighten the humerus verti-
cally, the best fit is achieved with the elbows sticking outside the plane of the body.
Additional analyses were provided by paleontologists who, in cooperation with com-
puter scientists, recently made three-dimensional scans of a Triceratops skeleton and
attempted computer animations of the skeleton walking, although these are not as
conclusive.
Trackway evidence for ceratopsians has not clearly resolved the controversy, but
at least it has provided yet another perspective. The tracks, which so far have been
found in only Late Cretaceous strata and in one area of the world (Colorado and
Utah), have compression shapes that correlate with known neoceratopsians foot
anatomy (Fig. 13.4). Although trackways are much shorter than many other
dinosaurs, they show typical manuspes pairs, diagonal walking patterns, and a rel-
atively wide straddle. However, the straddle is narrow enough that the paleonto-
logists who originally reported them concluded that the ceratopsians were not
sprawling, but walking erectly. The approximate speed of the trackmakers is also
calculated to have been about 4 km/hour. However, an interesting detail about the
manuspes pairs is that the manus placement deviates with a noticeable pitch from
the direction of travel and is slightly outside the pes impressions. Some paleon-
tologists argue that this foot placement is consistent with a semi-sprawling posture
for the fore limbs, considering that other quadrupedal dinosaurs left manuspes
impressions that were precisely aligned (reflecting fully erect postures). However,
the largest drawback to this track evidence is its scantiness: very few trackways are
available for analysis and they contain few tracks. Once more trackways of ceratopsids
are found and analyzed, this controversy may be resolved.
Feeding
All marginocephalians were probably herbivores, ascertained from their teeth,
jaws, and other skeletal adaptations. For example, because they had deeply inset
cheek teeth, they could have had cheeks used for temporarily storing masticated
plants while chewing. Pachycephalosaurs had heterodont dentition comparable to
406
that of other dinosaurs interpreted as herbivorous. However, this dentition was weakly
developed in comparison to the dental batteries seen in some other ornithischi-
ans, such as hadrosaurids (Chapter 11). Ceratopsians represent a departure from
pachycephalosaurs in that their rostral and predentary formed beaks ideal for slic-
ing through vegetation. Their cheek teeth also developed into dental batteries but
ones more inclined toward vertically oriented shearing, rather than horizontal (back
and forth) grinding. This movement must have caused much wear and so required
the development of batteries that continually replaced worn-out teeth. Indeed, tooth-
replacement rates estimated for Triceratops were 50 to 100 days, with as many as
six teeth in line to replace any one already in the jaw. The prodigious head shields
of some ceratopsids were originally interpreted as having evolved for the support
of massive jaw musculature, which was most likely present for such active chew-
ing. Nevertheless, muscle attachments to frills may also have been a secondary con-
sequence of sexual selection in favor of large frills, rather than an adaptation primarily
for chewing (Chapter 6).
The food eaten by ceratopsians is suggested to have been palms and cycads, which
were non-flowering plants, and small shrubs or trees of angiosperms. However, pale-
obotanists have pointed out that fossils of these plants are not abundant in areas
where ceratopsid bones are most commonly found. Instead, they suggest that low-
level flowering plants were the preferred food for these dinosaurs. To add fuel to
the controversy, ceratopsid tracks in Upper Cretaceous sandstones of Colorado (men-
tioned earlier) co-occur with impressions of palm and angiosperm leaves (Fig. 13.11).
13
FIGURE 13.11 Impression of palm frond in Upper Cretaceous Laramie Formation, which
co-occurs with ceratopsian tracks in the same part of the formation and thus indicates a
co-occurrence with a potential ceratopsian food source; Golden, Colorado.
407
MARGINOCEPHALIA
This confluence provides good supplementary evidence of close proximity between

these herbivores and their proposed foodstuffs. As mentioned earlier, no toothmarks,
stomach contents, or coprolites are known from marginocephalians, although
gastroliths are reported in more than one specimen of the Early Cretaceous cer-
atopsian Psittacosaurus of Mongolia. As a result, paleontologists interested in
marginocephalian diets must content themselves with inferences based on fossil
plants contemporaneous with marginocephalians, as well as the functional mor-
phology of skeletal adaptations to feeding.
One idea regarding ceratopsid feeding habits that has broader implications in
evolutionary theory is that ceratopsid browsing, over geologically significant time
intervals, was partially responsible for the evolution of flowering plants. Their co-
occurrence with herbivorous hadrosaurids and abundant fossils of flowering plants
during the Late Cretaceous, coupled with the demise of other low-level browsing
herbivores such as stegosaurs (Chapter 12), are used as evidence for this hypothe-
sis. In such a scenario, ceratopsids migrating as hungry herds would have caused
selection pressure in favor of faster-growing flowering plants. Co-evolution also would
have occurred when deposition of ceratopsid feces dispersed undigested seeds of
these flowering plants. This form of evolutionary bribery is still present today, in
which indigestible seeds are covered by delicious fruits. No undoubted ceratopsid
coprolites or even stomach contents have been found, so this idea, although rea-
sonable, is still speculative.
One problem with ceratopsids and hadrosaurs driving the evolution of flower-
ing plants is the endemism of Late Cretaceous ceratopsids: how did the evolution
of flowering plants take place on continents where these large herbivores were either
absent or uncommon? In the case of ceratopsids and flowering plants, much more
evidence is needed, as well as increased cooperation between paleobotanists and
vertebrate paleontologists, before such questions can be answered.
Social Life
Because so little material has been recovered of pachycephalosaurs (and those
recovered are all individual finds) and there is a lack of trace fossils, virtually noth-
ing is known about their sociality. The thick skulls discussed earlier as functional
battering rams imply that other pachycephalosaurs were the targets of such
ramming, which required occasional proximity. However, with no further evidence,
any other conclusions reached about the social lives of pachycephalosaurs would
be speculative.
On the other hand, ceratopsians show plenty of body fossil evidence for having
been social creatures and were quite likely gregarious. Monospecific bone beds
of neoceratopsid remains include those of the Late Cretaceous centrosaurines
Achelousaurus, Centrosaurus, Einosaurus, Pachyrhinosaurus, and Styracosaurus of North
America, as well as the chasmosaurines Anchiceratops and Chasmosaurus. In the case
of a bone bed of Centrosaurus in Alberta, Canada, an estimated 300 individuals occur
in what seems to be a contemporaneous deposit. This extraordinary find implies
that a Centrosaurus herd died in a sudden catastrophe, such as a river flood.
Abundant skeletons of Psittacosaurus and Protoceratops from the Late Cretaceous of
Mongolia and China are also suggestive of thriving populations closely associated
with one another. The aforementioned wounds in various ceratopsids, which were
possibly caused by individuals of the same species, are also indicative of social inter-
action, albeit of a violent type. Lastly, trackways reported for ceratopsids show
that several individuals were walking through the same areas through time,
although trackways of multiple individuals are not nearly as well documented as
for theropods (Chapter 9), sauropods (Chapter 10), and iguanodontians (Chapter
408
11). Nevertheless, the combination of all known fossil evidence for ceratopsians is
sufficient to conclude that many species were group-oriented animals, rather than
lone individuals fending for themselves against voracious theropods.
Health
Like most dinosaurs, marginocephalians led fairly healthy lives, with some excep-
tions, indicated through paleopathological evidence in a few ceratopsians. As men-
tioned earlier, Triceratops and other ceratopsids may have inflicted wounds on one
another through intraspecific competition. There were other problems, possibly related
to accidents associated with everyday life in the Mesozoic:
n Bone overgrowths in a scapula and mandible of Triceratops may have

resulted from tearing of tendons that attached to each bone.
n Healed fractures of the costae (ribs) in the centrosaurines Pachyrhinosaurus
and Centrosaurus are attributed to intraspecific flank butting.
n Stress fractures in phalanges of Centrosaurus, Pachyrhinosaurus, Styracosaurus,
and Triceratops were possibly related to rapid or repetitive movement, such
as extended locomotion.
All of these conditions provide good evidence that ceratopsids had active lives that
occasionally placed stresses on their bodies. Probably the most interesting of these
conditions are the rib fractures, which are possible trace fossils that provide sup-
plemental data to other information and hypotheses related to the social inter-
actions of ceratopsids (Chapter 14).
Although predators of marginocephalians are mostly inferred on the basis of
their contemporaneous associations with theropods or other large carnivores, a
few Late Cretaceous examples stand out, providing clear evidence of how some
marginocephalians provided food for theropods. The most famous example of a
ceratopsian that was on the menu of a specific theropod was a Protoceratops that
was apparently embroiled in conflict with a Velociraptor when they were both buried
(see Fig. 7.9 and Chapters 7 and 9). Moreover, several instances are known of
Triceratops eaten by tyrannosaurids, most likely Tyrannosaurus rex (Chapter 9).
In one well-defined specimen, the toothmarks are in bones from the hip region of
the Triceratops, which in life would have been covered by thick layers of skin and
muscle. Consequently, these toothmarks could have been inflicted after the animal
was already dead. This in turn does not disprove an alternative hypothesis of tyran-
nosaurid scavenging, rather than supporting a strict interpretation of predation.
Despite the dinerdinner relationship established between Tyrannosaurus and
Triceratops, no data support the hypothesis that these two animals directly fought
one another in mortal combat. Numerous popular treatments showing these two
behemoths spilling one anothers blood, with the tyrannosaurids near-useless arms
doing it no good against its horned rival, are actually based on no more evidence
than the following: 13
1 they lived during the same time;
2 they dwelled in the same habitats; and
3 a few tyrannosaurids ate what might have been already-dead ceratopsians.
Nevertheless, the admittedly small data set showing such consumption will at least
serve as a predictor for future studies of toothmarks on ceratopsid bones, which
will help to establish either predatorprey or scavengercarrion relationships in Late
Cretaceous ecosystems.
409
MARGINOCEPHALIA
SUMMARY
Marginocephalians were herbivorous and

mostly Cretaceous ornithischians, repres-
ented by two main clades, Pachycephalo-
sauria and Ceratopsia. Marginocephalians
are best denoted as a clade by a narrow shelf
of bone formed by the parietal and squamosal,
which gives them a distinctive frill that hangs over the
posterior part of the skull. Pachycephalosaurs are distin-
guished by the fusion of their frontals and parietals into a thick
skull, and are further subdivided into groups largely on the basis of whether
the skull was flat (homocephaloids) or domed (pachycephalosaurids),
among other features. These thick skulls were presumably used in
intraspecific competition when these dinosaurs rammed their heads into
one another, although this may not represent the complete picture of
their function. Ceratopsians are identified by a rostral bone on the ante-
rior part of the mouth, a novelty that with the predentary formed a dis-
tinctive beak used to crop vegetation. Parietal frills and horns developed
to such an extent in ceratopsians that some of its members had the largest
and most ornate skulls of any known terrestrial animals. Ceratopsians
reached their peak of diversity throughout the Late Cretaceous, as evid-
enced by the numerous members of Ceratopsidae, which contained both
chasmosaurines (long-frilled ceratopsids) and centrosaurines (short-frilled
ceratopsids). Intraspecific competition and other forms of social interac-
tions, such as herding, were also likely among ceratopsians.
The paleobiogeographic distribution of marginocephalians shows evid-
ence of endemism in that pachycephalosaurs only occur in Europe, Asia,
and North America, and ceratopsians are only found in Asia and North
America. Basal ceratopsians, which included Psittacosaurus and other
smaller ceratopsians, were very common in parts of central Asia and well
represented in Late Cretaceous deposits of Mongolia in particular.
Migration of more basal ceratopsians from Asia must have occurred dur-
ing the mid-Cretaceous, enabling the evolution of the larger ceratopsids
of North America during the latter part of the Cretaceous. Evolution of
ceratopsids may have been partly related to biogeographic isolation of
populations in the western part of North America or to the types and
distributions of food plants. Ceratopsids, in particular, evolved dental bat-
teries to supplement their beaks and jaws, which were efficient slicing tools
for dealing with possible new food sources, such as flowering plants.
410
1. What paleontological evidence would

convince you that Tyranno-
saurus and Triceratops
actually fought one
another? Would the
evidence more likely come from body fossils or trace
fossils, and why?
2. What paleontological evidence would convince you that Pachyce-
phalosaurus actually butted heads (or at least flanks) with one
another? Would the evidence more likely be from body fossils or trace
fossils, and why?
3. Given the following speculative masses and speeds for each genus
of pachycephalosaur, calculate the kinetic energy generated by
each.
a. Homocephale: 145 kg, 2.5 m/s
b. Stegoceras: 25 kg, 4 m/s
c. Stygimoloch: 75 kg, 3.7 m/s
4. Examine the genera lists in Table 13.1 and 13.2, then omit all of the
genera that only come from Mongolia to judge the impact of expe-
ditions to Mongolia on what is known about marginocephalians.
a. What percentage of the original genera is left after making such
omissions?
b. Which taxa are affected the most by your omission: pachycepha-
losaurs, non-neoceratopsians, or the neoceratopsians?
c. Taking this a step farther, speculate how evolutionary scenarios
of marginocephalian evolution would be changed by the omis-
sion of Mongolian-only species.
5. The evolutionary sequence summarized for Late Cretaceous centro-
saurines in the western part of North America seemed very persuas-
ive, but what are some alternative hypotheses to explain the observed
changes through time of the centrosaurine taxa? What new evidence
would either falsify or modify the previous hypothesis?
6. Review the factors given in the chapter explaining why pachycepha-
losaurs and ceratopsians are so differently represented in the geo-
logic record despite their geographic proximity and overlapping
geologic ranges. What are some other explanations, and what new
(or previously found) evidence would support each explanation?
7. Test the speculation that centrosaurines locked horns with one
another more often than chasmosaurines by classifying the genera
mentioned as having skull defects into each clade. Is any trend notice-
able? What evidence, either from body fossils, trace fossils, or both, 13
would convince you further of your conditional acceptance or rejec-
tion of your hypothesis?
8. The chapter refers to healed wounds in the parietal frills and rib frac-
tures of ceratopsids as trace fossils. Why are these features trace fos-
sils rather than body fossils?
9. What supplementary evidence associated with Protoceratops would
help to determine which of the two body types (small-frilled and
411
MARGINOCEPHALIA
large-frilled) was a male or female, besides a female form found

sitting on a clutch of eggs? Alternatively, how could the assumption
that the female form was brooding possibly be wrong?
10. With regard to the idea that ceratopsids and hadrosaurids may have
been partially responsible for the co-evolution of flowering plants,
think about how the evolution of birds capable of full flight during
the Cretaceous may have also contributed in a similar way. How might
birds have helped, especially in those areas not frequented by cer-
atopsids and hadrosaurids? What other animals today have an effect
on the geographic distribution of flowering plants (besides humans,
of course)?
Bibliography
Brinkman, D. B., Ryan, M. J. and Eberth, D. A. 1998. The paleogeographic and strati-
graphic distribution of ceratopsids (Ornithischia) in the upper Judith River Group of
Western Canada. Palaios 13: 160169.
Dodson, P. 1991. Morphological and ecological trends in the evolution of ceratopsian
dinosaurs. Paleontological Contributions from the University of Oslo 364: 1718.
Dodson, P. 1996. The Horned Dinosaurs: A Natural History. Princeton, New Jersey:
Princeton University Press. p. 346.
Dodson, P. 1997. Neoceratopsia. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds). Encyclopedia of
Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press. pp. 473478.
Dodson, P., Forster, C. A. and Sampson, S. D. 2004. Ceratopsidae. In Weishampel, D.
B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley,
Farlow, J. O. and Dodson, P. 1975. The behavioral significance of frill and horn mor-
phology in ceratopsian dinosaurs. Evolution 29: 353361.
Forster, C. A. 1996. Species resolution in Triceratops: Cladistic and morphometric
approaches. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 16: 259270.
Forster, C. A. and Sereno, P. C. 1997. Marginocephalians. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-
Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur, Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
Giffin, E. B. 1989. Notes on pachycephalosaurs (Ornithischia). Journal of Paleontology
63: 525529.
Goodwin, M. B. and Horner, J. R. 2004. Cranial histology of pachycephalosaurs
(Ornithischia, Marginocephalia) reveals transitory structures inconsistent with head-
butting behavior. Paleobiology 30: 253267.
Goodwin, M. B. and Johnson, R. E. 1995. A new skull of the pachycephalosaur
Stygimoloch casts doubt on head butting behavior. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology
15, 3: Suppl. 32.
Hailu, Y. and Dodson, P. 2004. Basal Ceratopsia. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P.,
Lockley, M. G. and Hunt, A. P. 1998. Ceratopsid tracks and associated ichnofauna from
the Laramie Formation (Upper Cretaceous, Maastrichtian) of Colorado. Journal of
Vertebrate Paleontology 15: 592614.
412
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Lull, R. S. 1908. The cranial musculature and the origin of the frill in the ceratopsian
dinosaurs. American Journal of Science 25: 387399.
Maryanska, T. and Osmlska, H. 1974. Pachycephalosauria, a new suborder of ornithis-
chian dinosaurs. Palaeontologica Polonica 30: 45102.
Maryanska, T., Chapman, R. E. and Weishampel, D. B. 2004. Pachycephalosauria. In
Paul, G. S. and Christiansen, P. 2000. Forelimb posture in neoceratopsian dinosaurs;
implications for gait and locomotion. Paleobiology 26: 450465.
Sues, H.-D. 1997. Pachycephalosauria. In Currie, P. Jand Padian, K. (Eds.) Encyclopedia
Sullivan, R. M. 2003. Revision of the dinosaur Stegoceras lambe (Ornithischia,
Pachycephalosauridae). Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 23: 181207.
Xing, X., Makovicky, P. J., Wang Xiaolin, W., Norell, M. A, and Hailu, Y. 2002. A cer-
atopsian dinosaur from China and the early evolution of Ceratopsia. Nature 416:
314317.
13
413
Chapter
14
While you are watching an old movie about dinosaurs, you notice that they all
drag their tails and their legs are sprawled out to the sides of their bodies. Moreover,
the carnivorous dinosaurs swallow their prey whole. You turn to a friend and
say, See how those dinosaurs are behaving? Thats all wrong. Your friend is
skeptical, because, he says, movie directors and scriptwriters probably did a lot
of research into how dinosaurs behaved.
What evidence do you have to support your statement without using any infor-
mation from dinosaur skeletons?
Dinosaur Ichnology
Dinosaur Tracks
Paleoecological Information Gained from Dinosaur Tracks
Dinosaur Nests
Dinosaur Toothmarks
Dinosaur Gastroliths
14
Dinosaur Coprolites
Miscellaneous Dinosaur Trace Fossils
Summary
Bibliography
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Dinosaur Ichnology:
The Real Fossil Record
for Dinosaurs?
Welcome to the other fossil
record of dinosaurs, trace fossils.
Dinosaur ichnology, which is the
study of their trace fossils, particularly tracks, provides an enormous amount of infor-
mation that, until about 30 years ago, was viewed as more of a curiosity than an
integral part of dinosaur studies. Many dinosaur books, especially those written prior
to the 1990s, only treated dinosaur trace fossils as a sideline to skeletal data. In
contrast, today, several dinosaur books and hundreds of research articles focus solely
on dinosaur tracks. Likewise, nests, coprolites, toothmarks, and gastroliths have also
received more attention for their worth in interpreting dinosaur anatomy, beha-
vior, and paleoecology. Nonetheless, considering that they were initially identified
in the early nineteenth century (Chapter 4) and are acknowledged sources of sci-
entific information, dinosaur tracks and other trace fossils still do not receive the
coverage they deserve. As a result, they will be covered in detail here, so that their
value might be better appreciated.
So do dinosaur trace fossils constitute the real fossil record for dinosaurs, not
only outnumbering but also exceeding the scientific value of skeletal material? Such
a provocative question would have been answered no without hesitation only
30 years ago, but now warrants a maybe that may eventually evolve to a yes.
Dinosaur Tracks
Importance and Applications of Dinosaur Tracks

The most abundant and important dinosaur trace fossils are dinosaur tracks. Tracks
have all of the advantages of most other trace fossils:
1 they are potentially more abundant than other dinosaur body fossils;
2 they may be preserved in rocks that do not normally preserve dinosaur body
fossils; and
3 they directly reflect dinosaur behavior where it happened.
The aspects of dinosaur behavior that can be interpreted from tracks include, but
are not limited to:
n Where and in what environments they preferred to roam.

n Individual or group movements in these environments.
n Interactions among dinosaurs of the same species or different species.
416
DINOSAUR TRACKS
n Approximate speeds of movement.

n Their most likely postures.
n Nuances of individual behavior.
A few parameters of dinosaur environments that can be elucidated from their tracks
include the relative moistness of the sediment they were traversing, whether the
original formation of the tracks affected any other organisms, and how sediments,
or even bones of other animals (including dinosaurs), were affected by dinosaur
trampling.
In the absence of body fossils, whose distribution and preservation were depend-
ent on different taphonomic factors (Chapter 7), dinosaur tracks in Mesozoic
strata also could be used in biostratigraphy as indicators of a former dinosaurian
presence. Such information is especially important for determining whether the
ancestors of dinosaurs had evolved by the Middle Triassic (Chapter 6) or whether
any dinosaurs lived past the end of the Cretaceous Period (Chapter 16). Dinosaur
paleobiogeography is also better defined by adding dinosaur track data to the
skeletal record. So far, dinosaur tracks have been found on six continents, only exclud-
ing Antarctica (Chapters 9 to 13). Finally, well-defined footprints reveal dinosaur
soft-part anatomy that is not normally preserved in their body fossils. Thus, tracks
help flesh out dinosaur limbs more than is possible by just looking at their limb
bones (Chapter 5).
Dinosaur tracks, more often than any other dinosaur fossils, tell us what a dinosaur
was doing on a given day in the Mesozoic, and in most cases also tell us exactly
where they did it.
Definitions of Track Terms

Although most fossil tracks were formed and preserved in ori-
A track, or footprint,
ginally soft sediment, solid materials compressed or fractured
is an impression
by the weight of a moving animal also constitute tracks.
made by an Crushed eggshells in a nest on the ground, twigs broken under-
appendage of an foot in a forest, or trampled bones in a watering hole are all
animal while it was tracks. This is because they leave visible impressions made by
alive. appendages of animals. Likewise, claw marks left in solid sub-
strates are tracks, too. When a domestic cat (Felis domestica)
scratches furniture to get attention, a modern aardvark (Orycteropus afer) tears apart
a termite nest in search of a meal, and a grizzly bear (Ursus arctos) rakes a tree with
its claws to mark its territory, these animals are also leaving tracks.
Individual tracks can provide many quantitative measurements, especially if
clear impressions of digits are made. Among these measurements (Fig. 14.1) are:
n Overall length and width of the track

n Number of digits
n Digit widths and lengths
n Angles between digits
n Depth of penetration of the track or individual claws (if the latter are
present)
n Number of fleshy pads associated with digits 14
n Width and height of any visible zone of deformation around the track.
For dinosaurs, the number of digits that could have touched the ground while they
walked varied from two, in some dromaeosaurs such as Deinonychus (Chapter 9),
to five, present in some sauropodomorphs, stegosaurs, and ceratopsians (Chapters
10, 12 and 13). But the numbers also varied for the manus and pes tracks from
417
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Midline
(direction of travel)
Claw depth
Digit
width
Digit
angle
Track length
Digit length
angulation
Stride
Pace
ce
Pa
Track width
Straddle
FIGURE 14.1 Measurable parameters that can be derived from a well-preserved dinosaur
track and trackway, assuming bipedalism. Note diagonal pattern to the trackway, which
is typical for those made by dinosaurs.
individuals of some quadrupedal dinosaurs. For example, stegosaurs show five

digits on the manus but only three on the pes. The number of digits in the pes
is unknown for some dinosaurs, such as pachycephalosaurs (Chapter 13), so their
tracks are unrecognizable until skeletal data provide some basis of comparison.
A trackway is defined as a series of two or more successive tracks made by the
same foot, which is ideal for making an important measurement, stride length.
Stride length is the distance between each track made by the same foot in a track-
way. Tracks made by appendages from successive opposite sides, such as rightleft
or leftright in a bipedal animal, can comprise a partial trackway, and the meas-
urement gained from the distance between these impressions is the pace length.
The straddle is the width between the tracks on each side of a trackway, measured
directly as the distance between the outsides of tracks on the left and right sides
of the trackway. Straddle is also approximated by pace angulation. This is an angle
described by the pace of one side in comparison to the overall stride. For example,
a pace angulation of 180 is a straight line, made as if the animal walked on a
tightrope. This is typical of theropod trackways and is also very common in mod-
ern birds. In contrast, a pace angulation of 120 represents more of a sprawling
movement and thus reflects a greater straddle. High pace angulations and corres-
pondingly narrow straddles of most dinosaur trackways verify skeletal inferences
that dinosaurs walked with their legs underneath their bodies in an upright
posture (Chapter 1). A semi-sprawling posture has been interpreted for some cer-
atopsians, but this is still subject to debate (Chapter 13). Regardless, nearly all dinosaur
trackways show a diagonal pattern if a line is drawn from one pes to the next. Because
almost all of these trackways indicate walking speeds (discussed later), they can be
described as diagonal walkers. Dogs, cats, cattle, sheep, deer, and many other mod-
ern mammals leave such trackway patterns.
Trackway patterns for both bipedal and quadrupedal animals can be observed
in modern environments and compared to patterns left by both bipedal and
418
DINOSAUR TRACKS
quadrupedal dinosaurs. As discussed in previous chapters, animals can have two

modes of locomotion, obligate or facultative. Obligate means that they can walk
only in a certain way, whereas facultative means they have the ability to walk
a different way from normal if required. For example, seemingly all theropods
were obligate bipeds (Chapter 9). In contrast, some ornithopods were facultative
quadrupeds (Chapter 11), in which they walked bipedally most of the time but
switched to a quadrupedal locomotion at other times. Bears that walk on their hind
legs are thus demonstrating that they are facultative bipeds. Humans are obligate
quadrupeds early in their development and learn to become obligate bipeds later
in life.
Trackway patterns of quadrupedal animals are potentially more complicated
than those of bipedal ones. These can vary considerably, depending on:
1 an animals adaptations for its most efficient motion; or

2 changes that occurred in its behavior while it was making the trackway.
For example, a commonly encountered trackway pattern for a quadrupedal mam-

mal is made by it walking and leaving a visible pes track just to the back of or
overlapping a manus track, resulting in rightleft pairs of foot impressions (Fig. 14.2A).
This is the most common pattern observed in quadrupedal dinosaur trackways, seen
for tracks of some ornithopods (Fig. 14.2B; Chapter 11), sauropods (Chapter 10),
thyreophorans (Chapter 12), and ceratopsians (Chapter 13). However, the track-
way pattern changes a great deal when an animal picks up its pace by trotting or
14
(A) (B)
FIGURE 14.2 Manuspes placement in typical walking pattern by quadrupedal animals.

(A) Manuspes pair from dog (Canis domesticus) trackway preserved in modern sidewalk,
Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia. (B) Manuspes pair from iguanodontian trackway in
Lower Cretaceous bedding plane near Morrison, Colorado.
419
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
running. Trackways caused by a running quadruped typically have a considerably

longer stride length in relation to the footprint size and greater spacing between
the same-side manuspes pairs. Likewise, when an animal otherwise makes move-
ments that are more like those of animals that normally bound (hop), pace, or
gallop, the resultant tracks will reflect these behaviors also.
So far, only one trackway made by a quadrupedal dinosaur has indicated run-
ning, a Late Cretaceous ankylosaur trackway from Bolivia that was described
recently. On the other hand, at least eight running theropod trackways have been
documented. This evidence supplements anatomical data to support the hypo-
thesis that bipedal dinosaurs, in general, were capable of moving faster than
quadrupedal dinosaurs. No dinosaur trackways found so far are interpreted as demon-
strating bounding, pacing, or galloping. Based on current trackway evidence,
nearly all dinosaurs just walked, which is the most common locomotion mode for
modern animals, too.
One of the more mysterious-looking trackways formed by a quadrupedal animal
occurs when the animal places its same-side pes into the preceding manus print,
which can give the appearance that the animal was walking bipedally. This place-
ment, called direct register by some modern trackers, is observable in some
trackways made by modern feral cats and foxes. One of the ways to detect direct-
registered tracks is to look for a pes impression within the manus print, which can
be visible if the manus print is larger. However, if the pes is larger than the manus,
it can obscure or obliterate the manus impression that immediately preceded it.
Some quadrupedal dinosaurs did have differently-sized feet, and in most cases the
rear feet were larger, although brachiosaurids had larger feet in the front than the
rear (Chapter 12). Direct register has been documented in some sauropod track-
ways, although many of their trackways also show distinct manus and pes impres-
sions (Chapter 10).
Some trackers or hunters refer to a well-worn, unvegetated path through a field or
woodland area made by repeated trackways of deer and other mammals as a trail.
However, this term is also applied to surface traces left by the movement of leg-
less animals such as worms, snails, or snakes. Trails in modern environments are
typically caused by only one or two species of animals. Thus, if clear tracks are pre-
served, the trailmaker usually can be correlated with its trail. In this sense, no dinosaur
trail has ever been described, which may be a function of their low preservation
potential or lack of distinctiveness. For this reason, our discussion of dinosaur track-
ways will concern their numerous well-preserved tracks and trackways.
Stories Told by a Single Footprint

Hunting and tracking
Evidence that ancient peoples were aware of animal
animals has probably
tracks can be inferred from one of the oldest known art
been a part of the human forms, macaroni (not to be confused with pasta). This
experience for the past art form consists of finger tracings in clay, made on the
100,000 years. As a walls of caves in Spain and France during the Late
result, the usefulness of Paleolithic, about 30,000 years ago. Some of these trac-
tracks as a source of data ings include line drawings of animals, and the asso-
about animal behavior ciation of these representations with many hand and
was probably tested long footprints are interpreted as imitations of animal tracks.
before the earliest known Likewise, the indigenous peoples (aborigines) of Aus-
language was invented, tralia made rock art in northern, central, and southern
and certainly predates Australia that prominently featured identifiable animal
modern scientific methods. tracks. The earliest form of this art style is panaramittee,
which also dates from about 30,000 years ago.
420
DINOSAUR TRACKS
The San (bushmen), who comprise the modern indigenous peoples of the Kalahari
region of southern Africa, still use tracking for their hunting. Their methods are
thoroughly scientific, as tracks are observed and questions are asked immediately
about them:
n What animals made these?

n Which directions were they moving?
n How fast were they moving, and where do they vary their speeds?
n How many animals were in the group?
n How many of the animals were adults and juveniles?
n Which animals were male and which were female?
n Were any of them sick or injured?
Hypotheses are then formed to explain the data. For example, the tracks may indi-
cate that six animals, two adult females, one adult male, and three juveniles, moved
slowly while grazing on some vegetation just a few hours ago, then they simul-
taneously turned to look at the source of a sound, were frightened by a predator,
and ran for cover in the nearest grove of trees. The hypotheses are then tested for
their veracity and possibly falsified, but if they are continually falsified, the hunters
and their families starve. San hunters thus have good incentive to make careful
observations and modify their hypotheses in the light of new data, and their metho-
dology has more immediacy for these hunters than it would for, say, a tenured
scientist at a university. Native American tribes, such as the Apache, and the afore-
mentioned native Australians are among the indigenous peoples who have been
also renowned historically for their tracking skills.
The old Chinese saying, The longest journey begins with a single step, attri-
buted to Chinese philosopher Lao Tzu (about 600 bce), also can be applied to the
description and interpretation of a trackway. Any single track can be examined in
detail and is a potential storehouse of information about the animal that made it.
This is not just for identifying the trackmaker and associated measurements, but
also for interpreting the behavioral dynamics of the animal. For example, the micro-
topographic changes imparted to a substrate by an animals foot are among the
qualitative data from a single track that can be used to infer detailed interpreta-
tions of behavior. Because changes in foot movement involve applying pressure
against the substrate around, inside, and underneath a track, as well as releasing
that pressure, the resultant deformations can be called pressure-release structures.
By describing such features, a track can reveal the general direction of the animals
movement and indicate whether that animal stopped and looked in a certain direc-
tion, made an abrupt change in direction, moved backward, or was carrying some-
thing in front of it or on its back (Fig. 14.3). These same criteria, related to such
variations in behavior, can then be applied as models for dinosaur tracks (Figs. 9.13B
and 14.4).
One of the most important principles for understanding the morphology of a
single track is pressure, or stress. The force applied per unit area associated with a
track depends on the mass of an animal in combination with gravitational force
(at 9.8 m/s2: Chapter 1), and the area of the foot making contact with the substrate.
For one example, take a standing, vertically oriented bipedal animal, such as a human, 14
with equal distribution of its weight on each foot. This human causes stress on the
substrate below each foot almost equal to half of their weight divided by the area
of the foot. Let us assume a rectangular shape for a mans foot (28 cm long, 9 cm
wide, in typical running shoes) and a current weight of 66 kg. The stress applied
per foot as a bipedal animal (sf, herein called foot stress) is
421
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
(A) (B)
FIGURE 14.3 Different pressure-release structures caused by different behaviors,

transmitted by the right foot of the same person walking in firm sand. (A) Moving
straight forward. (B) Making an abrupt right turn.
(A) (B)
FIGURE 14.4 Different pressure-release features caused by displacement of sediment from movement of a
dinosaur. (A) Large theropod track in sandstone, Late Jurassic, Utah. (B) Sauropod track in sandstone, Late
Jurassic, Utah. Theropod was moving straight forward, whereas sauropod had began to make an abrupt
right turn.
422
DINOSAUR TRACKS
sf = (F/2)/A (14.1)
Step 1. = (66 kg 9.8 m/s2/2)/252 cm2

(Converting cm2 to m2) = (647 N/2)/0.0252 m2
Step 2. = (323.5 N)/0.0252 m2
= 12,837 N/m2
This number may seem high, but realize that it is the amount of stress the man
would cause if his weight were distributed equally over a square meter. Perhaps a
more meaningful measurement is stress as applied to a square centimeter. Using
1 m2 = 1.0 104 cm2 makes the foot-stress about 1.3 N/cm2. Because the area of
the shoe imprint is actually more oval than rectangular, this represents less area.
As a result, a correction can be accomplished by multiplying the value by 0.8, which
is an approximate conversion factor for an inscribed oval within a rectangle; this
changes the value to 1.6 N/cm2. This corrected value increases even more once shoes
are removed. This is because the surface area of the foot in contact with the sub-
strate decreases but the weight does not (other than subtracting the weight of the
shoes, of course).
Also, this value represents a mean for the given surface area. Consider that
the weight of a standing person is not distributed evenly over the entire area of
the foot but is mostly on the heel (metatarsal), which is directly underneath the
main part of the body weight. Because most dinosaurs had their metatarsals ele-
vated above the ground during life, the stress imparted by their feet was mainly
on the phalanges. A few dinosaur tracks show metatarsal or heel impressions,
but these are uncommon. The weight of a bipedal dinosaur was distributed over
two feet, whereas a quadrupedal dinosaur had it divided by four feet that were prob-
ably unequally sized. These variations require estimation of the areas for the
manus and pes. The areas for all four feet then should be added to calculate a modified
general formula for cumulative stress (sc) caused by an animal on an underlying
substrate, which is identical to Equation 3.8 (Chapter 3):
sc = F/A (14.2)
For dinosaurs, a value for this stress is calculated by measuring the area of a dinosaurs
tracks. These data are then used in combination with a weight estimate for the prob-
able tracemaker. However, this will be only a rough estimate of the foot stress
and probably represents a maximum value. After all, the weight distribution of any
given dinosaur was also over more of a horizontal plane than a human. Humans
and penguins are the only bipedal animals known to have their head, spine, and
metatarsals aligned in a more-or-less vertical plane, perpendicular to the ground
surface.
Any movement of an animal also causes stress, especially where it typically pushes
off the substrate, thus generating force applied to an area of that substrate. This
happens whether the animal was moving forward, backward, laterally, or jumping
upward. Evidence for this stress can be shown by visible zones of deformation
in the substrate, which in the right substrate, such as a firm mud or sand, will
preserve the effects of the movement as pressure-release structures. Normally the
movement of an animal is straight forward but this cannot be assumed. Walking 14
backwards, backing up, or moving laterally can happen for various reasons.
An individual track and all of its information can lead to a hypothesis about the
track itself. Of course, the best way to test this hypothesis is to study successive
tracks (if preserved) and look for corroborating or contradicting evidence. If the
next track provides different information, then new questions can emerge about
why the two tracks differ:
423
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
n Did the animal change its behavior from one track to the next?
n Did the behavior stay the same but the substrate change, so that a succes-
sive track was preserved differently from the preceding one?
n Did the animal distort or otherwise damage its own track as it pulled its
foot out of the substrate?
n Did an animal of the same species follow another, causing overlapping tracks?
n Were the tracks modified by physical processes (weathering), which
obscured their original forms?
All of these questions, and the hypotheses attached to them, begin with observa-
tions made on a single track. Looking for such signs is an excellent exercise in obser-
vation that can carry over into everyday life (Chapter 2), prompted by the seeking
of subtle clues about what may have happened in the recent or not-so-recent past.
Finally, a single well-preserved track with skin or toe-pad impressions can pro-
vide details about the soft-part anatomy of an appendage. A dinosaur track that
shows skin impressions is still a trace fossil, although it does directly reflect a body
part. A detailed body impression made by a tracemaker in association with a trace
fossil is a bioglyph. Skin impressions not associated with tracks or those made by
an already-dead dinosaur have occasionally been called trace fossils. Nevertheless,
only in cases where the dinosaur was still alive and indicating behavior can this
designation be made. In addition to skin impressions, toe-pad impressions are also
commonly preserved in dinosaur footprints, which help to determine (along with
skeletal data) what dinosaur feet looked like (Chapter 5). The toe pads often
correspond with phalanges, so footprints with well-preserved toe pads can be com-
pared to known phalangeal formulas of dinosaur groups, which helps in identify-
ing which dinosaurs made which tracks.
What about not-so-well-preserved dinosaur tracks, ones that do not show indi-
vidual toes, let alone skin impressions? In fact, vague depressions in Mesozoic rocks
can often provoke arguments about whether they represent tracks. Even so, meas-
urements still can be taken of a possible tracks dimensions and its overall size and
shape compared to known dinosaur tracks. A geometric outline of a possible track
can be categorized through a compression shape and is a useful guide for trackers
who do not have perfect substrates for preserving detail, such as firm mud or
sand. For example, with modern animals, felines leave round compression shapes,
whereas canines leave oval compression shapes, all within well-documented size
ranges. In dinosaurs, the compression shapes varied considerably, especially as the
Mesozoic progressed, but those for major groups of dinosaurs are distinguishable
from one another through length-to-width ratios and overall outlines. Through using
such methods, several examples of formerly disregarded potholes or bulges in
strata turned out to be dinosaur tracks.
Track Taphonomy
The preservation of a dinosaur track in a substrate, so that it is visibly identifiable

as a track more than 65 million years after it was formed, can be complicated.
As with body fossils, tracks are susceptible to weathering, erosion, and erasure by
other organisms. These factors are especially pronounced on the surface where the
animal was moving, and nearly all tracks formed on an exposed surface quickly
disappear through natural processes. Consequently, the same circumstances con-
ducive to preserving a dinosaur body fossil apply to their tracks as well. They need
to have been buried quickly. In this scenario, most dinosaur tracks had a distinct
advantage, as most tracks were probably buried (under the surface) as soon as
the animal made them.
424
DINOSAUR TRACKS
An impression made by the appendage of an animal on a substrate below the

surface where the animal was moving is an undertrack. Heavy animals, such as
adult sauropods, did not necessarily make undertracks. For example, small horse-
shoe crabs, not much larger than the average cockroach, also left visible under-
tracks in the geologic record. The only requirement for the formation of an
undertrack is that the impressions made on one layer of sediment by the weight
and movement of the animal deformed an underlying layer. This is the case no
matter how thick or thin the upper layer may have been. An indistinct or other-
wise incomplete outline of a track is one clue that it may be an undertrack, but
evidence for undertrack preservation also is provided by tracks that show cross-
cutting by invertebrate burrows. The track had to have been already buried in
unlithified sediment to be later modified by the burrowers.
Factors that affect the preservation of undertracks in sediments are:
1 the amount of water in the sediment, which affects its relative firmness;
2 grain size; and
3 cohesiveness.
The latter factor typically depends on the amount of clay minerals in the sediment,
which can help sand grains to stick together. In general, fine-grained sediments,
such as clay and silt, with only enough water between grains to make the sedi-
ments cohesive, are the best for preserving detailed tracks.
Coarse-grained sediments preserve little more than the compression shape of the
track. Sediments with high or low amounts of water either preserve no impressions
or leave impressions that tend to collapse inward. Local variations in substrate con-
ditions, where one patch of sediment is more moist and loose than an adjacent
patch, will cause different impressions by the same animal, literally from one step
to the next. Similarly, a trackway where an animal walked over a substrate that was
either well packed or cemented might leave no visible impression at all, which results
in missing tracks if these areas bracket softer substrates (Fig. 14.5). Missing tracks
in dinosaur trackways have been interpreted incorrectly, such as some being used
as evidence for swimming dinosaurs, incredible stride lengths, or amazing leaps.
14
FIGURE 14.5 Differences in tracks as a function of substrate firmness, illustrated by a

juvenile human female, weighing about 30 kg, making a trackway on a beach where
tracks disappear in the middle because of firmer sand in that area.
425
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
The vast majority of dinosaur tracks probably formed through a wide variety of
behaviors that imparted different stresses to the sediment, which were then pre-
served as undertracks in a variety of sediments with different grain sizes and ini-
tial water contents. The tracks therefore did not preserve many of the numerous
details revealed by fresh surface tracks made by modern animals, such as all of the
pressure-release structures. In some cases, the changes in movement by a trackmaker
were transmitted through the layers underneath the track surface and were
recorded by pressure-release structures (see Fig. 9.13B). Nonetheless, such features
should not always be expected in fossil tracks.
The track preservation discussed so far only has concerned molds (negative
images) of dinosaur feet, but many dinosaur tracks are also preserved as natural
casts (positive images). For casts, the original footprints were filled with sediment
that differed in grain size from the original substrate, such as a sand cast of a foot-
print made in an underlying muddy surface. Three scenarios have been proposed
for how casts of dinosaur tracks were formed:
1 tracks on a muddy surface were filled with sand that later lithified;
2 tracks were impressed first as undertracks on a muddy surface, which were
later exhumed and filled with sand that lithified; and
3 the casts may be undertracks, where the pressure of a dinosaur foot caused
sand to squeeze into an underlying muddy layer.
In the last case, the sand formed an outline of the dinosaur foot that later lithified.
Experimental evidence for the taphonomy of tracks, including how tracks are pre-
served in modern environments, is currently minimal. Nevertheless, track preser-
vation is a worthy field for further study, considering that understanding it helps
to evaluate whether:
1 fossil tracks observed on a rock surface are contemporaneous; or

2 they consist of a mixture of tracks from different levels and thus different
times.
Classification of Dinosaur Tracks

Although the skeletal components of a dinosaur appendage
The most obvious
show its general overall form, the bones normally do not
way to tell which
include the fleshy parts (Chapter 6). As a result, their skele-
dinosaur made which
tal feet do not indicate their total width and length, let alone
tracks is to compare the parameters for individual digits. This situation can be illus-
their feet with trated by comparing a human skeletal foot to a track made
described tracks. by the same human. A track can provide a minimum size and
other parameters for the original track-making appendage.
Moreover, the geometry of a reconstructed skeletal foot can also give a minimum
size to expect for a track made by that animal. Conversely, if a dinosaur walked
through a soft substrate, it might have sunk deeply enough to make metatarsal impres-
sions, resulting in a much larger track than that made simply by phalanges and
tarsals.
Potentially many dinosaur species are still undiscovered, which only adds to the
difficulty of matching a dinosaur trackmaker with its tracks. The tracks of these
unknown dinosaurs may have already been found, but relatively few members of
their original populations were preserved (Chapter 7). Thus, any comparison of track
data, which are more abundant in some areas than skeletal data, to only known
species of dinosaurs will likely result in mismatches. Yet another problem is dis-
tinguishing the tracks of juvenile dinosaurs of one species from those of small adults
from another (but morphologically similar) adult species.
426
DINOSAUR TRACKS
FIGURE 14.6 Typical track morphologies interpreted for theropods, ornithopods,

prosauropods, sauropods, ankylosaurs, stegosaurs, and ceratopsians.
With those caveats in mind, several of the criteria applied to tracks can be used
for successful correlation of dinosaurian tracemakers with fossil tracks. Criteria for
individual tracks are number of toes, track size (including width-to-length ratios),
and presence or absence of claws. Study of trackways will require the preceding
information plus the number of feet used in locomotion. Using these character-
istics as a guide, dinosaur tracks and trackways can be broadly allied to theropods,
prosauropods, sauropods, ornithopods, ankylosaurs, stegosaurs, and ceratopsians
(Fig. 14.6). Without careful descriptions of the tracks, they are too easily attributed
to the wrong dinosaur tracemakers. For example, both theropod and ornithopod
tracks have a tridactyl (three-toed) pattern, and they overlap in their size ranges.
However, examination of width-to-length ratios and other specific descriptive cri-
teria can help prevent such mistakes.
Some track types are more common than others. Theropod tracks are exceedingly
common in some strata throughout the entire geologic range of dinosaurs, but
ankylosaur and stegosaur tracks (Chapter 14) are rarely reported from any strata.
A hypothesis for the disparity in track abundance between theropods and most other
dinosaurs is that theropods, as active predators or scavengers, moved about a great
deal more in their ecosystems in search of food than herbivorous dinosaurs
(Chapter 9). However, occasional discoveries of horizons trampled by numerous her- 14
bivorous dinosaurs, such as sauropods and ornithopods, provide notable exceptions
to such generalities (Chapters 10 and 11).
Paleontologists face a minor dilemma with dinosaur tracks compared to skeletal
remains. This is because, in the vast majority of cases, trace fossils cannot be given
names according to the exact species of animals that made them. This is especially
true for instances where the tracemaker is otherwise unknown. One of the main
427
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
advantages of the Linnaean binomial nomenclature (Chapters 1 and 5) was that it

improved communication of information about particular organisms, modern or
fossil, by providing standardized species names. A similar methodology is applied
to dinosaur tracks, in which they are given names according to their distinc-
tive forms, called ichnotaxa (= trace names, plural for ichnotaxon). With an
ichnotaxonomic nomenclature, dinosaur paleontologists can communicate more
effectively about tracks by giving them ichnogenus and ichnospecies names, such
as Grallator and Megalosauripsus brinoensis. Even though some paleontologists have
attempted to connect certain dinosaur tracks with dinosaur genera, such as
Megalosauripsus with the theropod Megalosaurus, the tracemaker should not be con-
fused with the trace name. In ichnology, naming an ichnotaxon on the basis of its
supposed tracemaker genus or species is a dangerous practice, because it mixes descrip-
tion with interpretation and is liable to lead to a false interpretation. For example,
paleontologists in the nineteenth century originally interpreted some trace fossils
made by invertebrates as body fossils, such as algae. Some of their ichnogenus names
still reflect those mistaken body-fossil affinities.
Another problem with naming ichnotaxa for dinosaur tracks is that the condi-
tions for track preservation, such as substrate type and behavior of the trackmaker,
were so variable that a single trackway made by the same dinosaur could yield mul-
tiple ichnogenera. So tracks made by modern animals in a variety of substrates,
reflecting myriad different behaviors and preservation modes, can provide models
of comparison for testing the validity of ichnotaxa. Additionally, many of the same
morphologically distinctive dinosaur tracks have been given different names by dif-
ferent authors. Similar synonymies have happened with biological species names
based on skeletal data (Chapter 5). Finally, when track size is used as a reason for
splitting a morphologically similar ichnotaxon into multiple new ichnotaxa, then
the possibility that the track sizes are simply from juvenile and adult dinosaurs of
the same species cannot be discounted. This diversity of ichnogenus names is one
reason why track diversity may be a misleading indicator of actual biological diver-
sity of dinosaurs, and such interpretations should be scrutinized carefully. The best
ways to avoid the preceding problems are:
1 to make detailed descriptions of individual tracks;

2 only name a track if it is part of a well-preserved trackway;
3 review valid ichnogenera given to dinosaur tracks in previous studies; and
4 make sure that a potentially new ichnogenus of dinosaur track has a
geological context to it, including a stratigraphic position and geographic
location.
Unfortunately, the nomenclature of fossil vertebrate tracks, especially for dino-

saurs, remains one of the most unwieldy subdisciplines in ichnology because
such advice has not been followed in the past, although many of these mistakes
happened in the nineteenth century.
Most dinosaur paleontologists keep in mind the vagaries and potential pitfalls
of naming tracks, and few want to wade through the confusing scientific literat-
ure on dinosaur track names. Consequently, they will simply use dinosaur clade
names for tracks made by members of those clades. Thus, theropod tracks,
sauropod tracks, and so on, are the most commonly encountered descriptors for
reported dinosaur tracks, despite the fact that they combine description with inter-
pretation. Nevertheless, use of the criteria for identification is normally sufficient
for correlating descriptions of dinosaur tracks with at least broad taxonomic cat-
egories. More specific designations (such as allosaurid tracks or hadrosaurid tracks)
can be reasonably made later in consideration of known skeletal data support-
ing the presence of such dinosaur taxa in the same-age strata. Nonetheless, one
428
DINOSAUR TRACKS
of the exciting facets of dinosaur track discoveries is that they may represent
tracks from previously unknown dinosaurs. Such discoveries can cause much
spirited discussion and debate among dinosaur paleontologists, as they attempt to
resolve the apparent discrepancy between the body and trace fossil records of
dinosaurs.
Individual Dinosaur Behaviors Indicated by Tracks

The best method for describing individual dinosaur trackways,
Trackways made by also applicable to multiple trackways on the same bedding
individual dinosaurs plane, is to construct a track map. These maps are similar to
can provide much those used to look at distributions of skeletal components at
qualitative and a site (Chapter 3). The map should be a scale representation
quantitative data, of the trackway as seen from above where the dinosaur was
which can then be walking, and should include a legend, scale, and direction indi-
used to tell a great cator (Chapter 4). These maps provide important information
for interpreting a trackway in terms of its completeness.
deal about how
Moreover, they help as a tool for visualizing the spatial rela-
these dinosaurs were
tions of the dinosaurian tracemaker in the context of its ori-
behaving.
ginal environment.
Qualitative information can also be derived from a
mapped trackway, relating to whether a dinosaur lived in a particular environment.
For example, was the dinosaur well adapted to that habitat, and did it reflect its
paleoecologic relationship to that environment (Chapter 10)? More specific idio-
syncrasies can also be detected, such as where an individual dinosaur:
n Stopped to rest.
n Had trouble walking through a difficult-to-traverse substrate.
n Abruptly changed its direction of movement.
n Had a noticeable limp, probably related to an injury.
n Was following another dinosaur, perhaps as a predator.
n Was avoiding another dinosaur, perhaps as prey.
All of the preceding examples have been hypothesized for dinosaurs on the basis
of trackway data.
Quantitative methods applied to dinosaur footprint data have illuminated the
behaviors of individual dinosaurs. Probably the best-known application is with regard
to calculating how quickly dinosaurs moved. The speeds of individual dinosaurs
have been a point of curiosity for paleontologists almost for as long as dinosaurs
have been studied, but a technique for estimating speed, based on a combination
of skeletal and footprint data, was only developed a little over 25 years ago. Based
on empirical data from living animals, this mathematical application uses stride
length and footprint size in dinosaur trackways, together with the leg length (hip
height) measured from dinosaur skeletons.
An easily made observation is that, compared to a slow walk, peoples feet
become spaced farther apart when they walk quickly or run. Also, when a shorter
person runs alongside a taller person, the shorter one must take more steps in the
same distance despite their equal speed. The discrepancy in the mean leg lengths 14
of adult men versus adult women also translates to differences in mean stride length;
calculations from representative samples of men and women show mean values of
1.46 m and 1.28 m, respectively.
These observations of stride lengths in association with leg lengths can be
expressed for the land-dwelling animals walking on the Earths surface, through a
general relation called relative stride length (sr):
429
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
sr = sl/ll (14.3)
where sl is stride length and ll is leg length. Relative stride length is a dimension-
less number, as the units cancel out (because length is in both the numerator and
denominator). Thus, it has no units of measurement associated with it.
Stride length is measured directly through a trackway, such as the one illustrated
in Fig. 14.1. However, measuring leg length is a potential problem because the size
of the dinosaur that made the trackway cannot be directly observed. Nevertheless,
the leg length for a dinosaur can be estimated by using another dimensionless
number, 5.0, as a constant in the following equation:
ll = fl (5.0) (14.4)
where fl is footprint length. Paleontologists have calculated ratios of leg height ver-
sus foot length for dinosaurs by measuring the leg length from the ground surface
to the acetabulum in dinosaur skeletons, as well as the total skeletal foot length.
The ratio is derived simply as
llf = ll/fl (14.5)
Some paleontologists have calculated ratios close to 4.0, but others use 4.5 to 5.5.
These variations depend on the dinosaur groups used or their sizes (e.g., small
theropods = 4.5, large theropods = 5.5). Consequently, a compromise figure of 5.0
is used here for the sake of illustration.
For example, given a Jurassic theropod track 45 cm in length, the leg length could
have been:
ll = 45 cm 5.0 = 225 cm
Using different constants of 4.0 and 5.5 would have derived leg lengths with a range
of 180 to 248 cm, respectively. Either way, this theropod probably had a leg length
that was taller than some professional basketball players, and most people prob-
ably could have walked between its legs without stooping. Consequently, foot-
print length can be used as a quick method for visualizing the size of a dinosaurian
tracemaker.
If the same theropod had a stride length of 307 cm, then its relative stride length
was
sr = 307 cm/225 cm = 1.4
If the theropod was moving faster, then the value would have correspondingly
increased to greater than 1.4 as a function of stride length. So this is a relative method
of working out that one theropod was moving faster than another theropod of the
same size.
Although relative stride length is a good way to equalize dinosaur trackway
data, it is only as valuable as, say, relative age dating, as compared with absolute
age dating (Chapter 3). What paleontologists would definitely like to know is how
fast a dinosaur was moving in some absolute measurement, such as meters per sec-
ond, which can be translated to kilometers per hour. Scientists who have studied
the movements of tetrapods on land have noted that increased body size results
in larger animals moving faster than smaller animals, even if their relative stride
lengths are identical. This means that a small theropod with a relative stride length
430
DINOSAUR TRACKS
FIGURE 14.7 Plot of relative stride length versus dimensionless speed for different
animals based on data derived from living cursorial vertebrates in terrestrial environments.
(After Alexander, 1976, 1989.)
of 1.4 would have moved slower than our exemplified large theropod. This is re-
lated to gravitational force (Eqn 1.1, Chapter 1) providing a boost for momentum
(Eqn 6.4, Chapter 6) because of the greater mass of a larger animal. As a result, a
formula that takes into account the acceleration placed on to a body by gravity
helps to equalize the speed of small and large animals alike through yet another
dimensionless quantity, imaginatively called dimensionless speed:
v
vd = (14.6)
(l1 )(9.8 m/s)
where vd is dimensionless speed. Because v is in m/s, ll is in meters, and gravita-

tional acceleration is in m/s2, all of the units cancel out and a dimensionless num-
ber is left. When the walking or running speeds of modern animals such as dogs,
cats, rhinoceroses, elephants, ostriches, kangaroos, and humans are measured,
these measurements can be used with the leg lengths of the respective animals
in the calculation of dimensionless speeds. When plotted against relative stride
lengths, the derived line is usable as a general model for the similarity of animal
movement on land (Fig. 14.7). This plot allows comparison of relative stride 14
lengths, calculated from fossil trackways, to dimensionless speeds, which in turn
correspond to the speed of the tracemaker.
For example, using our Jurassic theropod again, its relative stride length of 1.4
corresponds to a dimensionless speed of 0.45. Using algebra to rearrange Equa-
tion 14.6, the estimated speed of the theropod was
431
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Step 1. = 0.45
Step 2. = 0.45 (4.7 m/s)
Step 3. = 2.1 m/s
Converting meters per second to kilometers per hour:
Step 4. = (2.1 m/s) (3600 s/h) (1 km/1000 m)

Step 5. = 7.6 km/h
To put this speed in perspective, the Olympic record for the mens 20-km race-walk
(as of the writing of this book) is a mean speed of 15.5 km/h, which is more than
twice as fast as our theropod and was sustained over a 20-km distance. This ex-
ample demonstrates a slowly-moving theropod. Indeed, most measurements of
dinosaur trackways reflect that they behaved just like most animals during the major-
ity of their lifetimes: they walked, but not briskly. If we treat these calculated speeds
as hypotheses, they can be cross-checked with the qualitative data mentioned before,
such as pressure-release structures and other evidence of considerable stresses to a
substrate that might have been imparted by a running versus a walking animal.
Running animals also tend to become more digitigrade. This means that only the
distal ends of the phalanges make impressions in the sediment, although such prints
also could be undertracks.
The fastest known speeds indicated by dinosaur trackways, using the preceding
methodology, were about 40 km/h. This speed seemingly was restricted to small-
and medium-sized theropods (Chapter 9). However, this situation may be a result
of biased sampling, because large theropod trackways are relatively rare. So far,
the trackways made by quadrupedal dinosaurs, such as sauropods (Chapter 10),
ornithopods (Chapter 11), and ceratopsians (Chapter 13), with the exception of one
ankylosaur trackway mentioned earlier (Chapter 12), only show relatively slow walk-
ing speeds. If these animals were capable of running at speeds approaching those
of some theropods, trackway evidence has not yet revealed such abilities.
Dinosaur Group Behaviors Indicated by Tracks

When dinosaur tracks are found as multiple trackways on the same horizons, hypo-
theses can be made about how dinosaurs related to one another, intraspecifically
or interspecifically. Track maps are especially useful for formulating these types of
interpretations. In combination with other qualitative and quantitative informa-
tion, track maps can be used to either verify or dispute dramatic scenarios of multi-
ple dinosaurs in close association with one another.
Intraspecific behavior related to gregariousness is best supported by track evidence.
For example, did dinoaurs prefer to travel with many individuals of their own species
or were they lone dinosaurs? If many herbivorous dinosaurs of the same species
lived together as a group and traveled together, they were said to have behaved as
a herd. In contrast, a grouping of carnivorous dinosaurs similar to a herd is termed
a pack. These are conceptually analogous to modern mammals, such as caribou and
wolves, respectively, that show the same behaviors. Birds of the same species dis-
playing group behavior are flocks, regardless of their eating habits, and the same
term has been applied to dinosaur groups in recognition of some of their beha-
vioral similarities to modern birds (Chapter 15).
Some dinosaur trackways do indeed suggest either herding or pack-hunting
behavior (Chapters 9 to 13). Track maps clearly show a preferred directionality by
different individual dinosaurs of the same or different species, which may reflect
herds migrating or predatorprey relations. However, these track data should be
432
DINOSAUR TRACKS
examined critically for the possibility that a geographic or ecological barrier, such
as a cliff or water body, could have caused a preferred path for these dinosaurs. The
latter interpretation is supported by parallel trackways that show 180 orientations
to one another with regard to direction of movement.
Quantitative methods help to determine whether unidirectional trackways rep-
resent group behavior by:
1 calculating their speeds, keeping in mind that animals moving together will
typically do so at the same speed; and
2 measuring the spacing between each trackway and their degree of parallelism.
Modern animals of the same species moving together will space themselves at
nearly equal intervals to avoid invading each others space, and accordingly will
move in formation. Indeed, a bedding plane exposure of the Late Jurassic Morrison
Formation in southern Colorado shows five sauropod trackways that are parallel and
equally spaced, all apparently moving at the same speed and even turning in harmony
with one another (Chapter 10). Similarly, multiple parallel theropod trackways in
a Cretaceous stratum in Mongolia argue for a group movement of these animals.
One of the most interesting interpretations of group behavior in dinosaurs of
different species is a stampede recorded in an Early Cretaceous bedding plane
in Queensland, Australia. At this site, a large number of small theropod and
ornithopod trackways show unidirectional movement away from the trackway of
a single large theropod. Some of the speeds, calculated from footprint and stride
lengths, indicate that most of the smaller dinosaurs were running in the opposite
direction to the large theropod. The interpretation is that a group of small
theropods, perhaps of the same species (based on similarities of footprint size and
morphology), was startled by the approach of a large theropod and ran away from
it in a panic. Nevertheless, the exact timing of the larger dinosaur arriving on the
scene relative to all of the smaller ones is uncertain; some of the smaller theropod
tracks register within the larger ones tracks and thus post-date the latter.
Such examples may seem exciting and dynamic, but scientists have to critically
examine the track evidence for what is actually preserved, rather than what is pre-
sumably preserved. This caution is especially warranted with reference to more dra-
matic interpretations of group behavior. Knowing that tracksites may represent the
cumulative actions of animals traversing an area over the course of a few days or
months diminishes the probability that any given set of tracks actually relates to
one another through cause and effect. Yet another reality check is that the preser-
vation requirements of dinosaur tracks allow for the probability of undertracks. This
means that a bedding plane containing dinosaur tracks may have specimens
impressed into it by animals that lived much later (perhaps by years) than the other
animals that made tracks on the same surface (Fig. 14.8).
However, once these possibilities are accounted for, the usefulness of dinosaur
tracks far outweighs their problems. Understanding the fundamental concepts of
tracking and how they relate to dinosaur tracks provides a better basis for critically
examining the case examples covered in other chapters. In many of these cases,
dinosaur tracks have supplemented other dinosaur fossil data or have been the sole
piece of evidence for dinosaurs, data that relate directly to the evolution, paleo-
biogeography, and paleobiology of major groups of dinosaurs (Chapters 10 to 15). 14
Dinosaur Behaviors Not Indicated by Tracks

Dinosaur tracks are valuable as sources of doubt or outright falsification of
either new or long-held hypotheses of dinosaur behavior based only on skeletal
data. Incorrect interpretations of dinosaur tracks also can lead to problems with
433
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Theropod
track
Fern Hopping mammal
tracks Crayfish
Beetle burrow
Dung tracks
beetle
Feces
(future
coprolite) New track
Old
track
Worm burrows
Even older Compression

track from new track
FIGURE 14.8 How varying depths of tracks and preservational modes can result in a
track assemblage on a bedding plane where the tracks are not contemporaneous.
evaluating dinosaur behavior. Regardless of whether the hypotheses emanate from

dinosaur body fossils or tracks, careful examinations of dinosaur tracks have
helped to demonstrate that the following dinosaur behaviors were either rare or
have not been clearly demonstrated.
Habitual Tail Dragging

Although often seen in older, popular depictions of dinosaurs, tail dragging seldom
happened. Only a few rare instances have been found of a dinosaurs tail impressed
on the same substrate as its feet, which in these cases showed that a dinosaur tem-
porarily had a tripod stance or stooped to a low profile. In the past 20 years or
so, the revelation that dinosaurs did not drag their tails has finally had an
influence on dinosaur art. Well-informed artists now show dinosaurs of all sizes
and shapes with their tails held straight behind them in nearly horizontal planes
parallel to the rest of a dinosaurs axial skeleton. Skeletal data have also corroborated
that dinosaur tails were horizontal and held off the ground. For example, some
theropods and ornithopods had ossified tendons that stiffened the tail to assume
such a posture. Before this revelation, some museum preparators in the early part
of the twentieth century actually broke the caudal vertebrae of mounted dinosaur
skeletons to make the vertebrae lie on the ground behind the main skeleton. Because
dinosaurs were once considered as large reptiles, the prevalent view held was that
dinosaurs must have been tail-draggers as well, but a closer look at their tracks
would have revealed otherwise.
Swimming or Immersion in Water

Original interpretations of some dinosaurs, especially huge sauropods (Chapter 10)
but also a few hadrosaurids (Chapter 11), held that these animals were adapted for
an aquatic lifestyle. For sauropods, the reasoning was that an animal of such ton-
nage could not support its own weight on land, so it needed the buoyancy of water
to cope. Track data were, in some cases, fitted to this hypothesis. For example, Roland
Bird (Chapter 4) described a sauropod trackway where only manus impressions were
434
DINOSAUR TRACKS
preserved. Bird proposed that the rear feet were involved with swimming above a
seafloor and only the front feet touched down. However, re-examination of this
trackway showed that the pattern was attributable to partial preservation (under-
tracks), and that the pes impressions did not sufficiently impart enough stress to
be preserved equally with the manus impressions. Other sauropod tracks, as well
as those of every other dinosaur, do not show conclusive evidence of swim-
ming or an otherwise aquatic habit. This is not to say that all dinosaurs did not
occasionally venture into water bodies or that they did not swim. In fact, more
swimming theropod trackways have been interpreted in recent years with more
convincing evidence of such behavior for those dinosaurs. Nevertheless, the
paucity of trackway evidence for swimming in most dinosaurs encourages healthy
skepticism of such interpretations.
Obligate Quadrupeds Rearing up on Their Hind Legs

Although some male quadrupedal dinosaurs probably were capable of temporarily
rearing up on to their hind legs to assume a mating position behind a female (Chapter
8), no trackway evidence has shown that they actually did this. For example, anatom-
ical reconstructions of sauropods (Chapter 12) and stegosaurs (Chapter 14) provide
evidence that the center of gravity for some species may have been far enough toward
the rear of their bodies that a temporarily bipedal posture was possible. This beha-
vior was advanced as a hypothetical adaptation for herbivorous animals to reach
the tops of tall-standing vegetation, or for making the animal appear larger to a
threatening predator. Some illustrations and one mounted skeleton even show these
dinosaurs, some of them an estimated 20 or more tonnes, in near-vertical postures.
However, just because a dinosaur could have done a certain behavior does not mean
that it actually did, and there is no known evidence of this behavior in sauropod
or stegosaur tracks. If obligate quadrupedal dinosaurs did assume vertical posi-
tions, the rear feet should have doubled the foot stresses transmitted to the under-
lying substrate. As a result, tracks made by this behavior should be immediately
obvious to a trained observer.
Intraspecific Competition or Interspecific Confrontation

So far, no dinosaur trackways provide conclusive evidence of dinosaurs of the same
species competing with one another or predators pursuing and attacking a prey
species. A disproportionate amount of attention has been paid to predatorprey rela-
tionships between dinosaurs, relative to the possibility of certain dinosaurs com-
peting within their own species. The latter subject is now receiving more study
(Chapters 9 to 13), but track evidence has not yet shed light on speculations about
how males of a certain dinosaur species competed with one another for females.
Examples include the much-publicized hypothesis that pachycephalosaurs charged
one another at high speed and butted heads like modern rams (Chapter 13). Such
behavior would be supported by two trackways composed of nearly equal-sized tracks
with vectors heading toward one another on a 180 plane. The trackways also would
show mathematically defined running speeds for both tracemakers, followed by abrupt
ending of the trackways as they meet.
As noted previously, a few trackways strongly suggest that some theropods delib-
erately followed sauropods. However, only one trackway has been presented as record-
ing a possible attack by a large theropod on a sauropod, which is in the Lower 14
Cretaceous Glen Rose Formation of Texas (Chapter 9). In this interpretation, ori-
ginally made by Roland Bird, the theropods trackway ends when it converges with
the sauropod trackway at one point, which Bird explained was where the theropod
leaped on to the left side of the sauropod. However, the ending of the theropod
trackway can also be explained as a lack of preservation of subsequent tracks. Birds
hypothesis would be supported by push-off marks (pressure-release structures) in
435
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
the final tracks of the theropod that were formed as it leaped. The sauropod also
should have shown a change in its weight distribution or another dramatic change
in its behavior. After all, if it had a hungry carnivore hanging on to its flank, the
sauropod should have responded to such a stimulus. Consequently, its tracks
potentially should reflect such responses, but they do not.
Incredible Stride Lengths

Coal mines in Late Cretaceous strata of North America have been the source of
numerous hadrosaurid trackway discoveries (Chapter 11), but an overzealous inter-
pretation by Barnum Brown (Chapter 4) of one particular trackway caused a small
paleontological controversy. Brown promoted the bipedal trackway as evidence for
an enormous stride length in the tracemaker; he measured the distance between
the tracks as nearly 5 meters apart. These data implied that the dinosaur was either
the largest bipedal dinosaur ever discovered or that it was traveling at a very high
speed. Subsequent analyses of the trackway showed that Brown had overlooked the
possibility of missing tracks in the sequence, and, sure enough, one was found in
between the originally measured tracks. This oversight meant that Brown meas-
ured stride length as pace length, effectively doubling the former parameter. Con-
sequently, the trackway indicated an average-sized hadrosaurid that walked at a
normal speed. One way Brown could have avoided the misinterpretation would
have been to look for pressure-release structures that indicated the direction of move-
ment for each individual footprint. This procedure would have quickly determined
whether he was measuring from a left footprint to a right footprint (pace) or a left
footprint to a left footprint (stride). In some case, such mistakes are understand-
able, as the outlines of some ornithopod and theropod tracks are nearly bilater-
ally symmetrical, which makes discrimination of right and left footprints more
difficult.
Hopping, Galloping, or Walking Backward

Modern animals show a wide variety of behaviors in their locomotion that depend
on their anatomical adaptations for movement or responses to environmental stim-
uli. For example, horses change from walking to trotting to cantering to galloping
in what appears to be one smooth, continuous sequence. Such a continuum has
not yet been recognized in a dinosaur trackway. Neither have other aberrant modes
of locomotion, such as hopping, galloping, or reversing direction, been found. Typ-
ical track patterns observed in modern mammals, in addition to qualitative data
(pressure-release features) associated with individual tracks, can be used for compar-
ison with dinosaur tracks to test hypotheses of dinosaur behavior.
Paleoecological Information Gained from Dinosaur Tracks
Dinosaurs of all sizes generated stresses on substrates through their locomotion,

and certain parameters of these substrates are discernible by examining their
tracks. Substrate conditions that have already been mentioned are water content
and sediment cohesiveness; however, sufficiently repeated stresses can change
those conditions. Sediment disturbance by organisms is called bioturbation, an
extremely common process produced by invertebrates and vertebrates in nearly every
sedimentary environment on the Earths surface. The products of bioturbation, if
preserved in the geologic record, are bioturbate textures. The term ichnofabric is
synonymous with bioturbate texture if it occurs in sediment, but also refers to the
products of bioerosion, which occurs in solid substrates (e.g., rock, wood, and bone).
The movement of animals in and on a substrate produces a large variety of
436
PALEOECOLOGICAL INFORMATION GAINED FROM DINOSAUR TRACKS
ichnofabrics. For example, earthworms and other organisms churn sediments

every day, a necessary process for nutrient cycling in ecosystems and one that prob-
ably played a major role in Mesozoic environments as well.
Sediment was disturbed by dinosaur locomotion in accordance with:
1 the activity level and size of any given dinosaur;

2 the number of dinosaurs; and
3 the amount of time a horizon was available for locomotion.
For example, a single juvenile hadrosaurid that stayed in its nest for the first three
years of its life, followed by burial of the nest site by a river flood, had minimal
time and opportunity to significantly impact sediments. In contrast, a herd of mostly
adult sauropods following a frequently used route that was exposed for a long time,
such as along the shoreline of a lake, could have caused sediment impacts unri-
valed by any other known land animals in the history of the Earth. Indeed, some
horizons in strata from the Late Triassic to the Late Cretaceous provide evidence
of how dinosaurs affected significant areas of sedimentary surfaces. The advent
of large body size and probable group behavior in certain dinosaurs, such as
sauropods and ornithopods, also was a factor in the increased effect of dinosaur
locomotion on sediments by the end of the Jurassic through the Cretaceous.
Some dinosaur paleontologists use the term dinoturbation to describe the pro-
cess of sedimentary disruption by dinosaurs. As is evident from its etymology (from
the Greek, deinos = terrible and turbos = mix), the term is actually misapplied.
Most dinosaurs were not the size of large sauropods; a few, such as Microraptor, were
crow-sized (Chapter 9). As a result, terrible mixing is a misnomer, even in
Richard Owens original application of the prefix dino (Chapter 4). If dinotur-
bation was applied only to repeated deformation of sediment caused by large ani-
mals, such as modern elephant herds, then it would be appropriate. Unfortunately,
the originators of this term were specifically applying it to sedimentary disturbance
by dinosaurs only, restricting it to disturbances of Mesozoic sediment. In other words,
dinosaurs, just like earthworms, simply bioturbated.
In some instance, however, dinosaur bioturbation was indeed awe-inspiring. The
effect of the repeated passage of large animals on a substrate is often called tram-
pling. Trampling by large dinosaurs not only changed the character of the host
sediment, but also had a short-term ill effect on the plants growing underfoot. It
had a permanent, potentially fatal effect on any living animals that suffered the
stress imparted by such a heavy animal. For example, crushed marine clams and
snails have been found within some sauropod tracks (Fig. 14.9). Similarly, some
dinosaur bones also show fractures that are likely related to trampling by their con-
temporaries. The mollusks probably lived on a shallow sea bottom and thus died
in place when the unknowing dinosaur stepped on them. The crushed dinosaur
bones most likely belonged to already dead individuals that were either on or near
the surface traversed by the stomping dinosaurs.
Considering the effect of modern elephant herds on ecosystems and landscapes,
dinosaur trampling probably resulted in similar changes in some areas. One of the
most likely changes would have been the response of land plants. For example,
fast-growing or otherwise flexible species of plants would have been favored in their
reproduction versus those that recovered slowly, or not at all, from trampling. Tracks 14
thus provide a perspective on how a journey of a thousand steps (or more) by a
dinosaur could have been partially responsible for changing the dinosaurs world
in the short-term. These short-term changes in turn contributed to the develop-
ment of plant communities of the Mesozoic that continued into the Cenozoic, mean-
ing that the steps of dinosaurs left a more subtle but broader footprint on modern
ecosystems.
437
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
FIGURE 14.9 Sauropod track on top of a gastropod (snail) shell, preserved in shallow-
marine limestone from the Late Jurassic of Switzerland. View is from underneath, which
means that the gastropod was stepped on by the sauropod.
Dinosaur Nests
Nest Definitions
Dinosaur nests are extremely important trace fossils for understanding dinosaur repro-
duction, brooding, and sociality. A nest is a biogenic structure that may or may
not contain a clutch of eggs, but it is best represented by an arrangement of eggs
or eggshells in definite patterns. A nest can also be any semicircular depression with
a raised rim that was originally used to hold eggs or young. Dinosaur nests are trace
fossils in that they can be defined exclusive of body parts, including eggs or juve-
nile remains. In contrast, eggshells are body fossils because they were originally
part of the developing embryo (Chapter 8). Dinosaur nests sometimes contain hatch-
lings or other remains of juveniles, which assists in the identification of the
parental species, such as some theropods, sauropods, and ornithopods (Chapters 9
to 11). All dinosaur nests described so far were made on a ground surface. This type
of construction is similar to those of some modern reptiles and a few flightless birds
and shorebirds, rather than the arboreal nests of many modern birds (Chapter 15).
Only a few small non-avian theropods may have been arboreal (Chapter 9), but
whether they built nests in trees is unknown.
438
DINOSAUR NESTS
FIGURE 14.10 Nest types associated with modern reptiles, shown in cross-sectional view.
(A) Mound nest. (B) Hole nest.
Once nests are found in the field, a thorough investigation requires, at a mini-
mum, description and interpretation of the following parameters:
n Types of eggs in the nest (if present).

n Distribution, orientation, and spatial relationships of any eggs in the nest.
n Geologic setting for the eggs and nests, such as the stratigraphic unit in which
they occur and their exact geographic location.
n Facies and paleoenvironments associated with the eggs and nests.
n Type, shape, and size (width and depth) of the nests.
n Spatial relationships of nests to one another in both area (horizontal dis-
tribution) and stratigraphic range (vertical distribution).
Modern analogues, in the tradition of uniformitarianism (Chapter 3), provide the

basis of comparison for description and interpretation of dinosaur nests. For exam-
ple, nests observed among modern crocodilians are of two major types: mound nests
and hole nests (Fig. 14.10). Mound nests are composed of vegetation piled by a
mother crocodilian into which a tunnel is hollowed out for passage. The mother
lays her eggs inside the structure, and the nest then provides both protection and
incubation. For the latter, methanogenic bacteria generate enough warmth
through the decomposition of the surrounding vegetation that the eggs stay
heated without direct intervention by the mother. Modern alligators, a few
crocodiles, and numerous birds produce such nests. Currently no firm fossil evid-
ence supports the hypothesis that dinosaurs used vegetation in their nests,
although some paleontologists have inferred this nest-building adaptation on the
basis of modern analogues. Most birds will sit on their eggs and do not rely solely
on vegetation for insulating their eggs.
In contrast, a hole nest is an excavation dug by a mother crocodilian into sand,
typically on a river bank or shoreline of a water body; the mother deposits and
buries the eggs in the nest. Sea turtles employ a similar strategy, laying their clutches
in egg chambers that are typically 3050 cm deep and then burying them. 14
Combinations of mound and hole nests are another possibility for dinosaur nests.
Dinosaurs may have partially buried their eggs in sediment and covered the eggs
with vegetation. Evidence that eggs were moved and buried by the mothers after
laying is provided by egg clutches with elongate eggs oriented vertically and in definite
patterns (Fig. 14.11). Moving the eggs into vertical orientations probably required
the use of the fore limbs and considerable manual dexterity. It is difficult to fathom
439
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
FIGURE 14.11 Dinosaur egg clutch of the Late Cretaceous theropod Troodon associated
with a nest structure (not shown). Orientation implies that eggs were moved by the
mother after egg-laying. Cast of original clutch from Museum of the Rockies, Bozeman,
Montana; the clutch is upside-down for display purposes.
how such precise positions could have been achieved by the use of snouts or other
anatomical parts.
As viewed from above a nest site, dinosaur egg clutches typically assume four
main patterns:
1 concentric circles;
2 spirals;
3 parallel rows that were doubled in some cases; and
4 poorly defined clusters.
Circular patterns are probably the result of post-laying movement, whereas the
linear arrangements may have been from a mother dinosaur periodically laying
eggs as it moved forward. Clusters represent less organization and probably are
attributable to clutches laid in one depression without appreciable movement by
the mother. The latter mode is observed in crocodilian and turtle egg-laying, where
masses of eggs are in close but chaotic association with one another.
Nest Taphonomy
Common environments for ground nests can be nearly anywhere on land for rep-
tiles and birds, but for the nests to be preserved in the geologic record they must
be close to where sediments can bury them. Although this typically happens near
water bodies, eolian deposition has been invoked for the burial of some dinosaur
nests, such as those in Cretaceous strata of Mongolia (Chapter 7). Indeed, the major-
ity of dinosaur nests are associated with fluvial, lacustrine, or marine shoreline facies,
which indicates that at least a few species of dinosaurs nested in these areas. How-
ever, they also may have nested in upland regions that had lower preservation
potential. Floodplains of rivers were probably the best environments during the
Mesozoic for dinosaur nest preservation.
440
DINOSAUR NESTS
An additional factor favoring nest preservation is the sheer number of nests at a

nesting site. For example, some modern crocodilians and ground-dwelling birds,
such as penguins, can have hundreds or thousands of nests within a relatively small
area. Birds in particular exhibit colonial nesting behavior, creating their nests in
close proximity to one another (Chapter 15). A similar behavior has been inter-
preted for a titanosaurid (Chapter 10) and the hadrosaurid Maiasaura (Chapter 11).
Lastly, some reptiles and birds that build ground nests show site fidelity, returning
to nest in the same areas over generations. Even a small percentage of nests in a
colonial nesting site for dinosaurs could have been preserved under the right con-
ditions. As a result, site fidelity could have resulted in an increased number of preserv-
able nests within the same area over the course of many years.
Probably the most difficult situation for finding dinosaur nests is in those cases
where apparently no eggshell or juvenile skeletal material was preserved. Several
scenarios, which use some of the taphonomic principles covered earlier for eggs,
explain such an absence:
n Eggs were non-mineralized and primarily composed of organic material, pro-

posed for most pre-Cretaceous dinosaur eggs.
n Burial rates for mineralized egg material were not rapid enough to prevent
dissolution and other degradation processes affecting the material.
n Mineralized eggs were consumed or transported away from the original nest
site through biological processes, such as egg predation.
n Juvenile dinosaurs that required parental care over several years pulverized
the eggshells by stepping on them.
n Juvenile bones, being smaller and more easily transported, were weathered
and eroded and thus not preserved.
n Juveniles were ready to leave the nest immediately after hatching (preco-
cial), so any of their remains that might be preserved may be far away from
the original nest site.
n Dinosaur egg material is preserved, but has not been recognized by the pale-
ontologists who find it.
At least one experienced dinosaur paleontologist, Charles Gilmore of the

Smithsonian Institution, was a victim of the last scenario. In 1916, Gilmore found
a thick, extensive horizon of dinosaur eggshell material in the Late Cretaceous Two
Medicine Formation of Montana, but referred to them in his field notes as bivalve
fragments. Although Gilmore eventually corrected himself, no one noticed the error
in the original notes until 70 years later, when Jack Horner (Chapter 4) went to
the same spot Gilmore described. Horner soon realized that the bivalves com-
prised one of the richest dinosaur eggshell zones in North America. This anecdote
is an example of how good descriptions in paleontology can last forever, but inter-
pretations can always change. Horner also had the benefit of having seen many
dinosaur eggshell fragments before he rediscovered Gilmores find, so he more eas-
ily applied the appropriate search pattern for finding them (Chapter 2).
All is not lost in the absence of recognizable egg material, however. Because at
least some former dinosaur nests were biogenic sedimentary structures, they are poten-
tially distinctive from their surrounding sediment as either large-scale disrup-
tions of bedding or differences in sediment. Such structures are either composed 14
of a different grain size or different colored sediment, or they stand out in relief
as upraised, bowl-like structures that are more resistant to weathering. Such mound
nests have been described for the small theropod Troodon (Chapter 9), titanosaurids
(Chapter 10), and the hadrosaurid Maiasaura (Chapter 11). Other possible criteria
for recognizing nests in the absence of eggs are tracks of either the egglayers or egg
441
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
predators, although these have not yet been reported in association with dino-
saur nests.
In many cases, the mere concentration of dinosaur eggs or eggshell fragments
is sufficient for interpreting the former presence of a dinosaur nest. Experimental
evidence from modern bird nests shows that eggshell fragments normally remain
in the general locality of the nest. Similar results have been yielded by tests of
this taphonomic model on places where dinosaur eggshell fragments are abundant.
Other experiments have been done on avian eggs. When they are placed in aquatic
environments (continental or marine), eggs in close proximity to their original nest
site have shown preservation that depends on the closely-associated depositional
environment. Further testing of these models should show whether post-laying trans-
port of eggs or eggshell fragments is a major problem for the interpretation of
former nest sites. Nonetheless, current evidence points toward the presence of con-
centrated egg remains as a reliable indicator of nearby dinosaur nests.
Dinosaur Toothmarks
Toothmark Definitions
A toothmark is an impression left by the bite of an animal with teeth, regard-
less of what was being bitten (Chapter 8). Toothmarks are trace fossils, whereas
the medium they bit into are typically body fossils. Dinosaur toothmarks, first
described and interpreted in 1908 (Chapter 3), have been so far only reported from
bones; no dinosaur toothmarks in fossil plant material are currently known. For
those dinosaurs that fed on other animals, some left distinctive toothmarks on their
bones. Whether these pieces of evidence are representative of feeding preferences
for some dinosaurs is inconclusive. A firmer understanding of feeding preferences,
especially for different species of dinosaurs, is contingent on the discovery of more
toothmarks or supplementary clues from stomach contents or coprolites.
Toothmarks are described by their:
1 dimensions, such as length, width, and depth;

2 shape;
3 spacing from one another; and
4 relation to their host substrate.
Toothmarks considerably longer than deep are generally interpreted as scrape

marks, whereas those that are deeper than long are considered to be puncture marks.
Puncture marks provide the best opportunity for identifying the tracemaker. In some
cases, these toothmarks perfectly match the dental records of teeth from the jaws
of an identified species of dinosaur. Evenly spaced and parallel toothmarks provide
strong evidence for the tooth row and occlusal surface of the tracemaker, and thus
can be compared to the tooth spacing and tooth types in dinosaur jaws from same-
age strata. More than one row of such multiple toothmarks can point toward a
dinosaur that fed on an already dead animal. This is especially the case if the tooth-
marks originate at the end of a limb bone or wherever else muscles could have
been torn away from a bone. In this scenario, the feeding dinosaur stripped meat
from the bones at its easiest points of separation, a strategy also employed by many
modern carnivores. Additionally, the position of the toothmarks in tandem with
the anatomical orientation of the consumed animal can re-create how a dinosaur
fed, such as when a lateral, proximal, or distal portion of a bone contains tooth-
marks (Fig. 14.12).
442
DINOSAUR TOOTHMARKS
FIGURE 14.12 Four sets of toothmark rows on left ilium of a Late Jurassic sauropod,
Apatosaurus. Toothmark spacing corresponds with tooth row of Allosaurus, a large
theropod found in same-age strata of Apatosaurus. All sets begin at distal part of bone as
scrape marks that trend caudally; feeding was performed through pulling of muscles from
insertion point on ilium on a carcass lying on its right side. The allosaur was taller than
the width of the recumbent apatosaur so that it could move its head horizontally for this
nipping motion. Rightward trend of scrape marks suggests that allosaur was on the
dorsal side of the apatosaur. Specimen in the Dinosaur Adventure Museum of Fruita,
Colorado.
Studies of toothmark orientations demonstrate no apparent preferred directions.

This suggests that most toothmarks were accidental by-products of meat eating and
that feeding did not preferentially include bone material. Furthermore, no bias for
feeding on specific bones, such as tibias, fibulas, or femurs, is indicated so far. One
explanation proposed for the rarity of sauropod skulls relative to their other skele-
tal parts is that theropods discriminately consumed these bones (Chapter 10).
However, the relative fragility of sauropod skulls in relation to their other skeletal
parts and other taphonomic factors provide more likely explanations.
Toothmarks have been attributed to specific dinosaurs on the basis of their close
resemblance to known tooth anatomy, especially denticles on serrations, and spac-
ing. Some reported examples from the Late Cretaceous include Troodon toothmarks
in ceratopsian bones, Saurornitholestes toothmarks in bones of an ornithomimid and
Edmontosaurus, and Tyrannosaurus toothmarks in neoceratopsian, hadrosaurid, and
Saurornitholestes bones. Of these examples, a direct correlation between dinner
and diner species through toothmark evidence is of Tyrannosaurus toothmarks 14
in Edmontosaurus and Triceratops bones (Chapters 9, 11, 13). Similar toothmarks
attributed to a closely-related species of tyrannosaurid, Albertosaurus, have also been
interpreted from Edmontosaurus bones, meaning that it was possibly consumed by
at least three species of theropods.
Of course, theropod toothmarks do not necessarily mean that these same thero-
pods preyed upon and killed any of the eaten dinosaurs. After all, the specimens
443
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
may have been already dead from other means when they were munched. In
contrast, toothmarks from theropods that show post-wound healing have been
reported for at least two specimens of the possibly oft-victimized Edmontosaurus
(Chapter 13). These indicate successful escapes for a preyed-upon dinosaur, or a
failed hunt for the predator, depending on ones perspective. Additionally, healed
toothmarks in theropod bones that match those of the same species may point
toward intraspecific competition. This was proposed for tyrannosaurids at one time,
but this hypothesis was later falsified (Chapter 9).
One of the more important pieces of information derived from toothmarks is an
estimate of minimum biting force of a carnivorous dinosaur. The stress applied by
a tooth is a result of force generated by the biting animal to the surface area in
contact with the tooth. Penetration depth and the competence of the penetrated
substrate can be a general indicator of such stress, for example. Experiments with
modern bone material can be used as a model for biting force, which was done
with Tyrannosaurus in mind. In these experiments, bovine bones were placed in
a vise that measured stress. Stresses were then applied to duplicate the depth of
penetration mirrored by Tyrannosaurus toothmarks in fossil bones. The calculated
force was 13,400 N, which is greater than that for any known animal, living or
dead. Such jaw strength in Tyrannosaurus rex provides good reason why it still deserves
its original title of King of the Tyrant Lizards, regardless of whether it was pri-
marily a predator or scavenger (Chapter 9).
Toothmark Taphonomy
The preservation of toothmarks may be analogous to the same principles of under-
track preservation: the deeper the toothmark, the more likely it was preserved. Bites
that only superficially penetrated flesh have a lower preservation potential than
deeper bites that penetrated bone, because there is a general lack of soft-tissue preser-
vation. Consequently, wounds that could have easily killed a prey species, such as
disembowelments, severed arteries, or other soft-tissue traumas, have extremely low
preservation potential in the fossil record. Indeed, all reported dinosaur toothmarks
are in bones and some clearly show that the chewed animal was consumed after
it was already dead. Rare instances of herbivorous mammal toothmarks in fossil
vegetative material from the Cenozoic Period have been documented, but no sim-
ilar traces left by herbivorous dinosaurs are known. Such fossils probably would
have to be deep bites or gnawings within woody tissue that were buried rapidly to
facilitate preservation. Additionally, the toothmarks of larger prey animals and
dinosaurs with longer teeth and greater biting force were probably preferentially
preserved. In other words, toothmarks from Allosaurus in bones of sauropod bones
should be more commonly represented than those from Microraptor in small mam-
mal bones. Among feeding traces, the least likely for preservation are those left by
toothless dinosaurs such as Oviraptor or Ornithomimus. However, modern toothless
predatory birds can leave distinctive marks on bones of their prey, so toothless
dinosaurs may have left similar marks.
Despite the large number of theropods, most interpreted as carnivores, their tooth-
marks are rarely reported in comparison to toothmarks caused by modern carniv-
orous mammals. Several hypotheses are proposed to explain this discrepancy:
1 most theropods may have fed differently from modern mammals by swallow-
ing their prey whole or in large chunks, which would have resulted in no
preserved toothmark;
2 they could have thoroughly chewed their food, which would have left no
single, identifiable toothmarks;
444
DINOSAUR GASTROLITHS
3 bones broken by theropods, even if left unconsumed, had more exposed sur-
face areas that weathered more quickly than unbroken ones; as a result, their
preservation potential was lower; and
4 numerous theropod toothmarks are present but under-reported.
With regard to the latter, dinosaur researchers may have focused their attentions
on describing the anatomical information from dinosaur bones. Meanwhile, they
either overlooked or decided not to describe toothmark evidence. These same re-
searchers also may have only recovered museum quality skeletal material from the
field, rather than broken pieces of bone that could contain abundant toothmarks.
Evidence indicating that dinosaur toothmarks may be more common than pre-
viously supposed comes from the Late Cretaceous Dinosaur Park Formation of Alberta,
Canada. One study of more than 1000 dinosaur bones revealed that as much as
14% of all hadrosaurid bones contained toothmarks. Such results are encouraging
for future research on dinosaur toothmarks. Toothmarks, which in combination with
identifiable dinosaur teeth from same-age strata and associated trace fossils, such
as gastroliths and coprolites, can thus contribute to a better understanding of dinosaur
feeding.
Dinosaur Gastroliths
Description, Taphonomy, and Relation to Soft-Part Anatomy

Gastroliths (from the Greek gastro = stomach and lithos = stone), first mentioned
in Chapter 3, are stones used primarily to help in the mechanical breakdown
of food within a digestive tract. Another simple, colloquial term for gastroliths is
gizzard stones. This name comes from observations of some modern birds, such
as chickens, which will swallow mineral grains several millimeters in diameter. These
grains then reside in their gizzards and aid in digestion of food by helping to grind
tough food material. Because birds do not have teeth, they need their gizzards to
break down their food mechanically. The muscular action of the gizzard and the
grinding caused by the mineral material helps to increase the surface area of the
food for easier digestibility. Other modern animals besides birds that swallow
stones include crocodiles, which use them for ballast in regulating their buoyancy
in water, rather than employing them as a digestive aid. Because these stones are
not body parts and they reflect behavior of the animal, they are trace fossils. In
the case of dinosaurs, gastroliths are trace fossils associated specifically with feed-
ing behavior.
Gastroliths were first described and interpreted from a Late Cretaceous
hadrosaurid (Claosaurus) by Barnum Brown early in the twentieth century
(Chapter 3). Later, in 1931, Friedrich von Huene found them in association with
bones of the Late Triassic prosauropod Sellosaurus. In 1942, William Lee Stokes
described stones found with Late Jurassic sauropod remains. Surprisingly, they have
been studied little since then, perhaps because so many paleontologists have
regarded them with a high level of skepticism. The reluctance to identify gastroliths
is understandable, because they are difficult to distinguish from other stones that
are smooth, polished, and rounded because of physical and chemical (abiotic) wear. 14
The latter types of stones can be found as bedload in stream bottoms, rather than
in the former gut of a dinosaur. Furthermore, these trace fossils, more so than most
other dinosaur trace fossils, are susceptible to secondary reworking by sedimentary
processes. For example, possible pathways for gastrolith taphonomy could have
included:
445
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
FIGURE 14.13 Typical gastroliths with rounded and polished appearance, from the Lower
Cretaceous Cedar Mountain Formation of Utah. Denver Museum of Science and Nature,
Denver, Colorado.
n Rounding in a stream.
n Consumption by sauropod.
n Rounding and polishing in the gizzard.
n Loss during life, through regurgitation or defecation.
n Loss after death.
n Accidental consumption by a theropod eating a sauropod.
n Burial near the place where it was lost by the sauropod.
n Transport away from place of loss, by either running water or the theropod
carrying the gastrolith in its gut.
n Reconsumption by another sauropod.
n Exposure and reworking of gastrolith, followed by reburial.
Evidence for gastroliths in dinosaurs consists of the numerous polished stones asso-
ciated with dinosaur body fossils, the most oft-cited examples being found within
the thoracic cavity region, ventral to the cervical and dorsal vertebrae and anterior
to the sacral vertebrae. These stones are typically smooth, polished, rounded, and
flat to semispherical (Fig. 14.13). The sizes of the stones can vary in proportion to
the size of the host animal. Gastroliths in smaller dinosaurs may be less than 1 cm
in diameter, but some found in sauropod skeletons may be as large as 10 cm in
their longest dimension.
Gastroliths are typically silica rich, such as those composed of chert (SiO2)
or quartzite, a durable metamorphic equivalent of sandstone composed of quartz
(also SiO2). Limestone and other calcareous rocks, such as dolomite, are unlikely
candidates for gastroliths. Stomach acids have low pH values and easily dissolve
such rocks, effectively defeating the purpose of swallowing them in the first place.
Additionally, chert, quartzite, and other silica-rich rocks are typically harder than
calcareous rocks. Consequently, they would be more likely to survive extended
periods of grinding in a digestive tract.
Gastroliths also should be concentrated in relatively small areas within the con-
fines of the dinosaur skeleton. Paleontologists who encounter gastroliths should
carefully map their distributions and orientations in relation to the skeleton,
446
DINOSAUR GASTROLITHS
which can aid in telling the former position of either the crop or gizzard of the
dinosaur. Unfortunately, most excavators of dinosaur skeletons have not recorded
such information.
The current hypothesis explaining the association of polished stones with
dinosaur remains is that dinosaurs swallowed stones for the same reason as mod-
ern birds, to help with digestion. Because no dinosaur species has been convin-
cingly demonstrated as habitually aquatic, the digestion hypothesis is favored over
the stones use as ballast, as in crocodiles. The rounding, smoothness, and high
degree of polish of gastroliths are all attributed to their repeated grinding within
the gizzard, as well as the possible effects of gastric acids as a chemical weathering
agent. A commonly invoked alternative hypothesis for the juxtaposition of gastroliths
and dinosaur skeletons is that these polished stones were placed in the skeleton
through physical processes after death. In this hypothesis, the body cavity of a dead
dinosaur was opened sufficiently for sediment to accumulate in it. This sediment
may have included rounded, polished stones from a stream bed near the body. This
hypothesis must be seriously considered and requires much evidence to falsify because
of the very common association of dinosaur skeletal remains with fluvial deposits,
which typically contain such rounded stones.
Fortunately, at least one method has been used to distinguish these different types
of stones: laser light-scattering, which measures the amount of light coming from
a laser and scattered by a polished surface on each stone. Probable gastroliths, which
were taken from the thoracic cavity of a dinosaur, and rocks initially identified as
gastroliths on the basis of their physical resemblance to the former show a high
degree of scattering. Stones from fluvial environments show less scatter, whereas
those from rocky shorelines have a scatter nearly intermediate to that of actual gas-
troliths and fluvial stones. Of course, the possibility that gastroliths were already
rounded and polished by a stream bed when a passing dinosaur swallowed them
cannot be ignored. Another check for gastrolith authentication is to examine the
sediment that composes the rock surrounding a dinosaur skeleton. If the host rock
does not contain larger, rounded, polished stones, but the interior of the dinosaur
skeleton does, then gastroliths cannot be eliminated as a possibility.
Dinosaurs with well-supported evidence for gastroliths include some sauropodo-
morphs, both prosauropods and sauropods (Chapter 10); a nodosaurid (Chapter 12);
psittacosaurids (Chapter 13); a few theropods (Chapter 9); and possibly a few orni-
thopods (Chapter 11). Because gastroliths are normally associated with herbivores
and the theropod specimens are seemingly carnivores, the presence of gastroliths
in their gut regions is somewhat of a mystery (Chapter 9). Gastroliths in psitta-
cosaurids are also slightly odd because these dinosaurs had well-developed dental
batteries that should have easily ground up their roughage. Thus, gastroliths pro-
vide additional data that can question certain assumptions about the lifestyles of
dinosaurs that ordinarily might be made on the basis of body fossil evidence alone.
In that same vein, gastroliths are an important consideration when exploring for
dinosaurs in areas that normally have not yielded dinosaur fossils. In the absence
of other evidence for dinosaurs in continental Late Triassic, Jurassic, or Cretaceous
facies, possible gastroliths, concentrated deposits of well-polished, rounded stones
in otherwise fine-grained (muddy or sandy) deposits, can be the first clue to a
former dinosaurian presence. Bones may not be preserved and tracks may not
have been impressed deeply enough to avoid erosion, but chert cobbles are durable 14
enough to have withstood repeated travel before burial. This is regardless of
whether they traveled on the bottom of a stream or passed through the gut of a
dinosaur. After burial, silica-rich gastroliths also have an advantage in preservation
because they are not as susceptible as bones to dissolution by acidic groundwater
(Chapter 7).
447
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Dinosaur Coprolites
Coprolite Definitions
Coprolites comprise some of the most important evidence related to the feeding
habits of extinct organisms. Coprolites (from the Greek copros = feces and lithos
= stone) are fossilized remains of the solid or semi-solid fecal material produced
by an animal. Coprolites are trace fossils because they are not composed of body
parts from the tracemaker and they reflect the tracemakers behavior. Coprolites,
like gastroliths, provide information about ancient diets, habitats, and the presence
of dinosaurs in areas otherwise lacking dinosaur body fossils or more common trace
fossils such as tracks.
Coprolites have a long history of study. In 1823, William Buckland (Chapter 3)
identified probable vertebrate coprolites from marine Cretaceous deposits of
England, and in one 1835 publication he coined the name still used for fossil feces.
In 1844, Edward Hitchcock also reported coprolites from Late Triassic and Early Jurassic
rocks that contained other trace fossil evidence of dinosaurs. However, he still thought
at the time that he was studying the trace fossils of ancient birds and did not make
the connection between these coprolites and dinosaurs. C. E. Bertrand of Belgium
first interpreted a dinosaur coprolite in 1903. This coprolite was from Cretaceous
rocks that contained numerous iguanodontian skeletons and some theropod
remains. However, later workers suggested that these coprolites also could have been
made by Cretaceous crocodilians. Bertrands study and the detractors of his work
illustrate the difficulty of linking a coprolite with its tracemaker. Nevertheless, he
demonstrated the potential for associated coprolites with known occurrences of
dinosaur body fossils and other trace fossils in the same strata.
A coprolite may contain body fossils, such as bacteria, plant fragments, or bones,
or in very rare cases may preserve soft tissues. These body fossils included in copro-
lites make them extremely valuable for the interpretation of feeding behavior. Another
fringe benefit of coprolites is that they may also contain other trace fossils.
Burrows formed during secondary feeding on the digested material occur in some
coprolites. Modern examples of these burrows are readily observable when insects,
such as flies and dung beetles, have done their work on
fresh feces. This coprophagy (see box), regardless of how un-
Coprophagy literally
appetizing it might seem, is a necessary part of life on Earth,
means, eating
because it is responsible for much nutrient cycling in both
feces (from the
terrestrial and marine environments. Traces of coprophagous
Greek, phagos = behavior with regard to dinosaur coprolites can give valu-
eat). able insights about nutrient cycling in Mesozoic ecosystems.
This bestows an added importance to coprolites as sources
of paleoecological information. For example, Late Cretaceous coprolites that were
probably made by hadrosaurids have been interpreted to also contain dung-beetle
traces (Fig. 14.14).
Coprolites are recognized largely through their morphological resemblance to
modern feces. However, pseudocoprolites, inorganically formed deposits that
superficially resemble coprolites, also have been interpreted from the geologic
record. Accordingly, a careful description of a suspected coprolite must be made
before interpreting it as one. Coprolites are described through a near-standard ter-
minology that recognizes their shape, size, surface features, and content. Shapes
can generally be divided into two categories, pelletal and cylindrical, with pelletal
shapes approaching flattened spheroids and cylindrical shapes being more elongate.
Relative flattening of a coprolite can indicate:
448
DINOSAUR COPROLITES
FIGURE 14.14 Coprolite containing abundant

ground-up conifer remains attributed to the
hadrosaurid Maiasaura, Upper Cretaceous Two
Medicine Formation, Montana.
1 firmness of the original fecal material;

2 height of the defecating animal above a surface;
3 post-depositional compaction; or
4 any combination of these factors.
Fecal firmness is influenced by composition. For instance, fecal material with low
water contents will tend toward greater firmness, which can also indirectly indi-
cate dehydration in the animal or drought conditions. The height of the animal
above a surface was certainly a factor in determining the shape of fecal material
for some dinosaurs. Some sauropods may have been as much as 10 meters above
the ground when they defecated. Fecal flattening may also occur among animals
that follow one another in a herd and step on the deposits of their predecessors.
Post-depositional compaction by sediments overlying a coprolite is also a possibil-
ity if the coprolites were still soft when they were buried.
Size is an important consideration for dinosaur coprolites. One simple assump-
tion for animal feces is: the larger the pile, the larger the animal. A large-diameter
cylindrical coprolite certainly implies a correspondingly large tracemaker. Never-
theless, caution should be applied to individual, small coprolites, for these do not
necessarily correlate with a smaller tracemaker. One consideration is that a copro-
lite may only represent one piece detached from a formerly larger and integrated
fecal mass. Individual but entire dinosaur coprolites also can be quite small (<10 cm
length) compared to the body size of their purported tracemakers. An example of
this seemingly anomalous correlation between animal size and fecal size can be
observed in modern mule deer (Odocoileus hemionus) and elk (Cervus canadensis) of
North America. These are animals that can weigh nearly 100 kg but their individ-
ual pellets are often less than 1 cm in diameter. Masses of small, individual pellets
can be merged into large deposits by compaction, through an initially high water
content that enables them to ooze together, or by both processes. So a large mass
of small pellets could be used as an indicator of a large tracemaker. Indeed, some
masses of fossil vegetative material have been interpreted as dinosaur coprolites that
formed from the collection of many originally small-diameter pellets. Coprolites
can thus be used reliably to indicate a minimum size of the tracemaker, whereas
interpretations of maximum size should be treated with more skepticism.
Surface features of coprolites can potentially indicate soft-part anatomy and func-
tions associated with the lower part of the gastrointestinal tract that otherwise would
not be preserved in most body fossils. For example, longitudinal striations on a 14
coprolite indicate the minute folding on the intestinal wall of the tracemaker, and
distinctive pinched ends of coprolites are signs of a healthy anal sphincter. For copro-
lites that can be correlated with dinosaurian tracemakers, such data can help to
better define the form and function of a dinosaurs posterior internal organs.
The contents of a coprolite are the final piece of evidence that paleontologists
need to assure themselves that they are studying a formerly digested meal and not
449
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
a mass of rock that simply looks like feces. Both fossil plants, such as conifers, and
bones have been discovered as ground-up material in localized masses recovered
from the geologic record. When such material is correspondingly contained within
masses that morphologically match those of known coprolites, their identification
as a coprolite is reasonable. Conversely, a coprolite-like body that lacks plant or bone
material should not be assumed to be a coprolite. Likewise, a mass of finely frag-
mented plant or bone material, without the requisite size and shape associated with
a coprolite, also should not be identified as a coprolite. A dinosaur coprolite must
have both the form and composition of feces, not one or the other. Moreover, it
should occur in strata of the proper ages and environments for dinosaurs.
As an example of detailed interpretations that can be made for dinosaurian
diets from coprolites, evidence for consumption of a juvenile hadrosaurid by a
tyrannosaurid was interpreted from a large (44-cm long) cylindrical Late Cretaceous
coprolite from Alberta, Canada. The coprolite is inferred as originating from a
tyrannosaurid tracemaker because of:
1 its unusually large size;

2 the inclusion of numerous small bone fragments of a juvenile hadrosaurid;
and
3 its occurrence in strata known to contain body fossils of tyrannosaurids, such
as Albertosaurus and Tyrannosaurus.
Another large (64-cm long) coprolite, also discovered in an Upper Cretaceous stra-
tum of Alberta, contained three-dimensional impressions of muscle tissue and finely-
ground bone. Also attributed to a tyrannosaurid, this coprolite indicates a brief
digestive period for the tracemaker, rapid diagenesis, and burial of the fecal mass.
Otherwise, the muscle tissue would not have been preserved.
Coprolite Taphonomy
Coprolites are trace fossils with potentially complex histories. Like gastroliths, they
are susceptible to secondary reworking, so where a coprolite is found may not neces-
sarily represent where it was deposited by the original tracemaker. Preservation
of coprolites depends on their original composition, water content, the location
where they were deposited, and the method of burial. For example, coprolites made
by carnivorous dinosaurs (most theropods) were more likely to be preserved than
those made by herbivores (some theropod and all non-theropod dinosaurs). This
is because the bone material of the consumed prey animals gave them a high min-
eral content, dahllite (Chapters 5 and 8). The dahllite of the consumed animal served
as a nucleation site for phosphatization, which can be a relatively rapid diagenetic
process. Phosphatization is also aided by some bacteria, which were already pre-
sent in large amounts in the gut and feces of the animal. After defecation, a good
preservation environment for coprolites then would have been a floodplain asso-
ciated with a river, where feces deposited on a dry part of the floodplain dehydrated
slightly before being rapidly buried by a river flood. Other environments where copro-
lites were likely to have been preserved include watering holes (ponds), swamps,
streams, and muddy areas associated with estuaries or lakes.
One scenario, proposed as ideal for coprolite preservation, is explained as follows:
1 Production by a carnivore tracemaker

2 Deposition either on land or in water
3 Slight dehydration (firming)
4 Shallow burial (probably rapid following deposition)
5 Limited coprophagy of fecal material (either while buried or exhumed)
450
MISCELLANEOUS DINOSAUR TRACE FOSSILS
6 Pre-fossilization through rapid phosphatization

7 Exhumation (through winnowing) and reworking into concentrated deposits
8 Final burial, further phosphatization or other diagenetic alteration.
As mentioned, theropod tracemakers are more likely than herbivorous dinosaurs

to have had their feces preserved because of the included bone material. Char-
acteristics of carnivore coprolites include visible bone fragments and a phosphatic
composition, the latter of which can be detected by looking at the coprolite under
a microscope or geochemical tests. However, a theropod tracemaker should never
be blindly assumed for a suspected dinosaur coprolite, especially in light of numer-
ous discoveries in recent years of coprolites attributed to herbivorous dinosaurs.
Plant remains within an herbivorous dinosaurs coprolite should be preserved as
carbonized or silicified material that may be visible macroscopically.
Dinosaur feces that have been preserved were deposited on emergent or shallow-
water environments, such as fluvial floodplains. The feces were most likely
dropped on a dry part of the floodplain and dehydrated slightly before burial by
a river flood. Feces deposited on land should have firm, well-defined shapes but
may show slight flattening from impact, depending on their initial water content.
They also may show coprophagy traces from insects. In contrast, feces deposited
in water should be more amorphous and have few or no coprophagy traces, as dung-
consuming insects are mostly terrestrial.
Like most fossils, rapid burial is essential for preservation of coprolites but the
depth of burial could have been relatively shallow. Rapid burial is indicated by a
coprolite that retains much of its original form and surface ornamentation, indi-
cating lack of extended exposure to the weather or insects. Once buried, rapid phos-
phatization would be suggested by the aforementioned retention of form and
nucleation of secondary phosphates around original bone fragments. After an
indeterminate time, coprolites may have been exhumed by running water or wind,
which could have formed a concentrated deposit of coprolites. Evidence for
exhumation and perhaps some movement of coprolites is seen through fracture
surfaces on coprolites and co-occurrence with bones that also show breakage. Final
burial of coprolites may have been followed by further phosphatization or other
diagenetic alteration. As many as 225 million years after the dinosaur digested its
meal, humans may then discover its remains.
Coprolites can therefore provide information about dinosaurs that goes beyond
strict definitions of paleodietary preferences. They also can illuminate insect
dinosaur interactions, nutrient cycling in dinosaurian ecosystems, preferred environ-
ments for dinosaurs, sedimentary processes in those environments, and diagenesis.
Not only are dinosaur coprolites the end products of dinosaur feeding habits, they
are commodities that can give important and integrative information about how
dinosaurs related to their environments.
Miscellaneous Dinosaur Trace Fossils
Any indirect evidence left by a dinosaur in the geologic record, exclusive of body
parts, is a trace fossil, so the potential for discovering and describing more than 14
tracks, nests, toothmarks, gastroliths, and coprolites is likely. A few other types that
have been reported, but not yet discussed further, include:
n Mended ribs or holes in parietal shields in ceratopsians, which are inter-

preted as the result of intraspecific competition (fighting) between rival cer-
atopsians (Chapter 13). This behavior is common in terrestrial mammals,
451
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
especially those with prominent headgear, so it is not unreasonable to hypo-

thesize that horned dinosaurs may have also used their heads on each other.
n Oddly mixed and broken small dinosaur bones concentrated in a deposit,
which are interpreted as undigested food vomited by a theropod. As more
evidence links non-avian theropods to birds (Chapter 15), one convergent
behavior they may have shared was the formation of cough pellets
(Chapter 8).
n Large scour marks that cut across bedding, present in the same horizons as
abundant sauropod tracks that are interpreted as urination traces. The vol-
ume and height of a urinating sauropod certainly would have caused con-
siderable erosion of sediment and covered a large area. This means that the
structure would have good preservation potential in the same strata as dinosaur
tracks. However, it is unknown whether sauropods actually urinated or if
they excreted semi-liquid wastes more similar to that of birds.
No doubt, other dinosaur trace fossils await their discovery by paleontologists,

but they will need to be armed with good imaginations that are well grounded in
scientific evidence provided by many observations of modern traces. Modern traces
serve as analogues for comparison, of course, but more importantly establish
search patterns that, for example, help with spotting poorly-preserved tracks,
vague nest structures, tooth scrapings in bone, or deposits of gastroliths and copro-
lites. One expectation in dinosaur ichnology is that behavioral experiments with
modern animals and their resultant traces will be more linked with those made by
dinosaurs. Moreover, computer modeling is sometimes used to recreate anatomical
traits and ranges of motion for dinosaurs, which then correspond to known tracks
and trackways. Nevertheless, the future of dinosaur ichnology also might lie in the
past. Much can still be learned from modern trackers, such as the San of the Kalahari,
who use an integrated approach in their tracking more akin to ecology. Can
dinosaur paleontologists some day look at a dinosaur trackway and state the fol-
lowing hypothesis: It was a male adult, left-side dominant, ate only a few hours
before making the tracks, was having trouble with its breathing because of a bro-
ken rib, and was stopping frequently to sniff the air for predators? Maybe not,
but the expansion of dinosaur ichnology beyond merely noting the presence of
tracks or other traces has already happened, and will continue to grow with other
aspects of the study of dinosaurs to provoke new hypotheses about them.
SUMMARY
Dinosaur trace fossils, which are repre-

sented by dinosaur tracks, nests, toothmarks,
gastroliths, and coprolites, provide a new
perspective on dinosaurs and their rela-
tionship to their ecosystems. Collectively, they
comprise a fossil record that surpasses dinosaur
body fossils in some respects and gives unique insights
to dinosaur behavior. Because many dinosaur trace fossils,
especially tracks, are records of in-situ behavior, they constitute
direct evidence of environments inhabited by dinosaurs, the dinosaurs
interrelationships with one another, and in some cases what dinosaurs
were doing on any given day during the Mesozoic.
452
SUMMARY
SUMMARY Continued
Track descriptions involve making many detailed observations that

become the basis for interpretation, a skill that humans have applied in
everyday life for thousands of years through tracking. Observations that
can be made about tracks consist of qualitative and quantitative data.
Qualitative data include firmness of the original substrate, pressure-
release structures, and type of preservation. Quantitative data include track
length, width, number of toes, depth, pace, stride, and straddle. Studies
of how modern animals move are also useful for interpreting how
dinosaurs moved (such as walking, galloping, hopping), especially when
applied to the mathematical estimations of dinosaur speeds deduced from
dinosaur trackways. The lessons learned from the taphonomy of tracks
also help to evaluate whether dinosaur trackways actually reflect their inter-
preted behaviors. Paleontologists communicate with one another about
tracks through the use of ichnotaxa, and assigning track names depends
on good preservation, among other factors.
Dinosaur tracks can tell us much about the behavior of both indi-
vidual dinosaurs and groups of dinosaurs. Although some interesting beha-
viors for individual dinosaurs have been reflected by tracks, most locomotion
simply consisted of walking. Group dynamics of dinosaurs are illustrated
by multiple trackways, some of which may represent the simultaneous
movement of several dinosaurs in unison, behaviors typical of herding or
pack-hunting animals. Repeated movement by large groups of dinosaurs
resulted in major changes in substrates and possibly imparted other effects
on Mesozoic ecosystems during the Jurassic through to Cretaceous
Periods. Tracks also are good cross-checks for skeletal data in biostrati-
graphy and paleobiogeography. A lack of bones in Mesozoic rocks does
not necessarily mean that dinosaurs were not present in the sedimentary
environments that produced the rocks.
Nests are important dinosaur trace fossils that, together with body fos-
sils such as eggshells, embryos, juveniles, or adults, can give added insights
into dinosaur reproductive behavior. Although still rarely interpreted,
dinosaur nests are documented for one theropod, ornithopod, and
sauropod. These nests were shallow, hollowed-out structures on a
ground surface, are often rimmed, and in some cases are abundant in
small areas. Dinosaur nests found so far are analogous to modern mound
nests made by ground-dwelling birds and alligators, rather than hole nests
made by other crocodilians and sea turtles.
Most other dinosaur trace fossils, toothmarks, gastroliths, and copro-
lites, are related to feeding. Toothmarks can show food preferences of
some genera (sometimes species) and relationships of some dinosaurs
to their food chains. Gastroliths can lend clues about how dinosaurs
digested their food, including aspects of their soft-part anatomy. Copro-
lites are among the most valuable of all dinosaur trace fossils if they can
be correctly attributed to specific dinosaurs. They provide information about
paleodiets, paleoenvironmental conditions (habitats and climate), and 14
diagenesis.
453
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
1. Go to a sandy area where the surface

can be smoothed, then perform
the following behaviors in
the area:
a. Walking forward with
your back parallel to the ground (stooped).
b. Limping with an injured right leg.
c. Walking backward with your feet pointing in the same direction as
when you walked forward.
d. Running full speed across the sand.
e. Walking on hands and knees.
What qualitative and quantitative differences did you see as a result
of your experiments? Which results do you think would have low preser-
vation potential, and why?
2. Calculate your own foot stress, using your weight in kilograms and
measurements of your foot width and length in a shoe (right or left).
After calculating that value, measure your foot without a shoe. How
much does the foot-stress value change when you use the shoeless
measurements?
3. Calculate the foot-stress values for a bipedal dinosaur track, assuming
that the dinosaur weighed 83 kg and had a foot area of 374 cm2. What
are potential sources of error for your calculation, especially when con-
sidering the taphonomic factors that might have affected the track?
4. Calculate your leg length/foot length ratio by measuring each and cal-
culating the value. For leg length, measure from where the femur inserts
into the hip. Compare results with your classmates and calculate a mean
ratio for the entire class. How different is your personal value from the
class mean? How different is the class mean from that derived for
dinosaurs?
5. You find a trackway of a probable ornithopod where it was moving
bipedally. Only two tracks are preserved, the left and right footprints.
What was its estimated speed, using a footprint length of 52 cm and
pace of 204 cm? Calculate the variations in your answer by using the
different ratios of 4.0, 5.0, and 5.5. Did the speeds become faster or
slower? Explain why.
6. Think of examples of animals that move together as a coordinated
group, whether on land, in the water, or in the air. How closely spaced
are they to one another with regard to their body widths? How would
you test the hypothesis that in a fossil trackway one individual (a
leader) initiated any changes in direction of the group?
7. What is an explanation for site fidelity of dinosaur nests, when
dinosaurs were clearly capable of moving to a variety of environments
for their egglaying? (Hint: Think about how known dinosaur nests were
constructed.)
8. Dinosaur toothmarks that only penetrated flesh have not been
described from the fossil record because of their low preservation poten-
tial. What parts of a prey animal (such as a herbivorous dinosaur) might
have had the thickest amount of flesh covering the bones and thus
454
BIBLIOGRAPHY
would not have preserved deep bites? Conversely, what parts of prey
animals would have had the thinnest amount of flesh covering their
bones and would more likely preserve toothmarks?
9. How would you explain why a suspected dinosaur coprolite does not
show any coprophagy traces? Develop at least two hypotheses. What
subsequent data could disprove each one?
Bibliography
Alexander, R. M. 1976. Estimates of speeds of dinosaurs. Nature 261: 129130.

Avanzini, M. 1998. Anatomy of a footprint: Bioturbation as a key to understanding
dinosaur walk dynamics. Ichnos 6: 129139.
Bird, R. T. 1944. Did Brontosaurus ever walk on land? Natural History 53: 6067.
Bromley, R. G. 1996. Trace Fossils: Biology, Taphonomy and Applications. (2nd Edition).
London: Chapman and Hall.
Brown, T., Jr. 1999. Tom Browns Science and Art of Tracking: Natures Path to Spiritual
Discovery. New York: Berkley Books.
Campbell, H. W. 1972. Ecological or phylogenetic interpretation of crocodilian nest-
ing habits. Nature 238: 404405.
Carpenter, K. 1999. Eggs, Nests, and Baby Dinosaurs: A Look at Dinosaur Reproduction (Life
of the Past). Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press.
Carpenter, K., Hirsch K. F. and Horner, J. R. (Eds). 1994. Dinosaur Eggs and Babies.
Chin, K. 1997. What did dinosaurs eat? Coprolites and other direct evidence of
dinosaur diets. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete
Dinosaur. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 371382.
Chin, K., and Gill, B. D. 1996. Dinosaurs, dung beetles, and conifers: participants in a
Cretaceous food web. Palaios 11: 280285.
Chin, K., Eberth, D. A. and Sloboda, W. J. 1999. Exceptional soft-tissue preservation in
a theropod coprolite from the Upper Cretaceous Dinosaur Park Formation of Alberta.
Journal of Vertebrate Paleontolog, 19, 3: Suppl. 37A.
Chin, K., Tokaryk, T. T., Erickson, G. M. and Calk, L. C. 1998. A king-sized theropod
coprolite. Nature 393: 680682.
Cohen, A. S., Halfpenny, J., Lockley, M. G. and Michel, E. 1993. Modern vertebrate
tracks from Lake Manyara, Tanzania and their paleobiological implications.
Paleobiology 19: 433458.
Currie, P. J. 1997. Gastroliths. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia of
Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press. p. 270.
Currie, P. J. and Jacobsen, A. R. 1995. An azhdarchid pterosaur eaten by a velocirap- 14
torine theropod. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences 32: 922925.
Elbroch, M. and Marks, E. 2001. Bird Tracks and Sign. Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania:
Stackpole Books.
Erickson, G. M., Van Kirk, S. D., Jinntung S., Levenston, M. E., Caler, W. E. and Carter,
D. R. 1996. Bite-force estimation for Tyrannosaurus rex from tooth-marked bones. Nature
382: 706708.
455
DINOSAUR ICHNOLOGY
Farlow, J. O. and Chapman, R. E. 1997. The scientific study of dinosaur footprints.

In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur. Bloomington,
Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 519553.
Gillette, D. D. 1995. True grit. Natural History, 104(6): 4143.
Horner, J. R. 2000. Dinosaur reproduction and parenting. Annual Review of Earth and
Planetary Sciences, 28: 1945.
Hunt, A. P., Chin, K. and Lockley, M. G. 1994. The palaeobiology of vertebrate copro-
lites. In Donovan S. K. (Ed.), The Palaeobiology of Trace Fossils. Chichester: John Wiley
& Sons. pp. 221240.
Irby, G. V. 1996. Paleoichnological evidence for running dinosaurs worldwide. In
Morales, M. (Ed.), The Continental Jurassic. Bulletin 60, Museum of Northern Arizona,
Flagstaff, Arizona, pp. 109112.
Jacobsen, A. R. 1997. Tooth marks. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), Encyclopedia
of Dinosaurs. New York: Academic Press: pp. 738739.
Leonardi, G. (Ed.) 1987. Glossary and Manual of Tetrapod Footprint Palaeoichnology.
Departmento Nacional da Produco Mineral, Brazil.
Lockley, M. G. 1990. Tracking Dinosaurs: A New Look at an Ancient World. Cambridge,
UK: Cambridge University Press.
Lockley, M. G. 1997. The paleoecological and paleoenvironmental utility of dinosaur
tracks. In Farlow, J. O. and Brett-Surman, M. K. (Eds), The Complete Dinosaur.
Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana University Press. pp. 554578.
Lockley, M. G. and Hunt, A. P. 1995. Dinosaur Tracks and Other Fossil Footprints of the
Western United States. New York: Columbia University Press.
Lull, R. S. 1953. Triassic life of the Connecticut Valley. State Geological and Natural History
Survey of Connecticut Bulletin 81.
Manley, K. 1992. Surface polish measurements from bona fide and suspected sauropod
dinosaur gastroliths, wave and stream transported clasts. Ichnos 2: 167169.
Mikhailov, K. E. 1997. Eggs, eggshells, and nests. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds),
The Encyclopedia of Dinosaurs. San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp. 205209.
Nature 378: 774776.
Over, D. J. 1995. An exercise on dinosaur trackways for introductory science courses.
Journal of Geological Education 43: 204206.
Pemberton, S. G. and Frey, R. W. 1991. William Buckland and his coprolitic vision.
Ichnos 1: 317325.
Rezendes, P. 1999. Tracking and the Art of Seeing: How to Read Animal Tracks and Signs
(2nd Edition). Charlotte, Vermont: Camden House Publishing, Inc.
Sarjeant, W. A. S. 1990. A name for the trace of an act: approaches to the nomen-
clature and classification of fossil vertebrate footprints. In Carpenter, K. and
Currie, P. J. (Eds), Dinosaur Systematics: Approaches and Perspectives. Cambridge, U.K.:
Stokes, W. L. 1987. Dinosaur gastroliths revisited. Journal of Paleontology 61: 12421246.
Thulborn, R. A. 1990. Dinosaur Tracks. London: Chapman Hall.
Thulborn, R. A. 1991. Morphology, preservation and palaeobiological significance of
dinosaur coprolites. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 83: 341366.
Varricchio, D. J. 1999. Gut contents for a Cretaceous tyrannosaur: implications for thero-
pod digestive tracts. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 19, 3: Suppl. 82A.
Varricchio, D. J., Jackson, F., Borlowski, J. and Horner, J. R. 1997. Nest and egg clutches
for the theropod dinosaurs Troodon formosus and evolution of avian reproductive traits.
Nature 385: 247250.
456
Chapter
15
During your study of dinosaurs you have frequently encountered the phrase birds
are dinosaurs. You may start to think of possible lines of evidence to disprove
this statement, including body fossils, trace fossils, paleobiogeography, modern
genetics, and behavioral ecology.
What information would convincingly falsify the currently reigning hypothesis
about bird origins, which suggests that dinosaurs are still here today?
Conversely, what types and amounts of evidence would convince you to condi-
tionally accept the hypothesis? How do modern birds provide clues regarding their
possible dinosaurian ancestry, and what behaviors do they show that are
unknown in dinosaurs?
Birds as Modern
Dinosaurs
Aves, Archaeopteryx, and Bird Lineages

Birds as Living Animals
Summary
Bibliography
15
BIRDS AS MODERN DINOSAURS
Why Are Birds Dinosaurs?

The term dinosaur has been
defined in several different ways
in this book (Chapters 1 and 5).
One of the recently proposed ones,
which aids in interrelating most of
the preceding chapters with this one, is:
An animal that is a member of the group descended from the most recent common
ancestor of Triceratops and birds.
The reason why Triceratops, a ceratopsian (Chapter 13), is singled out in this
definition is because it represents the most advanced ornithischian, and birds rep-
resent the most advanced saurischians. Saurischians and ornithischians are dif-
ferent clades of dinosaurs, but they diverged from a common ancestor. Hence,
whenever their most recent common ancestor lived (probably in the Middle to Late
Triassic) is also when dinosaurs as a clade began. This application of phylogenetic
methods results in a geologic range of dinosaurs from Late Triassic to the present,
not from the Late Triassic to the end of the Cretaceous. Consequently, dinosaurs
did not become extinct they are still here today as birds.
The purpose of this chapter is to show that dinosaurs and birds are now inter-
twined topics that can provide perspectives on the past, present, and future of
dinosaur studies. The long history of dinosaurs is intrinsically connected to
modern birds because birds are dinosaurs just as much as humans are mammals.
Moreover, observations of modern birds lend insights on how their extinct non-
avian cousins may have lived and especially how they behaved. Yet another con-
sideration is how the 145-million-year evolutionary history of birds is related to
subjects other than dinosaurs, such as environmental changes during the latter
part of the Mesozoic Era and mass extinctions at the end of the Cretaceous (Chap-
ter 16). Consequently, birds comprise a crucial topic within dinosaur studies, one
that helps to complete a picture of the evolutionary history of dinosaurs.
Aves, Archaeopteryx, and Bird Lineages
Birds share a large number of synapomorphies with non-avian dinosaurs, which

means that their node-based clade, Aves, is within the Dinosauria, Saurischia,
Theropoda, Tetanurae, Coelurosauria, Maniraptiformes, Maniraptora, and the stem-
based clade Aviale (Fig. 15.1). Aviale is defined as including all living birds and
maniraptorans more related to them than the dromaeosaur Deinonychus, so it includes
a few non-avian theropods. This means that Dromaeosauridae and Aviale are sister
460
AVES, ARCHAEOPTERYX, AND BIRD LINEAGES
Neornithes
(Modern birds)
Entantiornithes
Ornithurae
Ichthyornis
Archaeopteryx Hesperornis
Metornithes
Dromaeosauridae Mononykus
Aves
Deinonychosauridae Avialae
Arctometatarsalia Eumaniraptora
Maniraptora
Carnosauria Maniraptiformes
Coelurosauria
Ceratosauria
Avetheropoda
Tetanurae
THEROPODA
FIGURE 15.1 Cladogram showing the lineage within Theropoda leading to Aves (birds)
and subsequent clades nested within Aves.
clades. More specifically, birds are defined cladistically as Archaeopteryx lithographica

of the Late Jurassic (Chapters 3, 6, and 9) and all descendants of their most recent
common ancestor. The important point about this definition is that Archaeopteryx,
an exemplary transitional fossil (Chapter 6), is not considered to be the common
ancestor of all birds, but rather is the most basal bird known. No other contenders
for the superlative appellation of oldest bird, also thought to have lived in the
Late Jurassic, have been verified yet. However, tracks similar to those made by
undoubted avians have been described from Late Triassic strata of Argentina. The
large time gap between these tracks and Archaeopteryx suggests small non-avian
theropods as the tracemakers, but research on this hypothesis was still being con-
ducted at the time of this writing.
Characters of Aves (Fig. 15.2) include:
n Reduction of the number of caudal vertebrae to 23 or less. Their tails

became shorter, which fused into a small structure called a pygostyle
(although also present in a few non-avian dinosaurs).
n A forearm that is more than 90% of the length of the humerus and a fore
limb length considerably longer (more than 120%) than that of the hind 15
limb, which shows the tendencies of these limbs use for flight.
461
(B)
Radius
Ulna
Humerus
Caudal
vertebrae
Pygostyle
(A)
Femur
Keeled
sternum
Tibiotarsus
Reversed hallux (C)
FIGURE 15.2 A few characters defining Aves (birds): (A) reduction of caudal vertebrae
into a pygostyle; (B) forearm more than 90% of the length of the humerus and forelimb
considerably longer (more than 120%) than the hindlimb; (C) anisodactyl foot, with a
reversed hallux adapted for perching. Notice also the keeled (carinate) sternum and
elongated coracoids.
n An anisodactyl foot, with three forward-pointing digits (II through to IV)

and a reversed hallux (digit I) adapted for perching.
Keep in mind that these characters are added to the previously mentioned
characters of the theropod ancestors of birds, which means that this condensed list
does not come close to describing what is defined as a bird. For example, the pos-
session of feathers used to be a primary criterion for identification of an animal as
a bird, especially under the Linnaean classification scheme, but numerous discov-
eries of non-avian feathered theropods have revoked this single-character iden-
tifier. Instead, feathers can be viewed as a possible plesiomorphy in birds and the
few theropods that shared a common coelurosaurian ancestry. Feathered non-avian
theropods (Chapter 9) include Beipiaosaurus, Caudipteryx, Microraptor, Protarchaeopteryx,
Sinornithosaurus, Sinosauropteryx, and others, all from the Early Cretaceous of China.
A more inclusive trait is the possession of low-density pneumatic bones, evident
462
FIGURE 15.3 The Late Jurassic bird Archaeopteryx

lithographica of the Solnhofen Limestone, Bavaria,
Germany. Compare with Figure 2.4. Humboldt
Museum fr Naturkunde, Berlin/Peabody Museum of
Natural History, Yale University.
in both theropods and birds (Chapter 9). Modern birds also have a number of air
sacs throughout their bodies that help to lower their density and thus aid in flight.
As far as Archaeopteryx is concerned, it was small by dinosaurian standards, espe-
cially in the Late Jurassic when it shared the landscape with massive sauropods
(Chapter 10). It is about 45 cm long, probably weighed less than half of a kilogram,
and is comparable to the size of a large crow (Fig. 15.3). Archaeopteryx shows a mix
of features normally associated with non-avian theropods and birds exclusively:
n A tail composed of an intermediate number of caudal vertebrae, which makes

it short for a theropod but long for a bird.
n Claws on its fore limbs identical to those of some theropods, but not seen
on most birds.
n Flight feathers connected to the fore limbs identical to those seen in most
birds, but not in most theropods.
n Teeth in the jaws that are atypical of most birds, but non-serrated, which
is atypical for theropods.
n A furcula (wishbone) that represents a fusing of the clavicles, present only
in a few theropods (such as some maniraptors), but in all birds.
Archaeopteryx also recently had its head examined and was found to be, for all
practical purposes, bird-brained. This investigation used CT scans (Chapter 4) to
develop a finely resolved three-dimensional picture of the braincase for one speci-
men of Archaeopteryx, and the results showed that its brain was much more akin
to that of a modern bird than a reptile.
Archaeopteryx was found in a fine-grained limestone, the Solnhofen Limestone
of Bavaria, Germany. This deposit probably formed in a lagoon and dates to
about 152 Ma in the Late Jurassic. Seven specimens and one feather represent
Archaeopteryx; the feather, which was found in 1860, is presumed to be from this
specimen because no other feather-bearing fossils have been found in the
Solnhofen. The first complete skeleton with feather impressions was found in 1861,
and its discovery contributed to then-raging debates about evolutionary theory
prompted by Darwins publication of On the Origin of Species in 1859 (Chapter 3).
The other specimens were found at various times from 1877 to 1992. Interestingly,
one of the specimens had been mislabeled in a museum collection as a pterosaur;
John Ostrom realized its actual identity when he first saw it in 1970 (Chapter 3). 15
In a similar manner, yet another specimen was discovered three years later when
463
FIGURE 15.4 Anatomy of a typical flight feather.
Shaft (Rachis)
Barbules
Barb
Quill (Calamus)
a closer examination of a skeleton initially identified as the small, Late Jurassic

coelurosaur Compsognathus revealed that it was actually Archaeopteryx. Thus far, no
other species of undoubted Late Jurassic birds are documented, making Archaeo-
pteryx the sole known product of bird evolution in the Jurassic.
Of course, the most intriguing of the many interesting traits of Archaeopteryx are
its feathers, which were originally recognized for their scientific significance and
are still the subject of debate today. The reason for this interest is that the feath-
ers of Archaeopteryx have the appearance of those seen in most modern birds. In
modern birds, a feather is a keratinized integument that originates in a layer of
skin below the surface of the animal; these feathers can be broadly categorized as
downy feathers and flight feathers (Fig. 15.4). The primary function of downy
feathers is insulation, a property exploited by humans who use these feathers as
fill in winter coats and sleeping bags. In contrast, flight feathers are used mainly
for aiding lift and descent by creating surfaces that move air in ways conducive to
controlled flight. Some flightless birds still retain flight feathers as a primitive (but
vestigial) trait, which indicates their descent from flighted ancestors.
A typical feather consists of a central, hollow shaft that terminates proximally
into a quill. The shaft has barbs that branch from it at about 180 from one another
(on opposite sides of the shaft). The barbs interlock through smaller barbules in a
fashion similar to the teeth in a zipper. In a flight feather, the barbs collectively
form a planar structure called a vane, creating air foils that help considerably in
the aerodynamic ability of flighted birds. Downy feathers are relatively less organ-
ized, and the barbs will radiate in seemingly random directions, forming ill-defined
vanes or no vanes at all.
Like any other structure, both types of feathers have more than one function.
For example, bright colors and varied patterns contribute to intraspecies displays.
The multiple uses of feathers can at least partially explain why flightless theropods
such as Caudipteryx would have color banding evident in feathers that composed
their tail fan. This banding is the only known direct evidence of coloration in dino-
saurs. The hair-like dorsal fringe seen in Sinosauropteryx was probably composed
of downy feathers, which were not used for flight either. This evidence suggests
that the flight feathers seen in Archaeopteryx may have evolved for the purposes of
display or insulation first, then flight later.
464
(A) (B)
FIGURE 15.5 Confuciusornis sanctus, an Early Cretaceous bird from China. (A) Fossil specimen, with carbonized
margin indicating presence of feathers. (B) Reconstruction of living animal. Note the prominent digits on the
wings, indicating a primitive condition. Naturhistoriches Museum Basel, Basel, Switzerland.
Compared to Archaeopteryx, the most primitive bird interpreted so far is

Rahonavis ostromi, found in Upper Cretaceous rocks of Madagascar. Its unusual
mixture of maniraptoran and avian traits led to some controversy over whether it
actually represents a bird or not, and its geologic age (well after the Late Jurassic)
contributed to this skepticism. A clade of primitive birds that comprises a sister
clade to all birds other than Archaeopteryx and Rahonavis is Confuciusornithidae.
This clade is represented by abundant specimens of its namesake, Confuciusornis
sanctus (Fig. 15.5) as well as Changechengornis hengdaoziensis. As might be surmised
from their names, both species are from China, and they come from the same Lower
Cretaceous formation.
Judging from the numerous and varied species found so far, Aves diversified con-
siderably throughout the Cretaceous, suggesting that their evolution was relatively
rapid and their ecological niches became more specifically definable. Some forms
had definitely achieved full flight and probably had arboreal lifestyles, whereas oth-
ers adapted to new habitats such as semi-arid inland areas and shallow marine regions.
For example, avians are likely the tracemakers of bird-like tracks in some of the 15
oldest Cretaceous strata of Spain, and these tracks are interpreted as having been
made by shorebirds. This implies that birds had already radiated to such habitats
465
within 10 million years of Archaeopteryx. A few presumed dinosaur eggs and nests
have also been suspected of actually belonging to avians; some Late Cretaceous
eggshells closely match those known from birds. The oldest embryonic avian
remains, found in Mongolia, are also Late Cretaceous and probably belong to the
bird Gobipteryx minuta. Overall, the fossil record for birds improves dramatically
in Cretaceous deposits, in comparison to their extreme rarity in Jurassic strata.
Additionally, discoveries of the last 25 years in particular have added exponenti-
ally to unraveling the evolution of Cretaceous birds. At this writing, more than
50 genera of birds had been identified from Cretaceous strata, hailing from every
continent, except Antarctica, and contributing to the ever more complicated clado-
grams which change with each new discovery (Table 15.1).
TABLE 15.1 Cretaceous birds, their approximate geologic

ages, and general localities.

Alexornis Late Cretaceous Mexico
Apatornis Late Cretaceous Western USA
Apsaravis Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Avisaurus Late Cretaceous Western USA
Baptornis Late Cretaceous Western USA
Cathayornis Early Cretaceous China
Changchengornis Early Cretaceous China
Chaoyangia Early Cretaceous China
Confuciusornis Early Cretaceous China
Coniornis Late Cretaceous Western USA
Enaliornis Early Cretaceous UK
Eoalulavis Early Cretaceous Spain
Eocathayornis Early Cretaceous China
Eoenantiornis Early Cretaceous China
Gargantuavis Late Cretaceous France
Gobipterx Late Cretaceous Mongolia
Halomornis Late Cretaceous Eastern USA
Hesperornis Late Cretaceous Western USA
Iberomesornis Early Cretaceous Spain
Ichthyornis Late Cretaceous Western and Eastern USA
Jibenia Early Cretaceous China
Kizylkumavis Late Cretaceous Uzbekistan
Kuszholia Late Cretaceous Uzbekistan
Lectavis Late Cretaceous Argentina
Liaoningornis Early Cretaceous China
Nanantius Early Cretaceous Australia
Neuquenornis Late Cretaceous Argentina
Noguerornis Early Cretaceous Spain
Otogornis Early Cretaceous China
Parahesperornis Late Cretaceous Canada
Patagopteryx Late Cretaceous Argentina
Protopteyrx Early Cretaceous China
Rahonavis Late Cretaceous Madagascar
Sinornis Early Cretaceous China
Soroavisaurus Early Cretaceous Argentina
466
One of the key features used to determine whether a

Although discussion still bird flew is the degree of development seen in its ster-
continues about whether num, to which the large flight muscles are attached. These
Archaeopteryx was sterna can be bony, cartilaginous, or completely absent;
capable of self-powered the latter two conditions are coincident with flightless-
flight (that is, flapping ness. A bladed appearance to the middle of a sternum is
its wings instead of a keel (also known as carina), analogous to the central
merely gliding), the Early ridge on the bottom of a boat. Once the keel is well-
Cretaceous Sinornis of developed, the sternum is called carinate. Archaeopteryx
has a mildly carinate sternum, whereas the Early Creta-
China has characteristics
ceous Sinornis of China has a proportionally more carinate
closely associated with
sternum. When coupled with elongated coracoids in
full flight.
the shoulder region (for the further attachment of
flight muscles), this evidence advocates Sinornis as a
flyer. Yet Sinornis and many other Cretaceous birds, such as the Early Cretaceous
Iberomesornis of Spain, still retained teeth and other primitive traits that reflected
their dinosaurian heritage.
Other Cretaceous birds varied from fully flighted to flightless varieties. For ex-
ample, the very odd, wingless, cursorial Mononykus from the Upper Cretaceous of
Mongolia was first classified as a non-avian theropod, but is now placed within Aviale
and is considered more closely related to Archaeopteryx than to most other mani-
raptorans. Other flightless Late Cretaceous birds included the tern-like shorebird
Ichthyornis and the toothed, marine diving bird Hesperonis (Fig. 15.6). Thus, birds
certainly had taken to the air and shared flight time with pterosaurs during the
Cretaceous, but they also ran in the same deserts as dromaeosaurs and swam in
the same waters as plesiosaurs and other marine reptiles (Chapter 6). This expan-
sion of habitats for birds is all the more remarkable because it happened during
the last 70 million years of the Mesozoic, when most dinosaurs of the previous 90+
million years apparently spent all of their time firmly on the ground.
Of all the clades of Cretaceous birds, none of those with toothed species, such
as enantiornithines, survived into the Tertiary Period. Although the fossil record for
birds has improved considerably in recent years, inadequate information is available
FIGURE 15.6 Skeleton of Hesperornis regalis, a Late Cretaceous diving bird recovered
from marine deposits in Kansas, and artistic reconstruction behind it. Note the vestigial 15
wings, indicating secondary flightlessness in a Cretaceous bird. Sam Noble Oklahoma
Museum of Natural History, Norman, Oklahoma.
467
to figure out when declines occurred in bird populations. Nevertheless, all lineages
with the exception of the neornithines, known generally as modern birds, went
extinct either before or at the end of the Cretaceous Period. Why only these birds
and no others made it into the Tertiary is unknown. One commonality of Late
Cretaceous neornithines is that most were apparently shorebirds. This habitat prefer-
ence may have had a survival advantage for whatever events happened toward
the end of the Cretaceous and beginning of the Tertiary Periods (Chapter 16).
Alternatively, the presence of these species in the fossil record may be a result of
a preservation bias in the form of the more frequent burial of nearshore species.
Taphonomy is the filter through which all interpretations of the fossil record neces-
sarily must be made (Chapter 7), and birds in particular are difficult to preserve as
body fossils because of their often small, hollow bones. As a result, the fossil record
for birds is not expected to be very rich, making the discoveries of recent years
from the Late Cretaceous all the more remarkable.
Bird Ancestors: Theropod Hypothesis and the Origin of

Avian Flight
The most widely accepted hypothesis for bird ancestry in the Mesozoic is that
certain lineages of small theropods, in combination with environmental factors
that affected natural selection of these theropods, resulted in the evolution of
birds by the Late Jurassic. As mentioned before, the shining example used as evid-
ence in this evolutionary scenario is Archaeopteryx, known as the long-presumed
link between reptilian ancestors and avian descendents. A theropod ancestry of
Archaeopteryx is interpreted on the basis of its numerous anatomical features allied
with theropods (Chapter 9):
n Both upper and lower jaws bearing pointed teeth.

n Tridactyl manus with digits I through to III, digit II the longest of the three,
ending in claws.
n Semilunate (half-moon shaped) carpal in the wrist.
n V-shaped furcula.
n Ankle with differentiated (unfused) metatarsals II through to IV.
n Ascending process on the astragalus.
n Tridactyl pes symmetrical around digit III, with digit I retroverted (aniso-
dactyl) and well-developed claws on all digits.
n Saurischian pelvis with long pubis.
n Gastralia.
n Six unfused sacral vertebrae.
n Moderately long tail (about 25 caudal vertebrae), with elongate processes
(zygopophyses) that interlock to stiffen it.
Modern birds form a contrast:
n No teeth.
n Forearms where the carpals, metacarpals, and phalanges fuse into a carpo-
metatarsus (the distal end of a chicken wing shows this structure quite
well).
n A synsacrum, where the pelvic bones fuse with the sacral vertebrae.
n A pygostyle (although a few non-avian maniraptorans also have this feature).
n Fusion of the metatarsals (anklebones) into a tarsometatarsus.
Obviously, Archaeopteryx is not just an ordinary bird. Its teeth, unfused bones in
the forearm, manus with phalanges and claws, unfused sacrum, long tail, and unfused
468
bones in the ankle, along with many other traits, all point to its classification as a
theropod. Yet it is also a bird because of modifications to this theropod body plan
that represent novel traits.
On the basis of the previously mentioned traits for Archaeopteryx, Aves and Deino-
nychosauria are hypothesized as having a common ancestor from the node-based
clade Coelurosauria. Depending on how a cladogram for birds and their theropod
relatives is arranged, some predatory theropods, such as the Early Cretaceous
Deinonychus, Dromaeosaurus, Utahraptor, and Late Cretaceous Velociraptor, are prob-
ably part of a sister clade to birds. A possible point of confusion is that, because of
this common ancestry, both deinonychosaurs and primitive birds may have been
feathered. This hypothesis is supported by the discovery of one feathered deinony-
chosaur, the Early Cretaceous Sinornithosaurus of China. This circumstance does not
mean that birds were the ancestors of deinonochysaurs, but rather that they
descended from the same ancestor and later became contemporaries. The largest
problems with the theropodbird hypothesis do not lie in working out whether
birds evolved from theropods; a detailed comparative analysis reveals that more
than 100 characters are shared by coelurosaurian dinosaurs and avians. The questions
that are still unanswered are when and how birds evolved from theropod ancestors.
The when part of the theropodbird question is probably easier to answer in
a preliminary way. The stratigraphic position of Archaeopteryx indicates a minimum
age of Late Jurassic for the evolution of birds. This suggests that the most imme-
diate ancestors of birds may have originated during the Middle Jurassic or the
earliest part of the Late Jurassic, with divergence from a hypothetical coelurosaur
(probably maniraptoran) ancestor. A few fragmentary maniraptoran remains have
been found in Late Jurassic deposits of North America, indicating a maniraptoran
presence on two continents at that time. However, the lack of more complete,
identifiable maniraptoran specimens is particularly vexing in this respect, because
a gap results in the fossil lineage of coelurosaurs to avians. Nevertheless, the
characters of Archaeopteryx with relation to other theropods and its stratigraphic
position serve as a predictor not only for where in geologic time these avian
ancestors lie, but also for what they should look like.
The question of how flighted birds evolved from flightless theropods is a rather
contentious debate that may not be resolved in the near future. This pessimistic
assessment acknowledges that the majority of data supporting the competing
hypotheses are based on inferences gained from functional morphology and
biomechanical analyses. Because the morphological features that define birds are
intrinsically linked to adaptations for flight, the causes for the evolution of flight
in certain theropods must be considered. As a result, two main hypotheses have
been proposed for the origin of bird flight:
1 the arboreal hypothesis; and

2 cursorial hypothesis.
The arboreal hypothesis, known colloquially as the trees-down hypothesis, states

that small, feathered theropods climbed into trees, evolved into gliding forms, and
eventually gave rise to forms capable of full flight. The cursorial hypothesis, also
known as the ground-up hypothesis, postulates that small, fast-moving, bipedal
theropods flapped their feathered arms while pursuing and swatting at prey such
as insects, which eventually led to jumping, short flights, then full flight in later
descendants. Both hypotheses presume that feathers evolved from the skins of
theropods in some rudimentary state as proto-feathers that were not associated
with flight, thus meaning that the feathers were exaptations. Exaptations are in- 15
heritable traits that were already favorably adapted for a selective pressure before it
happened (Chapter 6), meaning that these proto-feathers did not evolve specifically
469
for flight, but later helped with flying. After all, although feathers are useful for
flighted birds today, they are not a prerequisite for flying ability in animals. For
example, among tetrapods, pterosaurs and bats both independently developed full
flying capabilities without the benefit of feathers. Consequently, theropods could
have had feathers well before natural selection was applied in either an arboreal or
cursorial scenario, and the feathers could have served an entirely different function.
Of these two hypotheses, the cursorial hypothesis was more popular with pale-
ontologists until recently. It may have been more acceptable simply because it was
less weak than the arboreal hypothesis. A turning point in this debate came about
as a result of the recent discovery of three Early Cretaceous non-avian theropods
that were apparently adapted for arboreal lifestyles. Two species, Epidendrosaurus
ninchengensis and Scansoriopteryx heilmanni, are relatively small. They have an
unusually long digit III on their hands, and long forearms, collectively. These traits
would have served well for climbing trees. Another species, Microraptor gui, is also
small (smaller than Archaeopteryx, in fact) and has feathers on all four limbs, which
suggests that it was a glider. Adaptations for gliding are useless if the same animal
also could not climb trees or similarly high objects, thus Microraptor is also
assumed to have been a tree climber.
As just demonstrated, the debate over trees-down or ground-up origins for bird
flight centers on functional morphology, and from such studies other apparent con-
tradictions become apparent. For example, Archaeopteryx has claws on its manus
that could have been used for climbing and feet that were seemingly adapted for
perching. Nonetheless, its hallux is slightly too short for good perching, and it also
has legs that were adapted for bipedal running. Likewise, its flight feathers are well
developed, yet the bony sternum is poorly developed (in fact, only one specimen
has a sternum preserved). Despite seven skeletons, some of them exquisitely pre-
served, and an inordinate amount of study by many careful and brilliant paleon-
tologists over the course of 145 years, the exact details about how Archaeopteryx
lived or got to where it was in its evolutionary history are still being debated.
Another problem with relying on functional morphology for either hypothesis
is that few actual experiments or observations of modern analogues are included
to test the assumptions. For example, no modern birds swat at insects or any other
prey with their feathered arms for food gathering while they run, which disfavors
the cursorial hypothesis. Similarly, the only modern analogue that favors the arbo-
real hypothesis is represented by one species of bird that has claws on its wings
adapted for climbing trees, the hoatzin of South America (Opisthocomus hoazin). The
hoatzin only has this ability in its juvenile state, as the adults have fused digits in
their manus, just like any other bird.
Other independent data, such as trace fossils or facies associations, have not been
integrated to any great extent into arguments for either hypothesis. For example,
if theropod ancestors of birds were indeed cursorial before short flights, then pre-
served trackways of such behavior would help to confirm that this happened.
Unfortunately, arboreal theropods would have left far fewer tracks, and scratch marks
left on trees would have had low preservation potential. Another problem would
be distinguishing non-avian theropod tracks from bird tracks in Jurassic rocks. So
far no Jurassic bird tracks have been recognized, although the aforementioned avian-
like tracks from the Late Triassic of Argentina are intriguing clues to animals that
had feet similar to those of modern birds. With regard to Archaeopteryx, if it was at
least partially ground dwelling, its short hallux means that it probably would not
have left an impression of this digit. As a result, only a typical tridactyl and pre-
sumably non-avian theropod footprint would be evident.
One other piece of evidence relating to the trees-down or ground-up hypotheses
is the paleoenvironmental context for Archaeopteryx. Its exclusive occurrence in
lagoonal deposits of the Solnhofen Limestone means that it may have been flying
470
far away from any forested areas, which would favor the cursorial hypothesis.
Alternatively, all of the specimens in the Solnhofen also could have floated into
the lagoon from forested areas (the bloat-and-float hypothesis explained in
Chapter 7), which would not have negated the arboreal hypothesis. Other evidence
supporting the latter scenario is the occurrence of the probable arboreal non-avian
theropods, Epidendrosaurus, Scansoriopteryx, and Microraptor, in lake deposits, which
means that they may have floated out into a water body before sinking to the
bottom and becoming part of the fossil record.
The preceding discussion was presented in the context of an either-or argu-
ment, but in science alternative hypotheses do not have to be limited to just two.
A third hypothesis, which is actually a variation of the cursorial one, is that ground
running was helped along by vigorous flapping that increased theropod running
speeds. Such an adaptation certainly would have aided in predator avoidance, which
would have been particularly important for small theropods in the Late Jurassic.
Under this hypothesis, natural selection of these flapping pre-avian theropods
would have progressively led to full, self-powered flight. The contrast between this
model and the previous cursorial model is that one would have been used for pre-
dation, whereas the other would have been used for avoiding it.
Yet another modification of the cursorial hypothesis is actually a neat synthesis
of it with the arboreal hypothesis, which calls for the evolutionary development
of wing-assisted incline running. This hypothesis differs from the others in that
it has incorporated much experimental data from modern birds (partridges), rather
than theorizing based on functional morphology. These experiments showed that
juvenile partridges were capable of running up steep inclines, including vertical tree
trunks, journeys that were made easier by an energetic flapping of their wings. This
method also would have been an excellent method for predator avoidance, par-
ticularly if the predators were non-avian theropods with relatively short arms. The
researcher who documented this behavior also tested the effects of feather area on
incline running by trimming the feathers to half their length or cutting them off
completely. Birds without feathers could not run up slopes greater than 60, and
the half-feathered individuals also were 1020 behind the fully-feathered in
climbing ability. This study thus helps to explain how a half-wing in a theropod
would still have an evolutionary advantage over no wing. The results also
changed the perspectives of paleontologists who had not been studying extant avian
dinosaurs for clues of their evolutionary history.
Although birds are theropods, the exact mechanisms responsible for the evolu-
tion of flightless theropod lineages into flighted birds are still poorly understood,
although they are becoming clearer with each fossil discovery. Indeed, anatomical
data derived from non-avian maniraptorans, Archaeopteryx, and other primitive
birds have clearly demonstrated the clear progression of the fore limbs, chest, and
shoulder girdles, adaptations favoring self-powered flight. For example, ratios of
armspans to body lengths of the feathered non-avian theropods Sinosauropteryx,
Protarchaeopteryx, and Sinornithosaurus show a potential progression from leapers
to gliders (where wider armspans correlate with wingspans). Furthermore,
Archaeopteryx may have been either a glider or used self-powered flight, but it may
have been surpassed in the latter respect by the non-avian theropod Cryptovolans,
which had a better developed keel (Chapter 9). Doubtless the steps of this evolu-
tionary process and its contributing factors will gain even more clarity with
further study and new fossil discoveries.
Bird Ancestors: Thecodont Hypothesis

15
Debates about bird ancestry included a hypothesis that birds originated from archo-
saur lineages separate from dinosaurs. A group of archosaurs, previously called
471
thecodonts, was considered as a common ancestral group to crocodilians, pterosaurs,

and dinosaurs (Chapter 6). Based on cladistics, this grouping is now understood to
be paraphyletic, and the recently held understanding is that Archosauria had at
least two clades split from it, Crurotarsi and Ornithodira. Crurotarsans gave rise to
some extinct crocodilian-like animals such as phytosaurs, as well as lineages that
led to modern alligators and crocodiles. Ornithodirans gave rise to both pterosaurs
and dinosaurs, both of which arrived on the Mesozoic scene by the Late Triassic.
Although these relationships seem clear now, this was not always the case. For
example, under previous Linnaean classifications, thecodonts were more or less a
conglomerate of crurotarsans and ornithodirans, and their evolutionary relation-
ships were poorly understood. The first well-reasoned proposal of a thecodont
origin for birds, stated in 1926 by German paleontologist Gerhard Heilmann, was
based on the then-factual lack of clavicles (furcula) in theropods. In contrast, some
primitive Triassic archosaurs did have clavicles. By Heilmanns logic, using a prin-
ciple first articulated by Louis Dollo (Chapter 3), a structure that is lost is not
re-acquired in an evolutionary lineage. This would have meant by default that non-
dinosaur archosaurs were the ancestors of birds. However, when some maniraptors
were later found to have furculas, the premise of Heilmanns hypothesis was
negated and the theropod-origin hypothesis was correspondingly strengthened.
Similarly, subsequent hypotheses of either thecodont or other archosaur ances-
tors have been based on only a few morphological traits shared by birds and the
proposed bird ancestors. These attempts have not withstood critical scrutiny.
Although the theropodbird lineage admittedly has some gaps, a thecodontbird
lineage has chasms.
Evidence that added fuel to this still-simmering controversy was the announce-
ment that feather-like structures were found on the dorsal surface of Longisquama
insignis, a small Late Triassic archosaur from central Asia. The structures superfici-
ally do look like feathers in that they have central shafts with symmetrical branching
forming elongated vanes, and they seem to originate from the body of the animal.
Longisquama, which has been known to paleontologists for about 35 years, was inter-
preted as a gliding animal because of these unusual structures and its lightly built
skeleton. However, these structures were only recently interpreted as feathers.
As of this writing, the topic of whether the structures are indeed feathers, some
odd type of scales, or some previously unknown structure is still unresolved.
Regardless, preliminary claims of the presence of feathers on one specimen of a
Late Triassic archosaur unrelated to dinosaurs do not automatically erase the enor-
mous amount of character data that support dinosaurbird ancestry. Feathers do
not make a one-character magic bullet that proves a relationship of any given
fossil to birds. By analogy, hair-like structures described in the wings of pterosaurs
are not construed to imply that they were the ancestors of modern bats.
One consensus view is that birds represent convergent evolution from separate
lineages. In this scenario, a thecodont ancestry provided bird descendants and thero-
pod ancestry provided other bird descendants. This compromise nevertheless con-
jures a more complicated scenario than if birds had originated from just one lineage.
It requires a sort of faith that such a unique body plan could have evolved inde-
pendently from different lineages within approximately the same span of geologic
time. Considering that the theropod hypothesis is backed by a robust data set and
the competing ones are not, and that the coincidence of the more than 100 char-
acters shared by theropods and birds is impossible to ignore, the most logical course
is to conditionally accept the theropod hypothesis.
An interesting variation on the non-avianavian theropod hypothesis is that
some Cretaceous flightless and feathered non-avian theropods were actually
descended from avian ancestors. As a result, the evolutionary sequence would
have been:
472
1 non-avian flightless theropod;

2 avian flighted theropod; and
3 avian flightless theropod.
However, cladistic analyses of Archaeopteryx and other avians indicate that these
are more derived forms than the flightless theropods conjectured as their descend-
ants, therefore casting doubt on such an ancestordescendant relationship. Regard-
less, the affirmation of this hypothesis would only modify the currently supported
scenario for avian descent from non-avian theropods.
Nonetheless, a word of caution is warranted for any paleontologists who too quickly
embrace a hypothesis as completely confirmed. Human prejudice can influence
how evidence is viewed, fitting it to the hypothesis rather than cultivating aware-
ness of how it may not fit. In other words, people see what they want to see.
For example, a few years ago paleontologists named Archaeoraptor, a new Early
Cretaceous genus of dinosaur from China, on the basis of a single specimen that
had a blend of half-deinonychosaur and half-avian features. This specimen was hailed
as further confirming dinosaurbird links and was given much publicity in the
popular press before undergoing peer review. However, a more careful examination
later revealed that it was a chimera: the posterior half of a dromaeosaur, later identified
as Microraptor, had been pasted to the anterior half of a fossil bird, Yanornis
martini (Chapter 9). This two-for-one specimen was not a hoax perpetrated by the
paleontologists who described it, but nevertheless it was embarrassing to them and
the magazine that first announced it. The lesson from this mistake is that the eupho-
ria surrounding a potentially important fossil find is understandable, but healthy
skepticism helps to prevent hasty interpretations that just happen to reaffirm a
currently reigning hypothesis.
Bird Evolution in the Cenozoic

As mentioned earlier, birds had already filled numerous niches, including those in
aquatic environments, by the end of the Cretaceous. Thus, the extinction of both
ground-dwelling dinosaurs and aerial pterosaurs opened many more niches for birds
and mammals by the early part of the Cenozoic. In spite of the extinction of all
bird clades, except the neornithines, birds diversified quickly in these niches during
the first 10 million years or so of the Tertiary Period. Shorebirds, similar to (and prob-
able ancestors of) modern flamingos, herons, and ducks, were particularly common
early in the Tertiary. The largest group of modern birds, the passerines, otherwise
known as songbirds (wrens, larks, sparrows, warblers, chickadees, crows, jays, mag-
pies, and so on), occupied most other niches available in terrestrial environments.
Passerines comprise about 60% of all known species of modern birds, number-
ing nearly 6000 species. Their evolution was most likely dependent on their vocal-
izations, which are key novelties linked to their reproductive cycles. The sounds of
lambeosaurines from the Late Cretaceous can be reasonably inferred on the basis
of their huge nasal chambers (Chapter 11), but fossil passerines of the past 20 mil-
lion years, with their tiny and delicate bones, are not amenable to a similar ana-
lysis. Because their vocalizations did not fossilize, passerines are poor subjects for
cladistic analyses, demonstrating in this instance that cladistics is only one tool
available to a paleontologist, not a panacea. The diversification of passerines not
only changed the sound of terrestrial ecosystems, but also affected the biogeographic
dispersal of flowering plants, as many of these birds ate fruit and had other inter-
actions with flowering trees and shrubs.
Although fore-limb adaptations to flight comprise a hallmark of birds, some 15
lineages show the evolution of secondary flightlessness during the early part of
the Tertiary Period. This situation means that the inheritance of a lack of flying
473
FIGURE 15.7 Track of greater rhea

(Rhea americana), a large ratite native
to Patagonia, Argentina. Notice its
close anatomical resemblance to
Mesozoic theropod tracks depicted
and described in previous chapters,
with prominent digits IIIV,
phalangeal pads, and well-developed
claws.
ability recurred like so: flightless non-avian theropod flighted bird flightless
bird. Modern birds can be broadly divided into carinates (flighted birds) and ratites
(flightless birds), although exceptions to this dualistic classification are posed by a
few species of flightless carinates. Among these birds are penguins, which prob-
ably evolved from flighted diving birds and now essentially fly through a liquid
medium (using the same flapping motion) instead of the air.
Ratites, which include ostriches, emus, rheas, kiwis, and cassowaries, are of the
most interest to dinosaur paleontologists because they are biomechanical and pos-
sible behavioral analogues to some flightless theropods of the Mesozoic. In fact,
numerous studies of rhea and emu tracks have been used as modern analogues to
Mesozoic theropod tracks (Fig. 15.7). A Tertiary ratite that might have been as ter-
rifying as some Cretaceous dromaeosaurs to the mammals of its time was Diatryma,
described by Edward Cope in 1876 (Fig. 15.8). Diatryma was a 2-meter tall bird that
towered over most mammals about 50 million years ago. It probably weighed more
than 150 kg and had a large head and beak adapted for meat eating. However,
Diatryma was surpassed in mass by a bird that only recently went extinct, the her-
bivorous elephantbird (Aepyornis maximus). At nearly 3-meters tall and weighing
400 kg, the elephantbird was larger than any deinonychosaur, with the exception
of Utahraptor (Chapter 9). It died out only about 1000 years ago, and its decline
coincided with the arrival of humans in its habitats on Madagascar about 2000 years
ago. Other ratites that went extinct within recent memory were the moas (e.g.,
Dinornis) of New Zealand (Fig. 15.9). Dinornis maximus was the tallest bird known
(one specimen was 3.7 meters tall), and weighed more than 200 kg. However, other
species of moas varied in size and most were considerably smaller. These ratites were
probable victims of overhunting and habitat alteration by humans, and the last
474
FIGURE 15.8 Skeleton of the

frightening Tertiary ratite Diatryma
of North America. Be aware of its
anatomical similarity to theropod
skeletons from Chapter 9. Sam Noble
Oklahoma Museum of Natural
History, Norman, Oklahoma.
possible moa sighting was in 1947. Other modern ratites and many carinates sim-
ilarly have been decreasing at rapid rates as a result of overhunting and human
alterations of habitats, signaling the beginnings of a possible mass extinction for
birds well into the Cenozoic (Chapter 16).
Carinates are by far the more diverse of the two groups and include the afore-
mentioned passerines, but also (in general, and not cladistic categories):
1 waterbirds albatrosses, boobies, cormorants, frigatebirds, gannets, grebes,

loons, pelicans, petrels, and shearwaters;
2 wading birds bitterns, cranes, egrets, herons, ibises, spoonbills, storks;
3 shorebirds avocets, gulls, mudhens, oystercatchers, plovers, rails, sandpipers,
stilts, and terns;
4 gamebirds grouse, quails, and turkeys;
5 raptors falcons, hawks, eagles, and owls, to name a few.
The preceding list is not meant to be memorized, but to impress that the variabil-
ity of birds is almost taken for granted unless one starts to name all of them. This
modern assortment put together with the Cenozoic fossil record of birds collec-
tively point toward a post-Cretaceous success of birds that calls into question the 15
popular appellation of the Cenozoic as the Age of Mammals. In terms of shear
numbers of species and individuals, it more arguably is the Age of Birds.
475
(A) (B)
FIGURE 15.9 Dinornis, a recently extinct genus of moas, which were a group of ratites native to
New Zealand. (A) Skeleton of adult Diornis maximus; bust of Sir Richard Owen (Chapter 3) for scale.
(B) Egg of D. giganteus, with a calculated volume of about four liters (!). Auckland Museum, Auckland,
New Zealand.
Birds as Living Animals
Not surprisingly, bird Reproduction

reproduction is very Displays and courting behavior are common aspects of
similar to what has been mating for birds, as well as auditory wooing through the
interpreted for theropod use of songs. Displays can be made through colorful or
dinosaurs, but other prominent plumage (e.g., peacocks) as well as sometimes-
dinosaur clades may have complicated dances or songs performed for the benefit
shared behavioral traits of receptive females, showing some parallels to some mod-
with birds too. ern primates. Related to such pre-mating behaviors are
territorial displays, where male birds will make aggressive
476
BIRDS AS LIVING ANIMALS
movements or sounds that clearly communicate stay away to rivals. Interestingly,

these behaviors rarely lead to actual fights between rival males, which have been
conjectured for ceratopsians and pachycephalosaurs (Chapter 13).
Birds show a myriad of mating behaviors. Although they are often admired as
paragons of family values because of the large number of species that have mono-
gamous pair bonding, a significant number of species also slip in the occasional
bird on the side. In such instances, bird pairs may be classified as socially mono-
gamous, meaning that they help one another to raise their young, or genetically
monogamous, where they are the only genetic parents of the young. Observations
of bird behavior in recent years now suggest that the latter is actually rare,
although most birds remain socially monogamous. Accordingly, many bird pairs
will raise young that are not a result of their mating. In cases of nest parasitism
(discussed in Chapter 8), some young that are raised may not even belong to the
same species.
Nest building, now attributed to an ornithopod, Maiasaura, a few non-avian
theropods such as Troodon and Oviraptor (Chapter 9), and at least one species of
titanosaurid sauropod (Chapter 10), is common in modern birds, although not
ubiquitous. Some birds do not nest at all, but lay their eggs on bare ground or
rock. Similarly, a few bird nests consist of the barest scrape of a ground surface.
However, others are among the most elaborate of any tetrapod-made structures,
consisting of finely woven grasses or sticks, or borings made into hard soils aug-
mented by vegetative material (Fig. 15.10AC). Nests can be solitary or closely spaced
in nesting colonies, the latter of which has been proposed for Maiasaura. Nesting
colonies sometimes show regular spacing between individual nests, indicative
of space requirements needed by parents for raising their respective broods
(Fig. 15.10D).
Growth
Avian growth rates are often rapid, which is consistent with their endothermic
physiology (Chapter 8). However, different groups of birds differ considerably
in whether their young are born atricial or precocial, a consideration discussed for
juvenile dinosaurs (Chapters 9 and 10). Most passerines, raptors, and herons have
altricial juveniles, which means that they require much parental maintenance,
including brooding that conserves body heat. In some instances, juveniles may stay
in close proximity to their nests, even as they approach adult size (Fig. 15.11). On
the other hand, most shorebirds and game birds (turkeys, grouse, quail) have pre-
cocial young that are active and somewhat self-sufficient soon after hatching. The
latter situation enables parents to divide duties in raising the young, whereas
the former almost necessitates that both parents are constantly around while their
young develop.
Regardless of whether a species of bird is altricial or precocial in its juvenile stage,
they all reach breeding age within a relatively short period of time compared to
average lifespan, some as early as one year after hatching. Again, this is indicative
of rapid growth rates relative to many mammals, and similar growth rates have
been calculated for what are presumed as precocial juvenile theropods (Chapters 8
and 9). After they reach breeding age, most birds cease or otherwise slow their growth.
The majority of bird species live less than 30 years (and some considerably less than
that), but a few species of parrots can live more than 50 years in captivity.
Locomotion
15
The various ways that birds move are incredibly varied, going far beyond descriptions
of merely flying. Although most species of modern birds are indeed capable of
477
(A)
(B)
FIGURE 15.10 Variety of nests constructed and used by modern birds. (A) Ground
scrape with a clutch of eggs on a sandy beach made by American oystercatcher
(Haematopus palliatus), Georgia, USA. (B) Large and elaborate stick nest of osprey
(Pandion haliaetus), Florida, USA. (C) Hole nest (burrow) in semi-consolidated sand
with vegetation stuffed inside, made by kotare (kingfisher: Halcyon santus), North
Island, New Zealand. (D) Nesting colony of takapu (Australasian gannet: Morus
serrator) showing regularly spaced nest mounds formed by guano, North Island,
New Zealand.
478
(C)
(D)
FIGURE 15.10 Continued
extended self-powered flight, they range from completely flightless (cursorial) to the
fastest animals on Earth, once airborne (e.g., peregrine falcons, Falco peregrinus).
As mentioned earlier, most flightless birds fit into a category of ratites, although a
few flightless passerines evolved via the geographic isolation of New Zealand and
other remote islands. Moreover, a few flighted birds also are maneuverable on the
ground and can easily outrun their prey or predators. Other non-cursorial or non-
aerial variations on locomotion include:
1 swimming on the surfaces of water bodies;

2 swimming under water surfaces;
3 diving; 15
4 burrowing; and
5 climbing.
479
FIGURE 15.11 Altricial juveniles of magnificent frigatebirds (Fregata magnificens), which

have 1.72.4 m wingspans as adults but are completely dependent on their parents for
the first year of life, despite approaching their sizes. Notice their eerie resemblance to
non-avian theropods, downy feathers and all. San Salvador, Bahamas.
Because of this range of movements, birds can soar high above the Earths surface
(as much as 6000 m), dive as deep as 500 m, or live in nearly every other terres-
trial and aquatic environment. This diversity of lifestyles far exceeds those known
for non-avian dinosaurs, although avians had the advantage of more time to
evolve them.
Perhaps the most noteworthy aspect of avian locomotion is how it is used for
migrations, and in this respect birds are the most impressive of all tetrapods.
A migration is the movement of birds between where they spend their winters
and where they breed, hence these movements are seasonal and annual. Because
reproduction often requires much caloric energy for mating, the development of
eggs, and raising of young, birds will migrate away from their winter habitat to a
place that has more calories and other nutrients available (Chapter 8), as well as
adequate nesting habitats. Some of these migrations cover tens of thousands of
kilometers, and even flightless birds, such as penguins, are known to migrate (via
swimming, not waddling) hundreds of kilometers. Similar seasonal and annual migra-
tions have been postulated for some dinosaurs that show large latitudinal vari-
ations, such as some hadrosaurids (Chapter 11), and some dinosaurs were clearly
adapted for high-latitude (polar) environments as well (Chapter 8).
Feeding
Birds show a wide range of feeding strategies, from herbivorous (seeds, leaves, or
fruits) to insectivorous to carnivorous, the latter manifested as either predation or
scavenging. Darwins original observations of finches in the Galapagos Islands noted
480
(A) (B)
FIGURE 15.12 Wood-boring activities of birds related to nesting and feeding. (A) Hole nest in tree trunk made
by pileated woodpecker (Dryocopus pileatus); Idaho, USA. (B) Oak acorns (Quercus sp.) wedged in holes made
by acorn woodpecker (Melanerpes formicivorus) in trunk of ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa); California, USA.
how beak shapes for otherwise very similar species varied considerably in accord-
ance with adaptations for food acquisition, for example, seed-crushing versus fruit
eating versus insect nabbing. Not all birds are restricted to just one source of food,
and some species switch from herbivory to insectivory to carnivory according to
their needs. Even hummingbirds, which were always thought of as nectar eaters,
prey upon and eat insects to supplement their diets. Other insectivorous birds, such
as woodpeckers, have special adaptations to their bills and skulls for rapid ham-
mering into wood in search of wood-boring insects, but they also can construct
hole nests in tree trunks (Fig. 15.12A). A few shorebirds have long bills (partially
to compensate for proportionally long legs) that are well suited for probing deeply
into beach sands for crustaceans and molluscans. Of course, sharp beaks and talons
associated with strong, grasping feet and rapid or near-silent flight, present in rap-
tors and owls, are easily associated with predatory behaviors. However, one of the 15
fiercest of predatory birds is the flightless cassowary (Casuarius casuarius) of north-
ern Australia, which has been known to kill people with its vicious kicks. A similar
481
kicking behavior has been conjectured for a few deinonychosaurs, which had large,
sickle-like claws on digit II (Chapter 9).
Besides such obvious morphological adaptations, a few birds are the only
tetrapods other than primates known to use tools for feeding. For example, some
species of herons will hold feathers or similar lures in their beaks above a water
surface to attract fish; nuthatches will use pieces of bark to force open bark on a
tree trunk to acquire insects; and crows probe for insects using sticks or leaves. Some
species of birds also show a feeding behavior markedly different from the vast major-
ity of reptiles: caching, which is the storing of food for later consumption. One of
the best examples of this type of behavior is in the acorn woodpecker (Melanerpes
formicivorus), which drills holes into bark of trees and then tightly wedges acorns
into these holes. Entire trees then become grocery stores for woodpeckers to
visit later (Fig. 15.12B). Both tool use and caching are unknown in Mesozoic dinosaurs,
and the evidence for such behavior is expected to be scanty, based on current
analogues.
A noteworthy aspect of the interrelationships of bird feeding and flowering
plants is their well-documented interdependence. Numerous flowering plants are
dependent on birds for cross-pollination and seed dispersal, and likewise many
birds are dependent on flowering plants for food and nesting materials. Indeed,
some paleontologists have hypothesized that the near coincidence of the oldest
flowering plants (Early Cretaceous) and oldest birds (Late Jurassic) in the geologic
record possibly indicates a cause-and-effect relationship. Whether birds or pollinating
insects played a role in the development of flowering plants is unknown, but the
clear interconnections between birds, flowers, and fruits today argue for similar rela-
tionships in the geologic past.
Social Life
Modern birds are represented by nearly 10,000 species, hence their social lives are
difficult to classify. The broadest categories that can be made for them are:
1 malefemale pairs (discussed earlier); and

2 flocks.
Some malefemale pairs rarely gather with others of their species; such spatial sep-
aration is probably related to male territoriality, food resource allocations, or other
habitat requirements. Of course, any given flock of birds may be composed of a
large number of malefemale pairs, which increases the likelihood of gene mixing
between pairs. The advantages of large flocks are numerous:
1 a collective protection of young (strength in numbers);

2 finding food is easier with more eyes looking for it;
3 predators are more easily avoided for the same reasons as in (2); and
4 navigation during migrations.
Regardless of whether social behavior is limited to a few individuals or thousands

in a breeding colony, much of it is facilitated by verbal and non-verbal communica-
tions. Non-verbal forms of communication include feather displays (plumage) and
body movements; some of the latter consist of elaborate dances that either entice
or intimidate. Verbal communications in birds are among the most complex of all
tetrapods, but fall into two general categories, calls and songs. Calls are typically
innate (not learned) and consist of brief vocalizations that express alarm, scold
a predator or other intruder, signal other birds in a flock to stay together, or sim-
ply identify an individual so that another of its species knows its position. For
482
example, blue jays will make sharp, loud calls that increase in number and tempo
when a predator is in the vicinity of a nest. Geese will honk while in flight so that
they can maintain their group formations. Crows will call to one another as a sort
of linked chain as a flock moves over its territory. On the other hand, songs, which
are normally learned, are often very complicated and can consist of numerous vari-
ations on a main theme. Songs are used for wooing or territorialism, and some birds
even accomplish both tasks with the same song. The distinctiveness of most bird
songs, particularly for passerines, enables carefully listening humans to distinguish
species on the basis of sound alone. However, a few species of birds have song
catalogues of thousands (e.g., brown thrashers), and others are excellent mimics of
a large number of songs of other species (e.g., mockingbirds), which indicate a greater
functionality to songs than mere flirting or fighting.
Malefemale pairs are postulated for non-avian dinosaurs in some instances
and are especially appealing hypotheses in cases where slightly different-sized and
dual, parallel trackways might occur (Chapter 14). Flocking behavior, or at least
the formation of large socially interacting groups of non-avian dinosaurs, is sug-
gested by some ornithopod and sauropod nesting grounds, as well as mono-
specific bone beds of theropods, ornithopods, and ceratopsians (Chapters 9, 11,
and 13). Vocalizations were likely in at least a few species of ornithopods, espe-
cially hadrosaurids with elaborate sinuses capable of directing air to make sounds
(Chapter 11). Whether Mesozoic landscapes and seascapes were filled with the inter-
mingled calls and songs of non-avian and avian dinosaurs is unknown.
Health
Although most bird species are very healthy, a few individuals suffer from ectopar-
asites and diseases (Chapter 7). Diseases in particular, whether fungal, bacterial, or
viral, can spread quickly in some bird species because of close proximities of large
numbers of individuals in flocks, exacerbated by the rapid movement of flighted
birds. Avian diseases are receiving more attention in recent years because a few birds
are recognized carriers of some diseases that also affect humans, such as salmonella
and West Nile virus. Salmonella is contracted by contact or consumption of
uncooked chicken eggs or chicken flesh. West Nile virus is transmitted through both
mosquitoes and birds, causing a multiplicative effect that creates higher risk than
if only one of these animals carried it.
Although most birds that reach adulthood seem outwardly healthy, injuries are
common in those birds that spend a great deal of time on land or in the water.
Cursorial birds might develop noticeable limps from skeletal or muscular maladies,
which could have been caused by overuse or any number of other stresses. Missing
feet or legs are a problem for waterbirds that rest on ocean surfaces, where their
dangling feet tempt sharks and other predators (Fig. 15.13).
Injuries and deaths of birds from predation in terrestrial environments, although
commonplace, are increased dramatically by habitat alterations that take away nor-
mal roosting spots or vegetative cover needed by birds to avoid detection. Such
problems are compounded by the introduction of non-native predators that break
the rules of the Red Queen (Chapter 6). In other words, these predators are from
an evolutionary track in which their prey animals did not develop defenses against
them. House cats in urbanized areas exemplify how habitat fragmentation and non-
native predators combine to decimate songbird populations in North America; cats
in the USA are estimated to kill hundreds of millions of birds each year. Migratory
birds in particular are vulnerable to such risks, especially for ground-nesting species
that subsequently experience increased juvenile mortality. Non-native organisms 15
introduced to an environment, which have a disproportionately deleterious impact
on native organisms, are termed invasive species. Invasive species, when co-occurring
483
FIGURE 15.13 Evidence of unsuccessful predation of a modern avian dinosaur: a footless

laughing gull (Larus altricilla) on a beach in Georgia, USA. This observation was confirmed
by examination of its trackways, which showed well-defined right-foot tracks alternating
with impressions made by the metatarsal nub of the left leg.
with habitat alterations, have resulted in some species of birds becoming endangered
or extinct.
The paleopathology of non-avian dinosaurs, covered previously (Chapter 7),
indicates these animals certainly had some health problems, suffered injuries, or
were subjected to predation. However, no evidence has been presented to suggest
that habitat alterations combined with the introduction of invasive species accel-
erated dinosaur extinctions at any time. The latter factor is largely the product of
human activities, although birds themselves are capable of transporting organisms
long distances in short periods of time. Nevertheless, a large amount of informa-
tion, multi-faceted and integrated, now adds up to a powerful argument that the
end-Cretaceous extinction of non-avian dinosaurs was related to a sudden, catas-
trophic change in habitats. This mass extinction ensured the proliferation of birds
in the Cenozoic, but it still inspires much curiosity: why did some dinosaurs make
it past the Cretaceous, but others (including some avians), did not? This point of
inquiry is the subject of the next and last chapter (Chapter 16).
484
SUMMARY
SUMMARY
One of the most discussed topics in

dinosaur studies is the evolution of
dinosaurs into birds. Avians apparently
began in the Middle to Late Jurassic, and
the oldest known bird is Archaeopteryx from
the Late Jurassic of Germany. Archaeopteryx
shows a blend of features associated with non-avian
theropods and birds, including flight feathers, thus it is often
identified as a transitional fossil. Based on cladistic analyses
of character traits, the most probable ancestor to Archaeopteryx was a
maniraptoran, and deinonychosaurs comprise a sister clade to Archaeo-
pteryx and other birds. Birds diversified considerably during the Cretaceous
Period; more than 50 species are known from that period. Cretaceous
bird evolution resulted in an impressive expansion of habitats, but most
of their clades were extinct by the end of the Cretaceous. Subsequent
diversification of birds has led to their inhabiting nearly all near-surface
terrestrial and aquatic environments. Cenozoic birds can be broadly
categorized as ratites (flightless) and carinates (flighted), with ratites
representing modern analogues to non-avian theropod dinosaurs.
Modern birds are represented by more than 10,000 species, although a
significant number of these have become extinct in the past several hun-
dred years as a result of human overhunting and habitat alterations.
Two current hypotheses for the development of full flight in birds are
the cursorial (ground up) and arboreal (trees down) hypotheses,
with some variations on those themes. Although each hypothesis has its
merits, they are largely based on functional morphology of non-avian and
avian theropods. Recent insights into this realm, as well as experiments
with living birds, have now generated variations of these hypotheses that
could combine elements of each.
Birds are extremely diverse in their reproduction, growth, feeding, loco-
motion, social lives, and health, and in some instances their behaviors
overlap with hypothesized dinosaur behaviors. Birds thus provide models
of comparison for paleontologists interested in these facets of dinosaur
behavior. Recent bird extinctions are largely the result of human-caused
factors, such as habitat alterations that prevent adequate cover, food, and
nesting material for birds, as well as invasive species of predators that
decimate bird populations. Of these factors, habitat alterations have the
most applicability to understanding non-avian dinosaur extinctions.
15
485
1. What were the three definitions

given for dinosaur in this
book in Chapters 1, 5,
and 15? How are they
different or similar?
Explain how this word can have different definitions,
yet they still can convey the same concepts.
2. Review the characteristics of theropods, especially the lineage lead-
ing to maniraptorans, covered in Chapter 9, and compare them to
what is described for Archaeopteryx in this chapter. How many
matches did you find? What contrary evidence, if any, would sway
you from accepting the hypothesis that birds originated from
theropods?
3. Feathers in birds today have different (but often overlapping) pur-
poses, such as insulation, display, and flight. In the case of flightless
coelurosaurs, such as Caudipteryx, which of these functions was most
likely and why?
4. Why is it that a bird has a saurischian hip (and is a saurischian), yet
ornithischians are called the bird-hipped dinosaurs?
5. Look at Table 15.1 and eliminate all genera from China. What per-
centage of change happens to the number of genera? Also, consid-
ering that the oldest known bird is Archaeopteryx from Germany, what
hypotheses could explain avian dispersal and diversifications without
the Chinese finds?
6. Some carinates developed flightlessness in ecosystems that lacked
appreciable numbers of mammals. What evolutionary factors may have
resulted in the selection of reduced wings, which brought these birds
back to a state similar to those of their theropod ancestors?
7. You are doing fieldwork in the southwestern USA on an excavation of
Upper Triassic rocks when you discover what seems to be a bird skele-
ton. Which hypothesis of bird origins, theropod or thecodont, would
your discovery support and why? Would it necessarily only support
one of the hypotheses? What supplementary evidence would sup-
port or disprove your initial identification of the skeleton as avian?
8. Which of the hypotheses for bird flight seem most plausible to you,
based on the evidence presented here, and why? What body fossil
or trace fossil evidence would be needed to support or disprove the
hypothesis you currently favor?
9. Given the bird nests shown in Figure 15.10, arrange them in order
of most likely to least likely to be preserved in the fossil record.
What factors are involved in their preservation? How could some
unusual conditions result in your changing this ranking?
10. If all birds went extinct tomorrow, how would the world be differ-
ent? What ecosystems might be affected the most and in what ways?
(Hint: Think of bird interactions with both insects and plants.)
486
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliography
Chatterjee, S. 1997. The Rise of Birds: 225 Million Years of Evolution. Baltimore,
Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Chiappe, L. M. 1997. Aves. In Currie, P. J. and Padian, K. (Eds), The Encyclopedia of
Dinosaurs, San Diego, California: Academic Press. pp. 3238.
Chiappe, L. M. and Witmer, L. M. (Eds). 2002. Mesozoic Birds: Above the Heads of Dinosaurs.
Berkeley, California: University of California Press.
Chiappe, L. M. and Dyke, G. J. 2002. The Mesozoic radiation of birds. Annual Review
of Ecology and Systematics 33: 91124.
Currie, P. J., Koppelhus, E. B., Shugar, M. A. and Wright, J. L. 2004. Feathered Dragons:
Studies on the Transition from Dinosaurs to Birds. Bloomington, Indiana: Indiana
University Press.
de Ricqles, A. J., Padian, K., Horner, J. R., Lamm, E. M. and Myhrvold. N. 2003.
Osteohistology of Confuciusornis sanctus (Theropoda, Aves). Journal of Vertebrate
Dial, K. D. 2003. Wing-assisted incline running and the evolution of flight. Science 299:
402404.
Dingus, L. and Rowe, T. 1997. The Mistaken Extinction: Dinosaur Evolution and the Origin
of Birds. New York: W. H. Freeman.
Elbroch, M. and Marks, E. 2001. Bird Tracks and Sign: A Guide to North American Species.
Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania: Stackpole Books.
Elphick, C., Dunning, J. B., Jr. and Sibley, D. A. 2001. The Sibley Guide to Bird Life and
Behavior New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Erickson, G. M., Rogers, K. C. and Yerby, S. A. 2001. Dinosaurian growth patterns and
rapid avian growth rates. Nature 412: 429432.
Feduccia, A. 1999. The Origin and Evolution of Birds (2nd Edition). New Haven,
Connecticut: Yale University Press.
Feduccia, A. 2002. Birds are dinosaurs: Simple answer to a complex problem. Auk 119(4):
11871201.
Gatesy, S. M. and Middleton, K. M. 1997. Bipedalism, flight, and the evolution of thero-
pod locomotor diversity. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 17: 308329.
Melchor, R. N., de Valais, S. and Genise, J. F. 2002. Bird-like fossil footprints from the
late Triassic. Nature 417: 936938.
Novas, F. E. and Puerta, P. F. 1997. New evidence concerning avian origins from the
Late Cretaceous of Patagonia. Nature 387: 390392.
Padian, K. 2004. Basal Aviale. In Weishampel, D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H.
(Eds), The Dinosauria (2nd Edition). Berkeley, California: University of California Press.
210231.
Padian, K., de Ricqles, A. J. and Horner, J. R. 2001. Dinosaurian growth rates and bird
origins. Nature 412: 405408.
Paul, G. S. 1988. Predatory Dinosaurs of the World. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Paul, G. S. 2002. Dinosaurs of the Air: The Evolution Loss of Flight in Dinosaurs. Baltimore,
Maryland: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Shipman, P. 1998. Taking Wing: Archaeopteryx and the Evolution of Bird Flight. New York:
Simon & Schuster.
15
487
Chapter
16
Your nephew is having a problem accepting that dinosaurs are extinct, and your
reassurances that they are still present today as birds does not satisfy him. Why
did they go extinct? is a more difficult question to answer than How did they
go extinct?, so you decide to focus on the latter. You have a problem, partially
because paleontologists seem to disagree on the causes of dinosaur extinctions,
but mostly because their extinction is often compared to recent and probable
near-future extinctions.
What are the postulated causes of dinosaur extinctions, and which seem most
plausible in light of current geological and paleontological evidence? What are
some of the factors associated with modern extinctions? What, if anything,
do these modern extinctions share with extinctions interpreted from the fossil record?
Do extinctions of the geologic past, including those of dinosaurs, provide any
lessons applicable to a better understanding of modern extinctions?
Dinosaur
Extinctions
Definitions and Causes of Mass Extinctions

Summary
Bibliography
16
DINOSAUR EXTINCTIONS
Why Learn About

Dinosaur Extinctions?
One of the enduring mysteries is
why all dinosaurs that were not
birds, which included all ornithis-
chians and most saurischians, dis-
appeared by the end of the Cretaceous Period. A few reports have been published
about non-avian dinosaur skeletal material above the CretaceousTertiary (KT)
boundary (where K is for Cretaceous and T is for Tertiary), but these may have
been reworked inclusions from older, underlying deposits (Chapters 4 and 7).
Consequently, as far as worldwide paleontological assessments are concerned, no
dinosaurs lived into the Tertiary Period. One argument for this conclusion is that
no tracks or other trace fossils attributable to non-avian dinosaurs have been found
above the KT boundary, either. This does not mean that no definitive non-avian
dinosaur material will ever be found in Tertiary deposits, but such a find would be
exceptional. Furthermore, based on current information, paleontologists predict that
if non-avian dinosaur fossils are found above the boundary they will be restricted
to the very earliest part of the Tertiary Period. How did a group of terrestrial ani-
mals that seemed to have dominated their landscapes for more than 160 million
years vanish in only a few million years?
Coupled with this riddle of dinosaurian disappearances is the question of why
only a few dinosaurs (birds) made it past the CretaceousTertiary transition and are
still here today (Chapter 15). The end of the Cretaceous is often referred to as a
Great Dying by paleontologists and geologists, who recognize that it was a time
of one of six worldwide mass extinctions in the history of the Earth. A mass extinc-
tion is defined as the disappearance of a large number of species within a relatively
short period of time. Mass extinctions are interpreted in the geologic record by abrupt
changes in vertical sequence of fossil assemblages that:
1 had a worldwide occurrence;

2 are noticeable in a variety of facies (different environments); and
3 seemed to cross many phylogenetic groups that lived in those environments,
such as terrestrial plants, marine invertebrates, and terrestrial freshwater
vertebrates.
One of these mass extinctions is probably happening now, which is almost entirely
linked to human causes, as explained later.
Many clades composed of many species that lived in a number of environments
during the Mesozoic were extinct by the end of the Cretaceous. Moreover, signi-
ficant losses were incurred in other groups that did persist into the Tertiary Period.
Among the casualties were:
1 some forms of planktonic algae;

2 marine invertebrates, such as the squid-like ammonoids and giant clams;
490
DEFINITIONS AND CAUSES OF MASS EXTINCTIONS
3 some flowering plants;

4 all marine reptiles, such as mosasaurs, ichthyosaurs, plesiosaurs, and ptero-
saurs (Chapter 6); and,
5 non-avian dinosaurs.
In other words, the world was a very different place at the end of the Cretaceous;
nearly 50% of all taxa had disappeared over a few million years.
One argument posits that the KT mass extinction opened to birds and mam-
mals the many ecological niches that had been occupied by pterosaurs and
dinosaurs. In this sense, extinctions are contributors to evolution, and ecosystems
are changed when their biotic components change, so new opportunities are cre-
ated for species to interact with their environments and one another (Chapter 6).
Indeed, modern (avian) dinosaurs illustrate this generalization well. Birds consti-
tute the most diverse group of terrestrial chordates, with about 10,000 species
identified so far, and they live in virtually every near-surface ecosystem and lati-
tude (Chapter 15). Because of their anatomical similarity to some theropods and
their temporal overlap with non-avian dinosaurs, they represent a link to the Mesozoic
that was largely severed by the mass extinction at the end of the Late Cretaceous.
Because the termination of this mass extinction was only 65 million years ago (a
mere 1.4% of geologic time; Fig. 1.2), paleontologists are also interested in finding
out what factors caused it, whether these factors could arise again, and why some
organisms that were alive during the last of the Mesozoic, such as birds, survived.
It is with some irony to note that the currently interpreted mass extinction is
especially evident among birds. Judging by estimates of naturalists who have tab-
ulated known bird extinctions since 1600, more than 100 species of previously well-
known birds have become extinct as a result of human influences. Examples of these
birds include the dodo, passenger pigeon, Carolina parakeet, and the moas of New
Zealand (Chapter 15). (A notable exception was the re-discovery in early 2005 of
the ivory-billed woodpecker in Arkansas of the USA, a bird that was thought extinct
for more than 50 years.) This situation may mean that humans, despite their seem-
ing never-ending fascination with dinosaurs, are causing a second extinction of them.
Because birds have both aesthetic and utilitarian value to humans, their increas-
ing losses are currently of some concern, but how their disappearances might affect
human populations is uncertain. As a result, the lessons of extinctions of the past
and the present may intersect through birds and other organisms that share a her-
itage with what happened at the end of the Mesozoic Era.
Definitions and Causes of Mass Extinctions
Extinctions can be categorized as either local extinctions,

An extinction of a where a population of a species dies out in one part of the
species happens world but is still present elsewhere, or global extinctions,
when the last where all populations of a species are gone from all habitats.
individual of that Species do not evolve again or otherwise resurrect after they
species is prevented become extinct. This permanence is underscored by conser-
from mating and vative estimates that more than 99% of all species that have
producing a viable ever lived on the Earth are now extinct. A small percentage
offspring. of these species had their body parts preserved in the fossil
record, along with the trace fossils of many not represented
by body parts. Consequently, estimations of which species went
extinct and when these occurred are admittedly biased and subject to some errors.
Nevertheless, extinction is part of the history of life, and the sample of past life
491 16
FIGURE 16.1 The coelacanth Latimeria chalumnae, regarded as a living fossil because of
how its lineage survived from the Cretaceous Period to now.
provided by the fossil record shows that the average fossil species lasted about
1 to 2 million years (with a large standard deviation).
How small errors may enter the databases of extinctions is exemplified by the
occasional discovery of a so-called living fossil, an extant organism that represents
an ancient lineage originally thought to have died out. In these cases, a supposed
extinction of a species, which is based on a gap in the geologic record between its
last known occurrence and the present, may not have actually happened. One ex-
ample is represented by coelacanths, lobe-finned fish of the clade Actinistia, which
shared time with the dinosaurs. Coelacanths were thought to have become extinct
during the Cretaceous, well before the end of the period (about 75 Ma), but in 1938
some specimens were discovered living off the coast of Madagascar as an extant
species, Latimeria chalumnae (Fig. 16.1). This species was also found recently thou-
sands of kilometers to the east in the Pacific Ocean, indicating that it is geographically
widespread. The explanation for a nearly 75-million-year gap in the geologic
record for members of this clade is that coelacanths, which were shallow-marine
species, had adapted to deep-oceanic environments by the end of the Cretaceous.
Most geologists and paleontologists, in contrast, concentrate their efforts on
shallow-marine or continental deposits. As a result, no fossil coelacanths were
found in deposits less than 75 million years old, and researchers accordingly, but
mistakenly, interpreted their extinction in the Cretaceous.
Coelacanths also illustrate how a local extinction can become regarded as a global
extinction in the geologic record. Similarly, some species may disappear from the
geologic record in a stratigraphic interval, only to be found later by geologists in
overlying, younger deposits, and such fossils have been nicknamed Lazarus
species. Lazarus species are explainable by ecological principles, such as the
temporary displacement of a species from an ecosystem by some changes in that
ecosystem (e.g., temperature, nutrient availability, habitats). Although such taxa appeal
to the imagination and give hope of lost worlds where supposedly extinct organ-
isms dwell out of the sight of humans, they actually are rare. Thorough checking
492
Terminal Paleozoic
mass extinction
60 Terminal Mesozoic
mass extinction
40
% extinction
20
0
Cambrian Ordovician Silurian Devonian Carboniferous Permian Triassic Jurassic Cretaceous Cenozoic
500 400 300 200 100 0

Geological time (Ma)
FIGURE 16.2 Mass extinctions of marine genera during the Phanerozoic Eon, plotted as
percentage of genus extinctions versus geologic time. Adapted from data by Sepkoski
(1994).
and re-checking of the geologic record by geologists and paleontologists has

resulted in an assessment of geologic ranges for fossil species that becomes more
precise over time, not less.
Five mass extinctions have been recognized in the fossil record: the end-
Ordovician, end-Devonian, end-Permian, end-Triassic, and end-Cretaceous (Fig. 16.2).
Of these, by far the greatest was the end-Permian, in which an estimated 95% of
all species died out. Other extinctions of lesser magnitude are in between these mass
extinctions. A striking difference in fossil content above and below a given hori-
zon with worldwide consistency, however, is what constitutes the scientific basis
for originally drawing such boundaries. Indeed, the principle of biological succes-
sion was recognized and articulated early in the nineteenth century because of the
repeated observations by field geologists of fossil lineages that had limited geologic
ranges (Chapter 4). In fact, the establishment of time divisions between the eras
of the Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic Eras reflects mass extinctions at the end
of the Paleozoic (end-Permian) and Mesozoic (end-Cretaceous).
Some proposed causes of mass extinctions include:
n Global climate changes (cooling or warming), which were initiated by

extended periods of volcanism or variations in the Earths rotation and orbit.
n Changes in positions of the continents, which would have affected oceanic
circulation patterns or the amount of shallow-marine habitats available for
marine life.
n Impact of bolides, which are extraterrestrial bodies such as comets or
meteorites.
These bolides certainly could have caused local extinctions through a direct hit.
Moreover, they may have contributed to global extinctions through ejected debris
blocking sunlight, which would have disrupted photosynthesis in plants and thus
deprived animals of food.
493 16
Siberia 237 million

years ago
Ural
Mountains
North
Europe
China
cean
Paleo-Tethys Ocean
South
Panthalassic O
North China
America CI
Turkey MM
ER
Iran
IA
PANGEA
Tibet
Arabia
Africa Tethys Ocean
South
America
Proto-Andes GONDWANA India

Mountains Australia
Antarctica
Subduction zone Sea floor

Ancient Modern
( = direction of spreading
landmass landmass
subduction) ridge
FIGURE 16.3 Pangea, the supercontinent caused by the uniting of Laurasia and
Gondwana at the end of the Permian Period, which was a time of the greatest of
all mass extinctions. Reprinted by permission from Scotese, C. R., 2001. Atlas of Earth
History, Volume 1, Paleogeography, PALEOMAP Project, Arlington, Texas, 52 pp.
With these possibilities in mind, a look at the end of the Permian Period (about
245 Ma) is warranted because it is considered the worst-case scenario among all of
the known mass extinctions. A review of this mass extinction should make the later
discussion of the more famous KT mass extinction easier to understand. Based on
present geological and paleontological information derived worldwide from above
and below the PermianTriassic boundary, the Earth had a set of conditions that
adversely affected biodiversity over the course of a few million years. Several fac-
tors have been proposed as related to the end-Permian extinction:
n The continents were all massed together into one supercontinent called
Pangea at that time. Large continents typically have challenging environ-
mental conditions develop in their interiors, such as the Gobi Desert of Asia
and the tundra of Siberia, which have lower biodiversity than other terres-
trial ecosystems (Fig. 16.3).
n Shallow marine environments became limited as sea level dropped, which
reduced the available habitats for marine organisms that breed and other-
wise dwell in such environments.
n Both the north and south ends of Pangea were situated in polar regions,
which restricted terrestrial organisms to its center, which had tundras,
494
deserts, mountains, and other inhospitable habitats that typically have low
biodiversity.
n Pangea blocked oceanic circulation patterns, particularly around the
equator, so marine organisms were hindered in migrating or dispersing their
larvae to alternative habitats.
n Extensive periods of volcanism happened in present-day Siberia, causing
the release of expansive and thick deposits of basalt and so altering vast
stretches of habitats. This volcanism also may have contributed a great deal
of CO2 to the atmosphere. Because CO2 is a greenhouse gas, it consequently
may have triggered global warming.
The end-Permian extinction is so far attributed to a combination of these factors,

not any single cause. Attempts to find evidence of a large bolide impact at the end
of the Permian are inconclusive to date.
Two of the five mass extinctions happened during the Mesozoic Era, specifically
the end-Triassic and the end-Cretaceous. The first extinction, at the end of the Late
Triassic, probably aided in the ascendancy of dinosaurs in the latter part of the
Mesozoic, whereas the second at the end of the Late Cretaceous resulted in the
demise of all dinosaurs except birds. The Late Triassic mass extinction is interest-
ing in that the large terrestrial vertebrates of the Triassic became extinct, such as
some amphibians (metoposaurs), therapsids, rauisuchians, and phytosaurs. These
animals shared some of the same environments as theropods, prosauropods, and
a few ornithischians (Chapter 6). The demise of other large archosaurs in apparent
inverse proportion to the ascendancy of the dinosaurs was at one time attributed
to the adaptive superiority of upright posture, bipedalism, and possible endo-
thermy in the latter group. A significant number of both invertebrate and verte-
brate marine species, however, also went extinct toward the end of the Late Triassic.
Furthermore, land-dwelling species seemed to have undergone two stages of
extinctions separated by about 10 million years. These data suggest climatic fluctu-
ations were at least partially responsible for the extinctions, rather than interspecific
competition. Most recently, evidence of a bolide impact at the end of the Triassic
has been added as yet another factor that negatively affected floral and faunal assem-
blages. As a result, causes of the end-Triassic mass extinction are now starting to
converge with those proposed for the end-Cretaceous mass extinction.
Although mass extinctions have received a tremendous amount of attention, they
have been happening for as long as multicellular life has existed. To show how
extinctions are also a part of the history of dinosaurs, extinctions within each of
the major clades of dinosaurs will be reviewed here. Such a review should aid in
understanding some of the commonalities of extinctions in general, and how some
dinosaurs and their ecosystems were affected.
Extinctions of Major Dinosaur Clades
Non-Avian Theropods
Non-avian theropods first show up in the geologic record in the Late Triassic,
represented by both skeletal material and tracks. They then seem to have been affected
by the end-Triassic extinction, exemplified by the disappearance of herrerasaurids
and most ceratosaurs. Species that were common during the Late Triassic (e.g.
Coelophysis bauri) apparently died out, and theropod tracks in Lower Jurassic strata
change dramatically in both types and sizes. Larger ceratosaurs subsequently
replaced relatively smaller ones in the Early Jurassic (e.g., Dilophosaurus and
Syntarsus), and tetanurans made their first appearance by the Middle Jurassic. How-
ever, ceratosaurs declined considerably throughout the rest of the Jurassic, with a
495 16
few exceptions in the Early Cretaceous (e.g., Giganotosaurus and Carcharodontosaurus).

Tetanurans, such as therizinosaurs, troodontids, oviraptorids, and dromaeosaurs, then
dominated theropod assemblages in the latter part of the Cretaceous.
Whether a few theropods made it past the Cretaceous Period is subject to con-
troversy because a few exceptional occurrences of theropod hard parts, normally
represented as teeth, were found in Tertiary deposits immediately above what geo-
logists regard as the boundary. Taking taphonomic considerations into account,
one interpretation could be that these remains may have been eroded from older
(underlying) deposits, transported, and redeposited in the younger deposits. This
exemplifies the role and importance of included particles and superposition for
relative age determination (Chapter 4). Experiments with theropod teeth show that
they can be tumbled artificially for long distances and incur few signs of wear from
transport. These results suggest that a pristine condition for theropod teeth is not
necessarily a sign that they are either locally derived or contemporaneous with sur-
rounding sediment. In other words, teeth found in unusual strata may have been
transported over both time and space. Theropod eggshell fragments also have been
found just above the KT boundary, but they were subject to the same possibil-
ity of transport, and without accompanying embryonic material their theropod
affinity is indefinite. The overall conclusion reached by most paleontologists is that
non-avian theropods did not make the journey past the KT boundary.
Nevertheless, the preceding statement could be disproved in at least one way.
Probably the most difficult to refute datum for the hypothesis of a non-avian the-
ropod surviving into the Tertiary would be a footprint, particularly from a distinctive
tetanuran species such as Tyrannosaurus. Because tracks are not easily transported
and thus represent an in-situ presence of dinosaurs (Chapter 14), they are consid-
ered as more reliable indicators of dinosaurs co-existing with the environments than
body fossils. Along these lines, the only known example of a probable tyrannosaurid
footprint (see Fig. 9.12A) was found only several meters below the KT boundary.
This shows that at least one large non-avian theropod was alive and walking near
the end of the Cretaceous, but it still did not quite make it to the Cenozoic. Otherwise,
no undoubted non-avian theropod tracks have been found closer to the KT
boundary or in the Tertiary.
Sauropodomorphs
Prosauropods were among the first dinosaurs in the Late Triassic, but they died
out by the end of the Early Jurassic. This extinction happened either despite their
dominance as the largest terrestrial herbivores of their time or because of it. One
hypothesis for extinctions is that a lack of resources will favor smaller individuals
with lower nutritional needs, as explained later. Sauropods, in contrast to pro-
sauropods, lasted from the Early Jurassic until the Late Cretaceous. Sauropods, how-
ever, seemed to have undergone local extinctions by the Early Cretaceous. This
circumstance highlights one of the most intriguing problems in the study of
sauropods: the timing of their distribution in the Late Jurassic to Early Cretaceous
transition. For example, the large, abundant, and successful sauropods in western
North America, such as Apatosaurus, Barosaurus, Brachiosaurus, Camarasaurus, and
Diplodocus, were extinct by the end of the Jurassic. Only a few sauropod species
with rare occurrences (such as Pleurocoelus) occur in any Early Cretaceous rocks of
that same region, but large sauropods then show up again near the end of the
Cretaceous.
South America and a few other places in the world were playing host to large
titanosaurids such as Argentinosaurus, Saltasaurus, and Titanosaurus during the Late
Cretaceous. Titanosaurids were in fact the most common sauropods throughout the
Cretaceous. Interestingly, titanosaurids were nearly unknown in North America until
the end of the Late Cretaceous. One hypothesis to explain this gap in sauropod
496
fossils in North America during much of the Cretaceous is that a local extinction
of sauropods occurred on that continent. Titanosaurids then later migrated north
from South America into niches devoid of sauropods by the Late Cretaceous. Maps
of the global distribution of sauropods, on the basis of both body and trace fossils
in Cretaceous rocks, show that they were still apparently thriving in some envir-
onments, however patchy their distribution, in South America, Africa, and Asia,
until the end of the Mesozoic.
Ornithopods
Ornithopods, which originated from ornithischian ancestors in the Early Jurassic,
comprised a successful clade up until the end of the Cretaceous. A few clades within
Ornithopoda nevertheless underwent their own respective extinctions before the
end of the Cretaceous. Perhaps the most striking extinction was of the hetero-
dontosaurids, which only lived during the Early Jurassic and then only in south-
ern Africa. Other non-iguanodontians, such as hypsilophodontids, were more
successful, and some species, such as Thescelosaurus, retained primitive features of
their clade well into the Late Cretaceous.
It was iguanodontians, however, that included some of the most diverse and
abundant assemblages of all dinosaurs. Iguanodontia as a clade was long-lived
and apparently thrived throughout the entirety of the Cretaceous. Hadrosaurids,
in particular, proliferated during the Late Cretaceous and are regarded as iconic
images of herbivorous dinosaur success. Edmontosaurus, Hadrosaurus, Maiasaura,
Parasaurolophus, and many others are examples of Cretaceous hadrosaurids, which
are well represented in the fossil record. For such profusion to end at the termi-
nation of the Cretaceous is all the more striking and provokes more questions than
answers. This apparently rapid decline in numbers and diversity of ornithopods,
and other herbivorous dinosaurs at the end of the Cretaceous, suggests that their
extinctions were a result of some abrupt changes in their ecosystems that affected
their food supply: terrestrial plants.
Thyreophorans
Stegosaurs comprise the first major clade of thyreophorans to become extinct. They
were at their most prolific in the Jurassic, particularly the Late Jurassic, exemplified
by Stegosaurus of North America and Kentrosaurus of Tanzania, as well as some
stegosaur genera in China. Nevertheless, they were substantially reduced by the end
of the Early Cretaceous and effectively disappeared long before the end of the Late
Cretaceous. This puzzling and seemingly premature extinction of what was a
successful group has led to a hypothesis that these large herbivores were displaced
from their niches by other herbivores that diversified considerably by the Early
Cretaceous, such as ornithopods (Chapter 11) and ceratopsians (Chapter 13).
Furthermore, the demise of stegosaurs coincided with the well-documented pro-
pagation of flowering plants through the Early Cretaceous, which irrevocably
changed floral patterns in terrestrial ecosystems. The difference no doubt had a
ripple effect on biota throughout the Cretaceous; stegosaurs may not have been
able to adapt to the new foodstuffs or habitats caused by the radical shift from
spore-bearing plants and conifers to those that bore fruit.
On the other hand, ankylosaurs, represented by both ankylosaurids and nodo-
saurids, flourished during the same time interval and were relatively common well
into the Late Cretaceous in North America and Asia. Their herbivorous habits were
apparently not adversely affected by the advent of angiosperms; indeed, their suc-
cess suggests that they may have been caused by it. In the end, however, their highly
developed armor and other defenses did not aid their survival, and like all other
non-avian dinosaurs they were extinct by the end of the Cretaceous.
497 16
Ma
65
Maastrichtian
72
Late Cretaceous
Campanian
83
Santonian
87
Coniacian
89
Turonian
91
Cenomanian
98
FIGURE 16.4 Age subdivisions of the Late Cretaceous, terminated by the Maastrichtian
Age.
Marginocephalians
Marginocephalians were relative latecomers on the Mesozoic scene in comparison
to other dinosaur clades, with primitive forms evident in Lower Cretaceous strata
but none known from the Jurassic. Consequently, extinctions that occurred in prim-
itive (basal) lineages of marginocephalians are poorly-defined, although a few con-
servative forms in both pachycephalosaur and ceratopsian lineages persisted until
the Maastrichtian Age, the latest part of the Late Cretaceous (Fig. 16.4). The
Maastrichtian is dated as having lasted about 6 million years (7165 Ma). Strata
representing this time interval are among the most thoroughly scrutinized in the
geologic record for dinosaur body fossils. As a result, if marginocephalians are pre-
sent in these rocks, persistent paleontologists should have found them by now.
Based on analyses of strata formed during the Maastrichtian, some of the
advanced marginocephalians, and ceratopsids in particular, were among the last
dinosaurs to walk the Earth. This conclusion is based on the excellent fossil record
for ceratopsids, which show a considerable decline in species closer to the KT bound-
ary. In contrast, the extinction of pachycephalosaur lineages is poorly understood.
Some genera, such as Pachycephalosaurus, Stegoceras, and Stygimoloch, occur in strata
constituting the very last of the Cretaceous, but their remains are relatively rare in
all strata, therefore little is known as to whether their numbers declined toward
the KT boundary. Nevertheless, they did not make it into the Tertiary Period. Likewise,
no ceratopsians made it past the KT boundary, although bones of Triceratops are
common in strata just below it; less common are those of other ceratopsids
Leptoceratops and Torosaurus. Analyses of dinosaur faunas in the latest part of the
Cretaceous indicate that chasmosaurines, a formerly successful clade, were already
extinct before the end of the Cretaceous, accompanied by hadrosaurids and
nodosaurids (Chapters 11 and 12).
What happened to marginocephalians, as well as all of the other dinosaurs? The
currently accepted answer is that the last marginocephalians died out from causes
common to all dinosaurs toward the end of the Maastrichtian, with the exception
of a few avian theropods. The last part of this chapter deals with how those avian
theropods made it past one of the largest extinctions witnessed in Earth history,
as well as what made all other dinosaurs become part of the fossil record.
498
The Dinosaur Fossil Record and the KT Boundary

The phrase paradigm shift generally denotes a revision or complete overturning
of a long-held hypothetical or theoretical framework. In the long-term perspective
on the history of scientific endeavors, the following may qualify as examples of
paradigm shifts in science:
n The change from the geocentric (Earth-centered) to the heliocentric (sun-

centered) model for the solar system, influenced by the theories of the
sixteenth century by Nicolas Copernicus (14731543).
n Publication of On the Origin of Species by Charles Darwin in 1859, which
revolutionized the biological sciences.
n Discovery of radioactivity in 1896 by Antoine Henri Becquerel (18521908),
which helped lead to the development of atomic theory in the twentieth
century.
n Development of the theories of special and general relativity, articulated by
Albert Einstein (18791955) early in the twentieth century, which among
other things showed the interrelationships between time, space, matter, and
energy.
n The outgrowth of plate tectonics as a theory, from a hypothesis of con-
tinental drift proposed in 1912 by Alfred Wegener (18801930).
Unfortunately for the process of science, scientists nowadays have greater access
to the modern mass media and can announce paradigm shifts to a large number
of people before their hypotheses have gone through initial peer review. In these
instances, any scientific discovery that seems to disagree with an already established
hypothesis or theory can be proclaimed as a paradigm shift. Not coincidentally,
such announcements garner much publicity in the popular press while the many
rebuttals and clarifications proceed among scientists. The mainstream media, of course,
depends upon such excitement and discord for increased circulation and revenues.
Nonetheless, the use of mass media for promoting scientific ideas and egos is not
unique to modern tabloid newspapers, television, and Web sites. Indeed, in the late
nineteenth century, Cope and Marsh publicly sniped at one another via news-
paper editorials, and telegrams telling of dinosaur discoveries provided instant
gratification and glory to these and other paleontologists more than 100 years before
e-mail (Chapter 3).
If one paleontology paradigm shift could be said to have occurred in the latter
half of the twentieth century, it was the realization that catastrophes happen. This
specific shift in scientific thinking demonstrates that what goes around, comes
around, that is, science does not necessarily travel in a straight line of progress
but rather will revisit old ideas in new ways. Catastrophism, a belief system that
the Earth underwent cataclysmic events or upheavals in the past, that wiped out
most or all of life, has undergone a revival of sorts. However, the current flavor of
catastrophism, informally termed neo-catastrophism, is not tied in with religious
beliefs, as was the case with the various cultures that have flood myths or other
stories of past global woe. In paleontology it is based on extensive data sets and
hypotheses that have been rigorously examined, and in some cases falsified, by the
worldwide scientific community (Chapter 2).
In this instance, neo-catastrophism is only about 25 years old. In 1980, four
researchers, Luis Alvarez (191188), a former Nobel Prize winner in physics; his
son Walter Alvarez, a geologist; and Frank Asaro and Helen Michel, both chemists,
published what turned out to be a seminal paper in the peer-reviewed journal
Science. In this paper, they proposed that the Earth was hit by a 10-km-wide bolide
65 million years ago, and that the dire consequences of this impact were directly
499 16
FIGURE 16.5 Iridium-bearing clay layer and its geochemical signature from the KT
boundary at Gubbio, Italy. Iridium concentration in parts per billion (ppb) throughout
the clay layer. After Cowen (2000), History of Life, 3e, Blackwell Science, Inc., Malden,
MA, p. 284, fig. 18.1.
responsible for the mass extinction evident in the geologic record at that time. This
hypothesis generated a huge amount of debate and publicity. The resultant fanfare
was at least in part because this extinction event coincided with the last known
stratigraphic occurrence of non-avian dinosaurs.
Evidence supporting their hypothesis was based primarily on a geochemical
anomaly, an unusually high concentration of iridium (192Ir) in a 2.5-cm-thick clay
layer in Gubbio, Italy. This clay layer separates underlying Cretaceous strata from
overlying Tertiary Period strata in that area (the KT boundary) and was interpreted
as a depositional record of the very end of the Cretaceous Period. Iridium, a rare
element in the Earths crust that is chemically similar to platinum (195Pt), is nor-
mally present in an abundance of less than 1 part per billion (ppb), about 0.3 ppb.
In some meteorites, however, it has been measured at close to 3000 ppb, which is
10,000 times greater than background levels. In the KT boundary clay at Gubbio,
the iridium concentration was recorded as 9 ppb, which is about 30 times higher
than background levels (Fig. 16.5). Later investigations by the research team
revealed that other localities in the world, with a preserved KT boundary, also had
unusually high amounts of iridium.
After eliminating other potential sources of iridium, such as from volcanism, the
researchers concluded that only a bolide impact could have been the source of such
a large amount of iridium and distributed it worldwide within the short period of
geologic time represented by the thin clay layer. Using an iridium concentration
typical for a meteorite, they projected the mass of the meteorite needed for dis-
persal of the iridium found at the KT boundary in different places in the world.
These calculations yielded a hypothetical meteorite that was 10 km in diameter
with a mass of about 5.0 1012 metric tons. Once caught by the Earths gravity, the
meteorite would have been moving at about 20 to 25 km/s, at a trajectory angle
500
of 20 to 30 degrees in relation to the Earths surface. On impact, it would have

released kinetic energy of about 1.0 1023 J. This amount of energy is nearly 5 bil-
lion times the energy released by the nuclear bomb used by the USA on Hiroshima,
Japan, near the end of World War II. The crater that should have resulted from the
impact was predicted to have been more than 100 km wide. An impact of this size
would have had devastating effects on life during the Late Cretaceous:
n The living and non-living matter in the direct impact area would have vapor-
ized, instantly causing a local extinction of all organisms.
n The ground displacement in a radius of several hundred kilometers around
the impact site would have been severe, causing major earthquakes.
n High-amplitude and fast-moving sea waves, tsunamis, would have engulfed
nearby coastal areas if the meteorite hit the ocean, and earthquakes also caused
by the impact would have caused their own tsunamis. For example, an earth-
quake off the west coast of Indonesia generated a devastating tsunami that
killed more than 100,000 people on December 26, 2004.
n The heat wave associated with the release of energy would have ignited vast
forest fires in any nearby forested ecosystems; the air displacement would
have knocked down trees hundreds to thousands of kilometers away from
the impact site.
n Any carbonate or sulfur-rich rocks (such as limestone or gypsum, respectively)
near such a meteor strike would have combusted. In combination with water,
the resulting chemicals would have produced long periods of acid rain, which
in turn would have acidified soils for years afterwards.
n Dust ejected into the atmosphere, plus soot from forest fires, would have
darkened the sky and blocked out sunlight for more than a year, hamper-
ing photosynthesis and sending global ecosystems into chaos because of the
lack of food for animals. This proposed situation is nicknamed nuclear win-
ter, because a similar effect has been projected for a nuclear war.
The bolide impact hypothesis has been tested rigorously since it was proposed
in 1980 and so far has been strengthened and refined by additional data.
Moreover, alternative hypotheses, what few there were, now look weaker in the
face of more data. For example, since the early 1980s, additional testing has
revealed more than 100 sites in the world where the KT boundary shows a higher-
than-background concentration of iridium (Fig. 16.6). The relatively higher con-
centrations of iridium were proximal to North America, implying that the impact
site was close to these sites of highest concentrations.
Other pieces of evidence for an impact have come from the presence at the KT
boundary of microtektites, which are tiny glass spheres caused by high tempera-
tures associated with meteorite impacts. Moreover, an actual meteorite fragment
was found at the KT boundary on the seafloor of the Atlantic Ocean. Shocked
quartz, which is a form of quartz created by extreme high-pressure conditions, is
also abundant at the KT boundary in some sites in North America. Tsunamites,
which are sedimentary deposits formed by tsunamis, have been interpreted from
both the seafloor and land deposits associated with the KT boundary rimming the
Caribbean. These independently derived forms of evidence therefore collectively
argue in favor of the impact hypothesis.
The so-called smoking gun was announced in 1990 researchers believed they
might have located the impact structure, in its predicted location and fitting its
predicted size. The Chicxulub crater (named after a Mexican town near the site)
is about 170 km wide and located on the seafloor northeast of the Yucatan
Peninsula of Mexico (Fig. 16.7). Radiometric dates taken from rocks at the bottom
of the impact structure derived an age of 65.07 0.1 Ma by the use of 40Ar/39Ar
501 16
FIGURE 16.6 KT boundary in Recife, Brazil, one of more than 100 such boundaries in
the world that show elevated amounts of iridium, yet far removed from Gubbio, Italy.
ratios (Chapter 3). A comparison of this age to the dates that have been calculated
for the KT boundary for North America is favorable: for example, two KT bound-
ary dates are 65.0 0.04 Ma and 65.4 0.1 Ma. Although the resolution of radio-
metric age dates should never be expected to yield a perfect fit, the calculated age
range for the crater and the KT boundary, when combined with all of the other
evidence, constitutes a very persuasive hypothesis that the Earth was hit by a large
bolide at the end of the Cretaceous Period.
Nevertheless, the second part of the hypothesis, that the impact caused the mass
extinction of the end-Cretaceous, is still under debate. This uncertainty is because
the exact effects of the impact on global biota are still not well defined and its
effects cannot be separated easily from whatever extinctions may have been
happening already before the impact. In terms of previously existing adaptations,
certainly very few could have prepared a species for surviving the abnormal envir-
onmental stresses that would have been imposed by a 10-km-wide meteorite
impact. Nevertheless, extinctions have many causes and it is the coincident tim-
ing of many of them that defines a mass extinction, not the causes themselves.
Thus, causes of the extinctions that happened near and at the end of the
Cretaceous have been the subject of intensive study, mainly focused on the North
American KT boundary. In this case, experts have been working on the same
stratigraphic sections of the Upper Cretaceous Hell Creek Formation in Montana
and the Dakotas. Continuing a long tradition in scientific research, different
research groups working on the same problem disagree with one another about what
502
FIGURE 16.7 Map, based on a gravity field, of probable impact structure associated with
the end of the Cretaceous Period, Chicxulub, Mexico. Reprinted courtesy of Virgil L.
Sharpton, University of Alaska, Fairbanks.
the rocks tell them. In this instance, they disagree about whether the terminal
Cretaceous extinction of dinosaurs was gradual or sudden.
Various sources of fossil and geological information indicate that some gradual
changes in global systems, which included the biosphere, were already occurring
before the end of the Cretaceous. Climate is largely driven by oceanic changes, and
sea level was becoming lower during the last few million years of the Cretaceous.
This lowering would have decreased the available habitats for marine life but also
affected oceanic productivity. If organic materials from the deep ocean were not
circulated sufficiently to the ocean surface (a process called upwelling), much plank-
tonic algae would have died. This circumstance would have caused a deleterious
ripple effect in oceanic ecosystems that depended on the algae for food. The oceanic
record of the Late Cretaceous indeed shows that planktonic organisms in general,
such as algae and the one-celled, shelled amoebae called foraminifera, decreased
in numbers just below the KT boundary. Some species vanish at the boundary and
new species are found above the boundary. Geochemical evidence from Late
Cretaceous marine rocks also suggests slower oceanic circulation and lower pro-
ductivity before the KT boundary. Additionally, the continents were in new posi-
tions relative to earlier in the Cretaceous, which also would have affected oceanic
currents (Fig. 16.8). The exact effects of these positions on those circulation pat-
terns, however, are uncertain.
503 16
94 million
A ask years ago
N h
A c
th
Pacific
Ocean
Arabia
Tethys Ocean
as
al
South
Atlantic
Subduction zone Sea floor

Ancient Modern
( = direction of spreading
landmass landmass
subduction) ridge
FIGURE 16.8 Paleogeographic map of the end-Cretaceous, showing continental

landmasses relative to one another at the time the dinosaurs went extinct. Reprinted by
permission from Scotese, C. R., 2001. Atlas of Earth History, Volume 1, Paleogeography,
PALEOMAP Project, Arlington, Texas, 52 pp.
On land, extensive volcanism began in India about a million years before the
KT boundary, forming a widespread (500,000 km2) and as much as 2-km-thick deposit
of basalts called the Deccan Traps. This volcanism was proposed as an alternative
villain to a meteorite for the observed effects of a global catastrophe, including the
iridium anomaly. Volcanic rocks are the only other potential sources of iridium,
although in quantities much less than found in meteorites. For this and other
reasons, the volcanic eruption as a single cause for the end-Cretaceous extinction
has since been abandoned as a hypothesis. Nevertheless, the volcanism was mas-
sive enough to have had some effect on climate. Two possible effects are actually
opposite in their results:
1 increased volcanism produced greater amounts of greenhouse gases, such as

CO2, which would have contributed to global warming; or
2 increased volcanism produced greater amounts of particulate matter (ash)
in the atmosphere, which would have partially blocked sunlight and thus
aided in global cooling.
504
Whether one, the other, or both process happened as a result of the Deccan basalts
is still debated.
Also in terrestrial environments, angiosperms showed some gradual declines
during the Maastrichtian in some locations, though in other places they were not
affected. Their pollen record underwent a sharp decrease at the KT boundary,
corresponding with an increased abundance of fern spores just above the bound-
ary. Independent studies of fossil plant remains also show a dramatic extinction of
flowering plants at the boundary. Interestingly, angiosperms bounced back rapidly
after the KT boundary, and their pollen became proportionally more abundant
in comparison to fern spores in the earliest Tertiary deposits. Ferns typically are
pioneer species in terrestrial ecosystems following a natural disaster, so their abund-
ance following a global catastrophe, followed by a gradual return of flowering plants,
is expected. This pattern is consistent with the impact hypothesis, but of course
may be related to another, unknown cause.
The marine and terrestrial vertebrate groups that died out by the end of the
Cretaceous were varied. Among the marine reptiles, ichthyosaurs actually became
extinct millions of years before the KT boundary, followed by plesiosaurs and
mosasaurs (Chapter 6). Pterosaurs, which showed up at about the same time as
dinosaurs in the Late Triassic, had also been declining in both number and diver-
sity before the end of the Cretaceous. Among terrestrial groups of vertebrates,
the greatest losses in species were in birds and marsupials. Fish, amphibians,
crocodiles, snakes, lizards, turtles, and mammals other than marsupials incurred
casualties, but their species losses were no more than 40% by some estimates.
Interestingly, the extinctions did not seem to discriminate against vertebrates based
on thermoregulation (Chapter 8). Some sea-dwelling vertebrates that were presumably
ectotherms, such as mosasaurs, plesiosaurs, and ichthyosaurs, became extinct, but
sea turtles did not. On land, endotherms such as pterosaurs, birds, and marsupials
were badly affected, but others were not. Ectotherms, such as fish, amphibians, and
so-called modern reptiles, made it into the Tertiary. One of the few patterns notice-
able in vertebrate extinctions is that the larger animals became extinct, whereas
the smaller ones survived. Why this happened is unknown, but it may have been
related to food availability (and organic productivity in general) after the
Cretaceous, a time when ecosystems may not have been able to sustain large ani-
mals. Another ecological trait shared by terrestrial vertebrates that survived the KT
boundary is their living in freshwater habitats; in one study, vertebrate clades inter-
preted to have lived in such ecosystems had a nearly 90% survival rate.
Most importantly, from the perspective of dinosaur studies, all non-avian dino-
saurs died at the end of the Cretaceous. Maastrichtian dinosaurs are represented
by some familiar forms: ankylosaurids, nodosaurids, hypsilophodontids, hadro-
saurids, pachycephalosaurids, ceratopsians, titanosaurids, dromaeosaurids, orni-
thomimids, and tyrannosaurids (Fig. 16.9). This long list partially illustrates how
their erasure by the end of that 6-million-year timespan was significant. In accord-
ance with the concept of a global extinction, non-avian dinosaurs also vanished
everywhere, leaving no traces. No in-situ dinosaur bones, tracks, eggs, or nests are
found above the KT boundary. With regard to the latter, dinosaur eggs are very
abundant as whole specimens and eggshell fragments in Upper Cretaceous strata
of southeastern China, but they are completely absent from overlying Tertiary strata.
The totality and finality of dinosaur extinction, when these animals had enjoyed
a 165-million-year history, is the main evidence for the KT extinction.
As mentioned earlier, two hypotheses have been proposed for the timing of dinosaur
extinctions toward the end of the Cretaceous: gradual and sudden extinction. Both
proponents of the gradual and sudden extinction hypotheses sampled the last
10 million years of the Cretaceous, as represented in the Hell Creek Formation. Sup-
porters of the gradual-extinction hypothesis presented data showing that dinosaur
505 16
FIGURE 16.9 Maastrichtian dinosaurs that lived during that age, all of which became
extinct by its end.
genera gradually diminished in diversity over the last 8 million years of the Cretaceous,
from 28 genera (at about 74 Ma) to none by the end of the Cretaceous. The same
studies showed that mammal diversity, based on the number of fossil mammal
genera, increased dramatically in the same area after the end of the Cretaceous. In
contrast, more recent studies in the same area but by different researchers concluded
that dinosaur fauna were abundant until the KT boundary, then suddenly absent
from the geologic record after that boundary. According to these studies, some of
the dinosaur bones are as abundant in the last 3-meter interval of Hell Creek as
they are lower in the section, thus favoring a sudden extinction.
Without denigrating the data or the tremendous effort behind its collection, prob-
lems with accepting either hypothesis on the basis of work done so far should be
noted. The majority of information for these hypotheses was derived from rela-
tively few skeletal remains deposited in terrestrial environments. These remains are
fragmentary in some cases, consisting of only one specimen per species, or they
could have been reworked from underlying deposits. This situation complicates strict
age assignments given to the geologic ranges of dinosaur genera found at specific
horizons. Also, how the data are plotted or what statistical techniques are used to
show either gradual or sudden extinction can create much dissension. For example,
in some studies the data were plotted as percentage extinctions of families, using
the Linnaean classification system, which may not be as instructive as genera or
species lists. In at least two instances, only a single specimen of a single species,
representing a Linnaean family of dinosaurs, is recorded as having gone extinct.
Taxonomic hindrances to extinction analyses have been alleviated somewhat by
applying cladistics in recent years, but the small number of dinosaur specimens
renders Linnaean versus cladistic arguments moot.
Researchers freely acknowledge the problems involved with their data. The pale-
ontologists and their volunteers working on the Hell Creek Formation have been
incredibly thorough in their searches for fossil remains. Thus, the current disagreement
between them is certainly not over the fieldwork or data collected, but rather on
the interpretation of such data, a common source of contention in paleontology
(Chapter 2). Statistical analyses of the relatively meager data gained so far suggest
that as much as 40% of the dinosaur faunas in the studied Hell Creek interval could
506
have become extinct before the paleontologists would actually see any broad-scale
change. As a result, only further work and agreement on the emergence of com-
mon patterns of dinosaur extinctions will help to resolve whether dinosaurs died
out gradually or suddenly.
As discussed previously, bones have their advantages and disadvantages as
sources of paleontological data. For example, the occurrence of dinosaur bones in
Tertiary deposits is attributed by most paleontologists to reworking of the bones
from older Cretaceous deposits. In other words, bones do not tell us when the
last dinosaur walked on the Earth. This question can be answered by dinosaur
tracks, which are invariably in-situ records of when dinosaurs were alive. So far, the
youngest dinosaur track found, made by an adult hadrosaurid, occurs only 37 cm
below the KT boundary in southern Colorado. Older tracks of ceratopsians
(Chapter 13), and a probable Tyrannosaurus track (Chapter 9), occur only a few meters
below the boundary. Although depositional rates vary, a reasonable estimate is that
the 37-cm interval only represents a few thousand years, meaning that at least one
dinosaur was alive soon, geologically speaking, before the end of the Cretaceous.
Modern Extinctions
In a literal interpretation of phylogenetic relationships, dinosaurs did not go
extinct because they are still around today as birds and are possibly more diverse
now than they ever were during the Mesozoic. However, because some modern bird
species have become so reduced in numbers that they are less likely to breed and
produce viable offspring, they are also undergoing a possible mass extinction. What
this extinction means in terms of how much ecosystems will change is unknown,
but the world would certainly be a very different one without them (Chapter 15).
The bulk of recent scientific evidence has led to the hypothesis that humans are
currently observing a sixth mass extinction in the Phanerozoic Eon. Moreover, this
mass extinction has been correlated with human alteration of habitats through:
1 introduced species;
2 resource acquisition;
3 pollution; and
4 global climate change.
Documenting to what degree human impact is causing extinctions is actually the

only controversial point within the scientific community regarding the modern mass
extinction. In this case, separating so-called normal extinctions that would have
happened without human influence, such as those at the end of the Permian or
Cretaceous Periods, from those caused by humans, is problematic. However, so far
the only species in the history of the Earth shown to have been ultimately respons-
ible for the extinction of another species is Homo sapiens. The recognized human
causes of extinctions include the following factors, introduced earlier:
n Pollution of ecosystems with chemicals that disrupt reproductive cycles,

documented particularly in predatory birds such as eagles, hawks, and other
raptors (Fig. 16.10).
n Alteration of habitats through deforestation or filling wetland areas for
development.
n Harvesting, hunting, or purposeful elimination of organisms targeted as pests.
n Changing the biogeographic distribution of previously isolated populations,
resulting in competition for resources, parasitism, and predation where it
did not exist before the introduction of the imported species.
507 16
FIGURE 16.10 Bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus), a modern predatory theropod of

North America that was considered an endangered species and is now protected in the
USA. PhotoDisk.
Even in cases when humans were not the species that caused the ecological dis-
turbance that resulted in local extinctions, humans were still ultimately respons-
ible for those extinctions. Humanly introduced species are called exotic, meaning
that humans purposefully or accidentally brought them to a new ecosystem. Exotic
species can then qualify as invasive species if they displace other native species in
an ecosystem or otherwise prompt major imbalances. Examples of invasive species
that proliferated in their new terrestrial ecosystems and encouraged adverse inter-
specific competition include:
1 lagomorphs (rabbits and hares) in Australia, which have overpopulated and

subsequently denuded vegetation;
2 the American gray squirrel (Sciurus carolinensis), which is competitively dis-
placing the native European red squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris) in England; and
3 the prolific creeping vine nicknamed kudzu (Pueraria lobata), the bane of
all geologists in the southeastern USA who prefer to see rocks not covered
by vegetation.
Surprisingly, probably the most devastating invasive species in terrestrial ecosys-

tems is the beloved domestic cat, Felis domestica (Fig. 16.11). As mentioned in Chap-
ter 15, both feral and human-owned cats are responsible for killing more than an
estimated 100 million songbirds each year; feral cats in particular have an adverse
effect on ground-nesting birds in grasslands and forests that previously lacked
such predators. The shrinking of proper habitats for migrating and nesting birds
exacerbates this problem, as the limited choices tend to overlap with urbanized
areas that contain large cat populations.
508
FIGURE 16.11 Invasive species in terrestrial habitats thought to be responsible for

decimating modern bird populations, the mammal Felis domestica, which is proliferated in
those habitats by another species of mammal, Homo sapiens.
Local extinctions, which may then have later translated into global extinctions,
are not a recent phenomenon. Many local extinctions are correlated with the arrival
of human populations. Notable historical examples of local extinctions include the
large marsupials and birds in Australia about 40,000 years ago, the large placental
mammals in North America and Europe about 10,000 years ago, the fauna on
Madagascar about 2000 years ago, and the moas of New Zealand starting about only
800 years ago. The last two of these local extinctions resulted in the loss of the ele-
phantbird, the largest avian theropod, and a species of moa that was the tallest
avian theropod, respectively (Chapter 15).
Did Dinosaurs Become Extinct?

After all of the global change (whether gradual and catastrophic) associated with
the end of the Cretaceous had stabilized, the plant and animal composition of
terrestrial ecosystems was forever changed and much of what we consider as the
modern world had arrived. Some ferns, conifers, angiosperms, placental mammals,
crocodiles, lizards, snakes, amphibians, and fish made it into the Tertiary Period,
but marine reptiles and pterosaurs were gone. The only dinosaurs that survived were
the avian theropods, specifically the neornithines.
Still, in a philosophical sense, dinosaurs are very much alive in our imaginations,
as is evident by literature, art, and technological attempts to re-create their visages
and behavior through computer animations and other special effects. Paleonto-
logists who work with dinosaur body or trace fossils also try to re-create dinosaurs
in their minds as living animals, rather than as static museum displays. The ubi-
quitous images of dinosaurs in popular culture and childrens enduring fascination
with them should also ensure that dinosaurs should live in this sense as long as
humans live.
The long history of dinosaurs and their impact on human life continues, but will
be changed with future discoveries and insights. Our scientific understanding of
509 16
how dinosaurs originated, lived, and functioned as transitory elements of Mesozoic

landscapes helps us to better understand the evolution of life. Thinking about how
they became extinct or how some of these dinosaurs may be with us today are also
important to our understanding them. Most importantly, the process we use to under-
stand dinosaurs, composed of scientific inquiry and imagination, provides a frame-
work for understanding other aspects of our natural world and our role in its
continuing evolution.
SUMMARY
Mass extinctions have happened five times

in the Phanerozoic Eon before humans
emerged. Although the end-Permian
extinction event was the greatest of these
in the number of species lost, the end-
Cretaceous mass extinction is the most famous,
mostly because it involved non-avian dinosaurs.
However, part of the fame associated with the end-
Cretaceous extinction is also related to its possible causes; one
hypothesis is a catastrophic meteorite impact. This impact, once hypo-
thesized on only a few lines of evidence, was continually verified through
subsequent research that eventually resulted in the discovery of the
probable impact structure. Other contributing factors in the extinctions
could have been global climate change, which included a drop in world-
wide sea level, as well as extensive volcanism in India. Dinosaurs were
not the only creatures to become extinct; numerous planktonic algal
and foraminiferan species, as well as some invertebrates, vanished from
the oceans. Among vertebrates, all large marine and flying reptiles dis-
appeared, as well as many birds and marsupial species. The survivors
included various plant groups (ferns, conifers, and flowering plants),
other mammals, reptiles (crocodiles, snakes, lizards, and turtles), and
neornithines (modern birds).
Current evidence indicates that another mass extinction is occurring
now and it is affecting the numbers and diversity of bird species.
Ironically, considering the public fascination with dinosaurs of the
Mesozoic, this extinction represents a second one for dinosaurs and it is
largely attributable to human alterations of terrestrial and marine ecosys-
tems. Human-caused factors that contribute to local and global extinc-
tions include the introduction of invasive species, changing of habitats,
overharvesting, and pollution. As a result, lessons can be learned through
this overlapping of the geologic past and present associated with the extinc-
tions of avian and non-avian dinosaurs.
510
1. This chapter mentioned that the states of

thermoregulation, endothermic or
ectothermic, did not seem to
play a role in which
groups of vertebrates
became extinct at the
end of the Cretaceous. Some of the evidence presented
for thermoregulation of dinosaurs suggested that
some of them had an intermediate form of thermoregulation that
was between endothermy and ectothermy during their growth.
How might such a thermoregulation method have been a disadvantage
for some dinosaurs at the end of the Cretaceous Period, thus select-
ing against their survival?
2. Review the possible causes of extinctions at the end Permian and com-
pare them to those proposed for the end of the Cretaceous. What
similarities or differences did you notice? Would the extinction still
have been noticeable if a meteorite had not hit the Earth at the end
of the Cretaceous?
3. The author states that a mass extinction is happening now and implies
that it is comparable to the mass extinctions of the geologic past.
How could you disprove this statement? What evidence would have
to be compiled to contradict what is defined as a mass extinction,
whether it is in the geologic past or present?
4. Review the major dinosaur clades of Chapters 913 and chart when
they went extinct. Which ones were extinct by the end of the:
a. Triassic,
b. Jurassic,
c. Early Cretaceous, and
d. Late Cretaceous?
5. How could a local extinction in the Hell Creek fauna of North Amer-
ica be related to the KT bolide impact that happened in the Gulf
of Mexico? Explain how a local extinction can then be unrepresen-
tative of a global extinction. What new information would test the
hypothesis that the Hell Creek fauna represents a global extinction?
6. Why would freshwater vertebrates have a survival advantage over land-
dwelling vertebrates? Think of and list all of the ecological factors
that would affect either group and look for contrasts.
7. Why would smaller terrestrial vertebrates have a survival advantage
over larger terrestrial vertebrates? Think of and list all the ecological
factors that would affect either group and look for contrasts, espe-
cially in the light of thermoregulation (as mentioned in Question 1).
8. Explain how both marine regressions and extensive volcanism may
have contributed to dinosaur extinctions before a bolide impact. Could
the impact have been just another factor in extinctions, rather than
a single cause? Explain why or why not.
9. Think of some invasive species in your local area and list them. What
are their effects on local extinctions? What could be done to decrease
their abundance or adverse effects on native plants and animals?
10. Find out which rare (endangered) species of birds live in your area.
What are the factors interpreted to have caused their rarity?
511 16
Bibliography
Alvarez, L. W., Alvarez, W., Asaro, F. and Michel, H. V. 1980. Extraterrestrial cause for
the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary extinction. Science 208: 10951108.
Alvarez, W. 1997. T. Rex and the Crater of Doom. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University
Press.
Archibald, J. D. and Fastovsky, D. E. 2004. Dinosaur extinction. In Weishampel,
D. B., Dodson, P. and Osmlska, H. (Eds), The Dinosauria (Second Edition). Berkeley,
Bourgeois, J. T., Hansen, T. A., Wilberg, P. L. and Kauffman, E. G. 1988. A tsunami
deposit at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in Texas. Science 241: 567570.
Brett, R. 1992. The Cretaceous-Tertiary extinction: A lethal mechanism involving anhy-
drite target rocks. Geochemica et Cosmochimica Acta 56: 36033606.
Courtillot, V. and McClinton, J. 1999. Evolutionary Catastrophes: The Science of Mass
Extinction. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
dHondt, S., Pilson, M. E. Q., Sigurdsson, H., Hanson, A. K. and Carey, S. 1994. Surface
water acidification and extinction at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Geology 22:
983986.
Dingus, L. W. 1984. Effects of stratigraphic completeness on interpretations of extinc-
tion rates across the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Paleobiology 10: 420438.
Duncan, R. A. and Pyle, D. G. 1988. Rapid eruption of the Deccan flood basalts at the
Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Nature 333: 841843.
Eaton, J. G., Kirkland, J. I. and Doi, K. 1989. Evidence of reworked Cretaceous fossils
and their bearing on the existence of Tertiary dinosaurs. Palaios 4: 281286.
Eldredge, N. 1991. The Miners Canary: Unraveling the Mysteries of Extinction. Princeton,
N.J.: Princeton University Press.
Eldredge, N. 1998. Life in the Balance: The Biodiversity Crisis. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton
University Press.
Erwin, D. H. 1994. The Permo-Triassic extinction. Nature 367: 231236.
Fastovsky, D. E. and Dott, R. H., Jr. 1986. Sedimentology, stratigraphy, and extinctions
during the Cretaceous-Paleogene transition at Bug Creek, Montana. Geology 14:
279282.
Florentin, J.-M., Maurrasse, R. and Sen, G. 1991. Impacts, tsunamis, and the Haitian
Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary layer. Science 252: 16901693.
Frankel, C. 1999. The End of the Dinosaurs: Chicxulub Crater and Mass Extinctions.
Hallam, A. 1990. The end-Triassic mass extinction event. Geological Society of America
Special Paper 247: 577583.
Hildebrand, A. R., Penfield, G. T., Kring, D. A., et al. 1991. Chicxulub Crater: A pos-
sible Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary impact crater on the Yucatan peninsula. Geology
19: 867871.
Hurlbert, S. H. and Archibald, J. D. 1995. No statistical support for sudden (or gradual)
extinction of dinosaurs. Geology 23: 881884.
Kring, D. A. 1995. The dimensions of the Chicxulub impact crater and impact melt
sheet. Journal of Geophysical Research 100: 1697916986.
Kyte, F. T. 1998. A meteorite from the Cretaceous/Tertiary boundary. Nature 396: 237239.
Leakey, R. and Lewin, R. 1995. The Sixth Extinction: Patterns of Life and the Future of
Humankind. New York: Doubleday Books.
Lofgren, D. L., Hotton, C. L. and Runkel, A. C. 1990. Reworking of Cretaceous
dinosaurs into Paleocene channel deposits, upper Hell Creek Formation, Montana.
Geology 18: 874877.
Powell, J. L. 1998. Night Comes to the Cretaceous: Comets, Craters, Controversy, and the
Last Days of the Dinosaurs. New York: W. H. Freeman.
Raup, D. 1991. Extinction: Bad Genes or Bad Luck? New York: W. Norton & Company, Inc.
512
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Retallack, G. J. Leahy, G. D. and Spoon, M. D. 1987. Evidence from paleosols for eco-
system changes across the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in Montana. Geology 15:
10901093.
Sharpton, V. L. and Ward, P. E. (Editors, and all authors therein). 1990. Global cata-
strophes in Earth history. Geological Society of America Special Paper 247.
Sharpton, V. L., Dalrymple, G. B., Marin, L. E., Ryder, G., Schuraytz, B. and Urrutia, F.
J. 1992. New links between Chicxulub impact structure and the Cretaceous-Tertiary
boundary. Nature 359: 819821.
Sheehan, P. M. and Fastovsky, D. E. 1992. Major extinctions of land-dwelling verte-
brates at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary, eastern Montana. Geology 20: 556560.
Sheehan, P. M., Fastovsky, D. E., Barreto, C. and Hoffmann, R. G. 2000. Dinosaur abund-
ance was not declining in a 3 m gap at the top of the Hell Creek Formation, Montana
and North Dakota. Geology 28: 523526.
Signor, P. W. and Lipps, J. H. 1982. Sampling bias, gradual extinction patterns and
catastrophes in the fossil record. In Silver, L. T. and P. H. Schultz (Editors),
Geological Implications of Impacts of Large Asteroids and Comets on the Earth.
Geological Society of America Special Paper 190: 291296.
Sigurdsson, H., S. dHondt and S. Carey. 1992. The impact of the Cretaceous/Tertiary
bolide on evaporite terrane and generation of major sulfuric acid aerosol. Earth and
Planetary Science Letters 109: 543559.
Smit, J. and van der Kaars, S. 1984. Terminal Cretaceous extinctions in the Hell Creek
area, Montana: Compatible with catastrophic extinction. Science 223: 11771179.
Stimmesbeck, W., Barbarin, J. M., Keller, G., et al. 1993. Deposition of channel deposits
near the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary in northeastern Mexico: Catastrophic or nor-
mal sedimentary deposits? Geology 21: 797800.
Swisher, C. C., Grajales, N. J. M., Montanari, A., et al. 1992. Coeval Ar-Ar ages of 65
million years ago from Chicxulub crater melt-rock and Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary
tektites. Science 257: 954958.
Ward, P. D. 1993. On Methuselahs Trail: Living Fossils and the Great Extinctions. New
York: W. H. Freeman.
White, P. D., Fastovsky, D. E. and Sheehan, P.M. 1998. Taphonomy and suggested struc-
ture of the dinosaurian assemblage of the Hell Creek Formation (Maastrichtian), east-
ern Montana and western North Dakota. Palaios 13: 4151.
Wignall, P. B. and Hallam, A. 1997. Mass Extinctions and Their Aftermath. Oxford, UK:
Oxford University Press.
Williams, M. E. 1994. Catastrophic versus noncatastrophic extinction of the dinosaurs:
Testing, falsifiability, and the burden of proof. Journal of Paleontology 68: 183190.
Wolbach, W. L., Gilmour, I., Anders, E., Orth, C. J. and Brooks, R. R. 1988. A global
fire at the Cretaceous/Tertiary boundary. Nature 334: 665669.
Wolfe, J. A. and Upchurch, G. R. 1987. Leaf assemblages across the Cretaceous-Tertiary
boundary in the Raton Basin, New Mexico and Colorado. National Academy of
Sciences Proceedings 84: 50965100.
513 16
Glossary
A
Acetabulum Opening (hole) on each side of a pelvis that allows for the insertion
of a ball-like proximal end of each femur. A distinguishing character of a dinosaur.
Adaptation Physical attribute of an organism that can help it to survive at least
long enough to successfully reproduce.
Aerodynamics Physics of air flow. Important for interpreting sedimentary environ-
ments and taphonomy.
Allantois Sac that develops between the eggshell and amnion for respiration of
the embryo in a cleidoic egg.
Allochthonous In taphonomy, refers to a body that has been moved (perhaps very
far) from where it originally died.
Allometry Study of size and how it changes with growth of an organism in various
dimensions.
Allosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, and Carnosauria.
Altricial Behavioral reference to state of juveniles not capable of moving and fend-
ing for themselves soon after birth, requiring much parental care. (Contrast with
precocial.)
Amino acid Organic compound that forms the basis for much soft tissue in an
animal and helps to facilitate biochemical reactions. Must have a carboxyl group
(COOH) and amino group (NH2), in which the carboxyl performs as an acid and
the amino as a base.
Amnion Fluid-filled sac surrounding a developing embryo, characteristic of
amniotes.
Amniota Clade of tetrapods that reproduce through by enclosed eggs with an
amnion. Members are amniotes.
Amphibia Paraphyletic group of chordates and tetrapods (formerly Class
Amphibia under gradistic classification) that normally are dependent on water bod-
ies for reproduction. Contrast with amniotes.
Anachronism Juxtaposition of items or situations that belong to different and sep-
arate time periods, such as Stegosaurus (of the Jurassic Period) with Tyrannosaurus
(of the Cretaceous Period).
Ankylosauria Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Thyreophora,
that includes clades Ankylosauridae and Nodosauridae.
Ankylosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with the clades
Thyreophora and Ankylosauria, that shares common ancestor with clade
Nodosauridae.
Anterior Reference to the front part of an animal or front surface of a part.
Appendicular Anatomical reference to the appendages (limbs) of an animal.
Arboreal hypothesis Explanation of origin of flight in theropods from tree-
dwelling species. Also known as the trees down hypothesis.
514
GLOSSARY
Archaeology Study of human artifacts and other traces of human behavior.

Someone who studies artifacts is an archaeologist.
Archosauria Clade of diapsids, characterized by a minimum of the following traits:
openings anterior to the orbits (antorbital fenestrae), teeth with serrations compressed
laterally and none on the palate, dentary fenestrae, differently shaped calcaneum,
and elongated ilium and pubis. Part of lineage of dinosaurs.
Arctometatarsalia Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Thero-
poda, Tetanurae, Coelurosauria, and Maniraptoriformes. Named for how the middle
metatarsal is pinched between metatarsals on either side of it. Includes clades
Troodontidae, Ornithomimosauria, and Tyrannosauridae.
Asthenosphere Hot, plastically flowing, and partially molten portion of the
upper part of the mantle that theoretically interacts with the lithosphere to cause
plate tectonic movement.
Autochthonous In taphonomy, refers to a body that is in the same place where
it originally died.
Aves Clade of saurischian dinosaur, placed with the clades Theropoda, Tetanurae,
and Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptoriformes, Maniraptora, and Avialae.
Colloquially known as birds.
Avetheropoda Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda
and Tetanurae. Includes clades Carnosauria, Sinraptoridae, Allosauridae, and
Coelurosauria.
Axial Anatomical reference to the axis of an animal, such as its vertebrae.
B
Binomial Nomenclature In Linnaean classification, method that names a species
through combined use of a genus and trivial name, e.g., Stegosaurus stenops.
Biocoenosis Assemblage of organisms in the fossil record that is autochthonous
and thus represents the living community.
Biogeochemistry Study of chemical processes caused by organisms in geologic media
and how elements are cycled.
Biologic Succession, (Principle of ) Observation that fossil assemblages may
change in a vertical sequence of rocks (succeed one another). Explained through
extinctions and evolution that happened through over time.
Biological Evolution, (Theory of ) Generally accepted explanation for observa-
tions of organisms that are (or were) modified through descent.
Biomechanics Study of how living systems, such as animal bodies, perform work.
Biometry Study of life through measurements and statistical methods.
Biomineralization Process for formation of hard parts (shells, bones, teeth) in
organisms.
Biomolecule Combinations of elements that only could have been formed only
by organisms. Examples include nucleic acids, lipids (fatty molecules), carbohydrates
(also known as sugars), and proteins.
Biostratinomy Processes that affect an organism between its death and final burial;
an important part of taphonomy.
Bioturbation Process in which an organism causes mixing of a sediment. Product
of bioturbation is a bioturbate texture.
Bipedal Using of two legs for locomotion.
Bird General term applied to members of clade Aves, which includes Archaeopteryx
and all of its descendants.
515
GLOSSARY
Body Fossil Any direct evidence of ancient life as represented by bodily remains.
Includes actual or altered body parts (such as bone), impressions of any body part
(skin, muscles, feathers), and eggs (which are body parts of embryos).
Bone Biomineralized skeletal tissue in vertebrates composed of dahllite but often
in combination with softer organic tissue in varying proportions. Can be either can-
cellous (spongy or low-density) or compact (high-density).
Brachiosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Sauro-
podomorpha and Sauropoda, which had more rounded skulls more rounded than
diplodocids and nares were positioned more anteriorly (and below) the orbitals.
Brooding Behavior where eggs or juveniles are provided with care by the parents,
such as through protection or insulation.
C
Camarasauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Sauro-
podomorpha and Sauropoda. They have more rounded skulls than diplodocids, spoon-
like teeth, and smaller numbers of their cervical, dorsal, and caudal vertebrae.
Carbonization Fossilization process where volatile elements, such as carbon,
nitrogen, and oxygen, depart from an organisms body and leave a carbon impres-
sion. Common mode of preservation for soft tissues in both plants and animals.
Carina, (of Tooth) Narrow, blade-like or ridge-like part of a tooth that may have
serrations or other denticles.
Carina, (of Sternum) Bladed middle part of the sternum to which large flight
muscles are attached in avians. Also known as the keel.
Carnivory; (Carnivorous) Meat eating, but more generally the eating of any
animal, whether through predation or scavenging.
Carnosauria Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanuare, and Avetheropoda. Previously was a general category for all large meat-
eating dinosaurs.
Cartilage Mass of protein collagen arranged as parallel, linear fibers, forming a
part of a flexible, non-ossified connective tissue in a chordate.
Cast Positive (convex) feature made from what was originally a negative (concave)
feature, such as for preservation of dinosaur skin and tracks.
Caudal Anatomical position referring to the tail of an animal, such as caudal
vertebrae.
Centrosaurine Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Margin-
ocephalia, Ceratopsia, and Neoceratopsia, characterized by short squamosals.
Cerapoda Node-based clade of ornithischian dinosaurs. Includes sister clades of
Marginocephalia and Ornithopoda.
Ceratopsia Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Marginoce-
phalia, characterized by a minimum of the following traits: rostral bone anterior
to the maxilla that paired with a predentary to form a sharp beak, frill formed by
the parietals that hung past the rest of the skull, cheeks that extend laterally and
posteriorly, and a palate positioned high in the skull. Includes sister clades of
Psittacosauridae and Neoceratopsia.
Ceratopsidae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Margin-
ocephalia, Ceratopsia, and Neoceratopsia.
Ceratosauria Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Theropoda, char-
acterized by a minimum of the following traits: fusion of bones in ankle and feet,
sacrum fused to ilium and ribs, two fenestrae on the pubis, four digits, but with
516
GLOSSARY
digit IV reduced so that digits I through III were the most functional, and two pairs
of cavities (pleurocoels) in the cervical vertebrae.
Cervical Any body part with reference to the neck, such as cervical vertebrae.
Character Trait or characteristic of an organisms anatomy distinctive enough to
use for classification, such as in cladistics.
Chasmosaurine Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Margin-
ocephalia, Ceratopsia, and Neoceratopsia, characterized by long squamosals.
Chordate Clade of animal distinguished by a notochord, dorsal nerve cord, and
pharyngeal gill slits. Placed with this clade is the clade Vertebrata.
Chromosome Packet of genetic material in a cell, contains DNA.
Clade Group of organisms defined on the basis of common ancestry as indicated
by shared, derived characters (synapomorphies).
Cladistics Classification system that places organisms into clades based on shared
derived traits (synapomorphies). (See also phylogenetic classification.)
Cladogram Diagram showing relatedness of clades to one another; serves as a visual
display of a hypothesis on evolutionary relationships between clades.
Cleidoic Egg Enclosed structure in combination with an embryo that provides a
food supply (through a yolk sac) and a membrane for respiration, temperature main-
tenance, and waste disposal.
Cloaca Organ in some birds that serves a dual purpose as the end orifice for the
alimentary canal and oviduct.
Clutch One or more eggs laid in a single egg-laying episode by a mother.
Coelophysoidea Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, dinosaurs placed with clades
Theropoda and Ceratosauria. One of the first theropod clades in the Late Triassic.
Coelurosauria Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, and Avetheropoda. Includes other clades far too numerous to mention
here, but with all of its members are united by possession of a semilunate carpal.
Cold-blooded Popularized description of ectothermy.
Compression Shape Overall geometric outline of a track. Useful for identifying
a track made in substrates other than sand or mud, and a common mode of preser-
vation for undertracks.
Continental Drift, (Hypothesis of ) First substantial hypothesis, stated originally
by Alfred Wegener, explaining the geographic distribution of similar fossils, rocks,
and rock structures in widely separated continents that also have closely fitting coast-
lines. Seminal hypothesis for later development of the theory of plate tectonics.
Coprolite Trace fossil representing the end product of digestion by an animal.
Fossilized equivalent of feces.
Cranial Anatomical position referring to the head of an animal, such as cranial bones.
Cretaceous Period Time interval in the geologic time scale spanning from about
140 to 65 million years ago. Last period of the Mesozoic Era.
Cretaceous-Tertiary (K-T) Boundary Division between Cretaceous and Tertiary
Periods (from about 65 million years ago) marking a mass extinction that resulted
in the end of the non-avian dinosaurs and many of their contemporary species.
Crop Muscular organ anterior to the stomach and gizzard in the alimentary canal
of some certain herbivorous animals, such as some birds, and presumed to have
existed in some herbivorous dinosaurs.
Crust Solid and less-dense upper part of the lithosphere.
Cursorial Hypothesis Explanation of the origin of flight in theropods from
ground-dwelling species. Also known as the ground up hypothesis.
517
GLOSSARY
D
Dahllite Mineral composed primarily of calcium phosphate and described by approx-
imately the same formula as the mineral apatite, Ca10(PO4)6(OH, CO3, F)2. Forms
the main framework of hard parts (bones and teeth) in chordates.
Darwinism Term used to describe older version of hypothesis of natural selec-
tion, as co-authored by Charles Darwin and Alfred Wallace.
Diapsida Clade of amniotes with paired temporal fenestrae on each side of the
skull. Part of lineage for dinosaurs.
Deinonychosauria Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptiformes, and Maniraptora.
Dental Battery Assemblage of interlocking teeth that form broad grinding or shear-
ing surfaces for chewing of plant material. Typical in hadrosaurids and ceratopsians.
Dentition Sum of an animals teeth in its jawbones.
Diagenesis Biological, chemical, and physical processes in a sediment or sedimentary
rock that occur after those sediments have been deposited. Important factor in
taphonomy.
Digitigrade Locomotion that involves contact only through the digits. (Contrast
with plantigrade.)
Dinosaur (1) A reptile- or bird-like animal with an upright posture that spent most
(perhaps all) of its life on land and lived only during the Mesozoic Period. (2) An
animal that had a minimum of the following synapomorphies: three or more sacral
vertebrae, shoulder girdle with backward-facing (caudally pointing) glenoid, asym-
metrical manus with less than or equal to three phalanges on digit IV, acetabulum
with open medial wall, tibia with cnemial crest, astragalus with a long ascending
process that fits into the anterior part of the tibia, sigmoidally shaped third
metatarsal, postfrontal absent, humerus with long deltopectoral crest, and femur
with ball-like head on proximal end. (3) The closest common ancestor to
Triceratops and modern birds.
Dinosauria Clade of archosaurs characterized by certain synapomorphies. (See
dinosaur.) Term originally coined by Sir Richard Owen.
Diplodocidae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Sauropodo-
morpha and Sauropoda, distinguished by more cervical and caudal vertebrae than
other sauropods, teeth restricted to the anterior portion of the skull, and nares
dorsal to the orbitals.
Diploid Number of chromosomes that results from the uniting of two haploid
gametes.
DNA Deoxyribonucleic acid.
Dorsal Reference referring to the top surface of a horizontally oriented animal.
Dromaeosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptoriformes, Maniraptora, and
Deinonychosauria.
E
Ecological Community Collective group of organisms in an ecosystem.
Ecology Study of interrelationships between organisms and their environments.
Ecosystem Environment where organisms are interacting with both one another
and abiotic (non-biological) factors.
Ectotherm Animal that is dependent on the ambient temperature outside of its
body for maintaining internal body temperature. (Contrast with endotherm.)
518
GLOSSARY
Egg (Cleidoic) Permeable structure enclosing and interacting with an embryo. Is

a body part of the embryo, hence its fossil equivalent is a body fossil.
Egg (Gamete) Sex cell with only a haploid set of chromosomes supplied by the
female of a species.
Eggshell Types Categories of morphologically distinctive mineralized remains
of cleidoic eggs. Examples include geckoid, testuoid, crocodiloid, dinosauroid
spherulitic, dinosauroid prismatic, and ornithoid.
Eisospherite Layer Inner, organic shell membrane of an egg.
Ellipsoid In geometry, a body where all plane sections are either circles or
ellipses. Used to describe geometry of most dinosaur eggs.
Embryo Stage of development in ontogeny of an organism between a zygote (fer-
tilized egg) and juvenile. In amniotes, associated with an amnion and (in cases of
oviparous amniotes) an egg.
Enantiornithines Clade of toothed avians that went extinct by the end of the
Cretaceous Period.
Encephalization Quotient (EQ) Ratio of cerebral cortex mass:totalbrain mass. Used
as measure of relative braininess of an animal.
Endotherm Animal that is dependent on its body for maintaining internal tem-
perature rather than the ambient temperature outside of its body. (Contrast with
ectotherm).
Entomology Study of insects.
Ethics Set of principles of conduct or behavior in human society and how that
behavior affects peoples relationships with one another.
Euornithopoda Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Ornitho-
poda, includes clades Hypsilophodontidae and Iguanodontia.
Evolution Change in a population between generations, or descent with modifi-
cation. See also biological evolution, (theory of).
Exospherite Layer Crystalline (mineralized) exterior of an egg.
Extinction Permanent cessation of propagation of a species, which can be either local
or global. Occurs when the last individual of a species is prevented from reproducing.
Extinction, (Mass) Near-simultaneous extinction of many different (unrelated)
species.
F
Fabrosaurids Paraphyletic group of primitive ornithiscian dinosaurs, most closely
aligned with clade Ornithopoda.
Facies All of the characteristics imparted by an environment to its sediment
at approximately the same time; can be represented by biofacies (organismal
remains), ichnofacies (traces left by organismal behavior), and lithofacies (com-
position and proportions of sediments).
Fact Phenomenon that has an actual, objective existence, regardless of whether
it was observed or not.
Feather Integument associated with avian and known in a few non-avian
theropods, which can function as flight or downy feathers but also is used for dis-
play and insulation. Consists of central shaft with barbs emanating from it, form-
ing a vane in flight feathers.
Formation Mappable unit of rock, given a formal name that typically refers to a
place with a type section of the formation.
Fractionation Fractional change in the amount of stable isotopes, where one
becomes depleted while the other is enriched.
519
GLOSSARY
G
Gamete Sex cell (egg or sperm) containing a haploid complement of chromosomes,
that for better or worse will combine with another (complementary) gamete to form
a zygote.
Gastrolith Literally stomach stones, refers to stones ingested by a vertebrate to
use for either digestion or ballast. The fossil equivalent of this is a trace fossil.
Genasauria Node-based clade that includes clades Thyreophora and
Ornithopoda.
Gene Nucleotide sequence in a DNA molecule that provides a code for a protein
or part of a protein. Can be either dominant or recessive.
Genome Sum total of genes, conveyed in a DNA molecule and encompassing
coding for all of an organisms proteins. Represents the genetic potential of an
organism.
Genotype Genetic expression of an organism. A pair of genes at a locus on a chro-
mosome. Contrast with phenotype.
Genus Name applied as first part of binomial nomenclature used in species name.
Can be used by itself but also represents a broader category that may include sev-
eral species.
Geochemistry Study of chemistry in regarding how it pertains to earth processes
and geologic media.
Geographic Information Systems (GIS) Computer programs, facilitated through
computer hardware, that integrate spatial data with other forms of information.
Geography Study of the earths surface, typically facilitated through the use of
maps.
Geologic Map Graphical, two-dimensional representation of the outcrop patterns
of rock units (formations) on the land surface. Typically has topographic informa-
tion, (such as elevation changes) superimposed on it.
Geologic Time Scale Standard description of time intervals in the history of the
earth, based on a combination of relative dating and absolute dating criteria.
Geophysics Study of how basic physical principles are used to better understand
the earth, particularly its interior.
Gizzard Muscular organ anterior of the stomach in the alimentary canal. In her-
bivorous dinosaurs, former presence is indicated by gastroliths.
Grades Levels applied to classifying organisms, which are, (in order of most to
least inclusive,) kingdom, phylum, class, order, family, genus, and species. In
botany, the equivalent grade to a phylum is a division.
Gradistics Classification system that places organisms into grades (levels) that
become more inclusive based on anatomical similarity.
Gravitation, (Theory of) Generally accepted explanation for observations of the
attraction of matter for matter.
H
Hadrosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Ornithopoda,
Euornithopoda, and Iguanodontia, characterized by a minimum of the following
traits: long and wide anterior portion of skull (duckbill), well-developed dental
batteries, loss of antorbital and surangular fenestrae, increase of vertebrae to at least
8 sacral and 12 cervical vertebrae, loss of digit I on the manus, development of
prominent unguals on the pes, and long forelimbs relative to hindlimbs.
Haploid Half of the normal complement of chromosomes in a somatic (body)
cell. Characteristic of a gamete.
520
GLOSSARY
Herbivory; (Herbivorous) Plant-eating.

Herpetology Study of amphibians and reptiles.
Herrerasauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, often placed within clade
Theropoda but sometimes placed outside of the Dinosauria. Consists of a minimum
of the following traits: long pubis with relation to its femur, three sacral vertebrae,
semiperforate to open acetabulum with a well-developed medial wall, femur length
nearly twice that of the humerus, elongate skull nearly equal in length with its
femur, serrated and recurved conical teeth, long and equally sized metatarsals I and
V on the pes, and manus with five digits but digits IV and V reduced and without
unguals. Considered one of the more primitive clades of dinosaurs.
Heterodont Dentition that shows a variety of teeth adapted for different functions.
Heterodontosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades
Ornithopoda, and limited to the Early Jurassic of South Africa. Identified by het-
erodont dentition.
Homocephalidae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Margin-
ocephalia and Pachycephalosauria. Often known as flat-headed dinosaurs.
Homeotherm Animal that maintains a near-constant internal body temperature,
regardless of whether it is endothermic or ectothermic.
Homologue Body parts that are the same in different animals, although they may
have a different morphology because they have been modified with descent as
adaptations.
Hydrodynamics Physics of water flow. Important for interpreting sedimentary envir-
onments and taphonomy.
Hypothesis Conditional explanation of an observation or series of observations
that typically proposes a cause for the observations. Must be testable and falsifiable.
Hypsilophodontidae Paraphyletic group of ornithischian dinosaurs within clade
Ornithopoda and Euornithopoda. Among first dinosaurs to achieve pleurokinesis,
a jointing between the premaxilla and the rest of the skull (including the premaxilla)
that caused the maxilla to shift outward when the mouth closed.
I
Ichnofabric Resultant patterns or texture imparted to a substrate (either uncon-
solidated or solid) as a result of organismal behavior, such as trampling of sedi-
ment by dinosaurs.
Ichnology Study of traces left by organisms as a result of their behavior.
Ichnotaxon Name given to a trace fossil on the basis of its form (not its trace-
maker). A type of parataxonomy, where binomial nomenclature is used for both
ichnogenera and ichnospecies.
Igneous Rock Rock formed from originally molten material (magma), can be either
plutonic (cooling far below the earths surface) or volcanic (cooling on or near the
earths surface). Minerals from these rocks often are used for calculating radio-
metric ages.
Iguanodontia Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Ornitho-
poda and Euornithopoda. Includes Hadrosauridae.
Ilium One of the hip bones, paired and lateral to the sacral vertebrae of the axial
skeleton.
Inclusions, (Principle of ) Basic geologic principle used in determining relative
ages of rocks; particles of a pre-existing rocks incorporated into a sediment must
be older than the rock including them.
521
GLOSSARY
Insectivory; (Insectivorous) Insect-eating habit. Considered as a hypothetical feed-

ing strategy for some theropods (therizinosaurs).
Integument Skin and its derivatives, such as scales or feathers.
Interspecific Between different species, such as in most parasitic or predator-prey
relations.
Intraspecific Within the same species, such as in intraspecific competition for mates.
Ischium One of the hip bones, posterior to both the pubis and ilium.
Isotope Variation on atomic weight of an element, can be either radioactive (under-
going decay) or stable (not decaying).
J
Jurassic Period Time interval in the geologic time scale spanning about 206 to
140 million years ago. Middle period of the Mesozoic Era.
L
Lateral Anatomical reference to the side of an organism, or of any body part, far-
ther away from a midline.
Lineage Line of descent, defined by populations that went through generations,
from ancestors leading to descendants.
Lines of Arrested Growth (LAGs) Lines recorded in dinosaur bones that repre-
sent periods of interrupted growth, which can be attributed to yearly cycles in growth
and thus suggestive of ectothermy.
Linnaean Classification Hierarchical classification system of organisms based on
grades (levels), also known as gradistics. Defined by Carl von Linnz, (also known
as Carolus Linneaus).
Lithosphere Cool, rigid exterior of the earth that incorporates the crust and upper
part of the mantle. Composes plates (which can have continents) that interact with
one another as a result of processes emanating from the asthenosphere.
M
Mammalia Clade of amniotes characterized by hair and mammary glands,
among other traits. Descended from synapsid ancestors during the Late Triassic.
Maniraptoriformes Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades
Theropoda, Tetanuare, Avetheropoda, and Coelurosauria.
Mantle Relatively more dense and thickest layer of the earth, immediately below the
crust, and forming the lower part of the lithosphere and all of the asthenosphere.
Manus Hand, associated with the forelimbs. Contrast with pes.
Marginocephalia Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, considered a sister clade to
Ornithopoda. Characterized by an abbreviated posterior portion of the premaxil-
lary as it contributes to the palate and a shortened pubis accompanied by widely
spaced hip sockets. Includes clades Pachycephalosauria and Ceratopsia.
Medial Middle part of an organism, especially definable in those organisms with
bilateral symmetry, but also can refer to the middle portion of a body part.
Meiosis Splitting of diploid cells into haploid cells, which produces gametes.
Megalosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda and
Tetanurae. Considered as an outgroup of the latter.
Mesozoic Era Division of geologic time scale that is defined as lasting from about
245 to 65 million years ago, consisting of the Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous Periods.
522
GLOSSARY
Metamorphic Rock Rock formed from heat and pressure that changes the ori-
ginal minerals or texture of a previous rock, such as another metamorphic rock,
igneous rock, or sedimentary rock.
Mineral Solid, naturally occurring, inorganic substance with a definite chemical
composition and an ordered internal arrangement of atoms expressed as a crystal
habit.
Mitosis Splitting of diploid cells to form more diploid cells.
Mold Impression made as a result of a body or body part contacting with a sub-
strate. Can be either external or internal. Contrast with cast.
Monophyletic Group of organisms with a common ancestor.
Morphology Study of form in an organism, but also refers to the overall shapes
of an organism and products of its behavior, i.e., track morphology and egg
morphology.
Morrison Formation Well-known Upper Jurassic rock unit made famous for its
abundant dinosaur body fossils and some trace fossils. Named after its type area in
Morrison, Colorado.
Mummification Mode of preservation that involves desiccation (dehydration) of
a body.
Mutualism Form of commensalism, where two of or more species benefit from
associating with one another.
N
Natural Selection Hypothesis that is part of the theory of biological evolution.
States that species have genetic variation within their populations. These variations
may constitute adaptations with relation to intraspecific competition or environ-
mental factors, and those better adapted individuals survive long enough to repro-
duce, thus selectively passing on their inheritable traits. Older version called
Darwinism, new version called Neo-Darwinism.
Necrolysis Decomposition of a body after it dies. Important process in taphonomy.
Neoceratopsia Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Margin-
ocephalia and Ceratopsia.
Neo-Darwinism Term used to describe newer version of Darwinism, which
includes concepts of modern genetics.
Neornithines Clade of avians represented by modern birds, originated in the
Cretaceous Period. Can be divided into carinates (flighted birds) and ratites (flight-
less birds).
Nest Biogenic structure that typically (but not always) contains a clutch. Best rep-
resented by an arrangement of eggs or eggshells in definite patterns, but can also
be denoted as a semicircular depression with a raised rim that was originally used
to hold eggs or young (mound nest), or a hollow, subsurface chamber for holding
eggs (hole nest).
Node-based Clade Clade that has all of the descendants of the most recent com-
mon ancestor for two groups, where the common ancestor forms the node.
Nodosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Thyreophora
and Ankylosauria. Had laterally placed nares, and lacked horns and tail club.
Nucleic Acids Biomolecules such as RNA and DNA that are chains of nucleotides.
O
Occlusion Closing of an animals mouth so that the teeth from the upper and
lower jaws come together on a surface (occlusal surface).
523
GLOSSARY
Omnivory; (Omnivorous) Eating of both plants and animals.

Ontogeny Growth history (development) of an organism during its lifetime.
Opinion Idea that may or may not be based on factual information, but more
on how a person feels.
Original Horizontality Basic geologic principle that sediments are originally
deposited in more-or-less horizontal layers.
Ornithischia Clade placed with the Dinosauria that is one of the two defining
all dinosaurs. Characterized by a hip arrangement that has the pubis together with
the ischium and pointing posteriorly.
Ornithomimosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades
Theropoda, Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptiformes, and Arcto-
metatarsalia. Also known as the ostrich dinosaurs.
Ornithopoda Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, characterized by a minimum of
the following traits: offset tooth row, where the maxillary teeth are more dorsal
than those in the premaxillary, (but teeth in the latter might be missing altogether),
occlusal surface more dorsal than jaw joint, crescent-shaped paraoccipital process,
and premaxilla with an elongate process that touches either, (or both,) the pre-
frontal or lachrymal.
Osteoderm Bony outgrowth of skin. Typical trait in titanosaurids and
thyreophorans.
Oviduct In female birds and reptiles, the passageway between uterus and cloaca,
colloquially called a birth canal. Paired in some crocodilians.
Oviparous Amniote that reproduces by laying an enclosed egg on land.
Oviraptorisauria Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, and Maniraptoriformes.
P
Pace Angulation In a trackway, angle described by the pace of one side in com-
parison to the overall stride.
Pace Length In a trackway, the distance between two successive tracks made by
appendages from opposite sides, such as right-left or left-right.
Pachycephalosauria Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clade
Marginocephalia. Characterized by fusing together the frontals and parietals into
a thick deposit of bone, thus the popular nickname of bonehead dinosaurs.
Pachycephalosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades
Marginocephalia and Pachycephalosauria. Also known as the dome-headed
dinosaurs.
Paleobiogeography Study of how maps can be used to describe the geographic
distribution of organisms during the geologic past.
Paleoecology Study of interrelationships between ancient organisms and their ori-
ginal environments.
Paleontology Study of ancient life. Can include invertebrate paleontology
(animals without backbones), vertebrate paleontology (animals with backbones),
micropaleontology (one-celled organisms), and paleobotany (plants).
Paleopathology Study of sickness, injuries, and other abnormalities in the health
of ancient organisms.
Paraphyletic A group of related organisms but excluding some of their descen-
dants that might be much different. (See monophyletic.)
524
GLOSSARY
Parasitism Form of symbiosis where one organism is living at the expense of another
host organism. Parasitic organisms can be either endoparasites (within the host) or
ectoparasites (outside the host).
Parataxonomy Naming of either trace fossils or some body fossils, (such as eggs,)
similar to that for biological species, using binomial nomenclature to identify a specific
morphology.
Permineralization Filling of pores in a fossil by minerals precipitated from solu-
tion. Common mode of preservation for petrified wood and bones.
Pes Foot, associated with the hindlimbs. Contrast with manus.
pH Negative logarithm of the hydrogen ion concentration in a solution, measured
on a scale from 1 (most acidic) to 14 (most basic).
Phalangeal Formula Count of phalanges associated with each digit in a manus
or pes.
Phalanges (plural of phalanx) Distal bones associated with the digits of either
a manus or pes.
Phylogenetic Classification System used for classifying organisms on the basis
of their inferred phylogeny. Also known as cladistics.
Phylogeny Evolutionary history of an organism.
Piscivory; (Piscivorous) Fish-eating habit. Proposed as a hypothetical feeding strat-
egy for some theropods, such as spinosaurs.
Plantigrade Locomotion that involves contact of the digits and more proximal
bones of the limb, such as tarsals and metatarsals. Also known as flat-footed.
(Contrast with digitigrade.)
Plate Tectonics, (Theory of ) Generally accepted explanation for observed earth-
quakes, volcanoes, and some other geologic phenomena that occur in definite places
on the earth.
Plesiomorphy Character in an ancestor that is also observable in a descendant.
Considered as a primitive trait, such as ziphodont teeth.
Pleurocoels Cavities within vertebrae of some dinosaurs, such as ceratosaurs.
Pneumatic (Bones) Air-filled or otherwise less dense bones. Typical trait of both
avian and non-avian theropods.
Polyphyletic Group of organisms that had separate ancestors.
Population Group of organisms interbreeding with one another, presumably rep-
resenting a species.
Posterior Anatomical reference to the rear of an animal or any part.
Precocial Behavioral reference to juveniles capable of moving and fending for them-
selves soon after birth, with little or no parental care.
Pressure-release Structure Deformity associated with a track caused by the appli-
cation or release of pressure by a foot.
Prosauropoda Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Sauropo-
domorpha, characterized by a minimum of the following traits: atlas and a total
of 10 cervical vertebrae, 15 dorsal, three sacral (attached to the pelvic bones), and
nearly 50 caudal vertebrae, phalangeal formula on pes of 2-3-4-5-1, with small unguals,
and phalanx on digit V seemingly vestigial, phalangeal formula on manus of 2-3-
4-3-2, with unguals present on digits I through III, enlarged ungual on digit I, which
is deviated from the rest of the manus.
Protein Combination of any 20 amino acids into a compound that facilitates bio-
chemical reactions or provides structural support for an organism. Examples are
albumin, collagen, hemoglobin, and osteocalcin.
525
GLOSSARY
Protoceratopsidae Uncertainly assigned as a clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed

with clades Marginocephalia, Ceratopsia, and Neoceratopsia, among the most
primitive of neoceratopsians.
Proximal Anatomical reference to a body part that is close to an organisms mid-
line. Contrast with distal.
Psittacosauridae Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Margin-
ocephalia and Ceratopsia, considered as the oldest clade of ceratopsians.
Pubis One of the hip bones, anterior and medial with relative to the ischium and
ilium.
Q
Quadrupedal Using four legs for locomotion.
Quantum Mechanics, (Theory of) Generally accepted explanation for observed
behavior of atomic and subatomic particles.
R
Replacement Process where a body part of an organism is replaced by a material
with a different composition from the original material.
Reproductive Isolation Separateness of a species from another, represented by an
inability to reproduce with one another to produce viable offspring.
Reptilia; (Reptiles) General term for a polyphyletic group of amniotes that
includes modern snakes, lizards, crocodillans, and turtles. Sometimes synonym-
ized with clade Eureptilia, but the latter excludes clade Anapsida, which includes
turtles.
Resonating Chambers Tube-like structures that connected with nasal cavities in
some hadrosaurids. Hypothetically used for changing sounds produced by moving
air through the skull.
Respiratory Turbinates Spaces within nasal cavities that accommodate folded bony
or cartilaginous structures, often lined with mucous membranes. Considered as an
indicator of endothermy.
RNA Ribonucleic acid.
Ruminant Herbivore that uses a multi-chambered stomach for the digestion
of its food, which is physically mashed into a compacted mass called a bolus,
(or cud).
S
Sacral Body parts referring to the hip region, such as sacral vertebrae.
Saurischia Clade placed with the clade Dinosauria that is one of the two defin-
ing all dinosaurs. Characterized by a hip arrangement that has the pubis pointing
anterior and separate from the ischium.
Sauropoda Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Sauropodo-
morpha, characterized by a minimum of the following traits: 12 or more cervical
vertebrae, neural arches and other processes smaller but forming better support for
musculature as struts, sacrum with four or more vertebrae, large and separate pelvic
bones, including an ilium with an expanded anterior end, minimum of 45 to more
than 80 caudal vertebrae.
Sauropodomorpha Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, characterized by a minimum
of the following traits: distal part of the tibia covered by an ascending process of
the astralagus, short hindlimbs in comparison to the torso length, thin and flat
526
GLOSSARY
(spatula-like) teeth with bladed and serrated crowns, minimum of 10 cervical ver-
tebrae that are typically elongated and a total of 25 presacral vertebrae, and large
digit I on the manus, pes with five digits and unguals on digits IIII, manus with
five digits with smaller phalanges on digits IIV, ungual on digit I of manus. Includes
clades Prosauropoda and Sauropoda.
Sediment Unconsolidated material, typically formed as a result of weathering from
a previously existing rock.
Sedimentary Environment Place where sediments are deposited.
Sedimentary Rock Rock formed through consolidation of sediment, forming
either chemical or clastic sedimentary rocks.
Sedimentology Study of sediments, specifically how they are formed, trans-
ported, buried, and altered with burial.
Semi-erect Posture Body alignment used by an animal that is in between and an
upright and sprawling posture, with its legs directly underneath its torso.
Serrations Square-, triangular-, oval-, or rectangular-shaped denticles on carinae
separated by narrow indentations (cellae) along a tooth surface.
Sexual Selection Choosing of mates on the basis of attractive traits possessed by
that mate. An important part of natural selection.
Sister Group Taxon that had the same parent, or ancestral group, as another
taxon and split from that ancestral group, e.g., Sauropodomorpha is a sister group
to Theropoda because they both have a saurischian ancestor.
Site Fidelity Habitual (annual) visitation and inhabitation of an area by a species
of animal, typically for breeding and brooding purposes.
Speciation Evolution of one species into another species. Has been observed in
some organisms, thus is part of factual basis of the theory of biological evolution.
Species (Biological Concept) Population of organisms that can interbreed and
produce offspring that can also reproduce with one another. A closed gene pool.
Species (Name) Taxon for biological species based on binomial nomenclature, itali-
cized and using genus and trivial name; e.g., Triceratops horridus, Tyrannosaurus rex.
Sperm Male gamete containing a haploid complement of chromosomes.
Although outnumbered by millions of its compatriots, one will combine with female
gamete (egg) to form a zygote. (Everyone should know this, but if not, this text-
book was worth writing in order to pass on that knowledge alone.)
Sprawling Posture Body alignment used by an animal that has its legs lateral to
(outside of ) the plane of its torso.
Stable Isotope Variation of an element based on differing numbers of neutrons,
which affect its mass (isotope) that does not undergo radioactive decay. Ratios of
stable isotopes are used for interpreting temperatures in ancient ecosystems.
Stegosauria Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, placed with the clade Thyreo-
phora, characterized by osteoderms evident as spikes on the shoulder regions
(parascapular spines) and dermal armor restricted to two rows of vertically oriented
plates, parallel to but also lateral to the axial skeleton (parasagittal plates) or spikes.
Stem-based Clade Clade that has a shared common ancestor more recent than
that of another group.
Straddle Width of a trackway, measured across the diameter of the trackway.
Stratigraphy Study of rock layers, (particularly sedimentary rocks:), how they were
formed, and mapping of their geometry (areal distribution and thickness).
Stride Length In a trackway, the distance between two successive steps made by
the same foot.
527
GLOSSARY
Superposition, (Principle of ) Basic geologic principle that originally horizontal

layers have the oldest layers on the bottom and youngest layers on the top of a
sequence, i.e., whatever is on the top is younger and vice versa.
Symbiosis Two or more organisms of different species living together or interacting
in a way that one or all are dependent on the relationship for survival. Parasitism
is a form of symbiosis, as is mutualism.
Synapomorphy Character, shared between two or more groups of organisms, that
was derived from earlier characters. Evolutionarily derived (new or novel)
anatomical trait. Used in cladistic (phylogenetic) classification system.
Synapsida Clade of amniotes characterized by single temporal foramen on each
side of the skull. Clade Mammalia is placed with this clade.
Synonymy Different species name assigned to an organism that has already been
given a species name (a common problem in naming of dinosaur species).
T
Taphonomy Study of all processes that affect an organism after it dies, (such as
scavenging, tissue degradation, transport of a body, and burial) and its fossilization
potential. Also can be applied to the preservation of trace fossils.
Taxonomy Classification system in which names are applied to organisms or groups
of organisms with regard to defining features; name given is a taxon. System applied
to naming traces of behavior by organisms or their eggs is parataxonomy.
Tetanurae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clade Theropoda, charac-
terized by a minimum of the following traits: dentition in the maxilla only anterior
to the orbital, antorbital and maxillary fenestrae, accompanied by increased pneu-
maticity of the skull, manus with digits I through III but digit III is absent in
some cases, tibia that overlapped a reduced fibula, development of a large notch
on the ischium, well-developed stiffening of the caudal vertebrae by processes
(zygopophyses) that extended anterior and posterior from the neural arches.
Theory Hypothesis, or set of related hypotheses, that withstood repeated testing
to the point of widespread acceptance by the scientific community.
Thanatocoenosis Assemblage of organisms in the fossil record that may be
composed of only allochthonous species or a mixture of allochthonous and
autochthonous species. Also known as a death assemblage.
Therizinosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, and Maniraptiformes. Considered as the
most unusual of theropods, especially in their dentition. They possibly were insec-
tivorous, omnivorous, or herbivorous.
Thermodynamics Study of heat and its relationship to work.
Theropoda Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, has minimum of following traits: lachry-
mal bone prominently exposed on dorsal surface of skull, minimum of five sacral
vertebrae, manus with claws (unguals) and reduction or loss of digits IV and V, slightly
curved femur, which is also more than twice as long as the humerus, pes with
digits II through IV, digit I separate from pes, pes length greater than width, bilat-
erally symmetrical from digit III, and a well-defined processes on cervical and
caudal vertebrae. Generally known as carnivorous dinosaurs but probably with
some exceptions.
Thoracic Any body part referring to the thorax (torso), such as thoracic
vertebrae.
Thyreophora Clade of ornithischian dinosaurs, characterized by dermal armor,
typically present as osteoderms in rows parallel to the midline of the body and a
528
GLOSSARY
well-developed postorbital process associated with the jugal and a palpebral

(supraorbital bone). Includes clades Stegosauria and Ankylosauridae.
Titanosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Sauropo-
domorpha and Sauropoda, distinguished by dermal armor (osteoderms) and pro-
coelous caudal vertebrae.
Tooth Bone-like projection from the jaw of a chordate used primarily for grasp-
ing, biting, or chewing food. If found in the fossil record is considered as a body
fossil.
Toothmark Trace left on a substrate, either as a puncture or scrape mark, that
represents behavior by an animal using its teeth. If found in the fossil record is
considered as a trace fossil.
Topographic Map Graphical, two-dimensional representation of differences in ele-
vation in a specific area as well as its surface features, such as forested areas, roads,
and cities.
Trace Element Element that is normally in very small amounts in the earths crust
or in a body.
Trace Fossil Any indirect evidence of ancient life as represented by the effects of
behavior. Includes tracks, trails, burrows, toothmarks, gastroliths, coprolites, and
nests.
Track Trace left by appendage of an animal, typically as a result of its locomo-
tion. If found in the fossil record is considered as a type of trace fossil. A series of
two or more successive tracks made by the same foot is a trackway.
Trail Path worn by repeated movement of animals along a route, typically the
result of numerous trackways.
Triassic Period Time interval in the geologic time scale spanning from about 245
to 206 million years ago. Dinosaurs had evolved from archosaur ancestors by the
latter part of this period, including the clades Theropoda and Sauropodomorpha.
Tridactyl Three-toed track or foot, often affiliated with either theropods or most
ornithopods, (especially hadrosaurids).
Trivial Name Second part of a species name (in binomial nomenclature) that must
always be used in combination with and preceded by a genus name. Is always low-
ercase and italicized.
Troodontidae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades placed with clades
Theropoda, Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptoriformes, and
Arctometatarsalia.
Type Specimen Individual organism or parts of an organism used to define a species.
Tyrannosauridae Clade of saurischian dinosaurs, placed with clades Theropoda,
Tetanurae, Avetheropoda, Coelurosauria, Maniraptoriformes, and Arctometatarsalia.
U
Undertrack Track preserved below the actual surface on which an animal walked
as a result of compression of underlying layers.
Ungual Nail or hoof, located at the distal ends of phalanges.
Upright posture Body alignment used by an animal that stands and walks with
its legs directly underneath its torso.
V
Ventral Bottom side of a horizontally oriented organism or a body part; contrast
with dorsal.
529
GLOSSARY
Vertebrata, (Vertebrates) Clade with synapomorphy of a series of bones (verte-

brae) forming the main axial elements in the dorsal part of the skeleton. Placed
with clade Chordata.
Vertebrae (plural of Vertebra) Repeated and interconnected bones that formed
the main axial elements in the dorsal part of a skeleton. Can be classified as cer-
vical, dorsal, sacral, and caudal, in order from cranially to caudally, and with each
composed of a centrum, neural arch, and nerve canal.
Viviparous Amniote that reproduces by giving live birth, where its juveniles are
retained in its body just before birth, rather than being born from cleidoic eggs.
W
Warm-blooded Popularized description of endothermy.
Y
Yolk Sac Food supply in a cleidoic egg.
Z
Ziphodont Curved and serrated teeth; considered as a plesiomorphic trait in
dinosaurs and present in most theropods.
Zygopophyses Processes emanating from the caudal vertebrae that, when well-
developed, helped to stiffen the tail.
Zygote Female gamete (egg) that has combined its haploid complement of chro-
mosomes with that of a male gamete (sperm); a fertilized egg.
530
Index
Page numbers in italics refer to figures; those in bold to tables.
a priori reasoning, 367 Agilisaurus spp. (ornithopods), Allosaurus fragilis (theropod)

aardvarks, 417 characteristics, 338 cranial bones, 125
Abelisaurudae (abelisaurids), Agilisaurus louderbacki (ornithopod), growth, 279
classification, 264 evolution, 343 skeletal allometry, 230
Abelisaurus spp. (theropods) Aguja Formation (USA), 187 skull, 19
classification, 264 Alabama (USA), 50 alpha particles, 1001
discovery, 80 Alamosaurus spp. (sauropods), 312 alpha radiation, 1001
aborigines, 420 social life, 323 altricial, 280
tracking skills, 421 Alaska (USA), 375 Alvarez, Luis (191188), 499500
Abrictosaurus spp. (ornithopods), Albania, 71, 72 Alvarez, Walter (1940 ), 499500
classification, 337 Alberta (Canada), 5, 57, 69, 72, 209 Alxasaurus spp. (theropods), feeding,
absolute age dating, 99104 coprolites, 239, 274, 288, 450 284
cross-checking, 100 hadrosaurids, 445 Amargasaurus spp. (sauropods)
Academy of Sciences (Philadelphia, tyrannosaurids, 290 classification, 308
USA), 65, 66 Albertosaurus spp. (theropods), 72 skeleton, 310
Acanthopholis spp. (thyreophorans), classification, 267 amateurs
classification, 366 coprolites, 239, 450 fossil collecting, 49, 50
Acanthostega (amphibian), 157, 163 forelimb size, 126 paleontology, 82
accumulation, and dinosaur injuries, 290 Ameghino, Carlos (18651936), 69
taphonomy, 2047 size, 276 Ameghino, Florentino (18541911),
acetabulum, 123, 128 social life, 290 69
Achelousaurus spp. teeth, 284 American Museum of Natural
(marginocephalians), 408 toothmarks, 236, 288, 443 History, 156
Achelousaurus horneri albumin, 228 Department of Vertebrate
(marginocephalian), Algeria, 63 Paleontology, 67
evolution, 401 allantois, 163, 221 dinosaur tracks, 113
acid rain, 501 alleles, 149, 152 expeditions, 68, 72, 77, 78, 207,
acidity, 208 alligators, classification, 1656, 167 398, 405
acids, 228 allochthonous remains, 196, 205 American Philosophical Society, 63
Acrocanthosaurus spp. (theropods) allometric lines, 261 Americans
reconstruction, 273 allometry, 15 dinosaur studies, 639
tracks, 273, 281 skeletal, 230 see also Native Americans
Actinistia, 492 allopatric speciation, 1589 Amherst College (USA), 63, 64
adaptations, 150 allosaurids, 268, 280 amino acids
adaptive radiation, 159 classification, 267, 270 in dinosaur eggshells, 225, 226
Aepyornis maximus (elephantbird), tracks, 273 structure, 228
474 allosaurs, discovery, 75 see also DNA
aerobic bacteria, 192, 193 Allosaurus spp. (theropods), 266, 380 amino groups, 228
aerodynamics, 201 autochthonous remains, 205 Ammosaurus spp. (prosauropods),
aestheticism, 19 bone cancer, 186, 290 gastroliths, 322
aetosaurs, 167 bone diseases, 290 amnions, 162, 221
Africa bone overgrowths, 186, 290 Amniota, 137
bushmen, 421 classification, 267, 270 classification, 164
dinosaur eggs, 316 dating, 107 evolution, 1627
dinosaur fossils, 63 discovery, 73, 75 see also Reptilia
giraffes, 320 early studies, 67 amniotes
heterodontosaurids, 336 head ornamentation, 277 evolution, 1627
hyenas, 186 injuries, 290 sex organs, 220
marginocephalians, 400 large assemblages, 203 skulls, 164
ornithopods, 497 manus, 260 amniotic eggs
sauropods, 312, 497 monospecific bone beds, 275 components, 162
termites, 285 relative age dating, 967 evolution, 1624
theropods, 264, 279 size, 276 amoebas, 188
thyreophorans, 374, 375 social life, 290 amphibians, 163
see also South Africa suffocation, 186 posture, 4
African elephants, 23, 221, 261 tooth spacing, 79 tracks, 5
age determination see dating toothmarks, 274, 325, 443, 444 transitional, 157
531
INDEX
amphibious behavior, 31819 processes, 369 Archaeoraptor liaoningensis

amphicoelous, 301 skeletons, 371 (theropod), hoax, 378
Amrani, Boheti bin, 75, 76 Ankylosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), Archimedes (c. 287212 BCE ), 198
Amsitoq Gneiss (Greenland), 103 osteoderms, 370 Archosauria (archosaurs), 1656,
anachronisms, 21 Ankylosaurus magniventris 1701, 270
anaerobic bacteria, 192, 193, 237 (thyreophoran), body size, 372 bipedal, 172
Anapsida (anapsids), 1645 annelid worms, 188 characteristics, 167
anatomical nomenclature, dinosaur Anning, Mary (17991847), 48 classification, 4712
skeletons, 1212 annuli, dinosaur bones, 2301 diversification, 1678
anatomy ant-, use of prefix, 122 evolution, 1678
dinosaurs, 11844 Antarctica extinctions, 174, 276
feathers, 464 carnosaurs, 277 mass extinctions, 495
and feeding behavior, 2859 dinosaur fossils, 79 synapomorphies, 1734
ornithopods, 3336 ornithopods, 332 see also Crurotarsi; Dinosauria;
sauropodomorphs, 299301, sauropodomorphs, 313 Ornithodira; Pterosauria
3035, 3078 tetanurans, 277 Archosauriformes, 167
theropods, 2579 Antarctosaurus spp. (sauropods), 312 Archosauromorpha
see also soft-part anatomy anteaters, 285 (archosauromorphs), 167, 264
Anatotitan spp. (ornithopods), 342 antelopes, 286 Arctic, ornithopods, 332
characteristics, 336 anterior, 122 Arctometatarsalia
ancestordescendent relationships, Antetonitrus spp. (sauropods), 313 classification, 270
137 classification, 305, 314 metatarsals, 271
Anchiceratops spp. antorbital fenestra, 122, 124 Argentina, 69, 80
(marginocephalians), 72, 398, Apache, tracking skills, 421 birds, 461, 470, 474
408 apatite, 227 dinosaur eggs, 218
Anchisaurus spp. (prosauropods) Apatosaurus spp. (sauropods), 279, dinosaur teeth, 233
classification, 303 312 paleontologists, 81
teeth, 305 abundance, 175 prosauropods, 172, 315
Andrews, Roy Chapman classification, 308 pterosaurs, 169
(18841960), 77, 78, 398 dating, 107 sauropodomorphs, 302, 316
anecdotes, 41 diffuse idiopathic skeletal sauropods, 308, 310, 312
angiosperms, extinctions, 505 hyperostosis, 325 tetanurans, 268
angular, 124 discovery, 73 theropods, 256, 263, 265
Anhanguera spp. (pterosaurs), 169 early studies, 67, 298 thyreophorans, 374
anisodactyl feet, 338 extinctions, 496 titanosaurids, 349
Ankylosauria (ankylosaurs), 60, 72, growth, 317 see also Patagonia
77 neck length, 3212 Argentinosaurus spp. (sauropods), 496
beaks, 367 painting, 20 discovery, 80
body size, 372 relative age dating, 967 reconstruction, 312
characteristics, 3678, 36971 skulls, 308 argon isotopes, 502
classification, 333, 364, 366, toothmarks, 79, 325, 443 argument by authority, 41
36772 Apatosaurus louisae (sauropod) Argyrosaurus spp. (sauropods), 312
dermal armor, 129, 367 origin of name, 73 arithmetic decay, 101
digestion, 380 reconstruction, 132 Arizona (USA), 11011, 1901
distribution, 3756 apical, crowns, 232 ceratosaurs, 290
evolution, 3712, 376 appendages, 122 dinosaur tracks, 75
extinctions, 497 appendicular, 122 theropods, 266
gastroliths, 372 appendicular skeletons, 1259 Arkansas (USA), woodpeckers, 491
genera, 364 Appleton Cabinet, 63 Arrhinosaurus spp.
herding, 380 Aptenodytes forsteri (emperor (marginocephalians), 398
hyoids, 379 penguins), 157 art
manus, 368 aragonite, 222, 223 cave, 57, 420
origin of name, 367 arboreal hypothesis, 46971 dinosaurs in, 1821, 57, 61
osteoderms, 369 arboreal lifestyles, 283, 465, 470 arthritis, 186
skulls, 368 archaeologists, fictional, 77 osteoarthritis, 186
teeth, 367 Archaeopteryx spp. (birds), 80 arthropods, 188
tracks, 420 characteristics, 4634, 468 Artiocetus (whale), 157
morphologies, 427 classification, 272, 46075 artistic reconstructions, early, 65
see also Ankylosauridae; and Compsognathus compared, 38 Asaro, Frank, 499500
Nodosauridae discovery, 38 Asia, 77, 81, 494
Ankylosauridae (ankylosaurids) early studies, 62 ankylosaurs, 497
body size, 372 evolution, 157, 276, 46871 marginocephalians, 388, 394, 395,
characteristics, 369 feathers, 464 3967, 398, 400, 401
classification, 366, 36772 roles, 247 sauropods, 497
extinctions, 497 locomotion, 2834 thyreophorans, 372, 374, 375, 376
genera, 364 Archaeopteryx lithographica (bird), 463 asthenosphere, 1045, 106, 108
osteoderms, 370 classification, 4601 astragalus, 129
532
INDEX
Atlantic Ocean, ridges, 106 origins, 272 bears

Atlascopcosaurus spp. (ornithopods), paleopathology, 484 killing techniques, 286, 289
338 phylogenetic proximity to tracks, 417
atmosphere (atm) (unit), 318 dinosaurs, 248 Beckles, Samuel (181490), 60
atomic bombs, 501 reproduction, 4767 Becquerel, Antoine Henri
atomic mass, 100 sexual reproduction, 152 (18521908), 499
atomic number, 100 skeletons, 462 bedforms, 1978
atomic theory, 39 social behavior, 244 bedload, 196
auditory senses, 285 social life, 4823 beds, 95
Austin (Texas, USA), 113 social monogamy, 477 see also strata
Australia songs, 4823 beestings, 186
aborigines, 420, 421 sterna, 126 Beijing (China), 77
birds, 481 as theropods, 2667 Beipiaosaurus spp. (theropods), 267,
dinosaur fossils, 79 tracks, 461, 4656, 470, 474, 483, 462
dinosaur tracks, 281, 319, 433 484 Belgium, 62, 78, 205, 448
emus, 277 transitional, 157 ornithopods, 339
hypsilophodontids, 337 wood-boring, 481 Bellusaurus spp. (sauropods),
invasive species, 508 see also bird feathers skeleton, 314
local extinctions, 509 Avetheropoda (avetheropods) Bernissart (Belgium), 62, 205
marginocephalians, 400 characteristics, 26674 Bernoulli, Daniel (170082), 201
ornithopods, 338, 340, 352 classification, 26870 Bertrand, C.-E., 78, 448
paleontologists, 81 see also Coelurosauria beta particles, 1001
sauropods, 312 Aviale beta radiation, 1001
stegosaur footprints, 49 classification, 272, 4612, 467 bibliographic references, 41
termites, 285 see also Aves Big Bend National Park (USA), 35,
theropod bones, 63 avian flight, origins, 46871 97, 100
thyreophorans, 371, 3745 Avogadro (Av), 102 bilateral symmetry, 122
Austria-Hungarian government, 71 axial, 122 binocular vision, 285
Austrosaurus spp. (sauropods), 312 axial bones, 1224 binomial nomenclature, 910, 136
autochthonous remains, 196, 2045 Azendohsaurus spp. (prosauropods), biochemistry, 13
Av (Avogadro), 102 171, 313 biocoenoses, 205
Avaceratops spp. bioengineering, 156
(marginocephalians), 398 backbone, 1224 biofacies, 190
averages, 46 bacteria biogeochemistry, 15
Aves (birds), 134 aerobic, 192, 193 dinosaur bones, 2301
ancestry, 248, 46873 anaerobic, 192, 193, 237 biogeography, 159
caching, 482 methanogenic, 237 vicariance, 15960
calls, 4823 bacterial cultures, 235 bioglyphs, 424
characteristics, 4613, 468 Bagaceratops spp. biologic successions, 94, 95
cladograms, 461 (marginocephalians), geologic range, 967
classification, 134, 46075 embryonic remains, 405 biological evolution, theories, 39
diet, 4802 Bahamas, 480 biological nomenclature, 140
as dinosaurs, 7, 80, 129, 45887 Bain-Dzak (Mongolia), 78 biological processes, and dinosaur
diseases, 483 Bakker, Robert T. (1945 ), 20, taphonomy, 1926
eggs, 222, 476, 477 801 biology, 12
eggshells, 466 The Dinosaur Heresies (1986), 81 biomass, 2412
evolution, 177, 276, 4735 Raptor Red (1996), 17 biomechanics, 15
extinctions, 505, 507, 508, 509 Barapasaurus spp. (sauropods), biometry, 15
and feathered theropods, 257 classification, 308 biomineralization
feeding, 4802 barbs (feathers), 464 dinosaur bones, 22630
flocks, 432, 482, 483 barbules (feathers), 464 dinosaur eggs, 2212
genera, 466 Barosaurus spp. (sauropods) biostratigraphy, 97
genetic monogamy, 477 classification, 308 biostratinomy, definition, 1912
growth, 477 discovery, 73, 75 bioturbate textures, 436
health, 4834 extinctions, 496 see also ichnofabrics
injuries, 483 Baryonyx spp. (theropods) bioturbation, 436, 437
and invasive species, 4834 feeding, 289 bipedalism, 4
kicking, 4812 predatorprey relationships, dinosaurs, 126, 150, 172, 246
as living animals, 47684 238 early studies, 64, 65
locomotion, 47780 processes, 277 hominids, 312
malefemale pairs, 482, 483 basalts, 504 hypotheses, 623
mass extinction survival, 491 bases, 228 marginocephalians, 392, 397
mating, 220 basioccipital, 124 ornithopods, 336
migrations, 480 basisphenoid, 124 sauropodomorphs, 300, 31718
monogamy, 477 Bavaria (Germany), 463 theropods, 173, 256, 25960
nesting behavior, 441 Bavarisaurus spp. (lizard), as prey, thyreophorans, 367
nests, 477, 4789 238 trackway patterns, 41819
533
INDEX
Bird, Roland T. (18991978), 745, botany, classification, 78 13C values, 2256

273, 319, 3234, 4345 Brachiosauridae (brachiosaurids) caching, 482
track interpretations, 4356 amphibious behavior, 31819 calcaneum, 129
bird feathers classification, 308 calcite, 222, 223, 225
flight, 463, 464, 470 genera, 31112 California (USA), 481
fossilized, 188 skulls, 308 calls
roles, 247 Brachiosaurus spp. (sauropods) birds, 4823
bird-hipped dinosaurs see amphibious behavior, 319 mating, 220, 346, 477
Ornithischia (ornithischians) characteristics, 31112 Camarasauridae (camarasaurids)
birds see Aves (birds) classification, 311 classification, 308, 311
Birmingham (Alabama, USA), 50 discovery, 75 genera, 31011
bite strength, 233 extinctions, 496 skulls, 308
Blikanasaurus spp. (sauropods), 313 growth, 317 Camarasauromorpha
classification, 3057, 314 Brachyceratops spp. classification, 308
bloat-and-float hypothesis, 1956, (marginocephalians), 398 see also Camarasauridae
471 Brachylophosaurus spp. Camarasaurus spp. (sauropods)
blood pressure, dinosaurs, 2467, (ornithopods), 342 characteristics, 31011
321 brain-mass/body-mass ratios, diffuse idiopathic skeletal
body armor, 129 2601 hyperostosis, 325
thyreophorans, 336, 365, 3667, sauropodomorphs, 298 discovery, 73, 75, 311
368, 376, 377 see also encephalization quotients extinctions, 496
see also dermal armor (EQs) growth, 317
body fossils, 12 brains skeletons, 311, 323
dinosaur eggs as, 221 endocasts, 133 Cambrian Period, chordates, 157
early studies, 60 second, 374 Cambridge (UK), 62
as evidence, 312 Brazil, 57, 76, 81, 502 Camptosaurus spp. (ornithopods)
body impressions, 283 fossil fish, 209 characteristics, 340
body plans, 1201 prosauropods, 302, 313 discovery, 75
body size, 2467 saurischians, 170 early studies, 67
marginocephalians, 396, 405 theropods, 263 nests, 350
sauropodomorphs, 298, 300, breccias, 189 skeletons, 341
3012, 305, 307 Breviceratops spp. Canada, 67, 69, 72, 274, 290, 445
sex differences, 219 (marginocephalians), coprolites, 450
thyreophorans, 372 embryonic remains, 405 dinosaur tracks, 372
bolide impact hypothesis, 499502 British Columbia (Canada), 69 ornithopods, 351
smoking gun, 5012 British Museum, 75 paleontologists, 81
bolides, 495 Brontosaurus see Apatosaurus spp. see also Alberta
hypothetical mass, 5001 (sauropods) Canadian Geological Survey, 69, 72
impact effects, 501 brooding cancellous bone, 200
and mass extinctions, 493, ornithopods, 345, 348 growth, 228
499502 sauropodomorphs, 323 canines
Bolivia, 81 and sex determination, 2767 digitigrade, 129, 130
dinosaur tracks, 37, 420 theropods, 224, 244, 245, 2767, tracks, 419
thyreophorans, 372, 375, 378 2789, 345, 348 Canis domesticus (dog), tracks, 419
bolus, regurgitation, 237 Brookes, Richard (fl. 1750), 57 cannaliculi, 228
Bonaparte, Jos F. (1928 ), 79, 80 Broom, Richard (18661951), 76 cannibalism, 80
bone Brown, Barnum (18731963), 67, Caon City (Colorado, USA), 66,
homologues, 121 68, 69, 72, 735, 789, 372
see also cancellous bone; compact 256 Canyonlands National Park (USA),
bone dinosaur tracks, 436 16
bone abundance, determination, gastrolith studies, 2389, 355, 445 Cape Paterson (Australia), 63
734 brown thrashers, 483 carbohydrates, 227
bone beds browsing, 305, 3202 carbon dating, 103
massive, 199, 204 Buckland, William (17841856), 58, carbon dioxide, in atmosphere, 495
monospecific, 187, 205, 275 60, 61, 63, 71, 268 carbon isotopes, 100
Bone Cabin Quarry (Wyoming, coprolite studies, 448 Carboniferous Period
USA), 68, 69 personality, 59 anapsids, 165
bone cancer, 186, 290 buoyancy trees, 164
bone diseases, 186 and density, 198 carbonization, 210
theropods, 290 dinosaurs, 1989 carboxyl groups, 228
bone distribution maps, 74, 203 Buratovich, Commandante, 69 Carcharodontosaurus spp.
bone geochemistry, oxygen isotopes, burial, and dinosaur taphonomy, (theropods), 256, 312, 496
2434 2047 classification, 270
bone overgrowths, 186, 290, 409 Burroughs, Edgar Rice (18751950), size, 2678, 276
bones 17 carina (of sternum), 467
pneumatic, 258 burrows, 448 carina (of tooth), 232
see also dinosaur bones bushmen, 421 carinate, 467
534
INDEX
carinates, 474, 475 classification, 398 Ceratosauria (ceratosaurs)

Carnegie, Andrew (18351919), 73 evolution, 400, 401 characteristics, 2646
Carnegie Museum of Natural History injuries, 409 classification, 257, 2656
(USA), 73 intraspecific competition, 4045 evolution, 276
Carnian Age, 1701, 313 social life, 408 extinctions, 4956
carnivores Centrosaurus spp. genera, 266
and climate change, 175 (marginocephalians), 398 growth, 279
digestion, 237 injuries, 409 horns, 277
predatorprey relationships, 314 intraspecific competition, 4045 social life, 290
carnivorous dinosaurs monospecific bone beds, 408 synapomorphies, 2645
preservation, 185 sexual dimorphism, 405 tracks, 265, 507
teeth, 2326 Centrosaurus apertus Ceratosaurus spp. (theropods), 264
shapes, 2345 (marginocephalian), 161 classification, 267
toothmarks, 444 genetic frequencies, 1545 early studies, 67, 72
Carnosauria (carnosaurs), 277 centrum, 124 evolution, 276
classification, 267, 270 Century Magazine, The, 20 horns, 277
Carnotaurus spp. (theropods) Cerapoda, 333, 365, 389 cervical vertebrae, 1234, 259
classification, 264, 267 see also Marginocephalia; cervicalization, 307
cranial crests, 265 Ornithopoda Cervus canadensis (elk), 449
discovery, 80 Ceratopsia (ceratopsians) Cetiosauridae (cetiosaurids), 323
horns, 277 abundance, 388 bone beds, 323
soft-tissue impressions, 265 autochthonous assemblages, classification, 308
carpals, 127 205 skeletons, 314
semilunate, 270 beaks, 407 Cetiosaurus spp. (sauropods)
carpometatarsus, 468 body armor, 336 classification, 305, 308
Carroll, Lewis (Charles Lutwidge cladograms, 389 early studies, 61
Dodgson) (183298), Through classification, 38990, 396400 Changechengornis hengdaoziensis
the Looking Glass (1871), 161 dehydration, 187 (bird), 465
cartilage, 228 dental batteries, 233 Chaoyangsaurus spp.
cassowaries, 481 early studies, 57, 67, 689, 72 (marginocephalians), 390, 396
casts, 210 evolution, 401, 402 character displacement, 161
of dinosaur bones, 11213 extinctions, 498 characters (traits), 8
of dinosaur tracks, 113 feeding, 4078 Chasmosaurinae (chasmosaurines)
Casuarius casuarius (cassowary), 481 forelimbs, 126 characteristics, 398
catastrophism, 499 genera, 390 classification, 398
cats, 417 genotype frequencies, 1545 distribution, 400
as invasive species, 483, 508, 509 growth, 405 intraspecific competition, 404
killing techniques, 286 head ornamentation, 402 social life, 408
caudal, 122 herding, 244 Chasmosaurus spp.
caudal vertebrae, 1234, 259 horns, 399 (marginocephalians), 398
fusion, 380 injuries, 409 early studies, 72
Caudipteryx spp. (theropods), 267, intraspecific competition, 244, monospecific bone beds, 408
462 4045, 477 sexual dimorphism, 405
feathers, 247, 277, 464 locomotion, 406 skeletons, 399
gastroliths, 274 migrations, 401 Chattanooga (Tennessee, USA), 98
Caudipteryx zoui (theropod), monospecific bone beds, 408 cheeks, evidence for, 234
gastroliths, 132 oxygen isotope ratios, 2434 cheetahs, killing techniques, 286
Caumont, Arcisse de (180173), 61 posture, 246 chemical compounds, 13
cave art, 57, 420 reproduction, 405 cherts, 189
Cedar Mountain Formation (Utah, skeletons, 399 chevrons, 124
USA), 446 skulls, 397, 399 Chialingosaurus spp.
Cedarpelta spp. (thyreophorans), 371 social life, 4089 (thyreophorans), 374
Cedarsaurus spp. (sauropods) species diversity, 185, 388 Chicago (USA), 49
classification, 311 sterna, 126 Chicxulub Crater (Mexico), 5012,
gastroliths, 322, 445 toothmarks, 186, 236, 443 503
cellae, 232 tracks, morphologies, 427 chimeras, 473
cells, cleavage, 221 see also Neoceratopsia; China, 81
Cenozoic Era Psittacosauridae bird fossils, ethical issues, 50
bird evolution, 4735 Ceratopsidae (ceratopsids) birds, 465, 467, 469, 473
dinosaur bones, 98 characteristics, 398400 coelurosaurs, 267
grasses, 234 classification, 397 dinosaur bones, 57
lizards, 166 distribution, 400 dinosaur eggs, 218, 316, 505
mass extinctions, 493 evolution, 402 dinosaur fossils, 78
snakes, 166 nomenclature, 396 dinosaur tracks, 78
toothmarks, 444 sexual dimorphism, 405 feathered dinosaurs, 21
Centrosaurinae (centrosaurines) see also Centrosaurinae; feathered theropods, 238, 257,
characteristics, 398 Chasmosaurinae 262, 283, 462
535
INDEX
China (contd) see also cladistics; Linnaean ornithopods, 344, 351

eggs, 133 classification sauropods, 311
feathers, 129 clavicle, 126 see also Morrison
hoaxes, 378 cleavage, cells, 221 comets see bolides
tracks, 1201 cleidoic eggs, 221 Como Bluff (Wyoming, USA), 678
gastroliths, 274 Cleveland (Utah, USA), 75 compact bone, 200
hypsilophodontids, 337 Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry (Utah, growth, 228
marginocephalians, 390, 395, 396, USA), 73, 75, 80, 202, 203, compass bearings, 93
400, 405, 408 2045, 290 competence (flow), 1967
neoceratopsians, 205 autochthonous assemblages, 205 competition see interspecific
ornithopods, 338, 340, 342, 343 paleoenvironmental competition; intraspecific
paleontologists, 81 interpretation, 27980 competition
prosauropods, 305 climate Compsognathus spp. (theropods), 40,
sauropodomorphs, 302 global, 248 464
sauropods, 310, 311 use of term, 174 and Archaeopteryx compared, 38
tetanurans, 268 climate change classification, 270
therizinosaurs, 284 and evolutionary processes, 1745 predatorprey relationships, 238
thyreophorans, 367, 374, 375, factors affecting, 109 size, 276
377, 497 models, 40 computer-generated simulations, 15
Chindesaurus bryansmalli (theropod), see also global climate change computers
171, 263 cloacae, 220 applications, 15
Chinle Formation (USA), 7980, cloning, 156 in fieldwork, 93
11011 clumsiness, as cause of death, 188 Confuciusornis sanctus (bird), 50, 465
fossil forests, 1901 cnemial crest, 1289 Confuciusornithidae
Chinsamy-Turan, Anusuya, 81 coal, 189 (confuciusornithids), 465
chondrocytes, 228 mines, 436 conglomerates, 189
Chordata, 136 coelacanths, 492 Connecticut (USA), 3023
cladograms, 138 Coelophysis spp. (theropods) Connecticut Valley (USA), 635,
evolution, 137 abundance, 175, 264 767
chordates, 157 carcass flotation, 199 continental drift, 1056, 499
hard parts, 227 drowning, 186 and mass extinctions, 493, 494
chromosomes, 221 evolution, 276 continental environments, 189
chronostratigraphic units, 97 genetic variation, 174 contour lines, 901
Chunkingosaurus spp. growth, 265, 279 convergent evolution, 267
(thyreophorans), 374 monospecific bone beds, 205, 275 Conybeare, William Daniel
cignulum, 367 relative age dating, 967 (17871857), 58
cinema see films sex differences, 276 Cope, Edward Drinker (18401897),
clades, 89, 10, 1367, 139 social life, 290 68, 1556, 338, 396, 474
cladistics, 7 Coelophysis bauri (theropod), 323 death, 70
classification scheme, 8, 1346 discovery, 7980 and Marsh, 48, 657, 499
dinosaur groups, 1368 extinction, 495 Copeia (journal), 66
and Linnaean classification growth, 279 Copernicus, Nicolaus (14731543),
compared, 910 reconstruction, 132 499
Linnaean classification in, 136 skeletal allometry, 230 Copes Rule, 1556, 161, 276
theropods, 270 skull, 34 coprolites, 64, 169, 44851
cladograms, 8, 33, 156 Coelophysoidea (coelophysoideans), characteristics, 4489
dinosaurs, 9, 138 characteristics, 2646 contents, 44950
marginocephalians, 389 Coelurosauria (coelurosaurs), 464 definitions, 44850
ornithopods, 334 classification, 267, 270 and diet, 239, 284, 288, 355
parsimony, 136 feathered, 267 early studies, 78, 448
sauropodomorphs, 299 gastroliths, 274 herbivorous dinosaurs, 242
tests, 162 see also Maniraptoriformes; marginocephalians, 393, 408
theropods, 258, 267 Ornithomimosauria origin of term, 66, 448
thyreophorans, 366 Colbert, Edwin H. (19052001), preservation, 4501
Claosaurus spp. (ornithopods) 7980 sauropodomorphs, 302, 322
early studies, 72 collagen, 126, 228, 22930 taphonomy, 4501
gastroliths, 2389 Coloradisaurus spp. (prosauropods), tetanurans, 274
skeletons, 355 315 as trace fossils, 239
Clark, William (17701838), 63 Colorado (USA), 45, 66, 68, 113, 126 coprophagy, 448
class, 7 dinosaur tracks coracoid, 126
classification ceratopsians, 406, 407 Coragyps atratus (black vulture), 194
and dinosaur anatomy, early studies, 75 Cora, Rudolfo, 81
13341 hadrosaurids, 507 Cornwall (UK), 57
lumpers vs. splitters, 141 iguanodontians, 351, 3523, 419 correlation, 96
publishing effect, 141 ornithomimids, 273 Corythosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
systems, 711 sauropods, 323, 324, 433 342
early, 623, 67, 76 theropods, 372 early studies, 72
536
INDEX
costae, 124 cross-cutting relationships, 94, 95, daughter elements, 99, 101
see also ribs 97 Dawson, George Mercer
cranial, 122 concept of, 96 (18491901), 69
cranial anatomy, and respiration, crowns Dawson, Sir William (182099), 69
2446 apical, 232 Dead Sea (Israel), 199
cranial bones, nomenclature, dinosaur teeth, 232 death
1245 crows, 483 catastrophic, 187
cranial crests, 220, 265, 346, 354 Crurotarsi (crurotarsans), 167 causes of, 1858
cranium, 1245 classification, 472 fictional, 185
Craterosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), Crylophosaurus spp. (theropods), decay, and dinosaur taphonomy,
374 head ornamentation, 277 1926
Crazy Horse (184277), 67 Crylophosaurus ellioti (theropod), decay constants, 99
Cretaceous Period, 7, 417 277 determination, 1012
birds, 460, 465, 466, 467, 468 Cryptovolans pauli (theropod), 471 decay sequences, 99
ceratosaurs, 266 feathers, 129 Deccan Traps (India), 5045
coprolites, 78, 448 locomotion, 2834 declination, 93
dental batteries, 233 cuckoos, 224 decomposition rates, 193
dinosaur bones, 67, 69, 77 Cuculus canorus (cuckoo), 224 deer, 449
dinosaur nests, 449 cud, 237 Degenhardt, Carl (fl. 1839), 69
dinosaur tracks, 75, 324, 433 Currie, Phillip J., 81 dehydration, as cause of death, 187
feathered theropods, 257 cursorial hypothesis, 46971 Deinochirus mirificus (theropod),
gastroliths, 447 Cuvier, Georges (17691832), 58, limbs, 286
hadrosaurids, 71, 195, 497 65, 122 Deinonychosauria
iguanodon tracks, 60 Cyanocephalus volans (flying lemur), (deinonychosaurs), 473, 474,
mass extinctions, 177, 460, 473, 157 482
484, 490507 classification, 272
neoceratosaurs, 264 Dacentrurus spp. (thyreophorans), evolution, 469
ornithopods, 63, 332, 335, 497 374 kicking, 482
sauropodomorphs, 313, 315, 316 classification, 366 see also Dromaeosauridae
sauropods, 312 growth, 377 Deinonychus spp. (theropods), 266
seafloor spreading, 160 dahllite, 225, 226, 233 classification, 272, 460, 469
subdivisions, 978 biomineralization, 228 claws, 286
theropods, 63, 80 composition, 227 digits, 417
see also Early Cretaceous; Late decomposition, 208 early studies, 80
Cretaceous; Lower Cretaceous; density, 199, 200 injuries, 290
Upper Cretaceous occurrence, 227, 232 predatorprey relationships, 205,
CretaceousTertiary (K-T) boundary, precipitation, 225 287, 356
226, 490, 491, 496, 498 replacement, 209 reconstruction, 272
and dinosaur fossils, 499507 and taphonomy, 450 Deinonychus antirrhopus (theropod),
iridium concentrations, 5001, uranium bonding, 209 skeleton, 121
503 Dakota Formation (USA), 353 Deinosuchus spp. (crocodiles), 353
crevasse splays, 203 Darwin, Charles Robert (180982), deltaic environments, 189
Crichton, Michael (1942 ) 97 deltoid muscles, 126
Jurassic Park (1990), 17 cladograms, 156 deltopectoral crest, 126
The Lost World (1995), 17 evolutionary theories, 62, 149 Denmark, 57, 96
crocodiles, 353 finch studies, 4801 density, 22
ancestry, 248 natural selection hypothesis, and buoyancy, 198
ballast stones, 445, 447 1501 dental batteries, 150, 233, 332, 354,
classification, 1656, 167 On the Origin of Species by Means of 392, 407
hearts, 247 Natural Selection (1859), 38, adaptation, 234
predation, 186 463, 499 dentary, 124
scavenging, 356 phyletic gradualism, 158 denticles, 232
size vs. age, 229 Darwinism, 151 dentine, 232
toothmarks, 187 see also natural selection dentition, 232
crocodilians Daspletosaurus spp. (theropods) heterodont, 2323
coprolites, 448 predatorprey relationships, 238 see also teeth
eggs, 345, 440 stomach contents, 2889 deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) see
encephalization quotients, 261 data, 33 DNA
mating calls, 220 data collection Depret, Charles (18541929), 63
nests, 279, 345, 439, 441 qualitative methods, 33 dermal armor, 129
phylogenetic proximity to quantitative methods, 33 thyreophorans, 365, 3667, 373,
dinosaurs, 248 dating 378
sexual reproduction, 152 dinosaur fossils, 1034 see also body armor; osteoderms
Crocodylus acutus (American rocks, 1014 Devonian Period
crocodile), 5 see also absolute age dating; amphibians, 157
crooning, 346 radiometric age dating; mass extinctions, 493
crop, 132 relative age dating dewlaps, 345
537
INDEX
diagenesis, 207 early studies, 57, 63, 67, 69 of major clades, 4958
and dinosaur taphonomy, 2089 field occurrence, 45 marginocephalians, 498
diaphyses, 228 geochemistry, 2434 non-avian, 5056
Diapsida (diapsids), classification, growth, 2289 theropods, 4956
1646 histology, 2301 ornithopods, 497
Diatryma spp. (birds) lines of arrested growth, 2301, prosauropods, 305
characteristics, 474 350 sauropods, 4967
skeletons, 475 movement susceptibility, 202 thyreophorans, 497
Diceratops spp. (marginocephalians), and paleontological data, 507 see also mass extinctions
injuries, 404 permineralization, 209 dinosaur fossils
Dickens, Charles (181270), Bleak pneumatic, 258 and CretaceousTertiary
House (1853), 16 preparation, 112 boundary, 499507
Dicraeosaurus spp. (sauropods), preservation, diagenetic processes, dating, 1034
discovery, 75 2089 defining characteristics, 120
Didelphis marsupialis (opossum), 194 proteins in, 2278 early recognition, 567
diet scavenging marks, 195 and geological setting, 93
birds, 4802 as sedimentary particles, 196204 influences, 57
and coprolites, 239, 284, 288 transport mechanisms, 2004 preparation, 10913
and dinosaur physiology, 23942 dinosaur coloration, 12931 recovery, 10913
ornithopods, 3545 interpretations, 21 dinosaur genera, 176
preferences, 219, 2319 dinosaur eggs, 152, 172, 2214, 245, dinosaur groups, cladistics, 1368
sauropodomorphs, 298, 313, 43842 dinosaur ichnology, 41457
3202 biochemistry, 2256 field of study, 416
stomach contents, 2368, 2889, biomineralization, 2212 see also trace fossils
355 as body fossils, 221 dinosaur illustrations, 1821
thyreophorans, 37980 burial, 439 anachronisms, 21
and toothmarks, 236 clutch size, 2789, 348, 34950 dinosaur models, 213
see also feeding clutches, 224, 438, 43940 Dinosaur National Monument
diffuse idiopathic skeletal co-occurrence, 2067 (Utah, USA), 723, 132, 199,
hyperostosis (DISH), 325 discovery, 77, 78 2045
digestion, dinosaurs, 237, 322, 380 and embryonic death, 187 dinosaur nests, 152, 172, 186, 274,
digital maps, 93 leathery, 222 43842
digitigrade, 129, 130 marginocephalians, 393, 398, 405 definitions, 43840
digits, in contact with ground, ornithopods, 34750 discovery, 77, 81
41718 and oxygen isotopes, 2256 hole, 439
Dilophosaurus spp. (theropods), 264, physiology, 2256 interpretation, 43940
266 placement, 224 marginocephalians, 393, 405
bone diseases, 290 preservation bias against, 265 mound, 439, 441
classification, 267 recovery techniques, 113 ornithopods, 34750, 3556
cranial crests, 265 sauropodomorphs, 31516 parameters, 439
evolution, 276 shapes, 2223 recovery techniques, 113
extinctions, 495 sites, 218 sauropodomorphs, 31516
parietal blades, 277 sizes, 2223 taphonomy, 4402
social life, 290 smuggling trade, 50 theropods, 2789
dimensionless speed, 431 theropods, 2789 Dinosaur Park Formation (Canada),
Dimetrodon (synapsid), 165 volume, 2223 288, 445
Dinornis spp. (moas), 4745 see also brooding dinosaur physiology, 21653
skeletons, 476 dinosaur eggshells, 442, 496 and diet, 23942
Dinornis maximus (moa), 474 abnormalities, 222 field of study, 218
eggs, 476 composition, 222, 2256 dinosaur populations, predictive
skeletons, 476 early studies, 61, 441 models, 241
Dinosaur (2000) (film), 17, 49 functional morphology, 224 dinosaur preservation see
dinosaur anatomy, 11844 microstructure, 2234 preservation
and classification, 13341 as ornaments, 57 Dinosaur Provincial Park (Canada),
dinosaur behaviors, 4336 recovery techniques, 113 72
and dinosaur tracks, 41617, dinosaur evolution, 14681, 235 Dinosaur Renaissance, 56, 80
42932 hypotheses, 148 dinosaur reproduction, 152, 21826
groups, 4323 marginocephalians, 4002 dinosaur skeletons
see also locomotion ornithopods, 3424 anatomical nomenclature, 1212
dinosaur bones, 58 sauropodomorphs, 31315 cetiosaurids, 314
annuli, 230 theropods, 177, 2746 ethical issues, 49, 50
biochemistry, 22630 thyreophorans, 3757 marginocephalians, 395, 399
biogeochemistry, 2301 dinosaur extinctions, 488513 orientation terminology, 121, 122
biomineralization, 22630 archosaurs, 174, 276 ornithopods, 339, 341, 342
casts, 11213 field of study, 4901 prosauropods, 124
crushed, 194 hypotheses, 5057 sauropods, 311, 323
destruction, 701 issues, 490, 50910 subdivisions, 122
538
INDEX
theropods, 121 casts, 113 clades, 89, 10, 1367, 139

thyreophorans, 371, 373, 375 ceratosaurs, 265 cladograms, 9, 138
vertebrae, 124 claims, 37 classification, 711, 13341
dinosaur speed classification, 4269 coexistence with people
determination, 42932 depth variations, 434 hypothesis, 412
prosauropods, 305 and dinosaur behaviors, 41617, defining, 226
theropods, 2801, 430, 4312 42932 definitions, 47, 460
dinosaur studies direct register, 420 refined, 1201
early scientific, 5679 discovery, 78 diet, 219, 23142
190050, 709 early studies, 635, 69, 75, 77 digestion, 237, 322, 380
1951, 7981 and extinctions, 507 duckbilled, 335, 354
Americans, 639 and feeding behavior, 284 earliest, 1701
Europeans, 5663 and group behaviors, 4323 evolutionary origins, 16277
and ethics, 4851 hadrosaurids, 336 environmental causes, 1727
future trends, 812 and herding, 3225, 356, 432 genetic causes, 1727
globalization, 7981 ichnotaxa, 428 evolutionary theories, 62
history of, 5485 importance, 41617 feeding, 23142
perspectives, 812 and injury indications, 1867, 192 first, 16872
and plate tectonics, 109 interpretation, 4204 in folklore, 57
recent, 7982 and intraspecific behavior, 4323 food requirements, 23942
requirements, 1516 in lava flows, 189 genetic variation, 174
dinosaur taphonomy, 182215 and locomotion, 246, 2813, genotype frequencies, 1545
biological processes, 1926 31820, 3524 geologic range, 1689
factors, 1858 marginocephalians, 388, 3923, growth, 22631
field of study, 1845 406, 407, 4089 locomotion, 46, 246
physical processes, 196204 measurements, 467, 417, 418 mating, 2201
postmortem processes, 20410 misinterpretation, 4356 mating combinations, 153
see also preservation morphologies, 427 migrations, 160, 333, 401, 480,
dinosaur teeth narrow gauge, 320 4967
carnivorous, 2326, 258 in Native American art, 57 neurophysiology, 243
crowns, 232 nomenclature issues, 4279 new species, naming, 13841
early studies, 65, 79 ornithopods, 281, 344, 351, 353 origin of term, 61
and feeding behavior, 2845 and pack hunting, 432 phalangeal formula, 128, 1312
herbivorous, 2326 paleoecological information from, phylogenetic proximity to, 248
heterodontosaurids, 3367 4367 piscivorous, 235, 289
interpretation, 125 and population studies, 241 popular culture, 57
marginocephalians, 392, 394, preservation, 120 death scenarios, 185
4067 recovery techniques, 113 fiction, 1618
ornithopods, 332, 335, 3367 sauropodomorphs, 302 and science, 213
preservation, 125, 185 sauropods, 313 as scientific enquiry, 1116
replacement, 233 social implications, 290 sex differences, 13940
roots, 232 and soft-part anatomy, 424 sexual activity, 21921
sauropodomorphs, 301, 305, 320 stolen, 49 sexual reproduction, 152
serrations, 232, 234, 235 taphonomy, 4246 size, 67, 175, 2467
shapes, 233, 234, 235 terminology, 41720 sex differences, 219, 276
shedding, 192 theropods, 256, 260, 264, 273, social behavior, 244
sizes, 235 274, 282, 496 societal importance, 1121
theropods, 185, 235, 258, 2845, distribution, 275 swimming ability, 46
496 thyreophorans, 365, 368, 372, thermoregulation, 22631,
thyreophorans, 367, 368, 379, 380 3745, 376, 3789, 380 2428
wear marks, 233, 234 undertracks, 319, 425 units of measurement, 14, 15
ziphodont, 2345 wide gauge, 31920 weight estimation, 213
dinosaur toothmarks, 79, 169, 4425 see also pressure-release structures see also carnivorous dinosaurs;
crocodiles, 187 Dinosauria (dinosaurs), 62, 136, feathered dinosaurs;
definitions, 4424 1678, 2478 herbivorous dinosaurs;
and diet, 236 absolute age dating, 99104 Ornithischia; Saurischia
marginocephalians, 409 abundance, 137, 174, 175 Dinosauria, The, 141
ornithopods, 236, 356 ancestordescendent relationships, Dinotopia (2002) (TV series), 18
sauropodomorphs, 325 137 dinoturbation, misuse of term, 437
and scavenging, 194 ancestors, 16872 Diplodocidae (diplodocids)
taphonomy, 4445 ancestry, 248 amphibious behavior, 31819
as trace fossils, 236 in art, 1821, 57, 61 characteristics, 310
tyrannosaurids, 186, 274, 288 bipedalism, 126, 172, 173, 246 classification, 308
dinosaur tracks, 172, 41636 birds as, 7, 80, 129, 45887 genera, 308
advantages, 416 blood pressure, 2467, 321 growth, 317
applications, 41617 buoyancy, 1989 Diplodocus spp. (sauropods)
bipedal, 150 characteristics, 137, 173 classification, 308
539
INDEX
Diplodocus spp. (sauropods) (contd) Dromaius novaehollandiaea (emu), sauropods, 307, 496
diffuse idiopathic skeletal 277 tetanurans, 277
hyperostosis, 325 drowning, as cause of death, 186 theropods, 265, 283
discovery, 73 Drumheller (Alberta, Canada), 69, thyreophorans, 367, 374, 375, 376
early studies, 67, 68 72 use of term, 98
extinctions, 496 Dryocopus pileatus (pileated Early Triassic
neck length, 3212 woodpecker), 481 reptiles, 167
skeleton, 309 Dryosaurus spp. (ornithopods) use of term, 978
skulls, 308 characteristics, 340 Earth
diploid cells, 221 discovery, 75 age of, 99
direct register, 420 eggs, 350 gravitational forces, 22
directional selection, 155 growth, 350 layers, 1045
discharge, 1967 nests, 350 recycling, 1089
diseases Dryptosaurus spp. (theropods) trace elements in crust, 209
birds, 483 classification, 270 see also plate tectonics
as cause of death, 186 discovery, 73 earthquakes, 108, 501
viral, 192 effects, 109
see also bone diseases eagles, 508 Echinodon spp. (ornithopods),
DISH (diffuse idiopathic skeletal Early Cretaceous classification, 337
hyperostosis), 325 bird fossils, 50 ecological community, 12
displacement, and volume, 1989 birds, 465, 467, 473 ecology, 12
distal, 122 carnivores, 276 see also paleoecology
diversification ceratosaurs, 265, 496 ecosystems, 12
Archosauria, 1678 dinosaur eggs, 265 pollution, 507
pre-dinosaur, 1627 dinosaur tracks, 281, 283, 433 and predatorprey relationships,
division, 8 dromaeosaurids, 2867 241
DNA, 149 ectoparasites, 188 ectoparasites, 188, 482
dinosaur, 1567, 227 feathered theropods, 283 ectotherms, 229, 505
recombinant-DNA research, 156 fish, 209 food requirements, 2401
see also amino acids flowering plants, 482 phylogenetic proximity, 248
Dodgson, Charles Lutwidge (Lewis gastroliths, 274 ranges, 248
Carroll) (183298), Through lizards, 166 ectothermy, 230, 231, 2423
the Looking Glass (1871), 161 marginocephalians, 38990, evidence for, 245
dodos, 491 3945, 396, 397, 408 theropods, 283
dogs neoceratosaurs, 264 Edmontia spp. (thyreophorans)
digitigrade, 129, 130 ornithopods, 336, 3389, 340, body size, 372
tracks, 419 344, 352, 356 caudal vertebrae, 380
Dollo, Louis Antoine Marie Joseph growth, 351 Edmontosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
(18571931), 623, 78, 205, mating, 345 342, 497
339, 340, 341, 472 skeletons, 341 characteristics, 335
Dolly (sheep) (19972003), 156 predatorprey relationships, 205, diet, 355
dolomites, 189 238 nasal chambers, 346
dominant genes, 152 pterosaurs, 169 pectoral girdle, 126
dorsal, 122 sauropods, 308, 310, 312 predation, 186
dorsal nerve cord, 122 tetanurans, 268 skeletons, 342
dorsal vertebrae, 1234 therizinosaurs, 2845 skin impressions, 209
Douglass, Earl (18621931), 73, theropods, 80, 129, 132, 274, 462, stomach remains, 237
317 469, 470 toothmarks, 236, 288, 356, 443,
downy feathers, 129, 247, 464, 480 digitigrade, 130 444
Doyle, Sir Arthur Conan skeletons, 121 Edmontosaurus annectus
(18591930), 18 studies, 2567 (ornithopod), 5
The Lost World (1912), 1617 thyreophorans, 367, 368, 371, Edward Scissorhands (1990) (film),
Dracopelta spp. (thyreophorans), 371 373, 374, 379, 3801 285
dragons, 57 extinctions, 497 Efremov, Ivan A. (190772), 77, 184
Dravidosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), titanosaurs, 247 egg predation, as cause of death,
374 use of term, 98 188
Drinker spp. (ornithopods), Early Jurassic eggs (dinosaurs) see dinosaur eggs
characteristics, 338 carnosaurs, 277 eggshells (dinosaur) see dinosaur
Dromaeosauridae (dromaeosaurids), ceratosaurs, 276, 277, 495 eggshells
467, 473, 474, 496 coprolites, 448 Egypt, sauropodomorphs, 302
classification, 272, 460 dinosaur tracks, 635 Einosaurus spp. (marginocephalians),
digits, 417 ornithopods, 332, 3423, 344, monospecific bone beds, 408
killing techniques, 2867 352, 354, 497 Einosaurus procurvicornis
locomotion, 283 mating, 345 (marginocephalian),
toothmarks, 288 teeth, 3367 evolution, 401
Dromaeosaurus spp. (theropods), prosauropods, 303, 318, 496 Einstein, Albert (18791955), 499
classification, 469 sauropodomorphs, 313 eisospherite layer, 223
540
INDEX
El Molino Formation (Bolivia), 372 entomology, 193 convergent, 267

Elaphrosaurus (theropod), discovery, environmental factors, and dinosaur definition, 149
75 evolution, 1727 leaps, 157
Eldredge, Niles (1943 ), 158 Environmental Protection Agency and mass extinctions, 491
electrons, 100 (EPA) (USA), 37 modes, 1578
elements, 13 eolian deposits, 207 see also dinosaur evolution;
daughter, 99, 101 eons, 97 macroevolution;
definition, 100 Eoraptor spp. (?theropods) microevolution; natural
In Earths crust, 209 classification issues, 263 selection
parent, 99, 101 evolution, 275 evolutionary theory, 135
see also isotopes; radioactive heterodont dentition, 2323 concepts, 14962
elements; trace elements ziphodont teeth, 2345 Darwins, 62, 463
elephantbirds, 474 Eoraptor lunensis (?theropod), 1701, importance of, 148
extinction, 509 175 exaptations, 161, 163, 177, 46970
elephants, 194, 323, 325 EPA (Environmental Protection excavations
heat dissipation, 246 Agency) (USA), 37 explosives in, 73
herding, 437 Epidendrosaurus ninchengensis logistics, 10911
mating, 220, 221 (theropod), 471 procedures, 11113
see also Loxodonta africanus characteristics, 470 size issues, 3012
(African elephant) locomotion, 283 exoskeletons, 227
elks, 449 epiphyses, 228 exospherite layer, 223
ellipsoids, 222 epochs, 97 exotic species
Ellsworth, Solomon, Jr. (fl. 1818), 63 EQs see encephalization quotients and extinctions, 508
Elvisaurus (Crylophosaurus spp.), 277 (EQs) see also invasive species
Emausaurus spp. (thyreophorans), equipment, 8990 explosives, in excavations, 73
classification, 376 Equus asinus (donkey), 149 exponential decay, 101
embryonic death, 187 Equus caballus (horse), 149 external molds, 20910
embryos erect posture see upright posture extinctions
development, 2212 Erlikosaurus spp. (theropods), classification, 491
sauropodomorphs, 316 feeding, 284 definitions, 4912
skin impressions, 316 erosion, 98, 99 gradual vs. sudden, 5057
emus, brooding, 277 estuaries, 18990 modern, 5079
enamel (tooth), 232 ethics see also dinosaur extinctions;
Enantiornithes (enantiornithines), and dinosaur studies, 4851 global extinctions; local
467 principles, 48 extinctions; mass extinctions
encephalization quotients (EQs), Eudes-Deslonchamps, Jacques- eye color, genetics, 152
243 Amand (17941867), 61
marginocephalians, 394 Euhelopus spp. (sauropods) Fabrosauridae (fabrosaurids)
theropods, 2602 classification, 311 characteristics, 343
thyreophorans, 373 early studies, 78 classification issues, 343
vs. intelligence quotient, 262 Euoplocephalus spp. (thyreophorans) facies, 190
endocasts, 133 body size, 372 facies analysis, 190, 191
endoparasites, 188 pes, 368 facts, concept of, 313
endoskeletons, 227 Euornithopoda facultative quadrupeds, 65
endothermic model, 241 classification, 3335, 337, 338 Falco peregrinus (peregrine falcon),
endotherms, 229 see also Hypsilophodontidae; 479
extinctions, 505 Iguanodontia falcons, 479
food requirements, 2401 Euparkeria spp. (reptile), 167 family, 7
phylogenetic proximity, 248 Europe Fantasia (1940) (film), 21
endothermy, 230, 2423 dinosaur eggs, 316 faults, 97, 107
evidence for, 2445 hypsilophodontids, 337 feathered dinosaurs, coloration, 21
and paleobiogeographic range, local extinctions, 509 feathered theropods, 462, 469
2478 marginocephalians, 388 and birds, 257
theropods, 283 thyreophorans, 366, 371, 372, characteristics, 262
and upright posture, 246 374, 375, 377 coelurosaurs, 267
energy Europeans, dinosaur studies, 5663 feathers, 129, 247, 257, 262,
environmental levels, 280 euryapsids, 164 2778
units, 240 classification, 1667 hoaxes, 378
England, 57, 71 Eusauropoda (eusauropods), locomotion, 2834
dinosaur bones, in marine classification, 308, 310 predatorprey relationships, 238
deposits, 1956 Euskelosaurus spp. (sauropods) preserved, 267
invasive species, 508 classification, 3057, 314 reproductive organs, 133
marginocephalians, 400 early studies, 62 thermoregulation, 257
ornithopods, 339 evaporite deposits, 1745 see also Aves
paleontologists, 5861 evolution feathers, 247, 257, 262
sauropods, 305 biological, 39 anatomy, 464
thyreophorans, 371, 376 and climate change, 1745 barbs, 464
541
INDEX
feathers (contd ) folding, 107 Gargoyleosaurus parkpini

barbules, 464 folklore, dinosaurs in, 57 (thyreophoran), 370
contour, 129 food-energy values, 2401 skull, 371
downy, 129, 247, 464, 480 foot stress, 4213 Gastonia spp. (thyreophorans), 371
flight, 463, 464, 470 footprints osteoderms, 3801
functions, 464 hominid, 32 gastralia, 124
quills, 464 human, 422, 425 gastroliths, 169, 4457
shafts, 464 see also tracks early studies, 72, 789, 2389
vanes, 464 foramens, 124 functions, 132
see also bird feathers foraminifera, 503 herbivorous dinosaurs, 234,
feces (fossil) see coprolites forelimbs, 1268 2389, 242
feeding forests, fossil, 1901 marginocephalians, 3923, 397,
birds, 4802 formations 408
dinosaurs, 23142 definition, 98 origin of term, 238
marginocephalians, 4068 naming conventions, 98 ornithopods, 239, 355
opportunistic, 289 subdivisions, 98 sauropodomorphs, 302, 322
ornithopods, 3545 fossil collecting taphonomy, 4457
quantities, 23942 amateurs, 49, 50 theropods, 239, 258, 274, 285
sauropodomorphs, 3202 cooperative programs, 50 thyreophorans, 372
theropods, 2849 ethical issues, 4950 gastropods, 158, 438
thyreophorans, 37980 private, 50 geese, 483
see also diet procedures, 10913 Genasauria
feet, 1259 for profit, 48 classification, 333, 365, 367, 376,
Felis domestica (domestic cat), 417 recommendations, 501 392
as invasive species, 483, 508, 509 fossil feces see coprolites see also Cerapoda; Thyreophora
femur, 122, 123, 128, 259 fossil fish, 209 gene flow, 158
fenestrae, 124 fossil forests, 1901 gene frequencies, 152, 153
Ferguson, William Hamilton fossil plants, in coprolites, 239 gene pool, 149
(18611957), 63 fossil trees, 164 genes, 149
fermentation, 192 fossilization, use of term, 208 dominant, 152
ferns, 505 fossils, 12 recessive, 152
fertilization, 220, 221 ethical issues, 4851 genetic drift, 159
fibrolamellar bone, 2301 field observations, 447 genetic factors, and dinosaur
fibula, 122, 128 in situ, 185 evolution, 1727
fiction, dinosaurs in, 1618 living, 492 genetic monogamy, birds, 477
field equipment, 89 protection strategies, early, 67 genetic variation
Field Museum of Natural History reworked, 98 dinosaurs, 174
(Chicago, USA), 49 sex differences, 13940 and reproduction, 1512
field observations, 447 transitional, 157 genetics, 14957
field relations, 939 see also body fossils; dinosaur genomes, 149
fieldwork fossils; guide fossils; trace genotype frequencies, 1523
approaches, 447 fossils dinosaurs, 1545
demands, 16 Foulke, William Parker (d. 1865), 65 genotypes, 135, 14950
equipment, 90 Fountain Formation (USA), 99 genus, 7
films, 21, 77, 285 Fraas, Eberhard (18621915), 75, nomenclature, 910
dinosaurs in, 1718, 49, 266 188 geocentric model, 499
finches, 4801 fractionation, 225 geochemistry, 13
fires, as cause of death, 188 France, 71 see also bone geochemistry
fish dinosaur eggs, 218 geographic information systems
fossil, 209 ornithopods, 340 (GIS), 15, 93
predatorprey relationships, 238 paleontologists, 578, 61, 81 geographic isolation, 160, 175
fitness, 151 prosauropods, 315 geographic north, 93
flapping, 471 thyreophorans, 374 geologic maps, 912
flight Franklin, Benjamin (170690), 63 information conveyed, 92
evidence for, 283, 467 Fregata magnificens (frigatebird), 480 geologic range, 968
hypotheses, 46971 frigatebirds, 480 dinosaurs, 1689
origins, 46871 frontal, 124 geologic time scale, 6, 978
flight feathers, 463, 464, 470 functional morphology, 80 Geological Society of London, 58,
flightless theropods, feathers, 247 fungal infections, 186 60
flocks, 432, 482, 483 furcula, 126 geology, 12
Florida (USA), 478 principles, 93109
flow competence, 1967 G (gravitational constant), 22 as science, 86117
flowering plants, 408, 482 Galapagos Islands, 4801 subdisciplines, 94
and bird feeding, 482 galloping, 436 tools, 8893
speciation, 149 gametes, 152, 220, 221 unifying theory of, 104
fluorapatite, 227 Gargoyleosaurus spp. geophysical methods, 8890
fluvial environments, 189 (thyreophorans), 371 geophysics, 15
542
INDEX
Georgia (USA), 45, 194, 478, 484 Les Grande Tetons (Wyoming, USA), reproduction, 345
German Protectorate East Africa, 75 58 skeletons, 355
Germany Granger, Walter (18721941), 67, 77 skin impressions, 131, 209
birds, 463 grasses, availability, 234 social behavior, 244
expeditions, 75, 76 graviportal, 3789 species diversity, 342
marginocephalians, 389, 394, 400 gravitation theory, 39 toothmarks, 236, 356, 445
paleontologists, 612, 75, 76 gravitational constant (G), 22 tracks, 336, 344, 436, 507
prosauropods, 124, 205, 304 gravity, and weight, 22 vocalization structures, 220
theropods, 238 graywackes, 189 see also Hadrosaurinae;
thyreophorans, 376 Great Dinosaur Rush, 66, 352 Lambeosaurinae
Gervais, Paul (181679), 61 Great Salt Lake (Utah, USA), 199 Hadrosaurinae (hadrosaurines)
ghost lineages, 1689, 275 Greenland, 103 characteristics, 342
Ghost Ranch (New Mexico, USA), Gresham College (London, UK), 58 eggs, 348
7980, 290 griffins, 57 nests, 348
Giganotosaurus spp. (theropods), 256, groundwater, 208 Hadrosaurus spp. (ornithopods), 342,
268, 274, 312, 496 group behaviors, and dinosaur 497
classification, 270 tracks, 4323 Hadrosaurus foulkii (ornithopod),
digitigrade, 130 groups, 98 discovery, 65, 341
size, 2678, 276 growth, 22631 Haematopus palliatus (American
gigantism birds, 477 oystercatcher), nests, 478
and natural selection, 2678 marginocephalians, 4025 Halcyon santus (kotare), 4789
sauropods, 31415 ornithopods, 3501 half-lives, 1013
Gilmore, Charles Whitney sauropodomorphs, 31617 halite, 189
(18741945), 441 theropods, 27980 hands, 1268
Giraffa camelopardalis (giraffe), 305, thyreophorans, 3778 haploid, 221
320, 321, 322 see also lines of arrested growth hard parts, biomineralization,
GIS (geographic information (LAGs) 22630
systems), 15, 93 growth series, 230 Hardy, Godfrey Harold (18771947),
gizzards, 132, 238, 289, 322, 445, Gryposaurus spp. (ornithopods), 1523
446, 447 342 HardyWeinberg ratio, 1523, 154,
Glen Rose (Texas, USA), 75 Gubbio (Italy), 500 155, 159
glenoid, 126, 127 guide fossils hares, 508
gliders, 471 characteristics, 96 Harvard Medical School (USA), 65
gliding, 283 and formations, 98 Hatcher, John Bell (18611904), 67,
global climate change and geologic range, 967 689, 396
and mass extinctions, 493, 495 gulls, 484 The Ceratopsia (1907), 69, 396
models, criticisms, 40 Guyot, Arnold (180784), 67 on opinions, 401
global extinctions, 492, 505, 509 guyots, 67, 108 Haughton, Sydney Henry
causes, 493 gypsum, 189 (18881982), 76
definition, 491 Hawaiian Islands, volcanism, 106,
see also mass extinctions habitats, 159 108
global positioning system (GPS), fragmentation, 175 Hawkins, Benjamin Waterhouse
in fieldwork, 93 Hadrosauridae (hadrosaurids) (180789), 61, 65
global warming, 37 autochthonous assemblages, 205 Hayden, Ferdinand Vandiveer
models, 40 caudal vertebrae, 124 (182987), 65
glues, 111 characteristics, 3401 head ornamentation, 277, 345
Gobi Desert (Mongolia), 57, 77, classification, 335, 342 marginocephalians, 402
2067, 398, 494 coprolites, 239, 449 health
Gobipteryx minuta (bird), 466 cranial crests, 346 birds, 4834
Godzilla films, 17 crocodile toothmarks, 187 illness, 1858
Golden, (Colorado, USA), 344 dental batteries, 150, 233 marginocephalians, 409
Gondwana, 80, 174, 494 dewlaps, 345 ornithopods, 356
ceratosaurs, 264, 266 diet, 355 sauropodomorphs, 325
ornithopods, 343 early studies, 65, 71, 72, 77 theropods, 2901
sauropodomorphs, 312 eggs, 3478 thyreophorans, 3801
sauropods, 312 extinctions, 497 see also diseases
Gorgosaurus (theropod), 72 gastroliths, 445 hearts, 247
Gould, Stephen Jay (19412002), growth, 350 heat dissipation, 246
158 injuries, 356 Heilmann, Gerhard (18591946),
Goyocephale spp. locomotion, 336, 353 472
(marginocephalians), 394 in marine deposits, 195 Heliaeetus leucocephalus (bald eagle),
classification, 395 migrations, 480 508
GPS (global positioning system), mummified, 353 heliocentric model, 499
93 nests, 441 Hell Creek Formation (USA), 63, 72,
gradual extinction hypothesis, pectoral girdle, 126 399, 5023
5057 predatorprey relationships, 238 extinction studies, 5057
Grallator isp. (trace fossils), 428 as prey, 2889 hematite, 189
543
INDEX
hemipenes, 220 histology humerus, 126, 127

hemoglobin, 228 dinosaur bones, 2301 hummingbirds, 481
Hennig, Willi (191376), cladistics, field of study, 230 humps, 345
135 historical sciences, use of term, 88 Hungarian Geological Society, 72
herbivores Hitchcock, Edward (17931864), hunting
and climate change, 175 635, 69, 77, 80 humans, 4201
predatorprey relationships, 314 coprolite studies, 448 and tracks, 421
see also Marginocephalia; dinosaur tracks, 256 hurricanes, 201
Ornithopoda; Ichnology of New England (1858), Huxley, Thomas Henry (182595),
Sauropodomorpha; 645 62, 67, 69, 76, 80, 366
Thyreophora hoatzins, 470 hybrids, 149
herbivorous dinosaurplant biomass hoaxes hydrodynamics, 201
ratios, 2412 feathered theropods, 378 hyenas, predation, 186
herbivorous dinosaurs vs. chimeras, 473 Hylaeosaurus spp. (thyreophorans),
coprolites, 242 Hoepen, E. C. N. van, 76 371
digestion, 237 hole nests, 439 classification, 366
endothermic, 242 holotypes, 140 early studies, 60
exothermic, 242 homeotherms, 240 Hylonomus spp. (amniotes), 163,
food requirements, 2412 inertial, 246 164
gastroliths, 132, 234, 2389, 242 homeothermy, 2434 hyoids, 379
preservation, 185 hominids Hypacrosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
stomach remains, 237 bipedalism, 312 342
teeth, 2326 footprints, 32 autochthonous assemblages,
tooth wear, 234 Homo sapiens, 507, 509 205
toothmarks, 444 skeleton, 121 ectothermy, 245
tracks, 427 Homocephale spp. eggs, 34950
herding, 244, 314, 380, 437 (marginocephalians), growth, 350
and dinosaur tracks, 3225, 356, characteristics, 394 nests, 349
432 Homocephaloidea (homocephaloids) oxygen isotope ratios, 244
marginocephalians, 388 characteristics, 394 social life, 3556
herons, 482 classification, 394, 395 suffocation, 186
herpetology, 66 homologues, 121 toothmarks, 236, 288
Herrera, Victorino, 263 homonyms, 139 Hypacrosaurus stebingeri
Herrerasauridae (herrerasaurids), homozygous condition, 152, 155 (ornithopod), skeletal
172, 313 Hooke, Robert (16351703), 57 allometry, 230
characteristics, 2634 Hopi, 57 hyperthermia, as cause of death,
cladograms, 258 Hopkins, John E., 65 188
classification, 257, 263 hopping, 436 hypothermia, as cause of death,
evolution, 276 Horner, John (Jack) R. (1946 ), 80, 188
extinctions, 495 81, 441 hypotheses, 349
Herrerasaurus spp. (theropods) hot spots, 1078 acceptance, 35
characteristics, 2634 Howe, Barker, 73 characteristics, 34
discovery, 263 Howe Quarry (Wyoming, USA), construction, 389
teeth, 2345 735, 202, 2045 description phase, 38, 456
Herrerasaurus ischigualastensis bone distribution maps, 74, 203 interpretation phase, 389, 46
(theropod), 1701 Huayangosaurus spp. modification, 35
classification, 263 (thyreophorans), 374 multiple, 36
Hesperonis spp. (birds), 467 teeth, 367 predictability, 38
heterodont dentition, 2323 Huene, Friedrich von (18751969), and proofs, 423
Heterodontosauridae 76, 79, 123, 239, 267 rejection, 30, 35
(heterodontosaurids), 233 gastrolith studies, 445 and theories, 3940
characteristics, 3367, 343 Prosauropoda nomenclature, 303 hypothesis testing, 349
classification, 333, 3367 human genome, 149 in paleontology, 30
eggs, 350 humans Hypselosaurus spp. (prosauropods),
extinctions, 497 ancestral remains, 77 eggs, 315
genera, 334 classification, 8 Hypsilophodon spp. (ornithopods)
locomotion, 352 encephalization quotient, 261 characteristics, 338
nests, 350 and extinctions, 5079 classification, 337, 340
teeth, 3367 hand, 127 locomotion, 336, 352
tusks, 345 hunting and tracking skills, Hypsilophodontidae
Heterodontosaurus spp. (ornithopods), 4201 (hypsilophodontids), 497
characteristics, 337 and local extinctions, 508, 509 characteristics, 3378, 343
heterozygous condition, 152, 155 phalangeal formula, 1278 classification, 3335, 3378
hips, 1224 posture, 423 growth, 3501
ornithischian, 123 skeleton, 121 locomotion, 352
saurischian, 123 speed, 432 skulls, 338
Hiroshima (Japan), 501 tracks, 422, 425 use of term, 337
544
INDEX
Iberomesornis spp. (birds), 467 sauropods, 308 Italy, 59

ichnofabrics theropods, 264 iridium, 500
production, 4367 thyreophorans, 374 theropods, 132, 2567
use of term, 436 volcanism, 5045
ichnofacies, 190 Indiana Jones films, 77 Janensch, Werner (18781969), 75
ichnology individual fallacies, 41 Janenschia spp. (sauropods), 312
origin of term, 64 inertial homeotherms, 246 discovery, 75
see also dinosaur ichnology infections, as cause of death, 186, Japan, 501
ichnotaxa, 428 192 fossil acquisitions, 50
Ichthyornis spp. (birds), 467 Ingenia spp. (theropods) swords, 232
ichthyosaurs classification, 270 jays, 483
classification, 1667 toothless, 284 Jones, Thomas Rupert (18191911),
extinctions, 505 injuries 60
ICZN (International Code of Zoological birds, 483 joules, 240
Nomenclature, The), 140 as cause of death, 1867 journals see scientific journals
Idaho (USA), birds, 481 causes of, 1858 Journey to the Beginning of Time
igneous rocks, 100, 189 impact, 4024 (1954) (film), 17
dating, 104 indications, 1867, 192 Judith River Formation (USA), 199,
formation, 107 marginocephalians, 4024, 409 401
Iguanodon spp. (ornithopods), 65 and momentum, 281, 4024 jugal, 124
autochthonous assemblages, 205 ornithopods, 356 Jurassic Park (1990) (book), 17
characteristics, 340 theropods, 1878, 283, 290 Jurassic Park (1993) (film), 17, 266
early studies, 60, 623, 339 Inner Mongolia, 81 Jurassic Park III (2001) (film), 17
in fiction, 1617 insectivores, dinosaurs as, 235 Jurassic Period, 7
injuries, 356 insects, effects on corpses, 193 ceratosaurs, 266
manus, 356 integuments, 120 dinosaur tracks, 57, 75, 78, 4302
osteoarthritis, 356 see also feathers; skin extinctions, 276
predatorprey relationships, 238 intelligence quotient (IQ), vs. sauropods, 78
thumb spike, 126 encephalization quotients, seafloor, 107
tracks, 60 262 seafloor spreading, 160
Iguanodon bernissartensis spp. International Code of Zoological subdivisions, 978
(ornithopod), skeletons, 339 Nomenclature, The (ICZN), theropods, 177
Iguanodontia (iguanodontians), 78, 140 see also Early Jurassic; Late
392 Internet Jurassic; Lower Jurassic;
characteristics, 3402 dinosaur resources, 18 Middle Jurassic; Upper Jurassic
classification, 333, 335, 337, and peer review, 37
33942 interspecific competition, 172 Kalahari, 421
eggs, 350 adverse, 508 Kansas (USA), birds, 467
evolution, 344 confrontation, 4356 Karoo Basin (South Africa), 76
extinctions, 497 intestines, 132 keels, 467, 471
genera, 335 intraspecific behavior, and dinosaur Kentrosaurus spp. (thyreophorans),
injuries, 356 tracks, 4323 374
locomotion, 352 intraspecific competition, 155, 244, discovery, 75
nests, 350 4356 extinctions, 497
processes, 345 as cause of death, 186 growth, 377
skeletons, 341 evidence for, 4512 monospecific assemblages, 380
social life, 3556 marginocephalians, 4025 keratin, 129
tracks, 3524, 419 invasive species kicking, 4812
see also Hadrosauridae and birds, 4834 Kielan-Jaworowska, Zofia (1925 ),
ilium, 123 and extinctions, 508 78
illness invertebrate paleontology, 12 killing techniques, theropods,
causes of, 1858 IQ (intelligence quotient), 262 2867, 289
see also health iridium, and bolide impacts, 5001, kilocalories, 240
illustrations 503 kilojoules, 240
and data collection, 33 Isanosaurus spp. (sauropods), King Kong (1933) (film), 17
and observation, 434 classification, 305 kingdom, 7
scale in, 44 Ischigualasto Formation (Argentina), Knight, Charles R. (18741953),
scientific, 19, 65 263 illustrations, 20, 406
see also art; dinosaur illustrations ischium, 123 Komodo dragons, 165, 235
immersion, in water, 4345 isochron dating, 103 Korea, 81
impact injuries, 4024 isotopes, 100 kotares, 4789
in situ fossils, 185 in dating, 1014, 502 Kritosaurus spp. (ornithopods), nasal
inclusions, 94, 95 radioactive, 225 chambers, 346
concept of, 96 stable, 2256 K-T boundary see
India see also oxygen isotopes; uranium CretaceousTertiary (K-T)
dinosaur eggs, 316 isotopes boundary
prosauropods, 315 Israel, 199 kudzu, 508
545
INDEX
La Junta (Colorado, USA), 324 skeletons, 339 prosauropods, 62, 79, 174, 205,
labial side, 232 skulls, 346 305, 318, 496
laboratory equipment, 8990 tracks, 336, 351 discovery, 3023
lachrymals, 124, 259, 277 predatorprey relationships, 238 rauisuchians, 168
lacunae, 228 pterosaurs, 168 saurischians, 1712
lacustrine environments, 189 sauropods, 307, 308, 311, 312, sauropodomorphs, 313, 314
Laetoli (Tanzania), 32 316, 496 sauropods, 3057, 321
Lagerpeton (dinosauromorph), 170, sedimentary rocks, 100 theropods, 79, 967, 132, 174,
172 subdivisions, 498 199, 230, 275
lagomorphs, as invasive species, 508 therizinosaurs, 284 extinctions, 495
Lagosuchus, 170 theropods, 2612, 270 thyreophorans, 376
Lagosuchus see Marasuchus thyreophorans, 368, 374, 376, use of term, 98
(dinosauromorph) 377, 378 lateral, 122
LAGs see lines of arrested growth distribution, 375 lateral continuity, 94, 95
(LAGs) evolution, 372 concept of, 96
Lakes, Arthur (18441917), 66 extinctions, 497 Latimeria chalumnae (coelacanth),
Lamarck, Jean-Baptiste (17441829), osteoderms, 370 492
150 titanosaurids, 497 Laurasia, 494
Lambe, Lawrence M. (18631919), tyrannosaurids, 275 lava flows, dinosaur tracks, 189
69, 72, 394 use of term, 98 lawyers, food-energy values, 2401
Lambeosaurinae (lambeosaurines) Late Jurassic Lazarus species, 4923
characteristics, 342 birds, 38, 464, 466, 469, 470, 482 Leaellynasaura spp. (ornithopods),
eggs, 34950 characteristics, 463, 468 338
head ornamentation, 345, 354 classification, 4601 leeches, 188
resonating chambers, 346 transitional, 157 legends, maps, 93
Lambeosaurus spp. (ornithopods), ceratosaurs, 276 legs, 1259
342 dinosaur bones, 45, 735, 209 Leidy, Joseph (182391), 65, 66,
Lao Tzu (c. 600 BCE), 421 dinosaur toothmarks, 443 195, 341
Laramie Formation (Colorado, USA), dinosaur tracks, 324, 422, 433, Lepidosauria (lepidosaurs), 1656,
344, 393, 407 438 343
Larus altricilla (laughing gull), 484 gastroliths, 445 Lepidotes spp. (fish), predatorprey
Late Cretaceous marginocephalians, 390, 395 relationships, 238
autochthonous assemblages, 205 ornithopods, 338, 339, 341, 343, Leptoceratops spp.
birds, 466, 467, 468, 469, 473 350 (marginocephalians), 72
carnivores, 276 sauropodomorphs, 317, 325 extinctions, 498
coprolites, 239, 274, 448, 450 sauropods, 97, 199, 308, 309, Lesothosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
dinosaur burials, 191 31011, 320, 321 376
dinosaur eggs, 50, 78, 224, 2789, termites, 285 Lesothosaurus diagnosticus
440 tetanurans, 268, 277, 279, 290 (ornithopod), 343
dinosaur eggshells, 61, 226, 441 theropods, 79, 967, 274, 275, Lexovisaurus spp. (thyreophorans),
dinosaur fossils, 57, 69, 72 276, 471 374
dinosaur nests, 274, 2789 bone beds, 199, 205 classification, 366
dinosaur remains, 199 growth, 230 growth, 377
dinosaur toothmarks, 236, 443, manus, 260 lice, 188
445 predatorprey relationships, 238 limestone, 189
dinosaur tracks, 420, 436, 437 skeletons, 132 limping, 283, 290
dromaeosaurids, 272, 2867 thyreophorans, 371, 373, 3745, lineages, 149
fossils, 62 376, 377, 380, 497 lines of arrested growth (LAGs)
gastroliths, 445 osteoderms, 369 dinosaur bones, 2301, 350
hadrosaurids, 131, 187, 209, use of term, 98 occurrence, 231
2389 Late Triassic, 137, 460 lingual side, 232
hypsilophodontids, 497 archosaurs, 1701, 174, 233 Linnaean classification, 78, 462,
marginocephalians, 388, 395, 397, birds, 461, 470, 472 472, 506
398, 4001, 405, 406 ceratosaurs, 290 advantages, 428
discovery, 394 coprolites, 448 in cladistics, 136
extinctions, 498 dinosaur evolution, 160 and cladistics compared, 910
skeletons, 399 trends, 175 historical context, 134
trace fossils, 4089 dinosaur fossils, 767 limitations, 1334
tracks, 3923 dinosaur genera, 176 Linn, Carl von (Carolus Linnaeus)
mass assemblages, 2067 dinosaur tracks, 635, 427 (170778), 7
mass extinctions, 495, 499507 evaporite deposits, 1745 lipids, 227
neoceratosaurs, 264 fossil forests, 1901 lithification, 189
ornithopods, 65, 81, 230, 3378, gastroliths, 2389, 445, 447 lithofacies, 190
3402, 3556 herresaurids, 263, 276 lithology, 95
abundance, 3434 mass extinctions, 495 lithosphere, 1045, 106
mating, 345 metoposaurs, 11011 movement, 1078
nests, 348, 34950 ornithischians, 1712, 274 Lithostrotia, classification, 308
546
INDEX
liver, 132 Lyell, Sir Charles (17971875), 62 Mantell, Mary Ann (17951869), 60
living fossils, 492 geologic principles, 96 manus, 125, 1278, 259, 260, 356
lizards Principles of Geology (1830), 589 five-toed, 368
classification, 1656 Lyme Regis (Dorset, UK), 48 tracks, 41718
hemipenes, 220 map-reading skills, 15
local extinctions, 492 Ma (mega annus), 99 maps, 903
causes, 493 Maastrichtian Age, extinctions, 498, digital, 93
definition, 491 505, 506 legends, 93
human-induced, 508, 509 macaroni (art form), 420 scales, 93
sauropods, 4967, 501 McDonalds, 49 see also geologic maps;
Lockley, Martin G., 80, 81 macroevolution, 155 topographic maps; track
locomotion, 46, 246 mechanisms, 15762 maps
behaviors, 4345 Madagascar, 63 Marasuchus (dinosauromorph), 170,
birds, 47780 birds, 465, 474 172
galloping, 436 coelacanths, 492 Marginocephalia
hopping, 436 local extinctions, 509 (marginocephalians), 77,
marginocephalians, 4056 marginocephalians, 400 368413
ornithopods, 336, 3524 magma, 104 bipedalism, 392, 397
sauropodomorphs, 2989, formation, 107 body size, 396, 405
31720 magnetic north, 93 characteristics, 38993
and surface disturbances, 437 Maiasaura spp. (ornithopods), 342, clades, 393400
theropods, 2804 497 cladograms, 389
thyreophorans, 367, 3789 brooding, 224 classification, 333, 393400
walking backward, 436 characteristics, 335 coprolites, 393, 408
see also bipedalism; coprolites, 239, 355, 449 definition, 38993
quadrupedalism; swimming; dewlaps, 345 dental batteries, 392, 407
tracks diet, 355 distribution, 400
locus, 149 eggs, 3489 eggs, 393, 398, 405
London (UK), 58 growth, 350 encephalization quotients, 394
Longisquama insignis (archosaur), mass burials, 356 evolution, 4002
472 nests, 81, 3489, 441, 477 extinctions, 498
Lost World, The (1912) (book), social life, 3556 feeding, 4068
1617 Maiasaura pebblesorum (ornithopod) field of study, 3889
Lost World, The (1995) (book), 17 clutch size, 348 gastroliths, 3923, 397, 408
Lost World, The (19992002) (TV eggs, 3489 growth, 4025
series), 18 nests, 3489 head ornamentation, 402
Lost World, The: Jurassic Park (1997) Majungasaurus spp. (theropods) health, 409
(film), 17 classification, 264 herding, 388
Lower Cretaceous, 37 early studies, 63 injuries, 4024, 409
birds, 465 Majungatholus spp. (theropods), intraspecific competition, 4025
coelurosaurs, 267 classification, 400 as living animals, 4029
dinosaur tracks, 75, 273, 3234, Makela, Bob, 81 locomotion, 4056
353, 419, 435 Malawisaurus spp. (sauropods), 312 mating, 402
feathered theropods, 1201 malefemale pairs, 482, 483 nests, 393, 405
gastroliths, 446 Maleevus spp. (thyreophorans), body origin of term, 389
marginocephalians, 394, 396, 405, size, 372 paleobiogeography, 4002
498 Mamenchisaurus spp. (sauropods) predatorprey relationships, 409
sauropodomorphs, 315 classification, 310 quadrupedalism, 392
sauropods, 311 neck length, 320, 322 reproduction, 4025
theropods, 131, 287 Mammalia, 137, 165 skeletons, 395, 399
thyreophorans, 372, 374 mammals, 77 skulls, 391, 3934, 397, 399, 405
Lower Jurassic classification, 165 social life, 4089
sauropods, 308 cloning, 156 species, 393400
thyreophorans, 376 decomposition rates, 193 species diversity, 388
Lower Triassic, use of term, 978 extinctions, 509 teeth, 392, 394, 4067
Loxodonta spp. (elephants), heat predatorprey relationships, 238 toothmarks, 409
dissipation, 246 social behavior, 244 tracks, 388, 3923, 406, 407,
Loxodonta africanus (African survival, 151 4089
elephant) viviparous, 219 see also Ceratopsia;
encephalization quotient, 261 Maniraptora (maniraptorans) Pachycephalosauria
mating, 221 classification, 272 marine sediments, 98
weight, 23 see also Aviale; Deinonychosauria hadrosaur remains, 195
Lucas, Oramel W., 66 Maniraptoriformes, 267 marrow canals, 228
Lull, Richard Swan (18671957), 69, classification, 2702 Marsh, Othniel Charles (183199),
767 see also Maniraptora 68, 156
Lycorhinus spp. (ornithopods), Mantell, Gideon Algernon and Cope, 48, 657, 499
classification, 337 (17901852), 60, 61, 366 death, 70
547
INDEX
Marsh, Othniel Charles (183199) melanin, 150 use of term, 98

(contd) Melanorosaurus spp. (prosauropods), Middle Triassic, 137, 417
ornithopod nomenclature, 333, 338 313 archosaurs, 270
sauropodomorph studies, 298, 318 early studies, 76 dinosaur tracks, 172, 274, 275
second-brain hypothesis, 374 members, 98 use of term, 978
theropod nomenclature, 257 Mendel, Gregor (182284), 1512 migrations, 158
thyreophoran nomenclature, 366, Mesozoic Era birds, 480
374 atmosphere, 380 dinosaurs, 160, 333, 401, 480,
Triceratops studies, 396 cows of, 332, 336 4967
marsupials, extinctions, 505, 509 dinosaur bones, 98 Mikhailov, Konstantin, 81
Martin, Anthony J. (famous dinosaur evolution, 148, 15960, mineralization, 209, 225
paleontologist?), 41 2345 replacement, 209
Maryanska, Teresa, 78 fossils, 56, 67, 81 see also biomineralization;
Masiakasaurus spp. (theropods), mammals, 151 permineralization
classification, 264 mass of Earth, 22 minerals, 2267
mass extinctions, 188 mass extinctions, 493, 495 Minmi spp. (thyreophorans),
causes, 491510 scavengers, 194 classification, 371
clades affected, 4901 subdivisions, 7 Mississippi (USA), 201
definitions, 490, 4915 thyreophorans, 379 mitosis, 221
effects on evolution, 491 vegetation changes, 161 moas, 4745, 476, 491
hypotheses, 1757 see also Cretaceous Period; Jurassic extinctions, 509
interpretation, 490 Period; Triassic Period mockingbirds, 483
modern, 5079 metabolism, 218 molds, external, 20910
occurrences, 493 metacarpals, 127 molecular clocks, 162
see also dinosaur extinctions metamorphic rocks, 99, 189 molecular phylogeny, 138
mass spectrometers, 31, 1023 dating, 104 momentum
Massachusetts (USA), 63, 65 metatarsals, 122, 129 and injuries, 281, 4024
theropods, 283 pinched, 270, 271 water, 197
Massospondylus spp. (prosauropods) meteors see bolides Mongolia, 57
early studies, 61 methane, global budget, 237 birds, 466, 467
gastroliths, 322 Methanobacterium thermautotrophicum dinosaur burials, 191, 287
nests, 315 (bacteria), 237 dinosaur eggs, 218, 224, 245, 278
Matheron, Phillipe (180799), 61 metoposaurs, 495 dinosaur nests, 440
mating excavation, 11011 dinosaur tracks, 283, 433
calls, 220, 346, 477 Mexico, 5012, 503 expeditions, 778
dinosaurs, 2201 Meyer, Christian Erich Hermann marginocephalians, 398, 408
displays, 4767 von (180169), 62 classification, 395
and injuries, 356 mice, cladistics, 135 eggs, 393
marginocephalians, 402 Michel, Helen, 499500 evolution, 400, 401
ornithopods, 3457 microbes, 13 growth, 405
sauropodomorphs, 315 microbiology, 13 preservation, 397
mating combinations, 153 microevolution, 157 teeth, 392
Matthew, William Diller use of term, 155 mass assemblages, 2067
(18711930), 79 Micropachycephalosaurus spp. ornithomimids, 286
maxilla, 124 (marginocephalians), 395 paleontologists, 81
mean, 46 body size, 396 sauropodomorphs, 302
measurement micropaleontology, 12 sauropods, 308, 311
comparisons, 46 Microraptor spp. (theropods), 257, therizinosaurs, 284
and data collection, 33 267, 274, 437, 444, 462, 473 thyreophorans, 371, 372, 376, 380
units of, 14, 15, 240 feathers, 262, 2778 Monkonosaurus spp. (thyreophorans),
medial, 122 Microraptor rui (theropod), 471 374
median, 46 characteristics, 470 Monoclonius spp.
mega annus (Ma), 99 feathers, 129 (marginocephalians), 72, 396,
Megalosauridae, classification, 268 locomotion, 283 398
Megalosauripsus brinoensis (trace microscopy, 31 monogamy, birds, 477
fossil), 428 microtektites, 501 Mononykus spp. (birds), 467
Megalosaurus spp. (theropods) Mid-Atlantic Ridge, 106 monophyletic, use of term, 62
classification, 268 Middle Jurassic monospecific bone beds, 187, 205,
early studies, 57, 58, 60, 61 cetiosaurids, 314, 323 275, 323, 408
evolution, 276 dinosaur bones, in marine Montana (USA), 66, 67, 199, 205
in fiction, 1617 deposits, 1956 carnivores, 72
jaw, 59 dinosaur tracks, 47, 283 coprolites, 239, 255, 449
tracks, 428 ornithopods, 337, 338, 343 dinosaur eggs, 218, 278, 441
meiosis, 152, 221 sauropods, 305, 308, 310, 320 dinosaur nests, 274, 2789, 350,
Melanerpes formicivorus (acorn tetanurans, 268, 275, 495 3556
woodpecker), 481 thyreophorans, 367, 371, 373, fish, 63
caching, 482 374, 375, 376 marginocephalians, 401
548
INDEX
mass extinction studies, 503 neck length, sauropodomorphs, caudal vertebrae, 380
theropods, 4950, 65 2989, 3045, 310, 311, 314, characteristics, 36971
tyrannosaurids, 238, 2889 319, 3202 classification, 366, 36772
Montanoceratops spp. necrolysis, 192 extinctions, 497
(marginocephalians), oxygen nematodes, 188 gastroliths, 239
isotope ratios, 244 Nemegtosaurus spp. (sauropods), genera, 364
Moody, Pliny (fl. 1802), 63 classification, 308 skulls, 370
Moreno, Francisco P. (18521919), neo-catastrophism, 499500 Nodosaurus spp. (thyreophorans)
69 Neoceratopsia (neoceratopsians), 154 body size, 372
Morocco, 81 classification, 396, 3978 pes, 368
prosauropods, 171, 313 dental batteries, 234 Nopcsa, Franz (Ferenc) Baron von
sauropods, 308 evolution, 4001 Fels-Szilvs (18771933),
theropods, 256 locomotion, 406 712, 140
Morrison (Colorado, USA), 66, 98, skeletons, 399 normal distribution, 46, 47
99, 198, 199 skulls, 397, 399 Normandy (France), 61
dinosaur tracks, 3523 social life, 408 north
thyreophorans, 3734 suffocation, 186 geographic, 93
Morrison Formation (USA), 19, 45, toothmarks, 236, 443 magnetic, 93
66, 678 see also Protoceratopsidae North America
dinosaur bones, 73, 209, 27980 Neoceratosauria (neoceratosaurs) ankylosaurs, 497
dinosaur tracks, 282, 324, 419, characteristics, 2646 birds, 469, 475, 483, 508
433 classification, 264 and bolide impacts, 5013
ornithopods, 338 Neo-Darwinism, 151 coprolites, 448
sauropods, 311, 317 Neolithic, 57 dinosaur eggs, 349
thyreophorans, 371 Neornithes (neornithines), 468, 473 dinosaur eggshells, 441
Morus serrator (Australasian gannet), Neosauropoda dinosaur tracks, 436
nests, 4789 classification, 308, 310, 311 early dinosaur studies, 639, 725
mosasaurs see also Diplodocidae hadrosaurids, 131
classification, 1667 nerve cord, 124 hypsilophodontids, 337, 338
extinctions, 505 nests local extinctions, 494, 509
mosquitoes, 483 birds, 477, 4789 marginocephalians, 388, 394, 395,
mound nests, 439, 441 hole, 439 397, 398, 408
mountain lions, 356 mound, 439, 441 evolution, 4001
mudstones, 189 structure, 438 skeletons, 399
mules, 149 see also dinosaur nests teeth, 392
multiple hypotheses, 36 Netherlands, The, 80 ornithopods, 339, 340, 341, 342,
multivariate analysis, in skeletal Neuquensaurus spp. (sauropods), 312 343, 350
allometry studies, 230 neural arch, 124 paleontologists, 801
mummification, 209 neurophysiology, dinosaurs, 243 sauropods, 308, 312, 320, 4967
muscles, 126, 131 neutrons, 100 sloths, 285
musculature, restoration, 132 New Jersey (USA), 63, 65, 341 theropods, 132, 275
Museo de La Plata (Argentina), 69 New Mexico (USA), 66, 7980, 199 thyreophorans, 371, 372, 375,
Mussasaurus spp. (prosauropods), ceratosaurs, 290 376, 497
nests, 315 dinosaur tracks, 273, 274 see also Canada; United States of
mutagens, 156 sauropods, 314 America
mutation, 156 new species, naming, 13841 North Dakota (USA), 503
Muttaburrasaurus spp. (ornithopods), New York City (USA), 72 Novas, Fernando, 81
340 Central Park, 65 novelties, 135
Mymoorapelta spp. (thyreophorans), see also American Museum of nuclear winters, use of term, 501
371 Natural History nucleic acids, 227
New Zealand nucleus, 100
N (newtons), 22 moas, 474, 476, 491, 509 Nymphoid Barbarian in Dinosaur Hell,
nasal, 124 nests, 4789 A (1991) (film), 1718
nasal chambers, 346 passerines, 479
nasal horns, 1545 newtons (N), 22 18O values, 225
National Academy of Science (USA), niches, 159 oblate spheroids, 223, 222
66 Niger, 81 observational methods, 437
National Museum (Smithsonian) ornithopods, 345 observations
(Washington, DC, USA), sauropods, 308 approaches, 434
dinosaur tracks, 113 Nigersaurus spp. (sauropods), direct, 31
Native Americans, 67 classification, 308 field, 447
and dinosaur tracks, 57 Noahs raven, 63, 64 indirect, 31
tracking skills, 421 Nobel, Alfred Bernhard (183397), obturator notches, 267
natural selection, 14957 73 occipital condyle, 124
Darwinism, 151 nodes, 136 occlusal surfaces, 232
and gigantism, 2678 Nodosauridae (nodosaurids) Odocoileus hemionus (mule deer),
nature vs. nurture, 150 beaks, 379 449
549
INDEX
Oenothera gigas (evening primrose), characteristics, 3336 osteocalcin, 228, 22930

149 clades, 33642 osteocytes, 228
Oenothera lamarckiana (evening cladograms, 334 osteoderms, 129, 3667, 368, 369,
primrose), 149 classification, 33642, 376, 389 376
OKeeffe, Georgia (18871986), 79 coprolites, 355 cranial, 371, 373
olfactory bulbs, 133 defenses, 365 diseases, 3801
enlarged, 243, 286 definition, 3336 paired, 370, 374
olfactory senses, 2856, 346 dental batteries, 233, 332, 354 roles, 365
Omeisaurus spp. (sauropods) diet, 3545 vascularized, 378
classification, 310 dinosaur teeth, 3367 see also dermal armor
discovery, 78 distribution, 332 osteophytes, 356
omnivores, dinosaurs as, 235, 236 early studies, 60, 63, 65, 67, 75 ostriches, 270
One Million BC (1940) (film), 17 eggs, 278, 34750 Ostrom, John (19282005), 79, 80,
ontogenetic variations, 140 evolution, 3424, 401 4634
ontogeny, 230 extinctions, 497 Othniela spp. (ornithopods)
opinions, concept of, 402 feeding, 3545 characteristics, 338
Opisthocoelicaudia spp. (sauropods), field of study, 3323 skeletons, 339
classification, 311 and gastroliths, 239, 355 Ouranosaurus spp. (ornithopods)
opisthocoelous, 301 growth, 3501 characteristics, 340
Opisthocomus hoazin (hoatzin), 470 health, 356 processes, 345
opossums, 194 hearts, 247 outgroups, 268
orbits, 124 herding, 244 overbites, 232
order, 7 heterodont dentition, 2323 overturning, 98
Ordovician Period, mass extinctions, injuries, 356 oviducts, 133
493 intraspecific competition, 244 dual, 279
organic carbon, recycling, 192 as living animals, 34456 oviparous, 219
organisms, Linnaean classification, locomotion, 336, 3524 Oviraptor spp. (theropods), 266, 274,
1334 mating, 3457 444
organs, 1323, 247, 2567 migrations, 333 brooding, 224, 244, 245, 277, 345,
original horizontality, 94, 95, 96 nests, 81, 34750, 3556, 477 348
Ornathotholus spp. origin of term, 333 classification, 270
(marginocephalians), oxygen isotope ratios, 2434 co-occurrence, 206
characteristics, 394 paleobiogeography, 3424 dietary issues, 235
Ornithischia (ornithischians), 1712, predatorprey relationships, 205, discovery, 77
263 356 eggs, 2067, 2789, 398, 405
cladograms, 138 as prey, 287 embryonic remains, 224
classification, 11, 62, 76, 137, quadrupedalism, 336 jaws, 278
1712, 333, 460 reproduction, 34450 nests, 2789, 477
evolution, 274, 376 skeletal allometry, 230 size, 276
forelimbs, 126 skeletons, 339, 341, 342 suffocation, 186
genera, 176 skulls, 333, 338 toothless, 258, 284
hips, 1223 social life, 3556 oviraptorids, 496
see also Genasauria species, 33642 oviraptorisaurians, classification,
Ornithodira (ornithodirans), 1678, species diversity, 388 2702
172, 174 sterna, 126 Owen, Sir Richard (180492), 601,
classification, 472 suffocation, 186 76, 122, 305, 343, 366, 437
Ornithomimidae (ornithomimids) tail dragging, 434 bust, 476
limbs, 286 teeth, 332, 335 and Huxley, 62
teeth, 284 toothmarks, 236, 356 Oxford (UK), 57
toothmarks, 236, 443 tracks, 281, 344, 3524, 353, 433 oxidation, 192
tracks, 273 morphologies, 427 oxygen isotope ratios, 2434
Ornithomimosauria see also Euornithopoda; oxygen isotopes
(ornithomimosaurs) Heterodontosauridae and bone geochemistry, 2434
classification, 270 Orodromeus spp. (ornithopods) and dinosaur eggs, 2256
gastroliths, 285 characteristics, 338 oystercatchers, 478
as herbivores, 285 eggs, 278, 350
teeth, 284 growth, 350 pace angulation, 418
see also Ornithomimidae nests, 350 pace length, 418
Ornithomimus spp. (theropods), 270, Orycteropus afer (aardvark), 417 Pachycephalosauria
444 Osborn, Henry Fairfield (pachycephalosaurs)
ectothermy, 245 (18571935), 20, 678, 69, 72, characteristics, 3956
toothless, 284 77, 156 cladograms, 389
Ornithopoda (ornithopods), 257, Osmlska, Halszka, 78 classification, 38990, 3936
33060 ospreys, 478 distribution, 4001
anatomy, 3336 ossification, 226 encephalization quotients, 394
bipedalism, 336 osteoarthritis, 356 evolution, 401
brooding, 345, 348 osteoblasts, 228 extinctions, 498
550
INDEX
genera, 389 see also Carboniferous Period; Pentaceratops spp.

intraspecific competition, 4024, Devonian Period; Ordovician (marginocephalians), 398
435, 477 Period; Permian Period injuries, 404
locomotion, 406 Palermo (Italy), 59 periods, 97
origin of term, 393 palms, impressions, 407 peripheral-isolate speciation, 159
skulls, 3934 palpebral, 366 Perle, Altangerel, 81
social life, 408 Paluxy River (Texas), 75, 273 Permian Period
teeth, 4067 panaramittee (art form), 420 mass extinctions, 493, 4945, 507
tracks, 388, 418 Pandion haliaetus (osprey), nests, synapsids, 165
Pachycephalosauridae 478 PermianTriassic boundary, 494
(pachycephalosaurids), Pangea, 15960, 174, 175 permineralization, 209
classification, 394, 395 and mass extinctions, 4945 mechanisms, 208
Pachycephalosaurus spp. Panoplosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), pes, 125, 128, 259, 368
(marginocephalians) body size, 372 tracks, 41718
body size, 396 paradigm shift, use of term, 499 Petrified Forest National Park (USA),
classification, 395 parakeets, 491 1901
extinctions, 498 Paralititan spp. (sauropods), 312 pH, 208
impact injuries, 4024 classification, 307 stomach acids, 446
skeletons, 395 paraphyletic groups, 164 phalangeal formula, 1278, 1312
skulls, 3934 parasagittal plates, 373 phalanges, 122, 127, 129
Pachyrhinosaurus spp. Parasaurolophus spp. (ornithopods), Phanerozoic Eon, 507
(marginocephalians), 398 210, 342, 497 phenotypes, 135, 157
injuries, 409 autochthonous assemblages, 205 pheromones, 220
monospecific bone beds, 408 head ornamentation, 345 Philadelphia (USA), 65, 66
Pachyrhinosaurus canadensis resonating chambers, 346, 347 photography, early, 65
(marginocephalian), parascapular spines, 373 Phuwiangosaurus spp. (sauropods),
evolution, 401 parasitism, 188 312
Pacific Ocean, coelacanths, 492 parasuchids, 167 phyletic gradualism, 1578, 174
pack hunting, 283, 286, 287 parent elements, 99, 101 phylogenetic classification see
and dinosaur tracks, 432 parietal, 124 cladistics
Palaeontologia Electronica (journal), Paris (France), 65 phylogenetic proximity, to
37 Parkinson, James (17551824), 58 dinosaurs, 248
palatine, 124 Parkosaurus spp. (ornithopods), phylogeny, 8
paleobiogeographic distribution, characteristics, 338 molecular, 138
dinosaurs, 2478 parsimony, 136 phylum, 7, 133
paleobiogeographic range parthenogenesis, 152, 219 physical processes, and dinosaur
and endothermy, 2478 passerines, 473, 475, 477, 479, 483 taphonomy, 196204
polar dinosaurs, 2478 Patagonia (Argentina), 69, 316 physiology
paleobiogeography, 15, 159 birds, 474 field of study, 218
marginocephalians, 4002 Patagosaurus spp. (sauropods), see also dinosaur physiology
ornithopods, 3424 classification, 308 phytosaurs (parasuchids), 167
sauropodomorphs, 31315 Patagosaurus fariasi (sauropod), bone pigeons, 491
theropods, 2745 beds, 323 Pikaia (chordate), 157
thyreophorans, 3757 Paterson claw, 63 Pinacosaurus spp. (thyreophorans)
paleobotany, 12 pathogenic conditions, as cause of body size, 372
paleoecology, 13 death, 186 discovery, 77
and dinosaur tracks, 4367 Paul, Gregory S. (1954 ), 20 manus, 368
Paleolithic, 57 Pawpawsaurus spp. (thyreophorans), monospecific assemblages, 380
paleontologists 371 pines, 481
early, 5679 Peabody, George (17951869), 66 Pinus ponderosa (ponderosa pine),
longevity, 60, 69 pectoral girdle, 126 481
modern, 7983 pectoral muscles, 126 Pisanosaurus mertii (ornithischian),
rival, 48, 65 peer review, 36, 39 171
paleontology, 12 formal, 37 piscivorous dinosaurs, 235, 289
ethical issues, 4851 Pelecanimimus spp. (theropods), Pittsburgh (USA), 73
hypothesis testing, 30 teeth, 284 plagues, as cause of death, 188
origin of term, 59 Pelecanimimus polyodon (theropod), plantherbivorous dinosaur biomass
as science, 86117 131 ratios, 2412
science in, 301 pellets, 322, 449 plant material
tools, 8893 Pelorosaurus (sauropod), early digestion, 237
paleopathology studies, 60 storage in mouth, 234
birds, 484 pelvic girdle, 128 plantigrade, 129
field of study, 187 pelycosaurs, 165, 345 plants
Paleothyris spp. (amniotes), 163, 164 Pen Formation (USA), 100 dinosaur impacts on, 298
Paleozoic Era penguins, 423 as food sources, 3202
Cambrian Period, 157 Pennsylvania (USA), 65, 73 fossil, 164, 239
mass extinctions, 493 Pennsylvanian Period, 99 see also flowering plants
551
INDEX
plaster of Paris and burlap dinosaur, 241 processes (vertebrae), 124, 277, 369
technique, 67, 110, 11112 geographic distribution, 15960 iguanodontians, 345
plate boundaries, 105 Portugal, 81 procoelous, 301
plate tectonics, 93 sauropods, 320, 324 prolate spheroids, 223, 222
and dinosaur studies, 109 thyreophorans, 371 proofs, concept of, 423
effects, 109 post-, use of prefix, 122 proprietary information, 37
evidence for, 106 postcranial, 122 Prosaurolophus spp. (ornithopods),
mechanisms, 108 posterior, 122 342
outcomes, 1089 postfrontal, 125 early studies, 72
and population distribution, postmortem, use of term, 191 Prosauropoda (prosauropods), 171,
15960 postmortem processes 31720
theory of, 39, 1049, 499 accumulation, 2047 anatomy, 3035
see also continental drift; burial, 2047 autochthonous remains, 205
Gondwana; Pangea post-burial, 2089 bipedalism, 317
plate-convergent boundaries, 107 pre-burial, 191204 body size, 305
plate-divergent boundaries see postorbital, 124 classification, 299, 3025
spreading centers postorbital fenestra, 122 diet, 313, 3202
Plateosaurus spp. (prosauropods), 62, Postosuchus spp. (rauisuchians), 168 early studies, 61, 62, 63, 76, 79,
313 postures, 246 298
autochthonous remains, 205 humans, 423 eggs, 172, 31516
browsing, 305 semi-erect, 4, 5 evolution, 31314
characteristics, 3035 sprawling, 4, 5, 418 extinctions, 305, 496
classification, 302 upright, 4, 246, 418 feeding, 3202
early studies, 76 Pouech, Jean-Jacques (181492), 61 gastroliths, 2389, 322
feeding, 320 pre-, use of prefix, 122 genera, 303
genetic variation, 174 Precambrian, metamorphic rocks, 99 genetic variation, 174
growth, 317 precocial, 280 growth, 317
locomotion, 318 predation, as cause of death, 186 herding, 3225
size, 175 predatorprey relationships, 435 nests, 172
skeleton, 124 carnivores vs. herbivores, 314 origin of term, 303
skulls, 304 and ecosystems, 241 size, 175
teeth, 305, 320 marginocephalians, 409 skeletons, 124
platinum, 500 models, 241 skulls, 304
plesiomorphies, 1356, 164, 2345 ornithopods, 205, 356 speed, 305
plesiosaurs, 6 sauropodomorphs, 325 teeth, 305
classification, 1667 theropods, 205, 238, 2867, 325, teeth shapes, 234
extinctions, 505 356 tracks, 318, 319
plethodontids, 164 predators, 186 morphologies, 427
pleurocoels, 265, 301 co-occurrence with prey, 205 Protarchaeopteryx spp. (theropods),
Pleurocoelus spp. (sauropods), 496 scavenging, 289 267, 462
pleurokinesis, 338 predentary, 122 evolution, 471
Plot, Robert (164096), 57, 58 predictability, in hypotheses, 38 proteins
pneumatic bones, 258 prefrontal, 124 in bone growth, 2278
Podokesaurus (theropod), type premaxilla, 124 in dinosaur bones, 2278
specimen lost, 140 premaxillary, 122 in dinosaur eggshells, 225, 226
Poekilopleuron spp. (theropods), early Prenocephale spp. structural, 228
studies, 61 (marginocephalians), 395 Protoceratops spp.
Poekilopleuron bucklandi (theropod), preparators, 112 (marginocephalians), 57, 388,
61 preservation 400
poikilotherms, 240 diagenetic processes, 2089 abundance, 398
Polacanthus spp. (thyreophorans), dinosaur teeth, 125 co-occurrence, 206
371 dinosaur tracks, 120 discovery, 77
classification, 366 and sedimentary environments, eggs, 278, 393, 398, 405
Poland, paleontologists, 78 18891 embryonic remains, 405
polar dinosaurs skin impressions, 20910 growth, 405
paleobiogeographic range, 2478 soft-part anatomy, 20910 jaws, 392
use of term, 247 studies, 184 nests, 405
polls, methodological issues, 42 pressure see stress predatorprey relationships, 409
pollution, and extinctions, 507 pressure-release structures, 423, 426, as prey, 2867, 289
polyphyletic, use of term, 62 432, 4356 sexual dimorphism, 398
popular culture definition, 421 skulls, 397
dinosaurs in, 1618 theropods, 260, 422 suffocation, 186
death scenarios, 185 prey, 186 Protoceratops andrewsi
and science, 213 co-occurrence with predators, (marginocephalian), body
population genetics, 153 205 size, 398
populations Princeton University (USA), 67, 68, Protoceratopsidae
definition, 149 75 (protoceratopsians), 405
552
INDEX
classification, 397 radioactive elements brooding, 224

as prey, 2867 in dating, 103 eggs, 222
protons, 100 decay constants, 99 fertilization, 220
Provence (France), 61 particle emission, 1001 nests, 441
proventriculus, 237 radioactive isotopes, 225 posture, 4
proximal, 122 radioactivity, discovery, 499 use of term, 164
pseudocoprolites, 448 radiometric age dating, 401 viviparous, 219
pseudomorphs, 131 bolide impact studies, 502 Reptilia, 134
Psittacosauridae (psittacosaurids) and plate tectonics, 1067 classification, 164
characteristics, 3967 principles, 99103 see also Amniota
classification, 3967 radius, 1267 resonance, 347
gastroliths, 239 Rahonavis ostromi (bird), 465 resonating chambers, 3467
skulls, 397 range, 46 respiration, and cranial anatomy,
Psittacosaurus spp. see also geologic range 2446
(marginocephalians), 388, 400 ratites, 4745, 476, 479 respiratory turbinates, 2446
autochthonous, 205 Raton Formation (USA), 274 reworking, 98
brooding, 224 rauisuchians, 167, 168 Rhabdodon spp. (ornithopods), 340
characteristics, 3967 Rayososaurus spp. (sauropods), rhampotheca, 367
discovery, 77 classification, 308 Rhea americana (greater rhea), tracks,
embryonic remains, 405 rearing up on hind legs, 435 474
feathers, 247 reasoning, faith-based, 35 rheas, 474
gastroliths, 3923, 408 Rebbachisaurus spp. (sauropods), rhynchosaurs, 264
growth, 405 classification, 308 ribonucleic acid (RNA), 227
skulls, 397 recessive genes, 152 ribs, 1224
suffocation, 186 Recife (Brazil), 502 thoracic, 126
Pterosauria (pterosaurs), 6, 80, 1678 recombinant-DNA research, 156 Rich, Thomas (1941 ), 81
endothermy, 248 recombination, 156 Ricqls, Armand de, 81
extinctions, 505 reconstructions rigor mortis, 192
scavenging, 195 artistic, 65 Riojasaurus spp. (prosauropods), 175
toothmarks, 235 skeletal, 122 body size, 305
pterygoid, 124 recovery length, 313, 322
pubic feet, 268 effects on cladistics, 137 RNA, dinosaurs, 227
pubis, 123 procedures, 10913 Robinet, Jean-Baptiste-Ren
publishing effect, 141 Red Cloud (18221909), 67 (17351820), 58
Pueraria lobata (kudzu), 508 Red Deer River (Canada), 69, 72 rocks
Puma concolor (mountain lion), 356 Red Queen hypothesis, 161, 174, dating, 1014
punctuated equilibrium, 1579, 174 312, 321, 483 volcanic, 104
Punnet squares, 152, 153 Red Rocks Amphitheatre (USA), 99 see also igneous rocks;
putrefaction, 192, 198 Regnosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), metamorphic rocks;
and olfactory senses, 286 374 sedimentary rocks
pygostyles, 461, 462, 468 early studies, 60 Rocky Mountains (USA), 401
regression, 98 Romania, 72
Qantassaurus spp. (ornithopods), 338 regurgitants, 238 ornithopods, 340
quadrate, 124 relative age dating, 939 Romer, Alfred Sherwood
quadratojugal, 124 cross-checking, 100 (18941973), 80
quadrupedalism, 4 relativity, theories, 499 roots, dinosaur teeth, 232
marginocephalians, 392 replacement, 209 rose diagrams, 2023
ornithopods, 336 reports rostrals, 392, 397, 407
thyreophorans, 367, 375 internal, 367 Roth, Santiago (18501924), 69
trackway patterns, 41820 scientific, 36 Royal Naturaliensammlung
quadrupeds, 62 reproduction (Germany), 75
facultative, 65 birds, 4767 Royal Tyrrell Museum of
rearing up on hind legs, 435 dinosaurs, 152, 21826 Palaeontology (Canada), 72
qualitative methods, 33 and genetic variation, 1512 Rozhdestvensky, Anatole K., 77
quantitative methods, 33, 46 marginocephalians, 4025 rumens, 237
quartz, shocked, 501 ornithopods, 34450 ruminants, 237
Queensland (Australia), 281, 352, sauropodomorphs, 31516 Russian paleontologists, 778, 81
433 theropods, 2769 Russian Paleontological Institute, 77
Quercus spp. (oaks), 481 thyreophorans, 3778
questions, and observations, 434 see also mating sacral vertebrae, 1234, 128, 259
Quetzalcoatlus spp. (pterosaurs), 168 reproductive isolation, 149 sacrum, 128
quills (feathers), 464 reproductive organs, feathered Saichania spp. (thyreophorans), body
theropods, 133 size, 372
rabbits, 508 reptile-hipped dinosaurs see sails, 345
radioactive decay Saurischia (saurischians) roles, 277
determination, 99 reptile-like, use of term, 4 Saint Rosalia, 59
exponential, 101 reptiles salamanders, 164
553
INDEX
saline, 199 nests, 477 Saurornithoides spp. (theropods),

salmonella, 483 and ornithopods, 344 discovery, 77
Saltasauridae, classification, 308, 311 posture, 435 Saurornitholestes spp. (theropods),
Saltasaurus spp. (sauropods), 312, preservation, 199 toothmarks, 236, 288, 443
496 relative age dating, 967 -saurus, use of suffix, 140
saltation, 196, 202 skulls, 308, 443 scales
San peoples (bushmen), tracking taphonomy, 323 in illustrations, 44
skills, 421 teeth shapes, 234 maps, 93
San Salvador (Bahamas), 480 toothmarks, 443 scales (skin), 247
sandstones, 189 tracks, 283, 313, 31820, 433, Scansoriopteryx heilmanni (theropod),
formation, 198 4345, 438 471
Santa Elana Limestone (USA), 97 misinterpretation, 4356 characteristics, 470
Santa Maria Formation (Brazil), 170 morphologies, 427 locomotion, 283
Santana Formation (Brazil), 209 pressure-release structures, 422 scapula, 126, 127
Sapelo Island (Georgia, USA), 194 see also Titanosauria scavengers, 194
Sarcolestes spp. (thyreophorans), 371 Sauropodomorpha issues, 289
Saskatchewan (Canada), 69 (sauropodomorphs), 257, 263, scavenging, 356
Sattler, Bernhard, 75 296329 and dinosaur taphonomy, 1926
Saturnalia spp. (prosauropods), 313 anatomy, 299301, 3035, 3078 environmental factors, 1956
Saturnalia tupiniquim (prosauropod), bipedalism, 300, 31718 predators, 289
302 body size, 298, 300, 3012, 305, thyreophorans, 380
Saurischia (saurischians), 257, 263 307 Scelidosaurus spp. (thyreophorans)
abundance, 137 brain-mass/body-mass ratios, 298 characteristics, 376
cladograms, 138 browsing, 3202 classification, 366, 376
classification, 10, 62, 76, 134, 136, characteristics, 299302 science
1712, 460 clades, 30213 in paleontology, 301
forelimbs, 126 cladograms, 299 and popular culture, 213
genera, 176 classification, 30213 Science (journal), 499500
hips, 1223 coprolites, 302, 322 scientific illustrations, 19
see also Sauropodomorpha; definition, 299302 scientific journals
Theropoda diet, 298, 313, 3202 online publishing, 37
Saurolophus spp. (ornithopods) eggs, 31516 papers, acceptance issues, 38
cranial crests, 346 embryos, 316 peer review, 37
discovery, 77 evolution, 31315 scientific methods, 88
Sauropelta spp. (thyreophorans), 371 excavation issues, 3012 in everyday life, 301
manus, 368 extinctions, 4967 importance of, 3043
pes, 368 feeding, 3202 overview, 2853
Sauropoda (sauropods), 20, 276, field of study, 2989 scientific presentations, 36
279, 281, 305 gastroliths, 302, 322 scientific reports, 36
anatomy, 3078 growth, 31617 Scipionyx samniticus (theropod),
aquatic lifestyle proposals, 4345 health, 325 organs, 132, 2567
body armor, 336, 3667, 373, 378 herding, 3225 Sciurus carolinensis (American gray
body size, 246, 307 intelligence, 298 squirrel), 508
bones, 195 as living animals, 31525 Sciurus vulgaris (European red
brooding, 323 locomotion, 2989, 31720 squirrel), 508
characteristics, 3078 mating, 315 Scott, William Berryman
chevrons, 124 neck length, 2989, 3045, 310, (18581947), 67, 68, 69
classification, 299, 30513 311, 314, 319, 3202 Scrotum humanum, use of term, 57
cranium, 124 nests, 31516 Scutellosaurus spp. (thyreophorans)
defenses, 365 origin of term, 299 bipedalism, 367
dermal armor, 129 paleobiogeography, 31315 classification, 376
diet, 313, 3202 predatorprey relationships, 325 scutes, 366, 367, 374, 376
digestion, 322 reproduction, 31516 sea turtles, 505
discovery, 735, 78 roles, 299 eggs, 222, 345
early studies, 60, 61, 63, 67, 68, skulls, 301, 304, 308 seafloor, oldest, 107
69, 298 social life, 3225 seafloor spreading, 106, 160
eggs, 31516 species, 30213 sea-level changes, 401
extinctions, 4967 sterna, 126 search patterns, 45, 47
feeding, 3202 synapomorphies, 299300 seawater, salinity, 199
feeding habits, 234 teeth, 301, 305, 320 secondary sources, 36
gastroliths, 132, 239, 322 toothmarks, 325 Sedgewick, Adam (17851873), 62
genera, 306 trace fossils, 302 sedimentary environments
gigantism, 31415 tracks, 302, 31820 and dinosaur preservation,
growth, 31617 vertebrae, 2989 18891
heat dissipation, 246 see also Prosauropoda; Sauropoda facies analysis, 190
herding, 244, 3225 Sauroposeidon spp. (sauropods), sedimentary particles
locomotion, 31720 classification, 311 A/V ratios, 2001
554
INDEX
dinosaur bones as, 196204 Sichuan Province (China), 57 Solnhofen Limestone (Germany),
lift, 201 siltstones, 189 238, 463, 4701
sedimentary rocks, 956, 100 Silvisaurus spp. (thyreophorans), 371 somatic cells, 221
chemical, 189 Simpson, George Gaylord (190284), songbirds, 473, 508
classification, 189 156, 158 songs, 4823
clastic, 189 Sinornis spp. (birds), flight, 467 Sothebys, 49
composition, 189 Sinornithomimus spp. (theropods), sound, physics of, 3467
facies analysis, 191 gastroliths, 285 South Africa, 61, 62, 76
texture, 189 Sinornithosaurus spp. (theropods), ornithopods, 343
sedimentology, 93 462, 469 paleontologists, 81
sediments, 945 classification, 267 prosauropods, 313
facies analysis, 191 Sinosauropteryx spp. (theropods), reptiles, 167
lithification, 189 267, 462 sauropods, 305
movement, 196204 eggs, 278, 279 thyreophorans, 374, 376
surface disturbances, 437 evolution, 471 South America
time transgressive, 98 feathers, 247, 464 birds, 470
see also marine sediments predatorprey relationships, 238 dinosaurs, abundance, 174
Seeley, Harry Govier (18391909), Sinraptor spp. (theropods), early dinosaur studies, 69
62, 67, 1223, 171 classification, 270 hypsilophodontids, 337
Segnosaurus spp. (theropods) sinraptorids, classification, 267, 270 marginocephalians, 400
classification, 270 Sioux, 57, 67 ornithopods, 343
feeding, 284 site fidelity, 316, 349, 441 paleontologists, 80
Seismosaurus spp. (sauropods), 59 Sitting Bull (183190), 67 sauropods, 312, 366, 496, 497
classification, 307, 308 skeletal allometry, 230 theropods, 264, 275
gastroliths, 322 skeletons thyreophorans, 3667, 375
growth, 317 appendicular, 1259 South Dakota (USA), 49, 399, 503
length, 310 orientation terminology, 121, 122 South Hadley (Massachusetts, USA),
Sellosaurus spp. (prosauropods) see also dinosaur skeletons 63
early studies, 79 skewed distributions, 46, 47 South Korea, dinosaur tracks, 324,
gastroliths, 2389, 322, 445 skin, 12932 351
teeth, 305 patterns, 129 Spain, 81
semi-erect posture, 4, 5 restoration, 132 bird-like tracks, 4656
semilunate carpals, 270 skin impressions, 129, 131, 424 birds, 467
senses, 15 embryos, 316 ornithopods, 352
auditory, 285 preservation, 20910, 353 prosauropods, 315
olfactory, 2856, 346 skull bones, nomenclature, 1245 theropods, 131
vision, 285 skulls speciation, 149
septic cultures, 235 amniotes, 164 allopatric, 1589
Sereno, Paul C. (1957 ), 80, 81 brain endocasts, 133 peripheral-isolate, 159
serrations cranium, 1245 sympatric, 161
dinosaur teeth, 232, 2345 marginocephalians, 391, 3934, species, 7
swords, 232 397, 399, 405 nomenclature, 910, 13841
sex differences ornithopods, 333, 338 speed
body size, 219, 276 sauropodomorphs, 301, 304, 308 dimensionless, 431
determination, 13940 theropods, 19, 34 humans, 432
theropods, 2767 thyreophorans, 368, 370, 373 see also dinosaur speed
sex organs, 220 sloths, 285 Sphaerotholus spp.
sexual activity, dinosaurs, 21921 Smith, Nathan (fl. 1820), 63 (marginocephalians), 395
sexual dimorphism, 139, 152, 396, snakebites, 186 spinal canal, 124
398, 405 snakes, 166 spinosaurids, predatorprey
sexual displays, 277 hemipenes, 220 relationships, 238
sexual reproduction see reproduction snorkels, 346, 354 spinosaurs
sexual selection, 21920 social behavior, dinosaurs, 244 feeding, 289
shafts (feathers), 464 social life processes, 277, 345
shales, 189 birds, 4823 Spinosaurus spp. (theropods)
Shamosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), marginocephalians, 4089 processes, 277
371 ornithopods, 3556 type specimen lost, 140
manus, 368 sauropodomorphs, 3225 sprawling posture, 4, 5
Shantungosaurus spp. (ornithopods), theropods, 290 spreading centers, 106
342 thyreophorans, 380 distances from, 1067
characteristics, 340 social monogamy, birds, 477 spreading rates, determination,
Shanxi Province (China), 78 soft-part anatomy, 120, 12932, 247 1067
Shenzhousaurus spp. (theropods), and dinosaur tracks, 424 squamosal, 124
gastroliths, 285 and gastroliths, 4457 squirrels, 508
shocked quartz, 501 impressions, 265 stable isotope ratios, 225
Siberia (Russia), 494 preservation, 20910 stable isotopes, 2256
volcanism, 495 solar system, models, 499 stampedes, 281, 352, 433
555
INDEX
standard deviation, 467 Stokes, William Lee (191595), 75, sympatry, 161
starvation, as cause of death, 188 79, 238, 445 synapomorphies, 8, 135, 161, 163
Staurikosaurus pricei (theropod), stomach, 132 archosaurs, 1734
1701 stomach acids, pH, 446 ceratosaurs, 2645
characteristics, 264 stomach contents, and diet, 2368, sauropodomorphs, 299300
classification, 263 2889, 355 tetanurans, 267, 268
Stegoceras spp. (marginocephalians), stomachs, 2368 Synapsida, 1645
395 storms, deposits, 201 synapsids, 1645
extinctions, 498 straddle, 418 synonymies, 139, 1401
skulls, 394, 396, 405 strain, 107 lumpers vs. splitters, 141
Stegoceras validum strata, 95 synsacrum, 264, 368, 468
(marginocephalian), sexual dating, 968 Syntarsus spp. (theropods), 264, 265,
dimorphism, 396 stratigraphic sequences, 956 290
Stegosauria (stegosaurs) overturned, 98 evolution, 276
beaks, 367 stratigraphy, 93 extinctions, 495
characteristics, 3734 stress, 107 growth, 279, 280
classification, 334, 364, 366, and tracks, 4214 sex differences, 276
3735 stress fractures, 409
digits, 418 stride lengths, 418 T. Rex: Back to the Cretaceous (2002)
distribution, 375 and dinosaur speed, 42932 (IMAX film), 17
early studies, 75 large, 436 Tagart, Edward (180458), 60
encephalization quotients, 373 relative, 42930 tail, 1224
evolution, 376 structural proteins, 228 tail dragging, habitual, 434
extinctions, 497 Struthiomimus spp. (theropods), 266 takapus, 4789
footprints, 49 early studies, 72 Talarurus spp. (thyreophorans)
genera, 365 toothless, 258, 284 body size, 372
heat dissipation, 246 Stuttgart (Germany), 75 manus, 368
origin of term, 373 Stygimoloch spp. pes, 368
osteoderms, 129 (marginocephalians), 394, 395 Tanzania, 32, 75, 76
skeletons, 373, 375 extinctions, 498 sauropodomorphs, 302
skulls, 373 Styracosaurus spp. sauropods, 311
teeth, 367 (marginocephalians), 398 thyreophorans, 374, 377, 378, 497
tracks, morphologies, 427 autochthonous assemblages, 205 tapeworms, 188
Stegosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), early studies, 72 taphonomy, 12, 174
380 evolution, 401 coprolites, 4501
abundance, 175 horns, 399 dinosaur nests, 4402
body armor, 377 injuries, 409 dinosaur toothmarks, 4445
body size, 374 intraspecific competition, 4045 dinosaur tracks, 4246
brains, 374 monospecific bone beds, 408 gastroliths, 4457
characteristics, 374 Styracosaurus albertensis sauropods, 323
classification, 366 (marginocephalian), see also dinosaur taphonomy
discovery, 73, 75, 3734 evolution, 401 Tarbosaurus (theropod), discovery,
early studies, 67 subduction, 107 77
extinctions, 497 Suchomimus spp. (theropods) Tarchia spp. (thyreophorans), body
in fiction, 17 feeding, 289 size, 372
growth, 377 processes, 277 tarsals, 122, 129
illustrations, anachronisms, 21 sudden extinction hypothesis, 5057 tarsometatarsus, 468
osteoderms, 378 Sue (T. rex), 49, 50 taxa, definition, 7
Stegosaurus stenops (thyreophoran), suffocation, as cause of death, 186 taxonomy, definition, 7
skeleton, 373 sugars, 227 Technosaurus spp. (ornithischians),
Stenopelix spp. (marginocephalians), Sundance Formation (USA), 47 171
classification, 389, 394 superposition, 94, 95 tectonics see plate tectonics
Stenopelix valdensis concept of, 96 teeth
(marginocephalian), Supersaurus spp. (sauropods) densities, 200
classification, 3945 classification, 307, 308 sauropodomorphs, 301
Stensen, Niels (Steno) (163887), 57 length, 310 shapes, 2345
superposition concept, 96 surangular, 124 see also dental batteries; dentition;
stereoscopic vision, 285 surangular foramen, 124 dinosaur teeth
sterna, 126 survival of the fittest, 151 television programs, dinosaurs in,
Sternberg, Charles H. (18501943), suspended load, 196 18
67 suspension, 196 Telmatosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
Sternberg, Charles M. (18851981), swimming, 4345 characteristics, 3401
67, 72 ability, 46 Telmatosaurus transylvanicus
Sternberg, George F. (18831969), Switzerland, 62, 438 (ornithopod), 71
67 swords, serrations, 232 tempestites, 201
Sternberg, Levi (18941976), 67 symbiosis, 188 Tendaguru (Tanzania), 75, 76, 188
Sternberg family, 69, 72, 209 sympatric speciation, 161 Tennessee (USA), 98
556
INDEX
Tenontosaurus spp. (ornithopods) carcass flotation, 199 toothmarks, 2589, 443, 4445
characteristics, 340 caudal vertebrae, 124 trace fossils, 256
predatorprey relationships, 205, characteristics, 25763, 468 tracks, 37, 150, 246, 251, 264, 273
287, 356 clades, 26374 abundance, 427
termites, 285 cladistics, 270 distribution, 275
Tertiary Period cladograms, 258, 267, 461 early studies, 256
field observations, 45 classification, 134, 257, 26374 and locomotion, 2813
mass extinction survivors, 4901 definition, 257 misinterpretation, 4356
Tetanurae (tetanurans), 495, 496 digestion, 237 morphologies, 427
characteristics, 26674 digitigrade, 130 pressure-release structures, 260,
classification, 257, 26672 discovery, 77, 7980 422
coprolites, 274 early studies, 61, 67, 69, 72, 75 stampedes, 433
evolution, 276 ectothermy vs. endothermy, 283 ziphodont teeth, 2345
fossil record, 2723 eggs, 2789, 440 see also Aves; Ceratosauria;
genera, 26970 eggshells, 496 feathered theropods;
growth, 27980 encephalization quotients, Herrerasauridae; Tetanurae
head ornamentation, 277 2602 Thescelosaurus spp. (ornithopods),
social life, 290 evolution, 177, 2746 497
synapomorphies, 267, 268 extinctions, 4956 characteristics, 338
toothmarks, 274 rates, 276, 509 hearts, 247
trace fossils, 2734 feathered, 1201 skeletons, 339
tracks, 273 feeding, 2849 thoracic ribs, 126
see also Avetheropoda field of study, 2567 Thulborn, Tony, 81
Tetrapoda, 137 fossils, ethical issues, 4950 Thyreophora (thyreophorans), 305,
Texas (USA), 35, 97, 100 gastroliths, 239, 258, 274, 285 36285
dinosaur tracks, 75, 113, 273, 281, genetic variation, 174 bipedalism, 367
3234 gigantism, 2678 body armor, 336, 365
hadrosaurids, 187 gliders, 471 body size, 372
pterosaurs, 168 growth, 27980 characteristics, 3647
Thailand hands, 128 clades, 36775
marginocephalians, 400 health, 2901 cladograms, 366
sauropods, 305, 312 herding, 244 classification, 333, 3656, 36775
Thalassomedon spp. (plesiosaur), 166 injuries, 1878, 283, 290 defenses, 365
thanatocoenoses, 205 insectivorous diet, 235 definition, 3657
thecodont hypothesis, 4713 intraspecific competition, 244 diet, 37980
Thecodontosaurus spp. (prosauropods) killing techniques, 2867, 289 distribution, 3756
classification, 302 as living animals, 27691 early studies, 67
early studies, 61 locomotion, 2804 encephalization quotients, 373
teeth, 305 multiple parallel, 433 evolution, 3757
thecodonts, 167, 4712 nests, 2789, 441, 477 extinctions, 497
theories, concepts of, 3940 organs, 1323 feeding, 37980
therapsids, 165 origin of term, 257 field of study, 3645
therizinosaurs, 278, 320, 496 overbite, 232 gastroliths, 372
characteristics, 285 oxygen isotope ratios, 2434 growth, 3778
classification, 270 pack hunting, 283, 286, 287 health, 3801
as herbivores, 235, 2845 paleobiogeography, 2745 intraspecific competition, 244
Therizinosaurus spp. (theropods) predatorprey relationships, 205, as living animals, 37781
classification, 270 238, 2867, 325, 356, 469 locomotion, 367, 3789
feeding, 2845 preservation, 199 origin of term, 364
thermodynamics, 15 relative age dating, 967 paleobiogeography, 3757
thermoregulation reproduction, 2769 quadrupedalism, 367, 375
dinosaurs, 22631, 2428 sex differences, 2767 reproduction, 3778
feathered theropods, 257 skeletal allometry, 230 scavenging, 380
sails, 277 skeletons, 121, 275 skeletons, 371, 373, 375
vertebrates, 2423 skulls, 19, 34 skulls, 368, 370, 373
see also ectothermy; endothermy social life, 290 social life, 380
theropod hypothesis, and avian species diversity, 270, 274, 2756, species, 36775
flight, 46871 388 sterna, 126
Theropoda (theropods), 25495 speed, 2801, 430, 4312 teeth, 367, 368, 379, 380
anatomy, 2579 stampedes, 433 tracks, 365, 368, 372, 3745, 376,
autochthonous remains, 205 sterna, 126 3789, 380
beaked, 235 studies, 2567 vocalization structures, 3778
bipedalism, 173, 256, 25960 suffocation, 186 see also Ankylosauria; Stegosauria
birds as, 2667 tail dragging, 434 tibia, 122, 128
bone diseases, 290 teeth, 185, 258, 2845, 496 ticks, 188
brooding, 224, 244, 245, 2767, sizes, 235 Tiglath Pileser III (745727 BCE), 59
2789, 345, 348 toothless species, 258 tilting, 956
557
INDEX
time transgressions, 98 tracks troodontids, 496

time units, 97 interpretation, 421 classification, 270
Titanosauria (titanosaurs) and stress, 4214 Tsintaosaurus spp. (ornithopods)
characteristics, 312 see also dinosaur tracks; pressure- classification, 342
classification, 312 release structures; undertracks head ornamentation, 345
dermal armor, 129 trackways resonating chambers, 346
eggs, 315, 316 definition, 418 skeletons, 342
nesting horizons, 323 interpretation, 421 tsunamis, 501
nests, 349, 477 patterns, 41820 effects, 109
scales, 247 traction, 196, 202 tsunamites, 501
Titanosauridae (titanosaurids) trails, use of term, 420 Tuojiangosaurus spp.
body armor, 365 trampling, 437 (thyreophorans), 374
classification, 308 transform faults, 1078 skeleton, 375
migrations, 4967 transgressions, 98 turtles, 164
nests, 441 time, 98 tusks, 345
occurrence, 496 transitional fossils, use of term, 157 Two Medicine Formation (USA),
osteoderms, 366 transverse processes, 124 238, 2789, 2889, 401, 441,
Titanosauriformes Transylvania, 71 449
classification, 308 trees, fossil, 164 Tylocephale spp.
genera, 31112 trees-down hypothesis, 46971 (marginocephalians), 395
see also Brachiosauridae; Triassic Period, 7 Tylor, Alfred (182484), 60
Titanosauridae bolide impacts, 495 type sections, 98
Titanosaurus spp. (sauropods), 312, ceratosaurs, 266 type specimens, 140
496 Lower Triassic, 978 Tyrannosauridae (tyrannosaurids),
early studies, 63 mass extinctions, 493, 495 236, 258
tools, for geology and paleontology, ornithischians, 343 classification, 267, 270
8893 subdivisions, 97 coprolites, 239, 288, 450
tooth enamel, 232 see also Early Triassic; Late early studies, 72
toothmarks Triassic; Middle Triassic; feeding, 284, 2879
characteristics, 442 Upper Triassic monospecific bone beds, 275
definitions, 442 Triassic System, 97 predatorprey relationships, 238,
see also dinosaur toothmarks Triceratops spp. (marginocephalians) 409
topographic maps, 901 abundance, 175, 388, 3912 social life, 290
information conveyed, 92 bone overgrowths, 186, 409 toothmarks, 186, 274, 288, 443,
tornadoes, 201 characteristics, 396 444
Tornieria spp. (sauropods), discovery, classification, 398, 460 tracks, 273, 496
75 early studies, 67 weight estimation, 223
Torosaurus spp. (marginocephalians), encephalization quotients, 261 Tyrannosaurus spp. (theropods), 77,
398 extinctions, 498 266, 270, 496
extinctions, 498 in fiction, 17 abundance, 175, 275
injuries, 404 horns, 404 arthritis, 186
Torosaurus latus (marginocephalian), injuries, 409 classification, 267
skull, 399 nomenclature, 140 coprolites, 239, 450
Torvosaurus spp. (theropods), 268 paintings, 20 ectothermy, 245
toxicity, as cause of death, 188 predation, 186 encephalization quotients, 261
trace elements, 209 predatorprey relationships, 409 foot anatomy, 274
in dinosaur eggshells, 225, 226 sexual dimorphism, 405 forelimb size, 126
trace fossils, 12 skeletons, 406 fungal infections, 186
coprolites as, 239 skulls, 404 gout, 290
and dinosaur taphonomy, 185 teeth, 407 growth, 280
early studies, 60, 64 toothmarks, 236, 288, 409, 443 hands, 128
as evidence, 312 Triceratops horridus illustrations, 20
in situ, 185 (marginocephalians), anachronisms, 21
limitations, 169 nomenclature, 136, 396 infections, 2901
miscellaneous, 4512 trilobites, 158 injuries, 290
sauropodomorphs, 302 trivial names, 910 metatarsals, 271
tetanurans, 2734 Troodon spp. (theropods), 266, 270, momentum, 281
theropods, 256 271 olfactory bulbs, 243, 286
toothmarks as, 236 auditory senses, 285 oxygen isotope ratios, 244
see also coprolites; dinosaur bone diseases, 290 predatorprey relationships, 409
ichnology; dinosaur nests; brooding, 224, 277, 345, 348 scavenging issues, 289
dinosaur toothmarks; early studies, 65 sex differences, 219, 276
dinosaur tracks; gastroliths eggs, 207, 2789, 350, 440 size, 268, 276
trachea, 132 encephalization quotients, 262 soft tissues, 210
track maps, 429 nests, 274, 2789, 441, 477 speed, 2801
applications, 432 size, 276 toothmarks, 236, 288, 443, 444
tracking skills, 421 toothmarks, 236, 274, 443 tracks, 273, 507
558
INDEX
Tyrannosaurus rex (theropod) Upper Jurassic Morrison Formation evolution, 1367

discovery, 72 (USA), naming convention, 98 extinctions, 505
display mount, 113 Upper Triassic thermoregulation, 2423
feeding, 289 dinosaur fossils, 767 viviparous, 166, 219
food requirements, 2401 dinosaur tracks, 264, 274, 323 vertical zonation see geologic range
jaw strength, 444 extinctions, 276 vicariance biogeography, 15960
skeletons, ethical issues, 49, 50 prosauropods, 63, 302 Vickers-Rich, Patricia (1944 ), 81
weight estimation, 23 sauropods, 307 Victoria (Australia), 63
Tyrrell, Joseph Burr (18591957), theropods, 275 Vinci, Leonardo da (14521519), 57,
69 upright posture, 4, 5, 246 184
upwelling, 503 viral diseases, 192
ulna, 1267 uranitite, 209 vision, stereoscopic, 285
unconformities, 989 uranium isotopes viviparous vertebrates, 166, 219
underbites, 232 accumulation, 209 vocalization structures, 220, 3778
undertracks, 319, 426, 432, 433, decay sequence, 101 volatiles, 210
435 half-lives, 102 volcanic ash beds, dating, 104, 401
definition, 425 Ursus arctos (grizzly bear), 289, 417 volcanic eruptions, as cause of
preservation factors, 425 USGS (United States Geological death, 186, 356
unguals, 127, 129 Survey), 66 volcanic rocks, dating, 104
United States of America (USA) Utah (USA), 16, 19, 723, 132, 199, volcanism, 500
sauropods, 311 203 effects, 109
see also Alabama; Arizona; dinosaur bones, 209, 27980 and mass extinctions, 493, 495,
Arkansas; California; Chinle dinosaur tracks, 75, 405, 422 5045
Formation; Colorado; gastroliths, 446 and plate tectonics, 106, 108
Connecticut; Georgia; Hell sauropods, 311 volume, 22
Creek Formation; Idaho; theropods, 283 dinosaur eggs, 2223
Kansas; Massachusetts; thyreophorans, 371, 374 and displacement, 1989
Montana; Morrison see also Cleveland-Lloyd Quarry vomer, 124
Formation; New Jersey; New Utahraptor spp. (theropods), 266, Vulcanodon spp. (sauropods),
Mexico; New York City; 474 classification, 307
North Dakota; Pennsylvania; classification, 272, 469
South Dakota; Tennessee; claws, 286 walking backward, 436
Texas; Two Medicine Walking With Dinosaurs (2001) (TV
Formation; Utah; Wyoming Valley of Gwangi, The (1969) (film), series), 18
United States Geological Survey 17 Wallace, Alfred Russel (18231913),
(USGS), 66 vanes (feathers), 464 natural selection hypothesis,
units of measurement Varanus komodoensis (Komodo 1501
dinosaurs, 14, 15 dragon) Walt Disney Company, 49
energy, 240 ancestry, 165 Wannanosaurus spp.
University of Cambridge (UK), 58, teeth, 235 (marginocephalians), 394
62 variance, 46 classification, 395
University of Texas (USA), dinosaur vegetation, changes, 161 Warren, John Collins (17781856),
tracks, 113 Velociraptor spp. (theropods), 266, 65
University of Utah (USA), 75 398 Washington DC (USA), 113
Upper Cretaceous classification, 272, 469 Washington, George (173299), 63
birds, 465, 467 co-occurrence, 2067 water
ceratopsians, 689 discovery, 77 and dinosaur taphonomy,
coprolites, 449, 450 embryonic remains, 224, 278 196204
dinosaur eggs, 278 killing techniques, 2867, 289 immersion in, 4345
dinosaur teeth, 65 predatorprey relationships, momentum, 197
dinosaur tracks, 274 409 weather, use of term, 174
early studies, 72 size, 276 Web see Internet
marginocephalians, 395, 397, 398, suffocation, 186 Wegener, Alfred (18801930),
401, 407 velocity see dinosaur speed continental drift hypothesis,
mass extinctions, 503 ventral, 122 1056, 499
ornithomimids, 286 Vermeij, Geerat J. (1946 ), 43 weight
sauropods, 323 vertebrae definition, 22
theropods, 275, 287 cervical, 1234, 259 estimation, 213
thyreophorans, 372, 375, 380 dorsal, 1234 Weinberg, Wilhelm (18621937),
tyrannosaurids, 2889, 290 sacral, 1234, 128, 259 1523
Upper Devonian Chattanooga Shale, sauropodomorphs, 2989 West Nile virus, 483
98 see also caudal vertebrae; processes Westlothiana spp. (amniotes), 163,
Upper Jurassic Vertebrata, 136 164
dinosaur fossils, 66, 723 vertebrate paleontology, 12 whales, transitional, 157
dinosaur tracks, 282, 323, 324 vertebrates Williams College (USA), 63
marginocephalians, 396 classification, 227 wind, and dinosaur taphonomy,
sauropods, 323, 324 decomposition rates, 193 196204
559
INDEX
wind instruments, sound thyreophorans, 371 yolk sacs, 221

production, 347 see also Howe Quarry Young, C. C. (Yang Zhong-jian)
wing-assisted incline running, 471 (18971979), 78
Wistar, Caspar (17611818), 63 Yale University (USA), 66 Yucatan Peninsula (Mexico), 502
wood-boring, birds, 481 Yale-Peabody Museum of Natural Yunnanosaurus spp. (prosauropods),
Woodbury (New Jersey, USA), 63 History (USA), 66 teeth, 305
woodpeckers, 481, 491 Yandusaurus spp. (ornithopods),
caching, 482 characteristics, 338 Zalmoxes spp. (ornithopods), 340
Woodward, John (16651728), 58, Yangchuanosaurus spp. (theropods), Zalophus californianus (California sea
62 268 lion), 157
Woodwardian Museum (UK), 62 classification, 270 Zhi-Ming, Dong (1937 ), 81
Wuerhosaurus spp. (thyreophorans), Yanornis martini (bird), 473 Zhong-jian, Yang (18971979),
374 Yaverlandia spp. (marginocephalians) 78
WWW see Internet characteristics, 395 Zimbabwe, sauropods, 307
Wyoming (USA), 47, 58, 66, 678, classification, 394 ziphodont teeth, 2345
72, 735 Yaverlandia bitholus zygopophyses, 267
dinosaur tracks, 283 (marginocephalian), zygotes, 152, 221
sauropods, 311, 323 classification, 3945
560

IntroductionStudyDinosaurs PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IntroductionStudyDinosaurs PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

IntroductionStudyDinosaurs PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the basic principles of geology discussed in the book?

What are the basic principles of geology discussed in the book?

How are dinosaur fossils recovered and prepared according to the book?

How are dinosaur fossils recovered and prepared according to the book?

Introduction to the Study of

Introduction to the Study of

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in

First edition published 2001 by Blackwell Publishing Ltd

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Set in 10.5/12.5pt Stone Serif

For further information on

CHAPTER 1 Defining Dinosaurs 3

CHAPTER 2 Overview of Scientific Methods 29

CHAPTER 3 History of Dinosaur Studies 55

CHAPTER 4 Paleontology and Geology as Sciences 87

CHAPTER 5 Dinosaur Anatomy and Classification 119

CHAPTER 6 Introduction to Dinosaur Evolution 147

CHAPTER 7 Dinosaur Taphonomy 183

CHAPTER 8 Dinosaur Physiology 217

CHAPTER 9 Theropoda 255

CHAPTER 10 Sauropodomorpha 297

CHAPTER 11 Ornithopoda 331

Discussion Questions 358

CHAPTER 12 Thyreophora 363

CHAPTER 13 Marginocephalia 387

CHAPTER 14 Dinosaur Ichnology 415

CHAPTER 15 Birds as Modern Dinosaurs 459

CHAPTER 16 Dinosaur Extinctions 489

Why Study [This Clade]?;

Level and Use

The text is suitable for introductory-level undergraduate geology or biology classes.

Summary of New Features

n Many more new illustrations, most of which are photographs. Moreover,

n Chapters are arranged in an order that follows a building of basic scientific

Nancy Whilton of Blackwell Publishing deserves credit for urging me to write

FIGURE 1.1 Differences in

However, many adult dinosaurs were smaller than the

This may look like a line of descent, but is not because:

Sauropodomorpha Thyreophora Marginocephalia

Although Linnaean and phylogenetic classification methods differ from one

TABLE 1.1 Summary of different major clade groups used

TABLE 1.1 Continued

Societal Importance of Dinosaurs

Dinosaurs as an Example of Scientific Inquiry

1 invertebrate paleontology, the study of fossil animals without backbones,

TABLE 1.2 Commonly encountered elements and compounds

paleontologists is paleoecology, where they attempt to reconstruct the biological

TABLE 1.3 Units of measurement used in dinosaur studies.

A. DISTANCE UNITS IN COMPARISON TO 1 METER

Biogeochemistry, the study of chemical processes caused by organisms in geologic

Dinosaurs as a Part of Popular Culture in Fiction

remote area of South America. Similar portrayals of modern dinosaurs in remote

prehistoric, or some variation on the theme of beast or monster. The frequency

Compared to the motion-picture industry, television had limited production

Dinosaurs as Objects of Art and Artistic Inspiration

FIGURE 1.6 Comparison of

1 science, in the form of scientific illustration, which is typically in associ-

Drawings accompanied the first scientific descriptions of their bones in nineteenth-

through meticulous drawings of their subjects (Chapter 2). An artists knowledge